Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 21, 2006

Registration No. 333-        

 


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


GateHouse Media, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

DELAWARE   2711   36-4197635
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)  

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

 


350 Willowbrook Office Park

Fairport, New York 14450

(585) 598-0030

(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 


Polly G. Sack

General Counsel

GateHouse Media, Inc.

350 Willowbrook Office Park

Fairport, New York 14450

(585) 598-0030

(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 


Copies to:

 

William N. Dye, Esq.   Richard Aftanas, Esq.
Rosalind Fahey Kruse, Esq.   Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP   Four Times Square
787 Seventh Avenue   New York, New York 10036
New York, New York 10019   (212) 735-3000
(212) 728-8000  

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

       

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

       

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

      $200,000,000       $21,400
 
(1) Includes shares to cover over-allotments, if any, pursuant to an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated July 21, 2006.

             Shares

LOGO

GateHouse Media, Inc.

Common Stock

 


This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of GateHouse Media, Inc. All of the shares of common stock are being sold by the company. The stockholders of the company are not selling shares of common stock in this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $             and $            . GateHouse Media intends to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “            .”

See “Risk Factors” on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 


Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 


 

     Per Share    Total

Initial public offering price

   $                 $             

Underwriting discount

   $                 $             

Proceeds, before expenses, to GateHouse Media

   $                 $             

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from GateHouse Media at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 


The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2006.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Wachovia Securities

 


Prospectus dated                     , 2006.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   11

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   21

Use of Proceeds

   22

Dividend Policy

   23

Capitalization

   24

Dilution

   25

Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data

   27

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   31

Business

   48

Management

   64

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   76

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

   78

Description of Certain Indebtedness

   80

Description of Capital Stock

   82

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   85

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

   86

Underwriting

   88

Legal Matters

   93

Experts

   93

Where You Can Find More Information

   93

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

 


This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities offered hereby in any jurisdiction where, or to any person to whom, it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. The information contained in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of this prospectus unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies. No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus in connection with the offer contained herein and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sales made hereunder shall under any circumstances create an implication that there has been no change in our affairs or those of our subsidiaries since the date hereof.

 


On May 9, 2005, FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with GateHouse Media, Inc., formerly known as Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to which a wholly-owned subsidiary of FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC merged with and into the Company (the “Merger”). The Merger was effective on June 6, 2005, thus making FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC our principal and controlling stockholder. Prior to the effectiveness of the Merger, affiliates of Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. controlled the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger, each share of the Company’s common and preferred stock was exchanged for cash and the Company’s 11  5 / 8 % Senior Debentures due 2013 were redeemed.

On June 6, 2006, GateHouse acquired substantially all of the assets, and assumed certain liabilities of, CP Media, Inc. and acquired all of the equity interests of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC through the purchase of the entities directly and indirectly owning such equity interests.

 

i


Table of Contents

Unless the context otherwise requires, in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ   “Acquisitions” refers to the CNC Acquisition and the Enterprise Acquisition;

 

  Ÿ   “CP Media,” “Community Newspaper Company” and “CNC” refer to CP Media, Inc. and its predecessor entities;

 

  Ÿ   “CP Media Acquisition,” “Community Newspaper Company Acquisition” and “CNC Acquisition” refer to the acquisition of substantially all of the assets, and assumption of certain liabilities, of CP Media;

 

  Ÿ   “Enterprise” refers to Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC and its subsidiaries and predecessor entities;

 

  Ÿ   “Enterprise Acquisition” refers to the acquisition of all of the equity interests of Enterprise;

 

  Ÿ   “Fortress” refers to Fortress Investment Group LLC and certain of its affiliates, including certain funds managed by it or its affiliates;

 

  Ÿ   “GateHouse Media,” “GateHouse,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to GateHouse Media, Inc. and its subsidiaries and predecessor entities;

 

  Ÿ   “Predecessor” refers to GateHouse prior to the consummation of the Merger;

 

  Ÿ   “Predecessor Period” refers to the period prior to the consummation of the Merger;

 

  Ÿ   “pro forma” refers to GateHouse after giving effect to the Merger, the Acquisitions and the 2006 Financing as of the beginning of the applicable period or as of the applicable date;

 

  Ÿ   “Successor” refers to GateHouse after the consummation of the Merger; and

 

  Ÿ   “Successor Period” refers to the period after the consummation of the Merger.

 

ii


Table of Contents

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information more fully described elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it is not complete and does not contain all the information you should consider before buying shares of our common stock in this offering. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and the financial statements and the notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock.

GateHouse Media, Inc.

We are one of the largest publishers of locally based print and online media in the United States as measured by number of publications. Our business model is to be the preeminent provider of local content and advertising in the small and midsize markets we serve. Our portfolio of products, which currently includes 423 community publications and more than 230 related websites, serves over 125,000 business advertisers and reaches approximately 9 million people on a weekly basis. Our total pro forma revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 was $384 million.

Our core products include:

 

  Ÿ   75 daily newspapers with total paid circulation of approximately 405,000;

 

  Ÿ   231 weekly newspapers (published up to three times per week) with total paid circulation of approximately 620,000 and total free circulation of approximately 430,000;

 

  Ÿ   117 “shoppers” (generally advertising-only publications) with total circulation of approximately 1.5 million; and

 

  Ÿ   over 230 locally focused websites, which extend our franchises onto the internet.

In addition to our core products, we also opportunistically produce niche publications that address specific local market interests such as recreation, sports, healthcare and real estate. Over the last 12 months, we created over 90 niche publications.

Our print and online products focus on the local community from both a content and advertising standpoint. Due to our focus on small and midsize markets, we are usually the primary, and sometimes sole, provider of comprehensive and in-depth local information in the communities we serve. Our content is primarily devoted to topics that we believe are highly relevant to our audience such as local news and politics, community and regional events, youth sports and local schools.

Over 70% of our daily newspapers have been published for more than 100 years and 93% have been published for more than 50 years. The longevity of our publications demonstrates the value and relevance of the local information that we provide and has created a strong foundation of reader loyalty and a recognized media brand name in each community we serve. Due to these factors, our publications have high audience penetration rates in our markets, thereby providing advertisers with superior access to local consumers.

We have a strong history of growth through acquisitions and new product launches. Since our inception, we have acquired 249 daily and weekly newspapers and shoppers and launched numerous new products, including 10 weekly newspapers. This strategy has been, and will continue to be, a critical component of our growth. We have demonstrated an ability to successfully integrate

 

1


Table of Contents

 

acquired publications and improve their performance through sound management, including revenue generating and direct cost saving initiatives. Given our scale, we see significant opportunities to continue our acquisition and integration strategy within the highly fragmented local media industry.

We operate in 285 markets across 17 states. A key element of our business strategy is geographic clustering of publications to realize operating efficiencies and provide consistent management. We share best practices across our organization, giving each publication the benefit of revenue producing and cost saving initiatives. We centralize functions such as ad composition, bookkeeping and production and give each publication in a cluster access to top quality production equipment, which enables us to cost-efficiently provide superior products and service to our customers. In addition, our size allows us to achieve economies of scale in the purchase of insurance, newsprint and other supplies. We believe that these advantages, together with the generally lower overhead costs associated with operating in small and midsize markets, allow us to generate high profit margins.

We believe we have been able to maintain stable revenues because of our geographic diversity, well-balanced portfolio of products, strong local franchises and broad customer base. We plan to grow our revenue, cash flow and dividends per share through a combination of (i) organic growth in our existing portfolio, (ii) acquisitions of additional assets and operating companies and (iii) the realization of economies of scale and operating efficiencies.

Our Industry

We operate in what is sometimes referred to as the “hyper-local” or community market within the media industry. Media companies that serve this segment provide highly focused local content and advertising that is generally unique to each market they serve. Community newspapers, a significant component of the hyper-local market, compete to a limited extent for advertising customers with other publications and other forms of media, including: direct mail, directories, radio, television, outdoor advertising and the internet. We believe that local publications are the most effective medium for retail advertising, which emphasizes the price of goods, in contrast to radio and broadcast and cable television, which are generally used for image advertising. We estimate that the locally oriented segment of the U.S. advertising market generated revenue of approximately $100 billion in 2005, or approximately 36% of the entire U.S. advertising market.

The U.S. community newspaper industry is large and highly fragmented. According to Dirks, Van Essen & Murray, there are more than 1,400 daily newspapers in the United States with circulations of less than 50,000, which we generally define as local or community newspapers. We believe this fragmentation provides significant acquisition and consolidation opportunities in the community newspaper industry. We also believe that fragmentation and significant acquisition opportunities exist in complementary hyper-local businesses such as directories, traders, direct mail and locally focused websites.

The primary sources of advertising revenue for local publications are small businesses, corporations, government agencies and individuals who reside in the market that a publication serves. By combining paid circulation publications with total market coverage publications such as shoppers and other specialty publications (tailored to the specific attributes of a local community), local publications are able to reach nearly 100% of the households in a distribution area. In addition to printed products, the majority of local publications have an online presence that further leverages the local brand and ensures higher penetration into a given market.

Our segment of the media industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, both economic and social. Small and midsize communities can generally sustain only one newspaper. Moreover, the brand value associated with long-term reader and advertiser loyalty, and the high start-up costs associated

 

2


Table of Contents

 

with developing and distributing content and selling advertisements, help to limit competition. Companies within the industry produce stable revenues and high margins as a result of these competitive dynamics and the value created for advertisers by hyper-local content and community relationships.

Our Strengths

We believe some of our most significant strengths are:

High Quality Assets with Dominant Local Franchises.     Our publications benefit from a long history as a trusted voice in the communities we serve and a reputation for comprehensive and in-depth local content. This has resulted in strong reader loyalty which is highly valued by local advertisers. We continue to build on long-standing relationships with local advertisers and our in-depth knowledge of local markets.

Superior Value Proposition for Our Advertisers.     Our publications provide a cost effective means for advertisers to reach the customers they covet due to our strong reader loyalty and high audience penetration rates. We offer advertisers several alternatives (dailies, weeklies, shoppers, online and niche publications) to reach consumers and to tailor the nature and frequency of their marketing messages. The concentrated local focus of our distribution provides advertisers with a targeted audience with whom they can communicate directly, thereby maximizing the efficiency of their advertising spending.

Stable and Diversified Advertising Revenue Base.     Our advertising revenue tends to be stable and recurring because of our strong local franchises, well-balanced portfolio of products, geographic diversity and broad customer base. We generate revenue in 285 markets across 17 states, serving a fragmented and diversified local advertising customer base. Over 125,000 individual businesses advertise in our publications, and our top 20 advertisers contributed less than 5% of our pro forma total revenues in 2005. In addition, over 1.75 million classified advertisements were placed in our publications in 2005. We believe local advertising tends to be less sensitive to economic cycles than national advertising because local businesses generally have fewer advertising channels through which to reach their target audience.

Scale Yields Higher Margins and Allows Us to Realize Operating Synergies.     We achieve higher operating margins than our publications could achieve on a stand-alone basis by leveraging our operations and implementing revenue initiatives across a broader local footprint in a geographic cluster. Our scale enables us to centralize our corporate and administrative operations and spread costs over a larger number of publications. We also benefit from economies of scale in the purchase of insurance, newsprint and other supplies.

Strong Financial Profile Generates Significant Cash Flow.     Our business generates significant recurring cash flow due to our stable revenue, high margins, low capital expenditure and working capital requirements and currently favorable tax position.

Strong Track Record of Acquiring and Integrating New Assets.     We have created a national platform for consolidating local publications and have demonstrated an ability to improve the performance of the publications we acquire through sound management, including revenue generating and direct cost saving initiatives. Since our inception, we have acquired 249 publications in 37 transactions that contributed an aggregate of 63% of our pro forma total revenue in 2005. Excluding the Acquisitions, we have invested over $190 million and integrated 118 publications in 35 transactions. By implementing revenue generating initiatives and leveraging the economies of scale inherent in our clustering strategy we increased trailing twelve-month Adjusted EBITDA at those publications from $18 million at the time of acquisition to $24 million in 2005.

 

3


Table of Contents

 

Experienced Management Team.     Our senior management team is made up of executives who have an average of over 20 years of experience in the media industry. Our executive officers have broad industry experience and a successful track record of growing businesses organically and identifying and integrating acquisitions.

Our Strategy

We seek to grow revenue, cash flow and dividends per share by leveraging our community-based franchises and relationships to increase our product offerings, penetration rates and market share in the communities we serve and by pursuing a disciplined approach to acquisitions. The key elements of our strategy are:

Maintain Our Dominance in the Delivery of Proprietary Content in Our Communities.     We seek to maintain our position as a leading provider of local content in the markets we serve and to leverage this position to strengthen our relationships with both readers and advertisers, thereby increasing penetration rates and market share. A critical aspect of this approach is to continue to provide local content that is not readily obtainable elsewhere in order to position our products as a “must read” within their markets.

Pursue a Disciplined and Accretive Acquisition Strategy in Existing and New Markets. We seek to grow in existing and new markets through a disciplined and cash flow accretive acquisition strategy. The local media industry is highly fragmented and we believe we have a strong platform for creating additional shareholder value. We intend to pursue acquisitions of local marketing businesses, including directories, traders and direct mail, that are accretive to our cash flow.

Leverage Benefits of Scale and Clustering to Increase Cash Flows and Margins.     We will continue to take advantage of geographic clustering to realize operating and economic efficiencies in areas such as labor, production, overhead, raw materials and distribution costs. We believe we will be able to expand our profit margins as we streamline and further centralize purchasing and administrative functions and integrate acquired properties.

Introduce New Products or Modify Our Products to Enhance the Value Proposition for Our Advertisers.     Our established positions in local markets, combined with our publishing and distribution capabilities, allow us to develop and customize new products to address the evolving interests and needs of our readers and advertisers. These products are often specialty publications that address specific interests such as employment, healthcare, hobbies and real estate. In addition, we intend to capitalize upon our unique position in local markets to introduce other marketing oriented products such as directories, shoppers and other niche publications in both online and printed format in order to further enhance our value to advertisers.

Pursue a Content-Driven Internet Strategy .      We are well positioned to increase our online penetration and generate additional online revenues due to both our ability to deliver unique local content and our relationships with readers and advertisers. We believe our local brands and unique local content make our sites “must visit” destinations for our local audience. This presents an opportunity to increase our audience penetration rates and advertising market share in each of the communities we serve.

Increase Sales Force Productivity.     We aim to increase the productivity of our sales force and, in turn, advertising revenues, through an approach that includes ongoing company-wide training, incentive compensation programs and regular evaluation of our advertising rates to ensure that we are maximizing revenue opportunities.

 

4


Table of Contents

 

Recent Acquisitions and Our Recent Financing

On June 6, 2006, we consummated the Acquisitions, pursuant to which we acquired substantially all of the assets, and assumed certain liabilities, of CNC and acquired all of the equity interests of Enterprise. CNC and Enterprise were the two largest community newspaper companies in Massachusetts. The publications acquired in the Acquisitions include six dailies, 115 weeklies, 10 shoppers and numerous specialty publications that serve communities in eastern Massachusetts and now comprise our Northeast region. The operations of CNC and Enterprise contributed $180 million to our total pro forma revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 of $384 million. For additional information concerning the products acquired in the Acquisitions and our Northeast region, see “Business—Overview of Operations—Northeast Region.”

In order to finance the Acquisitions and to extend the maturities of our outstanding debt and obtain greater financial flexibility, on June 6, 2006 we entered into the following new financial arrangements through our subsidiaries:

 

  Ÿ   a $610.0 million first lien credit facility, consisting of a $570.0 million term loan facility and a $40.0 million revolving credit facility; and

 

  Ÿ   a $152.0 million second lien term loan facility.

These financing transactions are referred to as the “2006 Financing” and the first and second lien credit facilities are referred to as our “2006 Credit Facility.” In addition to funding the Acquisitions, we used the proceeds of the 2006 Financing to repay our prior revolving and term loan credit facilities and pay accrued interest in the aggregate amount of $323.6 million. For additional information on our 2006 Credit Facility, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay the second lien term loan facility that is currently part of our 2006 Credit Facility.

Our Principal Stockholder

As of June 30, 2006, Fortress beneficially owned approximately 96% of our outstanding common stock. Following the completion of this offering, Fortress will beneficially own approximately         % of our outstanding common stock, or         % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is fully exercised. Fortress is not selling any shares of common stock in this offering.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 350 Willowbrook Office Park, Fairport, New York 14450. Our telephone number is (585) 598-0030. Our internet address is www.gatehousemedia.com. Information on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1997.

 

5


Table of Contents

 

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us in this offering

               shares.

Over-allotment option

               shares.

Common stock to be outstanding after the offering

  

            shares.

Use of proceeds

   We expect to use the net proceeds from the offering to repay in full the $152 million second lien term loan facility (currently part of our 2006 Credit Facility) incurred in connection with the Acquisitions and for general corporate purposes.

Dividend policy

   On                     , 2006, our board of directors declared our first regular dividend of $             per share of our common stock, or an aggregate of $             million, for the three months ended                     , 2006, which we paid on                     , 2006. We intend to continue to pay regular quarterly cash dividends to the holders of our common stock. The payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements, earnings, general business conditions, restrictions imposed by financing arrangements (including the 2006 Credit Facility), legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and other factors the board of directors deems relevant. Dividends on our common stock are not cumulative. We expect that in certain quarters we may pay dividends that exceed our net income amounts for such period as calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

   “                    .”

Risk factors

   Please read the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 for a discussion of some of the factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding after the offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. This number and, unless otherwise indicated, the information presented in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ   reflect a     -for-1 common stock split, which we will effect prior to the offering;

 

  Ÿ   assume that the underwriters’ over-allotment option, which entitles the underwriters to purchase up to              additional shares of our common stock from us, is not exercised; and

 

  Ÿ   assume an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

6


Table of Contents

 

Summary Historical Consolidated and Pro Forma Financial Data

Our summary historical financial data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 and for the period from January 1 to June 5, 2005 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our summary historical financial data as of December 31, 2003 has been derived from the audited financial statements of the Predecessor not included in this prospectus. Our summary historical financial data as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Successor included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data as of March 31, 2006 and for the three-month period ended March 31, 2006 have been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Successor included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data for the three-month period ended March 31, 2005 have been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position as of such dates and our results of operations for such periods. The results for periods of less than a full year are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any interim period or for a full year. As a result of the Merger, our current capital structure and basis of accounting differ from those prior to the Merger. Our financial data for the periods subsequent to June 5, 2005 reflect the Merger under the purchase method of accounting. Therefore, our financial data for the Predecessor Period generally will not be comparable to our financial data for the Successor Period.

The summary pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 give effect to the Merger, the Acquisitions and the 2006 Financing as if they had occurred on January 1, 2005. The summary pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet information as of March 31, 2006 gives effect to the Acquisitions and the 2006 Financing as if they occurred on March 31, 2006. The summary pro forma condensed consolidated financial data below is based upon available information and assumptions that we believe are reasonable, however, we can provide no assurance that the assumptions used in the preparation of the summary pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are correct. The summary pro forma condensed consolidated financial data is for illustrative and informational purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of what our financial condition or results of operations would have been if, in the case of pro forma statement of operations data, the Merger, the Acquisitions and the 2006 Financing had occurred on January 1, 2005, or in the case of pro forma balance sheet data, the Acquisitions and the 2006 Financing had occurred on March 31, 2006. The summary pro forma condensed consolidated financial data also should not be considered representative of our future financial condition or results of operations.

The summary pro forma, as adjusted condensed consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 give effect to the Merger, the Acquisitions, the 2006 Financing and this offering, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering, as if they occurred on January 1, 2005. The summary pro forma, as adjusted condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006 gives effect to the Acquisitions, the 2006 Financing and this offering, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering, as if they occurred on March 31, 2006.

 

7


Table of Contents

See our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a complete description of the adjustments made to derive the pro forma statement of operations data and pro forma balance sheet data.

 

   

Year Ended

December 31,

   

Period

from
January 1,
2005 to

June 5,

2005

   

Period

from

June 6,

2005 to
December 31,
2005

  Three Months Ended
March 31,
       

Year

Ended

December 31,
2005

   

Three
Months
Ended
March 31,

2006

   

Year

Ended

December 31,
2005

 

Three
Months
Ended
March 31,

2006

    2003     2004         2005     2006          
    (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)   (Predecessor)     (Successor)         (Pro Forma)     (Pro Forma)     (Pro Forma,
as Adjusted)
  (Pro Forma,
as Adjusted)
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)                          

Statement of Operations Data:

                       

Revenues:

                       

Advertising

  $ 139,258     $ 148,291     $ 63,172     $ 88,798   $ 34,846     $ 36,459       $ 295,645     $ 69,372     $                $             

Circulation

    31,478       34,017       14,184       19,298     8,233       8,495         66,085       16,311      

Commercial printing and other

    11,645       17,776       8,134       11,415     4,869       5,021         22,750       5,847      
                                                                           

Total revenues

    182,381       200,084       85,490       119,511     47,948       49,975         384,480       91,530      
                                                                           

Income from operations

    30,204       34,279       5,026       17,635     6,438       3,670         38,418       4,953      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    (14,650 )     (30,711 )     (24,831 )     9,565     (12,963 )     582         (20,973 )     (6,270 )    

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ (26,573 )   $ (26,085 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565   $ (12,963 )   $ 582       $ (20,973 )   $ (6,270 )    

Basic and diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

    2,158,833       2,158,833       2,158,833       226,400     2,158,833       227,644         226,400       227,644     $     $  

Earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders(1)

                       

Basic and diluted

  $ (12.31 )   $ (12.08 )   $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25   $ (6.00 )   $ 2.56       $ (92.64 )   $ (27.54 )   $     $  

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

                       

Other Data:

                       

(unaudited)

                       

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ 45,164     $ 50,663     $ 20,726     $ 29,993   $ 10,276     $ 10,188       $ 85,224     $ 16,169     $     $  

Cash interest paid

  $ 22,754     $ 24,210     $ 16,879     $ 10,591   $ 14,298     $ 6,598            

Cash tax payments

  $ 408     $ 619     $ 459     $ 269   $ —       $ —              

Capital expenditures

  $ 2,141     $ 3,654     $ 1,015     $ 4,967   $ 544     $ 2,886            
     As of December 31,  

As of
March 31,

2006

       

As of
March 31,

2006

 

As of

March 31,

2006

     2003     2004     2005        
     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)   (Successor)         (Pro Forma)   (Pro
Forma, as
Adjusted)
     (in thousands)                  

Balance Sheet Data:

                  

Total assets

   $ 492,349     $ 488,176     $ 638,726   $ 638,936       $ 1,115,784   $       

Total long-term obligations, including current maturities (excluding deferred income taxes)

     582,241       602,003       313,655     310,404         768,988    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (139,492 )     (165,577 )     232,056     235,514         235,514    

 

 

8


Table of Contents

 


(1) Upon the completion of a     -for-1 stock split that we will effect prior to the offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding. The pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share have been computed as if this stock split had occurred as of the beginning of each of the applicable periods presented.

 

(2) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, non-cash compensation related expenses and other non-recurring items. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to income from operations, net income (loss), cash flows from continuing operating activities or any other measure of performance or liquidity derived in accordance with GAAP. We believe this non-GAAP measure, as we have defined it, is helpful in identifying trends in our day-to-day performance because the items excluded have little or no significance in our day-to-day operations. This measure provides an assessment of controllable expenses and affords management the ability to make decisions which are expected to facilitate meeting current financial goals as well as achieve optimal financial performance. It provides an indicator for management to determine if adjustments to current spending decisions are needed.

 

   Adjusted EBITDA provides us with a measure of financial performance, independent of items that are beyond the control of management in the short-term, such as depreciation and amortization, taxation and interest expense associated with our capital structure. This metric measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, namely the cost structure or expenses of the organization. Adjusted EBITDA is one of the metrics used by senior management and the board of directors to review the financial performance of the business on a monthly basis.

 

   Not all companies calculate Adjusted EBITDA using the same methods; therefore, the Adjusted EBITDA figures set forth herein may not be comparable to Adjusted EBITDA reported by other companies. A substantial portion of our Adjusted EBITDA must be dedicated to the payment of interest on our outstanding indebtedness and to service other commitments, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA does not represent an amount of funds that is available for management’s discretionary use. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

9


Table of Contents

 

   The table below shows the reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

    Year Ended December 31,    

Period from
January 1,
2005 to June 5,

2005

   

Period from
June 6, 2005 to
December 31,

2005

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2006
    2003     2004         2005     2006          
    (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)     (Pro forma)     (Pro forma)     (Pro forma,
as Adjusted)
  Pro forma,
as Adjusted)
    (in thousands)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ (14,650 )   $ (30,711 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565     $ (12,963 )   $ 582     $ (20,973 )   $ (6,270 )   $                $             

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (4,691 )     1,228       (3,027 )     7,050       (3,098 )     486       3,730       (1,884 )    

Write-off of deferred offering costs

    1,935       —         —         —         —         —         —         —        

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    161       —         —         —         —         —         —         —        

Unrealized gain on derivative instrument

    —         —         —         (10,807 )     —         (2,605 )     —         —        

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    —         —         5,525       —         5,525       —         5,525       —        

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,810       1,826       643       67       546       31       762       190      

Interest expense—dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

    13,206       29,019       13,484       —         7,780       —         —         —        

Interest expense—debt

    32,433       32,917       13,232       11,760       8,648       5,176       49,396       12,921      

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    104       30       —         (40 )     —         441       (96 )     437      

Impairment of long-term assets

    —         1,500       —         —         —         —         —         —        

Transaction costs related to Merger

    —         —         7,703       2,850       —         —         10,553       —        

Depreciation and amortization

    13,359       13,374       5,776       8,030       3,468       3,599       30,113       7,200      

Non-cash compensation

    17       —         953       516       —         404       1,469       404      

Integration and reorganization (a)

    —         —         —         752       —         1,752       856       2,006      

Restructuring (b)

    1,480       1,480       1,268       250       370       322       2,754       641      

Non-cash portion of post retirement benefits

    —         —         —         —         —         —         1,135       525      
                                                                           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 45,164     $ 50,663     $ 20,726     $ 29,993     $ 10,276     $ 10,188     $ 85,224     $ 16,169     $     $  
                                                                           

 

(a) Integration and reorganization includes compensation expense related to the acquisition of new executive management, recruiting expenses and consulting fees.

 

(b) Restructuring includes severance, forgiveness of employee debt related to prior executive management and management fees paid to the prior owner.

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements, before investing in shares of our common stock. If any of the following events actually occur or risks actually materialize, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow could suffer materially and adversely. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.

Risks Related to Our Business

We depend to a great extent on the economies and the demographics of the local communities that we serve and are also susceptible to general economic downturns, which could have a material and adverse impact on our advertising and circulation revenues and our profitability.

Our advertising revenues and, to a lesser extent, circulation revenues, depend upon a variety of factors specific to the communities that our publications serve. These factors include, among others, the size and demographic characteristics of the local population, local economic conditions in general and the economic condition of the retail segments of the communities that our publications serve. If the local economy, population or prevailing retail environment of a community we serve experiences a downturn, our publications, revenues and profitability in that market would be adversely affected. Our advertising revenues are also susceptible to negative trends in the general economy that affect consumer spending. The advertisers in our newspapers and other publications and related websites are primarily retail businesses, which can be significantly affected by regional or national economic downturns and other developments.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and reduce the funds available to us for other purposes, including dividend payments.

We have and, after the offering, will continue to have a significant amount of indebtedness. On March 31, 2006, after giving pro forma effect to the 2006 Financing and the use of the net proceeds from the sale of              shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, we would have had total indebtedness of $             million. Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health in the following ways:

 

  Ÿ   a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the payment of interest on our outstanding indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock;

 

  Ÿ   our substantial degree of leverage could make us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in general economic conditions or other adverse events in our business;

 

  Ÿ   our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired; and

 

  Ÿ   there would be a material and adverse effect on our business and financial condition if we are unable to service our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, as needed.

In addition, our 2006 Credit Facility contains, and future indebtedness may contain, financial and other restrictive covenants, ratios and tests that limit our ability to incur additional debt and engage in other activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our ability to comply with the covenants, ratios or tests contained in our 2006 Credit Facility or in the agreements governing our future indebtedness may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. Our 2006 Credit Facility prohibits us from making dividend payments on our common stock if we are not in compliance with each of our financial covenants and our restricted

 

11


Table of Contents

payment covenant. In addition, events of default, if not waived or cured, could result in the acceleration of the maturity of our indebtedness under our 2006 Credit Facility or our other indebtedness. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the 2006 Credit Facility could proceed against the security granted to them to secure that indebtedness. If the lenders accelerate the payment of our indebtedness under our 2006 Credit Facility or other indebtedness, if any, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full such indebtedness.

Although our 2006 Credit Facility limits the ability of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, the Company is not subject to these limitations. Accordingly, we may incur significantly more debt, which could also adversely affect our financial health.

We may not be able to pay or maintain dividends and the failure to do so may negatively affect our share price.

We intend to pay regular quarterly dividends to the holders of our common stock. Our ability to pay dividends, if any, will depend on, among other things, our cash flows, our cash requirements, our financial condition, contractual restrictions binding on us, provisions of applicable law and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our 2006 Credit Facility contains certain restrictions on our ability to make dividend payments. There can be no assurance that we will generate sufficient cash from continuing operations in the future, or have sufficient surplus or net profits, as the case may be, under Delaware law, to pay dividends on our common stock. Our dividend policy is based upon our directors’ current assessment of our business and the environment in which we operate and that assessment could change based on competitive or technological developments (which could, for example, increase our need for capital expenditures) or new growth opportunities. Our board of directors may, in its discretion, amend or repeal this dividend policy to decrease the level of dividends or entirely discontinue the payment of dividends. The reduction or elimination of dividends may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

We may not retain a sufficient amount of cash or generate sufficient funds from operations to consummate acquisitions, fund our operations or repay our indebtedness at maturity or otherwise.

We intend to pay regular quarterly dividends to the holders of our common stock. As a result, we may not retain a sufficient amount of cash to finance growth opportunities, including acquisitions, or fund our operations, including unanticipated capital expenditures. Our ability to pursue any material expansion of our business, including through acquisitions or increased capital spending, will depend more than it otherwise would on our ability to obtain third party financing. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available to us at all, or at an acceptable cost.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness as required will depend on our ability to generate cash flow from operations in the future. This ability, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. There can be no assurance that our business will generate cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in amounts sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs.

We may have difficulty integrating the acquired assets and businesses of CNC and Enterprise.

We acquired CNC and Enterprise with the expectation that these acquisitions would result in certain benefits and economies of scale, including expansion of the markets we serve and an increase in our operational efficiencies. Achieving the benefits of the Acquisitions will depend upon the successful integration of the acquired businesses into our existing operations. The integration risks associated with the Acquisitions include but are not limited to:

 

  Ÿ   the diversion of our management’s attention, as integrating the operations and assets of the acquired businesses will require a substantial amount of our management’s time;

 

12


Table of Contents
  Ÿ   difficulties associated with assimilating the operations of the acquired businesses, including billing and customer information systems;

 

  Ÿ   the ability to achieve operating and financial synergies anticipated to result from the Acquisitions;

 

  Ÿ   the level of cooperation of the applicable labor unions with various integration initiatives and efforts;

 

  Ÿ   the costs of integration may exceed our expectations; and

 

  Ÿ   failing to retain key personnel, readers and customers of CNC and Enterprise.

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in integrating the acquired assets into our current businesses. The failure to successfully integrate CNC and Enterprise could have a material adverse effect on our business financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.

We intend to continue to pursue acquisition opportunities, which may subject us to considerable business and financial risk.

We have grown through, and anticipate that we will continue to grow through, acquisitions of paid daily and weekly newspapers and free circulation and total market coverage publications, such as shoppers, as well as other forms of local media such as directories, traders and direct mail. We continually evaluate potential acquisitions and intend actively to pursue acquisition opportunities, some of which could be significant. We may not be successful in identifying acquisition opportunities, assessing the value, strengths and weaknesses of these opportunities and consummating acquisitions on acceptable terms. Furthermore, suitable acquisition opportunities may not even be made available or known to us. Acquisitions may expose us to particular business and financial risks that include, but are not limited to:

 

  Ÿ   diverting management’s attention;

 

  Ÿ   incurring additional indebtedness and assuming liabilities;

 

  Ÿ   incurring significant additional capital expenditures, transaction and operating expenses and non-recurring acquisition-related charges;

 

  Ÿ   experiencing an adverse impact on our earnings from the amortization or write-off of acquired goodwill and other intangible assets;

 

  Ÿ   failing to integrate the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses;

 

  Ÿ   acquiring businesses with which we are not familiar;

 

  Ÿ   entering new markets with which we are not familiar; and

 

  Ÿ   failing to retain key personnel, readers and customers of the acquired businesses.

We may not be able to successfully manage acquired businesses or increase our cash flow from these operations. If we are unable to successfully implement our acquisition strategy or address the risks associated with acquisitions, or if we encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications or delays frequently encountered in connection with the integration of acquired entities and the expansion of operations, our growth and ability to compete may be impaired, we may fail to achieve acquisition synergies and we may be required to focus resources on integration of operations rather than other profitable areas. In addition, we may compete for certain acquisition targets with companies having greater financial resources than us. We anticipate that we may finance acquisitions through cash provided by operating activities, borrowings under our 2006 Credit Facility and other indebtedness, which would reduce our cash available for other purposes, including the repayment of indebtedness and payment of dividends.

 

13


Table of Contents

If there is a significant increase in the price of newsprint or a reduction in the availability of newsprint, our results of operations and financial condition may suffer.

The basic raw material for our publications is newsprint. In 2005, on a pro forma basis, we consumed approximately 65,000 metric tons of newsprint (including for commercial printing) and the cost of our newsprint consumption related to our publications totaled approximately $25.6 million, which was approximately 7% of our 2005 pro forma advertising and circulation revenues. We generally maintain only a 30-day inventory of newsprint, although participation in a newsprint-buying consortium helps ensure adequate supply. An inability to obtain an adequate supply of newsprint at a favorable price in the future could have a material adverse effect on our ability to produce our publications. Historically, the price of newsprint has been volatile, reaching a high of approximately $750 per metric ton in 1996 and dropping to a low of almost $410 per metric ton in 2002. The average price of newsprint for 2005 was approximately $610 per metric ton. Significant increases in newsprint costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. See “Business—Newsprint.”

We compete with a large number of companies in the local media industry; if we are unable to compete effectively, our advertising and circulation revenues may decline.

Our business is concentrated in newspapers and other print publications located primarily in small and midsize markets in the United States. Our revenues primarily consist of advertising and paid circulation. Competition for advertising revenues and paid circulation comes from direct mail, directories, radio, television, outdoor advertising, other newspaper publications, the internet and other media. For example, as the use of the internet has increased, we have lost some classified advertising and subscribers to online advertising businesses and our free internet sites that contain abbreviated versions of our publications. Competition for advertising revenues is based largely upon advertiser results, advertising rates, readership, demographics and circulation levels. Competition for circulation is based largely upon the content of the publication and its price and editorial quality. Our local and regional competitors vary from market to market and many of our competitors for advertising revenues are larger and have greater financial and distribution resources than us. We may incur increasing costs competing for advertising expenditures and paid circulation. We may also experience a decline of circulation or print advertising revenue due to alternative media, such as the internet. If we are not able to compete effectively for advertising expenditures and paid circulation, our revenues may decline. See “Business—Competition.”

Our business is subject to seasonal and other fluctuations, which affects our revenues and operating results.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations that we expect to continue to be reflected in our operating results in future periods. Our first fiscal quarter of the year tends to be our weakest quarter because advertising volume is at its lowest levels following the holiday season. Correspondingly, our fourth fiscal quarter tends to be our strongest quarter because it includes heavy holiday season advertising. Other factors that affect our quarterly revenues and operating results may be beyond our control, including changes in the pricing policies of our competitors, the hiring and retention of key personnel, wage and cost pressures, distribution costs, changes in newsprint prices and general economic factors.

We could be adversely affected by declining circulation.

Overall daily newspaper circulation, including national and urban newspapers, has declined at an average annual rate of 0.5% since 1996. There can be no assurance that our circulation will not decline in the future. We have been able to maintain our annual circulation revenue from existing operations in recent years through, among other things, increases in our per copy prices. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to increase prices to offset any declines in

 

14


Table of Contents

circulation. Further declines in circulation could impair our ability to maintain or increase our advertising prices, cause purchasers of advertising in our publications to reduce or discontinue those purchases and discourage potential new advertising customers which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We are subject to environmental and employee safety and health laws and regulations that could cause us to incur significant compliance expenditures and liabilities.

Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations pertaining to the environment, storage tanks and the management and disposal of wastes at our facilities. Under various environmental laws, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for contamination resulting from the release or threatened release of hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum at that property. Such laws often impose liability on the owner or operator without regard to fault and the costs of any required investigation or cleanup can be substantial. Our operations are also subject to various employee safety and health laws and regulations, including those pertaining to occupational injury and illness, employee exposure to hazardous materials and employee complaints. Environmental and employee safety and health laws tend to be complex, comprehensive and frequently changing. As a result, we may be involved from time to time in administrative and judicial proceedings and investigations related to environmental and employee safety and health issues. These proceedings and investigations could result in substantial costs to us, divert our management’s attention and adversely affect our ability to sell, lease or develop our real property. Furthermore, if it is determined we are not in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or if our properties are contaminated, it could result in significant liabilities, fines or the suspension or interruption of the operations of specific printing facilities. Future events, such as changes in existing laws and regulations, new laws or regulations or the discovery of conditions not currently known to us, may give rise to additional compliance or remedial costs that could be material.

We depend on key personnel and we may not be able to operate and grow our business effectively if we lose the services of any of our key personnel or are unable to attract qualified personnel in the future.

We are dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. In particular, we are dependent upon the management and leadership of Michael E. Reed, our Chief Executive Officer, Mark Thompson, our Chief Financial Officer, and Scott T. Champion and Randall W. Cope, our Co-Presidents and Co-Chief Operating Officers. The loss of Mr. Reed, Mr. Thompson, Mr. Champion, Mr. Cope or other key personnel could affect our ability to run our business effectively.

The success of our business is heavily dependent on our ability to retain our current management and other key personnel and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Competition for senior management personnel is intense and we may not be able to retain our personnel. Although we have entered into employment agreements with certain of our key personnel, these agreements do not ensure that our key personnel will continue in their present capacity with us for any particular period of time. We do not have key man insurance for any of our current management or other key personnel. The loss of any key personnel requires the remaining key personnel to divert immediate and substantial attention to seeking a replacement. An inability to find a suitable replacement for any departing executive officer on a timely basis could adversely affect our ability to operate and grow our business.

A shortage of skilled or experienced employees in the media industry, or our inability to retain such employees, could pose a risk to achieving improved productivity and reducing costs, which could adversely affect our profitability.

Production and distribution of our various publications requires skilled and experienced employees. A shortage of such employees, or our inability to retain such employees, could have an

 

15


Table of Contents

adverse impact on our productivity and costs, our ability to expand, develop and distribute new products and our entry into new markets. The cost of retaining or hiring such employees could exceed our expectations.

Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure

If the ownership of our common stock continues to be highly concentrated, it may prevent you from influencing significant corporate decisions and the interests of our principal stockholder may conflict with your interests.

Following the completion of this offering, Fortress will beneficially own approximately         % of our outstanding common stock, or         % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is fully exercised. As a result, Fortress will be able to control fundamental and significant corporate matters and transactions, including: the election of directors; mergers, consolidations or acquisitions; the sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other decisions affecting our capital structure; the amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws; and the dissolution of the Company. Additionally, Fortress, together with its affiliates, has other business activities in addition to their ownership in us. The interests of Fortress may not always coincide with our interests or the interest of our other shareholders. For example, Fortress could delay, deter or prevent acts that may be favored by our other stockholders such as hostile takeovers, changes in control and changes in management. As a result of such actions, the market price of our common stock could decline or stockholders might not receive a premium for their shares in connection with a change of control of the Company. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Our Amended and Restated By-Laws.”

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that you may consider favorable or prevent the removal of our current board of directors and management.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that you may consider favorable or prevent the removal of our current board of directors and management. We have a number of anti-takeover devices in place that will hinder takeover attempts, including:

 

  Ÿ   a staggered board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each of whom serves a three-year term;

 

  Ÿ   removal of directors only for cause and only with the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the voting interest of stockholders entitled to vote;

 

  Ÿ   blank-check preferred stock;

 

  Ÿ   provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws preventing stockholders from calling special meetings or acting by written consent in lieu of a meeting (with the exception of Fortress, so long as Fortress beneficially owns at least 50.1% of our issued and outstanding common stock);

 

  Ÿ   advance notice requirements for stockholders with respect to director nominations and actions to be taken at annual meetings; and

 

  Ÿ   no provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation for cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock can elect all the directors standing for election.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our 2006 Credit Facility also limits our ability to enter into certain change of control transactions, which are an event of default under the 2006 Credit Facility. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which restricts certain business combinations with interested stockholders in certain situations, will not apply to us. This may make it easier for a third party to acquire an interest in some or all of us with Fortress’ approval, even though our other stockholders may not deem such an acquisition beneficial to their interests. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Our Amended and Restated By-Laws.”

We are a holding company and our access to the cash flow of our subsidiaries is subject to restrictions imposed by our indebtedness.

We are a holding company with no material direct operations. Our principal assets are the equity interests we own in our direct subsidiary, GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc. (“Holdco”), through which we indirectly own equity interests in our operating subsidiaries. As a result, we are dependent on loans, dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and to make dividend payments. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and have no obligation to make funds available to us. Holdco and certain of its subsidiaries are parties to our 2006 Credit Facility, which imposes restrictions on their ability to make loans, dividend payments or other payments to us. Any payment of dividends to us will be subject to the satisfaction of certain financial conditions set forth in our 2006 Credit Facility. The ability of Holdco and its subsidiaries to comply with these conditions in our 2006 Credit Facility may be affected by events that are beyond our control. We expect future borrowings by our subsidiaries to contain restrictions or prohibitions on the payment of dividends to us.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal controls.

On April 20, 2006, we received a letter from KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, in connection with the audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005, which identified two material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting for the same period. The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board defines a material weakness as a control deficiency, or a combination of control deficiencies, that adversely affects a company’s ability to initiate, authorize, record, process or report external financial data reliably in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such that there is more than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.

KPMG LLP identified the following two material weaknesses:

 

  Ÿ   insufficient analysis of GAAP to determine the appropriate accounting for certain unusual transactions, such as restructuring of our balance sheet in connection with the extinguishment of debt and acquisition related accounting, resulting in a number of significant adjustments to our consolidated financial statements; and failure to maintain a policy that requires a formal review of unusual or significant transactions; and

 

  Ÿ   in conjunction with the Merger, failure to appropriately establish a new basis of accounting, as required under GAAP, failure to record transaction costs associated with the Merger in the appropriate period and failure to record in the general ledger our post-closing entries to reflect the new basis of accounting.

To strengthen our accounting and finance group, we began recruiting additional finance and accounting personnel in November 2005. Since January 2006, we have hired an experienced senior management team, including a general counsel, and a strong and experienced finance and accounting

 

17


Table of Contents

group consisting of seven corporate accounting professionals and 15 shared services accounting professionals, many of whom have public company experience. The Acquisitions further strengthened our finance and accounting staff. We are in the process of centralizing certain of the accounting and reporting functions. We have also endeavored to ensure that sufficient time is made available for our personnel to adequately research, document, review and conclude on reporting matters and to increase our accounting, reporting and legal resources. While we have taken actions to address the material weaknesses identified above, additional measures may be necessary and these measures, along with other measures we expect to take to improve our internal controls, may not be sufficient to address the issues identified by KPMG LLP. If we are unable to correct weaknesses in internal controls in a timely manner, our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission may be adversely affected. This failure could materially and adversely impact our business, our financial condition and the market value of our securities.

Risks Related to this Offering

You might not be able to sell your stock if an active market for our common stock does not develop or continue.

Prior to the offering, you could not buy or sell our common stock publicly. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the New York Stock Exchange if we are approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, or otherwise, or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you or at all. See “Underwriting.”

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and will depend on a variety of factors, which could cause our common stock to trade at prices below the initial public offering price.

The initial public offering price of the common stock will be determined through negotiations between representatives of the underwriters and us and may not be representative of the price that will prevail in the open market. If an active trading market develops following the offering, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly. Some of the factors that could affect our share price include, but are not limited to:

 

  Ÿ   variations in our quarterly operating results;

 

  Ÿ   changes in our earnings estimates;

 

  Ÿ   the contents of published research reports about us or our industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

 

  Ÿ   additions or departures of key management personnel;

 

  Ÿ   any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

 

  Ÿ   announcements by us or others and developments affecting us;

 

  Ÿ   actions by institutional stockholders;

 

  Ÿ   changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

  Ÿ   speculation or reports by the press or investment community with respect to us or our industry in general;

 

  Ÿ   increases in market interest rates that may lead purchasers of our shares to demand a higher yield; and

 

  Ÿ   general market and economic conditions.

 

18


Table of Contents

These factors could cause our common stock to trade at prices below the initial public offering price, which could prevent you from selling your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. In addition, the stock market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices of securities. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of publicly traded companies. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class-action litigation has often been brought against that company. If similar litigation were instituted against us, it could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our operations.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by offering debt or additional equity securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes, shares of preferred stock or shares of our common stock. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings, would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their share holdings in us.

After this offering, assuming the exercise in full by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, we will have an aggregate of              shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our option plans. We may issue all of these shares without any action or approval by our stockholders. We intend to continue to actively pursue acquisitions and may issue shares of common stock in connection with these acquisitions.

Future sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price and make it difficult for you to recover the full value of your investment in our shares.

If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following the offering or if there is a perception that these sales may occur, the market price of our common stock could decline. These sales may also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of the offering, we will have approximately              shares of common stock outstanding, or              shares outstanding if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full. All of the shares of common stock sold in the offering will be freely tradable without restriction in the public market, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Fortress and certain of its related partnerships and permitted third-party transferees will have the right in certain circumstances to require us to register up to              shares of our common stock under the Securities Act for sale into the public markets. Upon the effectiveness of such a registration statement, all shares covered by the registration statement will be freely transferable.

In addition, following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register an aggregate of              shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the GateHouse Media, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan. Subject to any

 

19


Table of Contents

restrictions imposed on the shares granted under the GateHouse Media, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan, shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for sale into the public markets.

In addition to sales pursuant to registration statements, our outstanding shares will be eligible for sale in the public market at various times, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. We and our executive officers and directors and Fortress have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters in the offering that impose limitations, with certain limited exceptions, on our and their ability to dispose of shares of common stock. All participants in the directed shares program have also agreed to similar restrictions on the ability to sell their shares of common stock. See “Underwriting” for more information regarding the lock-up agreements and the directed shares program. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information regarding shares of our common stock that may be sold by existing stockholders after the completion of the offering.

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma and pro forma as adjusted negative net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after the offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in the offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $             per share. Future equity issuances may result in further dilution to investors in the offering. See “Dilution.”

Fluctuation of market interest rates may have an adverse effect on the value of your investment in our common stock.

One of the factors that investors may consider in deciding whether to buy or sell our common stock is our dividend payment per share as a percentage of our share price relative to market interest rates. If market interest rates increase, prospective investors may desire a higher rate of return on our common stock and therefore may seek securities paying higher dividends or interest or offering a higher rate of return than shares of our common stock. As a result, market interest rate fluctuations and other capital market conditions can affect the demand for and market value of our common stock. For instance, if interest rates rise, it is likely that the market price of our common stock will decrease, because current stockholders and potential investors will likely require a higher dividend yield and rate of return on our common stock as interest-bearing securities, such as bonds, offer more attractive returns.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, including personnel, and cause us to incur additional expenses.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). These requirements may place a strain on our people, systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight will be required. This may divert management’s attention from other business concerns. Upon consummation of this offering, our costs will increase as a result of having to comply with the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the New York Stock Exchange listing requirements, which will require us, among other things, to establish an internal audit function. We may not be able to do so in a timely fashion or without incurring significant costs.

 

20


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus contain certain “forward-looking statements” (as defined in Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) that reflect our current views regarding, among other things, our future growth, results of operations, performance and business prospects and opportunities. Words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “intends,” “estimates,” “seeks,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “aim” or the negative versions of these words and similar expressions have been used to identify these forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying these statements. For purposes of this prospectus, any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current beliefs and expectations and are based on information currently available to us. Accordingly, these statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual growth, results of operations, performance and business prospects and opportunities to differ from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements. As a result, no assurance can be given that our future growth, results of operations, performance and business prospects and opportunities covered by such forward-looking statements will be achieved. These risks, uncertainties and other factors are set forth under the section heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Except to the extent required by the federal securities laws and rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we have no intention or obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements to reflect new events, information or circumstances.

 

21


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in the offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, will be approximately $             million, or $             million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us of this offering by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use these funds to repay in full the $152.0 million second lien term loan facility (including accrued and unpaid interest) incurred in connection with the Acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. As of June 30, 2006, the interest rate applicable to the second lien term loan facility was 6.83%. The second lien term loan facility matures on June 6, 2014. This loan can be prepaid without penalty.

 

22


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

On                     , 2006, our board of directors declared our first regular dividend of $             per share of our common stock, or an aggregate of $             million, for the three months ended            , 2006, which we paid on             , 2006. We intend to continue to pay regular quarterly cash dividends to the holders of our common stock. The payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements, earnings, general business conditions, restrictions imposed by financing arrangements (including the 2006 Credit Facility), legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and other factors the board of directors deems relevant. Dividends on our common stock are not cumulative. In addition, we are a holding company with no direct operations and depend on loans, dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to pay dividends. We expect that in certain quarters we may pay dividends that exceed our net income amounts for such period as calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

23


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2006: (1) on an actual basis, (2) on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Acquisitions and the 2006 Financing and (3) as adjusted to give effect to (a) the receipt by us of the net proceeds from the sale of              shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us and (b) the intended application of the net proceeds of the offering. This presentation should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Use of Proceeds.”

 

     As of March 31, 2006
     Actual     Pro forma     Pro forma
as adjusted
     (in thousands, except share data)

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 992     $ 29,863     $             
                      

Debt:

      

Borrowings under revolving credit facility(2)

   $ 6,090     $ 32,000     $  

Term loan, including current portion(3)

     303,658       722,000    

Long-term liabilities, including current portion

     656       1,575    
                      

Total long-term debt, including current portion (excluding deferred income taxes)

     310,404       755,575     $  
                      

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value:              shares authorized; No shares issued and outstanding on an actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis

     —         —         —  

Common stock, $0.01 par value,              shares authorized , actual and pro forma, and 229,850 shares authorized, as adjusted,              shares issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma, and              shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     2       2    

Additional paid-in-capital

     223,343       223,343    

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     2,272       2,272    

Notes receivable

     (250 )     (250 )  

Retained earnings

     10,147       10,147    
                      

Total stockholders’ equity

     235,514       235,514    
                      

Total capitalization

   $ 545,918     $ 991,089     $  
                      

(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents by $             and our total capitalization by $            , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) As of March 31, 2006, on a pro forma basis, we had $1.7 million available under the revolving credit facility under the 2006 Credit Facility (of which $6.3 million was committed under letters of credit).
(3) We will use a portion of the net proceeds to repay the second lien term loan (including any accrued and unpaid interest). Following this offering the first lien term loan and revolving facilities under the 2006 Credit Facility will remain in effect.

 

24


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma negative net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. We calculate negative net tangible book value per share by dividing the negative net tangible book value (total assets less intangible assets, deferred financing costs and total liabilities) by the number of outstanding shares of common stock.

Based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 2006, our pro forma negative net tangible book value at March 31, 2006 was $681.5 million, or $(2.97) per share.

After giving effect to (1) the receipt by us of the net proceeds from the sale of             shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share; (2) the Acquisitions and the 2006 Financing; and (3) the intended application of the net proceeds of the offering, our pro forma negative net tangible book value at March 31, 2006 would be $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in the pro forma negative net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors.

The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

       $                
        

Negative net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2006

   ($1.29 )  
        

Pro forma negative net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2006

    
        

Increase per share attributable to new investors in the offering

    
        

Pro forma negative net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2006 after the offering

    
        

Dilution per share to new investors

     $                 
        

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted negative net tangible book value by $             million, our as adjusted negative net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share, and the dilution per share to new investors by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (or decrease) of 1,000,000 shares from the expected number of shares to be sold in the offering, assuming no change in the initial public offering price from the price assumed above, would increase (decrease) our negative net tangible book value after giving effect to the transactions by approximately $             million, increase (decrease) our adjusted negative net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the transactions by $             per share, and decrease (increase) the dilution in negative net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $             per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated aggregate offering expenses payable by us and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only.

 

25


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2006, the difference among existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us in the offering, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in the offering:

 

     Shares Purchased   Total Consideration  

Average Price

Per Share

     Number    Percentage   Amount    Percentage  
     (amounts in thousands, except share data)

Existing stockholders

   229,850                %   $ 223,146                %   $ 971

New investors in the offering

            
                      

Total

                  %   $                  %  
                      

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the initial public offering price from the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (or decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $             million, $             million and $            , respectively, assuming no change to the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and without deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other expenses of the offering.

The above information excludes shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase from us solely to cover over-allotments.

 

26


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

Our historical financial data as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 and for the period from January 1 to June 5, 2005 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial data as of December 31, 2003 and as of and for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor not included in this prospectus. Our historical financial data as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Successor included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial data as of March 31, 2006 and for the three-month period ended March 31, 2006 have been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Successor included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial data for the three-month period ended March 31, 2005 have been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position as of such dates and our results of operations for such periods. The results for periods of less than a full year are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any interim period or for a full year. As a result of the Merger, our current capital structure and our basis of accounting differ from those prior to the Merger. Our financial data in respect of all reporting periods subsequent to June 5, 2005 reflect the Merger under the purchase method of accounting. Therefore, our financial data for the Predecessor Period generally will not be comparable to our financial data for the Successor Period. The selected historical consolidated financial data and notes should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 give effect to the Merger, the Acquisitions and the 2006 Financing as if they had occurred on January 1, 2005. The pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet information as of March 31, 2006 gives effect to the Acquisitions and the 2006 Financing as if they occurred on March 31, 2006. The pro forma as adjusted condensed consolidated financial data below is based upon available information and assumptions that we believe are reasonable, however, we can provide no assurance that the assumptions used in the preparation of the pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are correct. The pro forma condensed consolidated financial data is for illustrative and informational purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of what our financial condition or results of operations would have been if, in the case of pro forma statement of operations data, the Merger, the Acquisitions and the 2006 Financing had occurred as adjusted on January 1, 2005, or in the case of pro forma balance sheet data, the Acquisitions and the 2006 Financing had occurred on March 31, 2006. The pro forma condensed consolidated financial data also should not be considered representative of our future financial condition or results of operations.

The summary pro forma, as adjusted condensed consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 give effect to the Merger, the Acquisitions, the 2006 Financing and this offering, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering, as if they occurred on January 1, 2005. The summary pro forma, as adjusted condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006 gives effect to the Acquisitions, the 2006 Financing and this offering, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering, as if they occurred on March 31, 2006.

 

27


Table of Contents

See our unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a complete description of the adjustments made to derive the pro forma statement of operations data and pro forma balance sheet data.

 

    Year Ended December 31,    

Period

from
January 1,
2005 to
June 5,

2005

   

Period from
June 6,

2005 to
December 31,
2005

  Three Months Ended
March 31,
          Year
Ended
December 31,
2005
   

Three
Months
Ended

March 31,
2006

   

Year

Ended
December 31,
2005

 

Three
Months
Ended

March 31,
2006

    2001     2002     2003     2004         2005     2006            
    (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)   (Predecessor)     (Successor)           (Pro Forma)     (Pro Forma)     (Pro Forma,
as Adjusted)
  (Pro Forma,
as Adjusted)
    (in thousands, except per share data)                              

Statement of Operations Data:

                             

Revenues:

                             

Advertising

  $ 142,628     $ 142,086     $ 139,258     $ 148,291     $ 63,172     $ 88,798   $ 34,846     $ 36,459         $ 295,645     $ 69,372     $                $             

Circulation

    31,984       32,105       31,478       34,017       14,184       19,298     8,233       8,495           66,085       16,311        

Commercial printing and other

    13,136       11,962       11,645       17,776       8,134       11,415     4,869       5,021           22,750       5,847        
                                                                                             

Total revenues

    187,748       186,153       182,381       200,084       85,490       119,511     47,948       49,975           384,480       91,530        
 

Operating costs and expenses:

                             

Operating costs

    94,805       87,103       86,484       97,198       40,007       61,001     24,336       25,789           184,763       45,779        

Selling, general and administrative

    52,115       51,977       52,230       53,703       26,978       30,035     13,706       16,476           120,729       33,161        

Depreciation and amortization(1)

    20,575       16,473       13,359       13,374       5,776       8,030     3,468       3,599           30,113       7,200        

Transaction costs related to Merger

    —         —         —         —         7,703       2,850     —         —             10,553       —          

Impairment of long-term assets

    —         —         —         1,500       —         —       —         —             —         —          

Gain (loss) on sale of assets

    —         —         (104 )     (30 )     —         40     —         (441 )         (96 )     437        
                                                                                             

Income from operations

    20,253       30,600       30,204       34,279       5,026       17,635     6,438       3,670           38,418       4,953        

Interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs, unrealized gain on derivative instruments and other

    40,710       35,730       49,545       63,762       32,884       1,020     22,499       2,602           55,661       13,107        
                                                                                             

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    (20,457 )     (5,130 )     (19,341 )     (29,483 )     (27,858 )     16,615     (16,061 )     1,068           (17,243 )     (8,154 )      

Income tax expense (benefit)

    2,004       1,648       (4,691 )     1,228       (3,027 )     7,050     (3,098 )     486           3,730       (1,884 )      
                                                                                             

Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    (22,461 )     (6,778 )     (14,650 )     (30,711 )     (24,831 )     9,565     (12,963 )     582           (20,973 )     (6,270 )      

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    2,769       5,557       486       4,626       —         —       —         —             —         —          
                                                                                             

Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

  $ (19,692 )   $ (1,221 )   $ (14,164 )   $ (26,085 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565   $ (12,963 )   $ 582         $ (20,973 )   $ (6,270 )   $                $             
                                                                                             

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax

    —         (1,449 )     —         —         —         —       —         —             —         —          
                                                                                             

Net Income (loss)

  $ (19,692 )   $ (2,470 )   $ (14,164 )   $ (26,085 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565   $ (12,963 )   $ 582         $ (20,973 )   $ (6,270 )   $                $             
                                                                                             

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ (39,681 )   $ (25,292 )   $ (26,573 )   $ (26,085 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565   $ (12,963 )   $ 582         $ (20,973 )   $ (6,270 )   $                $             
                                                                                             

 

28


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,    

Period from
January 1, 2005
to June 5,

2005

   

Period from
June 6,

2005 to
December 31,
2005

  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 

Year

Ended

December 31,

2005

   

Three
Months

Ended

March 31,

2006

   

Year Ended

December 31,

2005

 

Three
Months
Ended
March 31,

2006

    2001     2002     2003     2004         2005     2006        
    (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)   (Predecessor)     (Successor)   (Pro Forma)     (Pro Forma)     (Pro Forma,
as Adjusted)
  (Pro Forma,
as Adjusted)
    (in thousands, except per share data)                    

Net income (loss) from continuing operations per share

  $ (19.55 )   $ (13.62 )   $ (12.53 )   $ (14.23 )   $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25   $ (6.00 )   $ 2.56   $ (92.64 )   $ (27.54 )   $                $             

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders per share(2)

  $ (18.27 )   $ (11.72 )   $ (12.31 )   $ (12.08 )   $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25   $ (6.00 )   $ 2.56   $ (92.64 )   $ (27.54 )   $                $             

Other Data (unaudited):

                       

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

      $ 45,164     $ 50,663     $ 20,726     $ 29,993   $ 10,276     $ 10,188   $ 85,224     $ 16,169     $                $             

Cash interest paid

      $ 22,754     $ 24,210     $ 16,879     $ 10,591   $ 14,298     $ 6,598        

Cash tax payments

      $ 408     $ 619     $ 459     $ 269   $ —       $ —          

 

    As of December 31,  

As of

March 31,

2006

  As of
March 31,
2006
  As of
March 31,
2006
       
    2001     2002     2003     2004     2005          
    (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)   (Successor)   (Pro Forma)  

(Pro Forma,

as Adjusted)

       
    (in thousands)                

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Total assets

  $ 543,902     $ 506,325     $ 492,349     $ 488,176     $ 638,726   $ 638,936   $ 115,784   $                 

Total long-term obligations, including current maturities (excluding deferred income taxes)

    580,757       564,843       582,241       602,003       313,655     310,404     768,988      

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (87,661 )     (112,936 )     (139,492 )     (165,577 )     232,056     235,514     235,514      

(1) As of January 1, 2002 we implemented Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” which replaced the requirement to amortize intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill with a requirement for an annual impairment test. SFAS No. 142 also establishes requirements for identifiable intangible assets. The transition provisions of SFAS No. 142 required that the useful lives of previously recognized intangible assets be reassessed and the remaining amortization periods adjusted accordingly. Prior to adoption of SFAS No. 142, advertiser and subscriber relationship intangible assets were amortized over estimated remaining useful lives of 40 and 33 years, respectively. Upon the adoption of SFAS No. 142, we concluded that, based upon current economic conditions and pricing strategies, the remaining useful lives for advertiser and subscriber relationship intangible assets were 30 and 20 years, respectively, and the amortization periods were adjusted accordingly, with effect from January 1, 2002. As a result of the Merger, the Company performed a valuation of intangible assets based on current economic conditions at such time. The remaining useful lifes of advertiser and subscriber relationships were revised to 18 and 19 years, respectively, effective June 6, 2005. In addition, upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, we ceased amortization of goodwill. We also ceased amortization of our mastheads because we determined that the useful life of our mastheads is indefinite.

 

(2) Upon the completion of our proposed initial public offering and the completion of a     -for-1 stock split which we will effect prior to the offering, we will have             shares of common stock outstanding. The pro forma basic and diluted income (loss) per share from continuing operations and pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding have been computed as if the events described above had occurred as of the beginning of each of the applicable periods presented.

 

 

(3) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, non-cash compensation related expenses and other non-recurring items. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to income from operations, net income (loss), cash flows from continuing operating activities or any other measure of performance or liquidity derived in accordance with GAAP. We believe this non-GAAP measure, as we have defined it, is helpful in identifying trends in our day-to-day performance because the items excluded have little or no significance in our day-to-day operations. This measure provides an assessment of controllable expenses and affords management the ability to make decisions which are expected to facilitate meeting current financial goals as well as achieve optimal financial performance. It provides an indicator for management to determine if adjustments to current spending decisions are needed.

 

   Adjusted EBITDA provides us with a measure of financial performance, independent of items that are beyond the control of management in the short-term, such as depreciation and amortization, taxation and interest expense associated with our capital structure. This metric measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, namely the cost structure or expenses of the organization. Adjusted EBITDA is one of the metrics used by senior management and the board of directors to review the financial performance of the business on a monthly basis.

 

   Not all companies calculate Adjusted EBITDA using the same methods; therefore, the Adjusted EBITDA figures set forth herein may not be comparable to Adjusted EBITDA reported by other companies. A substantial portion of our Adjusted EBITDA must be dedicated to the payment of interest on our outstanding indebtedness and to service other commitments, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA does not represent an amount of funds that is available for management’s discretionary use. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

29


Table of Contents
   The table below shows the reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

    Year Ended December 31,    

Period from
January 1,
2005 to June 5,

2005

   

Period from
June 6, 2005 to
December 31,

2005

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
   

Year

Ended
December 31,
2005

    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2006
   

Year

Ended
December 31,
2005

  Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2006
    2003     2004         2005     2006          
    (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)     (Pro forma)     (Pro forma)     (Pro forma,
as Adjusted)
  Pro forma,
as Adjusted)
    (in thousands)                      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ (14,650 )   $ (30,711 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565     $ (12,963 )   $ 582     $ (20,973 )   $ (6,270 )   $                $             

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (4,691 )     1,228       (3,027 )     7,050       (3,098 )     486       3,730       (1,884 )    

Write-off of deferred offering costs

    1,935       —         —         —         —         —         —         —        

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    161       —         —         —         —         —         —         —        

Unrealized gain on derivative instrument

    —         —         —         (10,807 )     —         (2,605 )     —         —        

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    —         —         5,525       —         5,525       —         5,525       —        

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,810       1,826       643       67       546       31       762       190      

Interest expense—dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

    13,206       29,019       13,484       —         7,780       —         —         —        

Interest expense—debt

    32,433       32,917       13,232       11,760       8,648       5,176       49,396       12,921      

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    104       30       —         (40 )     —         441       (96 )     437      

Impairment of long-term assets

    —         1,500       —         —         —         —         —         —        

Transaction costs related to Merger

    —         —         7,703       2,850       —         —         10,553       —        

Depreciation and amortization

    13,359       13,374       5,776       8,030       3,468       3,599       30,113       7,200      

Non-cash compensation

    17       —         953       516       —         404       1,469       404      

Integration and reorganization(a)

    —         —         —         752       —         1,752       856       2,006      

Restructuring(b)

    1,480       1,480       1,268       250       370       322       2,754       641      

Non-cash portion of post retirement benefits

    —         —         —         —         —         —         1,135       525      
                                                                           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 45,164     $ 50,663     $ 20,726     $ 29,993     $ 10,276     $ 10,188     $ 85,224     $ 16,169     $                $             
                                                                           

 

(a) Integration and reorganization includes compensation expense related to the acquisition of new executive management, recruiting expenses and consulting fees.

 

(b) Restructuring includes severance, forgiveness of employee debt related to prior executive management and management fees paid to the prior owner.

 

30


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with this entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion and analysis below includes certain forward-looking statements that are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus that could cause our actual future growth, results of operations, performance and business prospects and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, such forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are one of the largest publishers of locally based print and online media in the United States as measured by number of publications. Our business model is to be the preeminent provider of local content and advertising in the small and midsize markets we serve. Our portfolio of products, which currently includes 423 community publications and more than 230 related websites, serves over 125,000 business advertisers and reaches approximately 9 million people on a weekly basis.

Our core products include:

 

  Ÿ   75 daily newspapers with total paid circulation of approximately 405,000;

 

  Ÿ   231 weekly newspapers (published up to three times per week) with total paid circulation of approximately 620,000 and total free circulation of approximately 430,000;

 

  Ÿ   117 shoppers (generally advertising-only publications) with total circulation of approximately 1.5 million; and

 

  Ÿ   over 230 locally focused websites, which extend our franchises onto the internet.

In addition to our core products, we also opportunistically produce niche publications that address specific local market interests such as recreation, sports, healthcare and real estate. Over the last 12 months, we created over 90 niche publications.

We were incorporated in Delaware in 1997 for purposes of acquiring a portion of the daily and weekly newspapers owned by American Publishing Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hollinger International Inc., or its subsidiaries. We accounted for the initial acquisition using the purchase method of accounting.

On May 9, 2005, FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, an affiliate of Fortress, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with the Company pursuant to which a wholly-owned subsidiary of FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC merged with and into the Company. The Merger was effective on June 6, 2005, thus making FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC our principal and controlling stockholder. Prior to the effectiveness of the Merger, affiliates of Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. controlled the Company. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger, each share of the Company’s common and preferred stock was exchanged for cash and all of the Company’s 11  5 / 8 % Senior Debentures due 2013 were redeemed. The total value of the transaction was approximately $527 million.

As of June 30, 2006, Fortress beneficially owned approximately 96% of our outstanding common stock. Following the completion of this offering, Fortress will beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, or     % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is fully exercised.

Since 1998, we have acquired 249 daily and weekly newspapers and shoppers, including six dailies, 115 weeklies and 10 shoppers acquired in the Acquisitions, and launched numerous new products, including 10 weekly newspapers.

We generate revenues from advertising, circulation and commercial printing. Advertising revenue is recognized upon publication of the advertisements. Circulation revenue from subscribers, which is

 

31


Table of Contents

billed to customers at the beginning of the subscription period, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related subscription. The revenue for commercial printing is recognized upon delivery of the printed product to our customers. Our operating costs consist primarily of newsprint, labor and delivery costs. Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of labor costs.

Predecessor and Successor

In accordance with GAAP, we have separated our historical financial results for the Predecessor and the Successor. The separate presentation is required under GAAP in situations when there is a change in accounting basis, which occurred when purchase accounting was applied in connection with the Merger. Purchase accounting requires that the historical carrying value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed be adjusted to fair value, which may yield results that are not comparable on a period-to-period basis due to the different, and sometimes higher, cost basis associated with the allocation of the purchase price. In addition, at the time of the Merger, we experienced changes in our business relationships as a result of our entry into new employment agreements with members of our management described under “Management,” the financing transactions and transactions with our stockholders described under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” and the purchase of $9.5 million of leased equipment which was consummated simultaneously with the Merger.

We believe that this separate presentation may impede the ability of users of our financial information to understand our operating and cash flow performance. Consequently, in order to enhance an analysis of our operating results and cash flows, we have presented our operating results and cash flows on a combined basis for the full 12 month period ended December 31, 2005. This combined presentation for the 12 month period ended December 31, 2005 simply represents the mathematical addition of the results of operations for the Predecessor Period and the Successor Period. These combined results are not intended to represent what our operating results would have been had the Merger occurred at the beginning of the period. A reconciliation showing the mathematical combination of our operating results for such periods is included herein. These combined results are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not in accordance with GAAP.

Critical Accounting Policy Disclosure

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and other assumptions that we find reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from such estimates under different conditions. The following accounting policies require significant estimates and judgments.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

We assess the potential impairment of goodwill and mastheads on an annual basis by using multiples of recent and projected revenues and Adjusted EBITDA for individual or strategic geographic clusters of properties to determine the fair value of the properties and deduct the fair value of assets other than goodwill and mastheads to arrive at the fair value of goodwill and mastheads. This amount is then compared to the carrying value of goodwill and mastheads to determine if any impairment has occurred. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, then we will consider whether a temporary or permanent impairment has occurred based on the specific facts and circumstances associated with the individual or strategic geographic clusters of properties. The multiples of revenue and Adjusted EBITDA used to determine fair value are based on our experience in acquiring and selling properties and multiples reflected in the purchase prices of recent sales transactions of publications similar to those we own.

 

32


Table of Contents

We account for long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” We assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and definite lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets, or related group of assets, may not be fully recoverable. Factors leading to impairment include significant under-performance relative to historical or projected results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends. The assessment of recoverability is based on management’s estimates. If undiscounted projected future operating cash flows do not exceed the net book value of the long-lived assets, then a permanent impairment has occurred. We would record the difference between the net book value of the long-lived asset and the fair value of such asset as a charge against income in our consolidated statements of operations if such a difference arose. Significant judgment is required in determining the fair value of our goodwill and long-lived assets to measure impairment, including the determination of multiples of revenue and Adjusted EBITDA and future earnings projections.

Derivative Instruments

We record all of our derivative instruments on our balance sheet at fair value pursuant to SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended. Fair value is based on counterparty quotations. To the extent a derivative qualifies as a cash flow hedge under SFAS No. 133, unrealized changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized in other comprehensive income. However, any ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is recognized immediately in earnings. Fair values of derivatives are subject to significant variability based on market conditions, such as future levels of interest rates. This variability could result in a significant increase or decrease in our accumulated other comprehensive income and/or earnings but will generally have no effect on cash flows, provided the derivative is carried through to full term.

Tax Valuation Allowance

We account for income taxes under the provisions of SFAS No. 109 , “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The assessment of the realizability of deferred tax assets involves a high degree of judgment and complexity. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are expected to be realized. When we determine that it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be made and reflected either in income or as an adjustment to goodwill. This determination will be made by considering various factors, including our expected future results, that in our judgment will make it more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our historical results of operations for the periods indicated. The financial data for the combined twelve-month period ended December 31, 2005 represents the mathematical addition of the pre-Merger results of operations of the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 and the results of operations of the Successor for the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005.

 

33


Table of Contents

See “—Predecessor and Successor” above for a discussion of the use of financial information for the combined twelve-month period ended December 31, 2005.

 

    Year ended
December 31,
2003
    Year ended
December 31,
2004
   

Period from

January 1,

2005

to June 5,

2005

   

Period from
June 6, 2005

to
December 31,
2005

   

Non-GAAP

Combined
Year ended
December 31,
2005

   

Three months
ended
March 31,
2005

   

Three months
ended
March 31,
2006

 
    (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)           (Predecessor)     (Successor)  
    (in thousands)  

Revenues:

             

Advertising

  $ 139,258     $ 148,291     $ 63,172     $ 88,798     $ 151,970     $ 34,846     $ 36,459  

Circulation

    31,478       34,017       14,184       19,298       33,482       8,233       8,495  

Commercial printing and other

    11,645       17,776       8,134       11,415       19,549       4,869       5,021  
                                                       

Total revenues

    182,381       200,084       85,490       119,511       205,001       47,948       49,975  

Operating costs and expenses:

             

Operating costs

    86,484       97,198       40,007       61,001       101,008       24,336       25,789  

Selling, general, and administrative

    52,230       53,703       26,978       30,035       57,013       13,706       16,476  

Depreciation and amortization

    13,359       13,374       5,776       8,030       13,806       3,468       3,599  

Transaction costs related to Merger

    —         —         7,703       2,850       10,553       —         —    

Impairment of long-term assets

    —         1,500       —         —         —         —         —    

Gain (loss) on sale of assets

    (104 )     (30 )     —         40       40       —         (441 )
                                                       

Income from operations

    30,204       34,279       5,026       17,635       22,661       6,438       3,670  

Interest expense—debt

    32,433       32,917       13,232       11,760       24,992       8,648       5,176  

Interest expense—dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

    13,206       29,019       13,484       —         13,484       7,780       —    

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,810       1,826       643       67       710       546       31  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    —         —         5,525       —         5,525       5,525       —    

Unrealized gain on derivative instrument

    —         —         —         (10,807 )     (10,807 )     —         (2,605 )

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    161       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Write-off of deferred offering costs

    1,935       —         —         —         —         —         —    
                                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    (19,341 )     (29,483 )     (27,858 )     16,615       (11,243 )     (16,061 )     1,068  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (4,691 )     1,228       (3,027 )     7,050       4,023       (3,098 )     486  
                                                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    (14,650 )     (30,711 )     (24,831 )     9,565       (15,266 )     (12,963 )     582  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    486       4,626       —         —         —         —         —    
                                                       

Net income (loss)

    (14,164 )     (26,085 )     (24,831 )     9,565       (15,266 )     (12,963 )     582  

Dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

    (12,409 )     —         —         —         —         —         —    
                                                       

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ (26,573 )   $ (26,085 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565     $ (15,266 )   $ (12,963 )   $ 582  
                                                       

Quarter Ended March 31, 2006 Compared To Quarter Ended March 31, 2005

Revenue.     Total revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 increased by $2.1 million, or 4.2%, to $50.0 million from $47.9 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2005. The increase in total revenue was comprised of a $1.6 million, or 4.6%, increase in advertising revenue, a $0.3 million, or 3.2%, increase in circulation revenue and an increase in commercial printing and other revenue of $0.2 million, or 3.1%. The increase in advertising revenue was primarily due to revenue of $1.6 million generated by 18 publications that were acquired in five separate transactions during the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005, while advertising revenues remained relatively unchanged in our same property publications. The operating results of the publications acquired during 2005 have been

 

34


Table of Contents

included in the consolidated financial statements since their respective dates of acquisition. The increase in circulation revenue was primarily due to revenue of $0.3 million from the publications acquired in 2005, while circulation revenues remained relatively unchanged in our same property publications. The increase in commercial printing and other revenue was primarily due to revenue of $0.2 million from businesses acquired in 2005.

Operating Costs.     Operating costs for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 increased by $1.5 million, or 6.0%, to $25.8 million from $24.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2005. The increase in operating costs was primarily due to operating costs of $1.0 million associated with the publications acquired in 2005 and higher health insurance, outside service, delivery and newsprint costs of $0.1 million each.

Selling, General and Administrative.     Selling, general and administrative expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 increased by $2.8 million, or 20.2%, to $16.5 million from $13.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2005. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to selling, general and administrative expenses of $0.6 million associated with the newspaper businesses acquired in 2005, non-cash compensation related to restricted stock awards of $0.4 million and increases in bonus expense, consulting costs and professional fees of $2.0 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, partially offset by the elimination of management fees of $0.4 million incurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2005.

Depreciation and Amortization.     Depreciation and amortization expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 increased by $0.1 million to $3.6 million from $3.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2005. Depreciation and amortization increased primarily due to changes resulting from the revaluation of our fixed and intangible assets in connection with the Merger.

Loss on the Sale of Assets.     During the first quarter of 2006, we incurred a loss in the amount of $0.4 million on the disposal of certain publications, real estate and equipment.

Interest Expense—Debt and Dividends on Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock.     Total interest expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 decreased by $11.8 million, or 69.3%, to $5.2 million from $17.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2005. The decrease in interest expense was due in part to the extinguishment of our senior subordinated notes and a portion of our senior discount notes and senior preferred stock with proceeds from our credit facility, entered into on February 28, 2005 with Wells Fargo Bank, as administrative agent and arranger, U.S. Bank National Association and CIT Lending Services Corporation as documentation agent (the “2005 Credit Facility”), which resulted in a lower cost of borrowing. In addition, we reduced our 2006 interest expense by paying off all of our remaining senior discount notes and preferred stock in connection with the Merger.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt.     During the first quarter of 2005, we incurred a $5.5 million loss associated with paying off our third party senior subordinated notes and a portion of our senior discount notes and senior preferred stock, as well as the termination of a credit facility. These costs included premiums due on both the senior debt instruments and a write-off of deferred financing fees associated with these instruments.

Unrealized Gain on Derivative Instrument.     During the quarter ended March 31, 2006, we recorded an unrealized gain of $2.6 million related to our interest rate swap. In June 2005, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement in an effort to eliminate a significant portion of our exposure to fluctuations in the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, which formed the basis for calculating interest cost on borrowings under our 2005 Credit Facility.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit).     Income tax changed from a benefit of $3.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 to an expense of $0.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2006. The

 

35


Table of Contents

change was primarily a result generating pretax income for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 as compared to a pretax loss for the period ended March 31, 2005. No cash taxes were paid during either period.

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004

The discussion of our results of operations that follows is based upon the combined twelve-month period ended December 31, 2005.

Revenue .    Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased by $4.9 million, or 2.5%, to $205.0 million from $200.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase in total revenue was comprised of a $3.7 million, or 2.5%, increase in advertising revenue and a $1.8 million, or 10.0%, increase in commercial printing and other revenue, partially offset by lower circulation revenues, which declined $0.5 million, or 1.6%. The increase in advertising revenue was primarily due to increases in our same property publications of $0.9 million and revenue of $2.8 million from the publications acquired in 2004 and 2005, including the acquisition on February 3, 2004 of daily newspapers in Corning, New York and Freeport, Illinois from Lee Enterprises, Inc. in exchange for our daily newspapers in Elko, Nevada and Burley, Idaho, as well as our weeklies in Haily, Idaho and Jerome, Idaho (the “Lee Exchange”) and our acquisition of 18 publications in five separate transactions during the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005. The decrease in circulation revenue was primarily due to decreases in our same property publications of $0.9 million, partially offset by increases in circulation revenues of $0.4 million from the publications acquired in 2004 and 2005. The increase in commercial printing and other revenue was primarily due to increases in commercial printing and other revenue from our existing operations of $1.3 million and revenues from the businesses acquired in 2004 and 2005 of $0.5 million.

Operating Costs.     Operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased by $3.8 million, or 3.9%, to $101.0 million from $97.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase in operating costs was primarily due to operating costs of $1.8 million associated with the publications acquired in 2004 and 2005 and higher newsprint, outside service, health insurance and utility costs of $0.8 million, $0.6 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

Selling, General and Administrative.     Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased by $3.3 million, or 6.2%, to $57.0 million from $53.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to selling, general and administrative expenses of $1.2 million associated with the publications acquired in 2004 and 2005, higher health and business insurance costs of $1.0 million, higher bad debt expense of $0.6 million, non-cash compensation related to restricted stock awards of $0.5 million.

Depreciation and Amortization.     Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased $0.4 million to $13.8 million from $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Depreciation and amortization expense increased primarily due to the 2005 acquisitions and the changes resulting from revaluing our fixed and intangible assets in connection with the Merger.

Transaction Costs Related to Merger.     We incurred approximately $10.6 million in transaction costs related to the Merger in 2005. No such costs were incurred in 2004.

Impairment of Long-term Assets.     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” and SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for Impairment of Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” we are required to annually test our long-term assets,

 

36


Table of Contents

including property, plant and equipment, as well as our definite and indefinite lived intangible assets, for impairment. Historically, we have performed this test in the fourth quarter. During the second quarter of 2005 and in connection with the Merger, we revalued our long-term assets, which resulted in a new basis of accounting for these assets. Given the timing of the 2005 revaluation, we have shifted our annual impairment testing from the fourth quarter to the second quarter. No impairment charges were recorded in 2005. In our 2004 assessment, we determined that an impairment situation existed at two of our reporting units. As a result, we recorded an impairment charge of $1.5 million in 2004.

Interest Expense—Debt and Dividends on Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock.     Total interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 decreased by $24.6 million, or 38.5%, to $39.2 million from $63.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The decrease in interest expense was due in part to our paying off all of our senior subordinated notes and a portion of our senior discount notes and senior preferred stock with proceeds from our 2005 Credit Facility, which resulted in a lower cost of borrowing. In addition, we reduced our 2005 interest expense as compared to our 2004 interest expense by paying off all of our outstanding senior debentures and preferred stock in connection with the Merger.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt.     During the first quarter of 2005, we incurred a $5.5 million loss associated with paying off our third party senior subordinated notes and a portion of our senior discount notes and senior preferred stock, as well as the termination of a credit facility. The loss included premiums due on the senior debt and a write-off of deferred financing fees associated with these instruments.

Unrealized Gain on Derivative Instrument.     In June 2005, we entered into a third party interest rate swap to eliminate a significant portion of our exposure to fluctuations in LIBOR, which formed the basis for calculating interest cost on borrowings under our 2005 Credit Facility. The swap has a notional value of $300 million and fixed the interest rate on the 2005 Credit Facility at 4.135%. At December 31, 2005, the marked-to-market value of this instrument was $10.8 million. As a result, we recorded an asset on our balance sheet for this amount and a corresponding gain on our statement of operations.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit).     Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $4.0 million compared to income tax expense of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase of $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 was primarily due to an increase in deferred federal income tax expense related to nondeductible Merger costs recognized by us for the year ended December 31, 2005. No cash taxes were paid during either period.

Income from Discontinued Operations.     Income from discontinued operations was $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 due to the Lee Exchange on February 3, 2004, which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $7.7 million and an after-tax gain of $4.6 million.

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

Revenue.     Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 increased by $17.7 million, or 9.7%, to $200.1 million from $182.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in total revenue was comprised of a $9.0 million, or 6.5%, increase in advertising revenue, a $2.5 million, or 8.1%, increase in circulation revenue and a $6.1 million, or 52.6%, increase in commercial printing and other revenue. The increase in advertising revenue was primarily due to increases in same property publications of $2.9 and revenue of $6.1 million from publications acquired in the Lee Exchange. The increase in circulation revenue was primarily due to increases in circulation revenue of $3.3 million associated with the publications acquired in the Lee Exchange, partially offset by

 

37


Table of Contents

decreases in circulation revenue of same property publications of $0.8 million. The increase in commercial printing and other revenue was primarily due to an increase in commercial printing from a print facility in the Chicago suburban market that was acquired in December 2003.

Operating Costs.     Operating costs for the year ended December 31, 2004 increased by $10.7 million, or 12.4%, to $97.2 million from $86.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in operating costs was primarily due to operating costs of $9.7 million from the publications acquired in the Lee Exchange and the print facility acquired in December 2003 and higher newsprint cost of $0.9 million.

Selling, General and Administrative.     Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 increased by $1.5 million, or 2.8%, to $53.7 million from $52.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $1.5 million was due primarily to selling, general and administrative costs of $2.3 million from the publications acquired in the Lee Exchange and the print facility acquired in December 2003, partially offset by a reduction in labor-related costs of $0.8 million, resulting primarily from lower medical insurance expense.

Depreciation and Amortization.     Depreciation and amortization expense was $13.4 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.

Interest Expense—Debt and Dividends on Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock.     Total interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 increased by $16.3 million, or 34.4%, to $63.8 million from $47.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in interest expense was due primarily to the classification of $15.8 million of dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock as additional interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2004, in accordance with SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 requires issuers to classify as liabilities (or assets in some circumstances) three classes of freestanding financial instruments that embody obligations for the issuer and recognize associated dividends as interest expense.

Write-off of Deferred Financing Costs.     As of March 31, 2003, we had incurred $0.2 million in legal and bank fees associated with a proposed amendment to our then-current credit facility. On March 31, 2003, we wrote off these costs because we postponed this amendment.

Write-off of Deferred Offering Costs.     On June 3, 2002, we filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-2 with respect to a proposed initial public offering of common stock. As of December 31, 2003, we had incurred $1.9 million in legal and other professional fees associated with that offering that had been capitalized as deferred offering costs. On March 31, 2003, we wrote off these costs because we decided to postpone that offering.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit).     Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $1.2 million compared to an income tax benefit of $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase of $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 was primarily due to an increase in deferred federal income tax expense recognized by us for the year ended December 31, 2004. No cash taxes were paid during either period.

Income from Discontinued Operations.     Income from discontinued operations was $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The Lee Exchange on February 3, 2004 resulted in a pre-tax gain of $7.7 million and an after-tax gain of $4.6 million.

 

38


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary cash requirements are for working capital, borrowing obligations and capital expenditures. We have no material commitments for capital expenditures. We intend to continue to pursue our strategy of opportunistically acquiring local media businesses in contiguous and new markets. Our principal sources of funds have historically been, and will be, cash provided by operating activities and borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

GateHouse Media, Inc. has no operations of its own and accordingly has no independent means of generating revenue. As a holding company, GateHouse Media, Inc.’s internal sources of funds to meet its cash needs, including payment of expenses, are dividends and other permitted payments from its subsidiaries. Our 2006 Credit Facility imposes upon us certain financial and operating covenants, including, among others, requirements that we satisfy certain quarterly financial tests, including a maximum senior leverage ratio, a minimum fixed charge ratio, limitations on capital expenditures and restrictions on our ability to incur debt, pay dividends or take certain other corporate actions. Management believes that we have adequate capital resources and liquidity to meet our working capital needs, borrowing obligations and all required capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months.

We anticipate that we may finance acquisitions through cash provided by operating activities, borrowings under our 2006 Credit Facility and other indebtedness, which would reduce our cash available for other purposes, including the repayment of indebtedness and payment of dividends.

The following table summarizes our historical cash flows. The cash flow data for the combined twelve months ended December 31, 2005 represents the mathematical addition of the pre-Merger cash flows of the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 and the cash flows of the Successor for the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005. The discussion of our historical cash flows that follows is based upon the combined twelve month period ended December 31, 2005.

See “—Predecessor and Successor” above for a discussion of the use of financial information for the combined twelve month period ended December 31, 2005.

 

      Year Ended
December 31,
2004
    Period from
January 1,
2005
to June 5,
2005
    Period from
June 6, 2005
to December 31,
2005
    Non-GAAP
Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2005
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2006
 
      (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)           (Predecessor)     (Successor)  
                  (in thousands)              

Cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities

  $ 21,447     $ (572 )   $ 9,315     $ 8,743     $ (4,221 )   $ 1,209  

Cash used in continuing investing activities

    (2,628 )     (1,095 )     (40,581 )     (41,676 )       (625 )     (102 )

Cash provided by (used in) continuing financing activities

    (18,038 )     (260 )     32,980       32,720       7,283       (3,178 )

Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities.     Net cash provided by operating activities for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 was $1.2 million compared with net cash used in operating activities of $4.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2005. The increase resulted primarily from the net loss of $13.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 as opposed to net income of $0.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, a reduction in interest paid of $7.7 million, partially offset by lower income from continuing operations before losses on the sale of assets and depreciation and amortization of $2.0 million.

 

39


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $8.7 million compared with net cash provided by operating activities of $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The decrease resulted primarily from transaction costs related to the Merger of $10.6 million and lower income from continuing operations before gains or losses on the sale of fixed assets, impairment of long-term assets, transaction costs related to the Merger and depreciation and amortization of $2.2 million.

Cash Flows from Continuing Investing Activities.     Net cash used in investing activities was $0.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $0.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2005. The decreased use of cash was primarily due to an increase in proceeds related to the exchange of publications and sale of other assets of $2.9 million, partially offset by an increase in capital expenditures of $2.3 million.

Capital expenditures were $0.5 million and $2.9 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Growth capital expenditures generally represent equipment and facility improvements to accommodate additional capacity, as well as the capital expenditures to reduce operating costs. We define maintenance capital expenditures as capital expenditures less growth capital expenditures. Growth capital expenditures were $0.0 and $2.2 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

Net cash used in investing activities was $41.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increased use of cash was primarily due to funds used in connection with the Merger to purchase the Company of $23.9 million, higher acquisition-related spending of $14.2 million and an increase in capital expenditures of $4.0 million, partially offset by an increase in proceeds related to the exchange of publications and sale of other assets of $1.4 million.

Capital expenditures were $3.7 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Growth capital expenditures were $1.1 million and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

Cash Flows from Continuing Financing Activities.     Net cash used in financing activities was $3.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $7.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2005. Our financing activities for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 included repayments of our 2005 Credit Facility Term Loan B of $0.8 million and net borrowings on our 2005 Credit Facility of $2.4 million. Our financing activities for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 reflected net borrowings under our 2005 Credit Facility of $284.0 million, which were partially offset by the extinguishment of our senior subordinated notes of $182.8 million, senior discount notes of $20.2 million and senior preferred stock of $11.4 million. Additionally, for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, we paid $60.1 million to extinguish our then-existing credit facility and $2.3 million in costs associated with obtaining our 2005 Credit Facility.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $32.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to net cash used in financing activities of $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Our financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily reflect net borrowings under our 2005 Credit Facility of $312.9 million and capital contributed during the Merger of $222.0 million, which were partially offset by the extinguishment of our senior subordinated notes of $182.8 million, third party senior discount notes of $20.2 million, third party senior preferred stock of $11.4 million and senior debentures of $90.3 million. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2005, we paid $60.1 million to extinguish our then-existing credit facility and $3.1 million in costs associated with our 2005 Credit Facility. Our financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 included net repayments under our then-existing credit facility of $18.0 million.

 

40


Table of Contents

Indebtedness

First Lien Credit Agreement.     Holdco, GateHouse Media Operating, Inc. (“Operating”) and certain of their subsidiaries are party to a first lien credit agreement, dated as of June 6, 2006, with a syndicate of financial institutions with Wachovia Bank, National Association as administrative agent. The first lien credit facility provides for a $570.0 million term loan facility that matures on December 6, 2013 and a revolving credit facility with a $40.0 million aggregate loan commitment amount available, including a $15.0 million sub-facility for letters of credit and a $10.0 million swingline facility, that matures on June 6, 2013. The first lien credit facility is secured by a first priority security interest in (i) all present and future capital stock or other membership, equity, ownership or profits interest of Operating and all of its direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries, (ii) 66% of the voting stock (and 100% of the nonvoting stock) of all present and future first-tier foreign subsidiaries and (iii) substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of Holdco, Operating and their present and future direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries. In addition, the loans and other obligations of the borrowers under the first lien credit facility are guaranteed, subject to specified limitations, by Holdco, Operating and their present and future direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries.

As of June 30, 2006, $570.0 million was outstanding under the term loan facility and $             million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility (without giving effect to $6.3 million of outstanding letters of credit on such date). Borrowings under the first lien credit facility bear interest, at the borrower’s option, equal to the LIBOR Rate for a LIBOR Rate Loan (as defined in the first lien credit facility), or the Alternate Base Rate for an Alternate Base Rate Loan (as defined in the first lien credit facility), plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for LIBOR Rate term loans and Alternate Base Rate term loans is fixed at 2.25% and 1.25%, respectively. The applicable margin for revolving loans is adjusted quarterly based upon Holdco’s Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the first lien credit facility) (i.e., the ratio of Holdco’s Consolidated Indebtedness (as defined in the first lien credit facility) on the last day of the preceding quarter to Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the first lien credit facility) for the four fiscal quarters ending on the date of determination). The applicable margin ranges from 1.5% to 2.0%, in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans, and 0.5% to 1.0%, in the case of Alternate Base Rate Loans. The borrowers under the revolving credit facility also pay a quarterly commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility ranging from 0.25% to 0.5% based on the same ratio of Total Leverage Ratio and a quarterly fee equal to the applicable margin for LIBOR Rate Loans on the aggregate amount of outstanding letters of credit.

No principal payments are due on the term loan facility or the revolving credit facility until the applicable maturity date. The borrowers are required to prepay borrowings under the term loan facility in an amount equal to 50% of Holdco’s Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the first lien credit facility) earned during the previous fiscal year, except that no prepayments are required if the Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 6.0 to 1.0 at the end of any fiscal year. In addition, the borrowers are required to prepay borrowings under the term loan facility with certain asset disposition proceeds, cash insurance proceeds and condemnation or expropriation awards subject to specified reinvestment rights. The borrowers are also required to prepay borrowings with 50% of the net proceeds of certain equity issuances or 100% of the proceeds of certain debt issuances except that no prepayment is required if Holdco’s Total Leverage Ratio is less than 6.0 to 1.0. If the term loan facility has been paid in full, mandatory prepayments are applied to the repayment of borrowings under the swingline facility and revolving credit facility and the cash collateralization of letters of credit.

The first lien credit facility contains financial covenants that require Holdco to satisfy specified quarterly financial tests, consisting of a Total Leverage Ratio, an interest coverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio. The first lien credit facility also contains affirmative and negative covenants customarily found in loan agreements for similar transactions, including restrictions on our ability to incur indebtedness, create liens on assets, engage in certain lines of business, engage in mergers or consolidations, dispose of assets, make investments or acquisitions; engage in transactions with

 

41


Table of Contents

affiliates, enter into sale leaseback transactions, enter into negative pledges or pay dividends or make other restricted payments (except that after the second lien credit facility has been paid in full and terminated, Holdco is permitted to pay quarterly dividends so long as, after giving effect to any such dividend payment, Holdco and its subsidiaries are in pro forma compliance with each of the financial covenants and the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 6.25 to 1.0). The first lien credit facility contains customary events of default, including defaults based on a failure to pay principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, fees or other obligations, subject to specified grace periods; a material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; breach of covenants; failure to pay other indebtedness and cross-defaults; a Change of Control (as defined in the first lien credit facility); events of bankruptcy and insolvency; material judgments; failure to meet certain requirements with respect to ERISA; and impairment of collateral.

Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions and the willingness of lenders to extend credit, Operating may increase the revolving credit facility and/or the term loan facility by up to an aggregate of $250.0 million.

Second Lien Credit Agreement.     Holdco, Operating and certain of their subsidiaries are party to a secured bridge credit agreement, dated as of June 6, 2006, with a syndicate of financial institutions with Wachovia Bank, National Association as administrative agent. This second lien credit facility provides for a $152.0 million term facility that matures on June 6, 2014, subject to earlier maturity upon the occurrence of certain events. The second lien credit facility is secured by a second priority security interest in (i) all present and future capital stock or other membership, equity, ownership or profits interest of Operating and all of its direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries, (ii) 66% of the voting stock (and 100% of the nonvoting stock) of all present and future first-tier foreign subsidiaries and (iii) substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of Holdco, Operating and their present and future direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries. In addition, the loans and other obligations of the borrowers under the second lien credit facility are guaranteed, subject to specified limitations, by Holdco, Operating and their present and future direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries.

As of June 30, 2006, $152.0 million was outstanding under the second lien term facility. Borrowings under the second lien credit facility bear interest, at the borrower’s option, equal to the LIBOR Rate for a LIBOR Rate Loan (as defined in the second lien credit facility) or the Alternate Base Rate for an Alternate Base Rate Loan (as defined in the second lien credit facility) plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for LIBOR Rate term loans and Alternate Base Rate term loans is fixed at 1.5% and 0.5%, respectively.

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay in full all borrowings under the second lien credit facility. Upon such repayment, the facility will be terminated.

Summary Disclosure About Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual cash obligations, including estimated interest payments where applicable, as of December 31, 2005:

 

     2006    2007    2008    2009    2010    Thereafter    Total
     (in thousands)

Term loan

   $ 23,442    $ 23,235    $ 23,084    $ 22,873    $ 22,616    $ 311,568    $ 426,818

Revolving credit facility

     571      571      571      571      571      8,592      11,447

Non-compete payments

     207      207      151      111      17      —        693

Operating lease obligations

     878      690      607      496      391      3,033      6,095
                                                

Total

   $ 25,098    $ 24,703    $ 24,413    $ 24,051    $ 23,595    $ 323,193    $ 445,053
                                                

 

42


Table of Contents

On June 6, 2006, in conjunction with consummation of the Acquisitions, we entered into the following new financial arrangements:

 

  Ÿ   a $610.0 million first lien credit facility, consisting of a $570.0 million term loan facility which matures in December 2013 and bears interest equal to LIBOR plus 225 basis points and a $40.0 million revolving credit facility which matures in June 2013 and bears interest at the Company’s option equal to LIBOR plus an applicable margin or the Alternate Base Rate, as defined in the agreement (8.25% as of June 30, 2006) plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is determined quarterly based on the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio, as defined in the agreement and ranges from 50 to 200 basis points. Neither of these debt facilities require periodic principal repayment prior to maturity; and

 

  Ÿ   a $152.0 million second lien term loan facility which matures in June 2014 subject to earlier maturity upon the occurrence of certain events as defined in the agreement. This second lien term loan bears interest at the Company’s option equal to LIBOR plus 150 basis points.

Related-Party Transactions

For a discussion of these and other transactions with certain related parties, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123R”). SFAS No. 123R addresses the accounting for transactions in which an enterprise exchanges its equity instruments for employee services. It also addresses transactions in which an enterprise incurs liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of those equity instruments in exchange for employee services. For public entities, the cost of employee services received in exchange for equity instruments, including employee stock options, is to be measured on the grant-date fair value of those instruments. The cost will be recognized as compensation expense over the service period, which would normally be the vesting period. SFAS No. 123R became effective on January 1, 2006 for us. We adopted SFAS No. 123R on January 1, 2006, and its adoption did not materially affect our results of operations.

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections” (“SFAS No. 154”). SFAS No. 154 replaces ABP Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and SFAS No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.” SFAS No. 154 requires that a voluntary change in an accounting principle be applied retrospectively with all prior period financial statements presented using the new accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 also requires that a change in method of depreciating or amortizing a long-lived non-financial asset be accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate and correction of errors in previously issued financial statements should be termed a restatement. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The implementation of SFAS No. 154 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47 (“FIN 47”), “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations,” which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” FIN No. 47 clarifies terminology within SFAS No. 143 and requires an entity to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. A conditional asset retirement is a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. FIN No. 47 became effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. Adopting FIN No. 47 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

43


Table of Contents

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. Under FIN No. 48, the financial statements will reflect expected future tax consequences of such positions presuming the taxing authorities’ full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts, but without considering time values. FIN No. 48 substantially changes the applicable accounting model and is likely to cause greater volatility in income statements as more items are recognized discretely within income tax expense. FIN No. 48 also revises disclosure requirements and introduces a prescriptive, annual, tabular roll-forward of the unrecognized tax benefits. The new accounting model for uncertain tax positions is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2006. Companies need to assess all material open positions in all tax jurisdictions as of the adoption date and determine the appropriate amount of tax benefits that are recognizable under FIN No. 48. Any difference between the amounts previously recognized and the benefit determined under the new guidance, including changes in accrued interest and penalties, has to be recorded on the date of adoption. For certain types of income tax uncertainties, existing generally accepted accounting principles provide specific guidance on the accounting for modifications of the recognized benefit. Any differences in recognized tax benefits on the date of adoption that are not subject to specific guidance would be an adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the adoption period. We are currently evaluating the impact the adoption of FIN No. 48 will have on our financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates and commodity prices. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in earnings and cash flow. In the normal course of business, exposure to certain of these market risks is managed as described below.

Interest Rates

Our debt structure and interest rate risks are managed through the use of floating rate debt and interest rate swaps. Our primary exposure is to LIBOR. A 100 basis point change in LIBOR would change our income from continuing operations before income taxes on an annualized basis by approximately $(1.5) million, based on pro forma floating rate debt of $722.0 million outstanding at March 31, 2006, after consideration of the interest rate swaps described below.

On June 23, 2005, we executed an interest rate swap in the notional amount of $300 million with a forward starting date of July 1, 2005. The interest rate swap has a term of seven years. Under this swap, we pay an amount to the swap counterparty representing interest on a notional amount at a rate of 4.135% and receive an amount from the swap counterparty representing interest on the notional amount at a rate equal to the one-month LIBOR. On May 10, 2006, we executed an additional interest rate swap in the notional amount of $270 million with a forward starting date of July 3, 2006. The interest rate swap has a term of five years. Under this swap, we pay an amount to the swap counterparty representing interest on a notional amount at a rate of 5.359% and receive an amount from the swap counterparty representing interest on the notional amount at a rate equal to the one- month LIBOR. These interest rate swaps effectively fix our interest rate on $570 million of our variable rate debt for the term of the swaps.

At                 , after consideration of the forward starting interest rate swaps described above, approximately $             million or         % of the remaining principal amount of our debt is subject to floating interest rates on a pro forma as adjusted basis.

 

44


Table of Contents

Commodities

Certain materials we use are subject to commodity price changes. We manage this risk through instruments such as purchase orders, membership in a buying consortium and continuing programs to mitigate the impact of cost increases through identification of sourcing and operating efficiencies. Primary commodity price exposures are newsprint, energy costs and, to a lesser extent, ink.

A $10 per metric ton newsprint price change would result in a corresponding annualized change in our income from continuing operations before income taxes of $650,000 based on pro forma as adjusted newsprint usage for the year ended December 31, 2005 of approximately 65,000 metric tons.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

A non-GAAP financial measure is generally defined as one that purports to measure historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows, but excludes or includes amounts that would not be so adjusted in the most comparable GAAP measure. In this prospectus, we define and use Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, as set forth below.

Adjusted EBITDA

We define Adjusted EBITDA as follows:

Income (loss) from continuing operations before :

 

  Ÿ   income tax expense (benefit);

 

  Ÿ   depreciation and amortization;

 

  Ÿ   non-cash compensation related expenses; and

 

  Ÿ   other non-recurring items.

Management’s Use of Adjusted EBITDA.

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to income from operations, net income (loss), cash flow from continuing operating activities or any other measure of performance or liquidity derived in accordance with GAAP. We believe this non-GAAP measure, as we have defined it, is helpful in identifying trends in our day-to-day performance because the items excluded have little or no significance on our day-to-day operations. This measure provides an assessment of controllable expenses and affords management the ability to make decisions which are expected to facilitate meeting current financial goals as well as achieve optimal financial performance. It provides an indicator for management to determine if adjustments to current spending decisions are needed.

Adjusted EBITDA provides us with a measure of financial performance, independent of items that are beyond the control of management in the short-term, such as depreciation and amortization, taxation and interest expense associated with our capital structure. This metric measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, namely the cost structure or expenses of the organization. Adjusted EBITDA is one of the metrics used by senior management and the board of directors to review the financial performance of the business on a monthly basis.

Limitations of Adjusted EBITDA.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. It should not be viewed in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP measures of earnings or cash flows. Material limitations in making the

 

45


Table of Contents

adjustments to our earnings to calculate Adjusted EBITDA and using this non-GAAP financial measure as compared to GAAP net income (loss), include: the cash portion of interest expense, income tax (benefit) provision and non-recurring charges related to gain (loss) on sale of facilities and extinguishment of debt activities generally represent charges (gains), which may significantly affect our financial results.

An investor or potential investor may find this item important in evaluating our performance, results of operations and financial position. We use non-GAAP financial measures to supplement our GAAP results in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business.

Adjusted EBITDA is not an alternative to net income, income from operations or cash flows provided by or used in operations as calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. You should not rely on Adjusted EBITDA as a substitute for any such GAAP financial measure. We strongly urge you to review the reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA, along with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We also strongly urge you to not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. In addition, because Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP and is susceptible to varying calculations, the Adjusted EBITDA measure, as presented in this prospectus, may differ from and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

 

46


Table of Contents

The table below shows the reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

    Year Ended December 31,    

Period from
January 1,
2005 to June 5,

2005

   

Period from
June 6, 2005 to
December 31,

2005

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2006
    Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2006
    2003     2004         2005     2006          
    (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)     (Pro forma)     (Pro
forma)
    (Pro forma,
as Adjusted)
  Pro forma,
as Adjusted)
    (in thousands)                      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ (14,650 )   $ (30,711 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565     $ (12,963 )   $ 582     $ (20,973 )   $ (6,270 )   $                $             

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (4,691 )     1,228       (3,027 )     7,050       (3,098 )     486       3,730       (1,884 )    

Write-off of deferred offering costs

    1,935       —         —         —         —         —         —         —        

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    161       —         —         —         —         —         —         —        

Unrealized gain on derivative instrument

    —         —         —         (10,807 )     —         (2,605 )     —         —        

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    —         —         5,525       —         5,525       —         5,525       —        

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,810       1,826       643       67       546       31       762       190      

Interest expense—dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

    13,206       29,019       13,484       —         7,780       —         —         —        

Interest expense—debt

    32,433       32,917       13,232       11,760       8,648       5,176       49,396       12,921      

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    104       30       —         (40 )     —         441       (96 )     437      

Impairment of long-term assets

    —         1,500       —         —         —         —         —         —        

Transaction costs related to Merger

    —         —         7,703       2,850       —         —         10,553       —        

Depreciation and amortization

    13,359       13,374       5,776       8,030       3,468       3,599       30,113       7,200      

Non-cash compensation

    17       —         953       516       —         404       1,469       404      

Integration and reorganization(a)

    —         —         —         752       —         1,752       856       2,006      

Restructuring(b)

    1,480       1,480       1,268       250       370       322       2,754       641      

Non-cash portion of post retirement benefits

    —         —         —         —         —         —         1,135       525      
                                                                           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 45,164     $ 50,663     $ 20,726     $ 29,993     $ 10,276     $ 10,188     $ 85,224     $ 16,169     $                $             
                                                                           

 

(a) Integration and reorganization includes compensation expense related to the acquisition of new executive management, recruiting expense and consulting fees.

 

(b) Restructuring includes severance, forgiveness of employee debt related to prior executive management fees paid to the prior owner.

 

47


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

General Overview

We are one of the largest publishers of locally based print and online media in the United States as measured by number of publications. Our business model is to be the preeminent provider of local content and advertising in the small and midsize markets we serve. Our portfolio of products, which currently includes 423 community publications and more than 230 related websites, serves over 125,000 business advertisers and reaches approximately 9 million people on a weekly basis.

Our core products include:

 

  Ÿ   75 daily newspapers with total paid circulation of approximately 405,000;

 

  Ÿ   231 weekly newspapers (published up to three times per week) with total paid circulation of approximately 620,000 and total free circulation of approximately 430,000;

 

  Ÿ   117 shoppers (generally advertising-only publications) with total circulation of approximately 1.5 million; and

 

  Ÿ   over 230 locally focused websites, which extend our franchises onto the internet.

In addition to our core products, we also opportunistically produce niche publications that address specific local market interests such as recreation, sports, healthcare and real estate. Over the last 12 months, we created over 90 niche publications.

Our print and online products focus on the local community from both a content and advertising standpoint. Due to our focus on small and midsize markets, we are usually the primary, and sometimes sole, provider of comprehensive and in-depth local information in the communities we serve. Our content is primarily devoted to topics that we believe are highly relevant to our audience such as local news and politics, community and regional events, youth sports and local schools.

Over 70% of our daily newspapers have been published for more than 100 years and 93% have been published for more than 50 years. The longevity of our publications demonstrates the value and relevance of the local information that we provide and has created a strong foundation of reader loyalty and a recognized media brand name in each community we serve. Due to these factors, our publications have high audience penetration rates in our markets, thereby providing advertisers with superior access to local consumers.

We have a strong history of growth through acquisitions and new product launches. Since our inception, we have acquired 249 daily and weekly newspapers and shoppers and launched numerous new products, including 10 weekly newspapers. This strategy has been, and will continue to be, a critical component of our growth. We have demonstrated an ability to successfully integrate acquired publications and improve their performance through sound management, including revenue generating and direct cost saving initiatives. Given our scale, we see significant opportunities to continue our acquisition and integration strategy within the highly fragmented local media industry.

We operate in 285 markets across 17 states. A key element of our business strategy is geographic clustering of publications to realize operating efficiencies and provide consistent management. We share best practices across our organization, giving each publication the benefit of revenue producing and cost saving initiatives. We centralize functions such as ad composition, bookkeeping and production and give each publication in a cluster access to top quality production equipment, which enables us to cost-efficiently provide superior products and service to our customers. In addition, our size allows us to achieve economies of scale in the purchase of insurance, newsprint and other supplies. We believe that these advantages, together with the generally lower overhead costs associated with operating in small and midsize markets, allow us to generate high profit margins.

 

48


Table of Contents

Our advertising revenue tends to be stable and recurring because of our geographic diversity, with our revenues coming from markets across 17 states, the large number of products we publish and our fragmented, diversified local advertising customer base. Local advertising tends to be less sensitive to economic cycles than national advertising because local businesses generally have fewer advertising channels in which to reach the local audience. We are also less reliant than large metropolitan newspapers upon classified advertising, particularly the recruiting, real estate and automotive categories, which are generally more sensitive to economic conditions.

Industry Overview

We operate in what is sometimes referred to as the “hyper-local” or community market within the media industry. Media companies that serve this segment provide highly focused local content and advertising that is generally unique to each market they serve and is not readily obtainable from other sources. Local publications include community newspapers, shoppers, traders, real estate guides, special interest magazines and directories. Due to the unique nature of their content, community publications compete to a limited extent for advertising customers with other forms of media, including: direct mail, directories, radio, television, outdoor advertising and the internet. We believe that local publications are the most effective medium for retail advertising, which emphasizes the price of goods, in contrast to radio and broadcast and cable television, which are generally used for image advertising. We estimate that the locally oriented segment of the entire U.S. advertising market generated revenue of approximately $100 billion in 2005.

Local media based in small and midsize communities is distinct from national and urban media delivered through outlets such as television, radio, metropolitan and national newspapers and the internet. Larger media outlets tend to offer broad based information to a geographically scattered audience. In contrast, locally oriented media outlets deliver a highly focused product that is often the only source of local information. Our segment of the media industry is also characterized by high barriers to entry, both economic and social. Small and midsize communities can generally only sustain one newspaper. Moreover, the brand value associated with long-term reader and advertiser loyalty, and the high start-up costs associated with developing and distributing content and selling advertisements, help to limit competition. Companies within the industry produce stable revenues and high margins as a result of these competitive dynamics and the value created for advertisers by hyper-local content and community relationships.

Industry Fragmentation

The U.S. community newspaper industry is large and highly fragmented. According to Dirks, Van Essen & Murray, there are more than 1,400 daily newspapers in the United States. More than 1,200, or approximately 85%, of these newspapers have daily circulation of less than 50,000, which we generally define as local or community newspapers.

 

Circulation

   Dailies    % of Total  

More than 100,000

   104    7.1 %

50,001 to 100,000

   109    7.5  

10,001 to 50,000

   615    42.2  

Less than 10,000

   629    43.2  
           

Total

   1,457    100.0 %

Total 50,000 and Under

   1,244    85.4 %

Source: Dirks, Van Essen & Murray.

 

49


Table of Contents

According to Dirks, Van Essen & Murray, there are only 12 companies that own more than 25 daily newspapers each and only four (including GateHouse) that own more than 50. Of the approximately 380 owners of daily newspapers in the United States, more than 350, or 93%, own less than 10 newspapers each. We believe this fragmentation provides significant consolidation opportunities in the community newspaper industry. We also believe that fragmentation and significant acquisition opportunities exist in complementary hyper-local businesses such as directories, traders, direct mail and locally focused websites.

Advertising Market

In 2005, the entire U.S. advertising market generated approximately $280 billion in revenue. We believe the locally oriented segment generated approximately $100 billion, or 36%, of this revenue.

U.S Advertising Expenditures by Media Category (1)

 

Media Category

  1995   1996   1997   1998   1999   2000   2001   2002   2003   2004   2005
    (in millions)

Newspapers:

                     

Retail (Local)

  $ 18,099   $ 18,344   $ 19,242   $ 20,331   $ 20,907   $ 21,409   $ 20,679   $ 20,994   $ 21,341   $ 22,012   $ 22,187

Classified (Local)

    13,742     15,065     16,773     17,873     18,650     19,608     16,622     15,898     15,801     16,608     17,312
                                                                 

Total Newspapers (Local)

    31,841     33,409     36,015     38,204     39,557     41,017     37,301     36,892     37,142     38,620     39,499

National

    4,251     4,667     5,315     5,721     6,732     7,653     7,004     7,210     7,797     8,083     7,910
                                                                 

Total Newspapers

    36,092     38,076     41,330     43,925     46,289     48,670     44,305     44,102     44,939     46,703     47,409

Direct Mail

    32,866     34,509     36,890     39,620     41,403     44,591     44,725     46,067     48,370     52,191     55,218

Broadcast TV

    32,720     36,046     36,893     39,173     40,011     44,802     38,881     42,068     41,932     46,264     44,293

Cable TV

    5,108     6,438     7,237     10,340     12,570     15,455     15,736     16,297     18,814     21,527     23,654

Radio

    11,470     12,412     13,794     15,430     17,681     19,848     18,369     19,409     19,603     20,013     20,071

Magazines

    8,580     9,010     9,821     10,518     11,433     12,370     11,095     10,995     11,435     12,247     12,847

Yellow Pages

    10,176     10,731     11,423     12,003     12,825     13,524     14,384     14,584     14,906     15,486     15,970

Outdoor

    3,500     3,760     4,047     4,413     4,832     5,235     5,193     5,232     5,504     5,834     6,301

Business Papers

    3,559     3,808     4,109     4,232     4,274     4,915     4,468     3,976     4,004     4,072     4,170

Internet

    —       267     907     1,920     4,621     8,087     7,134     6,010     7,267     9,626     12,542

Miscellaneous(2)

    20,943     22,560     23,940     28,500     28,490     32,083     29,895     30,730     31,990     34,645     35,692

Total Local

    68,753     73,347     78,635     85,902     89,849     95,590     90,141     92,124     93,927     98,020     99,857

Total National

    96,261     104,270     111,756     124,172     134,580     153,990     144,044     147,346     154,837     170,589     178,310
                                                                 

Total

  $ 165,014   $ 177,617   $ 190,391   $ 210,074   $ 224,429   $ 249,580   $ 234,185   $ 239,470   $ 248,764   $ 268,608   $ 278,167

(1) Sources: Newspaper Association of America, Television Bureau of Advertising, Radio Advertising Bureau, Simba, Outdoor Advertising Association of America, Interactive Advertising Bureau and Company estimates.
(2) Media category includes weekly newspaper advertising, point of purchase advertising, free shoppers and other non-regularly measured local media.

The primary sources of advertising revenue for local publications are small businesses, corporations, government agencies and individuals who reside in the market that a publication serves. By combining paid circulation publications with total market coverage publications such as shoppers and other specialty publications (tailored to the specific attributes of a local community), local publications are able to reach nearly 100% of the households in a distribution area. As macroeconomic conditions in advertising change due to the internet and the wide array of available information sources, we have seen mass advertisers shift their focus toward targeted local advertising. Moreover, in addition to printed products, the majority of local publications have an online presence that further leverages the local brand and ensures higher penetration into a given market.

 

50


Table of Contents

The Internet

The time spent online each day by media consumers continues to grow rapidly and newspaper web sites offer a wide variety of content providing comprehensive, in-depth and up to the minute coverage of news and current events. The ability to generate, publish and archive more news and information than most other sources has allowed newspapers to produce some of the most visited sites on the internet.

Local publications are uniquely positioned to capitalize on their existing market franchise by publishing proprietary local content online. In addition, local online media now includes classifieds, directories of business information, local advertising, databases and most recently, audience-contributed content. This additional community-specific content will further extend and expand both the reach and the brand of the publications with readers and advertisers. According to industry sources, building a strong online business extends the core audience of a local publication by as much as 10% to 12%. Furthermore, the availability of a newspaper online increases readership among 25 to 34 year olds by an average of 19%. This extension of the core audience makes local online advertising an attractive complement for existing print advertisers while opening up new opportunities to attract local advertisers that have never advertised with local publications. National advertisers have recently expressed interest in reaching buyers on a hyper-local level and, although they typically are not significant advertisers in community publications, the internet offers them a powerful medium to reach targeted local audiences.

Circulation

Overall daily newspaper circulation, including national and urban newspapers, has declined at an average rate of 0.5% since 1996. Unlike daily newspapers, total circulation of weekly publications has increased at an average annual rate of 1.0% over the same period. The charts below presents industry circulation trends from 1996 through 2004.

 

LOGO    LOGO

Our Strengths

We believe some of our most significant strengths are:

High Quality Assets with Dominant Local Franchises .      Our publications benefit from a long history as a trusted voice in the communities we serve and a reputation for comprehensive and in-depth local content. This has resulted in strong reader loyalty which is highly valued by local advertisers. We continue to build on long-standing relationships with local advertisers and our in-depth knowledge of local markets. In addition, our markets are generally not large enough to support a second newspaper and our local news gathering infrastructures, sales networks and relationships would be time consuming and costly to replicate. As a result, we face limited competition in most of our markets.

 

51


Table of Contents

Superior Value Proposition for Our Advertisers .     Our publications provide a cost effective means for advertisers to reach the customers they covet due to our strong reader loyalty and high audience penetration rates. We offer advertisers several alternatives (dailies, weeklies, shoppers online and niche publications) to reach consumers and to tailor the nature and frequency of their marketing messages. The concentrated local focus of our distribution provides advertisers with a targeted audience with whom they can communicate directly, thereby maximizing the efficiency of their advertising spending. Our combined product offerings give local advertisers unparalleled access to this highly valued local audience.

Stable and Diversified Advertising Revenue Base .     Our advertising revenue tends to be stable and recurring for several reasons. First, we have a fragmented and diversified advertising customer base in our local markets. Over 125,000 individual businesses advertise in our publications, and our top 20 advertisers contributed less than 5% of our pro forma total revenue in 2005, with the largest advertiser contributing less than 1%. In addition, over 1.75 million classified advertisements were placed in our publications in 2005. Second, having operations in 285 markets across 17 states helps to limit our exposure to location-specific economic downturns, as there is no significant correlation between the performance of any two of our operating clusters. Third, the large number and diversity of our publications also contributes to the stability of our operations, with our largest publication, The Patriot Ledger , contributing only 8% of our pro forma total revenues in 2005. Finally, over 71% of our pro forma total advertising revenue in 2005 was derived from local advertising, which tends to be less volatile than national and major account advertising.

Scale Yields Higher Margins and Allows Us to Realize Operating Synergies.      Our size facilitates our clustering strategy, which allows us to realize operating efficiencies. We achieve higher operating margins than our publications could achieve on a stand-alone basis by leveraging our operations and implementing revenue initiatives across a broader local footprint in a geographic cluster. Our scale enables us to centralize our corporate and administrative operations and spread costs over a larger number of publications. We also benefit from economies of scale in the purchase of insurance, newsprint and other supplies and equipment.

Strong Financial Profile Generates Significant Cash Flow.     Our business generates significant recurring cash flow due to our stable revenue, high margins, low capital expenditure and working capital requirements and currently favorable tax position.

Strong Track Record of Acquiring and Integrating New Assets.      We have created a national platform for consolidating local publications and have demonstrated an ability to improve the performance of the publications we acquire through sound management, including revenue generating and direct cost saving initiatives. Since our inception, we have acquired 249 publications in 37 transactions that contributed an aggregate of 63% of our pro forma total revenue in 2005. Excluding the Acquisitions, we have invested over $190 million and integrated 118 publications in 35 transactions. By implementing revenue generating initiatives and leveraging the economies of scale inherent in our clustering strategy we increased trailing twelve-month Adjusted EBITDA at those publications from $18 million at the time of acquisition to $24 million in 2005.

Experienced Management Team.     Our senior management team is comprised of executives who have an average of over 20 years of experience in the media industry. Our executive officers have a successful track record of growing businesses organically and identifying and integrating acquisitions. In addition, we have developed strong publishers at individual newspapers who are established in their local communities and are responsible and accountable for the day-to-day performance of the business. Many of our current publishers have been with us since we were formed in 1997.

 

52


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

We seek to grow revenue, cash flow and dividends per share by leveraging our community-based franchises and relationships to increase our product offerings, penetration rates and market share in the communities we serve and by pursuing a disciplined approach to acquisitions. The key elements of our strategy are:

Maintain Our Dominance in the Delivery of Proprietary Content in Our Communities.      We seek to maintain our position as a leading provider of local content in the markets we serve and to leverage this position to strengthen our relationships with both readers and advertisers, thereby increasing penetration rates and market share. A critical aspect of this approach is to continue to provide local content that is not readily obtainable elsewhere in order to position our products as a “must read” within their markets.

Pursue a Disciplined and Accretive Acquisition Strategy in Existing and New Markets .     We seek to grow in existing and new markets through a disciplined and cash flow accretive acquisition strategy. The local media industry is highly fragmented and we believe we have a strong platform for creating additional shareholder value. We intend to pursue acquisitions of local marketing businesses including directories, traders and direct mail that are accretive to our cash flow. We continue to have a disciplined approach to acquisitions and are likely to pursue only acquisitions that are additive to our existing clusters, or are large enough to form the basis of a new cluster.

Leverage Benefits of Scale and Clustering to Increase Cash Flows and Margins.     We will continue to take advantage of geographic clustering to realize operating and economic efficiencies in areas such as labor, production, overhead, raw materials and distribution costs. We believe we will be able to expand our profit margins as we streamline and further centralize purchasing and administrative functions and integrate acquired properties.

Introduce New Products or Modify Our Products to Enhance the Value Proposition for Our Advertisers.     Our established positions in local markets, combined with our publishing and distribution capabilities, allow us to develop and customize new products to address the evolving interests and needs of our readers and advertisers. These products are often specialty publications that address specific interests such as employment, healthcare, hobbies and real estate. In addition, we intend to capitalize upon our unique position in local markets to introduce other marketing oriented products such as directories, shoppers and other niche publications in both online and printed format in order to further enhance our value to advertisers.

Pursue a Content-Driven Internet Strategy .     We are well positioned to increase our online penetration and generate additional online revenues due to both our ability to deliver unique local content and our relationships with both readers and advertisers. We believe our local brands and unique local content make our sites a “must visit” destination for our local audiences. This presents an opportunity to increase our audience penetration rates and advertising market share in each of the communities we serve. Centralizing our technology and building a network of websites will allow us to aggregate classified advertisements and build online classified products in areas such as real estate, automotive and recruitment. We will also have the ability to sell traditional online advertising locally and nationally. Finally, we will generally be able to share content across our organization within this network. This gives each of our publications access to technology, online management expertise, content and advertisers that they could not obtain or afford if they were operating independently.

Increase Sales Force Productivity.     We aim to increase the productivity of our sales force and, in turn, advertising revenues. Our approach includes ongoing company-wide training of sales representatives and sales managers with training programs that focus on strengthening their ability to

 

53


Table of Contents

gather relevant demographic information, present to customers, effectively utilize time and close on sales calls. Our training will also include sharing “best practices” of our most successful account representatives. Finally, for managers, we will create a “train the trainer” program to enable our clusters to effectively propagate our training programs. We will regularly evaluate the performance of our sales representatives and sales management and implement contests and other incentive compensation programs. We will also regularly evaluate our advertising rates to ensure that we are maximizing revenue opportunities.

Products

Our product mix currently consists of four publication types: (i) daily newspapers, (ii) weekly newspapers, (iii) shoppers and (iv) niche publications:

 

Daily Newspapers

  

Weekly Newspapers

   Shoppers    Niche Publications
Paid   

Paid and free

   Paid and free    Paid and free
Distributed four to seven days per week    Distributed one to three days per week    Distributed weekly    Distributed weekly,
monthly or on
annual basis
Printed on newsprint, folded    Printed on newsprint, folded    Printed on newsprint,
folded or booklet
   Printed on newsprint or
glossy, folded,
booklet, magazine
or book
50% editorial (local news and coverage of community events, some national headlines) and 50% ads (including classifieds)    50% editorial (local news and coverage of community events, some national headlines for smaller markets which cannot support a daily newspaper) and 50% ads (including classifieds)    Almost 100% ads,
primarily classifieds,
display and inserts
   Niche content and
targeted ads ( e.g. ,
Chamber of
Commerce city
guides, tourism guides
and special
interest publications
e.g. , seniors, golf, real
estate, calendars and
directories)
Revenue from advertisers, subscribers, rack / box sales   

Paid: Revenue from advertising, rack / box sales

 

Free: Advertising revenue only, provide 100% market coverage

   Paid: Revenue from
advertising, rack /
box sales

 

Free: Advertising
revenue only,
provide 100%
market coverage

   Paid: Revenue from
advertising, rack /
box sales

 

Free: Advertising
revenue only

Available online    Major publications available online    Major publications
available online
   Selectively available
online

 

54


Table of Contents

Overview of Operations

We operate in five geographic regions: Northeast, Western, Northern Midwest, Southern Midwest and Atlantic.

The following table sets forth information regarding our publications.

 

     Number of Publications    Circulation(1)

Operating Region

   Dailies    Weeklies    Shoppers    Paid    Free    Total Circulation

Northeast

   6    115    10    435,885    361,676    797,561

Western

   20    71    34    311,009    430,219    741,228

Northern Midwest

   19    13    28    102,070    447,591    549,661

Southern Midwest

   19    21    28    75,785    399,799    475,584

Atlantic

   11    11    17    100,568    245,372    345,940
                             

Total

   75    231    117    1,025,317    1,884,657    2,909,974

(1) Circulation statistics are estimated by management as of June 30, 2006, except that audited circulation statistics, if available, are utilized as of the audit date.

Northeast Region .      We are the largest community newspaper publisher in New England by number of publications, serving 160 communities in attractive markets across eastern Massachusetts. All of our current Northeast publications are located in the Boston Designated Market Area (“DMA”), including six daily and 115 weekly newspapers, 10 shoppers and numerous specialty publications serving a contiguous market area north, west and south of Boston, extending through Cape Cod. Our three largest daily newspapers are located in our Northeast region: The Patriot Ledger (founded in 1837 with circulation of 55,168), the Enterprise (founded in 1880 with circulation of 35,040) and the MetroWest Daily News (founded in 1887 with circulation of 22,882).

Many of the towns within our Northeast footprint were founded in the 1600s and our daily and weekly newspapers in the region have long been part of the fabric of these communities. In fact, our Northeast region has 33 daily and weekly newspapers that are over 100 years old.

Our publications serve some of the most demographically desirable communities in New England. The Boston DMA is the fifth largest market in the United States with 2.4 million households and 6.2 million people and ranks first nationally in concentration of colleges and universities. According to the Market Statistics’ Demographics USA Survey of Buying Power 2004 and other market surveys, with more than 1.6 million households in the region earning greater than $75,000, the Boston metropolitan market ranks third in effective buying power in the United States and first in retail sales per household. In addition, with daily newspaper penetration of approximately 62.3%, Boston ranks third among the 50 largest DMAs in terms of audience penetration rates.

The Boston DMA has a strong retail base and is home to a number of large regional malls including the South Shore Plaza, the largest retail shopping center in New England. Retail sales in the Boston market totaled $44.6 billion in 2004, making this concentrated area an important market for local and national advertisers alike.

Boston also is widely recognized as an employment center for leading growth industries such as technology, biotechnology, healthcare and higher education. Many of the region’s leading employers are located in the communities served by our Northeast region’s publications. Thus, residents can work and shop close to home, making the news, information and local advertising provided by our publications integral to their lives.

 

55


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding our publications and production facilities in the Northeast region:

 

     Number of Publications    Number of
Production
Facilities

State of Operations

   Dailies    Weeklies    Shoppers   

Massachusetts

   6    115    10    5

Western Region .      Our Western region encompasses Illinois, parts of Minnesota, California, Colorado, Arizona and Wisconsin and a total of 20 daily and 71 weekly newspapers and 34 shoppers. In addition to a geographic mix, we benefit from a diverse economic and employment base across the region.

We are one of the largest newspaper publishing companies in the state of Illinois with 16 daily and 50 weekly newspapers and 22 shoppers. The majority of our publications in Illinois are published in three main clusters that serve southern Illinois, west central Illinois and northwest suburban Chicago. Each of our 88 publications is published at one of the 12 press plants we operate across the state.

The southern Illinois cluster is anchored by the 25,000 paid circulation weekly, the SI Trader , and eight daily newspapers serving contiguous communities with a combined 22,126 daily circulation. The grouping of these publications, as well as the complementary weekly offerings, provides advertisers with the opportunity for total market coverage at cost effective rates. Located approximately 110 miles from St. Louis, Missouri, this cluster’s communities include two universities, multiple healthcare facilities, manufacturing and agricultural employers and the 119-store Central Mall in Marion, Illinois.

Our western Illinois cluster has grown from two dailies and two shoppers at our inception to 18 publications located in Aledo, Canton, Galesburg, Geneseo, Kewanee, Macomb, Monmouth and Pekin. This cluster includes five dailies, five weeklies and eight shoppers. This region is characterized by its colleges and universities such as Knox College, Bradley University and Western Illinois University and local employers such as Caterpillar, John Deere, Monsanto, Pioneer and Archer Daniels Midland. In addition, the Coast Guard and National Guard each maintain bases in the area. The proximity of the communities in this cluster allows for combination advertising sales in the area.

Our suburban Chicago cluster publishes 37 weekly newspapers in the affluent southern and western suburbs of Chicago. This group was built through a series of five acquisitions and the subsequent centralization of back-office functions. The Chicago cluster is home to a number of Fortune 500 companies, including Boeing, Kraft Foods, Walgreen, Sears and Motorola.

In April 2004, we acquired Independent Delivery Service (“IDS”) in the suburban Chicago cluster. IDS is a door-to-door distribution service that offers a cost effective method for large or small businesses to deliver their advertising messages. IDS specializes in door hangers, newspapers, product samples, flyers, community guides, advertising circulars, catalogs, phone directories and newsletters. IDS offers targeted delivery to over 2 million households per week in nine counties in our suburban Chicago cluster. Prior to the acquisition, we were an IDS customer, with over 3 million newspapers delivered annually. The acquisition enables us to control delivery in this cluster and cost-effectively launch new products.

The southwest Minnesota cluster, near Marshall and Mankato, was built through a 1999 acquisition of seven weeklies and four shoppers in the cities of Cottonwood, Granite Falls, Montevideo, Redwood Falls, St. James, Sleepy Eye and Wabasso. Following the initial acquisition, we acquired two additional weeklies and, in 2003, launched shopper publications in three markets. Each of the weekly publications serves an independent community with a population of less than 10,000 people who rely almost entirely on our publications for their local news. The printing for each of these publications has

 

56


Table of Contents

been consolidated to one print plant in northern Minnesota. Local employers include Schwan Food Company, Archer Daniels Midland and Southwest State University. The cluster includes numerous other colleges and universities, including Minnesota State College-Mankato, Gustavus Adolphus College and Rasmussen College. There is also a diverse mix of local retailers, including several automobile dealerships and supermarkets, national chains and mass merchants.

In Colorado, we operate a daily newspaper and two weekly newspapers in Telluride and the surrounding area and a daily newspaper along with an agricultural publication in LaJunta. As a high-end tourism destination, the Telluride market has an attractive demographic and growth profile.

Three of our weeklies in California are located in the Mt. Shasta area of northern California, where tourism is a major economic force. We also operate a daily in Yreka and a weekly newspaper in Gridley, which is currently experiencing significant growth due to migration from Sacramento. Our daily newspaper in Ridgecrest serves a growing community that includes the China Lake naval base.

The following table sets forth information regarding our publications and production facilities in the Western region:

 

     Number of Publications   

Number of

Production
Facilities

State of Operations

   Dailies    Weeklies    Shoppers   

Illinois

   16    50    22    12

Southern Minnesota

   0    7    4    1

California

   2    6    6    3

Colorado

   2    5    1    1

Arizona

   0    2    1    1

Wisconsin

   0    1    0    0
                   

Total

   20    71    34    18

Northern Midwest Region .    Our Northern Midwest region comprises 19 daily and 13 weekly newspapers and 28 shoppers spanning seven states: Michigan, parts of Minnesota, North Dakota, Iowa, Nebraska, Kansas and parts of Missouri. Each of our daily newspapers and five of our weeklies in the Northern Midwest Region serve communities located in a county seat. Our daily and weekly news products in this region average more than 100 years in continuous operation and our shopper publications are among the first ever published, with histories dating to the early 1960s.

The communities we serve in our Northern Midwest region are largely rural but also support educational institutions, government agencies (including prisons and military bases), tourism, veterinary medicine and ethanol manufacturing. The area is also strong in the automotive (including recreational vehicles), boat, home construction products and furniture manufacturing sectors.

The greatest concentration of circulation and market presence in our Northern Midwest region is in northern Missouri where we operate seven daily and one weekly newspaper and nine shoppers. We cover the 19,000 square mile area from Hannibal, on the state’s eastern border, to the western border and from Columbia in the south to the Iowa border in the north. Local employers include the University of Missouri and other colleges, local and federal governments, State Farm Insurance and 3M.

We also have a presence in southern Michigan where three of our dailies—Adrian, Coldwater and Sturgis—along with three weeklies and five shoppers blanket the south central portion of the state and into Indiana. The 15,300-circulation Adrian Daily Telegram is the flagship publication of the group. This area has several large employers, including Delphi, ConAgra, Tecumseh Products, Kellogg and Jackson State Prison, and a number of colleges and universities.

 

57


Table of Contents

Our Kansas City cluster includes seven publications (two daily and two weekly newspapers and three shoppers) located in the eastern Kansas cities of Leavenworth, Kansas City and Shawnee. The Leavenworth Times was one of our original daily newspapers and the balance of the cluster was acquired afterward. In addition, we launched our military publication, The Leavenworth Lamp , in Fort Leavenworth. The Kansas City cluster, with a population over 700,000, is home to several prominent companies, including Hallmark, H&R Block, Interstate Bakeries, and the University of Kansas.

We also have clusters in and around Grand Forks, North Dakota, (home to the Grand Forks Air Force Base and the University of North Dakota) and near Mason City, Iowa, where Cargill, ConAgra, Kraft, Winnebago and Fort Dodge Animal Health, a division of Wyeth, each maintain significant operations.

The following table sets forth information regarding our publications and production facilities in the Northern Midwest region:

 

     Number of Publications   

Number of

Production
Facilities

State of Operations

   Dailies    Weeklies    Shoppers   

Michigan

   6    4    8    5

Minnesota

   1    1    2    1

North Dakota

   1    0    1    1

Iowa

   1    5    4    1

Nebraska

   1    1    1    1

Kansas

   2    1    3    1

Northern Missouri

   7    1    9    5
                   

Total

   19    13    28    15

Southern Midwest Region .    Our Southern Midwest region comprises 19 daily and 21 weekly newspapers and 28 shoppers in parts of Missouri, Kansas, Arkansas and Louisiana.

Our southern Missouri operations are clustered around Lake of the Ozarks and Joplin. Located midway between Kansas City and St. Louis and approximately 90 miles from Springfield, Missouri, Lake of the Ozarks has benefited from significant retail expansion, including many new businesses that advertise in our publications, tourism and an influx of second home residents over the last several years. Our three daily and seven weekly newspapers and 10 shoppers that serve the Lake of the Ozarks area reach approximately 165,000 people.

The Joplin cluster is located in southwest Missouri and produces two daily and two weekly newspapers and three shoppers that serve a population of approximately 170,000. There are several colleges and universities in the area, a National Guard Fort and several large medical centers in addition to a diverse mix of retail businesses, including the 120-store Northpark Mall.

The Wichita cluster, with a population of approximately 600,000 people, consists of six dailies, three weeklies and six shoppers in the towns of Augusta, Derby, El Dorado, Pratt, Wellington and McPherson near Wichita, Kansas. The clustering of the small dailies in this area allows the group to sell advertisers a package providing access to multiple communities. Major aircraft manufacturers Boeing, Bombardier, Cessna and Raytheon have facilities nearby and McConnell Air Force Base is a key component of the local economy.

In Louisiana, we have an operating cluster in the southwestern part of the state, located between Lake Charles and Alexandria. This cluster consists of six publications located in the cities of Leesville, Sulpher, DeRidder and Vinton. A new press configuration has increased the quality of the Company’s products in the area and provides an opportunity for meaningful commercial print revenue. Local

 

58


Table of Contents

employers include major manufacturers such as Alcoa, Firestone, International Paper and Proctor & Gamble. We also expect the return of military personnel to the recently reopened Fort Polk base to drive revenue at our Guardian publication.

Our Baton Rouge cluster is a relatively new cluster developed through a series of acquisitions. The group consists of four weeklies and three shoppers in the southeastern Louisiana cities of Donaldsville, Gonzales, Pierre Part and Plaquemine. Numerous petrochemical companies such as BASF, Exxon Mobil and Dow Chemical, plus universities including Louisiana State, support the local economies.

The following table sets forth information regarding our publications and production facilities in the Southern Midwest region:

 

     Number of Publications    Number of
Production
Facilities

State of Operations

   Dailies    Weeklies    Shoppers   

Southern Missouri

   5    9    13    2

Kansas

   6    3    6    2

Louisiana

   4    5    5    3

Arkansas

   4    4    4    2
                   

Total

   19    21    28        9

Atlantic Region .    Our holdings in New York, Pennsylvania and West Virginia are anchored by two clusters, one in the area around Honesdale in northeastern Pennsylvania and the other in the area around Corning and Hornell in southwestern New York. Virtually all of our 11 dailies in the Atlantic Region date back more than 125 years.

Our Honesdale cluster, approximately 30 miles from Scranton, Pennsylvania, consists of six publications in the cities of Carbondale, Honesdale and Hawley, Pennsylvania, along with Liberty, New York, located just across the Delaware River to the east. The cluster was created from our daily and shopper operations in Honesdale and later supplemented by the acquisition of weeklies and shoppers in Carbondale and Liberty. Tourism is a resurgent growth industry in and around this cluster, highlighted by ongoing development in the Pocono Mountains, the Delaware River Valley and Lake Wallenpaupack, near Hawley, Pennsylvania. This area also enjoys a stable housing and job market, due in part to its proximity to the greater Scranton-Wilkes Barre metropolitan area. Local employers include General Dynamics, Blue Cross/Blue Shield, Commonwealth Telephone and various colleges and universities, medical centers and governmental agencies.

In southwestern New York, our operations are centered around four publications based in Steuben County. In Corning, The Leader , a recently acquired 12,000 circulation daily newspaper, dominates the eastern half of the county and shares its hometown namesake with Corning Incorporated. Due to Corning Incorporated’s presence, this has become a vibrant retail community, evidenced in part by the 130-store Arnot Mall at Big Flats. The Hornell Evening Tribune circulates daily throughout the western half of the county. Situated directly between these two dailies in the county seat of Bath is the 11,000 circulation Steuben Courier , a free-distribution weekly. The Hornell-Canisteo Penn-E-Saver , a standalone shopper, solidifies this flagship group.

We also have a strong presence in the print advertising markets in three other New York counties that surround Steuben. In Allegany County to the west, the Wellsville Daily Reporter and its shopper, the Allegany County Pennysaver , cover most households. In Livingston County to the north, the Dansville-Wayland Pennysaver , the Geneseeway Shopper and the Genesee County Express complement one another with combined circulation of over 23,000. In Yates County to the north and east, The Chronicle-Express and Chronicle Ad-Visor shopper distribute weekly to approximately 16,000 households centered around the county seat of Penn Yan.

 

59


Table of Contents

In nearby Chemung County, the 26,000 circulation Horseheads Shopper anchors our presence in this area and along with the Sayre Evening Times in Sayre, Pennsylvania. The majority of the southwestern New York cluster parallels future Interstate 86 across the central Southern Tier of New York State, which is benefiting from continued improvement and expansion under an omnibus federal highway appropriations bill. Moreover, the cluster has several colleges and universities nearby, including Cornell University, Ithaca College, Elmira College and Houghton College. In addition to the clustered publications, we have several strong standalone newspapers in the Atlantic Region with total circulation of approximately 135,000. Our standalone daily publications in Waynesboro, Pennsylvania and Herkimer, New York, are complemented by at least one other GateHouse publication nearby, allowing for printing synergies and cross-selling opportunities.

The following table sets forth information regarding our publications and production facilities in the Atlantic region:

 

     Number of Publications    Number of
Production
Facilities

State of Operations

   Dailies    Weeklies    Shoppers   

New York

   6    5    13    4

Pennsylvania

   4    4    2    3

West Virginia

   1    2    2    2
                   

Total

   11    11    17        9

Revenue

Our operations generate three primary types of revenue: (i) advertising, (ii) circulation (including single copy sales and home delivery subscriptions) and (iii) other (primarily commercial printing). In 2005, advertising, circulation and other revenue accounted for approximately 77%, 17% and 6%, respectively, of our pro forma total revenue. The contribution of advertising, circulation and other revenue to our total revenue in 2003, 2004 and 2005 and to pro forma total revenue in 2005 was as follows:

 

    Year ended December 31,  

Period from
January 1, 2005
to June 5

2005

 

Period from
June 6, 2005
to December 31,

2005

  Non-GAAP
Combined
Year ended
December 31,
2005
 

Year ended
December 31,

2005

  2003   2004        
    (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)   (Predecessor)   (Successor)       (Pro Forma)
    (in thousands)

Revenue:

           

Advertising

  $ 139,258   $ 148,291   $ 63,172   $ 88,798   $ 151,970   $ 295,645

Circulation

    31,478     34,017     14,184     19,298     33,482     66,085

Commercial printing and other

    11,645     17,776     8,134     11,415     19,549     22,750
                                   

Total revenue

  $ 182,381   $ 200,084   $ 85,490   $ 119,511   $ 205,001   $ 384,480

Advertising

Advertising revenue is the largest component of our revenue, accounting for approximately 76%, 74% and 74% of our total revenue in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and 77% of our pro forma total revenue in 2005. We categorize advertising as follows:

 

  Ÿ   Local Display—local retailers, local accounts at national retailers, grocers, department and furniture stores, auto dealers, niche shops, restaurants and other consumer related businesses.

 

  Ÿ   Local Classified—local employment, automotive, real estate and other advertising.

 

  Ÿ   National—national and major accounts such as wireless communications companies, airlines and hotels.

 

60


Table of Contents

We believe that our advertising revenue tends to be more stable than the advertising revenue of large metropolitan and national print media because we rely primarily on local rather than national advertising. We generally derive 95% of our advertising revenue from local advertising (both local display and local classified) and only 5% from national advertising. Local advertising tends to be less sensitive to economic cycles than national advertising as local businesses generally have fewer effective advertising channels through which to reach their customers. We are also less reliant than large metropolitan newspapers upon classified advertising, particularly the recruiting, real estate and automotive categories, which are generally more sensitive to economic conditions.

Our advertising rate structures vary among our publications and are a function of various factors, including local market conditions, competition, circulation, readership and demographics. Our corporate management works with our local newspaper management to approve advertising rates and a portion of our publishers’ compensation is based upon increases in advertising revenue. We share advertising concepts throughout our network of publishers and advertising managers, enabling them to utilize advertising products and sales strategies that are successful in other markets we serve.

Substantially all of our advertising revenue is derived from a diverse group of local retailers and local classified advertisers, resulting in very limited customer concentration. No single advertiser accounted for more than 1% of our pro forma total revenue in 2005 or our total revenue in 2003, 2004 or 2005, and our 20 largest advertisers accounted for less than 5% of our pro forma total revenue in 2005.

Our advertising revenue tends to follow a seasonal pattern, with higher advertising revenue in months containing significant events or holidays. Accordingly, our first quarter is, historically, our weakest quarter of the year in terms of revenue. Correspondingly, our fourth fiscal quarter is, historically, our strongest quarter, because it includes heavy holiday season advertising. We expect that this seasonality will continue to affect our advertising revenue in future periods.

Circulation

Our circulation revenue is derived from home delivery sales to subscribers and single copy sales at retail stores and vending racks and boxes. We own 75 paid daily publications that range in circulation from approximately 2,000 to over 55,000 and 185 paid weekly publications that range in circulation from approximately 1,000 to 25,000. Circulation revenue accounted for approximately 17%, 17% and 16% of our total revenue in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and 17% of our pro forma total revenue in 2005.

Subscriptions are typically sold for three- to 12-month terms and often include promotions to extend the average subscription period. We implement marketing programs to increase readership through subscription and single copy sales, including Company-wide and local circulation contests, door-to-door sales and strategic alliances with local schools in the form of “Newspapers in Education” programs. In addition, since the adoption of the Telemarketing Sales Rule by the Federal Trade Commission in 2003, which created a “do not call” registry, we have increased our use of “EZ Pay” programs, door to door sales, kiosks, sampling programs, in-paper promotions and online promotions to increase our circulation.

We encourage subscriber use of EZ Pay, a monthly credit card charge and direct bank debit payment program, which has led to higher retention rates for subscribers. We also use an active stop-loss program for all expiring subscribers. Additionally, in order to improve our circulation revenue and circulation trends, we periodically review the need for quality enhancements, such as:

 

  Ÿ   Upgrading and expanding printing facilities and printing presses.

 

  Ÿ   Increasing the use of color and color photographs.

 

61


Table of Contents
  Ÿ   Improving graphic design, including complete redesigns.

 

  Ÿ   Developing creative and interactive promotional campaigns.

 

  Ÿ   Converting selected newspapers from afternoon to morning publications.

 

  Ÿ   Converting selected publications from free circulation to paid and vice versa.

Other

We provide commercial printing services to third parties on a competitive bid basis as a means to generate incremental revenue and utilize excess printing capacity. These customers consist primarily of other publishers that do not have their own printing presses and do not compete with our publications. We also print other commercial materials, including flyers, business cards and invitations. Other sources of revenue, including commercial printing, accounted for approximately 6%, 9% and 10% of our total revenue in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and 6% of our pro forma total revenue in 2005.

Printing and Distribution

As of June 30, 2006, we operated 56 print facilities. We own 54 of these facilities and lease the remaining two. Each of our print facilities produces eight publications on average and is generally located within 60 miles of the communities it serves. Our publications are generally fully paginated using image-setter technology, which allows for design flexibility and high quality reproduction of color graphics. By clustering our production resources, we are able to reduce the operating costs of our publications while increasing the quality of our small and midsize market publications that would typically not otherwise have access to high quality production facilities. We believe our superior production quality is critical to maintaining and enhancing our position as the leading provider of local news coverage in the markets we serve.

The distribution of our daily newspapers is typically outsourced to independent, locally based, third-party distributors that also distribute a majority of our weekly newspapers and non-newspaper publications. In addition, certain of our shopper and weekly publications are delivered via U.S. Postal Service.

Newsprint

We are a member of a newsprint-buying consortium which enables our local publishers to obtain favorable pricing by purchasing newsprint from local mills at reduced rates negotiated by the consortium. Since joining this consortium in March 2002, we have generally been able to purchase newsprint at $10 to $12 per metric ton below the market price. On August 1, 2006, we will be switching to a larger newsprint-buying consortium that will give us improved pricing and assurance of adequate supply versus our existing newsprint provider. We generally maintain a 30-day inventory of newsprint.

Historically, the market price of newsprint has been volatile, reaching a high of approximately $750 per metric ton in 1996 and a low of $410 per metric ton in 2002. The average market price of newsprint for 2005 was approximately $610 per metric ton.

In 2005, on a pro forma basis, we purchased approximately 65,000 metric tons of newsprint (including for commercial printing) and the cost of our newsprint consumption related to our publications totaled approximately $25.6 million. Our newsprint expense generally averages less than 10% of total revenue, which compares favorably to larger, metropolitan newspapers.

 

62


Table of Contents

Competition

Each of our publications competes for advertising revenue to varying degrees with direct mail, yellow pages, radio, outdoor advertising, broadcast and cable television, magazines, local, regional and national newspapers, shoppers and other print and online media sources. However, barriers to entry are high in our markets due to our position as the preeminent source for local news and information therein, because our markets are generally not large enough to support a second newspaper and because our local news gathering infrastructures, sales networks and relationships would be time consuming and costly to replicate.

We provide our readers with community specific content, which is generally not available from other media sources. Our direct and focused coverage of the market and our cost effective advertising rates relative to more broadly circulated metropolitan newspaper allow us to tailor an approach for our advertisers. As a result, our publications generally capture a large share of local advertising in the markets they serve.

Management and Employees

The seven members of our executive management team have an average of approximately 23 years of relevant industry experience and a long history of identifying, acquiring and improving the operations of acquired publications. Our executive management team has managed community newspapers in various economic cycles. We also have a seasoned team of managers at the local level, where our 105 publishers have an average of approximately 20 years of industry experience.

As of June 30, 2006, we had approximately 4,100 full time employees, consisting of hourly and salaried employees. We employ union personnel at four of our 423 core publications (315 full-time equivalent employees). Accordingly, approximately 92% of our workforce is non-unionized. We believe that relations with our employees are generally good and we have had no previous work stoppages at any of our publications.

Properties

As of June 30, 2006, we operated 56 print facilities across the United States. We own 54 of these facilities and lease the remaining two for terms ranging from one to five years. Our facilities range in size from approximately 1,000 to 55,000 square feet. Our executive offices are located in Fairport, New York, where we lease approximately 15,000 square feet under a lease terminating in June 2014. We do not believe any individual property is material to our financial condition or results of operations.

 

63


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information concerning our directors and executive officers, including their ages as of June 30, 2006:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Wesley R. Edens

   44    Director (Chairman)

Michael E. Reed

   40    Chief Executive Officer

Mark R. Thompson

   44    Chief Financial Officer

Scott T. Champion

   46    Co-President, Co-Chief Operating Officer

Randall W. Cope

   45    Co-President, Co-Chief Operating Officer

Gene A. Hall

   54    Executive Vice President

Kelly M. Luvison

   46    Executive Vice President

Polly G. Sack

   46    General Counsel

William B. Doniger

   40    Director

Randal A. Nardone

   51    Director

Wesley R. Edens is the Chairman of our board of directors and has served in this capacity since June 2005. Mr. Edens has been a Principal and the Chairman of the Management Committee of Fortress Investment Group LLC since co-founding the firm in May 1998 through which he manages investments in various asset-related investment vehicles and serves on the board of two registered investment companies, Fortress Registered Investment Trust and Fortress Investment Trust II. He is the Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of Newcastle Investment Corp., an affiliate of Fortress listed on the New York Stock Exchange. He is also Chairman of the board of directors of Brookdale Senior Living Inc., a senior living company listed on the New York Stock Exchange, since its inception in November 2005 and chairman of the board of directors of Global Signal Inc., a New York Stock Exchange listed company, since its reorganization in October 2002 and was Chief Executive Officer of Global Signal, Inc. from February 2004 to April 2006. Since its inception in 2003, he has also served as a director and the Chief Executive Officer of Eurocastle Investment Limited, an affiliate of Fortress which is currently listed on the Amsterdam Euronext Exchange and Chairman of the board of directors of Mapeley Limited, which has been listed on the London Stock Exchange since June 2005.

Michael E. Reed became our Chief Executive Officer in February 2006. He was formerly the President and Chief Executive Officer of Community Newspaper Holdings, Inc. (“CNHI”) and had served in that capacity since 1999. Mr. Reed served as CNHI’s Chief Financial Officer from 1997 to 1999. Prior to that, he worked for Park Communications, Inc., a multimedia company, located in Ithaca, New York. Mr. Reed currently serves on the Board of Directors for the Associated Press and he is also the Chairman of the Audit Committee for the Associated Press. He also serves on the board of directors for the Newspaper Association of America and the board of directors for Inland Newspaper Association. Mr. Reed is currently a member of the Board of Visitors of the University of Alabama’s College of Communication and Information Sciences and is a member of the Grady College Journalism School’s Board of Advisors.

Mark R. Thompson became our Chief Financial Officer in May 2006. He was formerly Chief Financial Officer of eToys Direct, Inc., an internet retailer and distributor of toys and gifts, from 2005 to 2006. From 1999 to 2005, Mr. Thompson served as Vice President and Senior Vice President—Finance and IT with Crown Media Holdings, Inc., a public cable programming company with more than 100 million customers. Prior to that, Mr. Thompson was the Controller of Hallmark Cards North America from 1995 to 1999. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Thompson served as the Corporate Controller of Crown Cable, a cable multiple system operator. From 1990 to 1992, Mr. Thompson served in various

 

64


Table of Contents

positions at Hallmark Cards, Inc. in corporate financial reporting and internal audit. From 1986 to 1990 Mr. Thompson was a CPA with the accounting firm KPMG. Mr. Thompson holds master’s and bachelor’s degrees in accounting.

Scott T. Champion is our Co-President and Co-Chief Operating Officer responsible for our Western Region. He served as Regional Executive Vice President from 1999 until he was named our Co-President and Co-Chief Operating Officer in June 2005. He was also a director from January 2000 until June 2005. In 1998, he served as our Senior Vice President. Prior to 1998, he served as Senior Vice President, regional manager and district manager of American Publishing Company (“APC”) and had been employed at APC since 1988. Prior to his employment at APC, Mr. Champion served as the publisher of a group of privately owned publications. Mr. Champion has more than 25 years of experience in the newspaper industry.

Randall W. Cope is our Co-President and Co-Chief Operating Officer responsible for our Southern Midwest Region. Mr. Cope held the position of Executive Vice President from April 2002 until he was named our Co-President and Co-Chief Operating Officer in June 2005. Mr. Cope served as Vice President from December 1998 until he was named our Executive Vice President in April 2002. Mr. Cope also oversees our Specialty Publications Division and national classified advertising network. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Cope was regional manager and publisher of the Northwest Arkansas Times in Fayetteville, Arkansas, which was owned by APC. Mr. Cope has over 20 years of experience covering all areas of newspaper operations.

Gene A. Hall is an Executive Vice President and has primary responsibility for our Northern Midwest Region. He was appointed our Senior Vice President in January 1998. Prior to his employment with us, he served as a Senior Vice President of APC from 1992 to 1998. Prior to 1992, he served as a regional manager and had been employed at APC since 1988. Prior to his employment at APC, Mr. Hall was the owner and publisher of the Charles City Press , Six County Shopper and The Extra in Charles City, Iowa, which we currently own. Mr. Hall has more than 36 years of experience in the newspaper industry.

Kelly M. Luvison is an Executive Vice President and has primary responsibility for our Atlantic Region. Mr. Luvison served as a regional manager for us since January 1998, was appointed a Vice President in January 2000 and Executive Vice President in April 2002. Prior to January 1998, Mr. Luvison was a regional manager for APC. Since 1996, Mr. Luvison has been publisher of The Evening Tribune in Hornell, New York, a newspaper we currently own, in addition to his duties as a regional manager and Vice President.

Polly G. Sack became our General Counsel in May 2006. She was formerly Senior Vice President and Director of Mergers and Acquisitions of IMG Worldwide, Inc. (“IMG”), a global sports, media and entertainment company, and had served in that capacity since 2001. Ms. Sack also served as IMG’s associate counsel and a vice president from 1992 to 2001. Prior to that, she worked in private practice for a major international law firm. Ms. Sack holds bachelor’s degrees in civil engineering and mathematics and a master’s degree in civil engineering, in addition to a law degree.

William B. Doniger became a director and our Vice President in June 2005. Mr. Doniger became the Vice Chairman of Brookdale Senior Living Inc., which is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, in August 2005. He is a managing director of Fortress Investment Group LLC and oversees United States acquisitions. He joined Fortress in May 1998, prior to which he worked at UBS and, from January 1996 through December 1997, at BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. Prior to that, Mr. Doniger was in the structured finance group of Thacher Proffitt & Wood. Mr. Doniger received an A.B. in History from Princeton University and a J.D. from American University.

Randal A. Nardone has been a director since June 2005. Mr. Nardone is a member of the Management Committee of Fortress Investment Group LLC and has been Chief Operating Officer of

 

65


Table of Contents

Fortress Investment Group LLC since co-founding the firm in May 1998. Mr. Nardone was previously a Managing Director of Union Bank of Switzerland from May 1997 to May 1998. Prior to joining Union Bank of Switzerland in 1997, Mr. Nardone was a principal of BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. Prior to joining BlackRock, Mr. Nardone was a partner and a member of the executive committee at the law firm of Thacher Proffitt & Wood. Mr. Nardone received a B.A. in English and Biology from University of Connecticut and a J.D. from Boston University School of Law.

Term of Directors and Composition of Board of Directors

Upon the closing of the offering, our board of directors will consist of              directors. In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors of the same or nearly the same number. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. As a result, a portion of our board of directors will be elected each year. The division of the three classes and their respective election dates are as follows:

 

  Ÿ   the Class I directors’ term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2007 (our Class I directors are                     );

 

  Ÿ   the Class II directors’ term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008 (our Class II directors are                     ); and

 

  Ÿ   the Class III directors’ term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009 (our Class III directors are                     ).

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes a board of directors consisting of at least             , but no more than             , members, with the number of directors to be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors (or by a duly adopted amendment to our certificate of incorporation). Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Term of Executive Officers

Each officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board may establish other committees from time to time to facilitate the management of GateHouse.

Audit Committee .    Our audit committee oversees a broad range of issues surrounding our accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of our financial statements. Our audit committee (i) assists our board in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent auditor’s qualifications and independence and the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors; (ii) assumes direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of any independent registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of performing any audit, review or attest services and for dealing directly with any such accounting firm; (iii) provides a medium for consideration of matters relating to any audit issues; and (iv) prepares the audit committee report that

 

66


Table of Contents

the SEC rules require be included in our annual proxy statement or annual report on Form 10-K. The members of our audit committee are             ,              and             .              will be our audit committee financial expert under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Each member of our audit committee is “independent” as defined under the Exchange Act and New York Stock Exchange rules.

Compensation Committee .    Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policy relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees, including reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers, evaluating the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and setting compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also produces a report on executive officer compensation as required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement or annual report on Form 10-K. The compensation committee reviews and evaluates, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter. The members of our compensation committee are             ,              and             , each of whom is “independent” as defined under New York Stock Exchange rules.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee .    The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are             ,              and             , each of whom is “independent” as defined under New York Stock Exchange rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee will oversee and assist our board of directors in identifying, reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors; advise our board of directors with respect to board composition, procedures and committees; recommend directors to serve on each committee; oversee the evaluation of our board of directors and our management; and develop, review and recommend corporate governance guidelines.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serve as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Director Compensation

We will pay an annual director’s fee to independent directors equal to $            , payable semi-annually. In addition, an annual fee of $             will be paid to the chairs of each of the audit and compensation committees of our board of directors, which fee will also be paid semi-annually. Affiliated directors, however, will not be separately compensated by us. Fees to independent directors may be paid by issuance of common stock, based on the value of such common stock at the date of issuance, rather than in cash, provided that any such issuance does not prevent such director from being determined to be independent and such stock is granted pursuant to a stockholder-approved plan or the issuance is otherwise exempt from any applicable stock exchange listing requirement. All members of our board of directors will be reimbursed for reasonable expenses and expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors.

            ,              and              will each be granted a number of shares of restricted common stock on the date immediately following the consummation of the offering, or as soon as practicable thereafter, equal in value to $             , based on the fair market value of our shares on the date of grant. These restricted shares will become vested in three equal portions on the last day of each of our fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, provided the director is still serving as of the applicable vesting date. The independent directors holding these shares of restricted stock (whether or not such shares are vested) will be entitled to any dividends that become payable on such shares during the restricted period so long as such directors continue to serve us as directors as of the applicable record dates.

 

67


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise provided by the plan administrator of the GateHouse Media, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan, on the first business day after our annual meeting of stockholders and each such annual meeting thereafter during the term of the GateHouse Media, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan, each of our independent directors who is serving following such annual meeting will automatically be granted under the GateHouse Media, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan a number of unrestricted shares of our common stock having a fair market value of $15,000 as of the date of grant; however, those of our independent directors who are granted the restricted common stock described above upon the consummation of our initial public offering will not be eligible to receive these automatic annual grants.

Compensation of Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the cash and non-cash compensation paid or incurred on our behalf to our chief executive officer and each of the four other most highly compensated executive officers who earned more than $100,000 in salary and bonus during 2005 (each a named executive officer and, collectively, the named executive officers):

Summary Compensation Table

 

    Annual Compensation        

Name and Position

  Fiscal
Year
  Salary($)   Bonus($)   Other Annual
Compensation
($)
    Restricted
Stock
Award(s)
($)(2)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
 

Kenneth Serota,

Former Chief Executive

Officer(1)

  2005   230,769   —     —       —       2,569,534 (4)
  2004   500,000   450,000   —       —       6,652  
  2003   485,300   150,000   —       —       6,614  

Randall W. Cope,

Co-President, Co-Chief

Operating Officer

  2005   200,000   100,000   155 (9)   900,000 (2)   215,469 (5)
  2004   191,346   105,240   8,654 (9)   —       5,900  
  2003   149,039   64,518   —       —       5,850  

Scott T. Champion,

Co-President, Co-Chief

Operating Officer

  2005   202,769   100,000   994 (9)   1,500,000 (2)   148,238 (6)
  2004   204,615   119,000   1,385 (9)   —       6,030  
  2003   153,846   50,000   —       —       5,968  

Gene A. Hall,

Executive Vice President

  2005   164,840   53,475   —       1,500,000 (2)   131,778 (7)
  2004   142,500   57,500   —       —       6,688  
  2003   140,192   23,400   —       —       6,590  

Kelly M. Luvison,

Executive Vice President

  2005   144,808   49,065   —       135,000 (2)   61,908 (8)
  2004   140,000   45,000   —       —       5,816  
  2003   125,000   —     —       —       5,808  

(1) Separated from the Company as of May 6, 2005, as described in “—Separation and Consulting Agreement.”
(2) Aggregate restricted stock holdings as of December 31, 2005 totaled 4,425 shares of our common stock. These shares had an aggregate value of $4,425,000. Restricted stock holdings are subject to a five-year vesting schedule, with one-third of the shares vesting on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversary of the June 6, 2005 grant date. The holder will be entitled to receive dividends on such restricted shares (whether or not such restricted shares are vested) to the extent dividends are declared and paid on our common stock generally.
(3) All Other Compensation figures include a contribution by us of $5,500 under the Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Benefit Plan.
(4) Includes $1,000,000 sale bonus, $500,000 termination bonus, loan forgiveness of $634,781 ($597,610 principal amount plus accrued interest) and accrued payments of $291,666 for consulting services, all paid and/or granted in connection with our acquisition by Fortress. See “—Separation and Consulting Agreement.” Also includes $42,239 in deferred compensation, $80,740 pursuant to a non-qualified plan and $20,107 of other compensation.
(5) Includes $166,190 sale bonus paid and loan forgiveness of $43,311 granted in connection with our acquisition by Fortress.
(6) Includes $50,000 sale bonus paid and loan forgiveness of $92,090 granted in connection with our acquisition by Fortress.
(7) Includes $33,000 sale bonus paid and loan forgiveness of $92,090 granted in connection with our acquisition by Fortress.
(8) Includes $33,000 sale bonus paid and loan forgiveness of $23,022 granted in connection with our acquisition by Fortress.
(9) Additional vacation/holiday/sick pay.

 

68


Table of Contents

Aggregate Option Exercises and Year-End Option Values

Our named executive officers did not hold any options as of December 31, 2005.

Stock Option Grants

We did not grant any stock options to our named executive officers during 2005 or during the first six months of 2006.

Employment Agreements

We entered into employment agreements with Scott T. Champion and Randall W. Cope on May 9, 2005 and with Michael E. Reed on January 3, 2006 (each an “Employment Agreement”). Messrs. Champion’s and Cope’s Employment Agreements are each effective as of June 6, 2005; and Mr. Reed’s Employment Agreement is effective as of January 30, 2006 (each, the respective “Effective Date”). Except for the exceptions noted herein, each Employment Agreement is identical as to all terms and conditions relating to employment, including an initial three-year employment term, with an automatic one-year renewal unless either we or the executive gives notice within ninety days prior to the end of the term. Mr. Reed has the title of Chief Executive Officer and receives a base salary of $500,000 per annum. Each of Mr. Champion and Mr. Cope has the title of Co-President and Co-Chief Operating Officer and receives a base salary of $200,000 per annum. Each executive is eligible to receive an annual target bonus of $200,000 upon the achievement of certain performance goals as agreed to by the executive and our board of directors. Such bonus may be payable in our common stock or cash as determined by our board of directors. In the case of Mr. Reed, in no event will the portion of such bonus paid in our common stock be greater than 50% of the annual target bonus without Mr. Reed’s approval. In the case of each of Mr. Champion and Mr. Cope, the respective executive has the right to receive the lesser of: (x) 50% or (y) $100,000 of such bonus payable in cash. Any bonus that is payable in common stock (a “Restricted Stock Bonus”) will vest ratably on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries from the date of grant. For fiscal year 2006 only, Mr. Reed shall receive total current compensation (which includes base salary, annual target bonus and dividends on the Initial Stock Grants (described below)) of no less than $700,000. The bonus, payable in either cash or stock, will be paid no later than two and one-half months following completion of our fiscal year. The executive must be employed on the last day of the fiscal year to receive a bonus. Mr. Reed also received a “sign-on” cash bonus of $1.5 million and reimbursement of reasonable relocation expenses.

In entering into the Employment Agreement, Mr. Reed, Mr. Champion and Mr. Cope each agreed to purchase 250 shares, 500 shares and 300 shares, respectively, of common stock. Each Employment Agreement also provides that Mr. Reed, Mr. Champion and Mr. Cope will receive a one-time grant of 3,000 shares, 1,500 shares and 900 shares, respectively, of common stock (the “Initial Stock Grants”), which vests ratably on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries from the respective Effective Dates.

Each executive will be entitled to all of the usual benefits offered to employees at the executive’s level, including vacation, sick time, participation in our retirement plan (if any) and medical, dental and insurance programs, all in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs in effect from time to time.

If the executive’s employment is terminated without Cause (as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement), the executive shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the shares that are subject to the Initial Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Bonuses that would have vested on the anniversary of the Effective Date following the date of such termination; provided, however, that in no event shall the number of shares subject to such vesting be less than

 

69


Table of Contents

one-third each of the shares subject to the Initial Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Bonuses. Further, in the event of a “change of control” (as defined in the applicable stockholder agreement, as discussed below) and the executive’s employment is terminated by us (or our successor) without Cause within twelve months of such change of control, 100% of the then remaining unvested shares subject to the Initial Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Bonuses shall immediately vest. If Mr. Reed is terminated for Cause, he shall forfeit all unvested shares subject to the Initial Stock Grant and Restricted Stock Bonuses and, in the case of a termination due to an act of dishonesty committed by Mr. Reed in connection with our business, he shall forfeit all shares subject to the Initial Stock Grant and Restricted Stock Bonuses. If either Mr. Champion or Mr. Cope is terminated for Cause, under any circumstance, he shall forfeit all shares subject to the Initial Stock Grant and Restricted Stock Bonuses.

In addition to the foregoing, if the executive is terminated without Cause, including within twelve months of a change of control, the executive will receive severance payments and benefits upon the signing of a release of claims. The severance payments and benefits are composed of continuation of annual base salary and bonuses for twelve months following the date of termination of employment and continuation of medical benefits, at the same level as provided prior to termination, for twelve months or until the executive becomes eligible for the medical benefits program of a new employer.

We entered into an employment agreement with Mark R. Thompson on April 19, 2006, effective as of May 10, 2006, and with Polly G. Sack on May 1, 2006, effective as of May 17, 2006. Except for the exceptions noted herein, each of Mr. Thompson’s and Ms. Sack’s employment agreement is identical to the above-described Employment Agreements as to all terms and conditions relating to employment. Mr. Thompson has the title of Chief Financial Officer and receives a base salary of $250,000 per annum. Ms. Sack has the title of General Counsel and receives a base salary of $225,000 per annum. Each employment agreement has no guaranteed term of employment or renewal provisions. Mr. Thompson and Ms. Sack are eligible to receive an annual bonus, without a targeted level, upon the achievement of certain goals as agreed to by Mr. Thompson and Ms. Sack, respectively, and the Board of Directors. Such bonus may be payable in our common stock or cash as determined by the Board, without restriction as to the proportions of our common stock or cash comprising such bonus. For fiscal year 2006 only, Mr. Thompson and Ms. Sack will receive a bonus of no less than $125,000 and $85,000 in cash, respectively. Each of Mr. Thompson’s and Ms. Sack’s employment agreement also provides for an Initial Stock Grant of 150 shares of common stock on the terms and conditions discussed above with respect to the Initial Stock Grant to Mr. Reed. Each of Mr. Thompson and Ms. Sack will also receive reimbursement of reasonable relocation expenses.

Separation and Consulting Agreement

On May 6, 2005, we entered into a separation and consulting agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) with Kenneth L. Serota. We and Mr. Serota had been parties to an employment agreement dated February 11, 2003 (the “Prior Agreement”), pursuant to which Mr. Serota served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. In connection with our acquisition by Fortress, Mr. Serota resigned his employment with us, as well as any directorships, committee memberships and any other positions with us and our subsidiaries. Under the Separation Agreement, Mr. Serota received the following transaction and termination payments and benefits: (a) $1,000,000 payable in a single lump-sum cash payment as consideration for Mr. Serota’s efforts in connection with our acquisition by Fortress; (b) a $500,000 termination bonus payable in a single lump-sum cash payment; (c) loan forgiveness by us for loans made to Mr. Serota in the principal amount of $597,610, along with the forgiveness of any accrued but unpaid interest that may be due with respect to such loans; (d) reimbursement to Mr. Serota of any legal fees or expenses incurred by Mr. Serota in connection with the Separation Agreement; and (e) continuation of coverage under our medical plan for eighteen months after separation at our expense.

 

70


Table of Contents

On June 6, 2005, Mr. Serota was appointed to serve as a consultant to us for a 12 month term. In consideration for such services, Mr. Serota received $500,000 to be paid in 12 equal installments over the term. The amounts paid to Mr. Serota under the Separation Agreement were in full satisfaction with respect to all of our obligations and liabilities to Mr. Serota pertaining to his employment with us.

Compensation Plans

Deferred Compensation Plans

We maintain three non-qualified deferred compensation plans, as described below, for certain of our employees.

We maintain the Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Publishers’ Deferred Compensation Plan, a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain designated publishers of our newspapers. Under the publishers’ plan, we credit an amount to a bookkeeping account established for each participating publisher pursuant to a pre-determined formula that is based upon the gross operating profits of each such publisher’s newspaper. The bookkeeping account is credited with earnings and losses based upon the investment choices selected by the participant. The amounts credited to the bookkeeping account on behalf of each participating publisher vest on an installment basis over a period of 15 years. A participating publisher forfeits all amounts under the publishers’ plan in the event that the publisher’s employment with us is terminated for “cause” as defined in the publishers’ plan. Amounts credited to a participating publisher’s bookkeeping account are distributable upon termination of the publisher’s employment with us and will be made in a lump sum or installments as elected by the publisher. We recorded $159,000, $193,000, $70,000 and $98,000 of compensation expense related to the publishers’ plan in 2003, 2004, January 1, 2005 through June 5, 2005 and June 6, 2005 through December 31, 2005, respectively.

We maintain the Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Benefit Plan, a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain of our key employees. Under the executive benefit plan, we credit an amount, determined in our sole discretion, to a bookkeeping account established for each participating key employee. The bookkeeping account is credited with earnings and losses based upon the investment choices selected by the participant. The amounts credited to the bookkeeping account on behalf of each participating key employee vest on an installment basis over a period of 5 years. A participating key employee forfeits all amounts under the executive benefit plan in the event that the key employee’s employment with us is terminated for “cause” as defined in the executive benefit plan. Amounts credited to a participating key employee’s bookkeeping account are distributable upon termination of the key employee’s employment with us and will be made in a lump sum or installments as elected by the key employee. We recorded $77,000, $61,000, $21,000 and $29,000 of compensation expense related to the executive benefit plan in 2003, 2004, January 1, 2005 through June 5, 2005 and June 6, 2005 through December 31, 2005, respectively.

We maintain the Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Deferral Plan, a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain of our key employees. Under the executive deferral plan, eligible key employees may elect to defer a portion of their compensation for payment at a later date. Currently, the executive deferral plan allows a participating key employee to defer up to 100% of his or her annual compensation until termination of employment or such earlier period as elected by the participating key employee. Amounts deferred are credited to a bookkeeping account established by us for this purpose. The bookkeeping account is credited with earnings and losses based upon the investment choices selected by the participant. Amounts deferred under the executive deferral plan are fully vested and nonforfeitable. The amounts in the bookkeeping account are payable to the key employee at the time and in the manner elected by the key employee.

 

71


Table of Contents

Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan

Prior to this offering, we intend to adopt a new equity incentive plan for our employees, the GateHouse Media, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and to present the Plan to our stockholders for their approval. The purposes of the Plan will be to strengthen the commitment of our employees, motivate them to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities and attract and retain competent and dedicated persons who are essential to the success of our business and whose efforts will result in our long-term growth and profitability. To accomplish such purposes, the Plan will provide for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, deferred shares, performance shares, unrestricted shares and other stock-based awards. We expect that the Plan, as adopted, will generally be in conformance with the following description.

A total of              shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance under the Plan, provided however, that commencing on the first day of our fiscal year beginning in calendar year 2007, the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will be increased by an amount equal to             . All such shares of our common stock that are available for the grant of awards under the Plan may be granted as incentive stock options. When section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) becomes applicable, the maximum aggregate number of shares that will be subject to stock options or stock appreciation rights that may be granted to any individual during any fiscal year will be              and the maximum aggregate number of shares that will be subject to awards of restricted stock, deferred shares, unrestricted shares or other stock-based awards that may be granted to any individual during any fiscal year will be                 .

The Plan will initially be administered by our board of directors, although it may be administered by either our board of directors or any committee of our board of directors including a committee that complies with the applicable requirements of section 162(m) of the Code, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and any other applicable legal or stock exchange listing requirements (the board or committee being sometimes referred to as the “plan administrator”). The plan administrator may interpret the Plan and may prescribe, amend and rescind rules and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Plan permits the plan administrator to select the directors, key employees and consultants who will receive awards, to determine the terms and conditions of those awards, including but not limited to the exercise price, the number of shares subject to awards, the term of the awards and the vesting schedule applicable to awards and to amend the terms and conditions of outstanding awards, including but not limited to reducing the exercise price of such awards, extending the exercise period of such awards and accelerating the vesting schedule of such awards.

We may issue incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options under the Plan. The incentive stock options granted under the Plan are intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and may only be granted to our employees or any employee of our parent or any subsidiary of ours. The option exercise price of all stock options granted under the Plan will be determined by the plan administrator, except that any incentive stock option or any stock option intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under section 162(m) of the Code will not be granted at a price that is less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. Further, the exercise price of incentive stock options granted to stockholders who own greater than 10% of the voting stock will not be granted at a price less than 110% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. The term of all stock options granted under the Plan will be determined by the plan administrator, but may not exceed 10 years (five years for incentive stock options granted to stockholders who own greater than 10% of the voting stock). No incentive stock option may be granted to an optionee, which, when combined with all other incentive stock options becoming exercisable in any calendar year that are held by that optionee, would have an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000. In the event an optionee is awarded $100,000 in incentive stock options in any calendar year, any incentive stock options in excess of $100,000 granted during the same year

 

72


Table of Contents

will be treated as nonqualified stock options. Each stock option will be exercisable at such time and pursuant to such terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator in the applicable stock option agreement.

Unless the applicable stock option agreement provides otherwise, in the event of an optionee’s termination of employment or service for any reason other than cause, retirement, disability or death, such optionee’s stock options (to the extent exercisable at the time of such termination) generally will remain exercisable until 90 days after such termination and will expire thereafter. Unless the applicable stock option agreement provides otherwise, in the event of an optionee’s termination of employment or service due to retirement, disability or death, such optionee’s stock options (to the extent exercisable at the time of such termination) generally will remain exercisable until one year after such termination and will expire thereafter. Stock options that were not exercisable on the date of termination will expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. In the event of an optionee’s termination of employment or service for cause, such optionee’s outstanding stock options will expire at the commencement of business on the date of such termination.

In the event of a change in control (as defined below), unless each outstanding stock option is assumed, continued or substituted pursuant to the change in control transaction’s governing document, such stock options will be come fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the effective date of such change in control and will expire upon the effective date of such change in control. Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator and evidenced in an award agreement, if a change in control transaction occurs that is a qualifying asset sale or that includes a continuation, assumption or substitution of stock options and an optionee’s employment with us or any acquiring entity or affiliate of ours is terminated by the employer other than for cause on or after the effective date of the change in control but prior to the first anniversary of the effective date of the change in control, then 50% of the optionee’s outstanding and unvested options will become fully vested and exercisable on the date of such termination. The term “change in control” generally means (1) any person or entity (other than (a) an affiliate of Fortress or any managing director, general partner, director, limited partner, officer or an employee of any such affiliate of Fortress or (b) any investment fund or other entity managed directly or indirectly by Fortress or any general partner, limited partner, managing member or person occupying a similar role of or with respect to any such fund or entity) becomes the beneficial owner of our securities representing 50% of our then outstanding voting power; (2) the consummation of a merger of the Company or any subsidiary of ours with any other corporation, other than a merger immediately following which our board of directors immediately prior to the merger constitutes at least a majority of our board of directors surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or (3) our stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, other than (a) a sale of such assets to an entity, 50.1% or more of the voting power of which is held by our stockholders following the transaction in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to the transaction or (b) a sale of such assets immediately following which our board of directors immediately prior to such sale constitutes at least a majority of the board of directors of the entity to which the assets are sold, or, if that entity is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a change in control will not be deemed to occur by reason of our initial public offering.

Stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) may be granted under the Plan either alone or in conjunction with all or part of any stock option granted under the Plan. A stand-alone SAR granted under the Plan entitles its holder to receive, at the time of exercise, an amount per share equal to the excess of the fair market value (at the date of exercise) of a share of common stock over a specified price fixed by the plan administrator. An SAR granted in conjunction with all or part of a stock option under the Plan entitles its holder to receive, at the time of exercise, an amount per share equal to the excess of the fair market value (at the date of exercise) of a share of common stock over the exercise price of the related stock

 

73


Table of Contents

option. In the event of a participant’s termination of employment or service, stand-alone SARs will be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions determined by the plan administrator on or after the date of grant, while SARs granted in conjunction with all or part of a stock option will be exercisable at such times and subject to terms and conditions as set forth for the related stock option. SARs will be designed to comply with section 409A of the Code.

Restricted shares, deferred shares and performance shares may be granted under the Plan. The plan administrator will determine the purchase price, performance period and performance goals, if any, with respect to the grant of restricted shares, deferred shares and performance shares. Participants with restricted shares and shares of preferred stock generally have all of the rights of a stockholder. With respect to deferred shares, during the restricted period, subject to the terms and conditions imposed by the plan administrator, the deferred shares may be credited with dividend- equivalent rights. If the performance goals and other restrictions are not attained, the participant will forfeit his or her restricted shares, deferred shares and/or performance shares. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable award agreement, the plan administrator has sole discretion to provide for the lapse of restrictions, installments or the acceleration or waiver of restrictions (in whole or part) under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, the attainment of certain performance goals, a participant’s termination of employment or service, a participant’s death or disability or the occurrence of a change in control as defined in the applicable award agreement.

            ,              and              will each be granted a number of shares of restricted common stock on the date immediately following the consummation of the offering, or as soon as practicable thereafter, equal in value to $            , based on the fair market value of our shares on the date of grant. These restricted shares will become vested in three equal portions on the last day of each of our fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009, provided the director is still serving as of the applicable vesting date. The independent directors holding these shares of restricted stock will be entitled to any dividends that become payable on such shares during the restricted period so long as such directors continue to serve us as directors as of the applicable record dates.

Except as otherwise provided by the plan administrator, on the first business day after our annual meeting of stockholders and each such annual meeting thereafter during the term of the Plan, each of our independent directors who is serving following such annual meeting will automatically be granted under the Plan a number of unrestricted shares of our common stock having a fair market value of $15,000 as of the date of grant; however, those of our independent directors who are granted the restricted common stock described above upon the consummation of our initial public offering will not be eligible to receive these automatic annual grants.

In the event of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend or other change in corporate structure affecting the number of issued shares of common stock, the plan administrator will be required to make a proportionate adjustment in (1) the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (2) the maximum number of shares that may be granted to any participant in any calendar year, (3) the kind, number and exercise price subject to outstanding stock options and SARs granted under the Plan and (4) the kind, number and purchased price of shares subject to outstanding awards of restricted shares, deferred shares and performance shares granted or other stock-based awards under the Plan, provided that no such adjustment will cause any award under the Plan that is or becomes subject to section 409A of the Code to fail to comply with the requirements of that section. In addition, the plan administrator, in its discretion, may terminate all awards with the payment of cash or in-kind consideration.

The terms of the Plan provide that the board of directors may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no such action may impair the rights of any participant with respect to outstanding awards without the participant’s consent. The plan administrator, however, reserves the right to amend, modify

 

74


Table of Contents

or supplement an award to either bring it into compliance with section 409A of the Code, or to cause the award to not be subject to such section. Unless the board of directors determines otherwise, stockholder approval of any such action will be obtained if required to comply with applicable law. The Plan will terminate on                     , 2016.

 

75


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Management Stockholder Agreements

At the closing of our acquisition by Fortress, we entered into stockholder agreements with Fortress and certain members of management, including Scott T. Champion, Randall W. Cope, Daniel D. Lewis, Gene A. Hall, Kelly M. Luvison and Gerry Smith, who purchased quantities of our common stock and were awarded restricted stock, in some cases, in satisfaction of our obligations to them under certain employment agreements. Each of Michael E. Reed, Mark R. Thompson and Polly G. Sack also entered into a stockholder agreement upon commencing employment with us.

Under the stockholder agreements, we sold to certain of such management investors quantities of our common stock at a purchase price of $1,000 per share. We also granted to all such management investors a number of restricted shares of common stock, which restricted shares are subject to certain vesting provisions, including acceleration of vesting upon a change in control (which will not be triggered by this offering). Subject to specified limitations, these stockholder agreements provide for a number of rights and obligations, including tag-along sale rights and drag-along sale obligations. Upon the consummation of this offering, the tag-along sale rights and drag-along sale obligations will terminate (assuming the net proceeds to us from the offering are not less than $50,000,000).

The stockholder agreements also contain a call option exercisable by us upon termination of the management investor’s employment or cessation of services as director with us or our subsidiaries for any reason. The stockholder agreements also contain non-competition provisions that, among other things, prohibit such management investor from competing, directly or indirectly, with our business activities in the United States during employment with us and for a period of one year from the termination date of employment for any reason other than termination by us without cause. The stockholder agreements also contain provisions prohibiting management investors from soliciting our employees and clients for certain periods.

Registration Rights Agreement

Demand Rights.     We have granted to Fortress, for so long as Fortress beneficially owns an amount of our common stock at least equal to 5% or more of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering (a “Registrable Amount”), “demand” registration rights that allow Fortress at any time after six months following the consummation of this offering to request that we register under the Securities Act, an amount equal to or greater than 5% of our stock that Fortress owns. Fortress is entitled to an aggregate of four demand registrations. We are not required to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement for more than 60 days. We are also not required to effect any demand registration within six months of a “firm commitment” underwritten offering to which the requestor held “piggyback” rights and which included at least 50% of the securities requested by the requestor to be included. We are not obligated to grant a request for a demand registration within four months of any other demand registration and may refuse a request for demand registration if, in our reasonable judgment, it is not feasible for us to proceed with the registration because of the unavailability of audited financial statements.

Piggyback Rights.     For so long as Fortress beneficially owns an amount of our common stock at least equal to 1% of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering, Fortress also has “piggyback” registration rights that allow Fortress to include the shares of common stock that Fortress owns in any public offering of equity securities initiated by us (other than those public offerings pursuant to registration statements on Forms S-4 or S-8) or by any of our other stockholders that may have registration rights in the future. The “piggyback” registration rights of Fortress are subject to proportional cutbacks based on the manner of the offering and the identity of the party initiating such offering.

 

76


Table of Contents

Shelf Registration.     We have granted Fortress, for so long as Fortress beneficially owns a Registrable Amount, the right to request shelf registrations on Form S-3, providing for an offering to be made on a continuous basis, subject to a time limit on our efforts to keep the shelf registration statement continuously effective and our right to suspend the use of the shelf registration prospectus for a reasonable period of time (not exceeding 60 days in succession or 90 days in the aggregate in any 12-month period) if we determine that certain disclosures required by the shelf registration statement would be detrimental to us or our stockholders.

Indemnification; Expenses.     We have agreed to indemnify Fortress against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which Fortress sells shares of our common stock, unless such liability arose from Fortress’ misstatement or omission, and Fortress has agreed to indemnify us against all losses caused by its misstatements or omissions. We will pay all expenses incident to registration and Fortress will pay its respective portions of all underwriting discounts, commissions and transfer taxes relating to the sale of its shares under such a registration statement.

2006 Credit Facility

On June 6, 2006, our subsidiaries Holdco, Operating and certain of their subsidiaries entered into our 2006 Credit Facility. For additional information on our 2006 Credit Facility, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” Two affiliates of Fortress currently hold first lien term loans under our 2006 Credit Facility, which were purchased in the secondary market in arms’-length transactions.

In connection with the second lien term loan under the 2006 Credit Facility, we entered into an agreement with FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, which owned approximately 96% of our common stock as of June 30, 2006, whereby FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC agreed to purchase from us on demand shares of our common stock for a cash amount equal to the amount outstanding under our second lien term loan if an “Event of Default” (as defined in the second lien term loan) occurs. FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC’s commitment to purchase shares of common stock will terminate when the second lien term loan is repaid. We intend to repay that facility concurrently with the consummation of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Other Investment Activities of our Principal Shareholder

The Fortress shareholders and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investment advisory activities, and have extensive investment activities that are independent from and may from time to time conflict with ours. Fortress and certain of its affiliates are, or sponsor, advise or act as investment manager to, investment funds, portfolio companies of private equity investment funds and other persons or entities that have investment objectives that may overlap with ours and that may, therefore, compete with us for investment opportunities.

 

77


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Prior to this offering, all of our ownership interests were beneficially owned by Fortress and certain members of our management. The following table provides summary information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2006, as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our common stock in this offering, by:

 

  Ÿ   each person or group known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ   each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ   Michael E. Reed, our Chief Executive Officer and each of our named executive officers; and

 

  Ÿ   all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. The percentage of beneficial ownership of our common stock before this offering is based on 230,090 issued shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2006. The percentage of beneficial ownership of our common stock after this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding. The table assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over allotment option to purchase up to              shares of our common stock.

Except as indicated by footnote and subject to applicable community property laws, each person identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock held by them.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned(2)
   Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
      Prior to Offering     After Offering

Executive Officers and Directors (1)

       

Michael E. Reed

   3,250    1.4 %  

Scott T. Champion

   2,100    *    

Randall W. Cope

   1,300    *    

Gene A. Hall

   2,000    *    

Kelly M. Luvison

   180    *    

William B. Doniger

   —      —      

Wesley R. Edens(3)

   220,500    95.8 %  

Randal A. Nardone(3)

   220,500    95.8 %  

All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)

   229,630    100 %  

5% Stockholders

       

Fortress Investment Holdings LLC(3)(4)

   220,500    95.8 %  

 * Less than one percent
(1) The address of each officer or director listed in the table above is: c/o GateHouse Media, Inc., 350 Willowbrook Office Park, Fairport, New York 14450.
(2) Consists of shares held, including shares of restricted stock subject to vesting.
(3)

Includes 220,500 shares held by FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC. The members of FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC are Fortress Investment Fund III LP, Fortress Investment Fund III (Fund B) LP, Fortress Investment Fund III (Fund C) LP, Fortress Investment Fund III (Fund D) LP, Fortress Investment Fund III (Fund E) L.P., Fortress Investment Fund III (Coinvstment Fund A) LP, Fortress Investment Fund III (Coinvestment Fund B) LP, Fortress Investment Fund III (Coinvestment Fund C) LP and Fortress Investment Fund III (Coinvestment Fund D) LP, collectively, the Fortress III Funds. Fortress Fund III GP LLC is the general partner of the Fortress

 

78


Table of Contents
 

III Funds and its sole member is Fortress Investment Fund GP (Holdings) LLC. The sole member of Fortress Investment Fund GP (Holdings) LLC is Fortress Principal Investment Holdings II LLC (“FPIH II”). Pursuant to a management agreement, Fortress Investment Group LLC (“FIG”) is the sole manager of the Fortress III Funds. FIG is 100% owned by Fortress Investment Holdings LLC (“FIH”). FIH and FPIH II are each owned by certain individuals, including Wesley R. Edens, the Chairman of our board, and Randal A. Nardone, one of our directors. By virtue of their ownership interests in FIH and FPIH II, Messrs. Edens and Nardone may be deemed to beneficially own the shares listed as beneficially owned by FIH. Messrs. Edens and Nardone each disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares.

(4) The address of Fortress Investment Holdings LLC is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 46th Floor, New York, New York 10105.

 

79


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

The following summaries of the material terms of our credit facilities are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by, our First Lien Credit Agreement and our Secured Bridge Credit Agreement, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Reference is made to those documents for a detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

First Lien Credit Agreement

Holdco, Operating and certain of their subsidiaries are party to a first lien credit agreement, dated as of June 6, 2006, with a syndicate of financial institutions with Wachovia Bank, National Association as administrative agent. The first lien credit facility provides for a $570.0 million term loan facility that matures on December 6, 2013 and a revolving credit facility with a $40.0 million aggregate loan commitment amount available, including a $15.0 million sub-facility for letters of credit and a $10.0 million swingline facility, that matures on June 6, 2013. The first lien credit facility is secured by a first priority security interest in (i) all present and future capital stock or other membership, equity, ownership or profits interest of Operating and all of its direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries, (ii) 66% of the voting stock (and 100% of the nonvoting stock) of all present and future first-tier foreign subsidiaries and (iii) substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of Holdco, Operating and their present and future direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries. In addition, the loans and other obligations of the borrowers under the first lien credit facility are guaranteed, subject to specified limitations, by Holdco, Operating and their present and future direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries.

As of June 30, 2006, $570.0 million was outstanding under the term loan facility and $             million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility (without giving effect to $6.3 million of outstanding letters of credit on such date). Borrowings under the first lien credit facility bear interest, at the borrower’s option, equal to the LIBOR Rate for a LIBOR Rate Loan (as defined in the first lien credit facility), or the Alternate Base Rate for an Alternate Base Rate Loan (as defined in the first lien credit facility), plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for LIBOR Rate term loans and Alternate Base Rate term loans is fixed at 2.25% and 1.25%, respectively. The applicable margin for revolving loans is adjusted quarterly based upon Holdco’s Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the first lien credit facility) (i.e., the ratio of Holdco’s Consolidated Indebtedness (as defined in the first lien credit facility) on the last day of the preceding quarter to Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the first lien credit facility) for the four fiscal quarters ending on the date of determination). The applicable margin ranges from 1.5% to 2.0%, in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans and, 0.5% to 1.0%, in the case of Alternate Base Rate Loans. The borrowers under the revolving credit facility also pay a quarterly commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility ranging from 0.25% to 0.5% based on the same ratio of Consolidated Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA and a quarterly fee equal to the applicable margin for LIBOR Rate Loans on the aggregate amount of outstanding letters of credit.

No principal payments are due on the term loan facility or the revolving credit facility until the applicable maturity date. The borrowers are required to prepay borrowings under the term loan facility in an amount equal to 50% of Holdco’s Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the first lien credit facility) earned during the previous fiscal year, except that no prepayments are required if the Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 6.0 to 1.0 at the end of any fiscal year. In addition, the borrowers are required to prepay borrowings under the term loan facility with certain asset disposition proceeds, cash insurance proceeds and condemnation or expropriation awards subject to specified reinvestment rights. The borrowers are also required to prepay borrowings with 50% of the net proceeds of certain equity

 

80


Table of Contents

issuances or 100% of the proceeds of certain debt issuances except that no prepayment is required if Holdco’s Total Leverage Ratio is less than 6.0 to 1.0. If the term loan facility has been paid in full, mandatory prepayments are applied to the repayment of borrowings under the swingline facility and revolving credit facility and the cash collateralization of letters of credit.

The first lien credit facility contains financial covenants that require Holdco to satisfy specified quarterly financial tests, consisting of a Total Leverage Ratio, an interest coverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio. The first lien credit facility also contains affirmative and negative covenants customarily found in loan agreements for similar transactions, including restrictions on our ability to incur indebtedness, create liens on assets, engage in certain lines of business; engage in mergers or consolidations, dispose of assets, make investments or acquisitions; engage in transactions with affiliates, enter into sale leaseback transactions, enter into negative pledges or pay dividends or make other restricted payments (except that after the second lien credit facility has been paid in full and terminated, Holdco is permitted to pay quarterly dividends so long as, after giving effect to any such dividend payment, Holdco and its subsidiaries are in pro forma compliance with each of the financial covenants and the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 6.25 to 1.0). The first lien credit facility contains customary events of default, including defaults based on a failure to pay principal, reimbursement obligations, interest, fees or other obligations, subject to specified grace periods; a material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; breach of covenants; failure to pay other indebtedness and cross-defaults; a Change of Control (as defined in the first lien credit facility); events of bankruptcy and insolvency; material judgments; failure to meet certain requirements with respect to ERISA; and impairment of collateral.

Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions and the willingness of lenders to extend credit, Operating may increase the revolving credit facility and/or the term loan facility by up to an aggregate of $250.0 million.

Second Lien Credit Agreement

Holdco, Operating and certain of their subsidiaries are party to a secured bridge credit agreement, dated as of June 6, 2006, with a syndicate of financial institutions with Wachovia Bank, National Association as administrative agent. This second lien credit facility provides for a $152.0 million term facility that matures on June 6, 2014, subject to earlier maturity upon the occurrence of certain events. The second lien credit facility is secured by a second priority security interest in (i) all present and future capital stock or other membership, equity, ownership or profits interest of Operating and all of its direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries, (ii) 66% of the voting stock (and 100% of the nonvoting stock) of all present and future first-tier foreign subsidiaries and (iii) substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of Holdco, Operating and their present and future direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries. In addition, the loans and other obligations of the borrowers under the second lien credit facility are guaranteed, subject to specified limitations, by Holdco, Operating and their present and future direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries.

As of June 30, 2006, $152.0 million was outstanding under the second lien term facility. Borrowings under the second lien credit facility bear interest, at the borrower’s option, equal to the LIBOR Rate for a LIBOR Rate Loan (as defined in the second lien credit facility) or the Alternate Base Rate for an Alternate Base Rate Loan (as defined in the second lien credit facility) plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for LIBOR Rate term loans and Alternate Base Rate term loans is fixed at 1.5% and 0.5%, respectively.

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay in full all borrowings under the second lien credit facility. Upon such repayment, the facility will be terminated.

 

81


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary of the material terms and provisions of our capital stock is not complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws which will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and by the provisions of applicable Delaware law. Reference is made to those documents and to Delaware law for a detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

General

Upon completion of the offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and              shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of June 30, 2006, there were 230,090 shares of common stock outstanding and held of record by 10 stockholders and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Upon the completion of the offering, we will have                      shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. The holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference, if any, of any then outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights and have no subscription, redemption or conversion privileges. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and all shares of common stock issued by us in the offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which our board of directors may designate and that we issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series, with such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as determined by our board of directors, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. We believe that the board of directors’ authority to set the terms of, and our ability to issue, preferred stock will provide flexibility in connection with possible financing transactions in the future. The issuance of preferred stock, however, could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Our Amended and Restated By-Laws

Authorized but Unissued Shares.     The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock will be available for future issuance without any further vote or action by our stockholders. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

 

82


Table of Contents

The existence of authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control over us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Stockholder Action; Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws require that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by a consent in writing (with the exception of Fortress, so long as Fortress beneficially owns at least 50.1% of our issued and outstanding common stock). Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also requires that special meetings of stockholders be called only by our board of directors, our chairman or our president (with the exception of Fortress, so long as Fortress beneficially owns at least 50.1% of our issued and outstanding common stock). In addition, our by-laws will provide that candidates for director may be nominated and other business brought before an annual meeting only by the board of directors or by a stockholder who gives written notice to us no later than 90 days prior to nor earlier than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the last annual meeting of stockholders. These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of our management, which could depress the market price of our common stock.

Number, Election and Removal of the Board of Directors.     Upon the closing of the offering, our board of directors will consist of              directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes a board of directors consisting of at least         , but no more than                 , members, with the number of directors to be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors (or by a duly adopted amendment to our certificate of incorporation). Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class shall consist of one-third of the directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. As a result, a portion of our board of directors will be elected each year. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. Between stockholder meetings, directors may be removed by our stockholders only for cause and the board of directors may appoint new directors to fill vacancies or newly created directorships. These provisions may deter a stockholder from removing incumbent directors and from simultaneously gaining control of the board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. Consequently, the existence of these provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, which could depress the market price of our common stock.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law, will not apply to us. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless the “business combination” or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers and Limitation of Liability

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws generally eliminate the personal liability of our directors for breaches of fiduciary duty as a director and indemnify directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

83


Table of Contents

We intend to enter into indemnity agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which will provide for mandatory indemnity of an executive officer or director made party to a “proceeding” by reason of the fact that the indemnitee is or was an executive officer or director of ours, if the indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, the indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. These agreements will also obligate us to advance expenses to an indemnitee provided that the indemnitee will repay advanced expenses in the event the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. Indemnitees are also entitled to partial indemnification and indemnification for expenses incurred as a result of acting at our request as a director, officer or agent of an employee benefit plan or other partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise owned or controlled by us.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the above statutory provisions or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Corporate Opportunity

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Fortress has the right, to and has no duty to abstain from exercising such right to, engage or invest in the same or similar business as us, do business with any of our clients, customers or vendors or employ or otherwise engage any of our officers, directors or employees. If Fortress, any of its affiliates or any of their officers, directors or employees acquire knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a corporate opportunity, they have no duty to offer such corporate opportunity to us, our stockholders or affiliates. We have renounced any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, such corporate opportunities in accordance with Section 122(17) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In the event that any of our directors and officers who is also a director, officer or employee of Fortress acquires knowledge of a corporate opportunity or is offered a corporate opportunity, provided that this knowledge was not acquired solely in such person’s capacity as our director or officer and such person acted in good faith, then such person is deemed to have fully satisfied such person’s fiduciary duty and is not liable to us if Fortress pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity or if such person did not present the corporate opportunity to us.

Registration Rights

Some of our stockholders have the right to require us to register common stock for resale in some circumstances. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is             .

Listing

We intend to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “        .”

 

84


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or availability of any shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock (including shares issued on the exercise of options, warrants or convertible securities, if any), or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to raise additional capital through a future sale of securities.

All of the             shares being sold in the offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) will be fully tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless held by an affiliate, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining         outstanding shares of our common stock will continue to be restricted securities as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These shares may not be sold unless registered under the Securities Act or sold pursuant to an applicable exemption from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144.

In addition to the outstanding shares of common stock, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register an aggregate of              shares of common stock under the GateHouse Media, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan.

Lock-Up Agreements

Beneficial owners of             shares of common stock will be subject to lockup agreements with the underwriters that will restrict the sale of these shares for         days. See “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of this offering, a person who has beneficially owned shares that are restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ   1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, which will be approximately             shares after the offering; or

 

  Ÿ   the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of such sale is filed pursuant to Rule 144.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain provisions regarding the manner of sale, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates that sell our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

Rule 144(k)

A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale and who has beneficially owned his or her shares for at least two years is entitled to sell his or her shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume limitations and other restrictions described above. We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 because this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors beyond our control.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of the offering, holders of              shares of our common stock will have certain registration rights. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

 

85


Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Non-U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by a holder that is a “non-U.S. holder,” as we define that term below. A beneficial owner of our common stock who is not a U.S. person is referred to below as a “non-U.S. holder.” This summary is based upon current provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, administrative rulings of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other applicable authorities, all as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel with respect to the statements made in the following summary and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to such statements or that any such contrary position taken by the IRS would not be sustained.

This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction, or under United States federal estate or gift tax laws (except as specifically described below). In addition, this summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal tax considerations that may be applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances.

A “non-U.S. holder” is a person or entity that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a:

 

  Ÿ   non-resident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to tax as expatriates,

 

  Ÿ   foreign corporation, or

 

  Ÿ   foreign estate or trust.

A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock.

Dividends

If distributions are paid on shares of our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, and any excess will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces your adjusted tax basis in our common stock and then any remainder will constitute gain on the common stock. Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If, however, the dividend is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States or, if a tax treaty applies, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S. holder, the dividend will not be subject to any withholding tax (provided certain certification requirements are met, as described below) but will be subject to U.S. federal income tax imposed on net income on the same basis that applies to U.S. persons generally and, for corporate holders under certain circumstances, the branch profits tax.

 

86


Table of Contents

In order to claim the benefit of a tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., a non-U.S. holder must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN for treaty benefits or IRS Form W-8ECI for effectively connected income (or such successor forms as the IRS designates), prior to the payment of dividends. These forms must be periodically updated. Non-U.S. holders may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund.

Gain on Disposition

A non-U.S. holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including by way of withholding, on gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ   the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States or, if a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S. holder; or

 

  Ÿ   our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (i) the period during which you hold our common stock or (ii) the five-year period ending on the date you dispose of our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we were treated as a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock generally will not be treated as United States real property interests.

U.S. Federal Estate Taxes

Our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who at the time of death is a non-U.S. holder will be included in his or her estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock. You may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a United States person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding tax requirements. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax as well. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to you will be allowed as a credit against your United States federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

 

87


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC

  
    

Total

  
    

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional             shares from the company to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days after the consummation of the offering. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase             additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per share

   $                 $             

Total

   $      $  

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.

The company and its officers, directors and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock (other than shares being sold in the offering) have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 120 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 120-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 120-day restricted period the company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 120-day restricted period, the company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 120-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

 

88


Table of Contents

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

An application will be made to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “      ”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the company in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock and, together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has not made or will not make an offer of shares to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (FSMA) except to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances which do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority;

 

  (b)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in

 

89


Table of Contents
 

matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and

 

  (c) it has complied with and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each Underwriter has represented and agreed that, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date), it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  (a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus’ within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or

 

90


Table of Contents

distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC are lenders under our credit facilities which we will repay using the net proceeds of this offering. Because Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC are underwriters and may receive more than 10% of the entire net proceeds in this offering, the underwriters may be deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 2710(h) of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 2720 of the conduct rules. Rule 2720 requires that the initial public offering price can be no higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined by the NASD.                      has served in that capacity and performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

At the company’s request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to                  shares offered hereby for officers, directors, employees and certain other persons associated with the company and members of their respective families. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. The company has agreed with the underwriters that any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. The company has agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of the reserved shares.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered. The underwriters will not execute sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written specific approval of the customers.

 

91


Table of Contents

The company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

The company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC are arrangers and lenders under our credit facilities.

 

92


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by our counsel, Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Times Square, New York, New York 10036. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP and Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP have represented and continue to represent Fortress in connection with matters unrelated to the offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of GateHouse Media, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and for the periods from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 and June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005, have been included in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2005 consolidated financial statements contains explanatory paragraphs stating that the Company changed to June 30 the date on which the annual impairment assessment of goodwill and mastheads is made and as a result of the June 6, 2005 acquisition of GateHouse Media, Inc. accounted for as a business combination, the consolidated financial information for the period after the acquisition is presented on a different cost basis than for the periods prior to the acquisition.

The financial statements of CP Media as of July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006 and for each of the fiscal years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005 and for the nine (9) month period ended April 2, 2006, included in this registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating the presentation of the financial statements and the change in accounting principle relating to redeemable preferred stock) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated statements of operations, of cash flows and of shareholders’ deficit, members’ interest and comprehensive income (loss) of Enterprise NewsMedia, Inc. for the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003 and the consolidated statements of operations, of cash flows and of shareholders’ deficit, members’ interest and comprehensive income (loss) of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC for the period from April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 included in this registration statement have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2005, have been included in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the offer and sale of common stock pursuant to this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules thereto as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

93


Table of Contents

Reference is made to each such exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement. The registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto filed with the SEC may be inspected, without charge and copies may be obtained at prescribed rates, at the public reference facility maintained by the SEC at its Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, including us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of this website is http://www.sec.gov. You may also contact the SEC by telephone at (800) 732-0330.

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the Commission. Such annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be inspected and copied at the locations set forth above. We will report our financial statements on a calendar year ending December 31. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered public accounting firm and with quarterly reports containing unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

 

94


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information of GateHouse Media, Inc.

  

General Information

   F-3

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2006.

   F-4

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2005

   F-8

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006

   F-9

Notes and Management’s Assumptions to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-10

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of GateHouse Media, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-13

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2005.

   F-14

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and for the periods from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 and from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005

   F-15

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and for the periods from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 and from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005

   F-16

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and for the periods from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 and from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005

   F-17

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-18

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements of GateHouse Media, Inc.

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2006

   F-44

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006

   F-45

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006

   F-46

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2006

   F-47

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-48

Audited Financial Statements of CP Media

  

Report of Independent Auditors

   F-53

Balance Sheets as of July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006.

   F-54

Statements of Operations for the years ended June 27, 2004, July 3, 2005 and for the nine months ended April 2, 2006

   F-55

Statements of Changes in Redeemable Preferred Stock and Parent Company Deficit for the years ended June 27, 2004, July 3, 2005 and for the nine months ended April 2, 2006

   F-56

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 27, 2004, July 3, 2005 and for the nine months ended April 2, 2006

   F-57

Notes to Financial Statements

   F-58

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC

  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

   F-75

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2005.

   F-78

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003, the period from April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005

   F-79

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003, the period from April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005

   F-80

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit, Member’s Interest and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003, the period from April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005

   F-82

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-85

Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2006

   F-103

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006

   F-104

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Member’s Interest and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three months ended March 31, 2006

   F-105

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006

   F-106

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-107

 

F-2


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

As of March 31, 2006

(In thousands)

General Information

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information sets forth the historical financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2005 derived from our historical consolidated financial statements. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 gives effect to each of the following as if they had occurred on January 1, 2005:

 

  Ÿ   the merger of a wholly owned subsidiary of FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, with and into our predecessor on June 6, 2005 (the “Merger”);

 

  Ÿ   the acquisition of substantially all of the assets, and the assumption of certain liabilities, of CP Media on June 6, 2006 (the “CNC Acquisition”);

 

  Ÿ   the acquisition of all the equity interests of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC on June 6, 2006 (the “Enterprise Acquisition” and, together with the CNC Acquisition, the “Acquisitions”);

 

  Ÿ   the entry into a $610.0 million first lien credit facility, consisting of a $570.0 million term loan facility and a $40.0 million revolving facility, and a $152.0 million second lien term loan facility, on June 6, 2006 in connection with the Acquisition (the “2006 Financing”);

 

  Ÿ the initial public offering of our common stock described in the prospectus in which this unaudited pro forma financial information is included (the “Offering”) assuming the sale of                  shares of our common stock at an assumed Offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of the prospectus in which this unaudited pro forma financial information is included; and

 

  Ÿ   the tax effects of each of the above.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet information as of March 31, 2006 gives effect to the Acquisitions, the 2006 Financing and the Offering, as well as the tax effects of each of them, as if they had occurred on March 31, 2006.

The unaudited pro forma financial statements do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position would have been if these transactions had occurred on the date indicated and are not intended to project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on estimates, available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable and may be revised as additional information becomes available. The pro forma adjustments and primary assumptions are described in the accompanying notes.

You should read the unaudited pro forma financial information below along with all other financial information and analysis presented in this prospectus, including the sections captioned “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and GateHouse Media, Inc.’s historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of March 31, 2006

(In thousands)

 

   

GateHouse

Media

(A)

   

Enterprise

(B)

   

CNC

(C)

   

Adjustments

(D)

    Pro forma    

Offering

adjustments

(E)

 

Pro forma

as adjusted

Assets:              

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 992     $ 2,315     $ —       $ 26,556 (1 )   $ 29,863     $     $  

Accounts receivables, net

    22,261       6,646       9,315       (53 ) (2)     38,169      

Inventory

    3,673       772       661       —         5,106      

Deferred income taxes

    2,121       —         —         —         2,121      

Other current assets

    1,693       712       2,098       (457 ) (2)     4,046      
                                                   

Total current assets

    30,740       10,445       12,074       26,046       79,305      

Property, plant and equipment, net

    58,450       22,269       12,435       8,591 (2,3)     101,745      

Goodwill

    316,717       74,841       103,441       12,677 (4)     507,676      

Intangible assets, net

    214,704       61,134       6,667       121,090 (5)     403,595      

Deferred financing costs, net

    723       1,518       1,674       1,851 (6)     5,766      

Interest rate swap agreement

    —         595       —         (595 ) (2)     —        

Other assets

    17,602       95       1,724       (1,724 ) (2)     17,697      
                                                   

Total assets

  $ 638,936     $ 170,897     $ 138,015     $ 167,936     $ 1,115,784     $     $  
                                                   
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:              

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 3,071     $ 6,062     $ 975     $ (10,108 ) (2,7)   $ —       $     $  

Current portion of long-term liabilities

    224       375       —         (375 ) (2)     224      

Accounts payable

    1,405       2,085       4,954       (1,259 ) (2)     7,185      

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    8,424       3,435       1,919       (746 ) (2,7)     13,032      

Deferred revenue

    9,145       2,181       4,084       —         15,410      
                                                   

Total current liabilities

    22,269       14,138       11,932       (12,488 )     35,851      

Revolving credit loan

    6,090       —         —         25,910 (7)     32,000      

Long-term debt, less current portion

    300,587       78,042       119,472       223,899 (7)     722,000      

Deferred income taxes

    74,044       —         11,543       (9,932 ) (8)     75,655      

Other long-term liabilities

    432       387       2,092       (1,560 ) (2)     1,351      

Pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations

    —         16,261       —         (2,848 ) (9)     13,413      

Redeemable preferred stock

    —         —         47,960       (47,960 ) (2)     —        
                                                   

Total liabilities

    403,422       108,828       192,999       175,021       880,270      

Common stock

    2       82,578       —         (82,578 ) (10)     2      

Additional paid-in capital

    223,343       —         —         —         223,343      

Unearned compensation

    —         (44 )     —         44 (10)     —        

Note receivable

    (250 )     —         —         —         (250 )    

Distributions

    —         (19,480 )     —         19,480 (10)     —        

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    2,272       595       —         (595 ) (10)     2,272      

Retained earnings (deficit)

    10,147       (1,580 )     (54,984 )     56,564 (10)     10,147      
                                                   

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 638,936     $ 170,897     $ 138,015     $ 167,936     $ 1,115,784     $     $             
                                                   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.

Notes and Management’s Assumptions to Unaudited

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands)

 

1. Adjustments to Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

  (A) GateHouse Media, Inc.

Reflects historical consolidated statement of financial position for GateHouse Media, Inc. (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2006.

 

  (B) Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC

Reflects historical consolidated statement of financial position for Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC (“Enterprise”) as of March 31, 2006

 

  (C) CP Media

Reflects historical statement of financial position for CP Media (“Community Newspaper Company” or “CNC”) as of April 2, 2006.

 

  (D) Adjustments

 

  (1) Reflects the net adjustment of the consolidated cash position due to changes in net assets and liabilities and cash balance after the Acquisitions and 2006 Financing.
  (2) Reflects the elimination of certain assets and liabilities included in the historical balance sheet of Enterprise and CNC but not purchased by the Company, the most significant of which includes the CNC redeemable preferred stock for $47,960.
  (3) Reflects the purchase adjustments to record property, plant and equipment at fair value. Fair value was determined based on preliminary valuations.

Fair value of property, plant and equipment acquired:

 

Enterprise

   $ 23,761   

CNC

     19,534   
         
      $ 43,295

Elimination of book value of assets acquired:

 

Enterprise

   (22,269 )  

CNC

   (12,435 )  
        
       (34,704 )
          

Adjustment to property, plant and equipment

     $ 8,591  
          

The elimination of the book value of assets acquired in connection with the Enterprise Acquisition in the amount of $22,269 includes $10,251 relating to two properties not acquired by the Company.

 

  (4) On June 6, 2006, the Company consummated the Acquisitions and acquired substantially all of the assets, and assumed certain liabilities of CNC and directly or indirectly acquired all of the equity interests of Enterprise.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.

Notes and Management’s Assumptions to Unaudited

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

The total purchase price for the Acquisitions, including transaction costs, was $413,304, subject to adjustment. The following table summarizes the components of the purchase price and the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of March 31, 2006. The estimates of the fair value of assets acquired are based on preliminary valuations.

 

     Enterprise     CNC     Total  

Components of the purchase price:

      

Cash consideration

   $ 182,315     $ 230,000     $ 412,315  

Payment of fees and expenses

     719       783       1,502  

Payment of working capital settlement

     (930 )     417       (513 )
                        

Total purchase price

     182,104       231,200       413,304  

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

      

Current assets

     10,445       11,564       22,009  

Other assets

     95       —         95  

Property, plant and equipment

     23,761       19,534       43,295  

Intangible assets

     88,702       100,189       188,891  
                        

Total assets

     123,003       131,287       254,290  

Current liabilities

     6,307       9,697       16,004  

Deferred income taxes

     529       1,082       1,611  

Other long-term liabilities

     13,800       530       14,330  
                        

Total liabilities

     20,636       11,309       31,945  
                        

Net assets acquired

     102,367       119,978       222,345  
                        

Goodwill (total purchase price less net assets acquired)

     79,737       111,222       190,959  

Elimination of historical goodwill

     (74,841 )     (103,441 )     (178,282 )
                        
   $ 4,896     $ 7,781     $ 12,677  
                        

 

  (5) Reflects the purchase adjustments to record intangible assets at fair value.

Fair value of intangible assets acquired:

 

     Life in
Years
   Enterprise    CNC    Total

Subscriber relationships

   14-18    $ 22,370    $ 10,781    $ 33,151

Advertiser lists

   15-18      55,200      76,194      131,394

Mastheads

   Indefinite      10,146      13,214      23,360

Non-compete agreements

   2      986      —        986
                       
      $ 88,702    $ 100,189    $ 188,891
                       

Elimination of historical amounts:

 

Enterprise

     (61,134 )

CNC

     (6,667 )
        

Pro forma adjustment

   $ 121,090  
        

 

F-6


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.

Notes and Management’s Assumptions to Unaudited

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

  (6) Reflects the write-off of historical deferred financing costs and capitalization of new debt issuance costs in connection with the 2006 Financing.

 

Eliminate unamortized deferred financing costs—historical debt

   $ (3,915 )

Capitalize deferred financing costs—pro forma debt

     5,766  
        

Pro forma adjustment

   $ 1,851  
        

 

  (7) The pro forma adjustments relating to the Acquisitions and related 2006 Financing is comprised of:

 

     Eliminate
historical
debt
    2006
Refinancing
   Pro forma
adjustments
 

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ (10,108 )   $ —      $ (10,108 )

Revolving credit loan

   $ (6,090 )   $ 32,000    $ 25,910  

Long-term debt

   $ (498,101 )   $ 722,000    $ 223,899  

The 2006 Financing in the amount of $754 million reflects $570 million of borrowings under the first lien credit facility; $32 million of borrowings under the first lien revolving credit facility; and $152 million of borrowings under the second lien term loan facility.

 

  (8) The pro forma adjustment to deferred income taxes reflects the difference between book and tax bases, primarily intangible assets, at an estimated 40% statutory tax rate.

 

  (9) The pro forma adjustment to pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations reflects the projected benefit obligation net of the fair value of plan assets assuming the Acquisitions took place on March 31, 2006 and is comprised of:

 

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 29,365  

Fair value of plan assets

     15,952  
        

Net accrued benefit cost

     13,413  

Elimination of historical pension obligation

     (16,261 )
        

Pro forma pension adjustment

   $ (2,848 )
        

 

  (10) Reflects adjustments to eliminate the historical equity of CNC and Enterprise.

 

  (E) Offering Adjustments

Following is a summary of the Offering adjustments to reflect the net proceeds received from the Offering and the use of the proceeds:

 

Gross Offering proceeds from the assumed sale of
                     common shares at $                     per share

  

Less Offering costs and underwriters’ discount

   $             
      

Net proceeds from Offering

  

Repayment of second lien term loan facility

  
      

Total use of proceeds

  
      

Net excess cash from Offering

   $  
      

 

F-7


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2005

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

   

GateHouse

Media

(A)

   

GateHouse

Media

(A)

    Enterprise
(B)
   

CNC

(C)

   

Adjustments

(D)

   

Pro

forma

   

Offering

adjustments

(E)

 

Pro forma

as adjusted

    (Predecessor)     (Successor)                                  

Revenues:

               

Advertising

    $ 63,172     $ 88,798     $ 57,135     $ 86,540     $         —       $ 295,645     $                  $               

Circulation

    14,184       19,298       21,406       11,197       —         66,085      

Online, Commercial printing & other

    8,134       11,415       438       2,763       —         22,750      
                                                           

Total revenues

    85,490       119,511       78,979       100,500       —         384,480      

Operating costs and expenses:

               

Operating costs

    40,007       61,001       24,830       58,925       —         184,763      

Selling, general and administrative

    26,978       30,035       39,729       22,891       —         119,633      

Depreciation and amortization

    5,776       8,030       6,375       4,289       5,643 (1)     30,113      

Transaction costs related to Merger

    7,703       2,850       —         —         —         10,553      

Other

    —         (40 )     —         48       —         8      

Pension and post-retirement

    —         —         992       —         —         992      
                                                           

Total operating expenses

    80,464       101,876       71,926       86,153       5,643       346,062      
                                                           
               

Operating income (loss)

    5,026       17,635       7,053       14,347       (5,643 )     38,418      

Interest expense:

               

Debt

    13,232       11,760       5,070       8,119       11,215   (3)     49,396      

Other interest expense

    13,484       —         16       2,819       (16,319 ) (3)     —        

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    643       67       233       304       (485 ) (5)     762      

Gain on termination of hedge accounting for interest rate swaps

    —         (10,807 )     —         —         10,807   (4)     —        

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    5,525       —         —         —         —         5,525      

Write-off of deferred loan costs

    —         —         2,025       —         (2,025 ) (5)     —        

Other expense (income)

    —         —         (216 )     —         194   (6)     (22 )    
                                                           

Income (loss) before taxes

    (27,858 )     16,615       (75 )     3,105       (9,030 )     (17,243 )    
                                                           

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (3,027 )     7,050       —         3,319       (3,612 ) (7)     3,730      
                                                           

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    $(24,831)     $ 9,565     $ (75 )   $ (214 )   $ (5,418 )   $ (20,973 )   $          $       
                                                           

Weighted average shares outstanding

               

Basic

    2,158,833       226,400             226,400      

Diluted

    2,158,833       226,400             226,400      

Income (loss) per share—continuing operations

               

Basic

  $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25           $ (92.64 )     $  

Diluted

  $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25           $ (92.64 )     $  

See accompanying notes.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2006

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

   

GateHouse
Media

(A)

    Enterprise
(B)
   

CNC

(C)

    Adjustments
(D)
    Pro forma     Offering
adjustments
(E)
 

Pro forma

as adjusted

Revenues:

             

Advertising

  $ 36,459     $ 13,072     $ 19,841     $ —       $ 69,372     $                $             

Circulation

    8,495       5,137       2,679       —         16,311      

Online, Commercial printing & other

    5,021       128       698       —         5,847      
                                                   

Total revenue

    49,975       18,337       23,218       —         91,530      

Operating costs and expenses:

             

Operating costs

    25,789       5,956       14,034       —         45,779      

Selling, general and administrative

    16,476       10,525       5,412       —         32,413      

Depreciation and amortization

    3,599       1,532       855       1,214 (1)     7,200      

Transaction costs related to Merger

    —         —         —         —         —        

Other

    441       —         (4 )     —         437      

Pension and post-retirement

    —         509       —         239   (2)     748      
                                                   

Total operating expenses

    46,305       18,522       20,297       1,453       86,577      
                                                   

Operating income (loss)

    3,670       (185 )     2,921       (1,453 )     4,953      

Interest expense:

             

Debt

    5,176       1,391       2,424       3,930   (3)     12,921      

Other interest expense

    —         1       1,471       (1,472 ) (3)     —        

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    31       55       81       23   (5)     190      

Unrealized Gain on Derivative

    (2,605 )     —         —         2,605   (4)     —        

Other expense (income)

    —         (54 )     —         50   (6)     (4 )    
                                                   

Income (loss) before taxes

    1,068       (1,578 )     (1,055 )     (6,589 )     (8,154 )    
                                                   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    486       —         265       (2,635 ) (7)     (1,884 )    
                                                   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 582     $ (1,578 )   $ (1,320 )   $ (3,954 )   $ (6,270 )   $     $  
                                                   

Weighted average shares outstanding

             

Basic

    227,644             227,644      

Diluted

    227,644             227,644      

Loss per share—continuing operations

             

Basic

  $ 2.56           $ (27.54 )     $  

Diluted

  $ 2.56           $ (27.54 )     $  

See accompanying notes.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.

Notes and Management’s Assumptions to Unaudited

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands)

 

2. Adjustments to Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

  (A) GateHouse Media, Inc.

Reflects historical consolidated statement of operations for the Company for the period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 (predecessor period), the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005 (successor period) and for the three month period ended March 31, 2006.

 

  (B) Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC

Reflects historical consolidated statement of operations for Enterprise for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the three month period ended March 31, 2006.

 

  (C) CP Media

The historical results of operations for the calendar year ended December 31, 2005 included in the pro forma condensed statement of operations have been derived from the historical financial statements of CP Media for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2005 and the nine months ended April 2, 2006.

 

  (D) Adjustments

 

  (1) Reflects the adjustment to record incremental depreciation and amortization on the purchase adjustment to record the acquired assets at fair value using the straight line method over the remaining estimated useful lives.

 

     GateHouse
Media
    Enterprise     CNC     Total year
ended
December 31,
2005
 

Pro forma depreciation expense:

   $ 2,022     $ 3,973     $ 1,667     $ 7,662  

Less: historical depreciation expense

     (2,150 )     (2,073 )     (2,791 )     (7,014 )

Pro forma amortization—Long-term intangibles

     3,602       5,141       5,678       14,421  

Less: historical amortization expense

     (3,626 )     (4,302 )     (1,498 )     (9,426 )
                                

Total pro forma depreciation and amortization expense adjustment

   $ (152 )   $ 2,739     $ 3,056     $ 5,643  
                                

 

     Enterprise     CNC     Total three
months ended
March 31, 2006
 

Pro forma depreciation expense:

   $ 478     $ 417     $ 895  

Less: historical depreciation expense

     (470 )     (488 )     (958 )

Pro forma amortization—Long-term intangibles

     1,286       1,420       2,706  

Less: historical amortization expense

     (1,062 )     (367 )     (1,429 )
                        

Total pro forma depreciation and amortization expense adjustment

   $ 232     $ 982     $ 1,214  
                        

 

F-10


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.

Notes and Management’s Assumptions to Unaudited

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

  (2) Reflects the adjustment to pension and post-retirement expense for Enterprise based on the fair value adjustment of pension assets and obligations.

 

     Three months ended
March 31, 2006
 

Adjusted pension expense

   $ 748  

Less: Historical pension expense

     (509 )
        

Net adjustment to pension and post retirement expense

   $ 239  
        

 

  (3) Represents adjustment to reflect the interest expense of the 2006 Financing for the period presented. The pro forma interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 is calculated using the following assumed interest rates: (1) average LIBOR (4.71%) plus 2.25% for the first lien term loan, (2) average LIBOR (3.31%) plus 1.50% for the second lien term loan and (3) average Alternate Base Rate, as defined in the agreement entered into in connection with the new credit facility, which was 6.10%, plus 1.0% for the revolving credit facility which is part of the new credit facility. The other interest expense represents dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock.

 

     Debt     Other
interest
expense
   

Total year

ended

December 31,

2005

 

Pro forma interest expense

   $ 49,396     $ —       $ 49,396  

Less: historical interest expense

     (38,181 )     (16,319 )     (54,500 )
                        

Net adjustment to interest expense

   $ 11,215     $ (16,319 )   $ (5,104 )
                        

The pro forma interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2006 is calculated using the following assumed interest rates: (1) average LIBOR (4.71%) plus 2.25% for the first lien term loan, (2) average LIBOR (4.54%) plus 1.25% for the second lien term loan and (3) average Alternate Base Rate, as defined in the agreement entered into in connection with the first new credit facility, which was 7.4%, plus 1.0% for the revolving credit facility. The other interest expense represents dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock.

 

     Debt     Other
interest
expense
   

Total

three months
ended

March 31,

2006

 

Pro forma interest expense

   $ 12,921     $ —       $ 12,921  

Less: historical interest expense

     (8,991 )     (1,472 )     (10,463 )
                        

Net adjustment to interest expense

   $ 3,930     $ (1,472 )   $ 2,458  
                        

 

  (4) Represents the elimination of the fair value gain recognized on an ineffective interest rate swap resulting from the redesignation of the derivative as effective in connection with the 2006 Financing.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.

Notes and Management’s Assumptions to Unaudited

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

  (5) Reflects the net adjustment to deferred financing costs as follows:

 

     Amortization     Write off    

Total

year ended
December 31,
2005

 

Pro forma deferred financing costs

   $ 762     $ —       $ 762  

Less historical costs

     (1,247 )     (2,025 )     (3,272 )
                        

Net adjustment

   $ (485 )   $ (2,025 )   $ (2,510 )
                        
      
                

Amortization for

three months

ended March 31,

2006

 

Pro forma deferred financing cost

       $ 190  

Less historical costs

         (167 )
            

Net adjustment

       $ 23  
            

 

  (6) Reflects the elimination of certain expenses related to liabilities included in the historical statement of operations of Enterprise but not assumed by the Company.

 

  (7) The pro forma adjustment reflects the income tax effect of pro forma adjustments.

(E) Offering Adjustments

The following represents adjustments to reflect the effect of proceeds from our Offering on our historical operations:

Interest expense:

Reflects a net reduction in interest expense (debt) from our Offering-related transaction.

 

     Amount   

Effective

rate

   Year ended
December 31, 2005
   Three months ended
March 31, 2006

First Lien Term Loan

         $                        $                    

First Lien Revolving Loan

           

Second Lien Term Loan

           
               

Total

         $    $
               

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

GateHouse Media, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GateHouse Media, Inc. (formerly Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.) and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2004 (Predecessor) and 2005 (Successor), and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 (Predecessor Periods), the period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 (Predecessor Period), and the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005 (Successor Period). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GateHouse Media, Inc. (formerly Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 (Predecessor) and 2005 (Successor), and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 (Predecessor Periods), the period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 (Predecessor Period), and the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005 (Successor Period) in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in note 1(f) to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed to June 30 the date on which the annual impairment assessment of goodwill and mastheads is made.

As discussed in note 1(b) to the consolidated financial statements, effective June 6, 2005, FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC acquired all of the outstanding stock of GateHouse Media, Inc. in a business combination accounted for as a purchase. As a result of the acquisition, the consolidated financial information for the period after the acquisition is presented on a different cost basis than for the periods prior to the acquisition and therefore, is not comparable.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

July 20, 2006

 

F-13


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2004 and 2005

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     2004     2005  
     (Predecessor)     (Successor)  
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,276     $ 3,063  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,547 and $1,509 at December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively

     22,067       22,587  

Inventory

     2,978       3,421  

Prepaid expenses

     1,374       1,392  

Deferred income taxes

     1,527       2,121  

Other current assets

     474       366  
                

Total current assets

     31,696       32,950  

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     44,933       60,017  

Goodwill

     183,438       316,691  

Intangible assets, net

     223,625       217,104  

Deferred financing costs, net

     4,051       753  

Other assets

     433       11,211  
                

Total assets

   $ 488,176     $ 638,726  
                
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)     

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of Term Loan B

   $ 22,718     $ 3,071  

Current portion of long-term liabilities

     249       224  

Accounts payable

     1,451       1,616  

Accrued expenses

     15,778       10,505  

Deferred revenue

     8,742       8,851  
                

Total current liabilities

     48,938       24,267  

Long-term liabilities:

    

Borrowings under revolving credit facility

     —         8,500  

Term Loan B, less current portion

     37,339       301,355  

Long-term liabilities, less current portion

     620       505  

Senior subordinated notes

     180,000       —    

Senior discount debentures, redemption value $89,000

     89,000       —    

Senior debentures held by affiliates

     12,782       —    

Accrued interest on senior discount debentures and senior debentures held by affiliates

     3,971       —    

Deferred income taxes

     25,779       72,043  

Series A 14  3 / 4 % Senior Redeemable Exchangeable Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, 21,000,000 shares authorized, 4,790,920 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004. Aggregate involuntary liquidation preference, $25 per share plus accrued dividends.

     122,717       —    

Series B 10% Junior Redeemable Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, 250,000 shares authorized, 130,433 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004. Aggregate involuntary liquidation preference, $1,000 per share plus accrued dividends.

     132,607       —    
                

Total liabilities

     653,753       406,670  
                

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 21,250,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 (Successor)

     —         —    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 2,655,000 shares authorized, 2,185,177 and 226,400 shares issued, and 2,158,833 and 226,400 outstanding at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005, respectively

     22       2  

Additional paid-in capital

     16,444       226,398  

Deferred compensation

     —         (3,909 )

Notes receivable

     (953 )     —    

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     (180,909 )     9,565  

Treasury stock, at cost, 26,344 shares at December 31, 2004 (Predecessor)

     (181 )     —    
                

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (165,577 )     232,056  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 488,176     $ 638,726  
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 (Predecessor Periods), period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 (Predecessor Period), and the period from

June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005 (Successor Period)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    Year ended December 31,    

Period from

January 1, 2005

to June 5, 2005

   

Period from

June 6, 2005 to

December 31,

2005

 
    2003     2004      
    (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Revenues:

       

Advertising

  $ 139,258     $ 148,291     $ 63,172     $ 88,798  

Circulation

    31,478       34,017       14,184       19,298  

Commercial printing and other

    11,645       17,776       8,134       11,415  
                               

Total revenues

    182,381       200,084       85,490       119,511  

Operating costs and expenses:

       

Operating costs

    86,484       97,198       40,007       61,001  

Selling, general, and administrative

    52,230       53,703       26,978       30,035  

Depreciation and amortization

    13,359       13,374       5,776       8,030  

Transaction costs related to Merger

    —         —         7,703       2,850  

Impairment of long-term assets

    —         1,500       —         —    

Gain (loss) on sale of assets

    (104 )     (30 )     —         40  
                               

Income from operations

    30,204       34,279       5,026       17,635  

Interest expense—debt

    32,433       32,917       13,232       11,760  

Interest expense—dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

    13,206       29,019       13,484       —    

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,810       1,826       643       67  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    —         —         5,525       —    

Unrealized gain on derivative instrument

    —         —         —         (10,807 )

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    161       —         —         —    

Write-off of deferred offering costs

    1,935       —         —         —    
                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    (19,341 )     (29,483 )     (27,858 )     16,615  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (4,691 )     1,228       (3,027 )     7,050  
                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    (14,650 )     (30,711 )     (24,831 )     9,565  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes of $303 and $3,091 in 2003 and 2004, respectively

    486       4,626       —         —    
                               

Net income (loss)

    (14,164 )     (26,085 )     (24,831 )     9,565  

Dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

    (12,409 )     —         —         —    
                               

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ (26,573 )   $ (26,085 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565  
                               

Earnings (loss) per share:

       

Basic and diluted:

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations available to common stockholders

  $ (12.53 )   $ (14.23 )   $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25  

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ (12.31 )   $ (12.08 )   $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 (Predecessor Periods), period from

January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 (Predecessor Period), and the period from

June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005 (Successor Period)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Common stock    

Additional

paid-in

capital

   

Deferred

compensation

    Treasury stock    

Notes

receivable

   

Retained

earnings

(accumulated

deficit)

    Total  
    Shares     Amount         Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2002 (Predecessor)

  2,185,177     $ 22     $ 16,444     $ —       26,344     $ (181 )   $ (970 )   $ (128,251 )   $ (112,936 )

Dividends on senior preferred stock

  —         —         —         —       —         —         —         (6,899 )     (6,899 )

Dividends on junior preferred stock

  —         —         —         —       —         —         —         (5,510 )     (5,510 )

Net loss

  —         —         —         —       —         —         —         (14,164 )     (14,164 )

Repayment of notes receivable through forgiveness of debt

  —         —         —         —       —         —         17       —         17  
                                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2003 (Predecessor)

  2,185,177       22       16,444       —       26,344       (181 )     (953 )     (154,824 )     (139,492 )

Net loss

  —         —         —         —       —         —         —         (26,085 )     (26,085 )
                                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2004 (Predecessor)

  2,185,177       22       16,444       —       26,344       (181 )     (953 )     (180,909 )     (165,577 )

Repayment of notes receivable through forgiveness of debt

  —         —         —         —       —         —         953       —         953  

Net loss

  —         —         —         —       —         —         —         (24,831 )     (24,831 )
                                                                   

Balance at June 5, 2005 (Predecessor)

  2,185,177       22       16,444       —       26,344       (181 )     —         (205,740 )     (189,455 )

Redemption of Predecessor’s outstanding common stock

  (2,185,177 )     (22 )     (16,444 )     —       —         —         —         —         (16,466 )

Cancellation of Predecessor’s stock held in treasury

  —         —         —         —       (26,344 )     181       —         —         181  

Write-off of Predecessor’s accumulated deficit associated with the Merger

  —         —         —         —       —         —         —         205,740       205,740  

Contributed capital associated with the Merger

  221,975       2       221,973       —       —         —         —         —         221,975  

Restricted share grants

  4,425       —         4,425       (4,425 )   —         —         —         —         —    

Restricted share grants, compensation expense

  —         —         —         516     —         —         —         —         516  

Net income

  —         —         —         —       —         —         —         9,565       9,565  
                                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2005 (Successor)

  226,400     $ 2     $ 226,398     $ (3,909 )   —       $ —       $ —       $ 9,565     $ 232,056  
                                                                   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 (Predecessor Periods), period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 (Predecessor Period), and the period from

June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005 (Successor Period)

(In thousands)

 

    Year ended December 31,    

Period from

January 1, 2005
to June 5,

2005

   

Period from

June 6, 2005
to December 31,

2005

 
    2003     2004      
    (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net income (loss)

  $ (14,164 )   $ (26,085 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565  

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    (486 )     (4,626 )     —         —    
                               

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

    (14,650 )     (30,711 )     (24,831 )     9,565  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

    13,359       13,374       5,776       8,030  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,810       1,826       643       67  

Accretion of senior discount debentures

    840       —         —         —    

Issuance of senior debentures in lieu of paying cash interest on senior discount debentures and senior debentures held by affiliates

    4,022       8,760       4,765       —    

Change in accrued interest on senior discount debentures and senior debentures held by affiliates

    3,547       424       (389 )     —    

Noncash compensation

    17       —         —         516  

Deferred taxes

    (5,182 )     457       (3,520 )     6,899  

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    161       —         —         —    

Write-off of deferred offering costs

    1,935       —         —         —    

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

    104       30       —         (40 )

Noncash transaction costs related to Merger

    —         —         953       —    

Unrealized gain on derivative instrument

    —         —         —         (10,807 )

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    —         —         5,525       —    

Impairment of long-term assets

    —         1,500       —         —    

Interest expense—dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

    13,206       29,019       13,484       —    

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and dispositions:

       

Accounts receivable, net

    76       (1,440 )     (656 )     760  

Inventory

    69       (88 )     74       (408 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    441       (566 )     (226 )     346  

Accounts payable

    540       (323 )     223       (58 )

Accrued expenses

    1,607       (153 )     (2,227 )     (5,304 )

Deferred offering costs

    (1,153 )     —         —         —    

Other long-term liabilities

    (376 )     (403 )     (95 )     (138 )

Deferred revenue

    (90 )     (259 )     (71 )     (113 )
                               

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities

    20,283       21,447       (572 )     9,315  
                               

Cash flows from continuing investing activities:

       

Acquisition of GateHouse Media, Inc., net of cash acquired

    —         —         —         (23,930 )

Purchases of property, plant, and equipment

    (2,141 )     (3,654 )     (1,015 )     (4,967 )

Proceeds from exchange of publications and sale of other assets

    995       1,994       —         3,398  

Payments made for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (2,481 )     (968 )     (80 )     (15,082 )
                               

Net cash used in continuing investing activities

    (3,627 )     (2,628 )     (1,095 )     (40,581 )
                               

Cash flows from continuing financing activities:

       

Extinguishment of senior subordinated notes, net of fees

    —         —         (182,813 )     —    

Extinguishment of senior discount notes, held by third parties

    —         —         (20,184 )     —    

Extinguishment of senior preferred stock, held by third parties

    —         —         (11,361 )     —    

Repayments of Term Loan B

    (743 )     (11,700 )     (60,052 )     —    

Payment of debt issuance costs

    —         —         (2,350 )     (771 )

Contributed capital

    —         —         —         221,975  

Extinguishment of preferred stock related to merger

    —         —         —         (134,321 )

Net borrowings (repayments) under new credit facility, including fees

    —         —         —         8,500  

Net borrowings under new term loan

    —         —         276,500       27,926  

Extinguishment of senior debentures

    —         —         —         (90,329 )

Net repayments under revolving credit facility

    (15,507 )     (6,338 )     —         —    
                               

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing financing activities

    (16,250 )     (18,038 )     (260 )     32,980  
                               

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations:

       

Operating cash flows

    42       459       —         —    

Investing cash flows

    (108 )     —         —         —    
                               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    340       1,240       (1,927 )     1,714  

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

    1,696       2,036       3,276       1,349  
                               

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $ 2,036     $ 3,276     $ 1,349     $ 3,063  
                               

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

       

Cash interest paid

  $ 22,754     $ 24,210     $ 16,879     $ 10,591  

Cash paid for income taxes

    408       619       459       269  

Repayment of notes receivable through forgiveness of debt

    17       —         953       —    

Issuance of senior debentures in lieu of paying cash interest on senior discount debentures and senior debentures held by affiliates

    4,022       8,760       4,765       —    

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands, except share data)

(1) Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Description of Business

GateHouse Media, Inc. (GateHouse), formerly Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. (LGP), and subsidiaries is a leading U.S. publisher of local newspapers and related publications that are the dominant source of local news and print advertising in their markets. As of December 31, 2005, the Company (as defined below) owns and operates 292 publications located in 16 states. The majority of the Company’s paid daily newspapers have been published for more than 100 years and are typically the only paid daily newspapers of general circulation in their respective nonmetropolitan markets. The Company’s publications generally face limited competition as a result of operating in small and midsized markets that can typically support only one newspaper. The Company has strategically clustered its publications in geographically diverse, nonmetropolitan markets in the Midwest and Northeast United States and in the Chicago suburban market, which limits its exposure to economic conditions in any single market or region.

Unlike large metropolitan newspapers, the Company derives a majority of its revenues from local advertising, rather than national advertising, which is generally more sensitive to economic conditions. The Company currently operates in a single business segment as its publications have similar economic characteristics, products, customers and distribution.

(b) Basis of Presentation

GateHouse was formed in 1997 for purposes of acquiring 166 daily and weekly newspapers, which is further described in note 8. GateHouse is a holding company for its wholly owned subsidiary, GateHouse Media Operating, Inc. (Operating Company). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of GateHouse and Operating Company and its consolidated subsidiaries (the Company). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

On May 9, 2005, an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC (Parent), FIF III Liberty Acquisitions, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (Merger Subsidiary) and the Company entered into an agreement that provided for the merger of Merger Subsidiary with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the Merger). The Merger was completed on June 6, 2005. The total value of the transaction was approximately $527,000.

The Merger resulted in a new basis of accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141, Business Combinations . This change creates many differences between reporting for the Company pre-Merger, as predecessor, and the Company post-Merger, as successor. The accompanying consolidated financial statements and the notes to consolidated financial statements reflect separate reporting periods for the predecessor and successor company.

The following transactions occurred in connection with the Merger:

 

  Ÿ   The Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01, were converted into the right to receive $10.00 per share in cash (Conversion Amount), or $21,588 in the aggregate.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

  Ÿ   Each share of Series B-1 Senior Preferred stock issued and outstanding at the time of the Merger was converted, without interest, into $1,000 per share, or $115,821 in the aggregate, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends of $3,182, and was extinguished.

 

  Ÿ   Each share of Series B Junior Preferred Stock issued and outstanding at the time of the Merger was converted, without interest, into $115.56 per share, or $15,318 in the aggregate, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends of $0, and was extinguished.

 

  Ÿ   Parent and certain management investors contributed approximately $221,975 in cash to the Company, which in turn held all the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company after the completion of the Merger.

 

  Ÿ   The Company amended its New Credit Facility to allow for a change in control and borrowed $33,500 on the revolving credit facility in connection with the Merger. The Company paid $771 in fees in connection with the amendment.

 

  Ÿ   The Company incurred approximately $10,553 in transaction costs associated with the Merger.

 

  Ÿ   Each outstanding option under the Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan was cancelled for cash consideration per share equal to the difference between the conversion amount of $10.00 per share and the respective exercise price of the option, or $93 in the aggregate. Additionally, all outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock held in treasury at the time of the Merger were cancelled.

(c) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(d) Inventory

Inventory consists principally of newsprint, which is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

(e) Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment is recorded at cost. Routine maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation is calculated under the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives, principally 25 years for buildings and improvements and 3 to 10 years for machinery, equipment, furniture, fixtures, and computer software. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset.

(f) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of advertiser, subscriber, customer relationships, mastheads, and noncompete agreements with former owners of acquired newspapers. The excess of acquisition costs over the estimated fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

Advertiser and subscriber relationships were amortized over useful lives of 30 and 20 years, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and during the period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005. Customer relationships unrelated to newspapers were amortized over 10 years for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and during the period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005. Noncompete agreements were amortized over periods of up to 10 years depending on the specifics of the agreement.

Advertiser and subscriber relationships are being amortized over useful lives of 18 and 19 years, respectively, commencing June 6, 2005. Customer relationships unrelated to newspapers are being amortized over 15 years commencing June 6, 2005. Noncompete agreements are amortized over periods of up to 5 years depending on the specifics of the agreement.

Goodwill and mastheads are not amortized pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . Mastheads are not amortized because it has been determined that the useful lives of such mastheads are indefinite.

Through December 31, 2004, the Company assessed impairment of goodwill and mastheads annually on December 31. As a result of the Merger, the Company has changed to June 30 the date on which the annual impairment assessment is made.

The Company assesses impairment of goodwill and mastheads by using multiples of recent and projected revenues and EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) for individual or strategic regional clusters of properties to determine the fair value of the properties and then deducts the fair value of assets other than goodwill and mastheads to arrive at the fair value of the goodwill and mastheads. This amount is then compared to the carrying value of goodwill and mastheads to determine if any impairment has occurred. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, then the Company will consider whether a temporary or permanent impairment has occurred based on the specific facts and circumstances associated with the individual, or strategic regional cluster of properties. The multiples of revenue and EBITDA used to determine fair value are based on the Company’s experience in acquiring and selling properties and multiples reflected in the purchase prices of recent sales transactions of newspaper properties similar to those it owns.

The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . The Company assesses the recoverability of its long-lived assets, including property, plant, and equipment and definite lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets, or related group of assets, may not be fully recoverable. Factors leading to impairment include significant under performance relative to historical or projected future operating losses, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the Company’s overall business, and significant negative industry or economic trends. The assessment of recoverability is based on management’s estimates. If undiscounted projected future operating cash flows do not exceed the net book value of the long-lived assets, then a permanent impairment has occurred. The Company records the difference between the net book value of the long-lived asset and the fair value of such asset as a charge against income in the consolidated statements of operations if such a difference arises.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

(g) Revenue Recognition

Circulation revenue, which is billed to customers at the beginning of the subscription period, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related subscription. Advertising revenue is recognized upon publication of the advertisement. Revenue for commercial printing is recognized upon delivery.

(h) Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

(i) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company has reviewed its cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses and has determined that their carrying values approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments. The Company’s carrying value for its Term Loan B and borrowings under the revolving credit facility approximates fair value due to the variable interest rates associated with these financial instruments.

The Company applies SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended by SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities . SFAS No. 133, as amended, establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. Specifically, SFAS No. 133 requires an entity to recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. Additionally, the fair value adjustments will affect either stockholders’ equity or net earnings depending on whether the derivative instrument qualifies as an effective hedge for accounting purposes and, if so, the nature of the hedging activity.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the Company requires that the instruments are effective in reducing the risk exposure that they are designated to hedge. Instruments that meet established accounting criteria are formally designated as hedges at the inception of the contract. These criteria demonstrate that the derivative is expected to be highly effective at offsetting changes in the fair value of the underlying exposure both at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The Company’s policy requires the assessment for effectiveness to be formally documented at hedge inception and reviewed at least quarterly throughout the designated hedge period.

(j) Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents represent highly liquid certificates of deposit with a maximum term at origination of three months or less.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

(k) Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs consist of costs incurred in connection with debt financings. Such costs are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line basis over the remaining terms of the related debt.

(l) Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred. The Company incurred total advertising expenses of $816, $844, $585 and $382 during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005, and the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005, respectively.

(m) Earnings (loss) per share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed as net income (loss) available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur from common shares issued through common stock equivalents.

(n) Stock-based Employee Compensation

On June 6, 2005, the Company issued 4,425 Restricted Share Grants (RSGs) to certain management investors pursuant to each investor’s management stockholder agreement. Each RSG is convertible into one share of common stock. Under the Plan, the RSGs vest by one-third (1/3) on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries from the grant date. In the event the management investor is terminated without cause, the RSGs immediately vest at the percentage that would have vested under the normal vesting period on the next succeeding anniversary date following such termination. In the event the management investor’s employment is terminated without cause within twelve months after a change in control, all unvested RSGs become immediately vested at the termination date. The Company recognized $516 in employee compensation expense related to the RSGs during the period ending December 31, 2005. During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions, the management investor will have all of the rights of a stockholder, including without limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive all dividends or other distributions. As a result, the RSGs have been reflected as outstanding common stock. At December 31, 2005, there were 4,425 RSGs issued and outstanding with a weighted average grant date fair value of $1,000.

Prior to the Merger, the Company had one stock-based employee compensation plan, which is more fully described in note 15. On June 5, 2005, each outstanding option under the plan was cancelled for cash consideration per share equal to the difference between the conversion amount of $10.00 per share and the respective exercise price of the option, or $93 in the aggregate, and the Company recognized compensation expense accordingly. The Company accounts for its stock options under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . SFAS No. 123 permits entities to recognize as expense over the vesting period the fair value of all stock-based awards on the date of grant. Alternatively, SFAS No. 123 also allows entities to apply the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and provide pro forma net income (loss) disclosures for employee stock option grants made as if the fair value based method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been applied. Under APB Opinion No. 25, compensation expense would be recorded on the date of the grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the

 

F-22


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

exercise price. The Company has elected to apply the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide the pro forma disclosures of SFAS No. 123. The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) as if the Company had applied the fair value based method to all outstanding and unvested awards in each period:

 

     Year ended December 31,    

Period from

January 1,

2005 to

June 5,

2005

   

Period from

June 6,

2005 to

December 31,

2005

 
     2003     2004      
     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Net income (loss), as reported

   $ (14,164 )   $ (26,085 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565  

Add:

        

Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income (loss)

     —         —         93       516  

Deduct:

        

Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value-based method

     (8 )     (23 )     (93 )     (516 )
                                

Pro forma net income (loss)

   $ (14,172 )   $ (26,108 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565  
                                

Earnings (loss) per share:

        

Basic—as reported

   $ (12.31 )   $ (12.08 )   $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25  

Basic—pro forma

   $ (12.31 )   $ (12.09 )   $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25  

Diluted—as reported

   $ (12.31 )   $ (12.08 )   $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25  

Diluted—pro forma

   $ (12.31 )   $ (12.09 )   $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25  

Under the stock-based employee compensation plan, the exercise price of each option equals the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant. For purposes of calculating compensation expense consistent with SFAS No. 123, the fair value of each 2004 stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: expected dividend yield of 0%, expected volatility of 18.6%, risk-free interest rate of 4.5%, and an expected life of 10 years. There were no stock option grants during 2005 and 2003.

(o) Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the prior period consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2005 successor presentation.

(p) New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004) Share-Based Payment (SFAS No. 123R). SFAS No. 123R addresses the accounting for transactions in which an enterprise exchanges its equity instruments for employee services. It also addresses transactions in which an enterprise incurs liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of those equity instruments in exchange for employee services. For public entities, the cost of employee services received in exchange for equity instruments, including employee stock options, is to be measured on the grant-date fair value of those instruments. The cost will be recognized as compensation expense over the service period, which would normally be the

 

F-23


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

vesting period. SFAS No. 123R was to be effective as of the first interim or annual reporting period that began after June 15, 2005. On April 14, 2005, the compliance date was changed by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) such that SFAS No. 123R is effective at the start of the next fiscal period beginning after June 15, 2005, which is January 1, 2006 for the Company. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 123R on January 1, 2006 and does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections . SFAS No. 154 replaces APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes and SFAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements . SFAS No. 154 requires that a voluntary change in an accounting principle be applied retrospectively with all prior period financial statements presented using the new accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 also requires that a change in method of depreciating or amortizing a long-lived non-financial asset be accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate, and correction of errors in previously issued financial statements should be termed a restatement. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The implementation of SFAS No. 154 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations , which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations . FIN No. 47 clarifies terminology within SFAS No. 143 and requires an entity to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. A conditional asset retirement is a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. FIN No. 47 became effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005 and the Company adopted this interpretation for the nine month period ended April 2, 2006. Adopting FIN No. 47 did not have a material impact in the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

(2) Acquisitions

(a) Midland Communications—2003

During December 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with Midland Communications to acquire a printing facility. The purchase price was $2,471. The Company has accounted for the acquisition using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the cost has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The purchase price allocation for the Midland Communications acquisition is as follows:

 

Cash

   $ 2,471

Legal and professional fees and other costs

     132
      

Total purchase price

   $ 2,603
      

Tangible net assets acquired

   $ 1,266

Customer relationship intangible assets

     1,337
      

Total purchase price allocation

   $ 2,603
      

The customer relationship intangible assets acquired were being amortized through June 5, 2005 (predecessor) over 10 years. The operating results of the printing facility are included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

(b) Lee Exchange—2004

On February 3, 2004, the Company acquired the daily newspapers in Corning, New York and Freeport, Illinois from Lee Enterprises, Inc. in exchange for the Company’s daily newspapers in Elko, Nevada and Burley, Idaho, as well as its weeklies in Haily, Idaho and Jerome, Idaho (the Lee Exchange). In conjunction with the Lee Exchange, the Company received cash proceeds of $1,994. The fair value of the newspaper businesses acquired in the Lee Exchange, collectively resulted in a pre-tax gain of $7,716, or a gain of $4,625, net of the tax effect of $3,091. The Company has accounted for the acquired newspaper businesses using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the fair value of the newspaper businesses acquired was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values. Advertiser and subscriber relationships were being amortized through June 5, 2005 (predecessor) over remaining useful lives of 30 and 20 years, respectively. Mastheads were not amortized because their useful lives were determined to be indefinite.

The operating results of the acquired newspaper businesses from the Lee Exchange have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the exchange date. The operating results of the newspaper businesses disposed of in the Lee Exchange have been accounted for as a discontinued operation and, accordingly, such amounts have been reclassified to reflect the disposition as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. Income from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 includes operating income of $1 and a gain on the exchange of $4,625, net of tax. Income from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2003 relates solely to the operating results of the disposed-of newspaper businesses.

A computation of the gain on the exchange is as follows:

 

Fair value of newspaper businesses acquired

   $ 24,579  

Cash consideration received from Lee

     1,994  
        
     26,573  

Net book value of newspaper businesses disposed

     (18,119 )

Other liabilities

     (270 )

Legal and professional fees

     (468 )
        

Gain on exchange before income taxes

     7,716  

Income tax expense

     3,091  
        

Gain on exchange, net of income taxes

   $ 4,625  
        

The fair value allocation for the newspaper businesses acquired in 2004 is as follows:

 

Fair value of newspaper businesses acquired

   $ 24,579  
        

Current assets

   $ 869  

Property, plant, and equipment

     3,300  

Advertiser relationships

     7,947  

Subscriber relationships

     2,588  

Mastheads

     3,004  

Goodwill

     7,791  

Current liabilities

     (920 )
        
   $ 24,579  
        

 

F-25


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

(c) Fortress Acquisition—2005

On May 9, 2005, an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC (Parent), FIF III Liberty Acquisitions, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (Merger Subsidiary) and the Company entered into an agreement that provided for the merger of Merger Subsidiary with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the Merger). The Merger was completed on June 6, 2005. The total value of the transaction was approximately $527,000.

In connection with the Merger, the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the its common stock, par value $0.01, were converted into the right to receive $10.00 per share in cash (Conversion Amount), or $21,588 in the aggregate. Additionally, each share of Series B-1 Senior Preferred stock issued and outstanding at the time of the Merger was converted, without interest, into $1,000 per share, or $115,821 in the aggregate, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends of $3,182. Each share of Series B Junior Preferred Stock issued and outstanding at the time of the Merger was converted, without interest, into $115.56 per share, or $15,317 in aggregate, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends of $0. Parent and certain management investors contributed approximately $221,975 in cash to the Company, which in turn held all the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company after the completion of the Merger. The Company amended its New Credit Facility to allow for a change in control and borrowed $33,500 on the revolving credit facility in connection with the Merger. The predecessor Company incurred approximately $7,703 in transaction costs associated with the Merger.

Each outstanding option under the Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan was cancelled for cash consideration per share equal to the difference between the conversion amount of $10.00 per share and the respective exercise price of the option, or $93 in the aggregate. Additionally, all shares of the Company’s treasury stock outstanding were cancelled in conjunction with the Merger.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations information for 2004 and 2005, set forth below, presents the results of operations as if the Merger had occurred at the beginning of each year and is not necessarily indicative of future results or actual results that would have been achieved had the Merger occurred as of the beginning of such year. Other acquisitions described in (a) and (b), above, and (d), below, are excluded.

 

         2004             2005      
     (unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 200,084     $ 205,001  

Loss from continuing operations

     (40,844 )     (28,242 )

Net loss

     (36,218 )     (28,242 )

Loss from continuing operations per common share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (180.41 )   $ (124.75 )

Loss per common share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (159.98 )   $ (124.75 )

 

F-26


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

The aggregate purchase price paid in the Merger transaction of $526,841 consisted of the following:

 

Payment of common stock

   $ 21,588

Assumption of Term Loan B

     276,500

Assumption of preferred stock

     134,321

Assumption of senior debentures

     90,329

Payment of fees and expenses

     1,759

Payment of working capital settlement

     2,344
      
   $ 526,841
      

The Merger was recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations . The Company continues to refine the fair value estimates in accordance with SFAS No. 141. As additional information becomes available and as actual values vary from these estimates, the underlying assets may need to be adjusted, thereby impacting intangible asset estimates, as well as goodwill. The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date:

 

Current assets

   $ 249,309

Other assets

     364

Property, plant and equipment

     58,022

Advertising relationships

     125,356

Customer relationships

     2,308

Subscriber relationships

     29,047

Mastheads

     58,402

Goodwill

     316,412
      

Total assets

     839,220

Current liabilities

     28,282

New Term Loan B

     276,500

Senior debentures

     90,329

Senior preferred stock

     119,003

Junior preferred stock

     15,318

Other long-term liabilities

     488

Deferred income taxes

     87,325
      

Total liabilities

     617,245
      

Net assets acquired

   $ 221,975
      

 

F-27


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

(d) Other Acquisitions—2005

During the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005, the Company acquired 18 publications in 5 separate transactions for an aggregate purchase price of $15,381. The purchase price allocation for these acquisitions is as follows:

 

Net tangible assets acquired

   $ 307

Property, plant, and equipment

     3,265

Non compete assets

     221

Advertising relationships

     4,035

Subscriber relationships

     899

Mastheads

     1,947

Goodwill

     4,707
      

Purchase price

   $ 15,381
      

The Company continues to refine the fair value estimates in accordance with SFAS No. 141. As additional information becomes available and as actual values vary from these estimates, the underlying assets may need to be adjusted, thereby impacting intangible asset estimates, as well as goodwill.

(3) Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2004     2005  
     (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Land

   $ 7,797     $ 9,140  

Building and improvements

     25,700       28,590  

Machinery and equipment

     34,046       23,213  

Furniture, fixtures, and computer software

     4,105       1,952  
                
     71,648       62,895  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (26,715 )     (2,878 )
                

Total

   $ 44,933     $ 60,017  
                

 

F-28


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

(4) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31, 2004 (Predecessor)
     Gross carrying
amount
   Accumulated
amortization
   Net carrying
amount

Amortized intangible assets:

        

Noncompete agreements

   $ 17,440    $ 16,996    $ 444

Advertiser relationships

     196,234      33,462      162,772

Customer relationships

     1,337      134      1,203

Subscriber relationships

     52,443      12,051      40,392
                    

Total

   $ 267,454    $ 62,643    $ 204,811
                    

Nonamortized intangible assets:

        

Goodwill

   $ 183,438      

Mastheads

     18,814      
            

Total

   $ 202,252      
            

 

     As of December 31, 2005 (Successor)
     Gross carrying
amount
  

Accumulated

amortization

   Net carrying
amount

Amortized intangible assets:

        

Noncompete agreements

   $ 221    $ 16    $ 205

Advertiser relationships

     129,391      4,105      125,286

Customer relationships

     2,308      90      2,218

Subscriber relationships

     29,945      900      29,045
                    

Total

   $ 161,865    $ 5,111    $ 156,754
                    

Nonamortized intangible assets:

        

Goodwill

   $ 316,691      

Mastheads

     60,350      
            

Total

   $ 377,041      
            

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005, and the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005 was $8,772, $8,636, $3,626 and $5,111, respectively. Estimated future amortization expense as of December 31, 2005, is as follows:

 

For the year ending December 31:

  

2006

   $ 8,963

2007

     8,963

2008

     8,963

2009

     8,963

2010

     8,946

Thereafter

     111,956
      

Total

   $ 156,754
      

 

F-29


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005, and the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 

As of January 1, 2003 (Predecessor)

   $ 185,447  

Goodwill from acquisitions

     20  
        

Balance as of December 31, 2003 (Predecessor)

     185,467  

Goodwill from acquisitions

     8,106  

Goodwill impairment

     (526 )

Goodwill disposed of in Lee Exchange

     (9,373 )

Other

     (236 )
        

Balance as of December 31, 2004 (Predecessor)

     183,438  

Goodwill from acquisitions

     23  
        

Balance at June 5, 2005 (Predecessor)

     183,461  

Goodwill adjustment from Merger

     132,951  

Goodwill from acquisitions

     4,707  

Adjustment related to income tax valuation allowance

     (4,428 )
        

Balance at December 31, 2005 (Successor)

   $ 316,691  
        

As of December 31, 2005, goodwill in the amount of $151,017 is deductible for income tax purposes.

The Company’s 2004 annual impairment test was conducted as of December 31, 2004 (see note 1(f)). As a result of this test, the Company determined that the fair values of two properties were less than the net book values of such properties on December 31, 2004 and a goodwill impairment loss of $526 was recorded in 2004. In addition, impairment losses of $200 and $774 related to net property, plant, and equipment and net intangible assets, respectively, were recorded in 2004. There were no impairments in 2003 or 2005.

(5) Accounts Receivable

Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is summarized as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,    

Period from

January 1,

2005 to

June 5,

2005

   

Period from

June 6,

2005 to

December 31,

2005

 
     2003     2004      
     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Beginning balance

   $ 1,340     $ 1,600     $ 1,547     $ 1,437  

Balance acquired from acquisitions

     238       80       —         17  

Balance relieved from divestitures

     —         (33 )     —         —    

Bad debt expense

     1,295       919       411       1,232  

Write-offs

     (1,273 )     (1,019 )     (521 )     (1,177 )
                                

Ending Balance

   $ 1,600     $ 1,547     $ 1,437     $ 1,509  
                                

 

F-30


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

(6) Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,
     2004    2005
     (Predecessor)    (Successor)

Accrued payroll

   $ 2,541    $ 2,820

Accrued vacation

     98      88

Accrued bonus

     1,335      1,069

Accrued interest

     8,140      1,333

Accrued other

     3,664      5,195
             
   $ 15,778    $ 10,505
             

(7) Lease Commitments

The future minimum lease payments related to the Company’s noncancelable operating lease commitments as of December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 

For the year ending December 31:

  

2006

   $ 878

2007

     690

2008

     607

2009

     496

2010

     391
      

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 3,062
      

Rental expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005, and the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005 was $746, $766, $365, and $439, respectively.

(8) Senior Subordinated Notes, Senior Discount Debentures, and Senior Debentures

The Senior Subordinated Notes, Senior Discount Debentures, and Senior Debentures consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,
     2004    2005
     (Predecessor)    (Successor)

Operating Company:

     

9  3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due February 1, 2008

   $ 180,000    $ —  

LGP:

     

11  5 / 8 % Senior Discount Debentures, $89,000 redemption value due February 1, 2009

     89,000      —  

11  5 / 8 % Senior Debentures due February 1, 2009

     12,782      —  
             

Total Senior Subordinated Notes, Senior Discount Debentures, and Senior Debentures

     281,782      —  

Less current installments

     —        —  
             

Total Senior Subordinated Notes, Senior Discount Debentures, and Senior Debentures excluding current installments

   $ 281,782    $ —  
             

 

F-31


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

The acquisition of 166 newspapers in January 1998 was financed in part by: (i) $180,000 from the issuance and sale by the Operating Company of $180,000 aggregate principal amount of 9  3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes (the Notes) due February 1, 2008 and (ii) $50,521 from the issuance and sale by GateHouse of $89,000 aggregate principal amount of 11  5 / 8 % Senior Discount Debentures (the Senior Discount Debentures) due February 1, 2009.

The Notes were general unsecured obligations of the Operating Company, and were irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally guaranteed by each of the Operating Company’s existing and future subsidiaries. As of February 1, 2003, the Notes were redeemable for cash at the option of the Operating Company at stipulated redemption amounts. In the event of a change in control (as defined in the Notes) of the Operating Company or the Company, the Company was required to offer to repurchase the Notes at 101% of their principal amount.

The Senior Discount Debentures issued by GateHouse were general unsecured obligations. The Senior Discount Debentures accreted to a full principal amount of $89,000 as of February 1, 2003. Thereafter, cash interest on the Senior Discount Debentures accrued and was payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1 of each year. As of February 1, 2003, the Senor Discount Debentures were redeemable for cash at the option of GateHouse at stipulated redemption amounts. In the event of a change in control of GateHouse, and subject to certain conditions, the holders of the Senior Discount Debentures had the right to require GateHouse to repurchase all of the Senior Discount Debentures at a price of 101% of the principal amount at maturity thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date.

On December 17, 2001, Green Equity Investors II, L.P (GEI II) and Green Equity Investors III, L.P. (GEI III) purchased Senior Discount Debentures with a face value of $11,819 and $57,381, respectively, on the open market at a substantial discount. GEI II and GEI III are affiliates of Leonard Green & Partners. At December 31, 2004, Leonard Green & Partners owned 1,946,605 and 13,153 shares of GateHouse’s common stock and Junior Preferred Stock, respectively. Leonard Green & Partners affiliates also owned a substantial portion of GateHouse’s Senior Preferred Stock. The purchase of Senior Discount Debentures by GEI II and GEI III resulted in a cancellation and reissuance of indebtedness for Federal income tax purposes.

On July 25, 2003, the Operating Company and GateHouse entered into an amendment to the Amended Credit Facility (see note 9). The amendment permitted GateHouse to issue debt in lieu of paying cash for the interest due on the Senior Discount Debentures, and to issue debt in lieu of paying cash interest due on the additional debt that was issued in lieu of paying cash interest on the Senior Discount Debentures.

On July 30, 2003, GateHouse entered into an agreement, effective August 1, 2003, with GEI II and GEI III, whereby GateHouse may, at its option, issue 11  5 / 8 % senior debentures (the Senior Debentures) to GEI II and GEI III on each interest payment date of the Senior Discount Debentures, in lieu of paying cash interest on the Senior Discount Debentures that were owned by GEI II and GEI III, with an aggregate initial principal amount equal to the amount of cash interest otherwise payable on such interest payment date under the terms of the Senior Discount Debentures. In addition, GateHouse may, at its option, issue additional Senior Debentures to GEI II and GEI III on each interest payment date of the Senior Debentures, in lieu of paying cash interest on the Senior Debentures that are owned by GEI II and GEI III, with an aggregate initial principal amount equal to the amount of cash

 

F-32


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

interest otherwise payable on such interest payment date under the terms of the Senior Debentures. As a result of these agreements, interest due on the Senior Discount Debentures, including the additional Senior Debentures, had been reflected as a long-term liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

On August 1, 2003, GateHouse elected to issue Senior Debentures in lieu of paying cash interest on the Senior Discount Debentures that were owned by GEII II and GEI III. In conjunction with its election, LGP issued Senior Debentures to GEI II and GEI III in the amount of $687 and $3,335, respectively, which accrued interest at an annual rate of 11  5 / 8 % and would become payable on February 1, 2009.

On February 1, 2004, GateHouse issued Senior Debentures to GEI II and GEI III in the amount of $727 and $3,529, respectively, in lieu of paying cash interest on the Senior Discount Debentures and the Senior Debentures that were owned by GEI II and GEI III.

On August 1, 2004, GateHouse issued Senior Debentures to GEI II and GEI III in the amount of $769 and $3,734, respectively, in lieu of paying cash interest on the Senior Discount Debentures and the Senior Debentures that were owned by GEI II and GEI III.

On February 1, 2005, GateHouse issued Senior Debentures to GEI II and GEI III in the amount of $814 and $3,951, respectively, in lieu of paying cash interest on the Senior Discount Debentures and the Senior Debentures that were owned by GEI II and GEI III.

As described below, on February 28, 2005, Green Equity received $87,503 in aggregate principal amount of New Senior Debentures pursuant to the Securities Exchange Agreements (see note 11). The New Senior Debentures were general unsecured obligations of GateHouse, and were structurally subordinated in right of payment to indebtedness under the New Credit Facility. The New Senior Debentures were scheduled to mature in March 2013. Interest was scheduled to accrue from the date of issuance and is payable semi-annually on March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing September 1, 2005. In accordance with an agreement between Green Equity and GateHouse, GateHouse was permitted to issue additional New Senior Debentures in lieu of cash interest (in an aggregate initial principal amount equal to the amount of cash interest otherwise payable on such interest payment date).

The New Senior Debentures were subject to redemption, at the option of GateHouse, in whole or in part, at any time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the New Senior Debentures, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date. Upon a Change of Control, and subject to certain conditions, the holders of the New Senior Debentures had the right to require GateHouse to repurchase all of the New Senior Debentures at a price of 101% of the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date.

On February 28, 2005, upon consummation of the debenture exchange and the initial draw down under the New Credit Facility described below, GateHouse irrevocably called for redemption all of the outstanding Senior Discount Debentures in accordance with the Indenture for the Senior Discount Debentures (the SDD Indenture). Immediately following GateHouse’s call for redemption of the Senior Discount Debentures, GateHouse irrevocably deposited trust funds with U.S. Bank, the trustee, in an amount sufficient to pay the redemption price for the Senior Discount Debentures in full, thereby

 

F-33


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

satisfying and discharging the SDD Indenture. The redemption price consisted of 101.938% of the $19,800 aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to March 30, 2005 collectively, $20,561. Included in the $521 loss on extinguishment is $137 of deferred finance fees written off.

On February 28, 2005, upon consummation of the preferred stock exchange and satisfaction and discharge of the SDD Indenture, Operating Company irrevocably called for redemption all of the outstanding 9  3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with the Indenture for the Senior Subordinated Notes (the SSN Indenture).

On March 29, 2005, Operating Company borrowed $180,000 principal amount of the Term Loan B under the New Credit Facility. On March 30, 2005, Operating Company used such proceeds, together with cash on hand, to redeem in full all of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with the SSN Indenture. The redemption price consisted of 101.563% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to March 30, 2005 collectively, $185,579. Included in the $4,479 loss on extinguishment is $1,666 of deferred finance fees written off.

On June 7, 2005, the Company repaid in full all of its obligations under the New Senior Debentures. The Company used funds drawn of the New Credit Facility to make the requisite termination payment of $90,329.

(9) Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan B (Collectively, the Amended Credit Facility)

On April 18, 2000, the Operating Company entered into an agreement to amend and restate its $175,000 former revolving credit facility (Former Credit Facility). The amendment and restatement extended the maturity date of the revolving credit facility from January 2003 to March 2005, and included the issuance of a $100,000 Term Loan B. The Term Loan B was to mature in March 2007.

On May 10, 2001, the Operating Company entered into an amendment to its Former Credit Facility (Amended Credit Facility). The amendment decreased the aggregate commitment available under the revolving credit facility from $175,000 to $135,000 and amended the Cash Coverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio as defined within the Amended Credit Facility.

The Term Loan B and the revolving credit facility bore interest at the Operating Company’s option equal to the Base Rate (as defined in the Amended Credit Facility) or the adjusted LIBOR rate for a eurodollar loan (as defined in the Amended Credit Facility) plus a margin that varies based upon a ratio set forth in the Amended Credit Facility. There was an individual margin applicable to each of the Term Loan B and the revolving credit facility. The Operating Company pays a fee on the aggregate amount of outstanding letters of credit. The Operating Company also paid a fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. No principal payments were due on the revolving credit facility until the maturity date. At December 31, 2004, no borrowings were outstanding under the revolving credit facility and $60,057 was outstanding under the Term Loan B. The average interest rate on borrowings outstanding under the Amended Credit Facility as of December 31, 2004 was 5.9%.

On February 28, 2005, Operating Company repaid in full, and terminated all of its obligations under, the Amended Credit Facility, dated as of April 18, 2000, as amended. GateHouse and its other subsidiaries also terminated all of their respective security and guaranty obligations thereunder on

 

F-34


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

February 28, 2005. Operating Company used funds drawn from the New Credit Facility (see below) to make the requisite termination payment of $66,339. Included in loss on extinguishment of debt is $448 of deferred finance fees written off related to termination of the Amended Credit facility.

On February 28, 2005, Operating Company entered into a Credit Agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (Wells Fargo), with U.S. Bank National Association (US Bank) as syndication agent, CIT Lending Services Corporation as documentation agent and Wells Fargo as administrative agent (the New Credit Facility). The New Credit Facility provides for a $280,000 principal amount New Term Loan B that matures in February 2012 and a revolving credit facility with a $50,000 aggregate commitment amount available, including a $10,000 sub-facility for letters of credit, that matures in February 2011. The New Credit Facility is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of Operating Company, GateHouse, and GateHouse’s other present and future direct and indirect subsidiaries. Additionally, the loans under the New Credit Facility are guaranteed, subject to specified limitations, by GateHouse and all of the future direct and indirect subsidiaries of Operating Company and GateHouse.

The New Term Loan B and the revolving credit facility bear interest at different rates, at Operating Company’s option, equal to the Alternate Base Rate for an ABR loan (as defined therein) or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for a Eurodollar loan (as defined therein) plus the respective applicable margin. The applicable margin is based on: (1) whether the loan is an ABR loan or Eurodollar loan; and (2) the ratio of (a) indebtedness of Operating Company and its subsidiaries to (b) pro forma EBITDA for the 12-month period then ended. Operating Company also pays an annual fee equal to the applicable Eurodollar margin for the aggregate amount of outstanding letters of credit. Additionally, Operating Company pays a fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. No principal payments are due on the revolving credit facility until its maturity date. The New Term Loan B requires quarterly principal payments of $768, beginning on June 30, 2005, until December 31, 2011 and a final principal payment of $286,000 on February 28, 2012, subject to reduction by the amount of any prepayments. The New Credit Facility contains financial covenants that require Operating Company to satisfy specified quarterly financial tests, including a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. The New Credit Facility also contains affirmative and negative covenants, and events of default, customarily found in loan agreements for similar transactions. In conjunction with the New Credit Facility, the Company incurred costs of $2,345 which have been capitalized as deferred financing costs in the predecessor period and are being expensed over the stated duration of facility.

On February 28, 2005, Operating Company borrowed $4,000 principal amount of revolving credit loans and $100,000 principal amount of the New Term Loan B. The net proceeds were used in the manner described below, as well as to pay certain fees and expenses in connection with such transactions. On March 30, 2005, Operating Company borrowed the remaining $180,000 principal amount of the New Term Loan B, as described below.

In June 2006, the Company repaid the New Term Loan B and New Credit Facility in full (see note 18).

The Company uses certain derivative financial instruments to hedge the aggregate risk of interest rate fluctuations with respect to its long-term debt, which requires payments based on a variable interest rate index. These risks include: increases in debt rates above the earnings of the encumbered assets, increases in debt rates resulting in the failure of certain debt ratio covenants, increases in debt rates such that assets can no longer be refinanced, and earnings volatility.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

In order to reduce such risks, the Company primarily uses interest rate swap agreements to change a portion of floating-rate long term debt to fixed-rate long-term debt. This type of hedge is intended to qualify as a “cash-flow hedge” under SFAS No. 133. For these instruments, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in Other Comprehensive Income in the Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) and recognized in the Statement of Operations in the same period which the hedged transaction impacts earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative is immediately recognized in earnings.

On June 23, 2005, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement based on a notional amount of $300 million. Commencing on the first day of each month beginning August 1, 2005, up to and including June 1, 2012, with a short final payment on June 15, 2012, the Company will pay a fixed rate of 4.135% in exchange for receipt of the one month LIBOR rate, to be reset the first day of each calculation period.

At December 31, 2005, the hedge was deemed ineffective, and accordingly, the fair value of the derivative was recognized through current earnings. As of December 31, 2005, the total change in the fair value of the derivative recognized in current period earnings was a gain of $10,807.

In 2005, the Company entered into the following agreements under its New Credit Facility:

(Predecessor)

 

  Ÿ   On May 27, 2005 and in connection with the Merger, the Company amended its New Credit Facility to allow for (i) payments to its holders of Senior Discount Notes, Senior Debentures, Senior Preferred Stock, and Junior Preferred Stock, (ii) a change in control, and (iii) execution of the Merger agreement.

(Successor)

 

  Ÿ   On December 9, 2005, the Company amended its New Credit Facility to provide the Company access to additional term loans of up to $50 million (Second Amendment).

 

  Ÿ   On December 12, 2005, the Company amended its New Credit Facility (Third Amendment), which recognized the issuance of $30 million in additional term loans to the Company as provided for under the Second Amendment.

(10) Long-term Liabilities

Long-term liabilities represent principal amounts due under the Company’s New Credit Facility and non-interest bearing noncompete agreements through 2010.

The aggregate amount of payments related to long-term liabilities at December 31, 2005 is as follows:

 

2006

   $ 3,295

2007

     3,295

2008

     3,222

2009

     3,183

2010

     3,090

Thereafter

     297,570
      
   $ 313,655
      

 

F-36


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

(11) Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2005, GateHouse had the authority to issue up to 23,905,000 shares of capital stock, of which 21,250,000 shares are designated as preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 2,655,000 shares are designated as common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

On February 28, 2005, GateHouse entered into Securities Exchange Agreements with each of GEI II and GEI III (together, Green Equity). In connection with the Securities Exchange Agreements, the parties exchanged the following securities on February 28, 2005:

Debenture Exchange.     Green Equity exchanged (1) (a) $69,200 in aggregate principal amount of GateHouse’s 11  5 / 8 % Senior Discount Debentures due 2009, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to February 27, 2005 of $603, and (ii) $17,547 in aggregate principal amount of GateHouse’s 11  5 / 8 % Senior Debentures due 2009, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to February 27, 2005 of $153, for (2) $87,503 in aggregate principal amount of GateHouse’s Senior Debentures due 2013 (the New Senior Debentures). The terms of the New Senior Debentures are described below.

Preferred Stock Exchange.     Green Equity exchanged (1) 4,521,022 shares of GateHouse’s Series A 14  3 / 4 % Senior Redeemable Exchangeable Cumulative Preferred Stock, liquidation value $25 per share (the Series A Senior Preferred Stock), plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to February 27, 2005 of $1,250, for (2) an aggregate of 114,277 shares of GateHouse’s Series B-1 14  3 / 4 % Senior Redeemable Cumulative Preferred Stock, with an initial liquidation value of $1,000 per share (the Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock). The terms of the Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock are described below.

On February 28, 2005, upon consummation of the preferred stock exchange and satisfaction and discharge of the SDD Indenture, GateHouse irrevocably called for redemption all of the outstanding shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock in accordance with the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Senior Preferred Stock. The initial draw down under the New Credit Facility included an amount sufficient to pay the redemption price for the Series A Senior Preferred Stock.

On March 15, 2005, GateHouse redeemed in full all of the outstanding shares of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock in accordance with the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Senior Preferred Stock. The redemption price consisted of 100% of the liquidation preference per share, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends per share to March 15, 2005, collectively, of $11,361.

On February 25, 2005, in connection with the New Credit Facility and related transactions, the Board of Directors of GateHouse (the Board) approved, and the requisite stockholders consented to, the third amendment to GateHouse’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the Third Amendment). On February 25, 2005, the Third Amendment was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Third Amendment (i) amended the Certificate of Designations of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock to permit the Preferred Exchange, (ii) decreased the number of authorized shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock from 21,000,000 shares to 20,500,000 shares, and (iii) amended the Certificate of Designations of the Series B 10% Junior Redeemable Cumulative Preferred Stock to duplicate, as applicable, the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designations of the Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock.

On February 25, 2005, in connection with the New Credit Facility and related transactions, the Board authorized, and the requisite stockholders consented to, creating a new series of preferred stock, the Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

The Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock was required to be redeemed by GateHouse in February 2013. The shares of Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock were also subject to redemption, at the option of GateHouse, in whole or in part, at any time at a price equal to 100% of the liquidation preference, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to the redemption date. Upon a Change of Control (as defined therein), and subject to certain conditions, GateHouse must make an offer to repurchase all of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock at a price of 100% of the liquidation preference, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon to the repurchase date.

On May 15, 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity . SFAS No. 150 requires issuers to classify as liabilities (or assets in some circumstance) three classes of freestanding financial instruments that embody obligations for the issuer. For public companies, SFAS No. 150 was effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 150 on July 1, 2003 as a public company. Accordingly, the Company’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock has been classified as a liability on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2004. Dividends on the Company’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock for the six months ended December 31, 2003 in the amount of $13,206, for the year ended December 31, 2004 in the amount of $29,019, and for the period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 in the amount of $13,484 have been included in the consolidated statements of operations as additional interest expense. Dividends on the Company’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock for the six months ended June 30, 2003 in the amount of $12,409 were reported as an adjustment to net loss to arrive at net loss available to common stockholders.

(12) Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) for the periods shown below consisted of:

 

     Current    Deferred     Total  

Year ended December 31, 2003 (Predecessor):

       

U.S. Federal

   $ —      $ (4,027 )   $ (4,027 )

State and local

     491      (1,155 )     (664 )
                       
   $ 491    $ (5,182 )   $ (4,691 )
                       

Year ended December 31, 2004 (Predecessor):

       

U.S. Federal

   $ 100    $ 331     $ 431  

State and local

     671      126       797  
                       
   $ 771    $ 457     $ 1,228  
                       

Period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005 (Predecessor):

       

U.S. Federal

   $ —      $ (2,720 )   $ (2,720 )

State and local

     493      (800 )     (307 )
                       
   $ 493    $ (3,520 )   $ (3,027 )
                       

Period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005 (Successor):

       

U.S. Federal

   $ —      $ 5,331     $ 5,331  

State and local

     151      1,568       1,719  
                       
   $ 151    $ 6,899     $ 7,050  
                       

 

F-38


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

Income tax expense (benefit) differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes as a result of the following:

 

    

Year ended

December 31,

   

Period from

January 1,

2005

to June 5,

2005

   

Period from

June 6, 2005

to

December 31,

2005

 
     2003     2004      
     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Computed “expected” tax expense (benefit)

   $ (6,576 )   $ (10,024 )   $ (9,472 )   $ 5,649  

Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:

        

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (442 )     526       (203 )     1,134  

Nondeductible meals and entertainment

     26       28       12       17  

Nondeductible interest

     5,801       10,658       4,726       —    

Nondeductible Merger costs

     —         —         1,958       —    

Nondeductible stock offering costs

     713       —         —         —    

Other

     234       40       (48 )     (30 )

Change in valuation allowance

     (4,447 )     —         —         280  
                                
   $ (4,691 )   $ 1,228     $ (3,027 )   $ 7,050  
                                

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2005 are presented below:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2004     2005  
     (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accounts receivables, principally due to allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 619     $ 508  

Income tax credit carryforwards

     100       —    

Accrued expenses

     10,583       1,614  

Net operating losses

     18,538       47,043  
                

Gross deferred tax assets

     29,840       49,165  

Less valuation allowance

     (250 )     (32,430 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

     29,590       16,735  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Deferred gain from securities transactions

     —         3,643  

Long-lived and intangible assets, principally due to differences in depreciation and amortization

     53,842       83,014  
                

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     53,842       86,657  
                

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 24,252     $ 69,922  
                

 

F-39


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. In assessing the realizability of the Company’s deferred tax assets, which are principally net operating loss carryforwards, management considers the reversal of deferred tax liabilities which are scheduled to reverse during the carryforward period and tax planning strategies. As of December 31, 2004 and 2005, valuation allowance of $250 and $32,430, respectively, have been provided by the Company relative to deferred tax assets that may not be ultimately realized. The valuation allowance was unchanged in 2004 and increased by $32,180 in 2005, which was primarily reflected in purchase accounting.

At December 31, 2005, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for Federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $117,600, which are available to offset future taxable income, if any. These Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire on various dates from 2018 through 2025. A portion of these net operating losses are subject to the limitations of Internal Revenue Code Section 382. This section provides limitations on the availability of net operating losses to offset current taxable income if significant ownership changes have occurred for Federal tax purposes.

(13) Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (EPS):

 

    Year Ended December 31,    

Period from

January 1,

2005

to June 5,

2005

   

Period from

June 6, 2005

to

December 31,

2005

    2003     2004      
    (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)

Numerator for earnings per share calculation:

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ (14,650 )   $ (30,711 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565

Dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

    (12,409 )     —         —         —  
                             

Income (loss) from continuing operations available to common stockholders

  $ (27,059 )   $ (30,711 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565
                             

Net income (loss)

  $ (14,164 )   $ (26,085 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565

Dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

    (12,409 )     —         —         —  
                             

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ (26,573 )   $ (26,085 )   $ (24,831 )   $ 9,565
                             

Denominator for earnings per share calculation:

       

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

    2,158,833       2,158,833       2,158,833       226,400

Income (loss) per share—basic and diluted:

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ (12.53 )   $ (14.23 )   $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

  $ 0.23     $ 2.14     $ —       $ —  

Net income (loss)

  $ (12.31 )   $ (12.08 )   $ (11.50 )   $ 42.25

 

F-40


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

(14) Employee Benefit Plans

The Company maintains certain benefit plans for its employees.

The Company maintains a defined contribution plan designed to conform to IRS rules for 401(k) plans for all of its employees satisfying minimum service requirements as set forth under the plan. The plan allows for a matching contribution at the discretion of the Company. The Company did not provide a matching contribution during 2003, 2004, or 2005.

The Company maintains three nonqualified deferred compensation plans, as described below, for certain of its employees.

The Company maintains the Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Publishers’ Deferred Compensation Plan (Publishers Plan), a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain designated publishers of the Company’s newspapers. Under the Publishers Plan, the Company credits an amount to a bookkeeping account established for each participating publisher pursuant to a pre-determined formula, which is based upon the gross operating profits of each such publisher’s newspaper. The bookkeeping account is credited with earnings and losses based upon the investment choices selected by the participant. The amounts credited to the bookkeeping account on behalf of each participating publisher vest on an installment basis over a period of 15 years. A participating publisher forfeits all amounts under the Publishers Plan in the event that the publisher’s employment with the Company is terminated for “cause” as defined in the Publishers Plan. Amounts credited to a participating publisher’s bookkeeping account are distributable upon termination of the publisher’s employment with the Company and will be made in a lump sum or installments as elected by the publisher. The Company recorded $159, $193, $98, and $70 of compensation expense related to the Publishers Plan for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005, and the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005, respectively.

The Company maintains the Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Benefit Plan (Executive Benefit Plan), a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain key employees of the Company. Under the Executive Benefit Plan, the Company credits an amount, determined at the Company’s sole discretion, to a bookkeeping account established for each participating key employee. The bookkeeping account is credited with earnings and losses based upon the investment choices selected by the participant. The amounts credited to the bookkeeping account on behalf of each participating key employee vest on an installment basis over a period of 5 years. A participating key employee forfeits all amounts under the Executive Benefit Plan in the event that the key employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for “cause” as defined in the Executive Benefit Plan. Amounts credited to a participating key employee’s bookkeeping account are distributable upon termination of the key employee’s employment with the Company, and will be made in a lump sum or installments as elected by the key employee. The Company recorded $77, $61, $29, and $21 of compensation expense related to the Executive Benefit Plan for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, period from January 1, 2005 to June 5, 2005, and the period from June 6, 2005 to December 31, 2005, respectively.

The Company maintains the Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Deferral Plan (Executive Deferral Plan), a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain key employees of the Company. Under the Executive Deferral Plan, eligible key employees may elect to defer a portion of their compensation for payment at a later date. Currently, the Executive Deferral Plan allows a

 

F-41


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

participating key employee to defer up to 100% of his or her annual compensation until termination of employment or such earlier period as elected by the participating key employee. Amounts deferred are credited to a bookkeeping account established by the Company for this purpose. The bookkeeping account is credited with earnings and losses based upon the investment choices selected by the participant. Amounts deferred under the Executive Deferral Plan are fully vested and nonforfeitable. The amounts in the bookkeeping account are payable to the key employee at the time and in the manner elected by the key employee.

(15) Stock Option Plan

In February 1999, the Company adopted its 1999 Stock Option Plan (the Option Plan) under which certain employees may be granted the right to purchase shares of common stock. Pursuant to the Option Plan, GateHouse has granted incentive stock options and two types of nonqualified stock options, one type for publishers and the other type for corporate employees. Stock options may be exercised only to the extent they have vested in accordance with the provisions described in the individual option award agreements. Generally, options vest under the incentive stock option awards on the first anniversary of the grant date. Generally, under the nonqualified stock option awards for publishers, options vest with respect to 50% of the shares on the third anniversary of the grant date and with respect to the remaining 50% on the eighth anniversary of the grant date. However, the vesting period for the remaining 50% may be accelerated if certain financial targets are met. Generally, options vest under the nonqualified stock option awards for corporate employees on the third anniversary of the grant date. In conjunction with the Merger, each outstanding option under the Option Plan was cancelled for cash consideration per share equal to the difference between the conversion amount of $10.00 per share or an aggregate amount of $93 and the Option Plan was terminated. In June 2006, the stock option plan was terminated.

Stock option activity for the periods indicated is as follows:

 

     Shares     Weighted-
average
exercise price

Outstanding on December 31, 2002 (Predecessor)

   25,700     $ 5.75

Canceled

   (2,275 )     6.26
        

Outstanding on December 31, 2003 (Predecessor)

   23,425       5.49

Granted

   3,500       10.00

Canceled

   (2,250 )     6.56
        

Outstanding on December 31, 2004 (Predecessor)

   24,675       6.03

Canceled as of June 5, 2005

   (24,675 )     6.03
        

Outstanding at December 31, 2005 (Successor)

   —         —  
        

(16) Commitments and Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is a party to various administrative and legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, the ultimate outcome of these matters are not expected to have a material impact on the liquidity, results of operations, or financial condition of the Company. Further, the Company does not believe that the amount of any additional liability that could be

 

F-42


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

reasonably possible with respect to such matters will have a material adverse effect on its financial results. The Company also evaluates other contingent matters, including tax contingencies, to assess the probability and estimated extent of potential loss. See note 12 for discussion related to income tax contingencies.

As of December 31, 2005, the Company has outstanding letters of credit amounting to $3,050, which reduce the amount of available borrowing capacity under the New Credit Facility.

(17) Related-party Transactions

The Company paid $1,480, $1,480 and $768 in management fees to Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. in 2003, 2004, and the period from January 1, 2005 through June 5, 2005, respectively. These costs have been included within selling, general, and administrative expenses on the accompanying statements of operations. In conjunction with the Merger, the Company paid $2,850 to a third party to cancel a hedging agreement entered into by the Parent on the Company’s behalf, which has been reported as a transaction cost in the successor period. At December 31, 2005, the Company owed Parent $529 for consulting expenses that Parent had paid on the Company’s behalf.

(18) Subsequent Events

On June 6, 2006, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets, and assumed certain liabilities of CP Media for $230,000 and acquired all of the equity interests of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC for $180,000 (collectively, the “2006 Acquisitions”). In conjunction with the 2006 Acquisitions, the Company entered into the following new financial arrangements (2006 Refinancing) with a syndicate of financial institutions with Wachovia Bank National Association as Administrative Agent.

 

  Ÿ   a $610,000 first lien credit facility, consisting of a $570,000 term loan facility which matures in December 2013 and bears interest equal to LIBOR plus 225 basis points and a $40,000 revolving credit facility which matures in June 2013 and bears interest, at the Company’s option, equal to LIBOR plus an applicable margin or the Alternate Base Rate, as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is determined quarterly based on the Company’s Total Leverage Ratio, as defined in the agreement, and ranges from 50 to 200 basis points; and,

 

  Ÿ   a $152,000 second lien credit facility which matures in June 2014, subject to earlier maturity upon the occurrence of certain events as defined in the agreement. This second lien term loan bears interest equal to LIBOR plus 150 basis points.

The proceeds from the above arrangements were used to finance the Company’s 2006 Acquisitions and repay the Company’s New Term Loan B and New Credit Facility plus all accrued interest.

In anticipation of the 2006 Refinancing, on May 10, 2006, the Company entered into an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $270,000 maturing July 2011. Under the swap agreement, the Company receives interest equivalent to one-month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of interest of 5.359% with settlements occurring monthly. The Company has designated the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge under SFAS No. 133.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

March 31, 2006

(In thousands, except share data)

 

Assets   

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 992  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,629

     22,261  

Inventory

     3,673  

Prepaid expenses

     1,310  

Deferred income taxes

     2,121  

Other current assets

     383  
        

Total current assets

     30,740  

Property, plant, and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $4,152

     58,450  

Goodwill

     316,717  

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $7,352

     214,704  

Deferred financing costs, net

     723  

Other assets

     17,602  
        

Total assets

   $ 638,936  
        
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity   

Current liabilities:

  

Current portion of Term Loan B

   $ 3,071  

Current portion of long-term liabilities

     224  

Accounts payable

     1,405  

Accrued expenses

     8,424  

Deferred revenue

     9,145  
        

Total current liabilities

     22,269  

Long-term liabilities:

  

Borrowings under revolving credit facility

     6,090  

Term Loan B, less current portion

     300,587  

Long-term liabilities, less current portion

     432  

Deferred income taxes

     74,044  
        

Total liabilities

     403,422  
        

Stockholders’ equity:

  

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 21,250,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

     —    

Common stock, $0.01 par value. 2,655,000 shares authorized, 229,850 shares issued and outstanding

     2  

Additional paid-in capital

     223,343  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     2,272  

Notes receivable

     (250 )

Retained earnings

     10,147  
        

Total stockholders’ equity

     235,514  
        

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 638,936  
        

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 and 2006

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     2005     2006  
     (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Revenues:

    

Advertising

   $ 34,846     $ 36,459  

Circulation

     8,233       8,495  

Commercial printing and other

     4,869       5,021  
                

Total revenues

     47,948       49,975  

Operating costs and expenses:

    

Operating costs

     24,336       25,789  

Selling, general and administrative

     13,706       16,476  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,468       3,599  

Loss on sale of assets

     —         (441 )
                

Income from operations

     6,438       3,670  

Interest expense—debt

     8,648       5,176  

Interest expense—dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     7,780       —    

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     546       31  

Unrealized gain on derivative instrument

     —         (2,605 )

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     5,525       —    
                

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes

     (16,061 )     1,068  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (3,098 )     486  
                

Net income (loss)

   $ (12,963 )   $ 582  
                

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share

   $ (6.00 )   $ 2.56  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     2,158,833       227,644  
                

See accompanying notes to unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 and 2006

(In thousands)

 

     2005     2006  
     (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (12,963 )   $ 582  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     3,468       3,599  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     546       31  

Unrealized gain on derivative instrument

     —         (2,605 )

Issuance of senior debentures in lieu of paying cash interest on senior discount debentures and senior debentures held by affiliates

     4,765       —    

Change in accrued interest on senior discount debentures and senior debentures held by affiliates

     (2,290 )     —    

Noncash compensation

     —         404  

Deferred taxes

     (3,259 )     487  

Loss on sale of assets

     —         441  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     5,525       —    

Interest expense—dividends on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     7,780       —    

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     598       326  

Inventory

     262       (252 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     95       65  

Accounts payable

     141       (211 )

Accrued expenses

     (8,988 )     (1,879 )

Other long-term liabilities

     (58 )     (73 )

Deferred revenue

     157       294  
                

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (4,221 )     1,209  
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property, plant, and equipment

     (544 )     (2,886 )

Proceeds from sale of publications and other assets

     —         2,859  

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (81 )     (75 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (625 )     (102 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Extinguishment of senior subordinated notes, net of fees

     (182,813 )     —    

Extinguishment of senior discount notes, held by third parties

     (20,184 )     —    

Extinguishment of senior preferred stock, held by third parties

     (11,361 )     —    

Repayments of Term Loan B

     (60,057 )     (768 )

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (2,302 )     —    

Net borrowings under new term loan

     280,000       —    

Net borrowings (repayments) under revolving credit facility

     4,000       (2,410 )
                

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     7,283       (3,178 )
                

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     2,437       (2,071 )

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of year

     3,276       3,063  
                

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

   $ 5,713     $ 992  
                

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income

Three Months Ended March 31, 2006

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Common stock  

Additional
paid-in

capital

   

Accumulated
other
comprehensive

income

 

Deferred

compensation

   

Notes

receivable

   

Retained

earnings

  Total
    Shares   Amount            

Balance at December 31, 2005

  226,400   $ 2   $ 226,398       —     $ (3,909 )   $ —       $ 9,565   $ 232,056

Reclassification of deferred compensation

  —       —       (3,909 )     —       3,909       —         —       —  

Restricted share grants

  3,200     —       604       —       —         —         —       604

Unrealized gain on derivative instrument

  —       —       —         2,272     —         —         —       2,272

Issuance of common stock

  250     —       250       —       —         (250 )     —       —  

Net income

  —       —       —         —       —         —         582     582
                                                   

Balance as of March 31, 2006

  229,850   $ 2   $ 223,343     $ 2,272   $ —       $ (250 )   $ 10,147   $ 235,514
                                                   

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands, except share data)

(1) Unaudited Financial Statements and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements of GateHouse Media, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in comprehensive annual financial statements presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) rules and regulations.

Management believes that the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments (which include normal recurring adjustments) that, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for the year ended December 31, 2005, included elsewhere herein.

On May 9, 2005, an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC (Parent), FIF III Liberty Acquisitions, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (Merger Subsidiary) and the Company entered into an agreement that provided for the merger of Merger Subsidiary with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the Merger). The Merger was completed on June 6, 2005. The total value of the transaction was approximately $527,000.

The Merger resulted in a new basis of accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141, Business Combinations . This change creates many differences between reporting for the Company pre-Merger, as predecessor, and the Company post-Merger, as successor. The accompanying consolidated financial statements and the notes to consolidated financial statements reflect separate reporting periods for the predecessor and successor company.

(2) Stock-based Employee Compensation

On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment . SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compenstation and Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees and requires that all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, be recognized in the consolidated financial statements over the service period (generally the vesting period) based on fair values measured on grant dates. The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method, therefore, prior results were not restated. Under the modified prospective method, share-based compensation is recognized for new awards, the modification, repurchase or cancellation of awards and the remaining portion of service under previously granted, unvested awards outstanding as of the date of adoption. Accordingly, the expense required under SFAS No. 123(R) has been recorded beginning January 1, 2006. In addition, the Company eliminated the December 31, 2005 balance of deferred compensation of $3,909 by reducing additional paid-in capital.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

The Company recognized total compensation cost for share-based payments of $404 for the three months ended March 31, 2006. There was no compensation cost recognized in the three month period ended March 31, 2005. The income tax benefit related to share-based payments recognized in the statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006 was $112. The total compensation cost not yet recognized related to non-vested awards as of March 31, 2006 was $7,664, which is expected to be recognized through March 2011.

(a) Stock Option Plan and Other Awards

In January 2006, a management investor purchased 250 shares of common stock at a discount pursuant to the investor’s management stockholder agreement. The purchase was determined to be compensatory and in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), the Company recognized $125 in employee compensation expense related to this purchase during the three months ended March 31, 2006.

In February 1999, the Company adopted the 1999 Stock Option Plan (the Option Plan) under which certain employees were granted the right to purchase shares of common stock. As of June 5, 2005, the Company cancelled the Option Plan. Therefore, no compensation expense was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2006 relating to stock options.

(b) Pre-Adoption Pro Forma Information

No awards were granted or vested during the three months ended March 31, 2005 and therefore, pro forma disclosures are not required.

(c) Restricted Stock Grants

The Company issued Restricted Share Grants (RSGs) to certain management investors pursuant to each investor’s management stockholder agreement (Plan) as follows: 4,425 shares were issued on June 6, 2005 and 3,200 were issued during the three months ended March 31, 2006. Each RSG is convertible into one share of common stock. Under the Plan, the RSGs vest by one-third (1/3) on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries from the grant date. In the event the management investor is terminated without cause, the RSGs immediately vest at the percentage that would have vested under the normal vesting period on the next succeeding anniversary date following such termination. In the event the management investor’s employment is terminated without cause within twelve months after a change in control, all unvested RSGs become immediately vested at the termination date. During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions, the management investor will have all of the rights of a stockholder, including without limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive all dividends or other distributions. As a result, the RSG’s are reflected as outstanding common stock. The value of the RSG’s on the date of issuance is recognized as employee compensation expense over the vesting period or through the grantee’s eligible retirement date, if shorter, with an increase to additional paid-in capital. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, the Company recognized $279 in employee compensation expense related to RSGs.

At March 31, 2006, there were 7,625 RSGs issued and outstanding with a weighted average grant date fair value of $1,210, none of which are vested.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

Restricted Stock Grant activity was as follows:

 

     Number
of units
   Weighted-average
grant date fair value

Unvested at December 31, 2005

   4,425    $ 1,000

Granted

   3,200      1,501

Vested

   —        —  

Forfeited

   —        —  
           

Unvested at March 31, 2006

   7,625    $ 1,210
           

SFAS 123(R) requires the recognition of stock-based compensation for the number of awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical forfeiture rates and approximated 6%. Estimated forfeitures will be reassessed in subsequent periods and the estimate may change based on new facts and circumstances. Prior to January 1, 2006, actual forfeitures were included in pro forma stock compensation disclosures as they occurred.

(3) Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the prior period (predecessor) consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2006 successor presentation.

(4) Fortress Acquisition—2005

On May 9, 2005, an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC (Parent), FIF III Liberty Acquisitions, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (Merger Subsidiary) and the Company entered into an agreement that provided for the merger of Merger Subsidiary with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the Merger). The Merger was completed on June 6, 2005. The total value of the transaction was approximately $527,000.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations information for 2005, set forth below, presents the results of operations as if the Merger had occurred on January 1, 2005 and is not necessarily indicative of future results or actual results that would have been achieved had the Merger occurred as of the beginning of such period. Pro forma results for 2005 include $             of early retirement, transaction and debt extinguishment costs related to the Merger. Other acquisitions described in (a) and (b), above, and (d), below, are excluded.

 

    

Three months ended

March 31, 2005

 
     (unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 47,948  

Net loss

     (10,041 )

Net loss per common share basic and diluted

   $ (44.35 )

 

F-50


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

(5) Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the period from January 1, 2006 to March 31, 2006 is as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2005

   $ 316,691

Other

     26
      

Balance at March 31, 2006

   $ 316,717

(6) Senior Subordinated Notes, Senior Discount Debentures, and Senior Debentures

On February 28, 2005, upon consummation of the debenture exchange and the initial draw down under the New Credit Facility described below, GateHouse irrevocably called for redemption all of the outstanding Senior Discount Debentures in accordance with the Indenture for the Senior Discount Debentures (the SDD Indenture). Immediately following GateHouse’s call for redemption of the Senior Discount Debentures, GateHouse irrevocably deposited trust funds with U.S. Bank, the trustee, in an amount sufficient to pay the redemption price for the Senior Discount Debentures in full, thereby satisfying and discharging the SDD Indenture. The redemption price consisted of 101.938% of the $19,800 aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to March 30, 2005 collectively, $20,561. Included in the $521 loss on extinguishment is $137 of deferred finance fees written off.

On February 28, 2005, upon consummation of the preferred stock exchange and satisfaction and discharge of the SDD Indenture, Operating Company irrevocably called for redemption all of the outstanding 9  3 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with the Indenture for the Senior Subordinated Notes (the SSN Indenture).

On March 29, 2005, Operating Company borrowed $180,000 principal amount of the Term Loan B under the New Credit Facility. On March 30, 2005, Operating Company used such proceeds, together with cash on hand, to redeem in full all of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with the SSN Indenture. The redemption price consisted of 101.563% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to March 30, 2005 collectively, $185,579. Included in the $4,479 loss on extinguishment is $1,666 of deferred finance fees written off.

On February 28, 2005, Operating Company repaid in full, and terminated all of its obligations under, the Amended Credit Facility, dated as of April 18, 2000, as amended. GateHouse and its other subsidiaries also terminated all of their respective security and guaranty obligations thereunder on February 28, 2005. Operating Company used funds drawn from the New Credit Facility (see below) to make the requisite termination payment of $66,339. Included in loss on extinguishment of debt is $448 of deferred finance fees written off related to termination of the Amended Credit facility.

On February 28, 2005, Operating Company entered into a Credit Agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (Wells Fargo), with U.S. Bank National Association (US Bank) as syndication agent, CIT Lending Services Corporation as documentation agent and Wells Fargo as administrative agent (the New Credit Facility). The New Credit Facility provides for a $280,000 principal amount New Term Loan B that matures in February 2012 and a revolving credit facility with a $50,000 aggregate commitment amount available, including a

 

F-51


Table of Contents

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

$10,000 sub-facility for letters of credit, that matures in February 2011. The New Credit Facility is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of Operating Company, GateHouse, and GateHouse’s other present and future direct and indirect subsidiaries. Additionally, the loans under the New Credit Facility are guaranteed, subject to specified limitations, by GateHouse and all of the future direct and indirect subsidiaries of Operating Company and GateHouse.

(7) Fair Value of Financial Derivative

On June 23, 2005, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement based on a notional amount of $300 million. Commencing on the first day of each month beginning August 1, 2005, up to and including June 1, 2012, with a short final payment on June 15, 2012, the Company will pay a fixed rate of 4.135% in exchange for receipt of the one month LIBOR rate, to be reset the first day of each calculation period.

At December 31, 2005, the hedge was deemed ineffective, and accordingly, the fair value of the derivative was recognized through current earnings. As of December 31, 2005, the total change in the fair value of the derivative recognized in current period earnings was a gain of $10,807.

Prior to the redesignation of the swap, the increase in fair value of the swap for the period from January 1, 2006 through February 20, 2006 of $2,605 was recognized in earnings. On February 20, 2006, the Company redesignated the interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. As a result, the effective portion of the increase in fair value of the swap for the period from February 21, 2006 through March 31, 2006 of $2,272, net of taxes of $1,514, was recognized into accumulated other comprehensive income during the three months ended March 31, 2006. No ineffectiveness which would be recognized in earnings was noted for the current hedging period.

(8) Related Party Transactions

The Company paid $370 in management fees to Leonard Green & Partners LLP during the three months ended March 31, 2005. These costs have been included within selling, general administrative expenses on the accompanying statements of operations.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Herald Media Holdings, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations, of changes in redeemable preferred stock and parent company deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CP Media, which is a division of Herald Media Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) at July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005 and for the nine months ended April 2, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s and CP Media’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

CP Media is comprised of the Company’s community newspaper publishing operations. The accompanying statements include allocations of certain expenses directly attributable to the operations of CP Media as well an allocation of the Company’s redeemable preferred stock and long-term debt and the related expenses, which management believes is appropriate in the circumstances. The amounts recorded for these allocations are not necessarily representative of the amounts that would have been reflected in the statements had CP Media operated as a separate, stand-alone entity.

As discussed in Note 2 of the financial statements, CP Media changed its method of accounting for redeemable preferred stock effective July 4, 2005.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

July 13, 2006

 

F-53


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Balance Sheets

July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006

(In thousands)

 

      

July 3,

2005

   

April 2,

2006

 
Assets     

Current Assets

    

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $1,530 and $1,626 at July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006, respectively

   $ 10,365     $ 9,315  

Inventories

     606       661  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,375       2,098  
                

Total current assets

     12,346       12,074  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     12,761       12,435  

Deferred financing costs, net

     1,768       1,674  

Intangible assets, net

     7,808       6,667  

Goodwill

     103,441       103,441  

Other assets

     2,030       1,724  
                

Total Assets

   $ 140,154     $ 138,015  
                
Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Parent Company Deficit     

Current Liabilities

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 1,033     $ 975  

Book overdraft

     554       890  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     4,665       4,064  

Accrued payroll and related expenses

     3,228       1,919  

Deferred revenues

     4,226       4,084  
                

Total current liabilities

     13,706       11,932  

Long-term debt

     120,935       119,472  

Deferred income taxes

     9,283       11,543  

Other long-term liabilities

     2,209       2,092  

Redeemable preferred stock, Series A

     —         47,960  
                

Total liabilities

     146,133       192,999  

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 8 and 9)

    

Redeemable preferred stock, Series A, liquidation preference of $44,857 at July 3, 2005

     43,670       —    

Parent company deficit

     (49,649 )     (54,984 )
                

Total Liabilities, Redeemable Preferred Stock and Parent Company Deficit

   $ 140,154     $ 138,015  
                

 

F-54


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Statements of Operations

For the years ended June 27, 2004, July 3, 2005 and for the nine months ended April 2, 2006

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended    

Nine Months
Ended

April 2, 2006

 
     June 27,
2004
    July 3,
2005
   
     (52 weeks)     (53 weeks)     (39 weeks)  

Revenues

      

Advertising

   $ 82,043     $ 85,631     $ 61,841  

Circulation

     11,778       11,570       8,069  

Online and other revenue—related party

     625       1,055       895  

Commercial print and other

     2,510       2,630       1,956  
                        

Total Revenues

     96,956       100,886       72,761  
                        

Operating Expenses

      

Editorial

     14,371       13,993       10,603  

Production

     14,302       15,715       11,676  

Circulation

     15,275       15,290       10,804  

Advertising

     13,868       13,939       9,961  

General and administrative

     20,735       22,781       16,264  

Depreciation and amortization

     4,886       4,431       2,982  

Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     (270 )     (49 )     (34 )
                        

Total Operating Expenses

     83,167       86,100       62,256  
                        

Operating Income

     13,789       14,786       10,505  

Interest expense

     4,527       7,091       6,953  

Write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs

     25       1,365       —    

Redeemable preferred stock interest expense

     —         —         4,290  
                        

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     9,237       6,330       (738 )

Provision for income taxes

     3,065       3,007       2,260  
                        

Net income (loss)

     6,172       3,323       (2,998 )

Less: accretion of redeemable preferred stock

     10,939       5,631       —    
                        

Net loss available to Parent

   $ (4,767 )   $ (2,308 )   $ (2,998 )
                        

 

F-55


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Statements of Changes in Redeemable Preferred Stock and Parent Company Deficit

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

     Redeemable Preferred
Stock Series A
   

Parent
Company

Deficit

 
     Shares     Amount    

Balance at June 29, 2003

   628,000     $ 81,699     $ (43,090 )

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock, Series A

       10,483       (10,483 )

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock, Series A issuance costs

       456       (456 )

Net income

         6,172  

Intercompany transfers, net

         3,035  
                      

Balance at June 27, 2004

   628,000       92,638       (44,822 )

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock, Series A

       5,451       (5,451 )

Accretion of redeemable preferred stock, Series A issuance costs

       180       (180 )

Repurchase and redemption of redeemable preferred stock, Series A

   (362,127 )     (54,599 )     —    

Net income

         3,323  

Intercompany transfers, net

         (2,519 )
                      

Balance at July 3, 2005

   265,873       43,670       (49,649 )

Change in accounting principle (Note 2)

   (265,873 )     (43,670 )     —    

Net loss

         (2,998 )

Intercompany transfers, net

         (2,337 )
                      

Balance at April 2, 2006

   —       $ —       $ (54,984 )
                      

 

F-56


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended June 27, 2004, July 3, 2005 and for the nine months ended April 2, 2006

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended    

Nine Months
Ended

April 2, 2006

 
     June 27,
2004
    July 3,
2005
   
     (52 weeks)     (53 weeks)     (39 weeks)  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,172     $ 3,323     $ (2,998 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities

      

Depreciation and amortization

     4,886       4,431       2,982  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     665       329       237  

Write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs

     25       1,365       —    

Redeemable preferred stock interest expense

     —         —         4,290  

Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     (270 )     (49 )     (34 )

Provision for doubtful accounts

     356       651       377  

Lease agreement exit costs

     (132 )     679       270  

Deferred income taxes

     3,003       3,007       2,260  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition

      

Accounts receivable

     (946 )     (518 )     673  

Inventories

     (4 )     (151 )     (55 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (515 )     558       (723 )

Other assets

     (2,437 )     407       306  

Book overdraft

     395       (700 )     336  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (878 )     835       (601 )

Accrued payroll and related expenses

     296       862       (1,309 )

Other current liabilities

     40       (50 )     —    

Deferred revenues

     (606 )     (77 )     (142 )

Other long-term liabilities

     501       (398 )     (353 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     10,551       14,504       5,516  
                        

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (1,347 )     (2,516 )     (1,533 )

Business asset acquisition

     —         (456 )     —    

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     2,175       —         18  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     828       (2,972 )     (1,515 )
                        

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Transfer (to) from Parent

     3,035       (2,519 )     (2,337 )

Borrowings on long-term debt

     —         130,982       —    

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (14,189 )     (83,452 )     (1,521 )

Debt financing costs

     (225 )     (1,944 )     (143 )

Redemption and repurchase of redeemable preferred stock, Series A

     —         (54,599 )     —    
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (11,379 )     (11,532 )     (4,001 )
                        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     —         —         —    

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     —         —         —    
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year / period

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
                        

Supplemental cash flow information (Note 12)

      

 

F-57


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements

(1) The Business

The accompanying financial statements are those of CP Media (the “Company”). The Company, a division of Herald Media Holdings, Inc., is a publisher of daily, weekly and specialty newspaper publications in Massachusetts.

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements include the operating assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as included in the historical financial statements of the Parent. The Company’s costs and expenses include allocations from the Parent for certain editorial, production, circulation, facilities, procurement, treasury, accounting, sales research and other general administrative costs (Note 13). In addition, a portion of the Parent’s redeemable preferred stock and a portion of the long-term debt with the related interest expense and allocable issuance costs have been pushed-down to these financial statements as those instruments were issued to finance the acquisition of the Company by the Parent and substantially all the assets of the Company and its stock serve as collateral for the Parent’s debt. The Parent’s net investment in the Company is shown in lieu of stockholder’s equity in these financial statements and represents the Parent’s transfer of its net investment in the Company, after giving effect to the net earnings of the Company plus net cash transfers to or from the Parent.

Management believes the assumptions used to prepare the Company’s financial statements from the historical consolidated financial statements of the Parent including methods used to allocate costs are reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances. The financial information included herein may not necessarily reflect the financial position, operating results, changes in invested equity and cash flows of the Company in the future or what they would have been had the Company been a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented.

(b) Fiscal Year

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to June 30. The year ended June 27, 2004 comprised a 52-week period whereas the year ended July 3, 2005 comprised a 53-week period. The nine month period ended April 2, 2006 comprised a 39-week period.

(c) Revenue Recognition

Newspaper circulation revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period. Advertising revenue is recognized at publication date, net of provisions for estimated rebates, credit and rate adjustments and discounts. Revenue derived from web site advertising is recognized ratably over the contract period. Amounts received from customers in advance of circulation or publication are recorded as deferred revenue in the balance sheets.

(d) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the fiscal year. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

(e) Concentration of Suppliers

The Company currently purchases substantially all of its newsprint from one supplier. The Company believes that there are numerous alternate suppliers and that any transition from one supplier to another would not cause a material disruption to the business.

(f) Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable. Credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable is limited due to the Company’s diverse customer base. Collateral is not generally required from customers. Exposure to losses on receivables is principally dependent on each customer’s financial condition. The Company closely monitors its exposure to credit losses and maintains allowances for anticipated losses.

(g) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity date of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

(h) Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoice amount. For certain receivable balances the Company applies an interest penalty to past due balances which it recognizes as income when the interest is paid. The allowance for doubtful accounts is management’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses on accounts receivable. The allowance is based on specific identification of probable losses and an estimate of additional losses based on historical write-off experience. Management reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts on a monthly basis. Past due balances over 90 days and over a specified dollar amount are reviewed individually for collectibility. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when it is probable the receivable will not be recovered.

(i) Inventories

Inventories consist of primarily newsprint, ink and press plates, which are stated at the lower of cost or market value and are accounted for by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

(j) Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006 was $1,204,000, $1,270,000 and $1,016,000, respectively, which is primarily comprised of media and agency expenses.

(k) Financial Instruments

The carrying amount of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, which include accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities. The carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value due to the interest rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

(l) Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property, plant and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are relieved and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset.

(m) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives not be amortized but, instead, tested at least annually for impairment. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the book value of the assets may not be recoverable. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over their respective useful lives. The Company amortizes its intangible assets with finite useful lives, consisting primarily of advertiser lists and mastheads, using the straight-line method, over their estimated useful lives of 8 and 15 years, respectively.

(n) Deferred Financing Costs

Costs incurred relating to the financing of long-term debt are deferred and amortized using the effective interest and straight-line methods over the remaining life of the related debt offering. Amortization expense, which is recorded as a component of interest expense in the statements of operations, for the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006 was $665,000, $329,000 and $237,000, respectively.

(o) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company accounts for impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . SFAS No. 144 requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the book value of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates at each balance sheet date whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate possible impairment.

(p) Income Taxes

Historically, the Company’s results of operations have been included in the Parent’s consolidated income tax returns. Income tax expense (benefit) reported in the Company’s statements of operations has been calculated on a separate tax return basis. However, the Parent managed its tax position for the benefit of its entire portfolio of businesses and its tax strategies are not necessarily reflective of the tax strategies that the Company would have followed or will follow as a separate stand-alone entity. Deferred tax assets related to operating losses of the Company are not presented to the extent benefits of such losses have been utilized by the Parent.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities and expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Under this method, a valuation allowance is used to offset net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the net deferred tax assets may not be realized. Management evaluates the recoverability of net deferred tax assets and the level of adequacy of the valuation allowance.

(q) Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Certain employees of the Company participate in the Parent’s stock option plan. The Company accounts for Parent stock-based awards to its employees using the intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations. Accordingly, no compensation expense is recorded for options issued to employees in fixed amounts with fixed exercise prices at least equal to the fair market value of the Parent’s common stock at the date of grant. The Company has adopted the disclosure only provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , as amended by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure .

If the Company had elected to recognize compensation expense based on the minimum value of options granted at grant date as prescribed by SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net income (loss) in the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006 would have been adjusted to the following pro forma amounts:

 

                

Nine

Months
Ended

April 2,
2006

 
     Year Ended    
     June 27,
2004
    July 3,
2005
   
     (in thousands)  

Net income (loss), as reported

   $ 6,172     $ 3,323     $ (2,998 )

Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income (loss), net of taxes

     —         —         —    

Deduct: Total stock-based compensation expense determined under minimum value method for all awards, net of taxes

     (51 )     (55 )     (34 )
                        

Pro forma net income (loss)

   $ 6,121     $ 3,268     $ (3,032 )
                        

In calculating the pro forma information set forth above, the minimum value of each grant is amortized ratably over the vesting periods and is estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

Expected life (years)

   7.5  

Risk-free interest rate

   4.5 %

Dividend yield

   —    

Volatility

   —    

Because the determination of the minimum value of options granted includes vesting periods over several years, the above pro forma disclosures are not representative of pro forma effects of reported

 

F-61


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

results for future periods. Further, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions and were developed for use in estimating the minimum value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable.

(r) Redeemable Preferred Stock

The Parent adopted SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liability and Equity on the first day of fiscal period 2006. This statement establishes standards for classifying and measuring as liabilities certain financial instruments that embody obligations of the issuer and have characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The scope of this pronouncement includes mandatorily redeemable equity instruments.

Upon adoption of SFAS No. 150, the Parent’s redeemable preferred stock was considered subject to mandatory redemption, as it is redeemable at a fixed and determinable date, and was reclassified as a long-term liability. Accretion related to the preferred instrument subsequent to the reclassification of the instrument as a liability has been reflected as interest expense. Further, related issuance costs in the amount of $1,187,000 at the date of adoption continue to be recorded as a reduction of the carrying value of the redeemable preferred stock and will be amortized through the redemption date as interest expense. The Parent has also pushed down the effects of accounting for the redeemable preferred stock under SFAS No. 150 (including its adoption) to the Company.

(s) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123-R, Share-based Payment . SFAS No. 123-R revises SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB No. 25. SFAS No. 123-R applies to transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services and also applies to liabilities an entity may incur for goods or services that are based on the fair value of those equity instruments. Under SFAS No. 123-R, the Company will be required to follow a fair value approach using an option-pricing model, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, at the date of a stock option grant. This may lead to higher compensation expense than that previously presented on a pro-forma basis as the Company has historically utilized the minimum value method which does not take into account volatility. The deferred compensation amount calculated under the fair value method will then be recognized over the respective vesting period of the stock option. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 123-R effective the first day of fiscal year 2007. As the Company is non-public, only new awards granted after that date or equity instruments outstanding as of that date which are subsequently modified, repurchased or canceled will be accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 123-R.

In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations , which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations . FIN 47 clarifies terminology within SFAS No. 143 and requires an entity to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. A conditional asset retirement is a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. FIN 47 became effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005 and the Company adopted this interpretation for the nine month period ended April 2, 2006. Adopting FIN 47 did not have a material impact in the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 109. FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. Under FIN 48, the financial statements will reflect expected future tax consequences of such positions presuming the taxing authorities’ full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts, but without considering time values. FIN 48 substantially changes the applicable accounting model and is likely to cause greater volatility in income statements as more items are recognized discretely within income tax expense. FIN 48 also revises disclosure requirements and introduces a prescriptive, annual, tabular roll-forward of the unrecognized tax benefits. The new accounting model for uncertain tax positions is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2006. Companies need to assess all material open positions in all tax jurisdictions as of the adoption date and determine the appropriate amount of tax benefits that are recognizable under FIN 48. Any difference between the amounts previously recognized and the benefit determined under the new guidance, including changes in accrued interest and penalties, has to be recorded on the date of adoption. For certain types of income tax uncertainties, existing generally accepted accounting principles provide specific guidance on the accounting for modifications of the recognized benefit. Any differences in recognized tax benefits on the date of adoption that are not subject to specific guidance would be an adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the adoption period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of FIN 48 will have on its financial statements.

(3) Acquisition

In February 2005, the Company acquired the assets of Lancaster Times, Inc., which publishes the Lancaster Times and Clinton Courier, for a purchase price of $450,000 and $6,000 of acquisition-related expenses. The purchase price was allocated based upon management’s estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Amounts assigned to assets and liabilities at the acquisition date were as follows: current assets, $46,000; property, plant and equipment, $4,000; goodwill, $381,000; intangible assets, $47,000; and current liabilities, $22,000. The primary reason for this acquisition was to acquire new subscribers and to increase advertising revenue. Intangible assets acquired in this acquisition primarily consist of advertiser lists and mastheads which will be amortized using the straight-line method over an estimated weighted average useful life of eight years. Further, the goodwill generated from this acquisition will be deductible for income tax purposes.

(4) Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following at July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006:

 

     Useful Lives
in Years
   July 3,
2005
    April 2,
2006
 
          (in thousands)  

Land

      $ 2,449     $ 2,449  

Buildings and building improvements

   10-30      8,056       8,149  

Leasehold improvements

   5-10      1,535       1,563  

Machinery and equipment

   3-15      13,636       14,060  

Furniture and fixtures

   5-10      352       352  

Computer software and equipment

   3      4,367       5,055  
                   
        30,395       31,628  

Less-accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (17,634 )     (19,193 )
                   
      $ 12,761     $ 12,435  
                   

 

F-63


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006 was $3,438,000, $2,984,000 and $1,841,000, respectively.

(5) Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following at July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006:

 

     Advertiser
Lists
    Mastheads     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Gross

   $ 8,860     $ 5,437     $ 14,297  

Accumulated amortization

     (4,898 )     (1,591 )     (6,489 )
                        

Net balance at July 3, 2005

   $ 3,962     $ 3,846     $ 7,808  
                        

Gross

   $ 8,860     $ 5,437     $ 14,297  

Accumulated amortization

     (5,767 )     (1,863 )     (7,630 )
                        

Net balance at April 2, 2006

   $ 3,093     $ 3,574     $ 6,667  
                        

Amortization expense relating to advertiser lists and mastheads for the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006 was $1,448,000, $1,448,000, and $1,141,000, respectively. Based on the current balance of intangible assets subject to amortization, the estimated amortization expense in the remaining 3 month period in fiscal period 2006 and each of the succeeding five fiscal years is as follows:

 

     (in thousands)

2006

   $ 274

2007

     1,470

2008

     1,470

2009

     1,017

2010

     382

2011

     379

Thereafter

     1,675
      
   $ 6,667
      

(6) Redeemable Preferred Stock

On January 31, 2001, the Parent authorized 7,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01, and designated these shares Series A redeemable preferred stock (“Series A preferred”). On February 1, 2001, the Parent issued 6,280,000 shares of its Series A preferred at $10 per share, and incurred issuance and related costs in the amount of $2,924,000, to finance the acquisition of the Company. Accordingly, those securities, issuance costs and related subsequent activity have been pushed-down to these financial statements.

Effective July 22, 2002, the Board of Directors authorized a 10-for-1 reverse stock split of its issued and outstanding Series A preferred. All Series A preferred share amount references in the financial statements, other than historical references, have been restated to reflect this reverse stock split.

On July 22, 2004, the Parent redeemed and repurchased 362,127 shares of the Parent’s Series A preferred in consideration for an aggregate amount of $54,599,000 and 362,127 shares of the Parent’s voting common stock.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Voting Rights

Holders of Series A preferred are entitled to votes equal to the number of shares of voting common stock into which such holders’ shares would convert if a liquidation event were to occur. The Series A preferred shareholders are entitled to elect two directors as a class.

Liquidation Preference and Redemption

Upon the earlier of a liquidation event, as defined in the Parent’s Articles of Organization, or July 1, 2007, Series A preferred shall be automatically redeemed for (i) cash in an amount equal to a liquidation preference, and (ii) shares of voting or nonvoting common stock, as defined. The amount of cash payable per share to the holders of Series A preferred as a liquidation preference shall be equal to the original purchase price per share plus a 12% per annum accruing dividend, compounded quarterly, plus any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, provided such amount is not prohibited by the senior debt facility. Upon payment of the liquidation preference in cash and prior to any distribution to common stockholders, each share of Series A preferred will be redeemed into voting or nonvoting common stock, as defined, by dividing $100 by the then-effective redemption price of the common stock. The redemption price of the common stock is further defined as $100. Certain terms exist to protect the conversion rights of the holders of Series A preferred in the event of future issuances of common stock or a merger or reorganization of the Parent.

Pursuant to the Parent’s Stockholders’ Agreement dated February 1, 2001, any investor owning at least 35% of Series A preferred shall have the right to initiate a sale of the Parent, commencing on January 1, 2005. In the event that a sale of the Parent is initiated, the Parent’s sole common stock shareholder shall have certain rights, as defined in the agreement, with respect to the submittal of a competing offer to purchase the Parent.

In conjunction with the Parent’s redemption and repurchase of Series A preferred on July 22, 2004, the Parent amended its Articles of Organization and Stockholders’ Agreement to extend the final date for a liquidation event with respect to Series A preferred from July 1, 2007 to January 31, 2012. Further, the Parent and its common and preferred shareholders agreed to amend and restate the Stockholders’ Agreement to change the first date upon which 35% of the holders of Series A preferred could initiate a sale of the Company from January 1, 2005 to July 1, 2006.

Dividends

Holders of Series A preferred are entitled to the same dividends that holders of common stock would have received, calculated as if such shares were converted in a liquidation event immediately prior to the record date for such dividend provided such amounts are not prohibited by the senior debt facility.

(7) Stock Incentive Plan

The Company has no separate employee stock option plan, however, employees of the Company participate in the Parent’s stock option plan. Under the provisions of the Parent’s stock option plan, stock awards are granted at the discretion of the Parent’s Board of Directors at an exercise price no less than the fair market value of the Parent’s common stock on the date of the grant and for a maximum term of ten years. Further, stock awards granted generally vest over a five-year period. Additionally, if any option expires, is terminated or canceled prior to having been exercised, the options will again be available for issuance under the plan.

At April 2, 2006, the weighted average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding was 6.8 years. Also, the weighted average grant date minimum value of options granted in the year ended June 27, 2004 was $6.22.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

A summary of the stock option activity in the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006, is presented below:

 

     Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options outstanding, June 29, 2003

   42,500     $ 22.00

Granted

   12,000       22.00

Forfeited

   (7,000 )     22.00
            

Options outstanding, June 27, 2004

   47,500       22.00

Forfeited

   (7,500 )     22.00
            

Options outstanding, July 3, 2005

   40,000       22.00
            

Options outstanding, April 2, 2006

   40,000     $ 22.00
            

Options exercisable, June 27, 2004

   20,875     $ 22.00
            

Options exercisable, July 3, 2005

   24,000     $ 22.00
            

Options exercisable, April 2, 2006

   30,000     $ 22.00
            

(8) Senior Debt

(a) 2001 Senior Debt Facility

In connection with its acquisition of the Company in 2001 the Parent entered into a senior debt facility consisting of a $60,000,000 fully funded Term A loan, a $40,000,000 fully funded Term B loan, and a $20,000,000 revolver of which $5,000,000 was used to fund letters of credit (required by insurance carrier to cover self-insurance losses) during the term of the facility. The $100,000,000 of term loans has been pushed-down to the Company, the $5,000,000 of letters of credit were allocated to the Company based on its self-insurance loss reserve balances and the $15,000,000 revolver availability has been pushed-down to the Company. Transaction costs related to the debt in the amount of $3,700,000 were allocated to the Company based upon the allocation of the credit facility.

Under the terms of the senior debt facility the Parent is required to comply with certain financial covenants, including certain EBITDA and leverage-based ratios. Also, the terms of the senior debt facility provide for mandatory prepayments as a result of certain events or financial results, as defined in the facility. The senior debt facility is collateralized by all assets of the Parent and its subsidiaries.

Term Notes

Borrowings under Term Notes A and B are represented by separate arrangements. At the Parent’s election, interest on each Term Note is calculated at either the Lenders’ base rate or LIBOR, plus the applicable margin, which ranges from 1.5% to 4% depending upon the Parent’s total leverage ratio, as defined, and is payable monthly.

Revolving Credit and Letter of Credit Facilities

Borrowings under the revolving credit and letter of credit facility, which expires on December 31, 2006, are limited to the aggregate amount of $8,000,000, as amended in 2003. At the Parent’s election, interest on the revolving credit facility is calculated at either the Lenders’ base rate or LIBOR,

 

F-66


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

plus the applicable margin, which ranges from 1.5% to 3.5% depending upon the Parent’s total leverage ratio, as defined. The Parent is required to pay an unused commitment fee in the amount of 0.5% per annum on the average amount by which the revolving credit facility commitment exceeds the amount outstanding.

Under the letter of credit facility, the Parent may request the issuance of letters of credit up to $7,500,000 in aggregate. Letters of credit issued are for a period up to one year and may be extended for additional periods. The Parent is required to pay a fee in the amount of .25% plus an applicable margin per annum on outstanding letters of credit.

(b) 2004 Senior Debt Facility

In July 2004, the Parent entered into a new senior debt facility with certain financial institutions (collectively, the “Lenders”) and utilized the proceeds from this arrangement to redeem and repurchase certain of the Parent’s common and preferred stock (Note 6), settle amounts outstanding on its then existing senior debt facility and for general business purposes. The 2004 senior debt facility includes two Term Loans, a revolving credit facility and a letter of credit facility which are collateralized by all assets of the Parent. Accordingly, $131,100,000 of Term Loans and $9,500,000 of the revolving credit facility were pushed-down to the Company, and $6,000,000 of letters of credit were allocated based on the self-insurance loss reserve balances.

At the time of the refinancing, there was $83,000 and $1,378,000 of unamortized deferred financing costs relating to the existing revolving credit facility and the term notes, respectively. Also, the Parent incurred $2,127,000 of incremental financing costs which were allocated on a pro-rata basis to the new revolving credit facility and term notes based upon the total borrowing capacity. Financing costs in the amount of $267,000 and $1,677,000 relating to the revolving credit facility and term notes, respectively were pushed-down to the Company. The Company applied the provisions of EITF 98-14, Debtor’s Accounting for Changes in Line-of-Credit or Revolving Debt Arrangements and EITF 96-19, Debtor’s Accounting for Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments to evaluate the accounting for the unamortized and new financing costs. Based upon the applicable guidance $64,000 and $148,000 of the existing unamortized deferred financing costs of the revolving credit facility and term notes, respectively, will be amortized over the remaining life of the new arrangements and the remaining balance was written-off. Also, $116,000 of the incremental financing costs associated with the term notes were written-off and the remaining balance will be deferred and amortized over the remaining life of the new arrangement. During fiscal period 2006, the Parent amended the term notes and incurred additional financing costs in the amount of $143,000 which were pushed-down to the Company.

Under the terms of the senior debt facility the Parent is required to comply with certain financial covenants, including certain EBITDA and leverage-based ratios. At July 3, 2005, the Parent was in violation of certain of these covenants prior to the Parent entering into an amendment of its senior debt facility on August 12, 2005 which, among other matters, retroactively modified certain of the covenants. Further, the senior debt facility contains cross-default provisions whereby the Parent may be deemed in default of its obligations under the facility should it default on other arrangements and obligations, as defined. The terms of the senior debt facility provide for mandatory prepayments as a result of certain events or financial results, as defined. For the year ended July 3, 2005, the Parent had excess cash flow, as defined, the outcome of which requires mandatory prepayment of principal in the amount of $612,000 in fiscal period 2006.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Term Loans

Borrowings under the First and Second Lien Term Loans are represented by separate arrangements. The First Lien Term Loan is in the amount of $103,376,000, which is payable over seven years based upon a defined amortization schedule, and accrues interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin which ranges from 2.5% to 2.75% based upon the Parent’s total leverage ratio, as defined. The Second Lien Term Loan is in the amount of $18,796,000 which accrues interest at LIBOR plus the applicable margin, which ranges from 5% to 5.75% depending upon the Parent’s total leverage ratio, as defined. This loan is payable in full in January 2012. Interest on outstanding borrowings under both arrangements is payable monthly.

Revolving Credit and Letter of Credit Facilities

The revolving credit and letter of credit facility is a six-year facility and borrowings are limited to the aggregate amount of $20,192,000 less outstanding letters of credit. Interest on the revolving credit facility accrues at LIBOR plus the applicable margin, which ranges from 2.25% to 3.0%, depending upon the Parent’s total leverage ratio, as defined, and is payable monthly. The Parent is required to pay an unused commitment fee in the amount of .50% per annum on the average amount by which the revolving credit facility commitment exceeds the amount outstanding. At April 2, 2006, amounts available under the revolving credit and letter of credit facility were $18,831,000.

Under the letter of credit facility, the Parent may request the issuance of letters of credit up to $10,000,000 in aggregate. Letters of credit issued are for a period up to one year and may be extended for additional periods. The Parent is required to pay a fee in the amount of .50% plus an applicable margin per annum on outstanding letters of credit. At April 2, 2006, there was $1,110,000 in outstanding letters of credit as required by existing self-insurance arrangements.

Incremental Facilities

Subject to the terms and conditions of the senior debt facility, the Parent may incur additional indebtedness through July 22, 2007 in the form of one or more additional First Lien Term Loans up to an aggregate amount of $40,000,000. Indebtedness under this arrangement will be for a minimum principal amount of $10,000,000, will have the same repayment amortization schedule as the then outstanding First Lien Term Loans and is required to be used for permitted acquisitions, purchases of property, plant and equipment and the redemption of the outstanding preferred stock, as defined in the senior debt facility. The interest rate margin applicable to these borrowings will be determined at the time of the borrowing provided that, if the interest rate margin with respect to the new borrowings is more than .50% higher than the interest rate margin on the existing First Lien Term Loans, then the First Lien Term Loans’ margin shall be reduced to be .50% less than the interest rate margin on the new borrowings. As of April 2, 2006, the Parent has not incurred indebtedness under this arrangement.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Long-term debt is summarized as follows at July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006:

 

       July 3,
2005
    April 2,
2006
 
     (in thousands)  

First Lien Term Note, at LIBOR plus applicable margin (6.0% and 7.7% at July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006, respectively); quarterly principal payments of $258, due September 24, 2004 through April 11, 2011, with a balloon payment of $95,386 due on July 22, 2011

   $ 102,250     $ 101,417  

Second Lien Term Note, at LIBOR plus applicable margin (9.0% and 10.7% at July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006, respectively); payable in full on January 22, 2012

     18,779       18,779  

Revolving Credit Facility, at LIBOR plus applicable margin (6.3% and 7.9% at July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006, respectively); payable in full on July 22, 2010

     939       251  
                
     121,968       120,447  

Less—current portion

     (1,033 )     (975 )
                
   $ 120,935     $ 119,472  
                

The aggregate principal maturities are as follows in fiscal years:

 

     (in thousands)

2007

   $ 975

2008

     1,033

2009

     1,033

2010

     1,033

2011

     1,033

Thereafter

     115,340
      
   $ 120,447
      

(9) Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Operating Leases

The Company leases facilities under noncancelable operating leases that expire through December 2010. In addition to lease payments on certain facilities, the Company is required to pay the applicable property taxes and operating costs. Rent expense is calculated on a straight-line basis for a lease on a facility due to escalations in minimum lease payments. Accordingly, at July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006 there is a deferred liability of $502,000 and $434,000, respectively, included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities in the balance sheets that represents the excess of rent expense calculated on a straight-line basis over rent payments made.

In the years ended June 29, 2003, July 3, 2005 and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006, the Company entered into certain agreements to sublease portions of its main leased administrative facility. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities , the Company recorded a liability in connection with the Company ceasing use of the rights conveyed under the lease agreement on the facility. The liability represents the value of the excess of the Company’s pro rata future minimum lease expense over scheduled sublease payments

 

F-69


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

in addition to improvement allowances provided to the sublesee which were expended in the nine month period ended April 2, 2006. The aggregate expense recorded in the years ended June 29, 2003, July 3, 2005 and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006 relating to these agreements was $263,000, $670,000 and $259,000, respectively. The expense related to this liability is included in general and administrative expenses in the statements of operations. The liability is included in accrued expenses and long-term liabilities in the balance sheets.

Activity relating to these agreements was as follows in the years ended June 27, 2004, July 3, 2005 and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006:

 

     (in thousands)  

Balance at June 27, 2004

   $ 90  

Costs incurred

     670  

Cash payments

     (30 )

Non-cash adjustments

     9  
        

Balance at July 3, 2005 (of which $418 is short-term)

     739  

Costs incurred

     259  

Cash payments

     (574 )

Non-cash adjustments

     11  
        

Balance at April 2, 2006 (of which $83 is short-term)

   $ 435  
        

In the year ended June 27, 2004, the Company completed a sale/leaseback transaction involving certain real estate facilities. The sales price of $1,300,000 resulted in a net gain after closing costs of $556,000, of which $260,000 was deferred and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the five-year lease period.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable leases, excluding sublease arrangements, are as follows in the remaining three month period in fiscal year 2006 and each succeeding fiscal year. Aggregate minimum lease payments under sublease agreements are $776,000 per annum through December 2010.

 

     (in thousands)

2006

   $ 477

2007

     1,882

2008

     1,903

2009

     1,796

2010

     1,662

2011

     827
      
   $ 8,547
      

Rent expense, net of sublease income, in the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and in the nine month period ended April 2, 2006, was $1,758,000, $2,589,000 and $1,516,000, respectively. Sublease income was $230,000, $304,000, and $395,000, in the years ended June 27, 2004, July 3, 2005 and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006, respectively.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

(b) Litigation

The Company is party to certain claims and litigation involving matters incidental to its operations. Management does not expect the outcome of these matters to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

(10) Employee Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors a qualified defined contribution plan with a 401(k) deferred compensation provision which covers all eligible employees. The Company’s matching contribution is discretionary. The Company did not make discretionary matching contributions in the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and made a contribution of $46,000 in the nine month period ended April 2, 2006.

(11) Income Taxes

The components of the provision for income taxes in the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and in the nine month period ended April 2, 2006 are as follows:

 

       Year Ended    Nine
Months
Ended
April 2,
2006
       June 27,
2004
   July 3,
2005
  
     (in thousands)

Current tax expense

        

Federal

   $ 62    $ —      $ —  

State

     —        —        —  
                    

Total current tax expense

   $ 62    $ —      $ —  
                    

Deferred tax expense

        

Federal

   $ 2,327    $ 2,331    $ 1,752

State

     676      676      508
                    

Total deferred tax expense

   $ 3,003    $ 3,007    $ 2,260
                    

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 3,065    $ 3,007    $ 2,260
                    

The differences between income taxes at the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% and the provision for the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006 are as follows:

 

     Year Ended   

Nine

Months

Ended

April 2,
2006

 
     June 27,
2004
    July 3,
2005
  
     (in thousands)  

Tax at federal statutory rate

   $ 3,140     $ 2,152    $ (250 )

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     579       397      223  

Non-deductible redeemable preferred stock expense

     —         —        1,458  

Other, net

     126       35      (31 )

Change in valuation allowance

     (780 )     423      860  
                       

Provision for income taxes

   $ 3,065     $ 3,007    $ 2,260  
                       

 

F-71


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at July 3, 2005 and April 2, 2006, are as follows:

 

       July 3,
2005
    April 2,
2006
 
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets

    

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 2,137     $ 2,372  

State tax credits and state and federal loss carryforward

     1,877       2,708  

Self-insurance accrual

     229       198  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     612       650  

Deferred rent and lease exit costs

     559       411  

Other

     108       43  
                

Gross deferred tax assets

     5,522       6,382  

Less—valuation allowance

     (5,522 )     (6,382 )
                

Total deferred tax assets

     —         —    
                

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Goodwill amortization

     9,283       11,543  
                

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     9,283       11,543  
                

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (9,283 )   $ (11,543 )
                

A valuation allowance has been provided against the Company’s deferred tax asset, excluding the deferred tax liability associated with the amortization of goodwill for income tax purposes, as it is more likely than not that this deferred tax asset will not be realized based upon the Company’s historical and forecasted taxable income.

At April 2, 2006, the Company had $5,884,000 of operating loss carryforwards in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and for federal purposes which begin to expire in 2007 and 2023, respectively. Also, at April 2, 2006 the Company had $73,000 in alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards which do not expire. Further, at April 2, 2006 the Company had $268,000 in investment tax credit carryfowards, a majority of which have an indefinite life, in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts available to reduce future income and state excise taxes. Ownership changes, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income.

The Company is subject to routine audits by federal and state taxing authorities that may result in proposed assessments by the tax authorities. The Company believes that its tax positions comply with applicable tax law and has not accrued any liability resulting from such potential assessments and claims exposure.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

(12) Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information in the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and in the nine month period ended April 2, 2006 are as follows:

 

     Year Ended   

Nine Months

Ended

April 2,

2006

       June 27,
2004
   July 3,
2005
  
     (in thousands)

Noncash investing and financing activities

        

Accretion of Series A redeemable preferred stock and issuance costs

   $ 10,939    $ 5,631    $ —  

Acquisitions

        

Fair value of assets acquired

     —        97      —  

Fair value of liabilities assumed

     —        22      —  

(13) Related Party Transactions

(a) Related Party Revenue and Related Costs

The Company’s revenues include allocations from the Parent for sales of primarily online advertising and other miscellaneous items. These allocations have been determined on bases that the Company and the Parent considered to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided or the benefit received by the Company. The allocation methods include primarily number of line and banner ads and hosting fees. Allocated revenues and related costs included in general and administrative expenses in the statements of operations were as follows for the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006:

 

     Year Ended   

Nine Months
Ended

April 2,

2006

       June 27,
2004
   July 3,
2005
  
     (in thousands)

Online and other revenue—related party

   $ 625    $ 1,055    $ 895

Related costs

     556      722      616

(b) Parent Allocations

The Company’s costs and expenses include allocations from the Parent for certain editorial, production, circulation, facilities, procurement, treasury, accounting, sales research and other general administrative costs. These allocations have been determined on bases that the Company and the Parent considered to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided or the benefit received by the Company. The allocation methods include number of copies, relative sales, headcount, salaries, square footage and usage. Allocated costs included in the statements of operations were as follows for the years ended June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, and the nine month period ended April 2, 2006:

 

     Year Ended   

Nine Months
Ended
April 2,

2006

     June 27,
2004
   July 3,
2005
  
     (in thousands)

Editorial

   $ 73    $ 55    $ —  

Production

     64      93      113

Circulation

     142      142      107

General and administrative

     38      35      5
                    
   $ 317    $ 325    $ 225
                    

 

F-73


Table of Contents

CP MEDIA

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

(14) Subsequent Event

On June 6, 2006, the Parent entered into an asset purchase agreement with Gatehouse Media, Inc. (“Gatehouse”) whereby Gatehouse purchased substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Parent’s community newspaper publishing operations for $230,000,000 in addition to $353,000 relating to a working capital adjustment. The Parent subsequently used a portion of the sale proceeds to pay all outstanding indebtedness in full.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Enterprise NewsMedia, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, of cash flows and of shareholders’ deficit, member’s interest and comprehensive income (loss) present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations of Enterprise NewsMedia, Inc. and subsidiaries and their cash flows and changes in equity for the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003 (Predecessor period) in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

July 20, 2006

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Member of

Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, of cash flows and of shareholders’ deficit, member’s interest and comprehensive income(loss) present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC and subsidiaries and their cash flows and changes in equity for the period from April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 (Successor period) in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on April 1, 2003 the Company affected a series of integrated transactions resulting in a change of control which was accounted for as a purchase business combination. As a result of these transactions, the consolidated financial information for the Successor period is presented on a different cost basis than the Predecessor period and, therefore, the two periods are not comparable.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

July 20, 2006

 

F-76


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Member of

Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, member’s interest and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purposes of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

July 20, 2006

 

F-77


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2004 and 2005

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     2004    2005
     (Successor)    (Successor)
ASSETS      

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,182    $ 3,921

Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $400 and $440 respectively

     6,850      7,593

Inventories

     713      1,046

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,246      911
             

Total current assets

     14,991      13,471
             

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT—NET

     17,574      22,379

OTHER ASSETS

     

Goodwill

     74,659      74,774

Other intangible assets—net

     65,451      62,090

Other assets

     2,516      2,293
             

Total assets

   $ 175,191    $ 175,007
             
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ INTEREST      

CURRENT LIABILITIES

     

Accounts payable

   $ 3,032    $ 3,431

Accrued expenses

     3,787      3,193

Current portion—long-term debt

     7,282      893

Current portion—noncompete and consulting agreements

     500      500

Deferred revenue

     2,259      2,025

Revolving credit loan

     —        6,500
             

Total current liabilities

     16,860      16,542
             

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     61,699      78,381

Pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations

     14,985      15,752

Noncompete and consulting agreements, net of current portion

     500      —  

Other liabilities

     —        368
             

Total liabilities

     94,044      111,043
             

Commitments and Contingencies

     

MEMBER’S INTEREST

     81,147      63,964
             

Total liabilities and members’ interest

   $ 175,191    $ 175,007
             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003 (Predecessor Period), the period from April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 (Successor Period) and the years ended

December 31, 2004 and 2005 (Successor Periods)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    

Period from

January 1,

2003 to

March 31,

2003

   

Period from

April 1,

2003 to

December 31,

2003

    Years ended
December 31,
 
         2004     2005  
     (Predecessor)     (Successor)     (Successor)     (Successor)  

Revenues:

          

Advertising

   $ 11,773        $ 40,625     $ 54,757     $ 57,135  

Circulation

     5,197       15,787       22,064       21,406  

Commercial printing and other

     86       258       435       438  
                                

Total revenues

     17,056       56,670       77,256       78,979  
                                

Operating costs and expenses:

          

Production

     5,604       17,605       23,979       24,830  

Selling, general and administrative

     10,681       29,050       40,839       40,721  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,879       6,179       7,152       6,375  
                                

Total operating expenses

     18,164       52,834       71,970       71,926  
                                

(Loss) income from operations

     (1,108 )     3,836       5,286       7,053  
                                
 

Other income (expenses):

          

Interest expense

     (3,864 )     (3,220 )     (4,564 )     (5,319 )

Interest income

     1       3       3       15  

Write-off of deferred financing costs upon extinguishment of debt

     —         —         —         (2,025 )

Equity in earnings (losses) of equity investee

     63       23       (536 )     —    

Other

     (245 )     23       182       201  
                                

Total other income (expenses)

     (4,045 )     (3,171 )     (4,915 )     (7,128 )
                                

Net (loss) income

   $ (5,153 )   $ 665     $ 371     $ (75 )
                                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003 (Predecessor Period), the period from April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 (Successor Period) and the years ended

December 31, 2004 and 2005 (Successor Periods)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    

Period from
January 1,
2003
to March 31,

2003

   

Period from
April 1, 2003
to December 31,

2003

    Years ended
December 31,
 
         2004     2005  
     (Predecessor)     (Successor)     (Successor)     (Successor)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Net (loss) income

   $ (5,153 )   $ 665     $ 371     $ (75 )

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

     1,879       6,179       7,152       6,375  

Subordinated debt and warrant interest

     1,916       15       —         —    

Non cash compensation

     —         9       12       12  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     164       311       445       233  

Write-off of deferred financing costs upon extinguishment of debt

     —         —         —         2,025  

Gain on the sale of property, plant and equipment

     —         (8 )     —         (7 )

Equity in earnings (losses) of equity investee, net of distributions

     (63 )     162       536       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

          

Trade receivables

     682       41       (751 )     (743 )

Inventories

     61       (506 )     308       (333 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (135 )         (158 )     (200 )     335  

Other assets

     —         11       —         (97 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     3,124       (2,378 )     1,025       (195 )

Deferred revenue

     100       124       (420 )     (234 )

Pension and other liabilities

     310       205       949       1,135  
                                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     2,885       4,672       9,427       8,431  
                                

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Deferred acquisition payments

     (237 )     (375 )     (500 )     (500 )

Acquisition of Norwood, net of cash acquired

     —         —         —         (587 )

Acquisition of Call, net of cash acquired

     —         —         —         (262 )

Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment

     —         39       32       24  

Purchase of manufacturing facility by an agent

     —         —         —         (5,582 )

Purchase of property, plant, and equipment

     (66 )     (1,995 )     (741 )     (1,296 )
                                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (303 )     (2,331 )     (1,209 )     (8,203 )
                                

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Member contributions

     —         44,170       5       —    

Distribution to member

     —         (50 )     (1,910 )     (17,481 )

Repayments of long-term debt

     —         (109,212 )     (3,445 )     (69,432 )

Proceeds from long-term debt

     —         70,000       —         79,500  

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

     —         —         —         6,500  

Deferred financing costs

     (405 )     (4,017 )     (321 )     (1,576 )
                                

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (405 )     891       (5,671 )     (2,489 )
                                

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     2,177       3,232       2,547       (2,261 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

     1,226       403       3,635       6,182  
                                

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

   $ 3,403     $ 3,635     $ 6,182     $ 3,921  
                                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Continued

For the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003 (Predecessor Period), the period from April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 (Successor Period) and the years ended

December 31, 2004 and 2005 (Successor Periods)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    

Period from
January 1,
2003
to March 31,

2003

  

Period from
April 1, 2003
to December 31,

2003

   Years ended
December 31,
           2004    2005
     (Predecessor)    (Successor)    (Successor)    (Successor)

Supplementary disclosures of cash flow information

           

Cash paid for interest

   $ 553    $ 3,221    $ 4,043    $ 5,159

Non-Cash Activity

In connection with the acquisition of SCP 2002E-31 LLC as discussed in Note 1, the Company assumed an existing mortgage of $4,426 and property of $4,946 which were recorded as increases to the mortgage obligation and property, plant and equipment during the period from April 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003.

In connection with the 2005 acquisition of Call as discussed in Note 3, the Company financed $225 of the acquisition price with a note payable to the former owners.

The Company owns real estate in Chicopee, Massachusetts that is leased to an independent third party. The lease calls for the tenant to pay the lease payments directly to the Company’s mortgage lender. The lease payments paid by the tenant directly to the mortgage lender were $194 in both 2005 and 2004.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit, Member’s Interest

and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

For the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003 (Predecessor Period), the period from April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 (Successor Period) and the years ended

December 31, 2004 and 2005 (Successor Periods)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

   

Number

of

Shares

 

Common

Class A

 

Additional

Paid in

Capital

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

   

Accumulated

Distributions

   

Accumulated

Deficit

    Total    

Total

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

Balance at December 31, 2002

  485   $ 485   $ 290   $ (1,129 )   $ (1,733 )   $ (55,746 )   $ (57,833 )   $    

Amortization of cash flow hedge

      —       —       101       —         —         101       101  

Net loss from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003

      —       —       —         —         (5,153 )     (5,153 )     (5,153 )
                                                       

Balance at March 31, 2003

  485   $ 485   $ 290   $ (1,028 )   $ (1,733 )   $ (60,899 )   $ (62,885 )  
                                                 

Total comprehensive loss

                $ (5,052 )
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit, Member’s Interest

and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

For the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003 (Predecessor Period), the period from April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 (Successor Period) and the years ended

December 31, 2004 and 2005 (Successor Periods)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    Member’s
Interest
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Unearned
Compensation
    Total     Total
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Balance at April 1, 2003

  $ 81,246     $ —       $ —       $ 81,246     $    

Member contributions

    499       —         —         499    

Unearned compensation

    80       —         (80 )     —      

Amortization of unearned compensation

    —         —         9       9    

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge

    —         (173 )     —         (173 )     (173 )

Distributions

    (50 )     —         —         (50 )  

Net income

    665       —         —         665       665  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2003

    82,440       (173 )     (71 )     82,196    
                                 

Total Comprehensive Income

          $ 492  
               

Member contributions

    5       —         —         5    

Amortization of unearned compensation

    —         —         12       12    

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge

    —         473       —         473       473  

Distributions

    (1,910 )     —         —         (1,910 )  

Net income

    371       —         —         371       371  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2004

  $ 80,906     $ 300     $ (59 )   $ 81,147    
                                 

Total Comprehensive Income

          $ 844  
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit, Member’s Interest

and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

For the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003 (Predecessor Period), the period from April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 (Successor Period) and the years ended

December 31, 2004 and 2005 (Successor Periods)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    Member’s
Interest
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Unearned
Compensation
    Total     Total
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Balance at December 31, 2004

  $ 80,906     $ 300   $ (59 )   $ 81,147     $    

Amortization of unearned compensation

    —         —       12       12    

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge

    —         362     —         362       362  

Distributions

    (17,482 )     —       —         (17,482 )  

Net (loss) income

    (75 )     —       —         (75 )     (75 )
                                     

Balance at December 31, 2005

  $ 63,349     $ 662   $ (47 )   $ 63,964    
                               

Total Comprehensive Income

          $ 287  
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in thousands)

(1) Organization, Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

(a) Organization

Enterprise NewsMedia, Inc. (“ENM Inc.”) was formed on January 6, 1997 for the purpose of acquiring privately owned local community newspapers. On January 6, 1997, ENM Inc. acquired Enterprise Publishing Company (“EPC”). On February 4, 1998, ENM Inc. acquired George W. Prescott Publishing Company (“GWP”), Memorial Press Group (“MPG”) and Low Realty Inc. (“LRI”).

On April 1, 2003, ENM, Inc. affected a series of integrated transactions through which there was a change in control and a change in the entity through which the business operated from an S Corporation to a Delaware limited liability company, Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC (“ENM LLC”). Refer to the Sale Transaction section below for further discussion of the change in control and related change in basis.

ENM LLC (the “Company”), a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Enterprise NewsMedia Holding, LLC, was established for the purpose of completing the Sale Transaction and is the successor Company.

(b) Principles of Consolidation, Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ENM LLC and its subsidiaries and are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company operates in a single business segment as its enterprises have similar economic characteristics, products, customers and distribution. The following is a summary of the consolidated subsidiaries:

EPC, headquartered in Brockton, Massachusetts, was founded in 1880 and publishes the Brockton Enterprise, a leading daily newspaper serving 28 communities in three Massachusetts counties.

GWP, headquartered in Quincy, Massachusetts, was founded in 1848 and publishes the Patriot Ledger, a six-day daily newspaper serving 26 communities in southeastern Massachusetts.

LRI owns a portion of the real estate used by MPG and GWP.

MPG, headquartered in Plymouth, Massachusetts, publishes the Old Colony Memorial and several weekly publications distributed on Massachusetts’ South Shore. MPG also performs contract printing for affiliated and independent customers. On January 28, 2005, MPG acquired certain assets of The Call Group (“Call Acquisition”) and certain assets of the Norwood Bulletin (“Norwood Acquisition”). The Call Acquisition consisted of three weekly community newspapers, The Taunton Call, The Raynham Call, and The Lakeville Call. The Norwood Acquisition included The Norwood Bulletin, a weekly publication. As of December 31, 2005, MPG owned and operated 13 weekly newspapers.

Enterprise NewsMedia Chicopee LLC was established to acquire SCP 2002E-31 LLC (“SCP”). SCP is a special purpose entity that owns property (land and a building) located in Chicopee, Massachusetts. SCP is party to a triple net lease agreement whereby a tenant leases the building for monthly fixed rent equal to SCP’s monthly mortgage payment. The tenant is also liable for all operating expenses of the property, including, but not limited to, all real estate taxes and assessments,

 

F-85


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

insurance, utilities, repairs and maintenance. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards “SFAS” No. 13, “Accounting for Leases”, the triple net lease is classified and accounted for as an operating lease.

(c) Sale Transaction

As part of a change in control transaction, on April 1, 2003, ENM, Inc. contributed the preponderance of its assets, liabilities and related contractual arrangements (through a holding company) to the newly formed ENM LLC. Assets and liabilities retained by ENM, Inc. consisted of $3,000 in cash, investments and junior subordinated debt of $18,091 and accrued management fees of $9,875, respectively. All other assets, liabilities, operations and contractual arrangements were contributed to ENM LLC as part of the change in control transaction.

The change in control was accounted for as a purchase with a full step up to fair market value in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” resulting in a new basis of accounting subsequent to the Sale Transaction. For presentation herein, the financial statements up to the date of the sale are denoted as having been prepared under the Predecessor basis, while the financial statements prepared subsequent to the Transaction are denoted as having been prepared under the Successor basis.

The purchase price was allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities based on their fair values at April 1, 2003 as determined by third-party appraisals and management estimates. The following is a summary of the opening balance sheet under the successor basis of accounting reflecting the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, prior to the refinancing, as of the date of the Sale Transaction.

 

     April 1, 2003

Current assets

   $ 51,716

Property

     7,761

Equipment

     8,760

Other assets

     3,193

Advertising accounts

     45,849

Subscriber lists

     20,114

Mastheads

     6,083

Noncompete agreements

     625

Goodwill

     74,659
      

Total assets acquired

     218,760
      

Current liabilities

     10,163

Deferred revenue

     2,553

Long-term debt

     108,509

Other liabilities

     16,289
      

Total liabilities assumed

     137,514
      

Net assets acquired

   $ 81,246
      

 

F-86


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

In connection with the reorganization and sale of membership interests on April 1, 2003, all previous outstanding debt related obligations were refinanced.

Of the intangibles acquired, the advertising accounts have an estimated useful life of 18 years, the subscriber lists have an estimated useful life of 14 - 16 years, the noncompete agreements have a term of 4 years and the mastheads are deemed to have an indefinite life.

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are as follows:

(a) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to allowances for doubtful accounts, reserves for sales returns and allowances, pension and post-retirement liabilities, useful lives of tangible and intangible assets, inventory valuation and the recoverability of long-lived assets, including the excess of purchase price over net assets acquired. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. These form the basis of the Company’s judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates which would affect the Company’s reported results of operations.

(b) Cash Equivalents

The Company considers highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Included in cash and cash equivalents is $2,093 and $1,828 which is held in an overnight sweep at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

(c) Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable relate to sales for which credit is extended based on the customer’s credit history. Accounts receivable are stated at amounts due from customers net of an allowance for doubtful accounts and allowances. The Company determines its allowance by considering the length of time trade accounts receivable are past due, the Company’s previous loss history and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible, and payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company does not accrue interest on past due accounts.

(d) Concentrations of Credit Risks

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company places its cash deposits with a single financial institution. Accounts receivables are due from customers primarily located in the immediate area of publication. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue or accounts receivable in any period presented.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(e) Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sales of advertising space in published issues of its newspapers and on interactive websites owned by, or affiliated with, the Company as well as from sales of newspapers to distributors and individual subscribers. Newspaper advertising revenue is recorded when advertisements are published in newspapers. Website advertising revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period or as services are delivered, as appropriate.

Proceeds from newspaper subscriptions are deferred and are recognized in revenue ratably over the term of the subscriptions. Revenue is recorded net of estimated incentive offerings, including special pricing agreements, promotions and other volume-based incentives. Revisions to these estimates are charged to income in the period in which the facts for the revision become known.

(f) Inventories

Inventories, consisting primarily of newsprint, are stated at the lower of cost, determined pursuant to the first in, first out value method (FIFO), or market.

(g) Advertising

The Company’s policy is to expense all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for all periods presented was de minimis.

(h) Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, or when acquired in connection with a business acquisition, at the fair market value at time of acquisition based on independent appraisals. Fair value is generally determined based on estimated future cash flows of the related assets and gains and losses are recognized as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are as follows:

 

Buildings and improvements

   40 years

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

   5-10 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of life of lease or asset

Vehicles

   3-5 years

Computer hardware

   5 years

Computer software

   3-5 years

(i) Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (SFAS 142), goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment in December of each year, or when events indicate that an impairment could exist. As required by SFAS 142, in the Company’s impairment test of goodwill, the Company annually compares the fair value of the applicable reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the estimate of fair value, the Company calculates the impairment as the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its implied fair value. No impairment charge resulted from these tests during the period from January 1, 2003 to March 31, 2003, the period from April 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003, or the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005.

Intangible assets that are determined to have definite lives are amortized over their useful lives and are measured for impairment only when events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may be impaired. See Note 5 for the components of the Company’s intangible assets.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Noncompete and consulting agreements are recorded at acquisition cost and are amortized over the period of benefit using the straight-line method, usually ten years or less. Other intangible assets include acquired trademarks, subscriber lists, and advertising accounts. Amortization of intangible assets is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of the assets, which are as follows:

 

Trademarks—finite-lived

   15 years

Subscriber lists

   6-16 years

Advertising accounts

   12-18 years

Noncompete and consulting agreements

   2-4 years

(j) Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximated fair value at December 31, 2004 and 2005 because of the relatively short maturity of these instruments. The carrying value of short-term and long-term debt approximates fair value at December 31, 2004 and 2005.

(k) Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs arising in connection with borrowings under credit agreements have been capitalized and are amortized using the effective interest method over the term of their respective debt issues. If a debt issue is extinguished, any unamortized deferred financing fees are expensed at the time of extinguishment.

(l) Income Taxes

As an LLC, the Company is treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and therefore is generally not subject to income tax. Instead, the LLC members are taxed on their allocable share of the Company income.

For the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003, the entity operated as an S Corporation conducting business in Massachusetts. EPC, GWP, MPG, LRT and LRI were Qualifying Subchapter S Subsidiaries (“QSSS”) in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 1361(b)(3) and were generally not subject to corporate-level taxes. For federal reporting purposes, the subsidiaries were deemed to have liquidated into the Company and as a result all entities reported on a combined basis for federal income tax purposes.

(m) Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities

The Company is a limited user of derivative financial instruments to manage risks generally associated with interest rate volatility. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. All derivative instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as effective hedges are recorded either in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) or through earnings, as appropriate. The ineffective portion of derivatives that are classified as hedges is immediately recognized in net earnings (loss). The Company does not hold derivatives that are not classified as hedges.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(n) Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss), which is reported on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit, Members’ Interest and Comprehensive Income (Loss) as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, consists of net income (loss) and other gains and losses affecting shareholders’ deficit and members’ interest that, under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, are excluded from net income (loss). The only such item was the change in certain derivative financial instruments.

(o) Long-Lived Assets

The Company applies SFAS No. 143, “Accounting For Asset Retirement Obligations,” to review recognition of fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The Company also applies SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” to review long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets might not be recoverable and has concluded no financial statement adjustment is required.

(p) New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”). SFAS 123R addresses the accounting for transactions in which an enterprise exchanges its equity instruments for employee services. It also addresses transactions in which an enterprise incurs liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of those equity instruments in exchange for employee services. For public entities, the cost of employee services received in exchange for equity instruments, including employee stock options, is to be measured on the grant-date fair value of those instruments. The cost will be recognized as compensation expense over the service period, which would normally be the vesting period. SFAS 123R was to be effective as of the first interim or annual reporting period that began after June 15, 2005. On April 14, 2005, the compliance date was extended such that SFAS 123R is effective at the start of the next fiscal period beginning after June 15, 2005, which is January 1, 2006 for the Company. The Company will adopt SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006 and does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, statements of operations, or cash flows.

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections” (“SFAS 154”). SFAS 154 replaces ABP Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and SFAS 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.” SFAS 154 requires that a voluntary change in an accounting principle be applied retrospectively with all prior period financial statements presented using the new accounting principle. SFAS 154 also requires that a change in method of depreciating or amortizing a long-lived non-financial asset be accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate, and correction of errors in previously issued financial statements should be termed a restatement. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The implementation of SFAS 154 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations , which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations . FIN No. 47 clarifies terminology within SFAS No. 143 and requires an entity to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. A conditional asset retirement is a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. FIN No. 47 became effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005 and the Company adopted this interpretation for the year ended December 31, 2005. Adopting FIN No. 47 did not have a material impact in the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 109. FIN No. 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. Under FIN No. 48, the financial statements will reflect expected future tax consequences of such positions presuming the taxing authorities’ full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts, but without considering time values. FIN No. 48 substantially changes the applicable accounting model and is likely to cause greater volatility in income statements as more items are recognized discretely within income tax expense. FIN No. 48 also revises disclosure requirements and introduces a prescriptive, annual, tabular roll-forward of the unrecognized tax benefits. The new accounting model for uncertain tax positions is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2006. Companies need to assess all material open positions in all tax jurisdictions as of the adoption date and determine the appropriate amount of tax benefits that are recognizable under FIN No. 48. Any difference between the amounts previously recognized and the benefit determined under the new guidance, including changes in accrued interest and penalties, has to be recorded on the date of adoption. For certain types of income tax uncertainties, existing generally accepted accounting principles provide specific guidance on the accounting for modifications of the recognized benefit. Any differences in recognized tax benefits on the date of adoption that are not subject to specific guidance would be an adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the adoption period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of FIN 48 will have on its financial statements.

(3) Business Combinations—2005 Acquisitions

The purchase price for the assets of the Norwood Acquisition was $587 and the purchase price for the assets of the Call Acquisition was $487. The purchase prices for both acquisitions were allocated to the acquired assets based on their fair market values. The excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of the net identifiable assets acquired was $52 for the Norwood Acquisition and $104 for the Call Acquisition.

Both acquisitions were accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations do not include any revenue or expenses related to the Norwood Acquisition or the Call Acquisition prior to the acquisition date of January 28, 2005. Had each of these acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2005 or 2004, the impact on the Company’s results of operations would not have been significant. The

 

F-91


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

following table summarizes the estimated fair values from third-party valuations of the assets acquired at the date of acquisition.

 

Fair value—Norwood Acquisition:

  

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 10

Trademarks

     69

Subscriber list

     36

Advertising accounts

     120

Noncompete agreements

     300

Goodwill

     52
      

Net assets acquired

   $ 587
      

 

Fair value—Call Acquisition:

  

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 10  

Trademarks

     120  

Advertising accounts

     165  

Noncompete agreements

     88  

Goodwill

     104  
        

Total acquisition cost

     487  

Less note payable to seller

     (225 )
        

Net assets acquired

   $ 262  
        

Of the intangible assets acquired, the trademarks have an estimated useful life of 15 years, the subscriber list has an estimated useful life of 6 years and the advertising accounts have an estimated useful life of 12 years. The noncompete agreements have lives ranging from 2 to 4 years.

(4) Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment, net are summarized as follows:

 

     2004     2005  

Land

   $ 2,650     $ 2,650  

Buildings

     10,090       10,203  

Furniture and fixtures

     403       413  

Leasehold, building and land improvements

     403       445  

Vehicles

     2,221       2,260  

Machinery and equipment

     4,299       4,407  

Computer hardware and software

     2,890       3,434  

Purchase of manufacturing facility by an agent (non-operating)(a)

     —         5,582  
                
     22,956       29,394  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (5,382 )     (7,015 )
                
   $ 17,574     $ 22,379  
                

Depreciation expense for the period from January 1, 2003 to March 31, 2003, the period from April 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 2004 and 2005 was $602, $3,085, $3,027, and $2,075, respectively.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(a) On December 23, 2005 a third party agent/intermediary (pursuant to a tax free exchange rule) acquired a vacant manufacturing facility for the benefit of the Company in the amount of $5,582. Such purchase was facilitated by an advance of the acquisition amount to the agent by the Company. As of December 31, 2005, the Company was in the process of developing its plans for this facility. There is no additional liability pursuant to the acquisition of this facility.

(5) Other Intangible Assets, net

Other intangible assets, net are summarized as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2004
     Gross carrying
amount
   Accumulated
amortization
   Net carrying
amount

Advertising accounts

   $ 45,849    $ 4,458    $ 41,391

Noncompete and consulting agreement

     625      273      352

Subscriber lists

     20,114      2,489      17,625

Trademarks—indefinite-lived

     6,083      —        6,083
                    

Total

   $ 72,671    $ 7,220    $ 65,451
                    
     As of December 31, 2005
     Gross carrying
amount
   Accumulated
amortization
   Net carrying
amount

Advertising accounts

   $ 46,134    $ 7,019    $ 39,115

Noncompete and consulting agreement

     1,054      580      474

Subscriber lists

     20,150      3,913      16,237

Trademarks—indefinite-lived

     6,083      —        6,083

Trademarks—finite-lived

     189      8      181
                    

Total

   $ 73,610    $ 11,520    $ 62,090
                    

Amortization expense for the period from January 1, 2003 to March 31, 2003, the period from April 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 totaled $1,277, $3,094, $4,125 and $4,300, respectively. Amortization is expected to total approximately $4,306, $4,208, $4,069, $3,030 and $4,030 for the years ending December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Certain former owners of EPC have agreed not to compete with the Company’s current newspaper operations and to provide consulting services as necessary. The consideration for this agreement is payable in quarterly payments through October 2006. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, payments totaled $500 per year. In 2005, the Company agreed to pay $300 as part of the Norwood Acquisition and $88 as part of the Call Acquisition to certain personnel for agreements not to compete with the Company.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(6) Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consists of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2004    2005

Payroll

   $ 1,283    $ 997

Vacation

     677      677

Interest

     994      906

Other

     833      613
             

Total accrued expenses

   $ 3,787    $ 3,193
             

(7) Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2004     2005  

Senior debt—term loan facilities (refinanced in 2005)

   $ 64,738     $ 75,000  

Mortgage obligation

     4,243       4,049  

Note payable

     —         225  
                
     68,981       79,274  

Less: current portion—long-term debt

     (7,282 )     (893 )
                

Total long-term debt

   $ 61,699     $ 78,381  
                

(a) Senior Debt

On January 21, 2005, senior debt of $64,738 was repaid with the proceeds of a new term loan facility, with a syndicate of lending institutions led by Wachovia Bank.

The new term loan facility consists of $75,000 in principal, bearing interest at the prevailing 3-month LIBOR Rate plus 3.0% (7.2% at December 31, 2005). Principal payments of $188 are due quarterly (commencing April 1, 2006), with the final maturity and balloon payment of $35,250 due in July 2012.

In connection with the issuance of the new term loan facility, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of $1,576 and wrote off debt issuance costs associated with the existing facility of approximately $2,025.

Prior to the refinancing, the Company had a term loan facility of $70,000, accruing interest at the prevailing 3-month LIBOR rate plus 3.5% to 4.0%, payable quarterly, with principal payments due through September 2009. In conjunction with this term loan facility, the Company also had a revolving loan facility of $14,000 which bore interest at the higher of the bank’s prime rate or the Federal funds effective rate plus 2.7% to 3% that was scheduled to expire in March 2009. There was no balance outstanding under the revolving loan facility at December 31, 2004.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Obligations under both term loan facilities are/were collateralized by a pledge of all of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets and intellectual property. The 2005 term loan facility contains restrictions on additional indebtedness, asset sales, dividends and other distributions, capital expenditures, transactions with affiliates and other unrelated business activities. Financial performance covenants for the 2005 term loan facility and line of credit include interest coverage, leverage ratio, and fixed charge coverage ratios. The Company was in compliance with the covenants at December 31, 2005.

(b) Revolving Credit Loan

In conjunction with the new term loan facility, the Company also secured a revolving loan facility with a maximum borrowing capacity of $25,000. The outstanding balance on the revolving loan facility at December 31, 2005 was $6,500 with interest accruing at the bank’s Prime rate plus 1.75% (9.00% at December 31, 2005). The revolving loan facility is scheduled to mature on December 31, 2010.

(c) Mortgage

In December 2003, in conjunction with the acquisition of SCP (Note 1), the Company assumed a long-term, fixed rate mortgage and security agreement. The loan provides for a ten-year mortgage with principal and interest of $37 payable monthly through December 2012 and with the balance due on January 10, 2013. The mortgage bears interest at a rate of 6.117% per annum. The mortgage is collateralized by a first lien on, and an assignment of rents and leases of, the property mortgaged by SCP.

(d) Note Payable

In connection with the 2005 Call Acquisition (Note 3), $225 of the acquisition was financed with a two year promissory note. The note provides for a principal payment of $125 plus accrued interest to be paid on the first anniversary date of the closing, and a principal payment of $100 plus accrued interest to be paid on the second anniversary date of the closing. The note bears interest of prime plus 1.5%, (8.75% at December 31, 2005).

(e) Maturities of Long-term debt

Maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 

     Term Loan
Facility
   Mortgage    Note Payable    Total

2006

   $ 562    $ 206    $ 125    $ 893

2007

     750      219      100      1,069

2008

     750      233      —        983

2009

     750      248      —        998

2010

     750      264      —        1,014

Thereafter

     71,438      2,879      —        74,317
                           

Total

   $ 75,000    $ 4,049    $ 225    $ 79,274
                           

 

F-95


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(8) Interest Rate Swap Agreement

The Company is party to an interest rate swap agreement. The notional amount of the interest rate swap is $36,000. The agreement includes a floating rate option based on the three-month LIBOR. The Company incurs interest expense equal to the difference between the applicable rate and 2.79% when the rate is less than 2.79%. The Company recognizes interest income equal to the difference between the applicable rate and 2.79% when the rate is greater than 2.79%. The agreement qualifies for cash flow hedge accounting in accordance with FAS No. 133. It will expire on November 1, 2006 and the residual balance is expected to be reclassified at that time. The value of the interest rate swap at December 31, 2004 and 2005 was an asset of $300 and $662, respectively. The increases in fair market value of $473 and $362 during 2004 and 2005, respectively, were included as a component of other comprehensive income.

(9) Member’s Interest

(a) Non-cash Compensation

In connection with the Sale Transaction, Promote Interests were issued to a member of management. No further Promote Interests have been issued subsequently. The rights of the holder of Promote Interests are identical to those of ENM LLC membership interest holders, except that holder of Promote Interests does not have voting rights and does not receive a share in liquidation proceeds of the Company until holders of membership interests have received their unreturned capital contributions. Additionally, upon the termination of employment of any individuals to whom Promote Interests have been allocated, the Company has the option to repurchase the Promote Interests. There were no repurchases in 2004 and 2005. The timing, nature and circumstances surrounding the termination will determine whether the repurchase price is at cost or fair market value, as defined by the LLC Agreement, of the Promote Interests.

As the Promote Interests are, in substance, to be issued to employees of the Company, they are accounted for under Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25 (“APB 25”) “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”. The 250 Promote Interests issued through December 31, 2003 were issued at a nominal purchase price that was below their fair market value at issuance. The fair market value was determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. In accordance with APB 25, the $80 spread between cost and fair market value of the issued Promote Interests has been recorded as unearned compensation, a component of member’s interest in the consolidated balance sheet. Had the Promote Interest been measured using a fair value methodology, the difference in compensation expense and net income (loss) would have been de minimis for all periods presented. The unearned compensation is being amortized on a straight-line basis as compensation expense over the period the Promote Interests are subject to repurchase at cost. During the period from April 1,2003 to December 31, 2003, and years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, $9, $12, and $12 was recognized as compensation expense, respectively.

(b) Management Incentive Interests

In connection with the formation of ENM LLC, the Company authorized a number of Management Incentive Interests allocable to certain members of ENM LLC’s senior management. The Management Incentive Interests allow for members of senior management to share in the liquidation proceeds of the Company if certain threshold enterprise value targets are attained upon a liquidation event. Upon

 

F-96


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

liquidation, the individuals to whom Management Incentive Interests have been allocated are to be issued membership interests representing a fully diluted share in liquidation proceeds from a minimum of 0% to a maximum of 12%. The aggregate percentage share is based on a sliding scale and increases as the enterprise value meets targets defined in the LLC Agreement. There is no liability on the balance sheet at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

Upon the termination of employment of any individuals to whom Management Incentive Interests have been allocated, the Company has the option to repurchase the Management Incentive Interests. The timing, nature and circumstances surrounding the termination will determine whether the repurchase price is at cost or fair market value, as defined by the LLC Agreement, of the Management Incentive Interests.

(10) Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

EPC sponsors a 401(k) retirement plan for certain of its non-union employees. Non-union employees who have completed at least one year of service with EPC, have worked a minimum of 1,000 hours, and have attained the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the plan. These employees can elect to contribute up to 25% of their gross salary to the plan subject to IRS limitations. EPC matches 50% of the first 6% of contributions to the plan and may, at its discretion, make additional contributions to the plan. In connection with the required match, EPC’s contribution to this plan was $14, $41, $53 and $44 during the period from January 1, 2003 to March 31, 2003, period from April 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003, and the years ended December 31, 2004 an 2005, respectively. An additional discretionary contribution to this plan of $56, $58 and $47 was accrued and charged against income during the period from April 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003, and years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

EPC also sponsors a 401(k) retirement plan for certain of its union employees. Union employees who have completed at least three months of service with EPC and have attained the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the plan. Employees can elect to contribute up to 25% of their gross salary to the plan subject to IRS limitations. The EPC does not match contributions and does not make additional contributions to this plan.

In addition, the Company sponsors a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan for certain employees of GWP and MPG. Employees can elect to contribute up to 25% of their gross salary to the plan subject to IRS limitations. The Company matches 2% of the employees’ weekly contribution at GWP. There is no company match at MPG. In connection with the required match, the subsidiary’s contribution to this plan was $4, $12, $17 and $20 during the period from January 1, 2003 to March 31, 2003, the period from April 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

The Company also maintains a pension plan and a postretirement medical and life insurance plan which cover certain employees of GWP and MPG. The Company uses the accrued benefit actuarial method and best estimate assumptions to determine pension costs, liabilities and other pension information for defined benefit plans.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

The following provides information on the pension plan and post-retirement medical and life insurance plan as of and for the period from January 1, 2003 to March 31, 2003, the period from April 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005:

 

   

Pension

Year Ended

   

Post Retirement

Year Ended

 
    2004     2005     2004     2005  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

       

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $ 18,663     $ 20,552     $ 10,107     $ 10,067  

Service cost

    481       523       472       380  

Interest cost

    1,177       1,178       573       514  

Actuarial (gain) loss

    1,424       383       (849 )     (1,267 )

Benefits and expenses paid

    (1,193 )     (1,182 )     (236 )     (224 )
                               

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

  $ 20,552     $ 21,454     $ 10,067     $ 9,470  
                               

Change in plan assets:

       

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  $ 16,966     $ 16,857     $ —       $ —    

Actual return on plan assets

    1,083       541       —         —    

Employer contribution

    —         —         236       224  

Benefits paid

    (959 )     (987 )     (236 )     (224 )

Expenses paid

    (233 )     (195 )     —         —    
                               

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  $ 16,857     $ 16,216     $ —       $ —    
                               

Reconciliation of funded status

       

Benefit obligation at end of period

  $ (20,552 )   $ (21,454 )   $ (10,067 )   $ (9,470 )

Fair value of assets at end of period

    16,857       16,216       —         —    
                               

Funded status

    (3,695 )     (5,238 )     (10,067 )     (9,470 )

Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss

    254       1,568       (1,477 )     (2,612 )
                               

Net prepaid/(accrued) benefit cost

  $ (3,441 )   $ (3,670 )   $ (11,544 )   $ (12,082 )
                               

 

F-98


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    Pension     Post Retirement  
   

Period from

January 1,

2003 to

March 31,

2003

   

Period from

April 1,

2003 to

December 31,

2003

   

Year Ended

December 31,

   

Period from

January 1,

2003 to

March 31,

2003

   

Period from

April 1,

2003 to

December 31,

2003

 

Year Ended

December 31,

 
           
      2004     2005         2004     2005  
    (Predecessor)     (Successor)     (Successor)     (Successor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)   (Successor)     (Successor)  

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

               

Service cost

  $ 116     $ 317     $ 481     $ 523     $ 128     $ 413   $ 472     $ 380  

Interest cost

    290       872       1,177       1,178       157       483     573       514  

Expected return on plan assets

    (348 )     (1,000 )     (1,484 )     (1,472 )     —         —       —         —    

Amortization of prior service cost

    6       —         —         —         (18 )     —       —         —    

Amortization of unrecognized gain (loss)

    108       —         —         —         79       —       (36 )     (132 )
                                                             

Net periodic benefit cost

  $ 172     $ 189     $ 174     $ 229     $ 346     $ 896   $ 1,009     $ 762  
                                                             

Comparison of obligations to plan assets:

               

Projected benefit obligation

  $ 18,364     $ 18,663     $ 20,552     $ 21,454     $ 10,060     $ 10,106   $ 10,067     $ 9,470  

Accumulated benefit obligation

    16,719       16,949       18,614       19,422       10,060       10,106     10,067       9,470  

Fair value of plan assets

    15,286       16,966       16,857       16,216       —         —       —         —    

The following assumptions were used in connection with the Company’s actuarial valuation of its defined benefit pension and post retirement plans:

 

    Pension     Post Retirement  
   

Period from

January 1,

2003 to

March 31,

2003

   

Period from

April 1,

2003 to

December 31,

2003

   

Year Ended

December 31,

   

Period from

January 1,

2003 to

March 31,

2003

   

Period from

April 1,

2003 to

December 31,

2003

   

Year Ended

December 31,

 
           
      2004     2005         2004     2005  
    (Predecessor)     (Successor)     (Successor)     (Successor)     (Predecessor)     (Successor)     (Successor)     (Successor)  

Weighted average discount rate

  6.50 %   6.30 %   6.00 %   5.75 %   6.50 %   6.30 %   6.00 %   5.75 %

Rate of increase in future compensation levels

  4.00 %   4.00 %   4.00 %   4.00 %   4.00 %   4.00 %   4.00 %   4.00 %

Expected return on assets

  9.00 %   9.00 %   9.00 %   9.00 %   —       —       —       —    

Current year trend

  —       —       —       —       11.00 %   11.00 %   10.00 %   9.25 %

Ultimate year trend

  —       —       —       —       5.50 %   5.50 %   5.50 %   5.50 %

Year of ultimate trend

          2011     2011     2011     2011  

 

F-99


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Post Retirement  
     2004     2005  

Effect of 1% increase in Health Care Cost Trend Rates

    

APBO

   $ 11,801     $ 11,013  

Dollar Change

   $ 1,734     $ 1,543  

Percent Change

     17.225 %     16.294 %

Effect of 1% decrease in Health Care Cost Trend Rates

    

APBO

   $ 8,683     $ 8,227  

Dollar Change

   $ (1,384 )   $ (1,243 )

Percentage Change

     (13.748 )%     (13.126 )%

Amortization of prior service costs was calculated using the straight-line method over the average remaining service periods of the employees expected to receive benefits under the Plan.

The Plan’s assets by asset category are as follows:

 

     Pension     Post Retirement
     2004     2005     2004    2005

Equity funds

   64 %   67 %   —      —  

Debt funds

   36 %   33 %   —      —  
                     

Total

   100 %   100 %   —      —  
                     

The Company considers various factors in estimating the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Among the factors considered include the historical long-term returns on plan assets, the current and expected allocation of plan assets, input from the actuaries and investment consultants, and long-term inflation assumptions. The expected allocation of plan assets is based on a diversified portfolio consisting of domestic and international equity securities and fixed income securities.

The Company’s investment policy for its pension plan is to balance risk and return using a diversified portfolio consisting primarily of high quality equity and fixed income securities. The target allocation of equity funds is 65% and debt funds 35% of the portfolio’s investments. To accomplish this goal, each plan’s assets are actively managed by outside investment managers with the objective of optimizing long-term return while maintaining a high standard of portfolio quality and proper diversification. The Company monitors the maturities of fixed income securities so that there is sufficient liquidity to meet current benefit payment obligations.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future services, as appropriate, are expected to be paid as follows:

 

     Pension    Post Retirement

2006

   $ 1,043    $ 335

2007

     1,072      361

2008

     1,112      371

2009

     1,170      401

2010

     1,210      442

2011-2015

     7,068      2,935

Employer contribution expected to be paid during the year ending December 31, 2006

   $ —      $ 335

 

F-100


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(11) Equity Investment

Prior to January 2005, the Company maintained a 50% interest in Colony South Associates, LP (“Colony South”), an equity investment with Vazza Group Limited Partnership (“Vazza”). The Company accounted for its investment in Colony South under the equity method. Colony South owned and operated a commercial office complex, which was partially leased to the Company. Vazza served as the managing partner. In January 2005, the commercial office complex real estate was foreclosed on and purchased by an independent third party. In connection with the foreclosure, Colony South had no further liability associated with the office complex and was dissolved in January 2005. There was no gain or loss upon the dissolution.

(12) Related Party Transactions

For the period from January 1, 2003 to March 31, 2003, the Company had an agreement with Newspaper Media LLC to provide management services to the Company at an annual fee plus certain allocated expenses. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer was a member of Newspaper Media LLC. Fees and expenses paid to Newspaper Media LLC under the agreement amounted to $300 for the three months ended March 31, 2003. In connection with the Sale Transaction on April 1, 2003, this agreement was dissolved.

As noted in Note 11, the Company leased commercial space from Colony South, of which the Company owned 50% via its equity investment. With respect to the foreclosure, the lease was terminated and rent in 2005 was paid to the independent third-party. Aggregate rent expense during the period from January 1, 2003 to March 31, 2003, the period from April 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003, and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 was $637, $1,491, $1,659, and $1,064, respectively.

In addition, the Company paid $193 in 2005 to a member for management services.

(13) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has a ten year non-cancelable lease agreement that expires March 2015 as well as other machinery and equipment leases. The Company is obligated for the following amounts under the aggregate leases:

 

2006

   $ 1,005

2007

     1,042

2008

     1,080

2009

     1,100

2010

     1,141

Thereafter

     5,305
      

Total

   $ 10,673
      

In connection with the office lease, the Company was given allowances for leasehold improvements by the landlord amounting to $823, which is amortized over the 10 year contractual period of the lease.

Rent expense for the period from January 1, 2003 to March 31, 2003, the period from April 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 totaled $637, $1,491, $1,659 and $1,064, respectively.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Effective January 28, 2005, in connection with the Call Acquisition, the Company entered into two employment agreements for a period of two years each. Compensation under the employment agreements totals $120 per year.

The Company is involved in routine legal matters in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, and based on consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

At December 31, 2004 and 2005 the Company had a $390 outstanding letter of credit agreement with a bank guaranteeing deductibles on insurance policies.

(14) Subsequent Events (unaudited)

On June 6, 2006, through a series of transactions, Gatehouse Media, Inc. and subsidiaries, headquartered in Fairport, New York acquired all of the equity interests of ENM LLC for $180,000 through a Securities Purchase Agreement. Simultaneously with the sale of the Company, the senior bank debt totaling $81,813, plus accrued interest of $737 net of the fair value of an interest rate derivative contract associated with the bank debt, the remaining liability of $250 due on noncompete and consulting agreements, and the balance of $100 on a note payable due to the former owners of the Call Group were paid in full. Immediately prior to these transactions, the Company distributed property it acquired pursuant to a tax-free exchange through an agent and the triple net lease as described in Note 4 and Note 1, respectively, to the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, to the former owners of ENM LLC.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

March 31, 2006

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     March 31,
2006
ASSETS   

CURRENT ASSETS

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,315

Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $507

     6,646

Inventories

     772

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     712
      

Total current assets

     10,445
      

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT—NET

     22,269

OTHER ASSETS

  

Goodwill

     74,841

Other intangible assets—net

     61,134

Other assets

     2,208
      

Total assets

   $ 170,897
      
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ INTEREST   

CURRENT LIABILITIES

  

Accounts payable

   $ 2,085

Accrued expenses

     3,435

Current portion—long-term debt

     1,062

Current portion—noncompete and consulting agreements

     375

Deferred revenue

     2,181

Revolving credit loan

     5,000
      

Total current liabilities

     14,138
      

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     78,042

Pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations

     16,261

Other liabilities

     387
      

Total liabilities

     108,828

MEMBER’S INTEREST

     62,069
      

Total liabilities and members’ interest

   $ 170,897
      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the three months ended March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
2005
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
2006
 

Revenues:

    

Advertising

   $ 12,591     $ 13,072  

Circulation

     5,429       5,137  

Commercial printing and other

     121       128  
                

Total revenues

     18,141       18,337  
                

Operating costs and expenses:

    

Production

     5,836       5,956  

Selling, general and administrative

     10,033       11,035  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,504       1,532  
                

Total operating expenses

     17,373       18,523  
                

Income (loss) from operations

     768       (186 )
                

Other income (expenses):

    

Interest expense

     (1,200 )     (1,391 )

Interest income

     1       4  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     (76 )     (55 )

Write-off of deferred financing costs upon extinguishment of debt

     (2,025 )     —    

Other

     47       50  
                

Total other income (expenses)

     (3,253 )     (1,392 )
                

Net loss

   $ (2,485 )   $ (1,578 )
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Member’s Interest and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    Member’s
Interest
    Accumulative
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Unearned
Compensation
    Total     Total
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Balance at December 31, 2005

  $ 63,349     $ 662     $ (47 )   $ 63,964    

Amortization of unearned compensation

    —         —         3       3    

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge

      (66 )       (66 )     (66 )

Distributions

    (254 )     —         —         (254 )  

Net loss

    (1,578 )     —         —         (1,578 )     (1,578 )
                                       

Balance at March 31, 2006

  $ 61,517     $ 596     $ (44 )   $ 62,069    
                                 

Total comprehensive loss

          $ (1,644 )
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the three months ended March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2005
    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2006
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (2,485 )   $ (1,578 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     1,504       1,532  

Amortization of unearned compensation

     3       3  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     76       55  

Write-off of deferred financing costs upon extinguishment of debt

     2,025       —    

Gain on the sale of property, plant and equipment

     6       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

    

Trade receivables

     894       747  

Inventories

     129       274  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     375       199  

Other assets

     —         2  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (2,245 )     (900 )

Deferred revenue

     87       157  

Pension and other liabilities

     247       525  
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     616       1,016  
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Payments of deferred acquisition payments

     (125 )     (125 )

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (849 )     (174 )

Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment

     12       —    

Purchase of property, plant, and equipment

     (253 )     (359 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,215 )     (658 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Distribution to members

     (16,534 )     (255 )

Repayments of long-term debt

     (64,785 )     (170 )

Repayments on revolving credit facility

     —         (1,500 )

Proceeds from long-term debt

     81,000       —    

Deferred financing costs

     (1,514 )     (39 )
                

Net cash used in financing activities

     (1,833 )     (1,964 )
                

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,432 )     (1,606 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

     6,182       3,921  
                

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

   $ 3,750     $ 2,315  
                

Supplementary disclosures of cash flow information

            

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,260     $ 902  

Non Cash Activity

The Company owns real estate in Chicopee, Massachusetts that is leased to an independent third party. The lease calls for the tenant to pay the lease payments directly to the Company’s mortgage lender. The lease payments paid by the tenant directly to the mortgage lender was $47 and $50 for the 3 months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the three months ended March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006

(dollar amounts in thousands)

(1) Basis of Preparation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC and subsidiaries (the “Company” or “ENM”) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim financial information and the instructions to Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in comprehensive annual financial statements presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and regulations.

Management believes that the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments (which include normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement of the financial position of ENM as of March 31, 2006, and the results of their operations and cash flows for the quarters ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005.

As of March 31, 2006, the Company’s significant accounting polices and estimates for year ended December 31, 2005, have not changed from December 31, 2005, except for the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards) “FAS” No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (FAS No. 123R”). See Note 2 for additional information regarding the Company’s adoption of FAS No. 123R.

(2) New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123R”). SFAS No. 123R addresses the accounting for transactions in which an enterprise exchanges its equity instruments for employee services. It also addresses transactions in which an enterprise incurs liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of those equity instruments in exchange for employee services. For public entities, the cost of employee services received in exchange for equity instruments, including employee stock options, is to be measured on the grant-date fair value of those instruments. The cost will be recognized as compensation expense over the service period, which would normally be the vesting period. The Company adopted FAS No. 123R in the first quarter of 2006 using the fair market method and modified prospective application method.

FAS No. 123R requires stock-based compensation expense to be recognized over the period from the date of grant to the date when the award is no longer contingent on the employee providing additional service.

The Company accounted for its Promote Interests in accordance with the intrinsic value method set forth in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations. Interests were issued at a nominal purchase price that was below their fair market value at issuance. The fair market value of the Promote Interests was determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model, and the difference between cost and fair market value of the issued interest was recorded as unearned

 

F-107


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

compensation, a component of member’s interest in the consolidated balance sheet. The unearned compensation was amortized on a straight-line basis to compensation expense over the period the interests are subject to repurchase at cost. Had the Promote Interests been measured using a fair value methodology, the difference in compensation expense and net income (loss) would have been diminimus.

(3) Business Combinations

On January 28, 2005, the Company acquired certain assets of the Norwood Bulletin and certain assets of the Call Group and on February 24, 2006 the Company acquired certain assets of the Associated Newspapers. The purchase price for certain assets of the Norwood Bulletin was $587, the purchase price for certain assets of the Call Group was $487 and the purchase price for certain assets of the Associated Newspapers was $152. The purchase price for each acquisition was allocated to the assets based on their fair market values. The excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of the net identifiable assets acquired was $52 for the Norwood Bulletin, $104 for the Call Group and $2 for the Associated Newspapers.

Each acquisition was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations do not include any revenue or expenses related to the Norwood Bulletin or the Call Group prior to the acquisition date of January 28, 2005, and for the Associated Newspapers prior to the acquisition date of February 24, 2006. Had the Norwood Bulletin or Call Group acquisition occurred as of January 1, 2005 or 2004, or the Associated acquisition occurred as of January 1, 2006 or 2005, the impact on the Company’s results of operations would not have been significant.

(4) Pension and Postretirement Benefits

The following provides information on the pension plan and post-retirement medical and life insurance plan as of and for period ended March 31, 2006 and 2005:

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement
Benefits
 
     March 31,
2005
    March 31,
2006
    March 31,
2005
    March 31,
2006
 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs

        

Service cost

   $ 131     $ 175     $ 95     $ 103  

Interest cost

     295       301       129       134  

Expected return on plan assets

     (368 )     (353 )     —         —    

Amortization of unrecognized gain (loss)

     —         —         (33 )     (30 )
                                

Net periodic benefit cost

     58       123       191       207  

Special termination benefits

     —         179       —         —    
                                

Total

   $ 58     $ 302     $ 191     $ 207  
                                

 

F-108


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(5) Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets are summarized as follows:

 

     As of March 31, 2006
     Gross carrying
amount
   Accumulated
amortization
   Net carrying
amount

Advertising accounts

   $ 46,172    $ 7,670    $ 38,502

Covenant not to compete/consulting agreement

     1,063      625      438

Subscriber lists

     20,152      4,273      15,879

Trademarks—indefinite-lived

     6,083      —        6,083

Trademarks—finite-lived

     247      15      232
                    

Total

   $ 73,717    $ 12,583    $ 61,134
                    

Amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 was $1,053 and $1,063, respectively.

(6) Long-Term Debt

(a) Senior Debt

On January 21, 2005, senior debt of $64,738 was repaid with the proceeds of new term loan facility, with a syndicate of lending institutions led by Wachovia Bank.

The new term loan facility consists of $75,000 in principal, with the interest at the prevailing 3-month LIBOR rate plus 3.0% (7.63% at March 31, 2006) with principal payment of $188 due quarterly (commencing April 1, 2006) with a final maturity and balloon payment of $35,250 in July 2012. At March 31, 2006, the outstanding balance on the term loan was $75,000.

In connection with the issuance of the new term loan facility, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of $1,576 and wrote off debt issuance costs associated with the existing facility of approximately $2,025.

Obligations under term loan facilities are collateralized by a pledge of all of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets and intellectual property. The 2005 term loan facility contains restrictions on additional indebtedness, asset sales, dividends and other distributions, capital expenditures, transactions with affiliates and other unrelated business activities. Financial performance covenants for the 2005 term loan facility and revolving credit loan include interest coverage, leverage ratio, and fixed charge coverage ratio. The Company was in compliance with all such covenants at March 31, 2006.

(b) Revolving Credit Loan

In conjunction with the term loan facility, the Company also secured a revolving loan facility with a maximum borrowing capacity of $25,000. The outstanding balance on the revolving loan facility at March 31, 2006 was $5,000 with interest at the bank’s Prime rate plus 1.75%. The revolving loan facility is scheduled to mature in December 31, 2010.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

(c) Mortgage

In December 2003, the Company assumed a long-term, fixed rate mortgage and security agreement. The outstanding balance of the mortgage was $4,004 as of March 31, 2006. The loan provides for a ten-year mortgage with principal and interest of $37 payable monthly through December 2012 and with the balance due on January 10, 2013. The mortgage bears interest at a rate of 6.117% per annum. The mortgage is collateralized by a first lien on, and an assignment of rents and leases of, the property mortgaged.

(d) Note Payable

In connection with the 2005 acquisition of the Call Group as described in Note 3, $225 of the acquisition was financed with a two year promissory note. The note provides for a principal payment of $125 plus accrued interest to be paid on the first anniversary date of the closing, and a principal payment of $100 plus accrued interest to be paid on the second anniversary date of the closing. The note bears interest of prime plus 1.5% (9.0% at March 31, 2006). The balance on the note as of March 31, 2006 was $100.

(7) Subsequent Events

On June 6, 2006, through a series of transactions, Gatehouse Media, Inc. and subsidiaries, headquartered in Fairport, New York acquired all of the equity interests of ENM LLC, for $180,000 through a Securities Purchase Agreement. Simultaneously with the sale of the Company, the senior bank debt totaling $81,813, plus accrued interest of $737 net of the fair value of an interest rate derivative contract associated with the bank debt, the remaining liability of $250 due on noncompete and consulting agreements, and the balance of $100 on a note payable due to the former owners of the Call Group were paid in full. Immediately prior to these transactions, the Company distributed property it acquired pursuant to a tax-free exchange through an agent and the triple net lease as described in Note 4 and Note 1, respectively, to the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, to the former owners of ENM LLC.

 

F-110


Table of Contents

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   11

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   21

Use of Proceeds

   22

Dividend Policy

   23

Capitalization

   24

Dilution

   25

Selected Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data

   27

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   31

Business

   48

Management

   64

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   76

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

   78

Description of Certain Indebtedness

   80

Description of Capital Stock

   82

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   85

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

   86

Underwriting

   88

Legal Matters

   93

Experts

   93

Where You Can Find More Information

   93

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-1

 


Through and including                     , 2006 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 



             Shares

 

GateHouse Media, Inc.

Common Stock

LOGO

 


Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Wachovia Securities

 

 



Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

Set forth below is a table of the registration fee for the Securities and Exchange Commission, the filing fee for the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the listing fees for the New York Stock Exchange and estimates of all other expenses to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities described in the Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions:

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 21,400

NASD fee

     20,500

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *

Printing and engraving expenses

     *

Legal fees and expenses

     *

Accounting fees and expenses

     *

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *

Miscellaneous

     *

Total

   $ *
      

* To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We are a Delaware corporation. Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchase or redemptions), or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

Reference is also made to Section 145 of the DGCL, which provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who is, or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any officer or director in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses that such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws generally eliminate the personal liability of our directors for breaches of fiduciary duty as a director and indemnify directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We intend to enter into indemnity agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which will provide for mandatory indemnity of an executive officer or director made party to a “proceeding” by reason of the fact that the indemnitee is or was an executive officer or director of ours, if the indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, the indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. These agreements will also obligate us to advance expenses to an indemnitee provided that the indemnitee will repay advanced expenses in the event the indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. Indemnitees are also entitled to partial indemnification and indemnification for expenses incurred as a result of acting at our request as a director, officer or agent of an employee benefit plan or other partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise owned or controlled by us.

We maintain an insurance policy providing for indemnification of our officers, directors and certain other persons against liabilities and expenses incurred by any of them in certain stated proceedings and under certain stated conditions.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In June 2005, Fortress and certain members of management acquired an aggregate of 1,475 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1.475 million. In addition, on January 29, 2006, Michael E. Reed purchased 250 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000. Such sales were made in reliance on the exemption from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

Item 16. Exhibits

 

Exhibit

No.

    

Description of Exhibit

1.1 *    Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1      Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 9, 2005, by and among FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, FIF III Liberty Acquisition, LLC and Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.
2.2      Agreement and Plan of Merger and Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 5, 2006, by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., ENM Merger Sub, Inc., HPM Merger Sub, Inc., ENHE Acquisition, LLC, ENM, Inc., Heritage Partners Media, Inc., Heritage Fund III, L.P., Heritage Fund IIIA, L.P., Heritage Investors III, LLC, Frank E. Richardson, individually and as trustee under certain voting trust agreements, James F. Plugh, Michael H. Plugh, Jennifer V. Plugh, Catherine T. Plugh, Myron F. Fuller, Richard Fuller, Thomas J. Branca, ENHE, LLC and Enterprise NewsMedia Holding, LLC
2.3      Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 5, 2006, by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., Herald Media, Inc. and CP Media, Inc.
3.1 *    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of GateHouse Media, Inc.
3.2 *    Amended and Restated By-laws of GateHouse Media, Inc.
4.3 *    Form of common stock certificate
4.4 *    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of                     , 2006, between GateHouse Media, Inc. and FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC
5.1 *    Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
10.1 *    GateHouse Media Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
10.2      Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Publisher’s Deferred Compensation Plan
10.3      Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Benefit Plan

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

    

Description of Exhibit

10.4      Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Deferral Plan
10.5      Separation and Consulting Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2005, by and among Liberty Group Operating, Inc., Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. and Kenneth L. Serota
10.6 *    Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into by GateHouse Media, Inc. with each of its executive officers and directors
10.8      Employment Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2006, by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., GateHouse Media Operating, Inc. and Michael E. Reed
10.9      Employment Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2005, by and among Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., Liberty Group Operating, Inc. and Scott Tracy Champion
10.10      Employment Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2005, by and among Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., Liberty Group Operating, Inc. and Randall W. Cope
10.11      Employment Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2006, by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., GateHouse Media Operating, Inc. and Mark R. Thompson
10.12      Employment Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2006, by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., GateHouse Media Operating, Inc. and Polly G. Sack
10.13      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2006, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Michael E. Reed
10.14      Amended and Restated Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2006, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Scott Champion
10.15      Amended and Restated Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2006, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Randy Cope
10.16      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2005, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Gene Hall
10.17      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2005, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Dan Lewis
10.18      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2005, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Kelly Luvison
10.19      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2006, by and between GateHouse Media, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Polly G. Sack
10.20      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2005, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Gerry Smith
10.21      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2006, by and between GateHouse Media, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Mark R. Thompson
10.22      First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2006, by and between GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., GateHouse Media Operating, Inc., GateHouse Massachusetts I, Inc., GateHouse Massachusetts II, Inc., GateHouse Massachusetts III, Inc., the domestic subsidiaries of GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., as Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent
10.23      Secured Bridge Credit Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2006, by and between GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., GateHouse Media Operating, Inc., GateHouse Massachusetts I, Inc., GateHouse Massachusetts II, Inc., GateHouse Massachusetts III, Inc., the domestic subsidiaries of GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., as Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

    

Description of Exhibit

21         Subsidiaries of GateHouse Media, Inc.
23.1 *    Consent of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP (included in the opinion to be filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
23.2      Consent of KPMG LLP with respect to the consolidated financial statements of GateHouse Media, Inc.
23.3      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect to the financial statements of CP Media
23.4      Consent of Grant Thornton LLP with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC
23.5      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Enterprise NewsMedia, Inc. and Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC
24         Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page)

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 17. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issues.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Fairport, State of New York on July 21, 2006.

 

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.

By:

 

/ S /    M ICHAEL E. R EED

Name:   Michael E. Reed
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates stated. Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Wesley R. Edens, Michael E. Reed and Mark Thompson and each of them severally, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting along with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and to any registration statement filed under Commission Rule 462, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    W ESLEY R. E DENS

Wesley R. Edens

  

Chairman of the Board

  July 21, 2006

/ S /    M ICHAEL E. R EED

Michael E. Reed

  

Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

  July 21, 2006

/ S /    M ARK R. T HOMPSON

Mark R. Thompson

  

Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)

  July 21, 2006

/ S /    L INDA A. H ILL

Linda A. Hill

  

Corporate Controller
(principal accounting officer)

  July 21, 2006

/ S /    W ILLIAM B. D ONIGER

William B. Doniger

  

Director

  July 21, 2006

/ S /    R ANDAL A. N ARDONE

Randal A. Nardone

  

Director

  July 21, 2006

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit

No.

    

Description of Exhibit

1.1 *    Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1      Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 9, 2005, by and among FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, FIF III Liberty Acquisition, LLC and Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.
2.2      Agreement and Plan of Merger and Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 5, 2006, by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., ENM Merger Sub, Inc., HPM Merger Sub, Inc., ENHE Acquisition, LLC, ENM, Inc., Heritage Partners Media, Inc., Heritage Fund III, L.P., Heritage Fund IIIA, L.P., Heritage Investors III, LLC, Frank E. Richardson, individually and as trustee under certain voting trust agreements, James F. Plugh, Michael H. Plugh, Jennifer V. Plugh, Catherine T. Plugh, Myron F. Fuller, Richard Fuller, Thomas J. Branca, ENHE, LLC and Enterprise NewsMedia Holding, LLC
2.3      Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 5, 2006, by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., Herald Media, Inc. and CP Media, Inc.
3.1 *    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of GateHouse Media, Inc.
3.2 *    Amended and Restated By-laws of GateHouse Media, Inc.
4.3 *    Form of common stock certificate
4.4 *    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of                     , 2006, between GateHouse Media, Inc. and FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC
5.1 *    Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
10.1 *    GateHouse Media Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan
10.2      Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Publisher’s Deferred Compensation Plan
10.3      Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Benefit Plan
10.4      Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Deferral Plan
10.5      Separation and Consulting Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2005, by and among Liberty Group Operating, Inc., Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. and Kenneth L. Serota
10.6 *    Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into by GateHouse Media, Inc. with each of its executive officers and directors
10.8      Employment Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2006, by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., GateHouse Media Operating, Inc. and Michael E. Reed
10.9      Employment Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2005, by and among Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., Liberty Group Operating, Inc. and Scott Tracy Champion
10.10      Employment Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2005, by and among Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., Liberty Group Operating, Inc. and Randall W. Cope
10.11      Employment Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2006, by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., GateHouse Media Operating, Inc. and Mark R. Thompson
10.12      Employment Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2006, by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., GateHouse Media Operating, Inc. and Polly G. Sack
10.13      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2006, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Michael E. Reed
10.14      Amended and Restated Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2006, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Scott Champion
10.15      Amended and Restated Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2006, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Randy Cope
10.16      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2005, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Gene Hall


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

    

Description of Exhibit

10.17      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2005, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Dan Lewis
10.18      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2005, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Kelly Luvison
10.19      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2006, by and between GateHouse Media, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Polly G. Sack
10.20      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2005, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Gerry Smith
10.21      Management Stockholder Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2006, by and between GateHouse Media, Inc., FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC and Mark R. Thompson
10.22      First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2006, by and between GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., GateHouse Media Operating, Inc., GateHouse Massachusetts I, Inc., GateHouse Massachusetts II, Inc., GateHouse Massachusetts III, Inc., the domestic subsidiaries of GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., as Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent
10.23      Secured Bridge Credit Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2006, by and between GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., GateHouse Media Operating, Inc., GateHouse Massachusetts I, Inc., GateHouse Massachusetts II, Inc., GateHouse Massachusetts III, Inc., the domestic subsidiaries of GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc., as Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent
21         Subsidiaries of GateHouse Media, Inc.
23.1 *    Consent of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP (included in the opinion to be filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
23.2      Consent of KPMG LLP with respect to the consolidated financial statements of GateHouse Media, Inc.
23.3      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect to the consolidated financial statements of CP Media
23.4      Consent of Grant Thornton LLP with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC
23.5      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Enterprise NewsMedia, Inc. Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC
24         Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page)

* To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 2.1

Executing Copy

 


A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF M ERGER

A MONG

FIF III L IBERTY H OLDINGS LLC,

FIF III L IBERTY A CQUISITION , LLC

AND

L IBERTY G ROUP P UBLISHING , I NC .

May 9, 2005

 



Table of Contents

 

ARTICLE 1 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

   2

1.1

  

Certain Definitions

   2

1.2

  

Certain Additional Definitions

   8

ARTICLE 2 THE MERGER

   11

2.1

  

The Merger

   11

2.2

  

The Closing

   11

2.3

  

Effective Time

   12

2.4

  

Effects of the Merger

   12

2.5

  

Conversion of Securities

   12

2.6

  

Payment of Consideration

   14

2.7

  

Working Capital Adjustment

   15

2.8

  

Withholding Rights

   16

2.9

  

Transaction Expenses

   16

2.10

  

Further Assurances

   17

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

   17

3.1

  

Authority

   17

3.2

  

Organization

   18

3.3

  

Company Capital Stock

   18

3.4

  

Company Subsidiaries

   19

3.5

  

Conflicts

   20

3.6

  

Consents, Approvals, Etc

   20

3.7

  

Financial Statements

   21

3.8

  

Undisclosed Liabilities

   21

3.9

  

Absence of Certain Changes

   21

3.10

  

Tax Matters

   23

3.11

  

Litigation and Governmental Orders

   25

3.12

  

Compliance with Laws

   25

3.13

  

Permits

   26

3.14

  

Tangible Property

   26

3.15

  

Intellectual Property

   27

3.16

  

Material Contracts

   28

3.17

  

Employee Benefit Matters

   29

3.18

  

Labor Matters

   32

3.19

  

Environmental Matters

   33

3.20

  

Books and Records

   34

3.21

  

Insurance

   34

3.22

  

Significant Suppliers

   34

3.23

  

Brokers

   34

3.24

  

Capital Restructuring

   35

 

- i -


ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

   35

4.1

  

Authority

   35

4.2

  

Organization

   35

4.3

  

Conflicts

   36

4.4

  

Consents, Approvals, Etc

   36

4.5

  

Litigation and Governmental Orders

   36

4.6

  

Financing

   37

4.7

  

Due Diligence Investigation

   37

4.8

  

Brokers

   37

4.9

  

No Prior Activities

   37

ARTICLE 5 COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

   38

5.1

  

Conduct of Business

   38

5.2

  

Conduct of Parent and Merger Sub Prior to the Effective Time

   40

5.3

  

Efforts; Consents; Regulatory and Other Authorizations

   40

5.4

  

Financing

   41

5.5

  

Further Action

   42

5.6

  

No Other Negotiations

   42

5.7

  

Access to Information; Confidentiality Agreement

   43

5.8

  

Termination of Investor Agreements

   43

5.9

  

Indemnification; Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance

   43

5.10

  

Employee Benefit Matters

   44

5.11

  

Code Section 338 Election

   45

5.12

  

Transfer Taxes

   45

5.13

  

Intellectual Property

   46

5.14

  

Stockholder Approval

   46

ARTICLE 6 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

   46

6.1

  

Conditions to Obligations of the Company

   46

6.2

  

Conditions to Obligations of Parent and Merger Sub

   47

ARTICLE 7 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

   48

7.1

  

Termination

   48

7.2

  

Effect of Termination

   48

ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS

   49

8.1

  

No Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants

   49

8.2

  

Expenses

   49

8.3

  

Costs and Attorneys’ Fees

   49

8.4

  

Notices

   49

8.5

  

Public Announcements

   50

8.6

  

Interpretation; Rules of Construction

   51

 

- ii -


8.7

  

Severability

   51

8.8

  

Entire Agreement

   51

8.9

  

Assignment

   51

8.10

  

No Third Party Beneficiaries

   52

8.11

  

Waivers and Amendments

   52

8.12

  

Equitable Remedies

   52

8.13

  

Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction

   53

8.14

  

Waiver of Jury Trial

   53

8.15

  

Exclusivity of Representations and Warranties

   53

8.16

  

Counterparts

   54

 

- iii -


A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF M ERGER

This A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF M ERGER (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of May 9, 2005 (the “ Agreement Date ”), by and among FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), FIF III Liberty Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Merger Sub ”), and Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

R ECITALS

The parties intend that, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Merger Sub shall merge with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”), with the Company to be the surviving corporation of the Merger, all pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

The Boards of Directors of Parent, Merger Sub and the Company have determined that the Merger is advisable and in the best interests of their respective companies and stockholders, have approved this Agreement and, accordingly, have agreed to effect the Merger provided for herein upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Parent, Merger Sub and the Company desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in connection with the Merger and to prescribe various conditions to the Merger.

As a condition and inducement to Parent’s willingness to enter into this Agreement and incurring the obligations set forth herein, (i) (a) Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. (“ Green Equity ”) has entered into an amendment, as of the date hereof and effective on the Closing Date, to the Management Services Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2000, by and between the Company and Green Equity (as amended, the “ Management Agreement ”), and (b) the Green Equity Affiliates have entered into a support agreement, of even date herewith, agreeing to approve the Merger, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Green Equity Support Agreement ”), and (ii) each holder (other than the Green Equity Affiliates) of Company Common Stock and Series B Junior Preferred Stock has entered into a master support agreement, of even date herewith, agreeing to approve the Merger, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Master Support Agreement ” and, together with the Green Equity Support Agreement, the “ Support Agreements ”).

As an additional condition and inducement to Parent’s willingness to enter into this Agreement and incurring the obligations set forth herein, (i) each of Scott T. Champion and Randall W. Cope has entered into an employment agreement with the Company and Operating, in each case, as of the date hereof and effective on the Closing Date (collectively, the “ Employment Agreements ”) and (ii) Kenneth L. Serota has entered into a separation, release and consulting agreement, prior to the date hereof (the “ Separation Agreement ”), pursuant to which Kenneth L. Serota has agreed with the Company and Operating to terminate his employment as of the Closing Date.


AGREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged and accepted, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

C ERTAIN D EFINITIONS

Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Action ” means any claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, mediation or other investigation as to which written notice has been provided to the applicable party.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, either directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person.

Business ” means the business and operations of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, as conducted as of the Agreement Date by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by Law to be closed in the State of New York.

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended to date.

Certificate of Merger ” means a certificate of merger, in such appropriate form as determined by the parties and in conformity with the requirements of the DGCL.

Charter Documents ” means the articles or certificate of incorporation, memorandum of association and by-laws, constitution, operating agreement, partnership agreement or other organizational document of any Person other than an individual, each as amended.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company Capital Stock ” means the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock, including all shares that are issuable upon the exercise of any outstanding options (whether or not such rights are vested or exercisable as of the Effective Time).

Company Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

2


Company Employee ” means each employee of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

Company Preferred Stock ” means the Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock and Series B Junior Preferred Stock.

Company Shares ” means the issued and outstanding Company Common Stock and the Company Preferred Stock.

Company Stockholders ” means the record holders of issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock or Company Preferred Stock.

Confidentiality Agreement ” means the amended and restated confidentiality agreement between Fortress Investment Fund III LLC and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., for itself and on behalf of the Company, dated as of April 14, 2005.

Contract ” means any contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, conditional sales contract, mortgage, license, franchise agreement, binding commitment or other arrangement.

Credit Facility ” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2005, among Operating, as borrower, the Company, as a guarantor, the lenders party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, as amended to date.

Credit Facility Amount ” means the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount, accrued but unpaid interest, fees and charges owing with respect to the Credit Facility as of the close of business one day prior to the Closing Date and (ii) any breakage cost loss associated with the payment of the Credit Facility Repayment Amount to the Repaid Lenders.

Credit Facility Repayment Amount ” means all amounts owing to the Repaid Lenders under the Credit Facility as of the Effective Time, including the aggregate principal amount, accrued but unpaid interest and any fees or charges payable to the Repaid Lenders associated with the repayment on the Closing Date of the loans extended by the Repaid Lenders under the Credit Facility.

DGCL ” means the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Encumbrance ” means any security interest, pledge, mortgage, deed of trust, lien, charge, adverse claim of ownership or use, restriction on transfer (such as a right of first refusal or other similar rights), defect of title, encroachment or other encumbrance of any kind or character.

Environmental Law ” means any applicable Law, permit, or license in effect as of the Agreement Date relating to pollution, the protection of the environment and natural resources, human health and safety or the Release of any Hazardous Substance into the environment.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended to date.

 

3


Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Governmental Authority ” means any governmental entity, department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality, and any court, tribunal or judicial body, whether federal, state, county, local or foreign.

Governmental Order ” means any order, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation or determination issued, promulgated or entered by or with any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction.

Hazardous Substance ” means petroleum, petroleum by-products, polychlorinated biphenyls, friable asbestos, mold, fungi, bacteria, toxic growth or urea formaldehyde, and any other chemicals, materials, substances or wastes which in each case require, as of the Agreement Date or the Closing Date, removal, remediation or reporting pursuant to any Environmental Law or are listed, defined or regulated as “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “hazardous wastes,” “extremely hazardous wastes,” “restricted hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “toxic air pollutants,” “hazardous air pollutants,” “pollutants,” or “contaminants” under any Environmental Law.

HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, any successor statute thereto and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Indebtedness ” means, without duplication, any amount owed for (i) borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding ordinary operating leases or any liabilities arising in connection with Company Benefit Plans), (ii) capitalized lease or sale-leaseback obligations, (iii) obligations under interest rate agreements and currency agreements (iv) any other obligations that are evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (v) all obligations under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased, (vi) all liabilities secured by any Encumbrance on any property (other than ordinary operating leases), and (vii) any guarantee or assumption of any of the foregoing in clauses (i) through (vi) above or guaranty of minimum equity or capital or any make-whole or similar obligation or any other guarantee of indebtedness of a third party; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not be deemed to include any intercompany indebtedness, or any accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business

Intellectual Property ” means (i) all inventions, business methods, processes, designs, techniques, technology, all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures, (ii) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, brand names, trade names, mastheads, slogans, domain names, corporate names, or other source indicators, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in any jurisdiction pertaining to the foregoing and all goodwill associated therewith, (iii) all copyrightable works, all copyrights and works of authorship in any media, including all computer programs, compilations, databases, software, website content, graphics, designs, artwork, photographs, drawings, advertising, marketing or promotional materials, textual work, publications, journals, periodicals, and all applications,

 

4


registrations and renewals in connection therewith and (iv) all trade secrets, know how and confidential, proprietary or non-public information, documents, proprietary advertiser, customer, user or subscriber lists, and all materials or tangible media embodying or incorporating the foregoing.

Investor Agreements ” means the Contracts listed on Schedule 1.1(a) .

Knowledge of the Company ” or “ known to the Company ” and any other phrases of similar import means, with respect to any matter in question relating to the Company, if (i)   Kenneth L. Serota, the Company’s President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) Daniel D. Lewis, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, (iii) Scott T. Champion, the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, (iv) Randall W. Cope, the Company’s Executive Vice President - Missouri, Kansas, Arkansas and Louisiana, (v) Gene A. Hall, the Company’s Senior Vice President - Midwestern Region or (vi) Kelly Luvison, the Company’s Senior Vice President – Northeast Region, have actual knowledge of such matter.

Law ” means any federal, state, county, local or foreign statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order or rule of common law.

Leases ” means all leases, subleases, licenses, concessions and other agreements, including all amendments, extensions, renewals and guaranties with respect thereto, pursuant to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary holds any Leased Real Property, including the right to all security deposits and other amounts and instruments deposited by or on behalf of the Company or any Company Subsidiary thereunder.

Loss ” means any liability, obligation of any kind or nature (whether accrued or fixed, or absolute or contingent), loss, damage, claim, cost or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements.

Material Adverse Change ” or “ Material Adverse Effect ” means any change or effect that is materially adverse to the operations, business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or that materially impairs the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for any such changes or effects resulting, directly or indirectly, from (i) the public announcement of, or performance of the transactions contemplated by or pursuant to, this Agreement (including any action or inaction by the Company’s customers, suppliers, employees or competitors); (ii) changes in GAAP; (iii) changes in the industries in which the Company and the Company Subsidiaries operate and not specifically related to the Company or the Company Subsidiaries, except for such changes which disproportionately and materially adversely affect the Company’s business taken as a whole; or (iv) changes in general economic conditions or the financial or securities markets generally.

Non-Competition Agreements ” means the Contracts listed on Schedule 1.1(b) .

Non-Competition Outstanding Amount ” means the aggregate amount payable by the Company or any Company Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of the Non-Competition Agreements as of the Closing Date through the term thereof.

 

5


Operating ” means Liberty Group Operating, Inc., a wholly-owned Company Subsidiary.

Permit ” means any license or permit with any Governmental Authority required by applicable Law for the operation of the Business as conducted by the Company as of the Agreement Date.

Permitted Encumbrances ” means (i) all statutory or other liens for Taxes which are not yet due and payable or delinquent or Taxes the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are being maintained on the Balance Sheet in accordance with GAAP; (ii) all cashiers’, landlords’, workmens’, repairmens’, warehousemens’ and carriers’ liens and other similar liens imposed by Law, incurred in the ordinary course of business; (iii) all Laws and Governmental Orders; (iv) all Leases; (v) Encumbrances identified on title policies or preliminary title reports, but solely to the extent copies of the same were actually delivered to Parent, (vi) except as provided for in clause (v), documents or writings included in the public records which would not materially detract from the value of, materially interfere with, or otherwise materially adversely affect the present use and enjoyment of the applicable property subject thereto or affected thereby; (vi) Encumbrances securing the Credit Facility and (vii) all other liens and mortgages, covenants, imperfections in title, charges, easements, restrictions and other Encumbrances which do not materially detract from the value of, materially interfere with, or otherwise materially adversely affect the present use and enjoyment of the asset or property subject thereto or affected thereby.

Person ” means any individual, corporation (including any not-for-profit corporation), partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, firm, company (including any limited liability company or joint stock company), association, organization, entity, Governmental Authority, or any syndicate or group that would be deemed to be a person under Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Related Agreements ” means the Support Agreements, the Employment Agreements and the Separation Agreement, in each case if the applicable party is a party to such agreement.

Release ” means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of a Hazardous Substance into the environment.

Repaid Lenders ” means the lenders under the Credit Facility who do not agree to maintain their loans and commitments under the Credit Facility after the Closing Date and in accordance with the financing contemplated by the Bank Commitment Letter or any Substitute Financing.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Selected Representations and Warranties ” means the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 3.1 (Authority); Section 3.2 (Organization); Section 3.3 (Company Capital Stock); Section 3.4 (Company Subsidiaries); Section 3.7 (Financial Statements); and Section 3.10 (Tax Matters).

Senior Debentures ” means the Company’s 11  5 / 8 % Senior Debentures due 2013.

 

6


Series B-1 Senior Conversion Amount ” means, in respect of each share of Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock outstanding, $1,000 plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the Closing Date.

Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series B-1 14  3 / 4 % Senior Redeemable Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Series B Junior Conversion Amount ” means, in respect of each share of Series B Junior Preferred Stock outstanding, (I) $530,000,000 (A)  less the Credit Facility Amount, (B)  less the Senior Debenture Redemption Amount, (C)  less (without duplication) any Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Company Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(x) (other than under the Credit Facility or pursuant to the terms of the Senior Debentures), (D)  less the Non-Competition Outstanding Amount, (E)  less the aggregate amount payable to the holders of Company Common Stock at the Effective Time pursuant to Section 2.5(b) , (F)  less the aggregate amount payable to the holders of the Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock at the Effective Time pursuant to Section 2.5(c) , (G)  less the Aggregate Option Purchase Price and (H)  less (without duplication) the Transaction Expenses of the Company, divided by (II) the aggregate number of shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock outstanding.

Series B Junior Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series B 10% Junior Redeemable Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Specified Current Assets ” means (i) cash and cash equivalents, plus (ii) total accounts receivable (net of reserves), plus (iii) total inventory, plus (iv) other current assets (excluding the current portion of any deferred tax assets), plus (v) total prepaid expenses.

Specified Current Liabilities ” means (i) total accounts payable (excluding any Transaction Expenses), plus (ii) total clearing accounts (excluding any Transaction Expenses), plus (iii) accrued liabilities (excluding any Taxes resulting from an election under Code Section 338 made in connection with the acquisition of Company Shares pursuant to the Merger, any Transaction Expenses and any accrued interest), plus (iv) unearned revenue.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, (i) of which such party or any other Subsidiary of such party is a general partner (excluding partnerships, the general partnership interests of which held by such party or any Subsidiary of such party do not have a majority of the voting interests in such partnership) or (ii) at least a majority of the securities, or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors, or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization, is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such party or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such party and one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Taxes ” means any and all taxes, charges, fees, levies, tariffs, duties, liabilities, impositions or other assessments of any kind (together with any and all interest, penalties, additions to tax and additional amounts imposed with respect thereto) imposed by any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, income, gross receipts, custom duties, profits, excise, real or personal property, environmental, sales, use, value-added, ad valorem,

 

7


withholding, social security, retirement, employment, unemployment, workers’ compensation, alternative or add-on minimum, occupation, service, license, net worth, capital stock, payroll, franchise, gains, stamp, transfer and recording taxes, and shall include any liability for the Taxes of any other Person under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law), or as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise.

Tax Return ” means any report, return (including any information return), claim for refund, election, statement, estimated Tax filing or payment, request for extension, document, declaration, certification or other information or filing required to be supplied to any Governmental Authority with respect to Taxes, including attachments thereto and amendments thereof.

Transaction Expenses ” means the fees and expenses payable to third parties (including all fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants), and any Transfer Taxes (as determined in accordance with Section 5.12 ), whether or not invoiced, incurred on or before the Closing in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement, the performance of the terms of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Transaction Expenses of the Company shall include (i) the sale bonuses in the aggregate amount of $1,218,750 to be paid to certain management employees of the Company or Company Subsidiaries, as set forth on Schedule 3.9 of this Agreement and (ii) the aggregate amounts specified in Sections 4(b), 5(a), 5(b) and 5(e) of the Separation Agreement, $18,000 (as consideration for payments to be made by the Company under Section 5(f) of the Separation Agreement) and any other severance payments paid to, or for the benefit of, Kenneth L. Serota other than as contemplated by the Separation Agreement.

Trustee ” means State Street Bank and Trust Company.

Certain Additional Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the respective sections of this Agreement set forth opposite such term below:

 

    

Term

  

Section

   Accounting Referee    2.7(b)
   Aggregate Option Purchase Price    2.5(f)
   Agreement    Preamble
   Agreement Date    Preamble
   Balance Sheet    3.7(b)
   Balance Sheet Date    3.7(b)
   Bank Commitment Letter    4.6
   Closing    2.2
   Closing Date    2.2
   Closing Statement    2.7(a)
   Closing Working Capital    2.7(a)
   COBRA    3.17(i)

 

8


    

Term

  

Section

   Company    Preamble
   Company Benefit Plan    3.17(a)
   Company Closing Certificate    6.1
   Company Common Stock Conversion Amount    2.5(b)
   Company Disclosure Schedule    3
   Company Financial Statements    3.7(b)
   Company Indemnified Parties    5.9
   Company Material Agreements    3.12
   Company Options    2.5(f)(i)
   Company SEC Documents    3.7(a)
   Company Stock Option Plan    2.5(f)(i)
   Company Subsidiary    3.4(a)
   Company Subsidiary Shares    3.4(a)
   Competing Transaction    5.6
   Covenant    3.14(f)
   Effective Time    2.3
   Employment Agreements    Recitals
   Environmental Permits    3.19
   Equity Commitment Letter    4.6
   ERISA Affiliate    3.17(b)
   Final Working Capital    2.7(e)
   Financing Commitments    4.6
   Green Equity    Recitals
   Green Equity Affiliates    2.7(e)
   Green Equity Support Agreement    Recitals
   Leased Real Property    3.14(b)
   Management Agreement    Recitals
   Management Loans    5.10(d)
   Master Support Agreement    Recitals
   Material Contract    3.16(a)
   Merger    Recitals
   Merger Sub    Preamble
   Multiemployer Plan    3.17(b)
   Net Working Capital    2.7(a)
   Offering Materials    5.4(b)
   Option Purchase Price    2.5(f)(i)
   Optionholder    2.5(f)(i)
   Owned Real Property    3.14(a)
   Parent    Preamble

 

9


   

Term

  

Section

  PIK    5.1(b)(ii)
  Real Property    3.9(c)
  Securities Act    3.3(d)
  Senior Debenture Repayment Amount    2.2(b)
  Separation Agreement    Recitals
  Significant Supplier    3.22
  Substitute Financing    5.4
  Support Agreements    Recitals
  Surviving Corporation    2.1
  Target Working Capital    2.7(a)
  Transfer Taxes    5.12
  WARN    3.18(e)

 

10


ARTICLE 2

T HE M ERGER

2.1 The Merger . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, and in accordance with the DGCL, Merger Sub shall be merged with and into the Company at the Effective Time (as hereinafter defined). Following the Merger, the separate limited liability company existence of Merger Sub shall cease, and the Company shall continue as the surviving corporation pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Merger (the “ Surviving Corporation ”) and shall succeed to and assume all the rights and obligations of Merger Sub in accordance with the DGCL.

2.2 The Closing .

(a) The closing of the transactions to consummate the Merger (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 885 Third Avenue, New York, New York, at 10:00 a.m. on the third Business Day after the satisfaction or waiver of each of the conditions set forth in Article 6 , or at such other time, date and location as the parties hereto agree in writing (the “ Closing Date ”).

(b) As of the Effective Time, (i) the Company shall, and shall cause Operating to, amend and restate the Credit Facility as contemplated by the Bank Commitment Letter (or amend and restate or terminate the Credit Facility, as may be required by any Substitute Financing), (ii) the Company shall irrevocably call the Senior Debentures for redemption in accordance with the terms thereof, such redemption to occur no later than 9:00 a.m. on the first Business Day after the Closing Date, including the aggregate principal amount, accrued interest and any fees or charges associated therewith the (“ Senior Debenture Redemption Amount ”) and (iii) the Company shall pay the outstanding Transaction Expenses of the Company. The Company shall (i) immediately following the Effective Time, cause Operating to (x) pay the Credit Facility Repayment Amount to the Repaid Lenders and (y) pay a dividend or extend a loan to the Company, in each case, with the proceeds from the Credit Facility, as amended and restated as of the Closing (or any Substitute Financing), in an amount sufficient to pay the portion of the outstanding Transaction Expenses of the Company, the Aggregate Option Purchase Price and the Senior Debenture Redemption Amount that is not being paid with the proceeds from the equity investment in Parent contemplated by the Equity Commitment Letter or with such other funds as may otherwise be available to Parent and (ii) no later than 9:00 a.m. on the first Business Day after the Closing Date, pay the Senior Debenture Redemption Amount to the holders of the Senior Debentures by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by each holder not less than two Business Days prior to the Closing Date (or by certified mail or delivery if an account is not designated by such holder).

(c) As of the Effective Time, the Company shall take any and all actions reasonably required by Parent to amend and restate the Credit Facility in accordance with the Bank Commitment Letter (or refinance or repay the Credit Facility, in accordance with any Substitute Financing) including without limitation (i) providing Parent such information, assistance and cooperation as Parent may reasonably request in connection with such amendment and restatement (or refinancing or repayment) and (ii) delivering, or causing to be delivered by the lenders under the Credit Facility such payoff letters, Encumbrance releases, financing

 

11


statements under the Uniform Commercial Code, certificates, instruments and affidavits as may be reasonably required by Parent in connection with such amendment and restatement (or refinancing or repayment).

2.3 Effective Time . Concurrently with the Closing, or at such later date and time as may be mutually agreed in writing by the Company and Parent, the Certificate of Merger shall be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State in accordance with the DGCL. The term “ Effective Time ” shall mean the later of the date and time at which the Certificate of Merger is accepted for record or the date and time established by the Certificate of Merger.

2.4 Effects of the Merger . At the Effective Time, and without any further action on the part of the Company or Merger Sub:

(a) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, until thereafter amended, as provided therein or pursuant to applicable Law;

(b) the Bylaws of the Company, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended, as provided therein or pursuant to applicable Law;

(c) the officers of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation immediately after the Effective Time until the earlier of their resignation or removal or otherwise ceasing to be an officer, or their respective successors are duly appointed;

(d) the members of the Board of Directors of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the members of the Board of Directors of the Surviving Corporation immediately after the Effective Time until the earlier of their resignation or removal or otherwise ceasing to be a director, or their respective successors are duly elected; and

(e) the Merger shall, from and after the Effective Time, have all of the effects provided by applicable Law.

2.5 Conversion of Securities .

(a) Conversion of Merger Sub LLC Units . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without the need for any further action on the part of the holder thereof, each unit of the membership interest in Merger Sub LLC issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

(b) Conversion of Company Common Stock . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without the need for any further action on the part of the holder thereof (except as expressly provided herein), each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than any Company Common Stock to be cancelled in accordance with Section 2.5(e)) shall be converted into and represent the right to receive $10.00 in cash (the “ Company Common Stock Conversion Amount ”) and without interest.

 

12


(c) Conversion of Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without the need for any further action on the part of the holder thereof (except as expressly provided herein), each share of Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and represent the right to receive an amount of cash (rounded to the nearest cent), without interest, equal to the Series B-1 Senior Conversion Amount.

(d) Conversion of Series B Junior Preferred Stock . Subject to the terms of Section 2.7 , at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without the need for any further action on the part of the holder thereof (except as expressly provided herein), each share of Series B Junior Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and represent the right to receive an amount of cash (rounded to the nearest cent), without interest, equal to the Series B Junior Conversion Amount.

(e) Cancellation of Company-Owned Stock . Notwithstanding Sections 2.5(b)-(d) , each Company Share held in the treasury of the Company, or owned by any of the Company’s wholly-owned Subsidiaries, Parent, Merger Sub or any other wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent, immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled and extinguished without any conversion thereof or payment therefor.

(f) Company Options .

(i) The Company shall take all actions that may be necessary so that at the Effective Time, each outstanding option (collectively, “ Company Options ”) to purchase shares of Company Common Stock, including all Company Options granted under the Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “ Company Stock Option Plan ”), that is not exercised before the Effective Time shall be cancelled, and upon cancellation thereof each holder (each such holder, an “ Optionholder ”) of Company Options shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the Option Purchase Price (as hereinafter defined) and the Company shall take all actions that may be necessary to terminate the Company Stock Option Plan as of the Effective Time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all outstanding and unvested Company Options shall be vested immediately prior to the Effective Time and the holders thereof shall be entitled to the amounts set forth in this Section 2.5(f) in respect of such Company Options. There shall be no Company Options outstanding after the Effective Time. No later than 9:00 a.m. on the first Business Day after the Closing Date, each Optionholder will be paid cash in consideration for the cancellation of his or her Company Options by the Surviving Corporation in an amount equal to the difference between (a) the product of (I) the Company Common Stock Conversion Amount and (II) the number of shares of Company Common Stock for which such Optionholder’s Company Options were exercisable immediately prior to their cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.5(f)(i) and (b) the aggregate exercise price of the Company Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Company Options; provided , however , that if the per share exercise price of the Company Common Stock issuable upon exercise of any such Company Option equals or exceeds the Company Common Stock Conversion Amount, such Company Option shall be disregarded when determining the amount payable to each Optionholder. The amount of cash payable in respect of each Company Option to the

 

13


Optionholder thereof pursuant to this Section 2.5(f)(i) shall be referred as the “ Option Purchase Price ” and the aggregate amount of such payments shall be referred to as the “ Aggregate Option Purchase Price .”

(ii) The name of each Optionholder, the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon the exercise in full of such Optionholder’s Company Options and the per share and aggregate exercise price of such Optionholder’s Company Options are set forth on Schedule 3.3(b) .

(g) No Further Rights . All Company Shares, when so converted and whether or not such shares are represented by stock certificates, shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be cancelled and retired, and each holder of such Company Shares shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the respective cash consideration provided for in this Section 2.5 . At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed, and no transfer of Company Shares shall be made thereafter.

2.6 Payment of Consideration .

(a) (i) At the Effective Time, Parent shall pay, or cause to be paid, to each holder of record of Company Shares (other than Company Shares to be canceled or retired pursuant to Section 2.5(e) ), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by each holder not less than two Business Days prior to the Closing Date (or by certified mail or delivery if an account is not designated by such holder), the amount of cash specified in Sections 2.5(b)-(d)  (excluding any amounts to be withheld in accordance with the Support Agreements) and the Company Shares so held shall forthwith be cancelled, and (ii) no later than one Business Day after the Closing Date, the Surviving Corporation shall pay to each holder of record of Company Options as of the Closing, by certified mail or delivery or by way of a special payroll payment, the amount of cash specified in Section 2.5(f) , in each case upon receipt of any documents as may reasonably be required by the Surviving Corporation; provided that each holder or agent of such holder that has possession of any stock certificates representing Company Shares (x) shall surrender such stock certificates on the Closing Date to the Surviving Corporation for cancellation, or (y) if any such stock certificate was lost, stolen or destroyed, such holder shall notify the Surviving Corporation and, upon request of the Surviving Corporation, provide an affidavit to that affect. No interest shall be paid or shall accrue on the cash payable upon the surrender of any Company Shares or the cancellation of any Company Options. If payment is to be made to a Person other than the record holder, it shall be a condition of payment that such Person requesting such payment shall pay any transfer or other Taxes required by reason of such Company Shares or establish to the satisfaction of Parent that such Tax has been paid or is not applicable.

(b) After the Effective Time, Persons who prior to the Merger held Company Shares shall look only to the Surviving Corporation or Parent (subject to the terms of this Agreement and abandoned property, escheat and other similar Laws) with respect to any consideration that may be payable pursuant to this Article 2 , without interest.

 

14


2.7 Working Capital Adjustment .

(a) As promptly as practicable, but no later than 60 days after the Closing Date, Parent shall cause to be prepared and delivered to Green Equity (i) the Closing Statement (as defined below) and (ii) a certificate based on such Closing Statement setting forth Parent’s calculation of Closing Working Capital. The closing statement (the “ Closing Statement ”) shall present the Net Working Capital as of the end of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date (“ Closing Working Capital ”). “ Net Working Capital ” means Specified Current Assets minus Specified Current Liabilities, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP. For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of Closing Working Capital shall exclude the effects of purchase accounting in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of Net Working Capital as of March 31, 2005 is set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto. The preparation of the Closing Statement shall be for the sole purpose of determining the positive or negative difference between the Closing Working Capital and $9,000,000 (“ Target Working Capital ”).

(b) If Green Equity disagrees with Parent’s calculation of Closing Working Capital delivered pursuant to Section 2.7(a) , Green Equity may, within 45 days after delivery of the Closing Statement, deliver a notice to Parent disagreeing with all or any portion of such calculation and setting forth Green Equity’s calculation of such amount. Any such notice of disagreement shall specify those items or amounts as to which Green Equity disagrees, and Green Equity shall be deemed to have agreed to all other items and amounts contained in the Closing Statement and the calculation of Closing Working Capital delivered pursuant to Section 2.7(a) .

(c) If a notice of disagreement shall be duly delivered pursuant to Section 2.7(b) , Green Equity and Parent shall, during the 30 days following such delivery, use their commercially reasonable efforts to reach agreement on the disputed items or amounts in order to determine, as may be required, the amount of Closing Working Capital. If during such period, Green Equity and Parent are unable to reach such agreement, they shall promptly thereafter cause Grant Thornton LLP (the “ Accounting Referee ”) to review this Agreement and the disputed items or amounts for the purpose of calculating Closing Working Capital (it being understood that in making such calculation, the Accounting Referee shall be functioning as an expert and not as an arbitrator). Parent and Green Equity shall each be entitled to present one written statement of position with respect to the matters in dispute within twenty (20) days of the engagement of the Accounting Referee (with copies to be provided to the other party) and, no later than the 20 th day following receipt thereof, one rebuttal statement with respect to the statement of position delivered by the other party; provided , that neither Green Equity nor Parent shall be allowed to present additional adjustments or introduce new matters to the Accounting Referee that were not included in the original Closing Statement (in the case of Parent) or the notice of disagreement delivered pursuant to Section 2.7(b) (in the case of Green Equity). In making such calculation, the Accounting Referee shall consider only those items or amounts in the Closing Statement and Parent’s calculation of Closing Working Capital as to which Green Equity has disagreed. The Accounting Referee shall deliver to Green Equity and Parent, as promptly as practicable (but in any case no later than 15 days from the date it receives the last rebuttal statement), a report setting forth such calculation. Such report shall be final and binding upon Green Equity and Parent. The cost of such review and report shall be borne equally by Green Equity, on the one hand, and Parent, on the other hand.

 

15


(d) Green Equity, Parent and the Company shall, and shall cause their respective Representatives to, cooperate and assist in the preparation of the Closing Statement and the calculation of Closing Working Capital and in the conduct of the review (including any review by the Accounting Referee) referred to in this Section 2.7 , including by making available, to the extent necessary, books, records, work papers and personnel.

(e) If Final Working Capital exceeds Target Working Capital by more than 10%, the Company (on behalf of Parent, with funds provided by Parent) shall pay to Green Equity Investors II, L.P. and Green Equity Investors III, L.P. (together, the “ Green Equity Affiliates ”), on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective ownership of the Series B Junior Preferred Stock in the manner as provided in Section 2.7(f) , the amount of such excess and, if Target Working Capital exceeds Final Working Capital by more than 10% of the Target Working Capital, the Green Equity Affiliates shall pay to Parent, as an adjustment to the merger consideration payable to the holders of the Series B Junior Preferred Stock (on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective ownership of the Series B Junior Preferred Stock) and in the manner as provided in Section 2.7(f) , the amount of such excess. “ Final Working Capital ” means Closing Working Capital (i) as shown in Parent’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.7(a) if no notice of disagreement with respect thereto is duly delivered pursuant to Section 2.7(b) ; or (ii) if such a notice of disagreement is delivered, (A) as agreed by Green Equity and Parent pursuant to Section 2.7(c) or (B) in the absence of such agreement, as shown in the Accounting Referee’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 2.7(c) ; provided , however , that in no event shall Final Working Capital be more than Parent’s calculation of Closing Working Capital delivered pursuant to Section 2.7(a) or less than Green Equity’s calculation of Closing Working Capital delivered pursuant to Section 2.7(b) . For the avoidance of doubt, any and all payments under this Section 2.7(e) shall be treated as an adjustment to the purchase price for Tax purposes.

(f) Any payment pursuant to Section 2.7(e) shall be made at a mutually convenient time and place within five Business Days after Final Working Capital has been determined by wire transfer by the Company or the Green Equity Affiliates, as the case may be, of immediately available funds to the account of such other party as may be designated in writing by such other party.

2.8 Withholding Rights . Each of the Surviving Corporation and Parent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of Company Shares and any Optionholder such amounts as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by the Surviving Corporation or Parent, as the case may be, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the holder of the Company Shares or the Optionholder in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by the Surviving Corporation or Parent, as the case may be.

2.9 Transaction Expenses . No later than two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to Parent an estimate, in good faith, of its Transaction Expenses.

 

16


2.10 Further Assurances . At and after the Effective Time, the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Company or Merger Sub, any deeds, bills of sale, assignments or assurances and to take and do, in the name and on behalf of the Company or Merger Sub, any other actions and things to vest, perfect or confirm of record or otherwise in the Surviving Corporation any and all right, title and interest in, to and under any of the rights, properties or assets acquired or to be acquired by the Surviving Corporation as a result of, or in connection with, the Merger.

ARTICLE 3

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES O F T HE C OMPANY

Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the Company is delivering to Parent and Merger Sub a disclosure schedule with numbered sections corresponding to the relevant sections in this Agreement (the “ Company Disclosure Schedule ”). To the extent reasonably apparent, any exception or qualification set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule with respect to a particular representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be an exception or qualification with respect to all other applicable representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement. Nothing in the Company Disclosure Schedule is intended to broaden the scope of any representation, warranty or covenant of the Company contained in this Agreement.

Subject to the exceptions and qualifications set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company represents and warrants to Parent and Merger Sub as follows:

3.1 Authority . The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Related Agreements, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements, have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company and, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder, the Company Stockholders entitled to vote thereon in accordance with Section 251 of the DGCL and other applicable Law, and no other corporate action on the part of the Company is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements. This Agreement and each Related Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties to this Agreement and each Related Agreement, this Agreement and each Related Agreement constitutes a legally valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effect of any applicable Law of general application relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights and relief of debtors generally and (ii) the effect of rules of law and general principles of equity, including rules of law and general principles of equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

17


3.2 Organization . The Company is a corporation duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, operate or lease the properties and assets now owned, operated or leased by it, and to carry on the Business in all material respects as currently conducted. The Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. True and complete copies of the Charter Documents of the Company, each as amended and in effect as of the Agreement Date, have been made available to Parent.

3.3 Company Capital Stock .

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists solely of (a) 2,655,000 shares of Company Common Stock and (b) 21,250,000 shares of Company Preferred Stock, of which (i) 500,000 shares are designated as Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock and (ii) 250,000 shares are designated as Series B Junior Preferred Stock. As of the Agreement Date, (i) a total of 2,185,177 shares of Company Common Stock are issued and 2,158,833 shares of Company Common Stock are outstanding, and (ii) 114,277 shares of Series B-1 Senior Preferred Stock and 133,694 shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding. All such issued and outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights created by statute, the Charter Documents of the Company or any agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, and have been issued in material compliance with applicable Laws. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(a) , none of the shares of Company Capital Stock are represented by stock certificates. Schedule 3.3(a) sets forth, as of the Agreement Date, the name of each Company Stockholder and the number of Company Shares held of record by each such Company Stockholder. Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.3(a) , there is no liability for accumulated and unpaid dividends by the Company.

(b) The Company has reserved an aggregate of 77,480 shares of Company Common Stock for issuance pursuant to the Company Stock Option Plan (including shares subject to outstanding Company Options). A total of 24,675 shares of Company Common Stock are subject to outstanding Company Options as of the Agreement Date. There are no Company Options that are exercisable for Company Capital Stock other than Company Common Stock. Schedule 3.3(b) sets forth, for each Company Option, (i) the name of the holder of such Company Option, (ii) the exercise price per share of such Company Option, (iii) the number of shares covered by such Company Option, (iv) the vesting schedule, if any, for such Company Option, (v) the extent such Company Option is vested as of the Agreement Date and (vi) whether the exercisability of such Company Option shall be accelerated in any manner by any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. True and correct copies of the Company Stock Option Plan and the standard agreements relating to the Company Options granted under the Company Stock Option Plan have been made available to Parent. Except as to the exercise price and vesting schedule of the Company Options, the terms of the agreements relating to Company’s issuance of Company Options are consistent in all material respects with the terms of such standard agreements. All outstanding Company Options have been issued and granted in compliance with all material requirements of applicable Laws.

 

18


(c) Except as set forth in Section 3.3(b) or on Schedule 3.3(c) , as of the Agreement Date, there are no outstanding options, warrants, calls, rights of conversion or other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments relating to the Company Capital Stock to which the Company is a party, or by which it is bound, obligating the Company to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, any shares of Company Capital Stock.

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(d) , in the Investor Agreements or in the Support Agreements, as of the Agreement Date, there are (i) no rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments relating to the Company Capital Stock to which the Company is a party, or by which it is bound, obligating the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any issued and outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock; (ii) no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation, or other similar rights with respect to the Company and (iii) no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other agreements or understandings in effect to which the Company is a party, or by which it is bound, with respect to the governance of the Company or the voting or transfer of any shares of Company Capital Stock. The Company is not under any obligation to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any of its presently outstanding Company Shares or other securities that may be subsequently issued, except as set forth in certain of the Investor Agreements.

3.4 Company Subsidiaries .

(a) Schedule 3.4(a) sets forth (i) the legal name and jurisdiction of organization of each Company Subsidiary as of the Agreement Date (each, a “ Company Subsidiary ” and, collectively, the “ Company Subsidiaries ”); (ii) the authorized capital stock of each Company Subsidiary; (iii) the number and designation of all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Company Subsidiary (collectively, the “ Company Subsidiary Shares ”) and (iv) the current ownership of all outstanding Company Subsidiary Shares by the Company. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.4(a) , the Company does not have any Subsidiaries or own any capital stock or other ownership interest, whether direct or indirect, in any Person.

(b) Each of the Company Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its respective jurisdiction of organization, and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, operate or lease the respective properties and assets now owned, operated or leased by it, and to carry on its respective business in all material respects as currently conducted by such Company Subsidiary. Each of the Company Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, and is in good standing, under the Laws of each jurisdiction in which the character of its properties owned, operated or leased, or the nature of its activities, makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to so qualify would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. True and complete copies of the Charter Documents of each Company Subsidiary, each as amended and in effect as of the Agreement Date, have been made available to Parent.

(c) All of the issued and outstanding Company Subsidiary Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights created by statute, the respective Charter

 

19


Documents of the Company Subsidiary issuing such Company Subsidiary Shares, or any agreement to which such Company Subsidiary is a party or by which it is bound, and have been issued in material compliance with applicable Laws. As of the Agreement Date, there are no outstanding options, warrants, calls, rights of conversion or other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments relating to the capital stock of any Company Subsidiary to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party, or by which any of them are bound, obligating any Company Subsidiary to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, any shares of capital stock of any Company Subsidiary. As of the Agreement Date, there are (i) no rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments relating to the capital stock of any Company Subsidiary to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party, or by which any of them is bound, obligating the Company or any Company Subsidiary to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any issued and outstanding Company Subsidiary Shares; (ii) no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation, or other similar rights with respect to any Company Subsidiary and (iii) no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other agreements or understandings in effect to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party, or by which any of them is bound, with respect to the governance of any Company Subsidiary or the voting or transfer of any Company Subsidiary Shares.

3.5 Conflicts . Assuming all consents, approvals, authorizations, filings and notifications and other actions set forth in Section 3.6 have been obtained or made, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Related Agreement, does not (i) conflict with or result in a violation of the Charter Documents of the Company or any Company Subsidiary; (ii) conflict with or result in a violation of any Governmental Order or Law applicable to the Company or any Company Subsidiary or their respective assets or properties or (iii) result in a material breach of, or constitute a material default (or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a material default) under, or give rise to any rights of termination, amendment, modification, acceleration or cancellation of or loss of any benefit under, or result in the creation of any Encumbrance on any of the assets or properties of the Company or any Company Subsidiary pursuant to, any Contract to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party, or by which any of the assets or properties of the Company or any Company Subsidiary is bound or affected, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section 3.5 , as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.6 Consents, Approvals, Etc . No consent, waiver, approval, authorization, order or permit of, or declaration, filing or registration with, or notification to, any Governmental Authority or third party is required to be made or obtained by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements, except (i) the filing of the Certificate of Merger pursuant to the DGCL; (ii) applicable requirements, if any, under the DGCL, the HSR Act and other federal or state securities or “blue sky” Laws, (iii) any such consent, approval, authorization, order, permit, declaration, filing, registration or notification which is not material to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (iv) as set forth on Schedule 3.6 .

 

20


3.7 Financial Statements .

(a) Since January 1, 2002, the Company has filed with the SEC all forms, reports, schedules, statements and other documents required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 under the Exchange Act (any such documents filed since January 1, 2002 and prior to the Closing Date collectively, including all exhibits and schedules thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein, the “ Company SEC Documents ”). The Company SEC Documents, including any financial statements or schedules included therein, at the time filed, (i) complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and (ii) did not at the time filed contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(b) The Company has made available to Parent its audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 (the “ Balance Sheet Date ”), its audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, its unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2005, and audited consolidated statements of operations, statements of cash flows and statements of stockholders’ deficit for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, (all such financial statements of the Company and any notes thereto are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Company Financial Statements ”). Except as set forth therein, the Company Financial Statements: (i) are derived from and are in accordance with the books and records of the Company; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries at the dates therein indicated and the results of operations for the periods therein specified; and (iii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior periods.

3.8 Undisclosed Liabilities; Indebtedness . Neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has any Indebtedness, material liability or material obligation of any nature, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due, except for those (i) reserved against or disclosed in the Company Financial Statements; (ii) incurred in the ordinary course of the Company Business since the Balance Sheet Date, or (iii) those incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. As of the close of business on April 29, 2005, the principal amount outstanding under the Credit Facility and the Senior Debentures is $282,000,000 and $86,746,906, respectively. No fees or other charges are payable as a result of the voluntary prepayment of any amounts due under the Credit Facility, except for breakage cost loss. The Company’s 11   5 / 8 % Senior Debentures due 2009 held by affiliates of Green Equity were previously exchanged for a portion of the Senior Debentures, while the remaining portion of 11   5 / 8 % Senior Debentures due 2009 were previously redeemed by the Company and repaid in full.

3.9 Absence of Certain Changes . Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth on Schedule 3.9 , since the Balance Sheet Date to the Agreement Date, the Company and each Company Subsidiary has operated their businesses in the ordinary course and there has not been any:

(a) declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend, or other distribution or capital return in respect of any shares of Company Capital Stock, grant of any registration

 

21


rights in respect of any shares of Company Capital Stock, or any redemption, repurchase or other acquisition by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of any shares of Company Capital Stock or any Company Options;

(b) sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license or other disposition, or agreement to sell, assign, transfer, lease, license or otherwise dispose of, any material intangible property or material tangible real property or personal property of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, except in the ordinary course of business;

(c) acquisition (by merger, consolidation or other combination, or acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of any corporation, partnership or other business organization, or any division thereof, with an aggregate fair market value, in any individual case, in excess of $250,000;

(d) incurrence, creation or assumption of (i) any Encumbrance, except in the ordinary course of business, on any of its assets or properties (whether tangible or intangible) of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, other than (A) Permitted Encumbrances; (B) Encumbrances that will be released at or prior to the Closing; (C) Encumbrances on assets or properties having an aggregate value not in excess of $250,000 and (D) Encumbrances relating to any acquisitions permitted by Section 3.9 , or (ii) any obligation or liability or any indebtedness for borrowed money that is not reflected on the Company’s audited balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 (the “ Balance Sheet ”), other than those incurred after the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business not exceeding $250,000 in the aggregate;

(e) material change in (i) any method of accounting or accounting practice used by the Company or any Company Subsidiary, other than such changes as are required by GAAP, (ii) any material Tax election of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, including making or revoking any such election or (iii) any method of Tax accounting used by the Company or any Company Subsidiary, other than such changes as are required by Law;

(f) issuance or sale of any additional shares of Company Capital Stock, or any capital stock of or other equity interests in any Company Subsidiary, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Company Capital Stock or any capital stock of or other equity interests in any Company Subsidiary, or issue or grant any options, warrants, calls, subscription rights or other rights of any kind to acquire additional shares of Company Capital Stock or any capital stock of or other equity interests in any Company Subsidiary;

(g) entry into employment, severance, retention, change of control or similar agreement (which may not be terminated at will, or by giving notice of 30 days or less, without cost or penalty) with any officers, directors, managers, employees or agents of the Company or any Company Subsidiary (except for any such agreement which is not material to the Company or any Company Subsidiary and which was entered into with an employee or agent who is not an officer, director or regional manager of the Company or a Company Subsidiary) or adoption of any Company Benefit Plan;

(h) increase or material change in the compensation payable or to become payable to any of its officers, directors, managers, employees or agents, or in any bonus, pension,

 

22


severance, retention, change of control, insurance or other benefit payment or arrangement (including awards, option grants or appreciation rights) made to or with any of such officers, directors, managers, employees or agents, other than customary salary increases in the ordinary course of business consistent in all material respects with past practice or to the extent that the Company or any Company Subsidiary is contractually obligated to do so or required to do so by applicable Law;

(i) material damage to, or destruction or loss of, any of the material assets or properties of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or, material and adverse effect from the disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, including advertiser, customer, user or subscriber lists to third parties, of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(j) event or condition that has had a Material Adverse Effect on the Company;

(k) material change to the Company’s operations or policies with respect to cash management, including without limitation with respect to the timing of collections or payments, except for changes in the ordinary course of business consistent in all material respects with past practice; or

(l) agreement, other than this Agreement, to take any actions specified in this Section 3.9 .

3.10 Tax Matters .

(a) Each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries has timely filed all material Tax Returns required to be filed (taking into account any extensions of time within which to file such Tax Returns), and except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(a) , all such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects. Each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries has paid all material Taxes due and payable (whether or not shown on any Tax Return), or has established an adequate reserve therefore in accordance with GAAP on the Balance Sheet. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(a) , neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries currently is the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any such material Tax Return.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(b) , there currently are no audits, claims, examinations, deficiency or refund litigations, judicial proceedings, or other administrative proceedings currently pending or in progress or threatened in writing or, to the Knowledge of the Company, otherwise threatened with respect to any material Taxes of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries and no Governmental Authority has given written notice or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other notice, of the commencement of (or its intent to commence) any audit, claim, examination or deficiency litigation with respect to any material Taxes. Neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency or otherwise taken or failed to take any action that would have the effect of extending the applicable statute of limitations or waiving any statute of limitations in

 

23


respect of any Tax liabilities of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries. No Governmental Authority has claimed that the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries is or may be subject to taxation in a jurisdiction where the Company or Company Subsidiary does not file Tax Returns, nor to the Company’s Knowledge is any such claim threatened.

(c) No material Encumbrances for Taxes exist with respect to any property or assets of Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries, except liens for current Taxes not yet due and payable or Taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are being maintained on the Balance Sheet in accordance with GAAP.

(d) All material Taxes required to be withheld, collected, remitted or deposited by or with respect to the Company and each of the Company Subsidiaries have been timely withheld, collected, remitted or deposited as the case may be, and to the extent required by applicable Law, have been paid to the proper Governmental Authority and each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries is in compliance with respect to all material Tax withholding information and reporting requirements of the Code.

(e) Neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries is responsible for the material Taxes of any other Person (other than the Company or one of the Company Subsidiaries). Neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries is a party to, is bound by or has any obligation under any Tax sharing, Tax allocation or Tax indemnity agreement or similar contract or arrangement.

(f) Since May 3, 2000, neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has been a party to any distribution in which the parties to such distribution treated the distribution as one to which Code Section 355 applies.

(g) The Company has not been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) during the applicable period described in Code Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii).

(h) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(h) , neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries is a party to any joint venture, partnership or other arrangement material to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that is a partnership for income Tax purposes.

(i) The net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes reflected in the audit report of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2004 totaled not less than $46,600,000. Since May 3, 2000, neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has undergone an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382(g) of the Code. To the Company’s Knowledge, the net operating losses shown on the federal consolidated income Tax Returns of the group for which the Company is the common parent are not subject to any limitation under Section 382 of the Code.

(j) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(j) , since May 3, 2000, no closing agreements, private letter rulings, technical advice memoranda or similar agreements or rulings with respect to Taxes have been entered into with or issued by any Governmental Authority or requested from any Governmental Authority with respect to the Company or any of the

 

24


Company Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(j) , neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has executed or filed any power of attorney with respect to Taxes which is currently in force.

(k) Since May 3, 2000, (i) neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has been a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group for Tax purposes other than one of which the Company is the common parent, and (ii) except as set forth on Schedule 3.10(k ), the Company and each Company Subsidiary has been a member of a consolidated group for federal income tax purposes of which the Company is the common parent. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any of the Company Subsidiaries has any liability for Taxes of any Person (other than another member of a group the common parent of which is the Company) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law) or as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise.

(l) None of the assets, properties or rights of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries are “tax-exempt use property” within the meaning of Section 168(h) of the Code.

(m) The Company and the Company Subsidiaries are, and have at all times been, in compliance with the provisions of Sections 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the Code relating to tax shelter disclosure, registration and list maintenance and with the Treasury Regulations thereunder, and neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has (i) at any time, engaged in or entered into a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.6011-4(b)(2), 301.6111-2(b)(2) or 301.6112-1(b)(2)(A), or (ii) filed IRS Form 8275 or 8275-R or any predecessor or successor thereof. No IRS Form 8886 has been filed with respect to any Company or Company Subsidiary. Neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has entered into any tax shelter or listed transaction with the sole or dominant purpose of the avoidance or reduction of a Tax liability in a jurisdiction outside the United States with respect to which there is a significant risk of challenge of such transaction by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction outside the United States.

3.11 Litigation and Governmental Orders . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.11 , as of the Agreement Date, (i) there are no Actions pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any Company Subsidiary, any of the assets or properties of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or any of the directors and officers of the Company or any Company Subsidiary in their capacity as directors or officers of the Company or any Company Subsidiary and (ii) the Company, each Company Subsidiary and their respective assets and properties are not subject to any material Governmental Order relating specifically to the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any of their respective assets or properties. The Actions listed on Schedule 3.11 are not material to the financial condition of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

3.12 Compliance with Laws .

(a) To the Knowledge of the Company, (i) the Company and each Company Subsidiary has conducted the Business in material compliance with applicable Laws and

 

25


Governmental Orders, and (ii) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any written notice from any Governmental Authority to the effect that the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any property of the foregoing is not in material compliance with any applicable Laws or Governmental Orders.

(b) None of the Company, the Company Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any director, officer, manager, agent or employee of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries has, for or on behalf of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries, (i) used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity, or (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns or violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

3.13 Permits . Set forth on Schedule 3.13 is a list of all material Permits of the Company and Company Subsidiaries as of the Agreement Date. The Company and the Company Subsidiaries have all material Permits required to permit the Company and the Company Subsidiaries to conduct their respective parts of the Business. As of the Agreement Date, all of the material Permits held by or issued to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries are in full force and effect, and the Company or the respective Company Subsidiary that is a party thereto is in compliance in all material respects with all such material Permits held by or issued to it.

3.14 Tangible Property .

(a) Schedule 3.14(a) sets forth the address and use of each parcel of owned land, buildings or other real property owned by the Company or any Company Subsidiary (the “ Owned Real Property ”) as of the Agreement Date. The Company or one of its Company Subsidiaries has insurable fee simple title in the Owned Real Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except Permitted Encumbrances. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14(a) :

(i) neither the Company nor the Company Subsidiaries has leased or otherwise granted to any Person the right to use or occupy such Owned Real Property or any portion thereof; and

(ii) there are no outstanding options, rights of first offer or rights of first refusal to purchase such Owned Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein.

(b) Schedule 3.14(b) sets forth the address of all leasehold or subleasehold estates and other rights to use or occupy any land, buildings or other real property (the “ Leased Real Property ”), and a true and complete list of all Leases for each such Leased Real Property, each as of the Agreement Date. Each Lease is legal, valid and in full force and effect and is free and clear of Encumbrances, except Permitted Encumbrances. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14(b) and except for such exceptions which would not be material:

(i) none of the Company, the Company Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party to any Lease is in material breach or default under such Lease; and

 

26


(ii) neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has subleased, assigned, licensed or otherwise granted any Person the right to use or occupy such Leased Real Property or any portion thereof.

(c) The Owned Real Property identified in Schedule 3.14(a) and the Leased Real Property identified in Schedule 3.14(b) (collectively, the “ Real Property ”) comprise all of the real property used or intended to be used in, or otherwise useful or related to, the Business, and neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries is a party to any Contract or option to purchase, sell or otherwise convey any real property or interest therein.

(d) There are no pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, condemnation or similar proceedings against the Company or any Company Subsidiary or otherwise relating to any of the Real Property and neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any written notice of the same.

(e) The Company and the Company Subsidiaries have good and marketable title, valid and subsisting leasehold interests in, or valid licenses for, as applicable, all of the material tangible personal assets and properties used or leased for use by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in connection with the conduct of the Business, free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances. The material tangible personal assets are in good condition and repair, except for normal wear and tear.

(f) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14(b) , none of the Real Property is subject to any covenants, easements, rights of way, licenses, grants, building or use restrictions, exceptions, encroachments, Encumbrances, reservations or other impediments, except Permitted Encumbrances (“ Covenants ”), that materially adversely affect the value thereof, or that materially interfere with or impair the present and continued use thereof in the usual and normal conduct of the Business. The Company and the Company Subsidiaries own or have the right to use and access all of the Real Property for the conduct of the Business as currently conducted, except where the failure of the foregoing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Real Property is used and operated (i) in conformity with all applicable leases, (ii) in conformity with all applicable permits and Laws and (iii) in conformity with all covenants, easements, rights of way, licenses, grants, building or use restrictions, exceptions, encroachments, Encumbrances, reservations or other impediments, except where the failure to so conform would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Real Property is in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear) and is suitable for the purposes for which it is currently used, except where the failure to be in such condition would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.15 Intellectual Property .

(a) Set forth on Schedule 3.15(a) are all (i) issued patents and pending patent applications, (ii) trademark and service mark registrations and applications for registration thereof, (iii) material trade names and mastheads, (iv) all copyrights and mask work registrations and applications for registration thereof, and (v) material internet domain name registrations and applications therefor, in each case that are owned by the Company or any Company Subsidiaries, themselves or through a newspaper wholly owned by the Company or a Company Subsidiary.

 

27


(b) Except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company or the Company Subsidiaries own all right, title and interest in and to, free and clear of all Encumbrances except for Permitted Encumbrances, or, otherwise have the right to use, the Intellectual Property that is owned or used in the Business as currently conducted, (ii) the registered Intellectual Property owned by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries is subsisting, has not been expired or abandoned, and the Company or a Company Subsidiary (themselves or through a newspaper wholly owned by the Company or a Company Subsidiary) is record holder of such Intellectual Property, (iii) the Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries in the Business does not infringe, conflict with, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property or other proprietary rights of third parties, and (iv) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any charge, complaint, demand, or notice during the past two years (or earlier, if not resolved) alleging any such infringement, conflict or misappropriation, or alleging that any of the Intellectual Property rights set forth in Section 3.15(a) are invalid or unenforceable. To the Knowledge of the Company, except as set forth in Section 3.15(b) , during the past two years (or earlier, if not resolved) no third party has infringed upon or misappropriated any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not materially alter or impair the rights of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries in the Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries in the Business, except for such alternations or impairments that are not material to the normal conduct of the Business as currently conducted.

3.16 Material Contracts .

(a) Schedule 3.16 lists the following Contracts to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or may be bound (each, a “ Material Contract ” and, collectively, the “ Material Contracts ”):

(i) notes, debentures, guarantees, loans, credit or financing agreements or instruments, or other Contracts for Indebtedness, including any agreements or commitments for future loans, credit or financing, in each case in excess of $500,000, other than any of the foregoing relating to any intercompany indebtedness;

(ii) any Contract for or relating to the employment, severance or retention of any officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any other type of Contract with any of its officers, employees or consultants, involving individual annual payments in excess of $150,000 and which may not be terminated at will, or by giving notice of 30 days or less, without cost or penalty;

(iii) leases, rental or occupancy agreements, installment and conditional sale agreements, and other Contracts affecting the ownership of, leasing of, title to or other interest in, any tangible personal property or real property involving individual annual payments in excess of $500,000;

 

28


(iv) joint venture, partnership or limited liability company agreements involving a share of profits, losses, costs or liabilities;

(v) any license agreement or other Contract relating to Intellectual Property under which the Company or any Company Subsidiary pays or receives amounts in excess of $100,000 annually;

(vi) Contracts explicitly requiring payments after the Agreement Date in an amount in excess of $500,000;

(vii) any Contract to provide commercial printing services to third parties, including to media publishers and to commercial paper product designers, involving payments to the Company in excess of $500,000;

(viii) Contracts between the Company or a Company Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any director, officer or Affiliate of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, on the other hand (other than employment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business);

(ix) agreements containing covenants presently limiting, in any material respect, the ability of the Company or any Company Subsidiary to compete with any Person in any line of business or in any area or territory; and

(x) any advertising or other revenue generating contract which generated revenues in an amount in excess of $500,000 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

(b) True, correct and complete copies of each Material Contract have been made available to Parent. Each Material Contract is in full force and effect and represents a legally valid and binding obligation of the Company or the Company Subsidiary which is a party thereto. Except for such exceptions as would not be material, as of the Agreement Date, (i) each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries (and to the Knowledge of the Company, each other party thereto) has performed all obligations required to be performed by it under each of the Material Contracts to which it is a party and (ii) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary (and to the Knowledge of the Company, each other party thereto) is in material breach or violation of, or default under, any of the Material Contracts to which it is a party, nor has the Company or any Company Subsidiary received any written notice that it has materially breached or violated any of the Material Contracts to which it is a party.

3.17 Employee Benefit Matters .

(a) Schedule 3.17(a) contains a true, correct and complete list of each “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) and all other material employee benefit agreements, arrangements, programs, policies or payroll practices, including, without limitation, any such agreements, arrangements, programs, policies or payroll practices providing change of control benefits, retention benefits, severance pay, sick leave, vacation pay, salary continuation for disability, retirement benefits, deferred compensation, bonus pay, incentive pay, stock options, equity compensation, hospitalization insurance, medical insurance, life insurance,

 

29


scholarships or tuition reimbursements, maintained by the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries or to which the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries is obligated to contribute thereunder (each, a “ Company Benefit Plan ” and, collectively, the “ Company Benefit Plans ”). The Company has provided to Parent, in each case to the extent applicable, copies of (i) each Company Benefit Plan; (ii) the most recent annual report (Form 5500) filed with the Employee Benefits Security Administration with respect to each such Company Benefit Plan; (iii) each trust agreement relating to each such Company Benefit Plan; (iv) the most recent summary plan description with respect to each such Company Benefit Plan; (v) the most recent determination letter or opinion letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each such Company Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code; and (vi) the most recent actuarial or other valuation report prepared with respect to each such Company Benefit Plan.

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.17(b) , none of the Company Benefit Plans is a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA) (each, a “ Multiemployer Plan ”). Neither the Company nor any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is or has been treated as a single employer with the Company in the past six years under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code (an “ ERISA Affiliate ”) has incurred any liability due to a complete or partial withdrawal, within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA, from a Multiemployer Plan or due to the termination or reorganization of a Multiemployer Plan, except for any such liability which has been satisfied in full; and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no events have occurred and no circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to result in any such liability to the Company or any Company Subsidiary. As of the most recent valuation date for each Multiemployer Plan for which an actuarial estimate thereof is available from the Multiemployer Plan, the potential liability of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries for a complete withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, when aggregated with such potential liability for a complete withdrawal from all Multiemployer Plans, based on information available pursuant to Section 4221(e) of ERISA, does not exceed $10,000,000. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in any transaction described in Section 4212 of ERISA that could result in material liability to the Company or any Company Subsidiary with respect to any Multiemployer Plan.

(c) None of the Company Benefit Plans is a “single-employer plan” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has any outstanding liability under Section 4062 of ERISA to the PBGC or to a trustee appointed under Section 4042 of ERISA and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no events have occurred and no circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Company or any Company Subsidiary. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in any transaction described in Section 4069 of ERISA that could result in liability to the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

(d) Each Company Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a determination letter (or, in the case of a prototype plan, has received an opinion letter) from the IRS that it is so qualified, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no fact or event has occurred since the date of such letter that could materially adversely affect the qualified status of any such Company Benefit Plan. No stock or other security issued by the Company or any Company Subsidiary forms or has formed a part of the

 

30


assets of any Company Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code. As of March 14, 2005, the aggregate liability of the benefit obligations accrued under all “pension plans” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA that are set forth on Schedule 3.17(a)) (excluding each such plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code) does not exceed $1.5 million.

(e) All material contributions (including all employer contributions and employee contributions) required to have been made under the Company Benefit Plans or by law to any funds or trusts established thereunder or in connection therewith have been made by the due date thereof (including any valid extension), and all material contributions for any period ending on or before the Closing Date which are not yet due will have been paid or accrued by the Closing Date.

(f) There has been no material violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to the filing of applicable documents, notices or reports (including, but not limited to, annual reports filed on Form 5500) regarding the Company Benefit Plans with the Department of Labor and the Internal Revenue Service, or the furnishing of such required documents to the participants or beneficiaries of the Company Benefit Plans.

(g) To the Knowledge of the Company, (i) there are no pending material actions, claims or lawsuits which have been asserted or instituted against the Company Benefit Plans, the assets of any of the trusts under such Company Benefit Plans or the Company Benefit Plans’ sponsor or the Company Benefit Plans’ administrator, or against any fiduciary of the Company Benefit Plans with respect to such Company Benefit Plans (other than routine benefit claims) and (ii) no fact or event has occurred which could reasonably form the basis for any material actions, claims or lawsuits.

(h) The Company Benefit Plans have been maintained, in all material respects, in accordance with their express terms and with all provisions of ERISA and the Code (including rules and regulations thereunder) and other applicable federal and state laws and regulations, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any “party in interest” or “disqualified person” with respect to the Company Benefit Plans has engaged in a “prohibited transaction” (as such terms are defined in Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could reasonably result in any material liability under ERISA or the Code or taken any actions, or failed to take any actions, which could reasonably result in any material liability under ERISA or the Code. To the Knowledge of the Company, no fiduciary has any liability for breach of fiduciary duty or any other failure to act or comply in connection with the administration or investment of the assets of any of the Company Benefit Plans.

(i) The Company and each ERISA Affiliate that maintains a “group health plan” (as defined in Section 4980B of the Code) has complied in all material respects with the notice and coverage continuation requirements of Section 4980B of the Code and Section 601 of ERISA, and the regulations thereunder (“ COBRA ”). None of the Company Benefit Plans provide retiree health or life insurance benefits except as may be required by COBRA or any similar state law.

 

31


(j) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.17(j) , neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will, either alone or upon the occurrence of subsequent events: (i) result in any payment (or cancellation of Indebtedness) becoming due to any employee, officer or director (whether current, former or retired) of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, (ii) increase any benefits otherwise payable under any Company Benefit Plan, (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any benefits under any Company Benefit Plan, (iv) constitute a “change in control” or similar event under any Company Benefit Plan, or (v) provide for any payment or benefit that may not be deductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code.

3.7 Labor Matters .

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18(a) , (i) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is a party to any labor or collective bargaining agreement, and (ii) no labor organization or group of employees of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has made a pending demand for recognition or certification, and there are no representation or certification proceedings presently pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to be brought or filed with, the National Labor Relations Board or any other labor relations tribunal or authority.

(b) There are no strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns, lockouts, material arbitrations or material grievances or other material labor disputes pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against or involving the Company or any Company Subsidiary. There are no unfair labor practice charges, grievances or complaints pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened by or on behalf of any employee or group of employees of the Company or any Company Subsidiary which, if individually or collectively resolved against the Company or any Company Subsidiary, as the case may be, could result in a material liability.

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.11 , there are no material complaints, charges or claims against the Company or any Company Subsidiary pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to be brought or filed with any public or governmental authority, arbitrator or court based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of any individual.

(d) The Company and each Company Subsidiary are in compliance in all material respects with all Laws relating to the employment of labor, including all such Laws relating to wages, hours, collective bargaining, discrimination, civil rights, safety and health, workers’ compensation and the collection and payment of withholding and/or social security taxes and any similar employment tax.

(e) There has been no “mass layoff” or “plant closing” (as defined by the Worker’s Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 29 U.S.C. Sections 2101, et seq.) or any similar state or local plant closing law (“ WARN ”) with respect to the employees of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.

 

32


(f) The Company has delivered to Parent a true and complete list of the current employees of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, which list identifies the name and current position of such employees, and the following compensation information for the year ended December 31, 2004: (i) annual base salary or wage rate; (ii) annual bonus; and (iii) commissions.

3.19 Environmental Matters . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.19 , to the Knowledge of the Company (i) each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries is and, has been for the last five years, in material compliance with all Environmental Laws and has obtained and is in material compliance with all permits required under applicable Environmental Laws (“ Environmental Permits ”); (ii) each material Environmental Permit of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries is in full force and effect, and is not subject to any pending or threatened administrative or judicial proceedings, and neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any notice that any such material Environmental Permit will not be renewed; (iii) none of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will require the Company or the Company Subsidiaries to transfer or amend any material Environmental Permits, (iv) there is no currently existing fact, event, condition, circumstance, activity, practice, incident, action or plan which would, in the ordinary course of the operation of any of the Company’s or the Company Subsidiaries’ business or Real Property, reasonably be expected (1) to prevent the continued material compliance by the Company or any Company Subsidiary, taken as a whole, with applicable Environmental Laws, (2) result in any material liability to the Company or any Company Subsidiary, taken as a whole, or (3) cause any Company or Company Subsidiary, taken as a whole, to incur material capital expenditures; (v) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any notice of violation of any Environmental Laws or written demand or complaint alleging liability for damages related to any Hazardous Substance, except for any such notice, demand or complaint for which no material obligation or liability remains outstanding; (vi) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received a CERCLA Section 104(e) request or has received any written notice that it may be a potentially responsible party for a federal or state environmental cleanup site or for corrective action under CERCLA or any other applicable Environmental Law, other than matters for which any Company or Company Subsidiary has no further material outstanding obligations; (vii) no Hazardous Substance has been Released at, on, to or from any Real Property by the Company or any Company Subsidiary into the air or into, onto or upon the soil or groundwater for which either the Company or any Company Subsidiary would have any material liability (including claims for damage or injury to persons, property or natural resources), other than Releases for which the Company or any Company Subsidiary has no further material outstanding obligations; (viii) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is a party to any contract, lease or other agreement with any Governmental Authority or any other Person pursuant to which either the Company or any Company Subsidiary has any continuing obligation to cause the remediation of any known condition resulting from the treatment, storage or Release of a Hazardous Substance, other than contracts, leases or other arrangements pursuant to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary has no further material outstanding obligations with respect to such remediation; and (ix) all environmental site assessment reports (including any Phase I or Phase II reports), investigation, remediation or compliance studies, audits, assessments or similar documents which are in the possession, custody or control of either the Company or any Company Subsidiary and relate to the environmental conditions at any Real Property or formerly owned or leased real property have been made available to Parent.

 

33


3.20 Books and Records .

(a) The books, records and accounts of the Company and each Company Subsidiary (i) have been maintained in accordance with good business practices on a basis consistent with prior years, and (ii) fairly reflect in all material respects the transactions related to the assets and properties of the Company or such Company Subsidiary.

(b) The Company has devised and maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary (x) to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP or any other criteria applicable to such statements and (y) to maintain accountability for assets; and (iii) the amount recorded for assets on the Company’s books and records is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

3.21 Insurance . The Company and the Company Subsidiaries maintain policies of insurance and bonds of the type and in amounts set forth on Schedule 3.21 , including all legally required workers’ compensation insurance, casualty, fire and general liability insurance, all of which have been provided to Parent. There is no material claim pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been timely paid, and the Company or its Company Subsidiary, as applicable, is otherwise in material compliance with the terms of such policies and bonds. Such policies or bonds are in full force and effect and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no notice of cancellation, termination or non-renewal has been received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary with respect thereto.

3.22 Significant Suppliers . The Company has no outstanding material disputes with any provider of goods, supplies (including providers of newsprint), information, content or services or other suppliers who, in the 12 months ended December 31, 2004 was one of the ten largest suppliers for the Company, based on amounts paid by the Company during such period (each, a “ Significant Supplier ”). Set forth on Schedule 3.22 are the names of each Significant Supplier and the expenses attributable to each such Significant Supplier during the 12 months ended December 31, 2004. To the Company’s Knowledge, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has received any written information from any Significant Supplier that such supplier will not continue as a supplier of the Company (or the Surviving Corporation) or any Company Subsidiary, as the case may be, after the Closing or that such supplier intends to terminate existing Contracts or undertakings with the Company or any Company Subsidiary, as the case may be.

3.23 Brokers . Except with respect to those certain engagement letters between (i) the Company and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., dated as of July 14, 2004, and (ii) Dirks, Van Essen & Murray, dated as of July 14, 2004, true, correct and complete copies of which have been made available to Parent, no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon any arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

 

34


3.24 Capital Restructuring . Prior to or contemporaneously with the Closing, the Company or any Company Subsidiary shall pay all fees and expenses paid or payable by the Company or any Company Subsidiary to third parties (including all fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants) in connection with the negotiation, preparation and consummation of the capital restructuring described in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2005.

ARTICLE 4

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF P ARENT AND M ERGER S UB

Parent and Merger Sub hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

4.1 Authority . Each of Parent and Merger Sub has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Related Agreements, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements by each of Parent and Merger Sub, the performance by each of Parent and Merger Sub of its respective obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation by each of Parent and Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements, have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors and/or member(s) of each of Parent and Merger Sub and no other limited liability company or other action on the part of either Parent or Merger Sub is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements by each of Parent and Merger Sub, the performance by each of Parent and Merger Sub of its respective obligations hereunder and thereunder or the consummation by each of Parent and Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements. This Agreement and each Related Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of Parent and Merger Sub and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties to this Agreement and each Related Agreement, this Agreement and each Related Agreement constitutes a legally valid and binding obligation of each of Parent and Merger Sub, enforceable against each of Parent and Merger Sub in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) the effect of any applicable Law of general application relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights and relief of debtors generally and (ii) the effect of rules of law and general principles of equity, including rules of law and general principles of equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

4.2 Organization . Each of Parent and Merger Sub is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware, and has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to own, operate or lease the properties and assets now owned, operated or leased by it, and to carry on its business in all material respects as currently conducted. Each of Parent and Merger Sub is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, and is in good standing, under the Laws of each jurisdiction in which the character of its properties owned, operated or leased, or the nature of its activities, makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the

 

35


ability of either Parent or Merger Sub to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement or consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Parent has made available to the Company true and complete copies of the Charter Documents, each as amended and in effect as of the Agreement Date, of Parent and Merger Sub, each as amended to date. Parent does not have any Subsidiaries or own any capital stock or other ownership interest, whether direct or indirect, in any Person other than Merger Sub.

4.3 Conflicts . Assuming all consents, approvals, authorizations, filings and notifications and other actions set forth in Section 4.4 have been obtained or made, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements by each of Parent and Merger Sub, the performance by each of Parent and Merger Sub of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation by each of Parent and Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements, will not (i) conflict with or result in a violation of the Charter Documents of Parent or Merger Sub; (ii) conflict with or result in a violation of any Governmental Order or Law applicable to Parent or Merger Sub or their respective assets or properties or (iii) result in a material breach of, or constitute a material default (or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a material default) under, or give rise to any rights of termination, amendment, modification, acceleration or cancellation of or loss of any benefit under, or result in the creation of any Encumbrance on any of the assets or properties of Parent or Merger Sub pursuant to, any Contract to which Parent or Merger Sub is a party, or by which any of the assets or properties of Parent or Merger Sub is bound or affected, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section 4.3 , as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Parent or Merger Sub to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement and the Related Agreements or consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements.

4.4 Consents, Approvals, Etc . No consent, waiver, approval, authorization, order or permit of, or declaration, filing or registration with, or notification to, any Governmental Authority or third party is required to be made or obtained by Parent or Merger Sub in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each of Parent and Merger Sub, the performance by each of Parent and Merger Sub of its respective obligations hereunder, or the consummation by each of Parent and Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (i) the filing of the Certificate of Merger pursuant to the DGCL; (ii) applicable requirements, if any, under the DGCL, the HSR Act and other federal or state securities or “blue sky” Laws and (iii) where the failure to obtain such consent, approval, authorization or action, or to make such filing or notification would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Parent or Merger Sub to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement or consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.5 Litigation and Governmental Orders . As of the Agreement Date, (i) there are no material Actions pending against Parent or Merger Sub, or any of the assets or properties of Parent or Merger Sub, or any of the directors or officers of Parent or Merger Sub in their capacity as directors or officers of Parent or Merger Sub, that would have a material adverse effect on the ability of Parent or Merger Sub to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement or consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) Parent and Merger Sub

 

36


and their respective assets and properties are not subject to any material Governmental Order that would prevent either Parent or Merger Sub from performing its respective obligations under this Agreement or consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.6 Financing . Parent has delivered to the Company (i) signed counterpart(s) of the commitment letter of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., pursuant to which Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to provide or cause to be provided up to an aggregate of $310,000,000 of debt financing in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and up to $25,000,000 of revolving credit availability (the “ Bank Commitment Letter ”) and (ii) the signed commitment letter of Fortress Investment Fund III LP pursuant to which Fortress Investment Fund III LP and its affiliates have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to make or cause to be made an equity investment in Parent of an amount (the “ Equity Commitment Letter ” and, together with the Bank Commitment Letter, the “ Financing Commitments ”) of at least $220,000,000, as provided in the Equity Commitment Letter. The Financing Commitments have not been amended and are in full force and effect as of the Agreement Date. The funds in the amounts set forth in the Financing Commitments would be sufficient to enable Parent and Merger Sub to pay the consideration specified in Article 2 , to make all other necessary payments by them in connection with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to pay all of the related fees and expenses, in each case as contemplated by the Financing Commitments.

4.7 Due Diligence Investigation . Without limitation to the rights of Parent and Merger Sub set forth in Sections 6.2 and 7.1 , Parent hereby acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to discuss the business, management, operations and finances of the Company with the Company’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and Affiliates, and has had an opportunity to inspect the facilities of the Company. Parent has conducted its own independent investigation of the Company and has been furnished by the Company, or its agents or representatives, with all information, documents and other material relating to the Company, and its business, management, operations and finances, that Parent has requested. In making its decision to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Parent has relied solely upon the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Article 3 and has not relied upon any other information provided by, for or on behalf of the Company, or its agents or representatives, to Parent in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.8 Brokers . No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon any arrangements made by or on behalf of Parent, Merger Sub or any of their respective Affiliates.

4.9 No Prior Activities . Merger Sub has not incurred, nor will it incur, any liabilities or obligations, except those incurred in connection with its formation and with the negotiation of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Merger. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, Merger Sub has not engaged in any business activities of any type or kind whatsoever, or entered into any agreements or arrangements with any Person, or become subject

 

37


to or bound by any obligation or undertaking. As of the Agreement Date, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Merger Sub is owned beneficially and of record by Parent, free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than those created by this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

ARTICLE 5

C OVENANTS OF THE P ARTIES

5.1 Conduct of Business .

(a) Unless Parent shall otherwise consent in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and as except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, during the period commencing on the Agreement Date and terminating on the earlier to occur of the Effective Time and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with Article 7 , the Company shall, and shall cause each Company Subsidiary to, (i) conduct the Business in the ordinary course, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts, subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, to keep available the services of the officers and key employees of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts consistent in all material respects with past practice and policies to maintain the assets and properties of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries in their current condition, normal wear and tear excepted, (iv) maintain the confidentiality of its material confidential or proprietary information, including any advertiser, customer, user or subscriber lists, to the extent so maintained in the ordinary course of business consistent in all material respects with past practice and (v) file, when due or required, all material Tax Returns and pay when due all material Taxes lawfully levied or assessed against it, unless the validity thereof is contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted.

(b) Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth on Schedule 5.1(b) , during the period commencing on the Agreement Date and terminating upon the earlier to occur of the Effective Time and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with Article 7 , the Company shall not, and shall cause the Company Subsidiaries not to, do or cause to be done any of the following without the prior written consent of Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed):

(i) amend in any respect the Charter Documents of the Company or any Company Subsidiary;

(ii) (A) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or distribution or other capital return in respect of any shares of Company Capital Stock (other than pay-in-kind (“ PIK ) dividends of the Company Preferred Stock on any scheduled dividend payment date as of the Agreement Date), or set aside or pay any interest or other distribution in respect of the Senior Debentures (other than PIK interest on any scheduled interest payment date as of the Agreement Date), or (B) redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of Company Capital Stock, Company Options or Senior Debentures;

 

38


(iii) sell, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, or agree to sell, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, any Real Property or material personal property of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, except in the ordinary course of business and transactions among the Company and the Company Subsidiaries;

(iv) acquire (by merger, consolidation or combination, or acquisition of stock or assets) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof;

(v) except in the ordinary course of business, create any Encumbrance on any assets or properties (whether tangible or intangible) of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, other than (A) Permitted Encumbrances; and (B) Encumbrances that will be released at or prior to the Closing;

(vi) materially change any method of accounting or accounting practice used by the Company or any Company Subsidiary, other than such changes required by GAAP;

(vii) issue or sell any additional shares of capital stock of or other equity interests in the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of or other equity interests in the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or issue or grant any options, warrants, calls, subscription rights or other rights of any kind to acquire additional shares of capital stock of or other equity interests in the Company or any Company Subsidiary, except pursuant to the exercise of Company Options outstanding on the Agreement Date;

(viii) enter into or amend any employment, retention, severance or similar agreement with any officers, directors, managers, employees or agents, or amend any Company Benefit Plan to provide any increase in benefits thereunder or adopt any new employee benefit plan;

(ix) increase or materially change the compensation payable or to become payable to any of its officers, directors, managers, employees or agents, or in any bonus, pension, severance, retention, insurance or other benefit payment or arrangement (including awards, option grants or appreciation rights) made to or with any of such officers, directors, managers, employees or agents, other than customary salary increases in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or to the extent that the Company or any Company Subsidiary is contractually obligated to do so or required to do so by applicable Law;

(x) except under the Credit Facility in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to the terms of the Senior Debentures, incur any Indebtedness in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate;

(xi) take any action which would materially interfere with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or materially delay the consummation of such transactions;

 

39


(xii) except as contemplated by this Agreement or as may be permitted by Section 5.1(b)(viii) , enter into or amend any agreement with any director, officer or Affiliate of the Company or any Company Subsidiary;

(xiii) make, change or revoke any material Tax election or any material method of Tax accounting or settle or compromise any material Tax liability of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries;

(xiv) file any material amended Tax Return (for the avoidance of doubt, which shall include the 2003 federal income Tax return described in Schedule 3.10(a) ), or enter into any closing or other agreement or settlement with respect to material Taxes affecting or relating to the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries;

(xv) consent to any extension or waiver of the limitations period applicable to any material Tax claim or assessment;

(xvi) make any material change to the Company’s operations or policies with respect to cash management, including without limitation with respect to the timing of collections or payments, except for changes in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or

(xvii) enter into any agreement to take, or cause to be taken, any of the actions set forth in this Section 5.1(b) .

5.2 Conduct of Parent and Merger Sub Prior to the Effective Time . During the period commencing on the Agreement Date and terminating on the earlier to occur of the Effective Time and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with Article 7 , neither Parent nor Merger Sub shall take, or cause to be taken, any action which would materially interfere with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or materially delay the consummation of such transactions.

5.3 Efforts; Consents; Regulatory and Other Authorizations .

(a) Each party to this Agreement shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, and do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law or otherwise to promptly consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) obtain all authorizations, consents, orders and approvals of, and give all notices to and make all filings with, all Governmental Authorities and other third parties that may be or become necessary for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iii) lift or rescind any injunction or restraining order or other order adversely affecting the ability of the parties to this Agreement to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (iv) fulfill all conditions to such party’s obligations under this Agreement. Each party to this Agreement shall cooperate fully with the other parties to this Agreement in promptly seeking to obtain all such authorizations, consents, orders and approvals, giving such notices, and making such filings.

 

40


(b) Subject to Section 5.3(c) , between the Agreement Date and the Closing Date, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide any notices to, or secure any consents from, third parties with respect to (i) the Contract listed on Schedule 3.6 (No. 2) and (ii) upon written request from Parent, any other Contract of the Company or any Company Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Company shall have no obligation to use its commercially reasonable efforts if Parent provides a new request in accordance with clause (ii) within five Business days of the Closing Date.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in connection with obtaining any consents from third parties, no party to this Agreement shall be required to make payments, commence litigation or agree to modifications of the terms and conditions of any agreements with third parties; provided , however , that the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to get the respective third parties to agree to modify the terms and conditions of Contracts of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, with such changes to be effective no earlier than the Effective Time, if reasonably requested by Parent. The parties to this Agreement shall not take any action that is reasonably likely to have the effect of unreasonably delaying, impairing or impeding the receipt of any required authorizations, consents, orders or approvals.

5.4 Financing .

(a) In furtherance and not in limitation of the terms of Section 5.3(a) , as promptly as practicable following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Parent shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain the financings specified in the Financing Commitments. Parent shall not amend, modify, or terminate, or waive any conditions with respect to, the Financing Commitments, in each case, in a manner which could impair the ability of Parent to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Company. If financings in the amounts set forth in the Bank Commitment Letter, or any portion thereof, become unavailable to Parent on the terms and conditions set forth therein, then Parent shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain substitute financing on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Parent (“ Substitute Financing ”). If Substitute Financing is required, such financing will not contain any funding condition or any other conditions precedent whatsoever relating to the payments set forth in Article II with respect to the Senior Debentures and Company Options, except only that no Event of Default (as defined in such bank facility) relating to insolvency or bankruptcy shall then exist or be continuing with respect to the Company. Parent shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, comply with the covenants, agreements and obligations set forth in the Bank Commitment Letter, to the extent such compliance is necessary to obtain the debt financing required to complete the Transaction.

(b) In furtherance and not in limitation of the terms of Section 5.4(a) , in order to assist with obtaining the financing specified in the Bank Commitment Letter or any Substitute Financing, prior to the Closing, the Company shall, and shall cause each Company Subsidiary to (i) provide such information, assistance and cooperation as Parent, its Affiliates and the other parties to the Bank Commitment Letter may reasonably request in connection with the financing transactions contemplated thereby, including, without limitation, assisting with the preparation of information packages, offering memoranda, prospectuses and other offering materials (the “ Offering Materials ”), (b) use commercial reasonable best efforts to cause the officers of

 

41


the Company or any Company Subsidiary to execute any reasonably necessary officers’ certificates or management representation letters to the Company’s or such Company Subsidiary’s accountants to issue unqualified reports with respect to the financial statements to be included in any Offering Materials, (c) upon reasonable prior notice, use commercially reasonable best efforts to make senior management and other representatives of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries available to participate in (i) meetings with investors and rating agencies and (ii) the preparation of any Offering Materials or other materials in connection with such meetings and (d) request from the present and former independent accountants of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries that they (i) cooperate with and assist Parent and the other parties to the Bank Commitment Letter in preparing the Offering Materials, including audited, unaudited, and pro forma financial statements of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, (ii) participate in drafting sessions related to the preparation of the Offering Materials, (iii) make work papers reasonably available to Parent and the other parties to the Bank Commitment Letter and their respective representatives (subject to Parent and such other parties entering into any agreements reasonably required or requested by the accountants in connection with the provision of such work papers), (iv) deliver “comfort-letters” in customary form in connection with any offering or financing and (v) deliver consents to the inclusion of financial statements required in connection with any offering or financing; provided , however , that (A) Parent shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries in regard to such cooperation of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries under this Section 5.5(b), (B) all Offering Materials used prior to the Closing Date shall include disclaimers that none of the Company or the Company Subsidiaries are responsible for any of the contents therein and (C) Parent shall (1) provide copies to the Company of Offering Materials used prior to the Closing Date and (2) to the extent reasonably practicable, shall allow the Company an opportunity to comment thereon.

5.5 Further Action . Subject to the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement, each of the parties to this Agreement shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to deliver, or cause to be delivered, such further certificates, instruments, affidavits (including those customarily delivered to a title insurance company) and other documents, and to take, or cause to be taken, such further actions, as may be necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to the conditions precedent set forth in Article 6 , as applicable.

5.6 No Other Negotiations . During the period commencing on the Agreement Date and terminating on the earlier to occur of the Effective Time and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with Article 7 , (A) the Company will not, and will cause its officers, directors, Affiliates, representatives and agents not to, (i) directly or indirectly, solicit, initiate or knowingly encourage any inquiries or proposals from, discuss or negotiate with, provide any non-public information to, any Person (other than Parent) relating to any transaction involving the sale of any substantial portion of the Business or any substantial portion of the Company’s assets (other than in the ordinary course of business), or any Company Capital Stock, or any merger, consolidation, business combination or similar transaction involving the Company (collectively, a “ Competing Transaction ”) or (ii) enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to a Competing Transaction, and (B) the Company shall promptly communicate to Parent any inquiries or communications concerning any Competing Transaction which the Company receives. Without limiting the foregoing, during the period commencing on

 

42


the Agreement Date and terminating on the earlier to occur of the Effective Time and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with Article 7 , the Company shall, and shall cause its officers, directors, Affiliates, representatives and agents to immediately cease all existing activities, discussions and negotiations with any parties conducted prior to the Agreement Date with respect to any inquiries or proposals relating to a Competing Transaction.

5.7 Access to Information; Confidentiality Agreement .

(a) Subject to the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, during the period commencing on the Agreement Date and terminating upon the earlier to occur of the Effective Time and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with Article 7 , upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, the Company shall, and shall cause the officers, employees, auditors and agents of the Company and each Company Subsidiary to (i) afford the officers, employees and authorized agents and representatives of Parent reasonable access to the officers, employees, offices, properties, and books and records (including, but not limited to, Tax Returns and work papers of and correspondence with the Company’s independent auditors; provided that the foregoing is subject to Parent, Merger Sub and such other parties entering into any agreements reasonably required or requested by the accountants in connection with the provision of such work papers and correspondence), of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries and (ii) furnish to the officers, employees and authorized agents and representatives of Parent such additional financial and operating data and other information regarding the assets, properties, goodwill and business of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries as Parent may from time to time reasonably request in order to assist Parent in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement and to facilitate the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , that Parent shall not unreasonably interfere with any of the businesses or operations of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

(b) The parties to this Agreement hereby agree to be bound by and comply with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, which are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference and shall continue in full force and effect until the Effective Time, such that the information obtained by any party to this Agreement, or its officers, employees, agents or representatives, during any investigation conducted pursuant to this Section 5.7 , or in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be governed by the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement.

5.8 Termination of Investor Agreements . The Company shall cause the Investor Agreements to be terminated, effective as of the Closing.

5.9 Indemnification; Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance .

(a) From and after the Effective Time and for a period of six years following the Effective Time, Parent shall, and shall cause the Surviving Corporation and its Subsidiaries to, (i) indemnify and hold harmless each present and former director and officer of the Company and each present and former director and officer of each Company Subsidiary (collectively, the “ Company Indemnified Parties ”), against any Losses incurred or suffered by any of the Company Indemnified Parties in connection with any Action arising out of or pertaining to

 

43


matters existing or occurring at or prior to the Effective Time, whether asserted or claimed prior to, at or after the Effective Time, to the fullest extent that the Company or any Company Subsidiary would have been permitted under applicable Law and under the Charter Documents of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, in each case as in effect on the Agreement Date, to indemnify such Company Indemnified Parties and (ii) advance expenses as incurred by any Company Indemnified Party in connection with any matters for which such Company Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification from Parent pursuant to this Section 5.9 to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Law or, if greater, under the Charter Documents of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.

(b) From and after the Effective Time and for a period of six years following the Effective Time, Parent shall maintain, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation for itself and the Company Subsidiaries to maintain, in effect a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy and a fiduciary liability insurance policy covering those persons who are currently covered by such respective policies (copies of which have been heretofore delivered by the Company to Parent and its agents and representatives) with coverage in amount and scope at least as favorable as the Company’s existing coverage; provided , however , that in no event shall Parent or the Surviving Corporation be required to expend in the aggregate in excess of 175% of the annual premium currently paid by the Company for such coverage, and if such premium would at any time exceed 175% of such amount, then Parent or the Surviving Corporation shall maintain insurance policies which provide the maximum and best coverage available at an annual premium equal to 175% of such amount; and provided further , that this Section 5.9(b) shall be deemed to have been satisfied if a prepaid policy or policies (i.e., “tail coverage”) have been obtained by the Company which policy or policies provide such directors and officers with the coverage described in this Section 5.9(b) for an aggregate period of not less than six years with respect to claims arising from facts or events that occurred on or before the Closing Date, including with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) The terms and provisions of this Section 5.9 are intended to be in addition to the rights otherwise available to the Company Indemnified Parties by applicable Law, Charter Document or agreement, and shall operate for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, the Company Indemnified Parties and their respective heirs and representatives.

5.10 Employee Benefit Matters .

(a) For purposes of determining eligibility to participate, vesting and entitlement to benefits where length of service is relevant under any benefit plan or arrangement (other than a defined benefit plan) of Parent, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Company Employees as of the Effective Time shall receive service credit for service with the Company and the Company Subsidiaries to the same extent such service credit was granted under the Company Benefit Plans, subject to offsets for previously accrued benefits and no duplication of benefits. Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall (i) waive all limitations as to preexisting conditions exclusions and waiting periods with respect to participation and coverage requirements applicable to the Company Employees under any welfare benefit plans that such employees may be eligible to participate in after the Effective Time, other than limitations or waiting periods that are already in effect with respect to such employees and that have not been satisfied as of the Effective Time under any welfare benefit

 

44


plan maintained for the Company Employees immediately prior to the Effective Time and (ii) provide each Company Employee with equitable credit for any co-payments and deductibles paid prior to the Effective Time in satisfying any applicable deductible or out-of-pocket requirements under any welfare plans (other than a Company Benefit Plan) that such employees are eligible to participate in after the Effective Time.

(b) From and after the Effective Time, Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to assume and honor in accordance with their terms all employment, severance and termination plans and agreements (including change in control provisions) of employees or independent contractors of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries.

(c) For a period of not less than one year after the Closing Date, Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to maintain compensation and benefits provided for in the Company Benefit Plans set forth on Schedule 3.17(a) (including, without limitation, group health, life, disability, bonus, and severance plans, but excluding the benefits under the Company Stock Option Plan which shall be terminated as of the Effective Time) that are not less favorable, in the aggregate, to the employees of the Surviving Corporation as of the Effective Time and their dependents and beneficiaries, as appropriate, as the Company provided to its employees immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided, however, that the compensation and benefits of any such employee who is subject to a collective bargaining agreement shall be governed by such collective bargaining agreement.

(d) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall (i) cause the loans to its employees set forth on Schedule 5.10(d) (the “ Management Loans ”) to be forgiven, including the aggregate principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest, and (ii) deliver a notice to Parent evidencing such loan forgiveness. Within the time periods required by applicable Law, the Company shall (x) withhold, collect, remit or deposit all Taxes required to be withheld, collected, remitted or deposited as the case may be and (y) comply with all Tax withholding information and reporting requirements of the Code, in each case with respect to such loan forgiveness. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, unless prior stockholder approval is obtained pursuant to Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the applicable Treasury regulations issued thereunder, no loans to Kenneth L. Serota will be forgiven.

5.11 Code Section 338 Election . Parent or any Affiliate may make, in its sole discretion, any election under Code Section 338 with respect to the acquisition of Company Capital Stock pursuant to this Agreement.

5.12 Transfer Taxes . All transfer Taxes, if any, arising out of or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Transfer Taxes ”) shall be borne by Parent to the extent such amounts are less than or equal to $25,000 in aggregate; any Transfer Taxes in excess of $25,000 in shall be deemed Transaction Expenses of the Company. The parties to this Agreement shall reasonably cooperate in the preparation, execution and filing of all Tax Returns, applications or other documents regarding any such Transfer Taxes. No later than three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall provide to Parent the amount of such Transfer Taxes.

 

45


5.13 Intellectual Property . Within 15 Business Days following the Agreement Date, the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to provide Parent with a list of commercially available, off-the-shelf software subject to shrink-wrap or click wrap or other similar licenses used by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in the Business that may require a third-party consent upon the consummation of the Merger.

5.14 Stockholder Approval . Within one Business Day of the Agreement Date, the Company shall mail or deliver a unanimous written consent to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to which such stockholders may adopt and approve the Merger and Merger Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

C ONDITIONS TO C LOSING

6.1 Conditions to Obligations of the Company . The obligations of the Company to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction, fulfillment or written waiver by the Company, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties; Covenants . (i) the representations and warranties of Parent and Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct, as of the Effective Time (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct, on and as of such earlier date), disregarding for these purposes, the phrases “material,” “materially,” “in all material respects,” “material adverse effect” and any similar phrase, except for such failures to be true and correct which, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on Parent’s and Merger Sub’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, and (ii) the covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement to be performed or complied with by Parent and Merger Sub at or prior to the Effective Time shall have been performed or complied with in all material respects (or with respect to any covenant or agreement qualified by materiality or material adverse effect, in all respects as so qualified).

(b) Secretary’s Certificate . The Company shall have received a certificate dated as of the Closing Date executed by the Secretaries of Parent and Merger Sub certifying (i) as to the matters set forth in Section 6.1(a) , (ii) the Charter Documents of Parent and Merger Sub; (iii) resolutions duly adopted by the Boards of Directors and/or member(s) of Parent and Merger Sub approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such resolutions have not been amended and remain in full force and effect; and (iv) as to the incumbency of each signatory of such Person to this Agreement.

(c) No Governmental Order . No Governmental Authority shall have issued any Governmental Order which is in effect that makes the Merger or any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or otherwise restrains or prohibits the consummation of the Merger or any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) Stockholder Approval . The stockholders of the Company shall have approved the Merger in accordance with the DGCL.

 

46


6.2 Conditions to Obligations of Parent and Merger Sub . The obligations of Parent and Merger Sub to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction, fulfillment or written waiver by Parent, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties; Covenants . (I) (i) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement, other than the Selected Representations and Warranties, shall be true and correct, as of the Effective Time (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct, on and as of such earlier date), disregarding for these purposes, the phrases “material,” “materially,” “in all material respects,” “Material Adverse Effect” and any similar phrase, except for such failures to be true and correct which, in the aggregate, do not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) each of the Selected Representations and Warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects, as of the Effective Time (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct, on and as of such earlier date), disregarding for these purposes, the phrases “material,” “materially,” “in all material respects,” “Material Adverse Effect” and any similar phrase, and (II) the covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing shall have been performed or complied with in all material respects (or with respect to any covenant or agreement qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects as so qualified).

(b) Secretary’s Certificate . Parent shall have received a certificate dated as of the Closing Date executed by the Secretary of the Company certifying (i) as to the matters set forth in Section 6.2(a) , (ii) the Charter Documents of the Company; (iii) resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such resolutions have not been amended and remain in full force and effect; and (iv) as to the incumbency of each signatory of such Person to this Agreement.

(c) No Governmental Order . No Governmental Authority shall have issued any Governmental Order which makes the Merger or any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or otherwise restrains or prohibits the consummation of the Merger or any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) Resignations of Directors and Officers . The persons holding the positions of a director or executive officer (or comparable position) of the Company, in office immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall have resigned from such positions in writing effective as of the Effective Time, other than those persons specified by Parent in writing to the Company (such notice to be received by the Company at least five Business Days prior to the Closing Date), and copies of such resignations shall have been delivered to Parent as of the Closing.

(e) Other Company Agreements . The Investor Agreements shall have been terminated and be of no further force or effect, and the Company shall have delivered, or cause to be delivered, to Parent evidence of such termination.

 

47


(f) Financing . Parent shall have received the financings contemplated by the Financing Commitments (or by any Substitute Financing, if applicable).

(g) Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act . Parent shall have received duly executed and acknowledged affidavits of either (i) the Company, in form substantially identical to those attached hereto as Exhibit B in accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1445-2(c)(3), 1.897-2(g) and 1.897-2(h), certifying that each “interest” in the Company (as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(g)(1)(i)) is not a “United States real property interest” within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code, or (ii) each holder of Company Shares certifying that such holder is not a foreign person as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2), substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit C .

(h) Material Adverse Change . Between the Agreement Date and the Closing Date, no Material Adverse Change shall have occurred.

(i) Stockholder Approval . The stockholders of the Company shall have approved the Merger in accordance with the DGCL.

ARTICLE 7

T ERMINATION OF A GREEMENT

7.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Effective Time in writing:

(a) by the mutual written consent of Parent, Merger Sub and the Company;

(b) by either the Company, on the one hand, or Parent and Merger Sub, on the other hand, by written notice to the other party if any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such matters shall have issued a Governmental Order permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger, and such Governmental Order shall have become final and unappealable; provided , however , that the terms of this Section 7.1(b) shall not be available to any party unless such party shall have used its commercially reasonable efforts to oppose any such Governmental Order or to have such Governmental Order vacated or made inapplicable to the Merger; and

(c) by either the Company, on the one hand, or Parent and Merger Sub, on the other hand, by written notice to the other party if the Merger shall not have been consummated on or before August 8, 2005, unless the failure to consummate the Merger on or prior to such date is the result of any action or inaction under this Agreement by the party seeking to terminate the Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Section 7.1(c) .

7.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement and abandonment of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with Section 7.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and of no further force or effect whatsoever and there shall be no liability on the part of any party to this Agreement; provided ,

 

48


however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any party to this Agreement from any liability resulting from or arising out of any intentional, material breach of any agreement or covenant hereunder; and provided further , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of Section 5.7(b) , this Section 7.2 and Article 8 shall survive any termination of this Agreement, whether in accordance with Section 7.1 or otherwise. If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein, all filings, applications and other submissions made pursuant to this Agreement, to the extent practicable, shall be withdrawn from the agency or other Person to which they were made.

ARTICLE 8

M ISCELLANEOUS

8.1 No Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants . None of the representations, warranties and covenants or other agreements set forth in this Agreement, or in any certificate or similar instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement, shall survive the Closing, except for the covenants and other agreements set forth in Article 2 , Sections 5.7(b) , 5.9 , 5.10 , 5.11 and 5.12 , and this Article 8 and any other agreement which contemplates performance after the Merger.

8.2 Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all Transaction Expenses shall be paid by the respective party incurring such costs and expenses, whether or not the Closing shall have occurred. The Company hereby covenants and agrees that the Company shall (i) cause all of the Company’s Transaction Expenses which have not been paid prior to the Agreement Date to be paid or invoiced on the Closing Date and (ii) deliver to Parent on the Closing Date (A) a statement setting forth the amount of all such Transaction Expenses and (B) such releases from third parties to whom Transaction Expenses were paid or invoiced as may be reasonably requested by Parent.

8.3 Costs and Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any Action is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with each and every such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals and petitions therefrom.

8.4 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as follows: (i) if sent by registered or certified mail in the United States return receipt requested, upon receipt; (ii) if sent by nationally recognized overnight air courier (such as DHL or FedEx), two Business Days after mailing; (iii) if sent by facsimile transmission, with a copy mailed on the same day in the manner provided in clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 8.4 , when transmitted and receipt is confirmed and (iv) if otherwise actually personally delivered, when delivered, provided that such notices, requests, demands and other communications are delivered to the address set forth below, or to such other address as any party shall provide by like notice to the other parties to this Agreement:

If to Parent, Merger Sub or Surviving Corporation:

Fortress Investment Fund III LP

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10020

Attention: Randal A. Nardone

Fax Number: (212) 798-6120

with a copy to:

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019-6099

Attention: Thomas M. Cerabino, Esq.

Fax Number: (212) 728-8111

 

49


If to the Company:

Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.

3000 Dundee Road, Suite 202

Northbrook, IL 60062

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax Number: (847) 272-6244

with copies to:

Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.

11111 Santa Monica Boulevard

Suite 2000

Los Angeles, California 90025

Attention: Peter J. Nolan

              Jonathan A. Seiffer

Fax Number: (310) 954-0404

and

Latham & Watkins, LLP

885 Third Avenue

Suite 1000

New York, New York 10022-4834

Attention: Howard A. Sobel, Esq.

Fax Number: (212) 751-4864

8.5 Public Announcements . Unless otherwise required by applicable Law or applicable stock exchange rules and regulations, no party to this Agreement shall make any public announcements in respect of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or otherwise communicate with any news media regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other parties to this Agreement. If a public statement is required to be made pursuant to applicable Law or applicable stock exchange rules and regulations, the parties shall consult with each other, to the extent reasonably practicable, in advance as to the contents and timing thereof.

 

50


8.6 Interpretation; Rules of Construction . The Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. References to Articles or Sections in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, are references to Articles or Sections of this Agreement. The parties to this Agreement have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises with respect to any term or provision of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties to this Agreement, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party to this Agreement by virtue of the authorship of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, county, local or foreign statute or Law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. For all purposes of and under this Agreement, (i) the word “including” shall be deemed to be immediately followed by the words “without limitation;” (ii) words (including defined terms) in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa; (iii) words of one gender shall be deemed to include the other gender as the context requires and (iv) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto,” “herewith” and any other words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement) and not to any particular term or provision of this Agreement, unless otherwise specified.

8.7 Severability . In the event that any one or more of the terms or provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other certificate, instrument or other document referred to in this Agreement, shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or any other such certificate, instrument or other document referred to in this Agreement, and the parties to this Agreement shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to substitute one or more valid, legal and enforceable terms or provisions into this Agreement which, insofar as practicable, implement the purposes and intent of this Agreement. Any term or provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part, degree or within certain jurisdictions shall remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable to the extent consistent with the intent of the parties as reflected by this Agreement. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each party waives any term or provision of Law which renders any term or provision of this Agreement to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

8.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Exhibits and the Schedules to this Agreement), the ancillary documents contemplated herein and the Confidentiality Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.

8.9 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties to this Agreement (whether by operation of law or

 

51


otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties to this Agreement, and any purported assignment or other transfer without such consent shall be void and unenforceable; provided , that Parent may assign any or all of its rights, interests and obligations hereunder to an Affiliate of Parent, but no such assignment shall relieve Parent of its obligations hereunder if such assignee does not perform such obligations. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.

8.10 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as provided in Article II and Section 5.9 , this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties to this Agreement and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

8.11 Waivers and Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by all of the parties to this Agreement. Any failure of the parties to this Agreement to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition in this Agreement may be waived by the party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the party granting such waiver. No delay on the part of any party to this Agreement in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party to this Agreement of any right, power or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver of any other right, power or privilege hereunder, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder. Unless otherwise provided, the rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which the parties to this Agreement may otherwise have at law or in equity. Whenever this Agreement requires or permits consent by or on behalf of a party, such consent shall be given in writing in a manner consistent with the requirements for a waiver of compliance as set forth in this Section 8.11 .

8.12 Equitable Remedies . Each of the parties to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that the other parties to this Agreement would be irreparably damaged in the event that any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise are breached. Therefore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, each of the parties to this Agreement hereby agrees that the other parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, and to enforce specifically the performance by such first party under this Agreement, and each party to this Agreement hereby agrees to waive the defense in any such suit that the other parties to this Agreement have an adequate remedy at law and to interpose no opposition, legal or otherwise, as to the propriety of injunction or specific performance as a remedy, and hereby agrees to waive any requirement to post any bond in connection with obtaining such relief. The equitable remedies described in this Section 8.12 shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies at law or in equity that the parties to this Agreement may elect to pursue. The parties to this Agreement hereby agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event any of the terms or provision of this Agreement required to be performed prior to the Effective Time are not performed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and that, prior to the Effective Time, the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedy at law or in equity.

 

52


8.13 Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed entirely within such State. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its assets and properties, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Delaware State court, or Federal court of the United States of America, sitting within the State of Delaware, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the agreements delivered in connection with this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment relating thereto, and each of the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agrees not to commence any such action or proceeding except in such courts; (ii) agrees that any claim in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Delaware State court or, to the extent permitted by Law, in such Federal court; (iii) waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in any such Delaware State or Federal court and (iv) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such Delaware State or Federal court. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 8.4 . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Law.

8.14 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE, IT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OF THE AGREEMENTS DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE EITHER OF SUCH WAIVERS, (II) IT UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH WAIVERS, (III) IT MAKES SUCH WAIVERS VOLUNTARILY AND (IV) IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 8.14 .

8.15 Exclusivity of Representations and Warranties . It is the explicit intent and understanding of each of the parties to this Agreement that no party to this Agreement, nor any of their respective Affiliates, representatives or agents, is making any representation or warranty whatsoever, oral or written, express or implied, other than those set forth in this Agreement (as qualified by the

 

53


Company Disclosure Schedule), and none of the parties to this Agreement is relying on any statement, representation or warranty, oral or written, express or implied, made by another party to this Agreement or such other party’s Affiliates, representatives or agents, except for the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement.

8.16 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

54


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement and Plan of Merger as of the date first above written.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel D. Lewis

Name:   Daniel D. Lewis
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
FIF III LIBERTY HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ William B. Doniger

Name:   William B. Doniger
Title:   VP
FIF III LIBERTY ACQUISITION, LLC
By:  

/s/ William B. Doniger

Name:   William B. Doniger
Title:   VP


FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 2.7 ONLY:

 

GREEN EQUITY INVESTORS II, L.P.

By: Grand Avenue Capital Partners, L.P.,

           its General Partner

By: Grand Avenue Capital Corp.,

           its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Seiffer

Name:   Jonathan Seiffer
Title:   Vice President
GREEN EQUITY INVESTORS III, L.P.

By: GEI Capital III, LLC,

           its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Seiffer

Name:   Jonathan Seiffer
Title:   Vice President

Execution Version

Exhibit 2.2

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

AND SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement and Plan of Merger and Securities Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of May 5, 2006 by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Parent ”), ENM Merger Sub, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (“ ENM Merger Sub ”), HPM Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ HPM Merger Sub ”), ENHE Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ ENHE Acquisition ”), ENM, Inc. a Massachusetts corporation (“ E NM ”), Heritage Partners Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ HPM ”), Heritage Fund III, L.P., Heritage Fund IIIA, L.P. and Heritage Investors III, LLC (collectively, “Heritage” or the “ HPM Shareholders ”), Frank E. Richardson, individually (“ Richardson ”), Frank E. Richardson, as trustee under voting trust agreements dated as of April 28, 2006 and November 5, 1997 (the “ Richardson Voting Trusts ”), James F. Plugh, individually (“ Plugh ”), Michael H. Plugh, individually (“ M. Plugh ”), Jennifer V. Plugh, individually (“ J. Plugh ”), Catherine T. Plugh, individually (“ C. Plugh ”), Myron F. Fuller, individually (“ M. Fuller ”), Richard Fuller, individually (“ R. Fuller ”), Thomas J. Branca, individually (“ Branca ” and collectively with Richardson, the Richardson Voting Trusts, Plugh, M. Plugh, J. Plugh, C. Plugh, M. Fuller and R. Fuller, the “ ENM Shareholders ”) and ENHE, LLC (“ ENHE ” and collectively with the ENM Shareholders and the HPM Shareholders, the “ Sellers ” and each, a “ Seller ”) and Enterprise NewsMedia Holding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”). Heritage Fund III, L.P. is also a party to this Agreement as the “ Agent ” for the Sellers pursuant to Section 10.16(a) and Richardson is also a party to this Agreement as the “ ENM Agent ” for the ENM Shareholders pursuant to Section 10.16(b).

An index of defined terms is set forth in Article 11 of this Agreement.

Introduction

WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of each of the Parent, ENM Merger Sub and ENM have agreed that it is in their best interests for ENM Merger Sub to merge with and into ENM upon the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ ENM Merger ”).

WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of each of the Parent, HPM Merger Sub and HPM have agreed that it is in their best interests for HPM Merger Sub to merge with and into HPM upon the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ HPM Merger ”).

WHEREAS, as an inducement to the Parent to enter into this Agreement, the ENM Shareholders and the HPM Shareholders have entered into this Agreement, pursuant to which the ENM Shareholders and the HPM Shareholders have agreed, among other things, to provide certain representations, warranties and indemnities.

WHEREAS, ENHE owns all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company that are not owned by ENM or HPM. ENHE wishes to sell, and ENHE Acquisition wishes to buy, such interests, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

THE MERGER

1.1 Distribution of Withdrawn Assets.

(a) Prior to the Closing, Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC shall form a wholly owned subsidiary limited liability company (“ Chicopee Distribution LLC ”) and shall contribute to Chicopee Distribution LLC (i) 100% of the limited liability company interests of Enterprise NewsMedia Chicopee, LLC, parent of SCP 2002E-31, LLC, and (ii) 100% of the common stock of ENM Chicopee, Inc.

(b) Prior to the Closing, Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC shall form a wholly owned subsidiary limited liability company (“ Avon Distribution LLC ”) and shall contribute to Avon Distribution LLC (i) an amount of cash not to exceed $350,000, (ii) the EPC-Avon, LLC Note dated December 23, 2005 payable to Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC in the principal amount of up to $9,100,000, (iii) the contractual rights and obligations of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC under the Qualified Exchange Accommodation Agreement dated as of December 23, 2005 by and among Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC, EPC-Avon, LLC and EPC Exchange Corporation, the Loan Agreement dated as of December 23, 2005 by and between Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC and EPC-Avon, LLC and the Construction Management Agreement dated as of December 23, 2005 by and between Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC and EPC-Avon, LLC and (iv) any and all other rights, obligations and agreements of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC relating to the property located at One Kiddie Drive, Avon, Massachusetts.

(c) Prior to or at the Closing, (i) Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC shall distribute 100% of the limited liability company interests of Chicopee Distribution LLC to the Company, (ii) the Company shall distribute 90% of the limited liability company interests of Chicopee Distribution LLC to ENM and 10% of the limited liability company interests of Chicopee Distribution LLC to HPM, (iii) ENM shall distribute such 90% of the limited liability company interests of Chicopee Distribution LLC to the ENM Shareholders in proportion to their ownership of ENM prior to the Closing and (iv) HPM shall distribute such 10% of the limited liability company interests of Chicopee Distribution LLC to the HPM Shareholders in proportion to their ownership of HPM prior to the Closing.

(d) Prior to or at the Closing, (i) Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC shall distribute 100% of the limited liability company interests of Avon Distribution LLC to the Company, (ii) the Company shall distribute the limited liability company interests of Avon Distribution LLC to HPM, ENM and ENHE in the respective amounts required for distributions in accordance with the order of priority established by Section 9.1 of the LLC Agreement, as if the contributions made by ENM to the Company under Section 1.12(a)(i) had not occurred, (iii) ENM shall distribute such limited liability company interests of Avon Distribution LLC to the ENM Shareholders in proportion to their ownership of ENM prior to the Closing, (iv) HPM shall distribute such limited liability company interests of Avon Distribution LLC to the HPM Shareholders in proportion to their ownership of HPM prior to the Closing and (v) ENHE shall distribute such limited liability company interest of Avon Distribution LLC to Branca.

 

2


1.2 ENM Merger. Upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act, M.G.L. 156D (the “ MBCA ”), ENM Merger Sub shall be merged with and into ENM at the ENM Effective Time (as defined below). From and after the ENM Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of ENM Merger Sub shall cease and ENM shall continue as the surviving corporation in the ENM Merger (the “ ENM Surviving Corporation ”). The “ ENM Effective Time ” shall be the time at which ENM Merger Sub and ENM file articles of merger in a mutually acceptable form reflecting the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ ENM Articles of Merger ”) with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in accordance with the relevant provisions of the MBCA. The ENM Merger shall have the effects set forth in Sections 11.02 and 11.07 of Part 11 of the MBCA.

1.3 HPM Merger. Upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, Title 8, Chapter 1 of the Delaware Code (the “ DGCL ”), HPM Merger Sub shall be merged with and into HPM at the HPM Effective Time (as defined below). From and after the HPM Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of HPM Merger Sub shall cease and HPM shall continue as the surviving corporation in the HPM Merger (the “ HPM Surviving Corporation ”). The “ HPM Effective Time ” shall be the time at which HPM Merger Sub and HPM file a certificate of merger in a mutually acceptable form reflecting the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ HPM Certificate of Merger ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the relevant provisions of the DGCL. The HPM Merger shall have the effects set forth in Sections 251 and 259-261 of Subchapter IX of the DGCL.

1.4 Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at the Closing (as hereinafter defined), ENHE shall sell, transfer, assign and deliver to ENHE Acquisition, and ENHE Acquisition shall purchase from ENHE, free and clear of all Liens all of the outstanding Membership Interests (as defined in the LLC Agreement of the Company) in the Company held by ENHE (the “ Purchased Securities ”).

1.5 The Closing. The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) will take place at the offices of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York (a) on the earlier of (i) June 15, 2006 or (ii) a date specified by the Parent upon seven (7) days prior written notice to the Sellers or (b) if the conditions set forth in Article 6 are not then satisfied (other than those conditions which by their nature are normally satisfied at the Closing) or waived, at such later date as is three (3) business days after satisfaction or waiver of such conditions, or such other date that is agreed to in writing by the Parent, the Company and the Agent (the “ Closing Date ”).

1.6 Actions at the Closing. At the Closing, and upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 6, (a) ENM Merger Sub and ENM shall file with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts the ENM Articles of Merger, and (b) HPM Merger Sub and HPM shall file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware the HPM Certificate of Merger.

 

3


1.7 Deliveries at Closing by the Sellers, the Company, ENM and HPM. At the Closing, and upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2, the Sellers, the Company, ENM and HPM will deliver or cause to be delivered: (i) the instruments, consents, certificates and other documents required of them by Section 6.1, (ii) the duly executed Escrow Agreement, and (iii) the minute books, stock books, stock ledgers and corporate seal (if any) of each of the Company, ENM and HPM.

1.8 Deliveries at Closing by the Parent. At the Closing, and upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1, the Parent will deliver or cause to be delivered the payments, instruments, consents, certificates and other documents required of it by Section 6.2.

1.9 Conversion of Shares of ENM.

(a) At the ENM Effective Time, by virtue of the ENM Merger and without any action on the part of any party, each share of common stock of ENM, no par value per share (the “ ENM Common Stock ”), (other than those shares, if any, of ENM Common Stock held in ENM’s treasury) shall be converted into and shall represent the right to receive, in accordance with Section 1.15, from the Closing Purchase Price an amount equal to that obtained by dividing (i) ENM Merger Consideration by (ii) the number of outstanding shares of ENM Common Stock.

(b) At the ENM Effective Time, by virtue of the ENM Merger and without any action on the part of any party, each share of the ENM Common Stock, if any, held in ENM’s treasury as of the Closing Date shall be canceled and retired without payment of any consideration therefor.

(c) At the Effective Time, by virtue of the ENM Merger and without any action on the part of any party, each share of common stock, $0.01 par value, of ENM Merger Sub issued and outstanding as of the Closing Date shall be converted into and shall represent the right to receive one (1) validly issued fully paid and nonassessable share of the common stock, $0.01 par value, of the ENM Surviving Corporation. Upon such conversion, such shares shall represent all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the ENM Surviving Corporation.

1.10 Conversion of Shares of HPM.

(a) At the HPM Effective Time, by virtue of the HPM Merger and without any action on the part of any party, each share of common stock of HPM, par value $0.01 per share (the “ HPM Common Stock ”), (other than those shares, if any, of HPM Common Stock held in HPM’s treasury) shall be converted into and shall represent the right to receive, in accordance with Section 1.16, from the Closing Purchase Price an amount equal to that obtained by dividing (i) the HPM Merger Consideration by (ii) the number of outstanding shares of HPM Common Stock.

(b) At the HPM Effective Time, by virtue of the HPM Merger and without any action on the part of any party, each share of the HPM Common Stock, if any, held in HPM’s treasury as of the Closing Date shall be canceled and retired without payment of any consideration therefor.

 

4


(c) At the Effective Time, by virtue of the HPM Merger and without any action on the part of any party, each share of common stock, $0.01 par value, of HPM Merger Sub issued and outstanding as of the Closing Date shall be converted into and shall represent the right to receive one (1) validly issued fully paid and nonassessable share of the common stock, $0.01 par value, of the HPM Surviving Corporation. Upon such conversion, such shares shall represent all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the HPM Surviving Corporation.

1.11 Purchase Price; Payments at Closing .

(a) As used herein, the “ Closing Purchase Price ” means $180,000,000, (i) plus the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents of HPM, ENM, the Company and its Subsidiaries on hand immediately prior to Closing, (ii) plus the amount, if any, by which Closing Working Capital is more than $2,000,000, or minus the amount, if any, by which Closing Working Capital is less than $2,000,000.

Closing Working Capital ” means, as of immediately prior to the Closing, (i) all inventory, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets (but excluding cash and cash equivalents) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, minus (ii) (A) all accounts payable, deferred revenue and accrued expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries (excluding for this purpose all Debt Amount, any Loan, all expenses relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement paid by or on behalf of the Seller, and all other liabilities paid by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary at or in connection with the Closing and not by the Company, HPM or ENM following the Closing), determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) and, to the extent consistent with such principles, the Company’s past practices, and (B) $750,000 of the underfunding of the Company’s Pension Plans; provided , however , that Closing Working Capital shall be determined without regard to any deferred tax asset or liability.

“Estimated Closing Purchase Price means the Closing Purchase Price, determined using the estimate of the Closing Working Capital set forth in the Estimated Closing Purchase Price Certificate.

(b) At least two (2) business days prior to the Closing, the Company will furnish to the Parent (i) a certificate (the “ Estimated Closing Purchase Price Certificate ”) setting forth an estimate of Closing Working Capital and the Closing Purchase Price, (ii) a payoff letter from each holder of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding any loan made by ENM to the Company prior to the Closing (any such loan, a “ Loan ”)), for amounts payable under consulting and non-compete agreements relating to prior acquisitions by the Company and its Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM, for amounts payable to any director of the Company in connection with the Closing (including, but not limited to, all amounts owed pursuant to, (a) the Consulting Agreement between the Company, as assignee of Enterprise NewsMedia, Inc., and Myron F. Fuller, dated January 6, 1997, (b) the Non-Compete Agreement between the Company, as assignee of Enterprise NewsMedia, Inc., and Myron F. Fuller, dated January 6, 1997, (c) the Consulting Agreement between the Company, as assignee of Enterprise NewsMedia, Inc., and Charles Fuller, dated January 6, 1997, (d) the Non-Compete Agreement between the Company, as assignee of Enterprise NewsMedia, Inc., and Charles Fuller, dated January 6, 1997, and (e) the Compensation Arrangement among the Company,

 

5


Heritage and director Stephen W. Sullivan, dated June 8, 2005), and for the “ Additional Bonus ” payable to Kirk Davis (“ Davis ”) pursuant to Section 3(g) of that certain Employment Agreement with the Company, dated as of July 14, 2004 (it being understood and agreed that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement constitute a “ Liquidity Event ” as defined in the LLC Agreement (as defined below)), each indicating the amount required to discharge such indebtedness or obligation (the “ Debt Amount ”) and including wire transfer instructions, (iii) a payoff letter from each holder of indebtedness for borrowed money of ENM and other liabilities owed by ENM, each indicating the amount required to discharge such indebtedness or liability (the “ ENM Debt Amount ”) and including wire transfer instructions, and (iv) an estimate of the aggregate amount of HPM’s, ENM’s, the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents on hand at Closing.

(c) At the Closing, the Parent shall make the following payments (in an amount, in the aggregate, equal to the Estimated Closing Purchase Price) by wire transfer of immediately available funds:

(i) first, an amount equal to the Debt Amount as specified in the applicable payoff letters delivered by the Company to the Parent as a capital contribution to ENM;

(ii) second, to each holder of a portion of the ENM Debt Amount, the amount specified in the applicable payoff letter delivered by the Company to the Parent;

(iii) third, (a) $9,000,000 (the “ Escrow Amount ”) to an account designated at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing by an escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”) mutually selected by the Company and the Parent pursuant to an escrow agreement establishing an escrow until the second anniversary of the Closing (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), (b) $2,000,000 (the “ Davis Stay Bonus ”), plus an amount equal to the potential payroll tax obligations of the Company if the Davis Stay Bonus is paid to Davis through the Company following the Closing (collectively, the “ Davis Escrow Amount ”) to an account designated at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing by an escrow agent selected by the Company pursuant to an escrow agreement establishing an escrow to hold the Davis Escrow Amount until it is released under the Stay Bonus Agreement between the Sellers, the Company and Davis dated as of April 26, 2006 and (c) an amount equal to any payments that the Seller may be obligated to make pursuant to the stay bonus agreement that the Company and the Sellers intend to enter into with Thomas J. Branca (the “ Branca Stay Bonus ”), plus an amount equal to the potential payroll tax obligations of the Company if the Branca Stay Bonus is paid to Branca through the Company following the Closing (collectively, the “ Branca Escrow Amount ”) to an account designated at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing by an escrow agent selected by the Company pursuant to an escrow agreement establishing an escrow to hold the Branca Escrow Amount until it is released under the agreement evidencing the Branca Stay Bonus;

(iv) fourth, to the Agent in an amount, as set forth on a written certificate delivered by the Agent to the Parent at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing, which the Agent believes is sufficient to provide for (A) expenses of the

 

6


Company and the Sellers relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, which shall be paid in full at Closing by the Sellers, including without limitation, fees and expenses of accountants, Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP, Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP and Dirks, Van Essen & Murray and any other broker, finder or advisor for the Company or the Sellers as a group, and (B) any potential post-Closing obligations of the Sellers as a group under this Agreement (other than under Section 7.3 hereof or Article 8, with respect to ENM or HPM), and all expenses relating thereto, an estimate of such amount being $1,000,000; and

(v) fifth, the remainder, as set forth on a written certificate delivered by the Agent to the Parent at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing, divided between (A) the ENM Agent, as agent for the ENM Shareholders (such amount distributed to the ENM Agent pursuant to this Section 1.11(c)(v), together with any additional amounts distributed to the ENM Agent pursuant to Section 1.13, the “ ENM Merger Consideration ”), and (B) the Agent, as agent for the Sellers other than the ENM Shareholders, in the respective amounts required for distributions among the Sellers in accordance with the order of priority established by Section 9.1 of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of April 1, 2003, as amended (the “ LLC Agreement ”), as if the contribution made by ENM to the Company under Section 1.12(a)(i) had not occurred, and as contemplated by the last sentence of Section 1.13, to an account designated by the ENM Agent and an account designated by the Agent, in each case at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing; provided that for the purposes of determining amounts distributed under this Section 1.11(c)(v), the amount to be divided between the Agent and the ENM Agent shall first be calculated as if there was no reduction under Section 1.11(c)(ii) for any ENM Debt Amount and as if there was no increase to the Closing Purchase Price for HPM’s or ENM’s cash and cash equivalents on hand at Closing, the amount so determined shall then be divided as required above in this Section 1.11(c)(v), and the amount actually distributed to the ENM Agent shall then be reduced by the ENM Debt Amount and increased by the net cash, if any, in ENM as of the Closing and the amount distributed to the Agent shall then be increased by the net cash, if any, in HPM as of the Closing.

The Parent shall only be obligated to deliver the amounts set forth on the certificates delivered by the Agent pursuant to this Section 1.11(c) and shall not bear any liability whatsoever for the calculation of such amounts or the delivery of such amounts to the Sellers or any errors or disputes associated therewith, and no Seller shall have right to make any claims against the Company or the Parent with respect thereto.

(d) Following the Closing, the Company shall promptly pay any amounts it receives after the Closing in settlement of the Interest Swap Agreement, dated November 2, 2003 between the Company and Wachovia Bank, National Association, to the Agent, as Agent for the Sellers, for distribution to the Sellers under Section 1.13 hereof.

1.12 Payment of Certain Amounts by ENM and the Company; Retention and Payment of Certain Amounts by the Agent.

(a) At the Closing:

(i) ENM will make capital contributions, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, to the Company in an amount equal to the amounts received by it pursuant to Section 1.11(c)(i); and

 

7


(ii) the Company shall pay, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, to each holder of a portion of the Debt Amount, the amount specified in the applicable payoff letter delivered by the Company to the Parent.

(b) The Agent will apply the amounts distributed to it pursuant to Section 1.11(c)(iv) to pay the expenses referred to therein and will hold and disburse the balance to cover any such potential obligations of the Sellers which may arise in the future in connection with this Agreement. At such time as the Agent reasonably determines that no such further payments may be due, the Agent will distribute any remaining portion of the amounts distributed to it under Section 1.11(c)(v) as provided in Section 1.13. The retention by the Agent of a portion of the Closing Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 1.12 shall not be evidence that the Sellers or the Company have breached any provision of this Agreement or that the Sellers have any indemnification obligation hereunder.

1.13 Distributions. All amounts which become eligible for distribution to the Sellers pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Section 1.12(b) (together with any interest thereon), or which are received after the Closing as a result of any adjustment under Section 1.14 or any Tax refunds under Article 8 (other than in respect of HPM or ENM) or any insurance proceeds under Section 7.5(a), shall be divided between the ENM Agent, as agent for the ENM Shareholders, and the Agent, as agent for the Sellers other than the ENM Shareholders, as set forth in Section 1.11(c)(v). All amounts received under this Agreement by the ENM Agent for distribution to the ENM Shareholders shall be distributed to the ENM Shareholders in accordance with Sections 1.9 and 1.15. All amounts received under this Agreement by the Agent for distribution to ENHE and Heritage shall be distributed (a) as between ENHE and Heritage, to ENHE and Heritage (such amount allocable to Heritage pursuant to this Section 1.13, the “ HPM Merger Consideration ”), in the respective amounts required for distributions among such Sellers in accordance with the order of priority established by Section 9.1 of the LLC Agreement, as if the contribution made by ENM to the Company under Section 1.12(a)(i) had not occurred, (for this purpose as if the Heritage entities had sold directly the Membership Interest in the Company held by them) other than consideration equal to the net cash, if any, in HPM as of the Closing which shall be allocable solely to Heritage and (b) as among Heritage, to each Heritage entity in accordance with Sections 1.10 and 1.16. For purposes of allocating the Closing Purchase Price among the Sellers pursuant to this Agreement, it is understood that Heritage shall be entitled to receive the same consideration hereunder that it would have received if it had transferred Membership Interests owned by HPM directly to the Parent (plus any additional consideration equal to the net cash, if any, in HPM as of the Closing) and (ii) the ENM Shareholders shall be entitled to receive the same consideration hereunder that they would have received if they had transferred Membership Interests owned by ENM directly to the Parent (plus any additional consideration equal to the net cash, if any, in ENM as of the Closing).

 

8


1.14 Determination of Closing Purchase Price.

(a) Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing Date, the Parent will deliver to the Agent, with a copy to the ENM Agent, a certificate (the “ Closing Purchase Price Certificate ”) executed by the Parent setting forth an itemized statement of Closing Working Capital, the final aggregate amount of HPM’s, ENM’s, the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents on hand at Closing and a calculation of the Closing Purchase Price.

(b) If the Agent delivers written notice (the “ Disputed Items Notice ”) to the Parent within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Agent of the Closing Purchase Price Certificate, stating that the Agent objects to any items in the Closing Purchase Price Certificate, specifying in reasonable detail the basis for such objection and setting forth the Agent’s proposed modification to the Closing Purchase Price, the Agent and the Parent will attempt to resolve and finally determine and agree upon the Closing Purchase Price as promptly as practicable.

(c) If the Agent and the Parent are unable to agree upon the Closing Purchase Price within forty-five (45) days after delivery of the Disputed Items Notice, the Agent and the Parent will select an independent, nationally recognized accounting firm reasonably acceptable to each of them to resolve the items set forth in the Disputed Items Notice (the “ Disputed Items ”). If the Parent and the Agent are unable to agree upon the selection of an accounting firm, either party may petition a court to select the accounting firm. The accounting firm will (i) resolve the Disputed Items and (ii) make a determination of the Closing Purchase Price using the calculations set forth in the Closing Purchase Price Certificate, as modified only by the accounting firm’s resolution of the Disputed Items. The determination of the accounting firm will be made within sixty (60) days after being selected and will be final and binding on the parties. The fees, costs and expenses of the accounting firm will be borne by the party whose positions generally did not prevail in such determination, as determined by such accounting firm, or if the accounting firm determines that neither party could be fairly found to be the prevailing party, then such fees, costs and expenses will be borne 50% by the Sellers and 50% by the Parent.

(d) If the Agent does not deliver the Disputed Item Notice to the Parent within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Agent of the Closing Purchase Price Certificate, the Closing Purchase Price specified in the Closing Purchase Price Certificate will be conclusively presumed to be true and correct in all respects and will be final and binding upon the parties.

(e) At such time as the Closing Purchase Price is finally determined, either (i) the Parent shall pay the Agent an aggregate amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Closing Purchase Price over the Estimated Closing Purchase Price or (ii) the Agent, on behalf of the Sellers, shall pay the Parent an aggregate amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Estimated Closing Purchase Price over the Closing Purchase Price. The Parent shall have no right to make any claim under Article 7 or Article 8 hereof against the Sellers for amounts (including Losses relating thereto) which have already been reflected as liabilities in the computation of Closing Working Capital for purposes of determining the Closing Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 1.14.

 

9


(f) The Agent, the ENM Agent, and their accountants, lawyers and representatives will be given, upon prior written notice, reasonable access during normal business hours (i) to (and shall be allowed to make copies of at the Agent’s and the ENM Agent’s sole cost and expense) the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) to any personnel of the Company or any Subsidiaries reasonably requested by such Persons, in each case for the purpose of the final determination of the Closing Purchase Price or any dispute relating thereto; provided, however, the Agent, the ENM Agent, and their accountants, lawyers and representatives shall not unreasonably interfere with any of the businesses or operations of the Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(g) The Agent will consult with the ENM Agent in connection with any material discussion or determination by the Agent under this Section 1.14.

1.15 Surrender of ENM Share Certificates; Payment of the ENM Merger Consideration. At the Closing, promptly following the ENM Effective Time, each holder of a certificate or certificates which represented at the Closing Date immediately prior to the ENM Effective Time issued and outstanding shares of ENM Common Stock shall deliver such certificates to the ENM Agent for surrender to the ENM Surviving Corporation against payment of the applicable portion of the ENM Merger Consideration as determined in accordance with Section 1.9. The ENM Agent shall distribute the ENM Merger Consideration by federal funds wire transfer to such holders, the amount to be distributed to each holder to be determined by reference to the provisions of Section 1.9. Following the final determination of the Closing Purchase Price and any adjustments to the ENM Merger Consideration required pursuant to Sections 1.13 and 1.14, the ENM Agent shall promptly distribute by federal funds wire transfer to such holders any portion of the ENM Merger Consideration which the ENM Agent may then hold, the amount to be distributed to each holder to be determined by reference to the provisions of Section 1.9 after taking into account all prior distributions with respect to the ENM Merger Consideration made to each such holder.

1.16 Surrender of HPM Share Certificates; Payment of the HPM Merger Consideration. At the Closing, promptly following the HPM Effective Time, each holder of a certificate or certificates which represented at the Closing Date immediately prior to the Effective Time issued and outstanding shares of HPM Common Stock shall deliver such certificates to the Agent for surrender to the HPM Surviving Corporation against payment of the applicable portion of the HPM Merger Consideration as determined in accordance with Section 1.10. The Agent shall distribute the HPM Merger Consideration by federal funds wire transfer to such holders, the amount to be distributed to each holder to be determined by reference to the provisions of Section 1.10. Following the final determination of the Closing Purchase Price and any adjustments to the HPM Merger Consideration required pursuant to Sections 1.13 and 1.14, the Agent shall promptly distribute by federal funds wire transfer to such holders any portion of the HPM Merger Consideration which the Agent may then hold, the amount to be distributed to each holder to be determined by reference to the provisions of Section 1.10 after taking into account all prior distributions with respect to the HPM Merger Consideration made to each such holder.

1.17 Closing of ENM and HPM Transfer Books. At the ENM Effective Time and HPM Effective Time, the stock transfer books of ENM and HPM, respectively, shall be closed,

 

10


and there shall be no further registration of transfers on the stock transfer books of the ENM Surviving Corporation or the HPM Surviving Corporation of the shares of ENM or HPM stock which were outstanding immediately prior to the ENM Effective Time or HPM Effective Time. If, after the ENM Effective Time or the HPM Effective Time, certificates are presented to the ENM Surviving Corporation or the HPM Surviving Corporation, the ENM Agent or the Agent for transfer or any other reason, they shall be canceled as provided in Section 1.15 or Section 1.16, respectively.

1.18 Articles of Organization and Bylaws. The Articles of the ENM Surviving Corporation shall be the Articles of Organization of ENM Merger Sub immediately prior to the ENM Effective Time, as amended and restated by the ENM Articles of Merger. The Bylaws of the ENM Surviving Corporation shall be the Bylaws of ENM Merger Sub immediately prior to the ENM Effective Time, except that the name of the corporation set forth therein shall be changed to the name of ENM. The Articles of the HPM Surviving Corporation shall be the Articles of Organization of HPM Merger Sub immediately prior to the HPM Effective Time, as amended and restated by the HPM Certificate of Merger. The Bylaws of the HPM Surviving Corporation shall be the Bylaws of HPM Merger Sub immediately prior to the HPM Effective Time, except that the name of the corporation set forth therein shall be changed to “HPM, Inc.”.

1.19 Directors and Officers. Those persons listed on Schedule 1.19 hereto shall become the directors and officers of the ENM Surviving Corporation as of the ENM Effective Time and the HPM Surviving Corporation as of the HPM Effective Time. The directors and officers of ENM prior to the ENM Effective Time shall cease to be directors and officers of the ENM Surviving Corporation after the ENM Effective Time. The directors and officers of HPM prior to the HPM Effective Time shall cease to be directors and officers of the HPM Surviving Corporation after the HPM Effective Time.

1.20 Additional Actions. The ENM Surviving Corporation may, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at any time after the ENM Effective Time, take any action, including executing and delivering any document, in the name and on behalf of either ENM or ENM Merger Sub, in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The HPM Surviving Corporation may, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at any time after the HPM Effective Time, take any action, including executing and delivering any document, in the name and on behalf of either HPM or HPM Merger Sub, in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

1.21 Withholding Rights. Each of the Parent, the ENM Surviving Corporation, ENM Merger Sub, the HPM Surviving Corporation, HPM Merger Sub and ENHE Acquisition shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of ENM Common Stock or HPM Common Stock or ENHE such amounts as the Parent, the ENM Surviving Corporation, ENM Merger Sub, the HPM Surviving Corporation, ENHE Acquisition or HPM Merger Sub is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so deducted and withheld by the Parent, the ENM Surviving Corporation, ENM Merger Sub, the HPM Surviving Corporation, HPM Merger Sub or ENHE Acquisition, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the holder of ENM Common Stock or HPM Common Stock or ENHE, as the

 

11


case may be, in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by the Parent, the ENM Surviving Corporation, ENM Merger Sub, the HPM Surviving Corporation, HPM Merger Sub or ENHE Acquisition.

 

ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

CONCERNING THE SELLERS

Each Seller hereby severally, but not jointly, represents and warrants to the Parent, ENM Merger Sub and HPM Merger Sub that each of the statements contained in this Article 2 is true and correct; provided , that, subject to Section 7.3, the representations and warranties contained in Section 2.5 are made solely by the HPM Shareholders and the representations and warranties contained in Section 2.6 are made solely by the ENM Shareholders. Except for the representations and warranties set forth in Article 2 and Article 3, no Seller makes any other representation or warranty (either express or implied) herein or with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.1 Title. Such Seller is the owner of the securities set forth on Schedule 2.1 as being owned by such Seller. At the Closing, such Seller will own, and if such Seller is ENHE will transfer such securities to the Parent, free and clear of all Liens, other than restrictions under applicable securities Laws.

2.2 Power and Authority . Such Seller has the full corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company power and authority and has taken all required corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company action on its part, or the individual capacity, necessary to permit it to execute and deliver and to carry out the terms of this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents of such Seller contemplated hereby.

2.3 No Conflict; Consents and Approvals .

(a) Such Seller’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents of such Seller contemplated hereby will not (a) result in any violation of, be in conflict with or constitute a default under (i) such Seller’s charter, bylaws, limited partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement, (ii) any foreign, federal, state, county or local statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code or rule of common law (“ Law ”) or any order, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation or determination (a “ Governmental Order ”) issued, promulgated or entered by or with any governmental entity, department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality, and any arbitrator, court, tribunal or judicial body, whether federal, state, county, local or foreign (a “ Governmental Authority ”) of competent jurisdiction to which such Seller is a party or by which such Seller is bound, other than violations which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) any contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, conditional sales contract, mortgage, license, franchise agreement, binding commitment or other arrangement (each, a “ Contract ”) to which such Seller is a party or by which such Seller is bound, other than such violations, conflicts or defaults which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect or (b) require the Seller to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or make any filing

 

12


with or provide any notice to, any Person that has not been obtained or made, other than those listed on Schedule 2.3(a) hereto and those as to which the failure to obtain or make, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. “ Person ” means any individual, corporation (including any not-for-profit corporation), partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, firm, company (including any limited liability company or joint stock company), association, organization, entity, Governmental Authority, or any syndicate or group that would be deemed to be a person under Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) No consent, waiver, approval, authorization, order or permit of, or declaration, filing or registration with, or notification to, any Person is required to be made or obtained by such Seller in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Seller and each agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by it or on its behalf pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Agreement by the Seller, the performance by the Seller of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, or the consummation by the Seller of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, except (i) the expiration or early termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act, (ii) any such consent, approval, authorization, order, permit, declaration, filing, registration or notification which is not material to such Seller or the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (iii) as set forth on Schedule 2.3(b) .

(c) As used herein, “ Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any change, event, circumstance or development which has had, or could reasonably expected to have, a material adverse effect on the assets, properties, financial condition or results of operations of ENM or HPM or the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or that impairs the ability of the Sellers, ENM, HPM, the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries to timely consummate the material transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , that in no event shall any of the following be or be taken into account in the determination of whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred: (i) any change resulting from conditions affecting the industry in which the Company or any Subsidiary operates or from changes in general business or economic conditions; (ii) any change resulting from the announcement or pendency of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iii) any change resulting from any action taken by the Parent; or (iv) changes in GAAP after the date hereof, except for such changes, events, circumstances or developments in the case of clauses (i) or (iv) which adversely affect the Company and its Subsidiaries in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other industry participants that operate in the Northeastern region of the United States.

2.4 Validity and Enforceability. This Agreement is, and each of the other agreements, instruments and documents of such Seller contemplated hereby will be when executed and delivered by such Seller, the valid and binding obligations of such Seller, enforceable against such Seller in accordance with their respective terms, subject, however, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and to general equitable principles.

 

13


2.5 HPM.

(a) HPM is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. HPM is not qualified to do business as a foreign entity in any jurisdiction nor is any such qualification or licensing necessary. All of the outstanding capital stock of HPM is owned by Heritage as set forth on Schedule 2.5 hereto, and there are no outstanding options, warrants, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights that would obligate HPM to issue shares of its capital stock or voting securities. All outstanding capital stock of HPM is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to or issued in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, right of first offer, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right. HPM has no liabilities or obligations of any kind other than (a) in connection with its ownership of an interest in the Company, (b) liabilities or obligations that will be discharged in connection with the Closing and (c) Tax liabilities, which are governed by Section 3.10 and Article 8. HPM has no employees. HPM does not own or lease any real or personal property or any other assets of any kind other than its ownership of Membership Interests in the Company. There is no Action pending or to Seller’s knowledge, threatened against HPM or any of the shareholders, directors or officers of HPM in their capacity as directors, officers or shareholders of HPM, and HPM is not subject to any Governmental Order relating specifically to HPM or the Membership Interests in the Company. HPM is in compliance in all material respects with all Laws applicable to it. Set forth on Schedule 2.5 hereto is a list of all Contracts to which HPM is a party.

(b) HPM has the full corporate power and authority and has taken all required corporate action, including without limitation, the unanimous approval of the HPM Shareholders in accordance with the DGCL (the “ HPM Shareholder Approval ”), necessary to permit it to execute and deliver and to carry out the terms of this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments or documents of it contemplated hereby and none of such actions will result in any violation of, be in conflict with or constitute a default under its charter, bylaws, Law, Contract or Governmental Order to which the HPM is a party or by which such entity or its assets are bound.

(c) This Agreement constitutes, and each other agreement, instrument or document of each of HPM contemplated hereby will be when executed and delivered by HPM, the valid and binding obligation of HPM, enforceable against HPM in accordance with their respective terms, subject, however, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and to general equitable principles.

(d) Except for any applicable filings under the HSR Act and the HPM Certificate of Merger, no consent, order, approval, authorization, declaration or filing with or from any Governmental Authority or third party is required on the part of HPM for or in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by HPM and the consummation by HPM of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents to be executed by HPM pursuant to this Agreement.

(e) No state takeover statute or similar statute or regulation or other comparable takeover provision of the constituent documents of HPM applies or purports to apply to this Agreement, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of HPM Common Stock are the only votes of the holders of any class or series of HPM’s capital stock which may be necessary to approve this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

14


2.6 ENM.

(a) ENM is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. ENM is not qualified to do business as a foreign entity in any jurisdiction nor is any such qualification or licensing necessary. All of the outstanding capital stock of ENM is owned by the ENM Shareholders as set forth on Schedule 2.6 hereto, and there are no outstanding options, warrants, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights that would obligate ENM to issue shares of its capital stock or voting securities. All outstanding capital stock of ENM is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to or issued in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, right of first offer, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right. ENM has no liabilities or obligations of any kind other than (a) in connection with its ownership of an interest in the Company, (b) liabilities or obligations that will be discharged in connection with the Closing and (c) Tax liabilities, which are governed by Section 3.10 and Article 8. ENM has no employees. ENM does not own or lease any real or personal property or any other assets of any kind other than its ownership of Membership Interests in the Company. There is no Action pending or to Seller’s knowledge, threatened against ENM or any of the shareholders, directors or officers of ENM in their capacity as directors, officers or shareholders of ENM, and ENM is not subject to any Governmental Order relating specifically to ENM or the Membership Interests in the Company. ENM is in compliance in all material respects with all Laws applicable to it. Set forth on Schedule 2.6 hereto is a list of all Contracts to which ENM is a party. ENM has delivered to the Parent unaudited internal consolidated balance sheets of ENM as of, and income statements for the fiscal years ended, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005. Such financial statements are derived from the books and records of ENM and present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of ENM at the dates of such statements for the periods covered thereby.

(b) ENM has the full corporate power and authority and has taken all required corporate action, including without limitation, the unanimous approval of the ENM Shareholders in accordance with the MBCA (the “ ENM Shareholder Approval ”), necessary to permit it to execute and deliver and to carry out the terms of this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments or documents of it contemplated hereby and none of such actions will result in any violation of, be in conflict with or constitute a default under its charter, bylaws, Law, Contract or Governmental Order to which the ENM is a party or by which such entity or its assets are bound.

(c) This Agreement constitutes, and each other agreement, instrument or document of each of ENM contemplated hereby will be when executed and delivered by ENM, the valid and binding obligation of ENM, enforceable against ENM in accordance with their respective terms, subject, however, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and to general equitable principles.

(d) Except for any applicable filings under the HSR Act and the ENM Articles of Merger, no consent, order, approval, authorization, declaration or filing with or from any Governmental Authority or third party is required on the part of ENM for or in connection with

 

15


the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by ENM and the consummation by ENM of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents to be executed by ENM pursuant to this Agreement.

(e) No state takeover statute or similar statute or regulation or other comparable takeover provision of the constituent documents of ENM applies or purports to apply to this Agreement, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of ENM Common Stock are the only votes of the holders of any class or series of ENM’s capital stock which may be necessary to approve this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

2.7 No Other Representations or Warranties of the Parent. The Sellers acknowledge that none of the Parent or any of its Affiliates, directors, officers, managers, members, employees, consultants, agents, counsel or advisors makes or has made any representation or warranty to the Sellers or its Affiliates, except for the representations and warranties of the Parent expressly set forth in Article 4 of this Agreement.

2.8 Brokers. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.8 , none of the Sellers has dealt with any broker, finder or similar agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which would result in any liability or obligation of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

CONCERNING THE COMPANY AND THE SUBSIDIARIES

The Sellers whose names are set forth on Schedule 3 and the Company represent and warrant to the Parent, ENM Merger Sub and HPM Merger Sub that each of the statements contained in this Article 3 is true and correct; provided , that the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.10 with respect to HPM are made, jointly and severally, solely by Heritage and the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.10 with respect to ENM are made, jointly and severally, solely by the ENM Shareholders. Except for the representations and warranties set forth in this Article 3, the Company makes no other representation or warranty (either express or implied) herein or with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.1 Organization, Power and Standing. The Company is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has full limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as such business is now conducted. The copies of the certificate of formation, LLC Agreement and any other organizational document of the Company, each as amended to date, that have been delivered to the Parent by the Company are complete and correct copies thereof.

3.2 Power and Authority . The Company has the limited liability company power and authority and has taken all required limited liability company action on its part necessary to permit it to execute and deliver and to carry out the terms of this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents of the Company contemplated hereby.

 

16


3.3 Validity and Enforceability. This Agreement is, and each of the other agreements, instruments and documents of the Company contemplated hereby will be when executed and delivered by the Company, the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject, however, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and to general equitable principles.

3.4 Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.4 , the Company has no subsidiaries, equity interests, partnership interests, debt interests or other investments and does not, directly or indirectly, own or have the right to acquire any equity, partnership or debt interest in any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, company, joint venture, trust or other business organization. The entities indicated on such Schedule as subsidiaries are referred to herein as the “ Subsidiaries ” and each as a “ Subsidiary ”. The record owners of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries is as listed on Schedule 3.4 . All outstanding equity interests in the Subsidiaries are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to or issued in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, right of first offer, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right. There are no outstanding options, warrants, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights that would obligate any Subsidiary to issue additional capital stock or other equity interests or voting securities. Each Subsidiary is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its state of organization, as set forth on Schedule 3.4 . Each of the Subsidiaries has full corporate or limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and/or operate its properties and to carry on its business as such business is now conducted. Complete and correct copies of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement and other applicable organizational documents of each of the Subsidiaries, each as amended to date, have been delivered to the Parent.

3.5 Capitalization. Schedule 3.5 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company and the record holders thereof. There are no other outstanding voting or other securities of the Company. All outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to or issued in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, right of first offer, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right. There are no outstanding options, warrants, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights that would obligate the Company to issue any of its limited liability company interests or other equity security or voting security. Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Parent will directly or indirectly own one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company free and clear of all Liens, other than restrictions under applicable securities Laws.

3.6 Foreign Qualifications. Schedule 3.6 sets forth a complete and accurate list of each jurisdiction in which the Company or any Subsidiary is qualified to do business as a foreign entity. The Company and each Subsidiary are qualified to do business as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased or the nature of the activities conducted by such entity makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except for any jurisdiction(s) in which the failure to so qualify would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

17


3.7 Financial Statements. The Company has delivered to the Parent (a) audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 and audited consolidated statements of income, members’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 and (b) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries (the “ Balance Sheet ”) as of February 28, 2006 (the “ Balance Sheet Date ”) and an unaudited consolidated statement of income for the period ended February 28, 2006. Such financial statements and the notes thereto, if any, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently during the periods covered thereby, are derived from the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries, present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries at the dates of such statements and the results of their operations and cash flows for the periods covered thereby, except that the unaudited financial statements do not contain the materials and disclosures to be found in notes to financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP nor do they reflect certain non-recurring or year-end adjustments.

3.8 Undisclosed Liabilities; Indebtedness. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any material indebtedness or liability or obligation of any nature, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due, except for those (i) reserved against or disclosed in the Balance Sheet; (ii) incurred in the ordinary course of the business since the Balance Sheet Date, (iii) incurred under or disclosed pursuant to this Agreement, (iv) Taxes, as to which Section 3.10 applies or (v) that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

3.9 Absence of Certain Changes. Since the Balance Sheet Date, except as set forth on Schedule 3.9 , the Company and each of its Subsidiaries has operated their business in all material respects in the ordinary course and there has not been any:

(a) incurrence, creation or assumption of (i) any lien, security interest, mortgage, tenancy, subtenancy, license or other encumbrance of any kind or character (collectively, “ Liens ”), on any assets or properties (whether tangible or intangible) of the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than (A) Permitted Liens (as defined below); (B) Liens that will be released at or prior to the Closing; and (C) Liens on assets or properties having an aggregate value not in excess of $250,000;

(b) issuance or sale of any additional Membership Interests of the Company, or any capital stock of or other equity interests in any Subsidiary, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Membership Interests of the Company or any capital stock of or other equity interests in any Subsidiary, or issuance or grant of any options, warrants, calls, subscription rights or other rights of any kind to acquire additional Membership Interests of the Company or any capital stock of or other equity interests in any Subsidiary;

(c) declaration, setting aside or payment of any non-cash dividend, or other non-cash distribution or redemption in respect of Membership Interests of the Company, other than tax distributions contemplated by the LLC Agreement, or any non-cash redemption, repurchase or other acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of any Membership Interests of the Company;

 

18


(d) sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license or other disposition, or agreement to sell, assign, transfer, lease, license or otherwise dispose of, or acquisition or agreement to acquire, any material intangible property or material tangible real property or personal property of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(e) damage to, or destruction or loss of, material assets or properties of the Company or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or, material and adverse effect from the disclosure of advertiser, customer, user or subscriber lists to third parties, of the Company or its Subsidiaries;

(f) Company Material Adverse Effect;

(g) acquisition (by merger, consolidation or other combination, or acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) by the Company or any Subsidiary of any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other business organization, or any division thereof, with an aggregate fair market value, in any individual case, in excess of $250,000;

(h) change in (i) any method of accounting or accounting practice used by the Company or any Subsidiary, other than such changes as are required by GAAP, (ii) any material Tax election of the Company or any Subsidiary, including making or revoking any such election or (iii) any method of Tax accounting used by the Company or any Subsidiary, other than such changes as are required by Law;

(i) entry into employment, severance, retention, change of control or similar Contract (which may not be terminated at will, or by giving notice of 30 days or less, without cost or penalty) with any officers, directors, managers, employees or agents of the Company or any Subsidiary (except for any such Contract which is not material to the Company or any Subsidiary and which was entered into with an employee or agent who is not an officer, director or regional manager of the Company or a Subsidiary) or adoption of any Benefit Plans;

(j) increase or material change in the compensation payable or to become payable to any of its officers, directors, managers, employees or agents, or in any bonus, pension, severance, retention, change of control, insurance or other benefit payment or arrangement (including awards, option grants or appreciation rights) made to or with any of such officers, directors, managers, employees or agents, other than customary salary increases and changes in benefits in the ordinary course of business consistent in all material respects with past practice or to the extent that the Company or any Subsidiary is contractually obligated to do so or required to do so by applicable Law;

(k) material change to the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s operations or policies with respect to cash management, including without limitation with respect to the timing of collections or payments, except for changes in the ordinary course of business consistent in all material respects with past practice; or

 

19


(l) Contract, other than this Agreement, to take any actions specified in this Section 3.9.

3.10 Taxes. The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3.10 are subject in all respects to the qualifications and disclosures set forth in Schedule 3.10 .

(a) The Company, its Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM have (i) timely filed (taking into account all applicable extensions of time for filing) all Tax Returns that were required to be filed by or with respect to the Company, its Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM and (ii) paid all Taxes that have become due and payable, except for Taxes which are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves (in accordance with GAAP) have been established.

(b) There is no unpaid Tax deficiency or unpaid assessment being asserted against the Company, its Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM, other than amounts being contested in good faith for which adequate reserves (in accordance with GAAP) have been established.

(c) No Liens for Taxes exist with respect to any of the assets or properties of any of the Company, its Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM, except for statutory Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable, or due but not yet delinquent.

(d) The Company, its Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM have withheld or collected and timely paid over to the appropriate Governmental Authorities (or are properly holding for such payment) all Taxes required by Law to be withheld or collected.

(e) Any liability of the Company, the Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM for Taxes not yet due and payable, or which are being contested in good faith, has been provided for on the financial statements of the Company, the Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM in accordance with GAAP.

(f) Since January 1, 2000, no claim has been made by any Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where the Company, its Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM have not filed a Tax Return that they are or may be subject to Tax by such jurisdiction.

(g) (i) There is no outstanding request for any extension of time within which to pay any Taxes or file any Tax Returns of any of the Company, its Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM; (ii) there has been no waiver or extension of any applicable statute of limitations for the assessment or collection of any Taxes of any of the Company, its Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM; (iii) the Company, its Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM are not a party to any Contract providing for the payment of Taxes, payment for Tax losses, entitlements to refunds or similar Tax matters; and (iv) no ruling with respect to Taxes has been requested by or on behalf of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM.

(h) The Company, each of its Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM have not been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code.

(i) Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM have distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Section 355 or Section 361 of the Code.

 

20


(j) The Company, its Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM have disclosed on their federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

(k) Neither the Company, nor any of the Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM are parties to or bound by any Tax allocation or sharing agreement (except for the LLC Agreement of the Company relating to allocation of Taxes).

(l) Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date (or in the case of ENM, after the day before the Closing Date) as a result of any: (A) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date; (B) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax Law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date; (C) intercompany transaction or excess loss account described in Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign income Tax Law); (D) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date; or (E) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date.

(m) (i) ENM has and has had at all times since January 1, 1997 a valid election in effect under Section 1362 of the Code and any comparable provision of state or local Law for all taxable years through and including the day before the Closing Date (the “ S Election ”) and such S Election has never been terminated or revoked prior to the day before the Closing Date; (ii) ENM does not have any subsidiaries that are not “qualified subchapter S subsidiaries” within the meaning of Section 1361(b)(3)(B) of the Code and each such subsidiary, if any, has been a qualified subchapter S subsidiary at all times since the date of incorporation up to and including the Closing Date; and (iii) the S Election is respected under the income Tax Laws of every state or local jurisdiction in which ENM does business.

(n) HPM is not, and has never been, part of an affiliated group of corporations that files a consolidated federal income tax return.

As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

Tax ” shall mean (i) any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, property, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, employment, payroll, alternative or added minimum, ad valorem, transfer or excise tax, or any other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge, together with any interest or penalty imposed by any Governmental Authority, (ii) liability for the payment of any amount of the type described in (i) as a result of being or having been before the Closing Date a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group and (iii) liability of the Company, its Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM as a result of being the party to any agreement to allocate or share Taxes or any obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person (except for (i) any Contract among the Company, its Subsidiaries, and the Sellers and (ii) customary agreements to indemnify lenders or security holders in respect of Taxes).

 

21


Tax Return ” shall mean a report, return, extension or other information (including any attached schedules or any amendments to such report, return, extension or other information) required to be supplied to or filed with a Governmental Authority with respect to any Tax (including any estimated tax), including an information return, claim for refund or an amended return.

3.11 Personal Property; Inventory. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has good title to or a valid leasehold, license or other similar interest in all of the material tangible personal assets and properties used or leased for use by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens. The material equipment and other tangible operating assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are in adequate operating condition and repair to conduct the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as the same is conducted on the date hereof, normal wear and tear excepted. As used herein, “ Permitted Liens ” means (a) such imperfections of title, easements, encumbrances or restrictions which do not materially interfere with the current use or materially detract from the value of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s assets for their current uses, (b) materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, warehousemen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, or deposits to obtain the release of such Liens, (c) Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable, or being contested in good faith, (d) purchase money Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (e) the Liens listed on Schedule 3.11 .

3.12 Real Property.

(a) Schedule 3.12(a) sets forth each interest in real property owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries (the “ Owned Real Property ”). The respective owner of the Owned Real Property has good record and marketable title in fee simple to the Owned Real Property, free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens and as specified on Schedule 3.12(a) , and enjoys peaceful and quiet possession of the Owned Real Property.

(b) Schedule 3.12(b) describes each interest in real property leased by the Company and its Subsidiaries (the “ Real Property Leases ”, and, each individually, a “ Real Property Lease ”) from any lessor that is not a Subsidiary, including the lessor of such leased property, and identifies each lease or any other arrangement under which such property is leased. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries enjoys peaceful and quiet possession of its leased premises and has not received any written notice from any landlord asserting the existence of a material default under any such lease or been informed in writing that the lessor under any such lease has taken action or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to terminate the lease before the expiration date specified in the lease.

(c) The Owned Real Property identified in Schedule 3.12(a) and the Real Property Leases identified in Schedule 3.12(b) (collectively, the “ Real Property ”) comprise all of the real property used primarily by the Company and its Subsidiaries, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any Contract to purchase, sell or otherwise convey any real property or interest therein.

 

22


(d) To the knowledge of the Company, the Real Property is used and operated (i) in conformity with all applicable permits and (ii) in conformity with all covenants, easements, rights of way, licenses, grants, building or use restrictions, exceptions, encroachments, Liens, reservations or other impediments, except where failure to so conform would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect (except for covenants, easements, rights of way, licenses, grants, building or use restrictions, exceptions, encroachments, Liens, reservations or other impediments, to the extent any of the foregoing are related to Environmental Laws, as to which Section 3.27 only applies). Any improvements located on the Owned Real Property, taken as a whole, are in adequate operating condition and repair to conduct the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as the same is conducted on the date hereof, normal wear and tear excepted.

(e) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12(e) , to the knowledge of the Company, none of the Real Property is subject to any pending or threatened condemnation or similar proceeding by any Governmental Authority.

3.13 Intellectual Property.

(a) As used herein “ Intellectual Property ” means all (i) patents, patent applications and patent disclosures, (ii) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, mastheads and corporate names (in each case, whether registered or unregistered) and registrations and applications for registration thereof together, to the extent applicable, with all of the goodwill associated therewith, (iii) copyrights (registered or unregistered) and copyrightable works and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (iv) computer software, data, data bases and documentation thereof, (v) trade secrets and other confidential information (including, without limitation, ideas, formulae, compositions, inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), know-how, technology, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, research and development information, drawings, specifications, designs, plans, proposals, technical data, copyrightable works, financial and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists and information), and (vi) uniform resource locators or domain names. As used herein “ Company Intellectual Property ” means Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company or any Subsidiary.

(b) Schedule 3.13 hereto contains a list of (i) all material Company Intellectual Property included in clauses (i), (ii) and (vi) of the definition of Intellectual Property which the Company or any Subsidiary owns and has registered with a Governmental Authority, or with respect to which the Company or any Subsidiary has filed an application for such a registration, except for any Company Intellectual Property which has been abandoned by the Company or such Subsidiary; and (ii) material trade names and mastheads. Schedule 3.13 also contains a list of all material licenses granted by the Company or any Subsidiary to any third party with respect to any owned Company Intellectual Property and all material licenses granted by any third party to the Company with respect to any Company Intellectual Property (excluding “off-the-shelf” or “shrink wrap” programs or products, or other programs or products licensed in the ordinary course of business). The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby

 

23


will not materially alter or impair the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the Company Intellectual Property. To the knowledge of the Company, there is no threatened loss of any material Company Intellectual Property.

(c) The Company and its Subsidiaries own all right, title and interest in and to, or have valid rights to use, all Company Intellectual Property in the United States. To the Company’s knowledge, except as set forth on Schedule 3.13 , (i) neither the Company’s nor any Subsidiary’s use of any Company Intellectual Property is violating or infringing, or has violated or infringed, any Intellectual Property or right of privacy or publicity of any other third party, and (ii) no third party is violating or infringing, or has violated or infringed, any Company Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary.

3.14 Material Contracts.

(a) Schedule 3.14 hereto lists the following Contracts to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party or may be bound:

(i) any Contract for indebtedness, including any agreements or commitments for future loans, credit or financing, in each case in excess of $200,000, other than any of the foregoing relating to any intercompany indebtedness among the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) any Contract for or relating to the employment, severance or retention of any officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary or any other type of Contract with any of its officers, employees or consultants, involving individual annual payments to any one Person in excess of $100,000 and which may not be terminated at will, or by giving notice of 30 days or less, without cost or penalty;

(iii) change of control and deferred compensation agreements involving payments by the Company or any Subsidiary to any of their direct or indirect stockholders, directors or employees or to any consultants or independent contractors who perform services on a substantially full-time basis for the Company or any Subsidiary;

(iv) leases, rental or occupancy Contracts, installment and conditional sale Contracts, and other Contracts affecting the ownership of, leasing of, title to or other interest in, any tangible personal property or real property involving individual annual payments in excess of $100,000;

(v) any Contract involving any joint venture, partnership, strategic alliance, shareholders agreement or any co-marketing, co-promotional, joint development or similar arrangement involving individual annual payments in excess of $100,000;

(vi) any license agreement or other Contract relating to Company Intellectual Property under which the Company or any Subsidiary pays or receives amounts in excess of $50,000 annually;

 

24


(vii) Contracts requiring payments after the date hereof in an amount in excess of $100,000;

(viii) any Contract to provide commercial printing services to third parties, including to media publishers and to commercial paper product designers, involving payments to the Company or a Subsidiary in excess of $100,000;

(ix) Contracts between the Company or any Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any director, officer or Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company or any Subsidiary, on the other hand (other than employment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business);

(x) Contracts containing covenants limiting the ability of the Company or any Subsidiary to compete with any Person in any line of business or in any area or territory;

(xi) any advertising or other revenue generating Contract which generated revenues in an amount in excess of $100,000 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005; and

(xii) Contracts relating to the issuance or ownership of any equity securities, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities, of the Company or any Subsidiary.

(b) All of the foregoing are herein called “ Material Contracts .” The Company has made available to the Parent true and correct copies of all Material Contracts. Each Material Contract is valid and in full force and effect, subject, however, to limitations on enforceability under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and to general equitable principles. The Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and, to the knowledge of the Company, each other party thereto has performed all material obligations required to be performed by them thereunder. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under any material provision of any Material Contract. To the knowledge of the Company, no third party is in default under any material provision of any Material Contract.

3.15 Litigation. Except for matters described in Schedule 3.15 hereto, (i) there is no material suit, action, arbitration, litigation or proceeding or governmental investigation pending (“ Action ”) or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, against the Company or any Subsidiary or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the owned assets or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any of the directors and officers of the Company or any Subsidiary in their capacity as directors or officers of the Company or any Subsidiary (except any Action relating to Environmental Laws, as to which Section 3.27 only applies) and (ii) the Company, each Subsidiary and their respective assets and properties are not subject to any material Governmental Order relating specifically to the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective assets or properties (except any Governmental Order relating to Environmental Laws, as to which Section 3.27 only applies).

 

25


3.16 No Conflict . The Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and document contemplated hereby will not (a) result in a violation of, be in conflict with or constitute a default under (i) any provision of the certificate of formation or the LLC Agreement, as amended and in effect; (ii) any Law or Governmental Order, other than violations which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) any Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or its assets is bound, other than such breaches or defaults which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, or (b) require the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or make any filing with or provide any notice to, any Person that has not been obtained or made, other than those listed on Schedule 3.16 hereto and those as to which the failure to obtain or make, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

3.17 Consents, Approvals, Etc. No consent, waiver, approval, authorization, order or permit of, or declaration, filing or registration with, or notification to, any Person is required to be made or obtained by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and each agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by it or on its behalf pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Agreement by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, except (i) the expiration or early termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act, (ii) any such consent, approval, authorization, order, permit, declaration, filing, registration or notification which is not material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (iii) as set forth on Schedule 3.17 .

3.18 Licenses and Permits. Schedule 3.18 hereto sets forth a list of all licenses, permits and authorizations of Governmental Authorities held by the Company and each Subsidiary which are material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries (except for licenses, permits and authorizations relating to Benefits Plans, as to which Section 3.21 only applies, and to Environmental Laws, as to which Section 3.27 only applies) (collectively, the “ Authorizations ”). The Company and each Subsidiary have all licenses, permits and authorizations of Governmental Authorities required to permit the Company and each Subsidiary to conduct their respective businesses, and the Authorizations are in full force and effect. The Company and each Subsidiary, as applicable, is in material compliance with the Authorizations. To the knowledge of the Company, no Governmental Authority has threatened the suspension or cancellation of any Authorization, except where such threatened suspension or cancellation relates to such items of noncompliance that the Company believes will be remedied within the applicable cure periods.

3.19 Compliance with Laws. The Company and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with all Laws and all Governmental Orders applicable to it (except as to Benefits Plans, as to which Section 3.21 only applies, to Taxes, as to which Section 3.10 only applies, and to Environmental Laws, as to which Section 3.27 only applies).

 

26


3.20 Employees and Compensation.

(a) Except as described on Schedule 3.20 hereto, no employees of the Company or any Subsidiary are represented by any union or covered by any collective bargaining agreement with any trade or labor union, employees’ association or similar association. True, correct and complete copies of such collective bargaining agreements shown on Schedule 3.20 have been delivered to the Parent by the Company. Except as noted on Schedule 3. 20 hereto, there are no representation elections, arbitration proceedings, labor strikes or material grievances pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, overtly threatened, with respect to the employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(b) Schedule 3.20 sets forth (i) a true and correct list of the name and current annual salary of each (A) officer or (B) employee of the Company or any Subsidiary whose annual base salary exceeds $150,000 and (ii) any other form of compensation (other than salary, bonuses or customary benefits) paid or payable by the Company or any Subsidiary to each officer or employee for the current fiscal year.

(c) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with applicable Laws relating to the employment of its personnel, including without limitation those Laws relating to wages, hours, unfair labor practices, discrimination, safety and health and workers’ compensation, except for immaterial noncompliance.

(d) There has been no mass layoff or plant closing, as defined by the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988 or any similar state or local “plant closing” Law, with respect to the employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

3.21 Benefit Plans.

(a) Schedule 3.21 hereto sets forth all material employee benefit plans and arrangements (including, but not limited to, plans described in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”)) maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary for the general benefit of their employees, or with respect to which the Company or any Subsidiary has a material liability (including, but not limited to, liabilities arising from affiliation under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or Section 4001 of ERISA) (the “ Benefit Plans ”).

(b) Except as described on Schedule 3.21 hereto, none of the Benefit Plans is a “multiemployer plan”, as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA (“ Multiemployer Plan ”). Neither the Company nor or any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is or has ever been treated as a single employer with the Company or any Subsidiary under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code (“ ERISA Affiliate ”) has incurred any liability due to a complete or partial withdrawal, within the meaning of Section 4201 of ERISA, from a Multiemployer Plan or due to the termination or reorganization of a Multiemployer Plan, except for any such liability which has been satisfied in full, and no events have occurred and no circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to result in any such liability to the Company or any Subsidiary. None of the Company, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in any transaction described in Section 4212 of ERISA that could result in liability to the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to any Multiemployer Plan.

 

27


(c) Except as described on Schedule 3.21 hereto, none of the Benefit Plans is a “single-employer plan”, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (“ Pension Plan ”). With respect to each Pension Plan sponsored by, or to which contributions are required of, the Company, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate, there does not exist any accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived. None of the Company, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has any outstanding liability under Section 4062 of ERISA to the PBGC or to a trustee appointed under Section 4042 of ERISA, and no events have occurred and no circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to result in any such liability to the Company or any Subsidiary. None of the Company, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in any transaction described in Section 4069 of ERISA that could result in liability to the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to any Pension Plan. There has been no “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan described on Schedule 3.21 which would require the giving of notice to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other event requiring disclosure under Section 4063(a) of ERISA. The assets and liabilities in respect of the accrued benefits as set forth in the most recent actuarial valuation reports prepared by the actuary for the Pension Plans described on Schedule 3.21 , based on the assumptions set forth in such reports, fairly present the funded status of such plans in all material respects, and since the date of such valuation reports there has been no material adverse change in the funded status of any such plans.

(d) With respect to each Benefit Plan that is intended to qualify under Code Section 401(a) (other than any Multiemployer Plan), such plan, and its related trust, has received, has an application pending or remains within the remedial amendment period for obtaining, a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service (the “ Service ”) that it is so qualified and that its trust is exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, and nothing has occurred with respect to the operation of any such plan which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification or exemption or the imposition of any material liability, penalty or tax under ERISA or the Code. All amendments and actions required to bring the Benefit Plans (other than any Multiemployer Plan) into conformity in all material respects with all applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other applicable Laws have been made or taken except to the extent that such amendments or actions are not required by Law to be made or taken until a date after the Closing Date.

(e) All contributions (including all employer contributions and employee contributions) required to have been made by the Company and its Subsidiaries under the Benefit Plans or by Law to any funds or trusts established thereunder or in connection therewith have been made by the due date thereof (including any valid extension), and all contributions for any period ending on or before the Closing Date which are not yet due will have been paid or accrued by the Closing Date.

(f) Except as shown on Schedule 3.21 , there has been no material violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to the filing of applicable documents, notices or reports (including, but not limited to, annual reports filed on IRS Form 5500) regarding the Benefit

 

28


Plans (other than any Multiemployer Plan) with the Department of Labor or the Internal Revenue Service, or the furnishing of any required documents, notices or reports to the participants or beneficiaries of the Benefit Plans (other than any Multiemployer Plan).

(g) True, correct and complete copies of the following documents, with respect to each of the Benefit Plans to the extent available, have been delivered to the Parent: (i) the plan and its related trust document, including any amendments thereto, (ii) the most recent IRS Forms 5500 filed with the Department of Labor, (iii) summary plan descriptions, (iv) actuarial reports prepared by any plan actuary and (v) reports of any potential withdrawal liability of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of any Multiemployer Plan.

(h) Except as shown on Schedule 3.21 , to the knowledge of the Company there are no pending actions, claims or lawsuits which have been asserted or instituted against the Benefit Plans, the assets of any of the trusts under such Benefit Plans, the Benefit Plans’ sponsor, the Benefit Plans’ administrator, or the fiduciary of the Benefit Plans (other than routine benefit claims), and the Company has no knowledge of any facts or existing circumstances which could reasonably form the basis for any such material actions, claims or lawsuits.

(i) Except as shown on Schedule 3.21 , the Benefit Plans (other than any Multiemployer Plan) have been maintained, in all material respects, in accordance with their express terms and with all provisions of ERISA and the Code (including rules and regulations thereunder) and other applicable Laws, and neither the Company, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any “party in interest” or “disqualified person” with respect to the Benefit Plans has engaged in a “prohibited transaction”, as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA, or taken any actions, or failed to take any actions, which could reasonably result in any material liability under ERISA or the Code.

(j) The Company and each ERISA Affiliate that maintains a “group health plan”, as defined in Section 4980B of the Code, has complied with the notice and coverage continuation requirements of Section 4980B of the Code and Section 601 of ERISA, and the regulations thereunder (“ COBRA ”). Except as shown on Schedule 3.21 , none of the Benefit Plans provide retiree health or life insurance benefits except as may be required by COBRA or applicable Law.

(k) Except as shown on Schedule 3.21 , neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will, either alone or upon the occurrence of subsequent events, (i) result in any payment becoming due to any employee (current, former or retired) of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (ii) increase any benefits otherwise payable under any Benefit Plan, (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any benefits under any Benefit Plan, (iv) constitute a “change in control” or similar event under any Benefit Plan, or (v) fail to be deductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code.

(l) Except as shown on Schedule 3.21 , no stock or other security issued by the Company or any Subsidiary forms or has formed a material part of the assets of any Benefit Plan.

 

29


(m) Except as shown on Schedule 3.21 , neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any Contract, plan or commitment, whether legally binding or not, to create any additional employee benefit plan or to modify any existing Benefit Plans, except with respect to changes required by ERISA, the Code or other applicable Law.

3.22 Insurance. The Company and each Subsidiary maintain policies of insurance and bonds of the type and in amounts set forth on Schedule 3.22 , including all legally required workers’ compensation insurance, casualty, fire and general liability insurance, all of which have been provided to Parent. There is no material claim pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been timely paid, and the Company and each Subsidiary, as applicable, is otherwise in material compliance with the terms of such policies and bonds. Such policies or bonds are in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of the Company, no notice of cancellation, termination or non-renewal has been received by the Company or any Subsidiary with respect thereto.

3.23 Brokers. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.23 , neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has dealt with any broker, finder or similar agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the Company and its Subsidiaries are under no obligation to pay any broker’s fee, finder’s fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as a result of any agreement of the Sellers, the Company or any Subsidiary.

3.24 Transactions with Interested Persons . Except as shown on Schedule 3.24 , to the Company’s knowledge, no officer, director or holder of Membership Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates, or their respective spouses or children owns, directly or indirectly, on an individual or joint basis, any material interest in, or serves as an officer or director of, any customer, competitor or supplier of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

3.25 Books and Records . The books, records and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) have been maintained in accordance with good business practices on a basis consistent with prior years, and (ii) fairly reflect in all material respects the transactions related to the assets and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

3.26 Paid Circulation; Significant Suppliers.

(a) The Audit Bureau of Circulations Reports for the six months ended September 30, 2005 have been delivered to the Parent. Schedule 3.26(a) hereto sets forth the monthly internal company generated computations of paid circulation for the two daily newspapers published by the Company and its Subsidiaries for each month of the period from September 2005 to March 2006.

(b) Set forth on Schedule 3.26(b) are the names of each of the ten largest suppliers for the Company and its Subsidiaries, based on amounts paid by the Company and its Subsidiaries (each, a “ Significant Supplier” ) and the approximate aggregate amount paid by the Company and its Subsidiaries to each such Significant Supplier during the 12 months ended

 

30


December 31, 2005. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice from any Significant Supplier that such supplier will not continue as a supplier of the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, after the Closing or that such supplier intends to terminate existing Contracts with the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be.

3.27 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.27 :

(a) The Company and its Subsidiaries are and for the past 5 years have been in material compliance with all Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined).

(b) The Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ use, handling, manufacture, treatment, processing, storage, generation, Release, discharge and disposal of Hazardous Substances (as hereinafter defined) in their current operations complies in all material respects with applicable Environmental Laws.

(c) The Company and each Subsidiary has obtained all material permits, licenses and authorizations required under applicable Environmental Laws, the current operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are in material compliance with the terms and conditions of any required permits, licenses and authorizations, and none of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will require either the Company or any Subsidiary to transfer or amend any such permit, license or authorization or require any submission to any Person. Schedule 3.27 hereto sets forth a list of all licenses, permits and authorizations of Governmental Authorities held by the Company and each Subsidiary.

(d) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened material Environmental Claims (as hereinafter defined) against the Company or any Subsidiary.

(e) No Hazardous Substances have been Released at, on, to or from any currently or to the knowledge of the Company formerly owned or leased property for which either the Company or any Subsidiary would have any material liability.

(f) To the knowledge of the Company, there is no currently existing fact, event, condition, circumstance, activity, practice, incident, action or plan which would be reasonably expected: (1) to prevent the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s continued material compliance with Environmental Laws; (2) to result in any material liability to the Company or any Subsidiary under Environmental Laws or (3) to cause any Company or Subsidiary to incur material capital expenditures in connection with Environmental Laws.

(g) Except for customary terms in favor of lenders in mortgages and trusts or in contracts with consultants, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to any Contract with any Person pursuant to which either the Company or any Subsidiary assumed or obtained any material obligation with respect to Environmental Laws or Hazardous Substances.

(h) To the knowledge of the Company, no property either currently or formerly owned or operated by either the Company or any Subsidiary: (1) contains or includes any asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls or any underground storage tanks or (2) is included or proposed for inclusion on the national priorities list or similar list maintained under any Environmental Law.

 

31


(i) All environmental site assessment reports (including any Phase I or Phase II or similar reports), investigations, remediation or compliance studies, audits, assessments or similar documents, in each case prepared by a third party, which are in the possession, custody or control of either the Company or any Subsidiary and relate to the environmental conditions at any currently or formerly owned or operated property have been made available to Parent.

As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

“Environmental Laws” shall mean all foreign, federal, state and local statutes, laws, regulations, rules, codes, ordinances, permits and licenses relating to pollution, the environment and natural resources or Hazardous Substances.

“Hazardous Substances” shall mean any substance which requires removal, remediation or reporting under any Environmental Law or which is a “hazardous substance”, “hazardous waste”, “toxic substance”, “toxic waste”, “pollutant”, “contaminant” or words of similar import under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. §1251 et seq.), and the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. §7401 et seq.), and also includes, without limitation, polychlorinated biphenyls, gasoline, diesel fuel or other petroleum product or byproduct, volatile organic compounds, asbestos or urea formaldehyde.

“Environmental Claim” shall mean any litigation, proceeding, order, directive, investigation, request for information, summons, complaint or citation relating to Environmental Laws or Hazardous Substances.

“Release” means any intentional or unintentional, active or passive, spilling, emitting, leaking, pumping, pouring, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of any Hazardous Substance into the indoor or outdoor environment.

 

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT

The Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub and ENHE Acquisition hereby represent and warrant to the Sellers and the Company that each of the statements contained in this Article 4 is true and correct. Except for the representations and warranties set forth in this Article 4, none of the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub or ENHE Acquisition makes any representation or warranty (either express or implied) herein or with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.1 Organization, Power and Standing. Each of the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub and ENHE Acquisition is a corporation or limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization with all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as such business is now conducted and presently proposed to be conducted.

 

32


4.2 Power and Authority. Each of the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub and ENHE Acquisition has the full corporate or limited liability company power and authority and has taken all required corporate or limited liability company action necessary to permit it to execute and deliver and to carry out the terms of this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments or documents of it contemplated hereby and none of such actions will result in any violation of, be in conflict with or constitute a default under any charter, bylaws, Law, Contract or Governmental Order to which the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub or ENHE Acquisition is a party or by which such entity or its assets are bound.

4.3 Validity and Enforceability. This Agreement constitutes, and each other agreement, instrument or document of each of the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub and ENHE Acquisition contemplated hereby will be when executed and delivered by the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub and ENHE Acquisition, as applicable, the valid and binding obligation of such entity, enforceable against such entity in accordance with their respective terms, subject, however, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other Laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and to general equitable principles.

4.4 Consents and Approvals. Except for any applicable filings under the HSR Act and the filing of the ENM Articles of Merger and the HPM Certificate of Merger, no consent, order, approval, authorization, declaration or filing with or from any Governmental Authority or third party is required on the part of the Parent or any of its affiliates for or in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub or ENHE Acquisition and the consummation by the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub or ENHE Acquisition of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents to be executed by the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub and ENHE Acquisition pursuant to this Agreement.

4.5 Brokers. None of the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub or ENHE Acquisition has dealt with any broker, finder or similar agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and none of the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub or ENHE Acquisition is under any obligation to pay any broker’s fee, finder’s fee, commission or similar amount in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.6 Investment Representations.

(a) ENHE Acquisition is acquiring the Purchased Securities for its own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Purchased Securities in violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), any rule or regulation under the Securities Act, or any state securities Laws.

(b) Without limiting the representations and warranties set forth in Article 2 or Article 3, ENHE Acquisition has had such opportunity as it has deemed adequate to obtain from management of the Company and its Subsidiaries such information about the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries as is necessary to permit ENHE Acquisition to evaluate the merits and risks of its investment in the Company.

 

33


(c) Without limiting the representations and warranties set forth in Article 2 or Article 3, ENHE Acquisition has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the merits and risks involved in the purchase of the Purchased Securities and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(d) ENHE Acquisition is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(e) ENHE Acquisition understands that the Purchased Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other securities Laws and are therefore “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and the Purchased Securities cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and applicable securities Laws, or an exemption from registration is then available.

4.7 Financial Ability. At the Closing, the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub and ENHE Acquisition will have the financial capability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub and ENHE Acquisition understand that under the terms of this Agreement their obligations hereunder are not in any way contingent upon or otherwise subject to (a) their consummation of any financing arrangements or their obtaining any financing or (b) the availability of any financing to the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub or ENHE Acquisition.

4.8 No Other Agreements. Except for the agreements expressly contemplated hereby, neither the Parent nor any of its Affiliates has any other agreements, arrangements or understandings with any director, officer, employee, stockholder or member of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby. As used herein, “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning given to it under Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

4.9 Consolidated Group. The Parent is a member of a consolidated group for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and HPM and ENM will each become a member of such consolidated group as a result of the transactions contemplated herein.

4.10 No Other Representations or Warranties of Sellers or the Company. The Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub and ENHE Acquisition acknowledge that none of the Company, the Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, managers, members, employees, consultants, agents, counsel or advisors makes or has made any representation or warranty to the Parent, its Affiliates or its financing sources, except for the representations and warranties of the Sellers expressly set forth in Article 2 and Article 3 of this Agreement and the representations and warranties of the Company expressly set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement. In particular, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Parent, ENM Merger Sub, HPM Merger Sub and ENHE Acquisition acknowledge that no representation or warranty is made with respect to the information contained in the Confidential Information Memorandum delivered to the Parent by Dirks, Van Essen & Murray or with respect to any financial projections.

 

34


ARTICLE 5

COVENANTS

5.1 Access to Information; Confidentiality.

(a) The Company shall, and the Company, Heritage and the ENM Shareholders shall cause each of the Company’s Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM, respectively, to permit the Parent and its counsel, accountants, consultants and other representatives access, upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours throughout the period prior to the Closing or earlier termination of this Agreement, to the properties (including, but not limited to, access to perform environmental inspections, investigations or site assessments), personnel, systems, books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM respectively. Any such access shall be managed by and conducted through the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and shall not unreasonably interfere with the business or operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(b) As soon as available, and in any event within 30 days after the end of each month, the Company shall provide the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such month and consolidated statements of income, cash flows, and changes in stockholders’ equity for such month and the portion of the fiscal year then ended of the Company and its Subsidiaries, setting forth in each case the figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year and the budget in comparative form, all in reasonable detail.

(c) The confidentiality agreement between the Company and the Parent or an Affiliate of the Parent dated February 14, 2006 shall remain in full force and effect and shall be applicable to the Parent and its Affiliates.

(d) The Sellers and the Company agree to reasonably cooperate with the Parent in connection with the debt financing arrangements contemplated by the Parent (the “ Debt Financing ”) by:

(i) requesting senior management of the Company to participate in meetings, due diligence sessions, management presentation sessions, “road shows” and sessions with rating agencies and providing assistance to the Parent in connection with the preparation of offering memoranda, private placement memoranda, prospectuses and similar documents and all information (including financial information) customarily contained therein;

(ii) cooperating with the Parent so that the Parent may cause the Company to pledge the collateral as contemplated by the Debt Financing effective as of the Closing;

(iii) requesting the Company’s independent auditors to provide customary consents and comfort letters with respect to the Company’s financial statements, other financial information and such other matters that are customarily covered by auditors’ comfort letters, in connection with the completion of the financings contemplated by the Debt Financing (including for use in any offering memoranda);

 

35


(iv) requesting that the Company’s independent auditors provide the Parent’s representatives access to the auditors’ work papers relating to the Company’s financial statements (to the extent applicable);

(v) providing such financial and other information reasonably available and in its possession regarding the Company as may be required by the lenders to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Debt Financing (including for use in any offering memoranda);

provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to take any action that would materially interfere with the ongoing operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any commitment or other similar fee or any other amount in connection with such cooperation. The Parent shall reimburse the Company prior to the Closing for the cost and expenses incurred by the Company or its Subsidiaries in connection with such cooperation.

(e) The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, use good faith efforts to provide the Parent with financial and related information (collectively, “ Financial Information ”) in connection with the preparation by the Parent of financial statements with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries sufficient for inclusion in a registration statement under the Securities Act, including in compliance with the applicable provisions of Regulation S-X. The Company shall request, and provide any requested customary consent in order for, the independent auditors of the Company to provide customary assistance to the Parent and its underwriters in connection with the preparation of such financial statements, including making work papers available to the Parent’s representatives, the provision of “comfort-letters” in customary form in connection with any offering or financing, delivery of consents to the inclusion of financial statements required in connection with any offering or financing, participation in due diligence matters with respect to any offering or financing and assistance in responding to comments or questions from the SEC with respect to the Financial Information. Parent shall reimburse the Company prior to the Closing for the costs and expenses incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Section 5.1(e). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the officers of the Company or any Subsidiary execute any reasonably necessary officers’ certificates or management representation letters to the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s accountants to issue unqualified reports with respect to such financial statements.

5.2 Conduct of Business. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing or earlier termination of this Agreement, unless the Parent shall otherwise consent in writing:

(a) Required Actions. The Company shall, and the Company, Heritage and the ENM Shareholders shall cause each of the Company’s Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM, respectively, to:

(i) maintain its legal existence and comply in all material respects with Laws applicable to HPM, ENM, the Company, its Subsidiaries, and their respective properties and operations;

 

36


(ii) conduct its business only in the ordinary course consistent with past practice, or, in the case of HPM and ENM, to not engage in any business other than the ownership of Membership Interests of the Company, except as set forth on Schedule 5.2(a)(ii) ;

(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts (without incurring any cost that is not in the ordinary course of business) to preserve substantially intact its present business organization, its material assets and properties and to keep available the services of its present officers and key employees, provided , that commercially reasonable efforts shall be used to cause the dissolution of Colony South Associates, L.P. in accordance with applicable Law prior to the Closing;

(iv) notify the Parent promptly of the commencement of or, to the knowledge of the Company, the threat of any material claim, litigation, action, suit, injunction or proceeding involving HPM, ENM, the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective properties;

(v) use commercially reasonable efforts to operate in such a manner as to assure that the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement will be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Closing Date; and

(vi) prepare and file all Tax Returns with the appropriate federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies that are required by such governmental agencies to be filed prior to the Closing Date relating to HPM, ENM, the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries for periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date and shall pay all Taxes due with respect to such Tax Returns.

(b) Prohibited Actions. The Company shall not, and the Company, Heritage and the ENM Shareholders shall not permit any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM, respectively to, do any of the following, except with the prior written consent of the Parent:

(i) effect any change to the charter, bylaws, operating agreement, or other organizational document of HPM, ENM, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, except as set forth on Schedule 5.2(b)(i) with respect to ENM;

(ii) acquire, lease, sublease, license or dispose of any material properties or assets, except for acquisitions in the ordinary course of business and except for the transactions described in Section 1.1;

(iii) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money, other than under the Company’s existing revolving credit facilities, except as set forth on Schedule 5.2(b)(iii) with respect to ENM;

(iv) subject any of the Real Property or any of the Company’s other assets to any Lien, other than Permitted Liens;

 

37


(v) issue any equity interests, other than pursuant to securities that are currently outstanding or securities that become securities that are acquired hereunder;

(vi) (a) amend, enter into, modify, cancel or terminate in any material respect any Material Contract (other than as described in (b) below), other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (b) amend, enter into, modify, cancel or terminate in any material respect any Material Contract with any Affiliate or any Material Contract containing covenants limiting the ability of the Company or any Subsidiary to compete with any Person in any line of business or in any area or territory;

(vii) make any change in its accounting methods or practices, other than any change required by applicable Law or GAAP;

(viii) make or change any election, change an annual accounting period, adopt or change any accounting method, file any amended Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement, settle any Tax claim or assessment relating to the Company, the Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM, surrender any right to claim a refund of Taxes, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment relating to the Company, the Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM, or take any other similar action relating to the filing of any Tax Return or the payment of any Tax;

(ix) take any action that will cause a termination of ENM’s election to be treated an “S corporation” under Section 1362 of the Code prior to the day before the Closing Date;

(x) make any material change to its customer pricing, rebates or discounts, other than in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) enter into or amend any employment, retention, severance or similar Contract with any officers, directors, managers, employees or agents, or amend any Benefit Plan to provide any increase in benefits thereunder or adopt any new employee benefit plan, except (a) arrangements in the ordinary course of business or that are consistent with the DeNardo project outline provided to the Parent which would not result in payments or other liabilities in excess of $50,000 individually or $250,000 in the aggregate or (b) as set forth on Schedule 5.2(b)(xi) ;

(xii) increase or materially change the compensation payable or to become payable to any of its officers, directors, managers, employees or agents, or in any bonus, pension, severance, retention, insurance or other benefit payment or arrangement (including awards, option grants or appreciation rights) made to or with any of such officers, directors, managers, employees or agents, other than customary salary increases in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or to the extent that the Company or any Subsidiary is contractually obligated to do so or required to do so by applicable Law; or

(xiii) (A) declare, set aside or pay any non-cash dividend or distribution or other non-cash capital return in respect of any Membership Interests of the Company or capital stock of ENM or HPM, or (B) redeem, purchase or acquire, other than for cash, any Membership Interests or other securities of the Company or any Subsidiary, ENM or HPM, in each case, except for the transactions described in Section 1.1;

 

38


(xiv) sell, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, or agree to sell, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of, any Real Property or material personal property of the Company or any Subsidiary, except in the ordinary course of business and transactions among the Company and its Subsidiaries or as described in Section 1.1;

(xv) acquire (by merger, consolidation or combination, or acquisition of stock or assets) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof, except as described in Section 1.1;

(xvi) except in the ordinary course of business, create any Lien on any assets or properties (whether tangible or intangible) of the Company or any Subsidiary, other than (A) Permitted Liens; and (B) Liens that will be released at or prior to the Closing;

(xvii) take any action which would materially interfere with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or materially delay the consummation of such transactions;

(xviii) enter into or amend any Contract with any director, officer or Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary, except as set forth on Schedule 5.2(b)(xviii) ;

(xix) make any material change to the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s operations or policies with respect to cash management, including without limitation with respect to the timing of collections or payments, except for changes in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or

(xx) enter into any Contract to take, or cause to be taken, any of the actions set forth in this Section 5.2(b).

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall give the Parent, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ operations prior to the Closing. Prior to the Closing, the Company shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control over its operations.

5.3 Exclusivity. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date or the earlier termination of this Agreement, each of the Sellers, the Company, ENM and HPM will not, and will cause their respective officers, directors, Affiliates, representatives and agents not to, (i) directly or indirectly, solicit, initiate or knowingly encourage any inquiries or proposals from, discuss or negotiate with, provide any non-public information to, any Person (other than the Parent) relating to any transaction involving the sale, directly or indirectly, of any substantial portion of the Company’s, ENM’s or HPM’s assets (other than in the ordinary course of business), or any of the Company’s, ENM’s or HPM’s capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock, or any merger, consolidation, business combination or similar transaction involving the Company, ENM or HPM (collectively, a “ Competing Transaction ”) or (ii) enter into any Contract with respect to a Competing Transaction, and (B) the Sellers, the Company, ENM or

 

39


HPM shall promptly inform the Parent if any of them receives inquiries or communications concerning any Competing Transaction. Without limiting the foregoing, during the period from the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date or the earlier termination of this Agreement, the Sellers, the Company, ENM and HPM shall, and shall cause their respective officers, directors, Affiliates, representatives and agents to immediately cease all existing activities, discussions and negotiations with any parties conducted prior to the date hereof with respect to any inquiries or proposals relating to a Competing Transaction.

5.4 Consents and Approvals. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date or the earlier termination of this Agreement, the parties shall cooperate and use all reasonable efforts to obtain (a) all governmental and regulatory approvals and actions necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby which are required to be obtained by applicable Law or regulations or otherwise and (b) all consents and approvals which are listed on Schedule 6.1(h) and Schedule 6.2(g) .

5.5 HSR Act Filings. To the extent required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, within five (5) business days following the date of execution of this Agreement, the parties shall promptly make or cause to be made any and all required filings under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “ HSR Act ”), and will request early termination of the waiting period required under the HSR Act. The parties agree to cooperate fully and promptly respond to any inquiries or investigations initiated by the Federal Trade Commission or the Department of Justice in connection with any such filings.

5.6 Reasonable Efforts. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date or the earlier termination of this Agreement, the parties agree to act in good faith and use reasonable efforts to obtain the satisfaction of the conditions specified in this Agreement necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the delivery of those certificates, instruments and affidavits customarily delivered to a title insurance company.

5.7 Transfer Taxes . All transfer taxes, if any, arising out of or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Transfer Taxes ”) shall be borne by the Parent to the extent such amounts are less than or equal to $25,000 in the aggregate; any Transfer Taxes in excess of $25,000 shall be borne by the Sellers. The parties to this Agreement shall reasonably cooperate in the preparation, execution and filing of all tax returns, applications or other documents regarding any such Transfer Taxes.

5.8 Further Assurances. Upon the request of any of the parties to this Agreement, the other parties, at any time after the Closing Date, shall forthwith deliver, or cause to be delivered, such further certificates, instruments, affidavits (including those customarily delivered to a title insurance company) and other documents, and to take, or cause to be taken, such further actions, as may be reasonably necessary, proper or advisable in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.

 

40


5.9 Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnification and Insurance.

(a) In the event of any threatened or actual claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative (each, a “ Proceeding ”), in which any Person who is now, or has been at any time prior to the Closing, a manager, director or officer of the Company or any Subsidiary (the “ Indemnified Parties ”) is, or is threatened to be, made a party thereto based in whole or in part on the fact that such Person is or was a manager, director or officer of the Company or any Subsidiary, whether in any case asserted or arising before, on or after the Closing, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, indemnify and hold harmless such Person from and against such Proceeding as provided in this Section 5.9.

(b) After the Closing Date, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Indemnified Party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses in advance of the final disposition of any Proceeding to each Indemnified Party to the fullest extent permitted by Law), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with or arising out of any Proceeding.

(c) An Indemnified Party shall notify the Company of the existence of a Proceeding for which such Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification hereunder as promptly as reasonably practicable after such Indemnified Party learns of such Proceeding; provided that the failure to so notify shall not affect the obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries under this Section 5.9 except to the extent such failure to notify actually prejudices the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company, at its expense, shall have the right to control the defense of the Proceeding with counsel selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party, provided that the Indemnified Party may participate in any Proceeding with counsel of its choice at such Indemnified Party’s sole cost and expense. The Indemnified Party and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall cooperate fully with each other in connection with the defense of any Proceeding. No settlement of a Proceeding may be made by the Company or any Subsidiary without the Indemnified Party’s consent, except for a settlement which requires no more than a monetary payment for which the Indemnified Party is fully indemnified. No settlement of a Proceeding may be made by an Indemnified Party without the consent of the Company.

(d) The Parent shall maintain and renew the Company’s existing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering Persons who are currently covered by such insurance on terms no less favorable than those in effect on the date hereof; provided , however , that in no event shall the Parent be required to expend in the aggregate in excess of 150% of the annual premium currently paid by the Company for such coverage, and if such premium would at any time exceed 150% of such amount, then the Parent shall maintain insurance policies which provide the maximum and best coverage available at an annual premium equal to 150% of such amount; and provided further , that this Section 5.9(d) shall be deemed to have been satisfied if a prepaid policy or policies (i.e. “tail coverage”) have been obtained by the Company which policy or policies provide such directors and officers with the coverage described in this Section 5.8(d) for an aggregate period of not less than six years with respect to claims arising from facts or events that occurred on or before the Closing Date, including with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

41


(e) The provisions of this Section 5.9 are intended to be for the benefit of, and enforceable by, each Indemnified Party and such Indemnified Party’s estate, administrators, executors, heirs and representatives, and nothing herein shall affect any indemnification rights that any such Person may have under any charter, bylaws, operating agreement, Contract, applicable Law or otherwise.

(f) The obligations of the Parent, the Company and its Subsidiaries under this Section 5.9 shall continue in full force and effect for a period commencing as of the Closing and ending as of the later of the sixth (6 th ) anniversary of the Closing; provided , that all rights to indemnification in respect of any claim for indemnification under this Section 5.9 asserted or made within such period shall continue until the final disposition of such claim.

5.10 Books and Records . After the Closing, the Agent, the ENM Agent and their accountants, lawyers and representatives shall be entitled after prior written notice to the Parent to have reasonable access during normal business hours to and to make copies (at the Agent’s or the ENM Agent’s sole cost and expense) of the books and records and other information of HPM, ENM, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any purpose relating to the Sellers’ ownership of HPM, ENM, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing including, without limitation, the preparation of Tax Returns or compliance with other applicable Law. In the event of any litigation or threatened litigation between the parties relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, the covenants contained in this Section 5.10 shall not be considered a waiver by any party of any right to assert the attorney-client privilege.

 

ARTICLE 6

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

6.1 Conditions Precedent to the Parent’s Obligations. The obligation of the Parent to purchase the Purchased Securities and to consummate the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement is expressly subject to the fulfillment or express written waiver of the following conditions on or prior to the Closing Date:

(a) Representations and Warranties True. (i) Each of the representations and warranties (other than the Selected Representations and Warranties) contained in Article 2 and Article 3 shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of the date made and on and as of the Closing Date as if made at and as of the Closing Date (other than those representations and warranties that refer to or speak as of a certain date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct, on and as of such other date) except for such inaccuracies which, in the aggregate, do not constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect (disregarding for these purposes, the phrases “material,” “materially,” “in all material respects,” “Company Material Adverse Effect” and any similar phrase in such representations and warranties) and (ii) each of the Selected Representations and Warranties shall be accurate in all material respects, at and as of the Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date (other than those representations and warranties that refer to or speak as of a certain date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct, on and as of such other date), disregarding for these

 

42


purposes, the phrases “material,” “materially,” “in all material respects,” “Company Material Adverse Effect” and any similar phrase. “ Selected Representations and Warranties ” means the representations and warranties of the Sellers and the Sellers and the Company contained in Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5 and 3.10.

(b) Covenants Performed. The Sellers, ENM, HPM and the Company shall each have (i) performed, on or before the Closing Date, all covenants contained in this Agreement, other than those contained in Sections 5.1(d), 5.1(e) and 5.2(b)(ii), which by the terms hereof are required to be performed by each of them on or before the Closing Date, unless the failure to perform any such covenant on or before the Closing Date would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect (disregarding for these purposes, the phrases “material,” “materially,” “in all material respects,” “Company Material Adverse Effect” and any similar phrase in such covenant) and (ii) performed in all material respects all of the covenants contained in Sections 5.1(d), 5.1(e) and 5.2(b)(ii) of this Agreement, which by the terms hereof are required to be performed by each of them on or before to the Closing Date (or with respect to any covenant or agreement qualified by the phrases “material,” “materially,” “in all material respects,” “Company Material Adverse Effect” and any similar phrase, in all respects as so qualified).

(c) No Material Adverse Effect . Between the date hereof and the Closing Date, no Company Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred.

(d) Compliance Certificate. The Parent shall have received a certificate signed by the Company and each Seller regarding their compliance with Sections 6.1(a), (b) and (c).

(e) Shareholder Approval; Articles of Merger. The ENM Shareholder Approval and the HPM Shareholder Approval shall continue to be in full force and effect, and the filings of the ENM Articles of Merger shall have been accepted by the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the HPM Certificate of Merger shall have been accepted by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

(f) Secretary’s Certificate . The Parent shall have received a certificate dated as of the Closing Date executed by (i) the Secretary of the Company certifying as to: (A) the constituent documents of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and (B) resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such resolutions have not been amended and remain in full force and effect; (ii) the Secretary of HPM certifying as to: (A) the constituent documents of HPM; and (B) resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of HPM approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such resolutions have not been amended and remain in full force and effect; and (iii) the Secretary of ENM certifying as to: (A) the constituent documents of ENM; (B) resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of ENM approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such resolutions have not been amended and remain in full force and effect.

 

43


(g) Resignation of Officers and Directors . Unless the Parent notifies the Company prior to the Closing, each of the non-employee directors of the Company and each of the officers and directors of HPM and ENM immediately prior to the Closing shall have resigned and cease to act in any capacity on behalf of the Company, HPM and ENM, as applicable, as of the Closing.

(h) Required Consents. All of the approvals, consents, licenses and notices listed on Schedule 6.1(h) shall have been obtained or given.

(i) No Injunction, Etc. There shall not be any Governmental Order restraining or invalidating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any material pending litigation by an unrelated third party to such effect or seeking material damages from the Parent, any Seller or the Company if the transactions which are the subject of this Agreement are completed.

(j) HSR Act. The waiting period under the HSR Act applicable to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall have expired or been terminated.

(k) U.S. Real Property Interest . Parent shall have received duly executed and acknowledged affidavits of HPM and ENM, in form substantially identical to those attached hereto as Exhibit A in accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1445-2(c)(3), 1.897-2(g) and 1.897-2(h), certifying that each “interest” in HPM and ENM (as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(g)(1)(i)) is not a “United States real property interest” within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code. Parent shall have also received from ENHE an affidavit of non-foreign status substantially in the form of attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 , duly executed and acknowledged by ENHE.

(l) Confidentiality, Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation Agreements. Heritage Fund III, L.P., Heritage Fund IIIA, L.P., Heritage Investors III, LLC and Frank E. Richardson shall each have executed and delivered to the Parent an agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Noncompetition Agreements ”).

(m) Termination of Certain Contracts and Continuing Indemnification Obligations. The Sellers shall cause the Contracts set forth on Schedule 6.1(m) to be terminated, without further liability on the part of ENM, HPM, the Company and its Subsidiaries, effective as of the Closing. The Sellers shall cause the Contribution Agreement, dated April 1, 2003, by and among Heritage and ENM to be amended, effective as of the Closing, to eliminate any continuing indemnification obligations of ENM or the Company pursuant thereto. Satisfactory evidence of such terminations and such amendment shall have been provided to Parent.

(n) Purchased Securities. The Sellers shall deliver to the Parent certificates representing the Purchased Securities, duly executed in blank, or accompanied by stock powers duly executed in blank, in proper form of transfer.

(o) Repayment of Indebtedness. The Sellers shall cause the Company, its Subsidiaries, ENM and HPM to have repaid all indebtedness simultaneously with the Closing.

 

44


(p) Transfer of Withdrawn Assets. The Sellers shall cause ENM, HPM and the Company to distribute or otherwise transfer their interests in the property at One Kiddie Drive, Avon, MA and the entities Enterprise NewsMedia Chicopee, LLC, ENM Chicopee Inc., SCP 2002E-31 LLC (collectively, the Withdrawn Assets”) so that ENM, HPM, the Company and its Subsidiaries no longer have an interest in the Withdrawn Assets or liability with respect thereto, as described in Section 1.1 and shall provide satisfactory documentation and evidence of such transfers to Parent.

6.2 Conditions Precedent to the Sellers’ Obligations. The obligation of the Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is expressly subject to the fulfillment or express written waiver of the following conditions on or prior to the Closing Date:

(a) Representations and Warranties True. Each of the representations and warranties contained in Article 4 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date made and on and as of the Closing Date as if made at and as of the Closing Date, other than those representations and warranties that refer to or speak as of a certain date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects, on and as of such other date.

(b) Covenants Performed. The Parent shall have performed in all material respects all of those obligations, and shall have complied in all material respects with those covenants, required to be performed or met at or prior to the Closing Date.

(c) Compliance Certificate. The Sellers shall have received a certificate signed by the Parent regarding their compliance with Sections 6.2(a) and (b).

(d) Secretary’s Certificate . The Sellers shall have received a certificate dated as of the Closing Date executed by (i) the Secretary of the Parent certifying as to: (A) the constituent documents of the Parent and (B) resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Parent approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such resolutions have not been amended and remain in full force and effect.

(e) No Injunction, Etc. There shall not be any Governmental Order restraining or invalidating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any material pending litigation by an unrelated third party to such effect or seeking material damages from any Seller or the Company if the transactions which are the subject of this Agreement are completed.

(f) Closing Payments. The Parent shall have made the payments contemplated by Section 1.11.

(g) Required Consents. All of the approvals, consents and licenses listed on Schedule 6.2(g) shall have been obtained.

(h) HSR Act. The waiting period under the HSR Act applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have expired or been terminated.

 

45


ARTICLE 7

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

7.1 Survival. The parties agree that the representations, warranties and covenants to be performed prior to the Closing shall survive the Closing until the first anniversary of the Closing, except with respect to Sections 2.1 – 2.6, 3.1 – 3.5, 3.10 and 3.27 which shall survive until the third anniversary of the Closing (together, the “ Cut-Off Dates ”). No claim for indemnification hereunder for a breach of representations, warranties and covenants to be performed prior to the Closing may be brought after the Cut-Off Date, except for claims (a) of which the Sellers have been notified in writing with reasonable specificity by the Parent prior to the Cut-Off Date and (b) of which the Parent has been notified in writing with reasonable specificity by any Seller prior to the Cut-Off Date.

7.2 Indemnification of the Parent. Subject to the other terms of this Article 7 and further subject to the terms of Article 8 below, from and after the Closing, each of the Sellers agree severally in the proportions set forth herein, but not jointly, to indemnify the Parent and any entity that directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Parent, and their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders, advisors and agent (the “ Parent Indemnified Persons ”) and hold the Parent Indemnified Persons harmless against and in respect of any and all damages, losses, expenses, costs, obligations and liabilities, including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees (collectively, “ Losses ”), which arise or result from (x) any breach of any of the representations or warranties contained in Article 3 or contained in any certificate delivered at the Closing by the Company or the Sellers pursuant to this Agreement (y) the failure of the Sellers and the Company to perform any of their covenants or agreements contained herein which by the terms hereof are required to be performed by the Sellers or the Company before the Closing Date or (z) all severance payments, change of control payments or other similar payments arising from the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby due from the Company or its Subsidiaries pursuant to that certain Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Thomas J. Branca, dated as of April 1, 2003 and that certain Income Continuation Agreement by and between Enterprise NewsMedia Holding, LLC and Edward S. Feldman, dated as of January 10, 2006 (but excluding any such amounts that require action by the Parent following the Closing to make such amounts due) (it being understood that the Change in Control Agreement by and between the Company and Robert Kempf, dated as of March 24, 2006 shall be deemed to have been assumed by the Company for purposes of such agreement pursuant to this Agreement and, to the knowledge of the Company, Robert Kempf will not contest the sufficiency of such deemed assumption). The Sellers’ obligations under this Section 7.2 (other than clause (z) above) and Article 8 (except, in the case of the ENM Shareholders, as set forth in Section 8.4), however, shall be subject to the following limitations and conditions:

(a) the Sellers shall have no indemnification obligation with respect to any single Loss or series of related Losses until such single Loss or series of related Losses exceeds $50,000 (and, subject to clause (b) below, the entire amount of such Losses from the first dollar thereof may be recovered);

(b) the Sellers shall have no indemnification obligations unless, and only to the extent that, the cumulative amount of Losses incurred by the Parent Indemnified Persons exceeds $1,200,000 (except with respect to any breach of any of the representations or warranties contained in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5 for which this deductible shall not apply);

 

46


(c) the Sellers’ cumulative liability for indemnification payments under this Section 7.2 (without regard for payments made pursuant to clause (z) above) and Article 8 shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $9,000,000 (except with respect to any breaches of any of the representations or warranties contained in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 or 3.5 for which this cap shall not apply), net of any repayment by any Parent Indemnified Person of insurance proceeds and other third party recoveries pursuant to Section 7.5(a);

(d) the Sellers shall have no indemnification obligation with respect to Losses relating to Environmental Laws, Environmental Claims or any breach of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.27, except to the extent such Losses are incurred by the Parent Indemnified Persons for the performance of a remedial or removal action or the payment of any fine, penalty or damage award in each case (i) ordered by any court or governmental agency or in reasonable settlement (made in accordance with this Agreement) in connection with any Environmental Laws or (ii) that would be taken by a reasonable business person similarly situated and engaged in the same or similar business as is currently conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(e) the Sellers shall have no indemnification obligation with respect to Losses arising out of any breach of the representations or warranties contained in Article 3 to the extent that the Company has made a corresponding reserve for such Losses on the Balance Sheet;

(f) the Sellers shall have no indemnification obligation for any matter excluded by Section 1.14(e);

(g) no Seller shall be liable under this Section 7.2 or Article 8 for any indemnification payment in excess of such Seller’s Pro Rata Share (as hereinafter defined) of such payment, except that each Seller shall be liable severally, and not jointly, for all Losses arising out of the failure of such Seller to perform any of its covenants or agreements contained herein which by the terms hereof are required to be performed by such Seller before the Closing Date; and

(h) a Parent Indemnified Person shall not bring an indemnification claim under this Section 7.2, except relating to any breach of the of the representations or warranties contained in Section 3.10 with respect to HPM or ENM, unless it brings such claim against all of the Sellers, and the Parent Indemnified Person shall not offer to settle any such indemnification claim unless it makes the same offer to all of the Sellers.

7.3 Special Provisions Relating to Article 2. From and after the Closing, and subject to the other terms of this Article 7 (for the avoidance of doubt, Sections 7.2(a), (b), (c) (e), (g) and (h) shall not apply to this Section 7.3), each Seller shall be liable severally, and not jointly, for all Losses arising out of (a) any breach of such Seller’s representations and warranties contained in Article 2 or (b) the failure of such Seller to perform any of its covenants or agreements contained herein which by the terms hereof are required to be performed after the Closing Date, in each case, for an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds actually received by

 

47


such Seller hereunder and, provided that each Seller’s liability with respect to Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 shall not exceed such Seller’s Pro Rata Share thereof in accordance with Section 7.7. For greater certainty, no Seller shall be liable for any other Seller’s breach of a representation or warranty contained in Article 2.

7.4 Indemnification of Sellers. Subject to the other terms of this Article 7, from and after the Closing, the Parent and the Company agree to indemnify the Sellers and hold the Sellers harmless against and in respect of any and all Losses which arise or result from any (a) breach of any of the Parent’s representations and warranties in Article 4, (b) the failure of the Parent to perform any of its covenants or agreements set forth herein or (c) the failure of the Company or any Subsidiary to perform any covenant or agreement set forth herein which by its terms is required to be performed after the Closing.

7.5 Calculation of Losses; Procedures for Indemnification.

(a) In determining the amount of any Losses for which any party is entitled to assert a claim for indemnification hereunder, the amount of any such Losses shall be determined after deducting therefrom the amount of any insurance proceeds (which proceeds such party agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, without regard to potential increases in premiums, after giving effect to any applicable recovery and collection costs, deductible or retention) and other third party recoveries actually received by such party in respect of such Losses (after giving effect to any applicable recovery and collection costs). For purposes of this Article 7, no party shall have any indemnification obligation for consequential damages, punitive or exemplary damages, special damages, lost profits, unrealized expectations or other similar items, nor shall any damages be calculated using a “multiplier” or any other similar method having a similar effect. If an indemnification payment is received by an indemnified party, and the indemnified party later receives insurance proceeds (which proceeds such party agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, without regard to potential increases in premiums, after giving effect to any applicable recovery and collection costs, deductible or retention) or other third party recoveries in respect of the related Losses, the indemnified party shall promptly pay to the Agent, as agent for the Sellers (or, prior to the second anniversary of the Closing, the Escrow Agent to be held as part of the Escrow Amount), or the Parent, as the case may be, a sum equal to the lesser of (y) the actual amount of such insurance proceeds and other third party recoveries (after giving effect to any applicable recovery and collection costs, deductible or retention) or (z) the actual amount of the indemnification payment previously paid by any indemnifying party with respect to such Losses. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Article 7, in determining the existence of a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement (other than Section 3.8) and the amount of Losses (including Section 3.8), the phrases “material,” “materially,” “in all material respects,” “Company Material Adverse Effect” and any similar phrase shall be disregarded. The parties agree that any indemnification payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated for Tax purposes as an adjustment to the Closing Purchase Price, unless otherwise required by applicable Law.

(b) Any party making a claim for indemnification hereunder shall promptly notify the indemnifying party of the claim in writing, describing the claim in reasonable detail, the amount thereof, and the basis therefor; provided , that the failure to provide prompt notice

 

48


shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its indemnification obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by the failure to give such prompt notice. The party from whom indemnification is sought shall respond to each such claim within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice. No action shall be taken pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise by the party seeking indemnification (unless reasonably necessary to protect the rights of the party seeking indemnification) until the later of (i) the expiration of the 30-day response period, or (ii) thirty (30) days following the expiration of the 30-day response period if a response, received within such 30-day period by the party seeking indemnification, requests an opportunity to cure the matter giving rise to indemnification (and, in such event, the amount of such claim for indemnification shall be reduced to the extent so cured).

(c) If a claim for indemnification hereunder is based on a claim by a third party, the indemnifying party shall have the right to assume the entire control of the defense thereof, including at its own expense, employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and, in connection therewith, the party claiming indemnification shall cooperate fully with the indemnifying party and make available to the indemnifying party all pertinent information under its control; provided , that the indemnified party may participate in any proceeding with counsel of its choice at its expense. In such event, the indemnifying party shall have the right to settle or resolve any such claim by a third party; provided , that any such settlement or resolution contemplated by the Sellers, as the indemnifying party, that involves any action by the Parent Indemnified Person other than the payment of money (which is paid in full by the Sellers, subject to the applicable conditions and limits contained in this Article 7, but not for any settlement that would require a Parent Indemnified Person to pay any amount as a result of (x) the limitation on indemnification by the Sellers set forth in Section 7.2(c) or (y) the limitation on indemnification with respect to a particular Seller set forth in Section 7.3) shall not be concluded without the prior written approval of the Parent Indemnified Person, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; and provided further , that any such settlement or resolution contemplated by the Parent, as the indemnifying party, that involves any action other than the payment of money (which is paid in full by the Parent) shall not be concluded without the prior written approval of the Sellers, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

7.6 Remedies Exclusive; No Recourse. The remedies provided in this Article 7 and in Article 8 shall be the exclusive remedies (whether in law or equity or in contract, tort or otherwise, except with respect to specific performance and injunctive relief) of the parties hereto after the Closing in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, for any breach or non-performance of any representation, warranty, pre-Closing covenant or pre-Closing agreement contained in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered at Closing; provided, that the foregoing shall not apply to claims with respect to the Escrow Agreement or the Noncompetition Agreements. No party may commence any suit, action or proceeding against any other party hereto or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, except to enforce such party’s express rights under this Article 7 and in Article 8 (or for specific performance or injunctive relief). The provisions of this Article 7 and of Article 8 were specifically bargained for and reflected in the amounts payable to the Sellers in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that no recourse under this Agreement or any agreements, instruments or

 

49


documents delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner, agent, member or stockholder of any of the Sellers or the Parent or any respective Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or applicable law; it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner, agent, member or stockholder of any of the Sellers or the Parent or of any respective Affiliate or assignee thereof for any obligation of the parties under this Agreement or any agreement, document or instrument delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

7.7 Definition of “Pro Rata Share”. For purposes of the Sellers’ indemnification obligations in Section 7.2 and Article 8 (other than with respect to HPM and ENM), a Seller’s “ Pro Rata Share ” of any indemnification obligation shall be set forth on Schedule 7.7 . The Pro Rata Share of each ENM Shareholder with respect to obligations under Section 2.6, Section 3.10 or Article 8 arising out of ENM shall be pro rata to such ENM Shareholder’s ownership of ENM and the Pro Rata Share of each Heritage entity with respect to obligations under Section 2.5, Section 3.10 or Article 8 arising out of HPM shall be pro rata to such Heritage entity’s ownership of HPM.

7.8 Escrow Agreement. Prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, if a Parent Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification for any Losses under Section 7.2, Section 7.3 or Article 8 (in each case subject to the applicable limitations set forth in Article 7), then the Parent Indemnified Person shall first submit a claim against the Escrow Amount in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement for such Losses and second, to the extent the aggregate of all such claims exceed the available balance of the Escrow Amount, against the Sellers in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article 7 or Article 8. The Escrow Agreement shall provide that (a) the Escrow Amount shall be held in one Escrow Account, but shall be allocated among the Sellers in proportion to each Seller’s Pro Rata Share (as defined in Section 7.7) and (b) the Parent Indemnified Persons may not recover any amount in respect of any liability of a Seller from the Escrow Amount in excess of such Seller’s Pro Rata Share of the Escrow Amount or from any other Seller’s Pro Rata Share of the Escrow Amount. Subject to the other limitations and terms of this Agreement, to the extent that any Seller’s Pro Rata Share of the Escrow Amount is insufficient to satisfy in full any Parent Indemnified Person claim against such Seller, the Parent Indemnified Person shall not have any right to make claims against the Escrow Amount to the extent of such excess, but instead may thereafter proceed directly against such Seller for such excess amount. On the second anniversary of the Closing Date, and subject to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, all amounts held under the Escrow Agreement (other those held under than pending claims notices) shall be released to the Agent, as agent for the Sellers subject to the terms of the provisions of the Escrow Agreement, and the parties hereto will instruct the Escrow Agent accordingly.

 

50


ARTICLE 8

TAX MATTERS; TAX INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Tax Indemnification.

(a) Subject to the qualifications set forth in this Section 8.1, each Seller shall severally, but not jointly, indemnify the Company, each of the Subsidiaries, HPM, ENM and the Parent and hold them harmless from and against, any Losses attributable to all Taxes (or the non-payment thereof) of the Company, each of the Subsidiaries, HPM or ENM for all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date and the portion through the end of the Closing Date for any taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date (the “ Pre-Closing Tax Period ”), but only to the extent such Taxes have not been taken into account in the calculation of Closing Working Capital, provided that Heritage and ENHE, LLC shall not be liable for any Taxes for any Pre-Closing Tax Periods of ENM, ENM and ENHE, LLC shall not be liable for any Taxes for any Pre-Closing Tax Periods of HPM and all Taxes of the Company and its Subsidiaries for Pre-Closing Tax Periods payable by the Sellers hereunder shall be borne by each Seller only to the extent of such Seller’s Pro Rata Share of such Taxes.

(b) In the case of ENM, (i) notwithstanding Section 8.1(a), the final Pre-Closing Tax Period shall end at the end of the day on the day before the Closing Date, (ii) the income, gain, loss, deductions and credits of ENM for calendar taxable year 2006 shall be allocated between ENM and Parent for the S short year and C short year, respectively, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76(b)(2)(v) and (iii) the Company’s taxable year with respect to ENM shall close on the day before the Closing Date in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.1362-3(c)(1); provided , however , that any income or gain arising outside the ordinary course of business on the Closing Date at the instance of the Sellers, and the Tax thereon, shall be considered to have been incurred in the Pre-Closing Tax Period.

(c) If, on the Closing Date, a transaction occurs after the Closing, but outside of the ordinary course of the Company’s business, the Sellers and the Parent will treat that transaction for all federal income tax purposes as occurring at the beginning of the following day.

8.2 Straddle Period . In the case of any taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date (a “ Straddle Period ”), (i) the amount of any Taxes based on or measured by income or receipts of the Company, each of the Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM for the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be determined based on an interim closing of the books as of the close of business on the Closing Date (and for such purpose, the taxable period of any partnership or other pass-through entity in which the Company, each of the Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM hold a beneficial interest shall be deemed to terminate at such time), provided that, when applicable, Section 8.1(b) shall apply in the case of ENM and (ii) the amount of other Taxes of the Company, each of the Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM for a Straddle Period that relates to the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire taxable period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the taxable period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Straddle Period. Any credits relating to a Straddle Period shall be allocated on a basis consistent with this Section 8.2.

 

51


8.3 Responsibility for Filing Tax Returns.

(a) The Sellers shall prepare or cause to be prepared the Tax Returns for HPM, ENM, the Company and each of the Subsidiaries for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods. The Agent shall prepare or cause to be prepared all Tax Returns of HPM for Pre-Closing Tax Periods, and the ENM Agent shall prepare or cause to be prepared all Tax Returns of ENM for Pre-Closing Tax Periods. The Parent shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns for HPM, ENM, the Company and each of the Subsidiaries that are not described in the preceding two sentences. All Tax Returns described in this Section 8.3(a) shall be prepared consistently with past practice, unless past practice was clearly either unreasonable or contrary to law.

(b) Each party that has the right to review a Tax Return pursuant to this Article 8 shall be referred to herein as the “ Reviewing Party ”. Each party who prepares (or for whom is prepared) any Tax Return shall be referred to herein as the “ Preparing Party ”. Each Reviewing Party shall have the right to review and comment on any Tax Return prepared by or on behalf of a Preparing Party that might reasonably be expected to affect the Taxes payable by the Reviewing Party (or for which such Reviewing Party might have an indemnification obligation under this Agreement), including, but not limited to Tax Returns for Straddle Periods. The Preparing Party shall submit a copy of any such Tax Return to the Reviewing Party not less than fifteen (15) days before the date on which such Tax Return is due to be filed (including valid extensions of time to file). The Reviewing Party shall have ten (10) days in which to convey its comments to the Preparing Party. Failure of the Reviewing Party to convey comments in a timely manner shall not deprive the Reviewing Party of any rights that it may have under this Agreement or applicable law. The parties shall endeavor in good faith to resolve any differences that they may have regarding such Tax Return. The Preparing Party shall not be obligated to follow the directions of the Reviewing Party with respect to such Tax Return, subject to Section 8.3(d) hereof.

(c) With respect to Tax Returns filed by the Parent pursuant to Section 8.3(a), the Sellers shall pay to (or as directed by) the Parent their respective shares of any Taxes for Pre-Closing Tax Periods, and such payments shall be made in each applicable case by the later of (a) fifteen (15) days after the date the Parent notifies the Sellers of an amount of such Taxes that is payable and (b) five (5) days prior to the due date for paying such amount of Taxes to the relevant Tax authority. Any payment by the Sellers shall be without prejudice to their right to recover from the Parent any amounts that the Sellers may pay to the Parent in excess of their liability hereunder.

(d) The Parent shall not file any amended Tax Return for any Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period without the consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, of the Agent, in the case of the Company, the Subsidiaries and HPM, and the ENM Agent, in the case of ENM. In addition, the Parent shall not file a Tax Return for any period if the filing of such Tax Return might reasonably be expected to increase the liability for Taxes of any Seller for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (under this Agreement or otherwise), without the consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, of the Agent, in the case of the Company, the Subsidiaries and HPM, and the ENM Agent, in the case of ENM.

 

52


8.4 Liability for Taxes on Withdrawn Assets. The HPM Shareholders shall assume full liability for any and all Taxes that result from, or are incurred in connection with, the Withdrawn Assets and other related costs or Taxes including filings and registrations, in each case, relating to HPM or the HPM Shareholders. ENHE shall assume full liability for any and all Taxes of that result from, or are incurred in connection with, the Withdrawn Assets and other related costs or Taxes including filings and registrations, in each case, relating to ENHE or the holders of limited liability company interests of ENHE. The ENM Shareholders shall assume full liability for any and all Taxes that result from, or are incurred in connection with, the Withdrawn Assets and other related costs or Taxes including filings and registrations, in each case, relating to ENM or the ENM Shareholders. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, solely in the case of the ENM Shareholders, the limitations contained in Sections 7.2(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) shall not apply to this Section 8.4.

 

8.5 Cooperation on Tax Matters.

(a) The Parent and the Sellers shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns pursuant to Section 8.3 and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information that are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and the Company making its employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide all assistance reasonably requested by the Sellers for the preparation of such Tax Returns, it being understood that the Company’s personnel have in the past prepared the Company’s Tax Returns and will continue to do so for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods, if requested by the Sellers, under the direction of the Sellers. The Company, each of the Subsidiaries, HPM, ENM and the Sellers agree (i) to retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Company, each of the Subsidiaries, HPM and ENM relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by the Parent or the Sellers, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority, and (ii) to give the other party reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if the other party so requests, to allow the other party to take possession of such books and records.

(b) The Parent and the Sellers further agree, upon request, to use their best efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any governmental authority or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including, but not limited to, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby).

(c) All refunds of Taxes with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period that were not taken into account in the computation of Closing Working Capital shall be the sole property of the Sellers, and all refunds of Taxes with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period that were taken into account in the computation of Closing Working Capital shall be the sole property of the Parent. The Parent shall promptly pay over to the Sellers any refund of Taxes for any Pre-Closing

 

53


Tax Period, as follows: for refunds of Taxes of the Company or the Subsidiaries, to the Sellers according to the Pro Rata Shares of the Sellers; for refunds of the Taxes of HPM, to the Agent, and for refunds of the Taxes of ENM, to the ENM Agent.

(d) The Parent and the Sellers further agree, upon request, to provide the other party with all information that either may be required to report under the Code or Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

8.6 Tax Controversies.

(a) Any audit, examination, inquiry, information request or court or other proceeding (a “ Tax Controversy ”) involving any Tax Return or Taxes for which the Sellers or any of them may have a potential liability under this Article 8 shall, subject to paragraph (b) of this Section 8.6, be controlled and directed by the Agent, in the case of the Company, any Subsidiary, or HPM, and the ENM Agent, in the case of ENM.

(b) With respect to any Tax for which the Sellers have agreed to pay pursuant to Section 8.1 or to indemnify the Parent pursuant to this Agreement (an “ Indemnified Tax ”):

(i) the Sellers shall (at no cost or expense to the Parent) have the right to meet (or to have their authorized representatives meet) with revenue agents, appeals officers or other representatives of any tax authority, provided , however , that the Parent shall be permitted to have its representatives attend such meetings or telephone calls, and Parent shall be given reasonable advance notice of the same;

(ii) without the written consent of the Sellers (which the Sellers may give or withhold in their sole and absolute discretion), the Parent shall not negotiate, settle or compromise such Indemnified Tax or waive or allow to lapse any right to contest such Indemnified Tax, provided , however , that upon waiver of the Parent’s right to indemnification in respect of an Indemnified Tax the Parent shall have the sole right to negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with the same on such terms as the Parent shall deem appropriate;

(iii) the Parent shall grant to the Sellers’ authorized representatives a power of attorney or other authority required to negotiate with the IRS or other taxing agency and Sellers shall be authorized to settle such controversy; provided , however , that if the terms of such settlement might reasonably be expected to affect the Tax liability of the Parent in a tax period that ends after the Closing Date, the Sellers shall not settle such controversy without the consent of the Parent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or conditioned;

(iv) the Parent shall execute all documents that the Sellers reasonably request in connection with the prosecution, defense, settlement or negotiation of such Tax Controversy;

(v) the Parent shall grant to the Sellers and its authorized representatives access to all documents, reports, returns, appraisals, records, or any other materials reasonably required by the Sellers in order to prepare for or conduct such Tax

 

54


Controversy or to determine the amount of any Indemnified Tax, and to copy or otherwise reproduce any such documents or other materials, at no cost or expense to the Parent;

(vi) the Parent shall cooperate with the Sellers as they may reasonably request to assist the Sellers in conducting such Tax Controversy and determining the amount of any Indemnified Tax; provided that Sellers shall reimburse the Parent for any costs incurred in complying with the requests of Sellers pursuant to this paragraph (vi); and

(vii) the Parent shall waive any conflict of interest on the part of any attorney retained by the Sellers in connection with such Tax Controversy, if such waiver is permitted under the applicable Rules of Professional Responsibility.

(c) The Agent will consult with the ENM Agent in connection with any material discussion or determination by the Agent with respect to any Tax Controversy involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which would result in any Indemnified Tax under this Article 8.

8.7 Defined Term. For purposes of this Article 8, unless the context clearly requires otherwise, the term “Parent” for periods after the Closing Date shall be construed to include any entity controlled by Parent or is a member of the group in which the Parent is included for purposes of filing consolidated federal income tax returns, including, but not limited to the Company, each of the Subsidiaries, HPM, and ENM.

 

ARTICLE 9

TERMINATION

9.1 Termination. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated prior to Closing:

(a) by mutual written consent of the Parent, the Sellers and the Company;

(b) by the Parent, if (i) any of the representations and warranties of the Sellers or the Company set forth in this Agreement shall not be true and correct in any material respect, in each case, to the extent set forth in Section 6.1(a), or the Sellers or the Company shall have breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of their obligations, covenants or agreements under this Agreement, in each case, to the extent set forth in Section 6.1(b), and (ii) such breach, failure or misrepresentation is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and is not cured within thirty (30) days after the Parent gives the Sellers and the Company written notice identifying in reasonable detail such breach, failure or misrepresentation;

(c) by the Sellers and the Company, if (i) any of the representations and warranties of the Parent set forth in this Agreement shall not be true in any material respect, in each case, to the extent set forth in Section 6.2(a), or if the Parent shall have breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of its obligations, covenants or agreements under this Agreement, in each case, to the extent set forth in Section 6.2(b), and (ii) such breach, failure or misrepresentation is not cured within thirty (30) days after the Sellers give the Parent written notice identifying in reasonable detail such breach, failure or misrepresentation;

 

55


(d) by either the Parent or the Sellers and the Company, if any court or Governmental Authority has issued a final and non-appealable Governmental Order permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or

(e) by either the Parent or the Sellers and the Company, if the Closing has not occurred by (i) the later of (A) July 31, 2006 or (B) fifteen (15) days following the expiration or, if later, termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act or (ii) such later date, if any, as the Parent and the Sellers and the Company may agree in writing.

 

9.2 Effect of Termination.

(a) If this Agreement is terminated as provided above, the parties shall have no further obligations hereunder (including, without limitation, for costs and expenses incurred by other parties in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby), except as provided below and except that each party shall be liable for its willful breach of this Agreement and the other parties hereto shall be entitled to all rights and remedies provided by Law in respect of such breach. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties may seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

(b) The obligations of the Parent and its Affiliates under Section 5.1(c) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Notices. Any notices, demands and communications to a party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received (a) if delivered personally or actually received, (b) three (3) business days after being mailed, certified mail, return receipt requested, (c) one (1) business day after being sent by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or (d) if sent via facsimile or similar electronic transmission during normal business hours, as evidenced by mechanical confirmation of such fax or other electronic transmission, to such party at its address set forth below (or such other address as it may from time to time designate in writing to the other parties hereto):

 

To the Company, prior to the Closing:    Enterprise NewsMedia Holding, LLC   
   400 Crown Colony Drive   
   Quincy, Massachusetts 02169   
   Attention: President   
   Facsimile: 617-786-7120   
   with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   the Agent   
   and   
   Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP   
   Two International Place   
   Boston, Massachusetts 02110   
   Attention: Stephen M. L. Cohen   
   Facsimile: 617-248-4000   

 

56


To the Agent, Heritage Fund III, L.P.,      
Heritage Fund IIIA, L.P. and Heritage      
Investors III, LLC    c/o Heritage Partners, Inc.   
   30 Rowes Wharf, Suite 300   
   Boston, Massachusetts 02110   
   Attention: Michael F. Gilligan   
   Facsimile: 617-439-0689   
   with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP   
   Two International Place   
   Boston, Massachusetts 02110   
   Attention: Stephen M. L. Cohen   
   Facsimile: 617-248-4000   
To Richardson    Frank E. Richardson   
   c/o F. E. Richardson & Co., Inc.   
   245 Park Avenue, 41 st Floor   
   New York, New York 10167   
   Facsimile: 212-490-0015   
   with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP   
   1177 Avenue of the Americas   
   New York, New York 10036   
   Attention: Ezra G. Levin   
   Facsimile: 212-715-8156   

To the Parent or, after the Closing,

the Company:

   GateHouse Media, Inc.   
   1101 W. 31 st St., Suite 200   
   Downers Grove, Illinois 60515   
   Attention: Michael Reed   
   Facsimile: 630-368-8976   

 

57


   with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP   
   787 Seventh Avenue   
   New York, New York 10019   
   Attention: Rosalind Fahey Kruse   
   Facsimile: 212-728-9632   

If to any particular Seller pursuant to

Section 7.3:

 

   To such Seller’s address as set forth above, or if not set forth above, to the most recent address for such Seller as set forth on the Company’s books and records.

10.2 No Waiver. No failure of any party to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy hereunder.

10.3 Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may be modified, amended or waived only by a writing signed by (a) the Parent, (b) prior to the Closing, the Company, ENM and HPM and (c) the Agent.

10.4 Choice of Law; Forum. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof. Any proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement may be brought in the courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or, if it has or can acquire jurisdiction, in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. This provision may be filed with any court as written evidence of the knowing and voluntary irrevocable agreement between the parties to waive any objections to venue or to convenience of forum.

10.5 Binding Effect and Benefits. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns, but may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the Parent, the Company and the Sellers; provided that the Parent may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to its Affiliates without prior written consent of the Company or the Sellers and to collaterally assign its rights under this Agreement to any lender providing financing in support of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, but such assignment shall not relieve the Parent from its obligations hereunder.

10.6 Integration; Schedules. This writing, together with the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to this transaction and supersedes all prior discussions, understandings and agreements concerning the matters covered hereby, except as set forth in Section 5.1(c). Information set forth on any Schedule to this Agreement shall be deemed to qualify each section of this Agreement to which such information is applicable (regardless of whether or not such other section is qualified by reference to a Schedule) to the extent the information disclosed is

 

58


adequate as to make the application readily apparent. No information set forth on any Schedule shall be deemed to broaden in any way the scope of the Sellers’ or the Company’s representations and warranties. The inclusion of any item on a Schedule is not evidence of the materiality of such item for purposes of the Agreement, or that such item is a disclosure required under the Agreement. Any description of any Contract or other item set forth in a Schedule is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by the terms of such Contract or item, true and correct copies of which have been provided to the Parent. No disclosure in any Schedule relating to any possible breach or violation of any agreement or Law shall be construed as an admission or indication that any such breach or violation exists or has actually occurred, or shall constitute an admission of liability to any third party.

10.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, and with counterpart signature pages, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement, binding on all of the parties hereto notwithstanding that all such parties have not signed the same counterpart. Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement transmitted by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail in “portable document format” (“ .pdf ”) form, or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of a document, will have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing an original signature.

10.8 Limitation on Scope of Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement is unenforceable or illegal, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by Law and the remainder of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

10.9 Headings. The headings of Articles and Sections herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.

10.10 Expenses. All legal and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

10.11 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement will be construed as giving any Person, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

10.12 Further Assurances. Following the Closing, the parties shall execute and deliver to each other such documents and take such other actions as may reasonably be requested in order to consummate more effectively the transactions contemplated hereby.

10.13 “Knowledge” Defined. As used herein, “to the knowledge of the Company”, “to the Company’s knowledge” or any other similar phrase shall mean the actual knowledge of Kirk A. Davis Thomas J. Branca, after reasonable investigation, and the actual knowledge of Michael Gilligan and Ross Posner. As used herein, with respect to any particular Seller other than ENM or HPM, “to the knowledge of the Seller”, “to the Seller’s knowledge” or any other similar phrase shall mean the actual knowledge of such Seller (or of such Seller’s officers, directors, trustees or general partner, as applicable, with respect to Sellers who are not individuals) and

 

59


with respect to ENM and HPM, “to the knowledge of the Seller”, “to the Seller’s knowledge” or any other similar phrase shall mean the actual knowledge of such Seller’s officers, after reasonable investigation.

10.14 Publicity. Pending the Closing, no party shall issue a press release or make any other public announcement concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Parent, the Company and the Sellers, except to the extent required by Law, in which case the other parties shall have the opportunity to review and comment prior to disclosure.

10.15 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated herein. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises under any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement or documents contemplated herein, this Agreement and such other agreements or documents shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties thereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of authoring any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreements or documents contemplated herein.

 

10.16 Provisions Concerning Agent and ENM Agent.

(a) The Agent shall be authorized (a) in connection with the Closing, to execute and deliver all certificates, documents and agreements, including, without limitation, under Section 1.5, Section 1.11 and Section 1.14, on behalf of and in the name of the Sellers necessary to effectuate the Closing and related transactions, and (b) to negotiate, execute and deliver all amendments, modifications and waivers to this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document contemplated by this Agreement, provided , that if the effect of any such amendment, modification or waiver on the Sellers (other than Heritage) is different in any material and adverse respect from the effect on Heritage, then the prior written consent of a majority-in-interest of such Sellers (other than Heritage) (determined based upon the number of Membership Interests sold, directly or indirectly, by such Sellers to the Parent) shall also be required for such amendment, modification or waiver; provided, further that, the Parent shall be entitled to rely on any amendment, modification or waiver executed by the Agent without having to make a determination as to the relative effect thereof and shall have no liability to any Person with respect thereto. The Agent shall also be authorized to take all actions on behalf of the Sellers in connection with any claims under Article 7 of this Agreement (other than claims against an individual Seller pursuant to Section 7.3 or claims made with respect to ENM), to initiate, prosecute, defend and/or settle such claims, and to make payments in respect of any claims brought against the Sellers from amounts retained by Agent under this Agreement. The Agent shall also be authorized to take all actions on behalf of the Company, its Subsidiaries and HPM under Article 8 of this Agreement. The Agent will not receive a fee for serving as the agent of the Sellers hereunder. The Agent shall be entitled to engage counsel and other advisors, and the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel and advisors may be paid from the amounts retained by it pursuant to this Agreement. The Agent shall not be liable to any Seller for any action taken by it pursuant to this Agreement, and the Sellers shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold the Agent harmless from any Losses arising out of it serving as agent hereunder, except in each case if and to the extent the Agent has engaged in bad faith or willful

 

60


misconduct. The Agent is serving in that capacity solely for purposes of administrative convenience, and in that capacity is not personally liable for any of the obligations of the Sellers hereunder, and the Parent agrees that it will not look to the personal assets of the Agent for the satisfaction of any obligations of the Sellers (or any of them) in any manner that differs from the treatment of the Sellers generally. The Agent may resign as agent of the Sellers hereunder upon at least ten (10) days prior written notice to the Sellers. Sellers (including Heritage) who were the beneficial owners of a majority of the Company prior to the Closing may remove and replace the Agent upon written notice to the Agent. All rights of the Agent to indemnification hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of Agent.

(b) The ENM Agent shall serve as the agent of the ENM Shareholders. The ENM Agent shall also be authorized to take all actions on behalf of ENM under Article 7 or Article 8 of this Agreement. The ENM Agent will not receive a fee for serving as the agent of the ENM Shareholders hereunder. The ENM Agent shall be entitled to engage counsel and other advisors, and the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel and advisors may be paid from the amounts disbursed to it pursuant to this Agreement. The ENM Agent shall not be liable to any ENM Shareholder for any action taken by it pursuant to this Agreement, and the ENM Shareholders shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold the ENM Agent harmless from any Losses arising out of it serving as agent hereunder, except in each case if and to the extent the ENM Agent has engaged in bad faith or willful misconduct. The ENM Agent is serving in that capacity solely for purposes of administrative convenience, and in that capacity is not personally liable for any of the obligations of the ENM Shareholders hereunder, and the Parent agrees that it will not look to the personal assets of the Agent for the satisfaction of any obligations of the ENM Shareholders (or any of them) in any manner that differs from the treatment of the ENM Shareholders generally. The ENM Agent may resign as agent of the ENM Shareholders hereunder upon at least ten (10) days prior written notice to the ENM Shareholders. The ENM Shareholders who were the beneficial owners of a majority of the Membership Interests of the Company beneficially owned by all ENM Shareholders prior to the Closing may remove and replace the ENM Agent upon written notice to the ENM Agent. All rights of the ENM Agent to indemnification hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of ENM Agent.

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

The following terms, as used in this Agreement, have the meanings given to them in the respective sections indicated below:

 

Term

  

Section or Place Where Defined

Action

   Section 3.15

Affiliate

   Section 4.8

Agent

   Preamble

Agreement

   Preamble

Authorizations

   Section 3.18

Avon Distribution LLC

   Section 1.1

Balance Sheet

   Section 3.7

Balance Sheet Date

   Section 3.7

Benefit Plans

   Section 3.21

 

61


Branca

   Preamble   

C. Plugh

   Preamble   

Chicopee Distribution LLC

   Section 1.1   

Closing

   Section 1.5   

Closing Date

   Section 1.5   

Closing Purchase Price

   Section 1.11   

Closing Purchase Price Certificate

   Section 1.14   

Closing Working Capital

   Section 1.11   

COBRA

   Section 3.21   

Code

   Section 3.21   

Company

   Preamble   

Company Intellectual Property

   Section 3.13   

Company Material Adverse Effect

   Section 2.3   

Competing Transaction

   Section 5.3   

Contract

   Section 2.3   

Cut-Off Date

   Section 7.1   

Davis

   Section 1.11   

Davis Escrow Amount

   Section 1.11   

Davis Stay Bonus

   Section 1.11   

Debt Amount

   Section 1.11   

Debt Financing

   Section 5.1   

DGCL

   Section 1.3   

Disputed Items

   Section 1.14   

Disputed Items Notice

   Section 1.14   

ENHE

   Preamble   

ENHE Acquisition

   Preamble   

ENM

   Preamble   

ENM Agent

   Preamble   

ENM Articles of Merger

   Section 1.2   

ENM Common Stock

   Section 1.9   

ENM Debt Amount

   Section 1.11   

ENM Effective Time

   Section 1.2   

ENM Merger

   Introduction   

ENM Merger Consideration

   Section 1.11   

ENM Merger Sub

   Preamble   

ENM Shareholders

   Preamble   

ENM Shareholder Approval

   Section 2.5   

ENM Surviving Corporation

   Section 1.2   

Environmental Claim

   Section 3.27   

Environmental Laws

   Section 3.27   

ERISA

   Section 3.21   

ERISA Affiliate

   Section 3.21   

Escrow Agent

   Section 1.11   

Escrow Agreement

   Section 1.11   

Escrow Amount

   Section 1.11   

Estimated Closing Purchase Price

   Section 1.11   

 

62


Estimated Closing Purchase Price Certificate

   Section 1.11   

Financial Information

   Section 5.1   

GAAP

   Section 1.11   

Governmental Authority

   Section 2.3   

Government Order

   Section 2.3   

Hazardous Substances

   Section 3.27   

Heritage

   Preamble   

HPM

   Preamble   

HPM Certificate of Merger

   Section 1.3   

HPM Common Stock

   Section 1.10   

HPM Effective Time

   Section 1.3   

HPM Merger

   Introduction   

HPM Merger Consideration

   Section 1.13   

HPM Merger Sub

   Preamble   

HPM Shareholders

   Preamble   

HPM Shareholder Approval

   Section 2.5   

HPM Surviving Corporation

   Section 1.3   

HSR Act

   Section 5.5   

Indemnified Parties

   Section 5.9   

Indemnified Tax

   Section 8.7   

Intellectual Property

   Section 3.13   

J. Plugh

   Preamble   

knowledge

   Section 10.13   

Law

   Section 2.3   

Liens

   Section 3.9   

LLC Agreement

   Section 1.11   

Loan

   Section 1.11   

Losses

   Section 7.2   

M. Fuller

   Preamble   

M. Plugh

   Preamble   

Material Contracts

   Section 3.14   

MBCA

   Section 1.2   

Multiemployer Plan

   Section 3.21   

Noncompetition Agreement

   Section 6.1   

Owned Real Property

   Section 3.12   

Parent

   Preamble   

Parent Indemnified Person

   Section 7.2   

Pension Plan

   Section 3.21   

Permitted Liens

   Section 3.11   

Person

   Section 2.3   

Plugh

   Preamble   

Pre-Closing Tax Period

   Section 8.1   

Preparing Party

   Section 8.3   

Proceeding

   Section 5.9   

Pro Rata Share

   Section 7.7   

Purchased Securities

   Section 1.14   

 

63


R. Fuller

   Preamble   

Real Property

   Section 3.12   

Real Property Leases

   Section 3.12   

Release

   Section 3.27   

Reviewing Party

   Section 8.3   

Richardson

   Preamble   

Richardson Voting Trusts

   Preamble   

S Election

   Section 3.10   

Securities Act

   Section 4.6   

Selected Representations and Warranties

   Section 6.1   

Sellers

   Preamble   

Service

   Section 3.21   

Significant Supplier

   Section 3.26   

Straddle Period

   Section 8.2   

Subsidiary

   Section 3.4   

Tax

   Section 3.10   

Tax Controversies

   Section 8.7   

Tax Return

   Section 3.10   

Transfer Taxes

   Section 5.7   

Withdrawn Assets

   Section 6.1   

 

64


In witness whereof, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as a sealed instrument as of the date first above written.

 

PARENT:   COMPANY:
GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.   ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA HOLDING, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

  By:  

/s/ Kirk Davis

Name:   Michael E. Reed   Name:   Kirk Davis
Title:   Chief Executive Officer   Title:   Chief Executive Officer
MERGERSUBS:   ENM:
ENM MERGER SUB, INC.   ENM, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

  By:  

/s/ Frank E. Richardson

Name:   Michael E. Reed   Name:   Frank E. Richardson
Title:   Chief Executive Officer   Title:   Chairman
  HPM:  
HPM MERGER SUB, INC.   HERITAGE PARTNERS MEDIA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

 
Name:   Michael E. Reed   By:  

/s/ Michael F. Gilligan

Title:   Chief Executive Officer   Name:   Michael F. Gilligan
    Title:  
ENHE ACQUISITION:    
ENHE ACQUISITION, LLC    
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

   
Name:   Michael E. Reed    
Title:   Chief Executive Officer    


SELLERS:       
HERITAGE FUND III, L.P.       
By:   HF Partners III, LLC, its general partner     

/s/ James F. Plugh

James F. Plugh

By:   /s/ Michael F. Gilligan     

 

/s/ Michael H. Plugh

          
Name:        Michael H. Plugh
Title:   Manager     

 

/s/ Jennifer V. Plugh

        
       Jennifer V. Plugh

HERITAGE FUND IIIA, L.P.

 

    

 

/s/ Catherine T. Plugh

        
By:   HF Partners III, LLC, its general partner      Catherine T. Plugh
By:  

/s/ Michael F. Gilligan

    

/s/ Myron F. Fuller

Name:        Myron F. Fuller
Title:   Manager       
      

/s/ Richard Fuller

HERITAGE INVESTORS III, LLC      Richard Fuller
By:  

/s/ Michael F. Gilligan

    

/s/ Thomas J. Branca

Name:        Thomas J. Branca
Title:         
ENHE, LLC      AGENT AND ENM AGENT:
By:  

/s/ Thomas J. Branca

     By each of their signatures below, the undersigned agrees to serve, respectively, as the Agent and the ENM Agent:
Name:         
Title:        HERITAGE FUND III, L.P.

/s/ Frank E. Richardson

Frank E. Richardson

     By:  

HF Partners III, LLC, its general partner

 

     By:  

/s/ Michael F. Gilligan

     Name:  

/s/ Frank E. Richardson

     Title:   Manager
Frank E. Richardson, as trustee under the ENM, Inc. Amended and Restated Voting Trust Agreement dated as of April 28, 2006       

/s/ Frank E. Richardson

    

/s/ Frank E. Richardson

Frank E. Richardson, as trustee under the Voting Trust Agreement dated as of November 5, 1997      Frank E. Richardson

Exhibit 2.3

 


ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.

HERALD MEDIA, INC.

and

CP MEDIA, INC.

DATED: AS OF MAY 5, 2006

 



ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.    PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS

   1

1.1

    

P URCHASED A SSETS

   1

1.2

    

E XCLUDED A SSETS

   3

1.3

    

A SSUMPTION OF L IABILITIES

   4

1.4

    

R ETAINED L IABILITIES

   6

2.    AGGREGATE CONSIDERATION

   7

2.1

    

A GGREGATE C ONSIDERATION

   7

2.2

    

P AYMENT OF C ASH A MOUNT

   8

2.3

    

D ETERMINATION OF N ET W ORKING C APITAL ; A DJUSTMENT OF THE A GGREGATE C ONSIDERATION

   8

2.4

    

A LLOCATION OF A GGREGATE C ONSIDERATION

   9

3.    THE CLOSING

   10

3.1

    

T IME AND P LACE OF C LOSING

   10

3.2

    

D ELIVERY OF D OCUMENTS OF T ITLE

   10

3.3

    

D ELIVERY OF P URCHASED A SSETS ; A CCESS TO B OOKS AND R ECORDS

   10

3.4

    

D ELIVERY OF D OCUMENTS BY THE B UYER

   11

3.5

    

F URTHER A SSURANCES

   11

4.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER

   11

4.1

    

O RGANIZATION AND Q UALIFICATION OF THE S ELLER ; S UBSIDIARIES

   12

4.2

    

A UTHORIZATION OF T RANSACTION

   12

4.3

    

N O C ONFLICT

   12

4.4

    

C ONSENTS , A PPROVALS , E TC

   13

4.5

    

C OMPLIANCE WITH C HARTER , O BLIGATIONS AND L AWS

   13

4.6

    

F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

   13

4.7

    

U NDISCLOSED L IABILITIES ; I NDEBTEDNESS

   14

4.8

    

A BSENCE OF C ERTAIN C HANGES

   14

4.9

    

T AXES

   15

4.10

    

R EAL P ROPERTY ; T ANGIBLE A SSETS

   16

4.11

    

I NTELLECTUAL P ROPERTY R IGHTS

   17

4.12

    

M ATERIAL C ONTRACTS

   18

4.13

    

L ABOR AND E MPLOYEE R ELATIONS

   19

4.14

    

E MPLOYEE B ENEFITS AND ERISA

   20

4.15

    

E NVIRONMENTAL M ATTERS

   21

4.16

    

L ITIGATION

   22

4.17

    

F INDER S F EES

   22

4.18

    

T RANSACTIONS WITH I NTERESTED P ERSONS

   23

4.19

    

B OOKS AND R ECORDS

   23

4.20

    

I NSURANCE

   23

4.21

    

P AID C IRCULATION ; S IGNIFICANT S UPPLIERS

   23

4.22

    

K NOWLEDGE

   24

4.23

    

S OLE R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

   24

4.24

    

S URVIVAL OF R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

   24

5.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

   24

5.1

    

O RGANIZATION OF THE B UYER

   24


5.2

    

A UTHORITY

   25

5.3

    

N O C ONFLICT

   25

5.4

    

L ITIGATION

   25

5.5

    

F INANCIAL C APABILITY

   25

5.6

    

F INDER S F EE

   25

5.7

    

S OLE R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

   25

5.8

    

S URVIVAL OF R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

   26

6.    COVENANTS OF HERALD MEDIA AND THE SELLER

   26

6.1

    

C ONDUCT OF B USINESS

   26

6.2

    

D UE D ILIGENCE ; A CCESS TO I NFORMATION

   27

6.3

    

I NSTITUTIONAL B ANK F INANCING

   28

6.4

    

F INANCIAL I NFORMATION

   28

6.5

    

N O O THER N EGOTIATIONS

   29

6.6

    

W AIVERS , C ONSENTS AND A PPROVALS

   30

6.7

    

H ART -S COTT -R ODINO A CT

   30

6.8

    

P UBLIC D ISCLOSURE

   30

6.9

    

I NJUNCTIVE R ELIEF

   30

6.10

    

F EES AND E XPENSES

   30

7.    COVENANTS OF THE BUYER

   31

7.1

    

C ONSUMMATION OF THE A GREEMENT

   31

7.2

    

W AIVERS , C ONSENTS AND A PPROVALS

   31

7.3

    

H ART -S COTT -R ODINO A CT

   31

7.4

    

E NVIRONMENTAL A SSESSMENTS AND R EVIEWS

   32

7.5

    

N ON -D ISCLOSURE OF C ONFIDENTIAL I NFORMATION

   32

7.6

    

P UBLIC D ISCLOSURE

   33

7.7

    

I NJUNCTIVE R ELIEF

   33

7.8

    

F EES AND E XPENSES

   34

8.    COVENANTS OF SELLER AND BUYER WITH RESPECT TO EMPLOYEES

   34

8.1

    

O FFER OF E MPLOYMENT

   34

8.2

    

E MPLOYEE B ENEFITS

   35

8.3

    

D EFINED C ONTRIBUTION P LANS

   35

8.4

    

FUTA AND FICA T AXES

   36

8.5

    

N O L IABILITY

   36

8.6

    

N O T HIRD P ARTY B ENEFICIARIES

   36

9.    CONDITIONS TO THE CLOSING

   36

9.1

    

A DDITIONAL C ONDITIONS TO THE O BLIGATIONS OF E ACH P ARTY

   36

9.2

    

A DDITIONAL C ONDITIONS TO THE O BLIGATIONS OF THE B UYER

   37

9.3

    

A DDITIONAL C ONDITIONS TO THE O BLIGATIONS OF THE S ELLER

   38

10.    TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

   39

10.1

    

T ERMINATION

   39

10.2

    

P ROCEDURE FOR T ERMINATION

   39

10.3

    

E FFECT OF T ERMINATION

   39

11.    ADDITIONAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS SUBSEQUENT TO THE CLOSING

   39

11.1

    

C OLLECTION OF A SSETS

   39

11.2

    

S URVIVAL OF W ARRANTIES

   40

11.3

    

F URTHER C OOPERATION

   40

11.4

    

T RANSFER T AXES

   40

11.5

    

FCC L ICENSE

   41


11.6

    

C ONDITIONAL T EMPORARY A UTHORIZATION UNDER THE FCC L ICENSE

   41

11.7

    

T RANSFER OF F UNDS FROM A CCOUNTS T RANSFERRED TO B UYER P URSUANT TO S ECTION 1.1( VI )

   41

11.8

    

E NVIRONMENTAL A SSURANCES

   41

12.    INDEMNIFICATION

   42

12.1

    

D EFINITIONS

   42

12.2

    

I NDEMNIFICATION BY H ERALD M EDIA AND THE S ELLER

   42

12.3

    

I NDEMNIFICATION BY THE B UYER

   43

12.4

    

D EFENSE OF T HIRD P ARTY A CTIONS

   43

12.5

    

P URCHASE P RICE A DJUSTMENT

   44

13.    GENERAL PROVISIONS

   45

13.1

    

N OTICES

   45

13.2

    

E NTIRE A GREEMENT

   45

13.3

    

S EVERABILITY

   46

13.4

    

A SSIGNABILITY

   46

13.5

    

A MENDMENT

   46

13.6

    

C OUNTERPARTS

   46

13.7

    

E FFECT OF T ABLE OF C ONTENTS AND H EADINGS

   47

13.8

    

G OVERNING L AW ; J URISDICTION ; S PECIFIC P ERFORMANCE

   47


INDEX OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

EXHIBITS :

  

Exhibit A

  

Transition Services Term Sheet

Exhibit B

  

Affidavit of Non-Foreign Status

Exhibit C

  

Form of Confidentiality, Nonsolicitation and Noncompetition Agreement

SCHEDULES :

  

Schedule 1

  

Newspapers and Related Publications

Schedule 1.2(viii)

  

Excluded Intellectual Property

Schedule 1.2(xi)

  

Excluded Contracts

Schedule 1.2(xiv)

  

Herald Interactive Furniture and Fixtures

Schedule 1.3(v)

  

Operating Leases

Schedule 4.3

  

No Conflict

Schedule 4.4

  

Consents

Schedule 4.6

  

Unaudited Financial Statements

Schedule 4.7

  

Liabilities

Schedule 4.8

  

Changes

Schedule 4.9

  

Taxes

Schedule 4.10(i)

  

Owned Property

Schedule 4.10(ii)

  

Real Property Leases

Schedule 4.11(i)

  

Scheduled Intellectual Property

Schedule 4.11(ii)

  

Affiliate Intellectual Property

Schedule 4.11(iii)

  

Intellectual Property used in the Business

Schedule 4.12

  

Material Contracts

Schedule 4.13

  

Employment and Consulting Agreements

Schedule 4.14

  

Employment Benefits; ERISA

Schedule 4.15

  

Environmental Matters

Schedule 4.16

  

Litigation

Schedule 4.18

  

Transactions with Interested Parties

Schedule 4.20

  

Insurance

Schedule 4.21(i)

  

Paid Circulation

Schedule 4.21(ii)

  

Significant Suppliers

Schedule 4.22

  

Knowledge

Schedule 5.3

  

Consents

Schedule 8.1

  

Excluded Employees

Schedule 9.2(iv)

  

Closing Consents, Approvals, Notices

Schedule 9.2(xii)

  

Confidentiality, Nonsolicitation and Noncompetition Agreements


LIST OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

  

Section

2005 Financial Statements

   4.6(i)

Affiliate

   1.2(ii)(a)

Affiliate Intellectual Property

   4.11(ii)

Aggregate Consideration

   2.1

Asset Allocation Schedule

   2.4

Assumed Liabilities

   1.3

Audited Financial Statements

Base Balance Sheet

  

6.4(i)

1.1(i)

Business

   Recital

Buyer

   Preamble

Buyer’s 401(k) Plan

   8.3(i)

Buyer’s Financial Statements

Buyer’s Indemnified Persons

  

6.4(ii)

12.1

Buyer’s Representatives

   7.5(i)

Cash Amount

   2.1(ii)

Closing

   3.1

Closing Amount

   2.2

Closing Balance Sheet

   2.3(ii)

Closing Date

   3.1

Closing Net Working Capital Amount

   2.3(ii)

Closing Statement

   2.3(ii)

COBRA

   4.14(iv)

Code

   2.4

Competing Transaction

   6.5

Confidential Information

   7.5(ii)

Contracts

   1.1(ii)

Disabled Employees

   8.1

Employer Security

   4.14(v)

Environmental Law

   4.15(vii)(a)

Environmental Insurance Policy

   11.8

Environmental Permits

   4.15(i)

ERISA

   4.14(i)

ERISA Affiliate

   4.14(ii)

Escrow Agent

   2.2

Escrow Agreement

   9.1(iii)

Escrow Amount

   2.2

Estimated Closing Balance Sheet

   2.3(i)

Estimated Net Working Capital Amount

   2.3(i)

Excluded Assets

   1.2

FCC

   11.5

FCC License

   11.5

FICA

   8.4


Framingham Property

   11.8

FUTA

   8.4

GAAP

   2.3(ii)

Governmental Authority

   11.4

Governmental Orders

   4.3

Hazardous Substance

   4.15(vii)(b)

Herald Media

   Preamble

HSR Act

   6.7

Indemnified Person

   12.1

Indemnifying Person

   12.1

Independent CPA

   2.3(vii)

Intellectual Property Rights

   1.1(iv)

Interim Financial Statements

   4.6(ii)

Law

   2.4

Leased Properties

   4.10(ii)

Leased Property

   4.10(ii)

Liens

   4.10(i)

Losses

   12.1

Material Adverse Effect

   4.1

Material Contract

   4.12(i)

Multiemployer Plan

   4.14(ii)

Non-Disclosure Period

   7.5 (i)

Owned Properties

   4.10(i)

Owned Property

   4.10(i)

Parties

   Preamble

Party

   Preamble

Permitted Liens

   4.10(i)

Person

   1.2(ii)(a)

Purchased Assets

   1.1

Real Property

   4.10(iii)

Real Property Lease

   4.10(ii)

Real Property Leases

   4.10(ii)

Regulation S-X

Release

  

4.6(i)

4.15(vii)(c)

Resolution Period

   2.3(vii)

Retained Liabilities

   1.4

Retention Period

   3.3

Review Period

   2.3(iii)

Scheduled Intellectual Property

   4.11(i)

Seller

   Preamble

Seller Benefit Plans

   4.14(i)

Seller 401(k) Plan

   8.3(i)

Seller’s Indemnified Persons

   12.1

Significant Supplier

   4.21(ii)

Stub Period Financial Statements

Target Working Capital

  

6.4(i)

2.2

Tax

   4.9(v)

Tax Return

   4.9(vi)

Taxing Authority

   4.9(vii)

Termination Date

   10.1(iii)

Third Party Action

   12.1

Transfer Taxes

   11.4

Transferred Employees

   8.1

Transition Services Agreement

   9.2(vii)

Threshold Amount

   12.2(iii)

Online Services Agreement

   9.2(vi)

 

2


ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT entered into as of the 5th day of May, 2006 by and among GateHouse Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Buyer”), CP Media, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Seller”) and a wholly owned subsidiary of Herald Media, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (“Herald Media”), and Herald Media. The Buyer, the Seller and Herald Media are each sometimes referred to individually as a “Party” and are referred to collectively herein as the “Parties.”

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Seller is engaged in the business of publishing for distribution and sale to the general public several daily and weekly community newspapers and related publications under the mastheads and names listed on Schedule 1 (the “Business”);

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Buyer wishes to acquire the Business of the Seller as a going concern and substantially all of the assets of the Seller used in the Business, subject to certain liabilities, for the consideration provided herein;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Seller is prepared to sell the Business as a going concern and substantially all of its assets to the Buyer for the consideration provided herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS.

1.1 Purchased Assets . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Seller agrees to sell, and the Buyer agrees to purchase, at the Closing (as defined in Section 3.1 hereof), the Business as a going concern and all of the Seller’s assets of every kind and description as the same now exist, other than the Excluded Assets (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof). The assets purchased hereunder (the “Purchased Assets”) shall include, without limitation, the following rights, assets and properties:

(i) All of the assets reflected on the unaudited balance sheet of the Seller dated March 5, 2006 (the “Base Balance Sheet”), other than those assets which are specifically identified as Excluded Assets, with only such changes therein as have occurred in the ordinary course of the Business since March 5, 2006. Such assets shall include, without limitation, all trade and other accounts receivable (other than intercompany receivables due from the Seller’s Affiliates (as defined in Section 1.2(ii) ), inventories wherever located, including raw materials, work in process, finished goods, and merchandise in transit, all prepaid expenses, all machinery, equipment, fixtures and furniture, motor vehicles, all real estate and the buildings, improvements and fixtures thereon, all leaseholds and leasehold improvements thereon, and deposits;


(ii) all rights and interests of the Seller in and to any contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, conditional sales contract, mortgage, license, franchise agreement, binding commitment or other arrangement, written or oral (“Contracts”), including, without limitation, those Contracts listed on Schedules 4.10(i) , 4.10(ii) , 4.11(i) , 4.11(ii) , 4.11(iii) and 4.12 hereto, excluding, however, those Contracts which are specifically identified as Excluded Assets;

(iii) all of the Seller’s books, records and accounts, data, correspondence and any confidential information relevant to the operation of the Business in any media including, without limitation, copies of personnel records pertaining to each employee who accepts employment by the Buyer, accounting records, customer and vendor lists and records, management reports, third party consultant’s reports and operating efficiency reviews, but excluding such books, records and data specifically and primarily related to Excluded Assets;

(iv) all of the Seller’s Intellectual Property Rights, but excluding the Intellectual Property Rights specifically identified as Excluded Assets , wherein Intellectual Property rights shall mean all rights in any of the following: (A) inventions, business methods, processes, know-how, techniques and technology and improvements thereto, and patents, patent applications and patent disclosures; (B) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, brand names, trade or corporate names, mastheads, slogans and other source indicators, all applications and registrations in any jurisdiction pertaining thereto, and all goodwill associated therewith; (C) copyrightable works in any media, including computer programs, drawings, advertising, marketing or promotional materials, textual work, publications, journals and periodicals, and all applications, registrations and renewals therefor; (D) Internet Web sites, Web pages and domain names; (E) billing, accounting and other similar management information systems and databases and (F) trade secrets and confidential, proprietary or non-public information and documents, including advertiser, supplier, customer, user and subscriber lists and all materials or tangible media embodying or incorporating the foregoing (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”);

(v) all telephone numbers (including without limitation, toll free numbers), fax numbers, email addresses and similar numbers or addresses used in the Business;

(vi) all lockbox or other accounts to which collections from customers of, or other payments to, the Seller are paid, provided , however, that (A) any payments deposited to such accounts prior to Closing, and (B) any payments made to such accounts following the Closing for services and products provided by the Seller’s Affiliates and which do not relate to the Business, shall be Excluded Assets;

(vii) all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under third party warranties, to the extent assignable, other than those warranties related specifically to Excluded Assets;

 

2


(viii) all of the Seller’s permits, licenses, orders, ratings and approvals of any and all Governmental Authorities which relate to the Purchased Assets or their use in the Business to the extent that the same are transferable; and

(ix) all claims, deposits, prepayments, refunds, causes of action, rights of recovery, rights of set off and rights of recoupment, including, without limitation, any insurance claim paid or payable under any property or casualty insurance policy in respect of any damage suffered or loss incurred with respect to the Purchased Assets between the date hereof and the Closing Date, but expressly excluding claims, deposits, prepayments, refunds, causes of action, rights of recovery, rights of set off and rights of recoupment in connection with Excluded Assets, Retained Liabilities and matters described in Schedule 4.16 .

1.2 Excluded Assets . The Seller will retain ownership of, and the Buyer not purchase at the Closing only the following assets (the “Excluded Assets”):

(i) the cash and cash equivalents held by the Seller as of the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3.1 hereof) including, without limitation, all amounts which, as of the Closing Date are represented by checks and other instruments on deposit in any of the lockbox and other accounts which are included among the Purchased Assets under clause (vi) of Section 1.1 , whether or not such checks or other instruments have been honored or have been cleared as of the Closing Date but expressly excluding cash which represents the proceeds of any insurance claim paid under any property or casualty insurance policy in respect of any damage suffered or loss incurred with respect to the Purchased Assets between the date hereof and the Closing Date;

(ii) the intercompany accounts receivable due as of the Closing Date from the Seller’s Affiliates ;

(a) for purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” shall mean any other Person that, either directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person any other Person that, either directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person or organization controlled by, controlling, or under common control with the Seller; and “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation (including any not-for-profit corporation), partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, firm, company (including any limited liability company or joint stock company), association, organization, entity, Governmental Authority, or any syndicate or group that would be deemed to be a Person under Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

(iii) any and all income, sales, use, corporation excise and franchise Tax refunds which the Seller may be entitled to receive from any Governmental Authorities;

 

3


(iv) any and all real or personal property and similar Tax refunds which the Seller may be entitled to receive from any Governmental Authorities which relate to the Seller’s ownership of the Purchased Assets prior to the Closing or the Seller’s operation of the Business prior to the Closing;

(v) any insurance policy or contract or any proceeds or other rights thereunder, or any receivable from any insurance policy, other than from any property or casualty insurance policy in respect of any damage suffered or loss incurred with respect to the Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities between the date here of and the Closing Date;

(vi) except to the extent set forth in Section 1.1(vi) , all deposit and other bank and investment accounts;

(vii) all original personnel records and all right, title and interest in and to all personnel records pertaining to each employee;

(viii) all rights (if any) with respect to the names “Herald Media”, “Herald Interactive,” and “Boston Herald” and related logos, URLs, patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, copyrights or copyright applications, and other intellectual property and proprietary rights listed on Schedule 1.2(viii) ;

(ix) the Seller’s corporate records, journals, ledgers and books of original entry, all the Seller’s and its Affiliates’ internal audit, evaluation and assessment reports, the Seller’s Tax records and such documents and any other records which may be maintained by the Seller with respect to its pension, profit-sharing and savings plans and trusts or assets or with respect to Excluded Assets;

(x) all rights of the Seller under this Agreement and the agreements and instruments delivered to the Seller by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement or in connection therewith;

(xi) the Contracts listed on Schedule 1.2(xi) ;

(xii) all Contracts (and benefits thereunder) between the Seller and any of its Affiliates;

(xiii) all assets which are expressly stated in one or more of clauses (i) through (ix) of Section 1.1 as being excluded from the Purchased Assets;

(xiv) furniture and fixtures set forth on Schedule 1.2(xiv) used by Herald Interactive, Inc., at the facilities leased by the Seller located at 254 Second Avenue, Needham, Massachusetts; and

(xv) Beacon Communications Corporation (known as Beacon Communications Foundation, Inc.).

1.3 Assumption of Liabilities . Upon the sale and purchase of the Purchased Assets, the Buyer shall assume, pay, perform or discharge those liabilities and obligations of the

 

4


Seller set forth below to the extent exclusively related to the Business or the Purchased Assets existing as of the Closing or arising subsequent thereto (the “Assumed Liabilities”). The Assumed Liabilities shall consist only of the following:

(i) those liabilities and obligations of the Seller reflected or reserved against on the Base Balance Sheet, to the extent and only to the extent that the same have not been paid or discharged on or prior to the Closing Date, and specifically excluding those obligations and liabilities referred to in Section 1.4 hereof as Retained Liabilities;

(ii) those liabilities and obligations of the Seller which have arisen or which may arise in the ordinary course of the Business from March 5, 2006, the date of the Base Balance Sheet, to the Closing Date to the extent that the same shall be reflected or reserved against on the Closing Balance Sheet (as defined in Section 2.3 hereof), have not been paid or discharged on or prior to the Closing Date and specifically excluding those obligations and liabilities referred to in Section 1.4 hereof as Retained Liabilities;

(iii) those liabilities and obligations arising out of any employment relationship between the Buyer and its employees, including, without limitation, the Transferred Employees, including, but not limited to, liabilities and obligations for wages, including vacation, bonuses and commission accrued on or prior to the Closing Date but only to the extent that the same shall be reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet and including any severance obligations under the agreements set forth on Schedule 4.13 (excluding, however, liabilities and obligations under those Contracts which are specifically identified as Excluded Assets and any liabilities and obligations which are specifically identified as Retained Liabilities);

(iv) those liabilities and obligations of the Seller arising after the Closing Date under those Contracts included among the Purchased Assets, including those Contracts listed on Schedules 4.10(i) , 4.10(ii) , 4.11(i) , 4.11(ii) , 4.11(iii) and 4.12 hereto (excluding, however, those Contracts which are specifically identified as Excluded Assets), but only the extent (A) accruing and relating solely to the period after the Closing Date and (B) the corresponding benefits therefrom are validly assigned to or otherwise realized by the Buyer hereunder;

(v) those liabilities and obligations of the Seller arising after the Closing Date under the operating leases set forth on Schedule 1.3(v) but only to the extent (A) accruing and relating solely to the period after the Closing Date and (B) the corresponding benefits therefrom are validly assigned to or otherwise realized by the Buyer hereunder;

(vi) all liabilities and obligations of the Seller as required with respect to the Release (as defined in Section 4.15 ) of Hazardous Substances (as defined in Section 4.15 ) into the soil and groundwater on the real property known and numbered as 33 New York Avenue, Framingham, Massachusetts that has been reported to the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection as DEP Release Tracking Number 3-16519;

 

5


(vii) those liabilities and obligations arising after the Closing Date under or with respect to (A) the third-party warranties included among the Purchased Assets pursuant to clause (vii) of Section 1.1 , or (B) the permits, licenses, order, ratings and approvals validly assigned to the Buyer and included among the Purchased Assets pursuant to clause (viii) of Section 1 ; and

(viii) all liabilities and obligations arising with respect to the transfer or use by the Buyer of the Seller’s personnel records.

1.4 Retained Liabilities . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, the Buyer shall not assume, pay or discharge, and shall not be liable for any debt, obligation, responsibility or liability of the Seller or any of the Seller’s Affiliates, whether fixed or contingent, whether known or unknown, (the “Retained Liabilities”) unless and only to the extent specifically described in Section 1.3 hereof as an Assumed Liability, and the Seller or its Affiliates shall retain all such Retained Liabilities. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following are included among the Retained Liabilities which the Buyer shall not have any obligation to assume or have any responsibility for:

(i) all liabilities and obligations for money borrowed, other than liabilities and obligations under capitalized leases which are reflected on the Base Balance Sheet in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles on a basis consistent with past practice;

(ii) purchase money financing whether or not incurred in the ordinary course of Business;

(iii) all liabilities and obligations arising out of the employment relationship between the Seller or any of its Affiliates and any of the Seller’s or its Affiliates’ employees or former employees existing at any time on or prior to the Closing Date related to the Business, including, but not limited to, liabilities and obligations for wages and commissions, including, without limitation, amounts payable with respect to vacation, incentive, bonus and commission obligations incurred in the ordinary course of the Business which have accrued as of the Closing Date, and liabilities and obligations arising out of the employment relationship between the Seller or any of its Affiliates and any of the Seller’s or its Affiliates’ employees or former employees existing at any time on or prior to the Closing Date related to the Business or relating to employee accident, disability, or workers’ compensation insurance or benefits, benefits under the Seller’s or its Affiliates’ Benefit Plans or other employee benefit plans, including, without limitation, group health insurance, back pay, or COBRA liabilities, excluding only those obligations specifically assumed by the Buyer pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof;

(iv) any severance payments or other related obligations to any employees of the Seller or any of its Affiliates who are not offered employment by the Buyer or who do not accept the Buyer’s offer for employment pursuant to Section 8.1 ;

(v) all liabilities and obligations related to or arising from any transactions, with any officer, director or stockholder of the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller, other than employment obligations specifically assumed by the Buyer pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof;

 

6


(vi) all Taxes (as defined in Section 4.9 below) of the Seller and each member of the Seller’s consolidated tax group, other than real and personal property Taxes to the extent reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet;

(vii) all liabilities and obligations arising out of or related to any claim, action, suit or proceeding, including, without limitation, any claim for libel or publisher’s liability, whether commenced or threatened prior to or after the Closing Date, occurring or arising, or alleged to have occurred or arisen, on or prior to the Closing Date;

(viii) all liabilities and obligations arising out of or attributable to the Release (as defined in Section 4.15 ), generation, treatment, transport, recycling, or storage of any Hazardous Substances (as defined in Section 4.15 ), on or prior to the Closing Date onto or from any real estate or leasehold included among the Purchased Assets or occurring in connection with, arising out of, or attributable to, the operation of the Business on or prior to the Closing Date other than, those liabilities and obligations arising out of or attributable to the Release of Hazardous Substances into the soil and groundwater on the real property known and numbered as 33 New York Avenue, Framingham, Massachusetts that has been reported to the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection as DEP Release Tracking Number 3-16519;

(ix) all liabilities and obligations for the transaction bonus payable to James Piasecki pursuant to the Transaction Bonus and Retention Agreement with the Seller dated January 1, 2006;

(x) all liabilities and obligations arising out of or related to any Excluded Asset; and

(xi) all liabilities and obligations for which the Seller has expressly assumed responsibility pursuant to this Agreement.

2. AGGREGATE CONSIDERATION.

2.1 Aggregate Consideration . Subject to the adjustment in Section 2.2 , the aggregate consideration to be paid by the Buyer to the Seller in consideration of the sale of the Business as a going concern and the Purchased Assets (the “Aggregate Consideration”) shall be equal to:

(i) the aggregate amount of the Assumed Liabilities as of the Closing Date; plus

(ii) an amount (the “Cash Amount”) equal to Two Hundred Thirty Million Dollars ($230,000,000). The Cash Amount shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.3 .

 

7


2.2 Payment of Cash Amount . At the Closing, the Buyer (i) shall pay the Cash Amount, plus the amount by which the Estimated Net Working Capital Amount exceeds Seven Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) (the “Target Working Capital”) or minus the amount by which the Estimated Net Working Capital Amount is less than the Target Working Capital, less Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (the “Closing Amount”) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Seller and (ii) shall pay Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (the “Escrow Amount”) to JP Morgan Chase Bank N.A., as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Escrow Agent at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing.

2.3 Determination of Net Working Capital; Adjustment of the Aggregate Consideration .

(i) At least two (2) business days prior to the Closing, the Seller will furnish to the Buyer (A) a certificate (the “Estimated Closing Balance Sheet”) setting forth an estimate of the Closing Net Working Capital Amount (the “Estimated Net Working Capital Amount”).

(ii) Not later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, the Buyer shall in consultation and with the assistance of James Piasecki, prepare and deliver to the Seller (A) a balance sheet (the “Closing Balance Sheet”) which shall reflect the net book value of both the current assets included among the Purchased Assets and the current liabilities included among the Assumed Liabilities as of the Closing Date, and, if the Buyer elects to purchase an Environmental Insurance Policy pursuant to Section 11.8, shall also include a $30,000 liability representing the Seller’s share of the cost of such Environmental Insurance Policy; and (B) a statement (the “Closing Statement”) indicating the difference between the net book value of the current assets included among the Purchased Assets and the net book value of the current liabilities included among the Assumed Liabilities (the “Closing Net Working Capital Amount”). The Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and, to the extent not inconsistent with GAAP, on a basis consistent with the preparation of the Base Balance Sheet and the consolidated audited financial statements of Herald Media Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including the Seller, dated July 3, 2005.

(iii) Following receipt of the Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement, the Seller will be afforded a period of twenty (20) calendar days (the “Review Period”) to review the Closing Balance Sheet, and the Closing Statement. During such Review Period, the Seller and the Seller’s accountant will be afforded reasonable access to any of the Buyer’s employees involved in the preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Statement and the records, work papers, trial balances and similar materials prepared by the Buyer or the Buyer’s accountants in connection with the preparation or certification of the Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Statement. At or before the end of the Review Period, the Seller will either (A) accept the Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement, in their entirety, in which case the Closing Net Working Capital Amount will be deemed to be as set forth on the Closing Statement and the Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Statement shall become final, binding and conclusive on the Seller and the Buyer, or (B) deliver to the Buyer and the Buyer’s accountants a written notice in accordance with paragraph (vi) of this Section 2.3 disputing the Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement.

 

8


(iv) In the event that the Closing Net Working Capital Amount is greater than the Estimated Net Working Capital Amount, then within ten (10) days following the later of (x) the date the Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement are accepted by the Seller or (y) the final, binding and conclusive determination of any dispute with respect to the Closing Balance Sheet, or the Closing Statement as provided in paragraph (vi) of this Section 2.3, the Buyer shall pay to the Seller by federal funds wire transfer in immediately available funds, as an adjustment to the Cash Amount, an amount equal to such excess.

(v) In the event that the Closing Net Working Capital Amount is less than the Estimated Net Working Capital Amount, then within ten (10) days following the later of (x) the date the Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement are accepted by the Seller or (y) the final, binding and conclusive determination of any dispute with respect to the Closing Balance Sheet or the Closing Statement as provided in paragraph (vi) of this Section 2.3 , the Seller shall repay from the Cash Amount to the Buyer by federal funds wire transfer in immediately available funds, as an adjustment to the Cash Amount an amount equal to such shortage.

(vi) In the event that the Closing Net Working Capital is equal to the Target Net Working Capital, then there shall be no post closing adjustment pursuant to this Section 2.3 .

(vii) In the event that any dispute shall arise as to the manner of preparation or the accuracy of the Closing Balance Sheet or the Closing Statement prior to the expiration of the Review Period, the Seller shall provide the Buyer with written notice of each disputed item. In the event of such a dispute, the Buyer and the Seller shall attempt to reconcile in good faith their differences as to such items within twenty (20) calendar days (the “Resolution Period”) of the Buyer’s receipt of such notice, and any resolution by them as to any disputed items shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Seller and the Buyer. If the Buyer and the Seller are unable to reach a resolution with such effect within the Resolution Period, the Buyer and the Seller shall submit the dispute to Ernst & Young (the “Independent CPA”). The determination of such dispute by the Independent CPA shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties. The fees and expenses of the Independent CPA shall be split and assessed by the Independent CPA equally between the Buyer and the Seller.

2.4 Allocation of Aggregate Consideration . As soon as practicable following the Closing Date, the Seller and the Buyer shall endeavor to agree to an allocation schedule (the “Asset Allocation Schedule”) allocating the Aggregate Consideration among the Purchased Assets as of the Closing Date. Such Asset Allocation Schedule shall be prepared in accordance with the rules under Section 1060 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The Seller and the Buyer hereby agree to act in accordance with the computations and allocations contained in any Asset Allocation Schedule in any relevant Tax Returns (as defined in Section 4.9 ) or filings (including any forms or reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 1060 of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder or any provisions of local, state and foreign law, and to cooperate in the preparation

 

9


of any such returns or filings and to file such returns or filings in the manner required by applicable federal, state, county or local statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code or order (“Law”). If the Aggregate Consideration is adjusted under Section 2.2 hereof, then, after the adjustment has become final in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 , the Seller and the Buyer shall revise any Asset Allocation Schedule based upon the adjusted Aggregate Consideration.

3. THE CLOSING.

3.1 Time and Place of Closing . Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 9, the closing of the purchase and sale provided for in this Agreement (herein called the “Closing”) shall be held at the offices of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York, (a) the earlier of (i) 10:00 a.m. on June 15, 2006 or (ii) a date during the period between June 5, 2006 and June 15, 2006 specified by the Buyer upon seven (7) days prior written notice to the Seller or (b) at such other place, date or time as may be fixed by mutual agreement of the parties, but in no event later than July 31, 2006 and the Closing shall be effective on such date at 12:01 a.m. (the “Closing Date”).

3.2 Delivery of Documents of Title . At the Closing, the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Buyer, against the Buyer’s assumption of the Assumed Liabilities and payment of the Cash Amount, good and sufficient instruments of transfer transferring to the Buyer title to all the Purchased Assets, including quitclaim deeds, a Bill of Sale, an Intellectual Property Assignment, assignments of leases and Contracts, and such other certificates and instruments of title or transfer as may be required. Such instruments of transfer (i) shall be in the form and will contain the warranties, covenants and other provisions (not inconsistent with the provisions hereof) which are usual and customary for transferring the type of property and rights involved under the Laws of the jurisdictions applicable to such transfers, (ii) shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Buyer, and (iii) shall effectively vest in the Buyer all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all security interests, mortgages, pledges, liens, and encumbrances of any kind whatsoever, except for Permitted Liens.

3.3 Delivery of Purchased Assets; Access to Books and Records . At the Closing, against the Buyer’s assumption of the Assumed Liabilities and payment of the Cash Amount, the Seller shall take all requisite steps to put the Buyer in actual possession and operating control of the Business and the Purchased Assets. For a period of six (6) years after the Closing (the “Retention Period”), the Buyer shall, after prior written notice from the Seller, afford to the Seller and its accountants and attorneys reasonable access during the Buyer’s business hours to the books and records of the Seller included among the Purchased Assets and shall permit the Seller to make copies therefrom (at the Seller’s expense) for the purpose of preparing such Tax returns of the Seller as may be required after the Closing and for other proper business purposes of the Seller. During the Retention Period, the Buyer shall not discard or destroy any books and records of the Seller delivered to the Buyer under this Section 3.3 unless either (i) the Seller has consented thereto in writing or (ii) the Buyer shall have offered to return such books and records to the Seller by giving notice thereof in accordance with Section 13.1 hereof and the Seller shall have declined to accept the return thereof or failed to respond to such notice within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof. During the Retention Period, the Seller shall,

 

10


after prior written notice from the Buyer, afford to the Buyer and its accountants and attorneys reasonable access during the Seller’s business hours to the books and records of the Seller included in the Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities and related to the Business or the Purchased Assets for purposes reasonably related to the operation of the Business by the Buyer. During the Retention Period, the Seller shall not discard or destroy any such books and records unless either (i) the Buyer has consented thereto in writing or (ii) the Seller shall have offered such books and records to the Buyer by giving notice thereof in accordance with Section 13.1 hereof and the Buyer shall have declined to accept them or failed to respond to such notice within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof.

3.4 Delivery of Documents by the Buyer . At the Closing, the Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Seller, against delivery of the documents described in Sections 3.2 and 3.3 hereof, an Instrument of Assumption, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Seller.

3.5 Further Assurances .

(i) From time to time after the Closing at the request of the Buyer and without further consideration, the Seller shall execute and deliver further instruments of transfer and assignment (in addition to those delivered under Sections 3.2 and 3.3 hereof) and shall take such other action as the Buyer may reasonably require to effectively transfer and assign to, and vest in, the Buyer each of the Purchased Assets. To the extent that the assignment of any Contract pertaining to the Business shall require the consent of other parties thereto, this Agreement shall not constitute an assignment thereof; however, the Seller shall use its commercially reasonable efforts before and after the Closing to obtain any necessary consents or waivers to assure the Buyer of the benefits of such Contract. If such consent is not obtained, the Seller agrees to cooperate, at no additional cost to the Buyer, with the Buyer in any reasonable arrangement designed to provide for the Buyer the benefits thereunder, including, but not limited to, having (A) the Buyer act as agent for the Seller and (B) the Seller enforce for the benefit of the Buyer any and all rights of the Seller against the other party thereto arising out of the cancellation by such other party or otherwise.

(ii) From time to time after the Closing at the request of the Seller and without further consideration, the Buyer shall execute and deliver such further documents (in addition to the Instrument of Assumption delivered under Section 3.4 hereof) and shall take such other action as the Seller may reasonably require in order to confirm the Buyer’s assumption of the Assumed Liabilities.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER.

The following representations and warranties of the Seller are made with respect to the Business (excluding the Excluded Assets and Retained Liabilities). Except as disclosed in the Schedule referred to in a representation or warranty or to the extent disclosure on any other Schedule is reasonably apparent as an exception or qualification to any other representations and warranties, the Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer as follows:

 

11


4.1 Organization and Qualification of the Seller; Subsidiaries . The Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and has full corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties, to conduct its business in all material respects, and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Seller is duly qualified or licensed to do business in each jurisdiction in which the properties owned or leased by it or the business conducted by it makes such qualification or licensing to do business necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any change, event, violation, inaccuracy, circumstance or effect, that, individually or in the aggregate, is materially adverse to the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Business or that would materially delay or prevent or prohibit the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, provided, however, that none of the following shall be deemed in and of themselves, either alone or in combination, to constitute, and none of the following shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be a Material Adverse Effect: (i) any adverse change, event, violation, inaccuracy, circumstance or effect that results from or is attributable to conditions affecting the industries in which the Business operates or the United States economy or its financial markets as a whole except for such changes, events, violations, inaccuracies, circumstances or effects which disproportionately and materially adversely affect the Business, or (ii) any adverse change, event, violation, inaccuracy, circumstance or effect required by any change in the applicable Law or in accounting requirements or principles, which change occurs or becomes effective at any time after the date of this Agreement. The Seller has no subsidiaries and does not own any securities issued by any Person.

4.2 Authorization of Transaction . The Seller has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by it or on its behalf pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and the execution and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement and each such other agreement, document and instrument, and the performance by the Seller of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and other action, and no other corporate action is required by or on behalf of the Seller. This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by the Seller pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Agreement constitute, or when executed and delivered will constitute, valid and binding obligations of the Seller, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to Laws of general application affecting creditors’ rights generally.

4.3 No Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by the Seller pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Agreement nor the performance by the Seller of its obligations thereunder, (i) violates any provision of the Articles of Organization or the Bylaws of the Seller, as amended and in effect; (ii) violates any Laws or order, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation or determination issued, promulgated or entered by or with any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction (“Governmental Orders”), other than violations which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or requires the Seller to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or make any filing with or provide any notice to, any Person that has not been obtained or made, other than those

 

12


listed on Schedule 4.3 hereto and those as to which, individually or in the aggregate, the failure to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) results in a breach of, or constitutes a default under, any Contract to which the Seller is a party or by which the Seller or any of the Purchased Assets is bound or subject, other than such breaches or defaults which do not relate to a Material Contract (as defined in Section 4.12) or, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.4 Consents, Approvals, Etc . No consent, waiver, approval, authorization, order or permit of, or declaration, filing or registration with, or notification to, any Person is required to be made or obtained by the Seller in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Seller and each agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by it or on its behalf pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Agreement by the Seller, the performance by the Seller of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, or the consummation by the Seller of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, except (i) applicable requirements, if any, under the HSR Act, (ii) to the extent the failure to make or obtain any such consent, approval, authorization, order, permit, declaration, filing, registration or notification, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) as set forth on Schedule 4.4.

4.5 Compliance with Charter, Obligations and Laws . The Seller is not (i) in violation of its Articles of Organization or Bylaws as amended and in effect; (ii) in breach of, or default under, any Contract to which the Seller is a party or by which the Seller or the Purchased Assets are bound, other than breaches or defaults which do not relate to a Material Contract and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) in violation of any Laws or Governmental Orders applicable to it or its business or assets, other than violations which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6 Financial Statements . Attached as Schedule 4.6 hereto are:

(i) an unaudited balance sheet of the Seller with respect to the fiscal year ended July 3, 2005 and unaudited statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows for the period then ended, (the “2005 Financial Statements”); and

(ii) an unaudited balance sheet of the Seller as of March 5, 2006 (the “Base Balance Sheet”) and statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows for the eight (8) months then ended (the “Interim Financial Statements”).

(iii) Said financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently during the periods covered thereby, are derived from the books and records of the Seller, are complete and correct in all material respects and present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Seller, at the dates of said statements and the results of its operations and cash flows for the periods covered thereby, except that the 2005 Financial Statements do not contain disclosures to be found in notes to financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP nor do the Interim Financial Statements reflect certain non-recurring or year-end adjustments.

 

13


4.7 Undisclosed Liabilities; Indebtedness . The Seller does not have any material indebtedness, liability or obligation of any nature, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due, except for those (i) reserved against or disclosed in the Interim Financial Statements; (ii) incurred in the ordinary course of the business since the date of the Base Balance Sheet, (iii) those incurred under this Agreement; and (iv) liabilities disclosed on Schedule 4.7 hereto.

4.8 Absence of Certain Changes . Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth on Schedule 4.8 , since the date of the Base Balance Sheet (or since the date of the 2005 Financial Statements in the case of clauses (ii), (iv), (vii) and (viii)), the Seller has operated the Business in the ordinary course and there has not been any:

(i) sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license or other disposition, or agreement to sell, assign, transfer, lease, license or otherwise dispose of, any material intangible property or material tangible real property or personal property of the Seller, except in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) acquisition (by merger, consolidation or other combination, or acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) by the Seller of any corporation, partnership or other business organization, or any division thereof, with an aggregate fair market value, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $250,000;

(iii) incurrence, creation or assumption of any Lien, except in the ordinary course of business, on any of its assets or properties (whether tangible or intangible) of the Seller, other than (x) Permitted Liens and (y) Liens that will be released at or prior to the Closing;

(iv) change in any method of accounting or accounting practice used by the Seller, other than such changes as are required by GAAP;

(v) entry into employment, severance, retention, change of control or similar agreement (which may not be terminated at will, or by giving notice of 30 days or less, without cost or penalty) with any officers, directors, managers, employees or agents of the Seller (except for any such agreement which is not material to the Business and which was entered into with an employee or agent who is not an officer, director or regional manager of the Seller);

(vi) increase or material change in the compensation payable or to become payable to any of its officers, directors, managers, employees or agents, or in any bonus, pension, severance, retention, change of control, insurance or other benefit payment or arrangement (including awards, option grants or appreciation rights) made to or with any of such officers, directors, managers, employees or agents, other than customary salary increases in the ordinary course of business consistent in all material respects with past practice or to the extent that the Seller is contractually obligated to do so or required to do so by applicable Law;

(vii) material damage to, or destruction or loss of, any of the material assets or properties of the Business, material and adverse effect from the disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, including advertiser, customer, user or subscriber lists to third parties, of the Seller;

 

14


(viii) change or event that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ix) any other material transaction entered into by the Seller affecting the Business, the Purchased Assets or relating to an Assumed Liability, other than transactions in the ordinary course of business; or

(x) material change to the Seller’s operations or policies with respect to cash management, including without limitation with respect to the timing of collections or payments, except for changes in the ordinary course of business consistent in all material respects with past practice.

4.9 Taxes .

(i) The Seller has filed, or has caused to be filed together with other members from the Seller’s consolidated group, except to the extent a failure to so file could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all Tax Returns (as defined below) required to be filed by it prior to the date hereof, and has paid all Taxes (as defined below) shown on such Tax Returns so filed as being due and payable. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9 , (i) no audit of such Tax Return is now in progress and the Seller has not been notified by any foreign, state, local or foreign tax authority that any such audit is pending or contemplated, (ii) no federal, state, local or foreign tax authority is currently asserting against the Seller any deficiency or claim for additional Taxes of any kind or any interest, fines, penalties or lien with respect thereto, and (iii) no waivers or extensions of any statute of limitation (or other agreements relating to a tax assessment or deficiency) are currently in effect with respect to any Taxes or Tax Returns of the Seller.

(ii) There is no Tax deficiency asserted against the Seller, and there is no unpaid assessment, deficiency or delinquency in the payment of any Taxes of the Seller, other than assessments and deficiencies which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and amounts being contested in good faith for which adequate reserves (in accordance with GAAP) have been established;

(iii) No liens for Taxes exist with respect to any of the Purchased Assets or the Excluded Assets of the Seller, except for statutory liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or due but not yet delinquent;

(iv) The Seller has not been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code;

(v) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Tax” shall mean (A) any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, property, sales, use, license, excise, franchise, employment, payroll, alternative or added minimum, ad valorem, transfer or excise

 

15


Tax, or any other Tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge, together with any interest or penalty imposed by any Taxing Authority, (B) liability for the payment of any amount of the type described in (A) as a result of being or having been before the Closing Date a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group, or a party to any agreement or arrangement, as a result of which liability of the Seller to a Taxing Authority is determined or taken into account with reference to the activities of any other person and (C) liability of the Seller as a result of being the party to any agreement to allocate or share Taxes or any obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax liability of any other person.

(vi) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Tax Return” shall mean a report, return, extension or other information (including any attached schedules or any amendments to such report, return, extension or other information) required to be supplied to or filed with a Taxing Authority with respect to any Tax (including any estimated tax), including an information return, claim for refund or an amended return.

(vii) For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Taxing Authority” shall mean a any federal, state, local or foreign governmental entity, department, commission, board of agency.

4.10 Real Property; Tangible Assets .

(i) Schedule 4.10(i) hereto sets forth a listing of all real property owned by the Seller (individually, an “Owned Property” and collectively, the “Owned Properties”). Except as set forth in Schedule 4.10(i) attached hereto, the Seller has good record and marketable title in fee simple to all of the Owned Properties, free and clear of all liens, tenancies, sub-tenancies, licenses, mortgages, security interests and encumbrances of any kind or character (collectively, “Liens”) except for (A) Liens, if any, for real property taxes not yet due and payable, (B) Liens identified in Schedule 4.10(i) hereto and (C) Liens which do not secure indebtedness or similar obligations to third parties and which do not materially interfere with the present use or materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto (Liens which are described in clause (A) or (C) above, or identified which are on Schedule 4.10(i) or Schedule 4.10(ii) shall, except as otherwise specifically noted thereon, be deemed to be “Permitted Liens”).

(ii) Schedule 4.10(ii) hereto sets forth each lease or other agreement (including easements) under which the Seller leases or has rights in any real property (the “Real Property Leases” and, each individually, a “Real Property Lease”). Except as set forth in Schedule 4.10(ii) hereto, there are no amendments or modifications to any of the Real Property Leases. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.10(ii) hereto, (A) the Seller has a valid and subsisting leasehold interest in all the real property which is the subject of each of the respective Real Property Leases (individually a “Leased Property” and collectively, the “Leased Properties”), free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens and (B) no Person has, to the knowledge of the Seller, asserted the existence of any default under any of the Real Property Leases, other than such defaults which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, the Seller is not and to the Seller’s knowledge, no other party under any of the Real Property Leases is in default under any of such leases, other than such defaults which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

16


(iii) The Owned Property identified in Schedule 4.10(i) and the Leased Property identified in Schedule 4.10(ii) (collectively, the “Real Property”) comprise all of the real property used in the Business and the Seller is not a party to any agreement to purchase, sell or otherwise convey any real property or interest therein.

(iv) The Seller has good and marketable title, valid and subsisting leasehold interests in, or valid licenses for, as applicable, all of the tangible personal assets and properties used or leased for use by the Seller in connection with the conduct of the Business, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(v) The Seller’s machinery and equipment, taken as a whole, is in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear) and it is suitable for the purposes for which they are currently used, except where the failure to be in such condition could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The Purchased Assets, together with the licenses and services to be provided under the License Agreement and Transition Services Agreement (each as defined in Section 9.2 ), constitute all of the assets and rights used in or necessary to conduct the Business as the Business is currently being conducted.

(vi) None of the Owned Properties or Leased Properties are subject to any pending condemnation or similar proceeding by any Governmental Authority, and, to the knowledge of the Seller, no such condemnation or similar proceeding by any Governmental Authority is threatened.

4.11 Intellectual Property Rights .

(i) Schedule 4.11(i) lists all of the following owned by the Seller: (A) patents and patent applications; (B) trademark and service mark registrations and applications; (C) mastheads and material trade names and common law trademarks; (D) copyright registrations and applications; and (E) domain name registrations (collectively “Scheduled Intellectual Property”). Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 4.11(i) , all Scheduled Intellectual Property is valid, subsisting, and unexpired and the Seller is the record holder of such properties free and clear of liens or encumbrances.

(ii) Schedule 4.11(ii) lists all of the following owned by an Affiliate of the Seller which are necessary to the conduct of the Business as presently conducted: (A) patents and patent applications; (B) trademark and service mark registrations and applications; (C) mastheads and material trade names and common law trademarks; (D) copyright registrations and applications; and (E) domain name registrations (collectively “Affiliate Intellectual Property”). Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 4.11(ii) , all Affiliate Intellectual Property is valid, subsisting and unexpired and the Affiliate is the record holder of such properties free and clear of liens or encumbrances.

(iii) Schedule 4.11(iii) lists all agreements relating to material Intellectual Property Rights used in the Business, including without limitation the right of

 

17


Seller to use Intellectual Property Rights or the privacy and publicity rights of any third party used in the Business. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.11(iii) the Seller is not under any obligation to pay royalties or other payments in connection with any agreement relating to material Intellectual Property Rights or privacy and publicity rights used in the Business, nor is it restricted from assigning its rights with respect to any such material Intellectual Property Rights or privacy and publicity rights, nor will Seller otherwise be, as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or the performance of Seller’s obligations under this Agreement, in breach of any agreement relating to such material Intellectual Property Rights or privacy and publicity rights.

(iv) The Seller owns all right, title and interest in and to or otherwise has the right to use the Intellectual Property Rights (as defined in Section 1.1 ) that are used in the Business; and the operation of the Business as presently conducted by the Seller does not to the Seller’s knowledge infringe or violate the Intellectual Property Rights or privacy and publicity rights of any Person and, except as set forth on Schedule 4.11(iv) , the Seller is not aware of any claim of such infringement or violation during the past two (2) years. Following the execution of the Online Services Agreement (as defined in Section 6.11 ), and the transfer of the Affiliate Intellectual Property pursuant to Section 9.2(viii) , the Buyer will own or have a valid and enforceable license to use all Intellectual Property Rights and privacy and publicity rights reasonably necessary to the conduct of the Business and as presently conducted.

4.12 Material Contracts .

(i) Schedule 4.12 lists the following Contracts to which the Seller is a party or may be bound (each, a “Material Contract” and, collectively, the “Material Contracts”):

(a) written notes, debentures, guarantees, loans, credit or financing agreements or instruments, or other written Contracts for indebtedness, including any agreements or commitments for future loans, credit or financing other than any of the foregoing relating to any intercompany indebtedness of the Seller;

(b) any written Contract for or relating to the employment, severance or retention of any officer, employee or consultant of the Seller or any other type of written Contract with any of its officers, employees or consultants, involving individual annual payments in excess of $100,000 and which may not be terminated at will, or by giving notice of 30 days or less, without cost or penalty;

(c) written leases, rental or occupancy agreements, installment and conditional sale agreements, and other written Contracts affecting the ownership of, leasing of, title to or other interest in, any tangible personal property or real property involving individual annual payments in excess of $250,000;

 

18


(d) any written Contract involving any joint venture, partnership, strategic alliance, co-marketing, joint development or similar arrangement involving a share of profits, losses, costs or liabilities;

(e) any written license agreement or other written Contract relating to Intellectual Property under which the Seller pays or receives amounts in excess of $250,000 annually;

(f) written Contracts explicitly requiring payments after the date hereof in an amount in excess of $250,000;

(g) any written Contract to provide commercial printing services to third parties, including to media publishers and to commercial paper product designers, involving payments to the Seller in excess of $250,000;

(h) written Contracts between the Seller, on the one hand, and any director, officer or Affiliate of the Seller, on the other hand (other than employment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business);

(i) written Contracts containing covenants presently limiting the ability of the Seller to compete with any Person in any line of business or in any area or territory;

(j) any written advertising Contract which generated revenues in an amount in excess of $250,000 during the calendar year ended December 31, 2005; and

(k) any oral Contracts covering any of the matters listed and described above involving an aggregate annual amount in excess of $100,000 which are not terminable at will.

(ii) True, correct and complete copies of each Material Contract have been made available to Buyer. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12 , each Material Contract is in full force and effect and represents a legally valid and binding obligation of the Seller which is a party thereto. Except for such exceptions as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Seller (and to the knowledge of the Seller, each other party thereto) has performed all obligations required to be performed by it under each of the Material Contracts to which it is a party and (B) the Seller (and to the knowledge of the Seller, each other party thereto) is not in breach or violation of, or default under, any of the Material Contracts to which it is a party, nor has the Seller received any written notice that it has breached or violated any of the Material Contracts to which it is a party.

4.13 Labor and Employee Relations .

(i) Except as shown on Schedule 4.12 or Schedule 4.13 hereto, there are no consulting or employment agreements or other material Contracts currently in

 

19


effect with respect to the individual employees or consultants of the Business, other than oral employment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business which are terminable at will by the Seller. True, correct and complete copies of such Contracts shown on Schedule 4.13 have been made available electronically to the Buyer. Schedule 4.13 sets forth (A) a true and correct list of the name, title or position, current annual salary or wage rate and the most recent annual bonus of each employee of the Seller with an annual compensation of $100,000 or more and (B) any other form of compensation (other than salary, bonuses or customary benefits) paid or payable to such employee for the current and prior fiscal year.

(ii) None of the employees of the Seller is covered by any collective bargaining agreement with any trade or labor union, employees’ association or similar association. Except as noted on Schedule 4.13 hereto, there are no representation elections, arbitration proceedings, labor strikes or grievances pending, or, to the knowledge of the Seller, overtly threatened, with respect to the employees of the Seller.

(iii) The Seller has complied in all respects with applicable Laws relating to the employment of its personnel, including without limitation those relating to wages, hours, unfair labor practices, discrimination, safety and health, workers’ compensation and payment of social security and similar taxes, except for when such noncompliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no complaints, charges or claims against the Seller pending and the Seller has not received any written notice of such claim to be brought or filed with any Governmental Authority based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment by the Seller of any individual.

(iv) Prior to the Closing Date, there has been no mass layoff or plant closing, as defined by the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or any similar state or local “plant closing” Law, with respect to the employees of the Seller.

4.14 Employee Benefits and ERISA .

(i) Schedule 4.14 sets forth all “employee benefit plans”, as defined in Section 3(3) of Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and all other written material employee benefit arrangements, policies or payroll practices, including, without limitation, severance pay, sick leave, vacation pay, salary continuation for disability, retirement, deferred compensation, bonus, incentive, stock purchase, stock option, hospitalization, medical insurance, life insurance, tuition reimbursement and scholarship programs sponsored or maintained for the benefit of or to which contributions are made or required on behalf of current or former employees of the Seller. Such plans, policies, programs and practices shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Seller Benefit Plans.”

(ii) None of the Seller Benefit Plans is a “multiemployer plan”, as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA (“Multiemployer Plan”), that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or a “single-employer plan”, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA. Neither the Seller nor any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is or has ever been

 

20


treated as a single employer with the Seller under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code (“ERISA Affiliate”) has incurred any liability due a complete or partial withdrawal, within the meaning of Section 4201 of ERISA, from a Multiemployer Plan or due to the termination or reorganization of a Multiemployer Plan, except for any such liability which has been satisfied in full, and no events have occurred and no circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to result in any such liability to the Seller. Neither the Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate has any outstanding liability under Section 4062 of ERISA to the PBGC or to a trustee appointed under Section 4042 of ERISA.

(iii) The Seller Benefit Plans have been maintained, in all material respects, in accordance with its express terms and with all provisions of ERISA and the Code (including rules and regulations thereunder) and other applicable Laws.

(iv) The Seller has complied with the notice and coverage continuation requirements of Section 4980B of the Code and Section 601 of ERISA, and the regulations thereunder (“COBRA”). None of the Seller Benefit Plans provide retiree health or life insurance benefits except as may be required by COBRA or applicable Law.

(v) Except as shown on Schedule 4.14 , no “Employer Security” (as defined in Section 407(d)(1) of ERISA) forms or has formed a material part of the assets of the Seller Benefit Plans.

(vi) The Seller does not have any Contract, plan or commitment, whether legally binding or not, to create any additional employee benefit plan or to modify any existing Seller Benefit Plans, except with respect to changes required by ERISA, the Code or other applicable Law.

4.15 Environmental Matters . Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.15 :

(i) Except to the extent that the failure to be in compliance could not reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect, the Seller is and has been in compliance with all Environmental Laws. The Seller has obtained and is in compliance with all permits required under Environmental Laws (“Environmental Permits”) except to the extent that the failure to obtain any such Environmental Permit or to comply with the terms thereof could not reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect;

(ii) No litigation, investigation, request for information or other proceeding is pending or to the knowledge of the Seller threatened against the Sellers under any Environmental Law;

(iii) No Hazardous Substance has been Released at, on, to or from any of the Owned Properties or Leased Properties or any formerly owned or leased property which would have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iv) The Seller is not a party to any Contract with any Person pursuant to which the Seller assumed or obtained any obligation with respect to Environmental Laws or releases of Hazardous Substances;

 

21


(v) To the knowledge of the Seller and except as set forth on Schedule 4.15(v) , none of the Owned Properties or Leased Properties: (A) contains or includes any asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls or any underground storage tanks; or (B) is included or proposed for inclusion on the national priorities list or similar list maintained under any Environmental Law;

(vi) All environmental site assessment reports (including any Phase I or Phase II reports), investigations, remediation or compliance studies, audits, assessments or similar documents which are in the possession, custody or control of the Seller and relate to the environmental conditions at any of the Owned Properties or Leased Properties or properties formerly owned or operated by the Seller have been made available to Buyer.

(vii) For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Environmental Law” means any law, statute, rule, ordinance, regulation, decision, judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, award, permit or license relating to pollution, the protection of the environmental and natural resources, human health and safety or the Release of Hazardous Substances into the environment;

(b) “Hazardous Substance” means (1) any liquid, gaseous or solid material, substance or waste that: (x) requires removal, remediation or reporting under any Environmental Law, or is listed, classified or regulated as a “hazardous waste” or “hazardous substance” (or any other similar term) pursuant to any Environmental Law or (y) is regulated under Environmental Laws as being toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise hazardous and (2) any petroleum product or by-product, petroleum-derived substances, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, mold, fungi, bacteria, toxic growth or urea formaldehyde; and

(c) “Release” means any intentional or unintentional, active or passive, spilling, emitting, leaking, pumping, pouring, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of any Hazardous Substance into the indoor or outdoor environment.

4.16 Litigation . Except for matters described in Schedule 4.16 , there is no suit, claim, action, proceeding or governmental investigation pending or, to the Seller’s knowledge, threatened, against the Seller or any of its assets, before any court or any Governmental Authorities, and the Seller is not subject to any Government Order relating to or affecting the Business or the Purchased Assets.

4.17 Finder’s Fees . The Seller has not incurred or become liable for any broker’s commission or finder’s fee relating to or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than fees to be paid by the Seller or its Affiliates to Wachovia Capital Markets LLC and Dirks, Van Essen & Murray.

 

22


4.18 Transactions with Interested Persons . Except as shown on Schedule 4.18 , to the Seller’s knowledge, no officer, director or stockholder of the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates, or their respective spouses or children owns, directly or indirectly, on an individual or joint basis, any material interest in, or serves as an officer or director of, any customer, competitor or supplier of the Seller.

4.19 Books and Records . The books, records and accounts of the Seller (i) have been maintained in accordance with good business practices on a basis consistent with prior years, and (ii) fairly reflect in all material respects the transactions related to the assets and properties of the Seller. The Seller has devised and maintains a system of internal accounting controls which the Seller reasonably believes are sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary (x) to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP or any other criteria applicable to such statements and (y) to maintain accountability for assets; and (iii) the amount recorded for assets on the Seller’s books and records is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Seller has not, however, adopted an internal control process with respect to its accounting system which would enable Seller’s management to meet the evaluation or reporting requirements of Section 404 under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

4.20 Insurance . The Seller maintains policies of insurance and bonds of the type and in amounts set forth on Schedule 4.20 , including all legally required workers’ compensation insurance, casualty, fire and general liability insurance; copies of all of such policies and bonds have been made available to the Seller. There is no material claim pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which coverage has, to the Seller’s knowledge, been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been timely paid, and the Seller is otherwise in compliance with the terms of such policies and bonds, except to the extent that the failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such policies or bonds are in full force and effect and no notice of cancellation, termination or non-renewal has been received by the Seller with respect thereto.

4.21 Paid Circulation; Significant Suppliers .

(i) The paid circulation for each of the Seller’s daily and weekly newspapers for the six (6) month period ended September 30, 2005 is set forth in preliminary form on Schedule 4.21(i) , in the Audit Bureau of Circulation’s Daily and Weekly Newspaper FAS-FAX Unaudited Report dated September 30, 2005 which report is subject to audit adjustments. There have been no changes in the paid circulations of the Seller’s daily and weekly newspapers since September 30, 2005, which, in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates has received any written nor, to the Seller’s knowledge, other notification that a material number of paid subscribers of any of the Seller’s newspapers will not continue as subscribers thereof.

(ii) Set forth on Schedule 4.21(ii) are the names of each supplier who during the twelve months ended December 31, 2005 was one of the ten largest suppliers of the Seller (“Significant Supplier”) and the expenses attributable to each such Significant

 

23


Supplier during the twelve months ended December 31, 2005. To the Seller’s knowledge, the Seller has not received any written notice from any Significant Supplier that such supplier intends to terminate existing Contracts with the Seller. The Seller has no outstanding disputes with any Significant Supplier which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.22 Knowledge . To the extent that any portion of the representations and warranties made herein were made to the knowledge of the Seller, such knowledge shall be understood to mean the actual knowledge, after due inquiry, of any of the senior executive officers and directors of the Seller, Herald Media, Herald Interactive, Inc. and Herald Media Holdings, Inc., all of whom are listed on Schedule 4.22 hereto.

4.23 Sole Representations and Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article 4 (as modified by the Schedules hereto), none of the Seller or any of its officers, directors, stockholders, employees, Affiliates, agents or representatives makes any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect the Seller or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the Seller hereby disclaims any other representatives or warranties, whether made by the Seller or any of its officers, directors, stockholders, employees, Affiliates, agents or representatives. Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article 4 hereof (as modified by the Schedules hereto), the Seller hereby disclaims all liability for any representation, warranty, projection, forecast, statement, or information made, communicated, or furnished (orally or in writing) to the Buyer or any of its officers, directors, stockholders, employees, Affiliates, agents or representatives (including any opinion, information, projection, or advice) that may have been or may be provided to the Buyer or any of its officers, directors, stockholders, employees, Affiliates, agents or representatives by the Seller or any of its officers, directors, stockholders, employees, Affiliates, agents or representatives. The Seller makes no representations or warranties to the Buyer or any of its officers, directors, stockholders, Affiliates, employees, agents or representatives regarding the probable success or profitability of the Business.

4.24 Survival of Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in this Agreement or in any other agreement delivered by the Seller pursuant to this Agreement shall survive for a period of twelve (12) months from and after the Closing Date and shall be of no further force or effect thereafter.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER.

The Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Seller as follows:

5.1 Organization of the Buyer . The Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and has full corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and the Purchased Assets and to conduct its business and the Business in the manner and in the places where such properties are owned or leased or such business is conducted by it (or, in the case of the Business, is to be conducted by it as contemplated hereby) and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

24


5.2 Authority . The Buyer has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by it or on its behalf pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery by the Buyer of this Agreement and each such other agreement, document and instrument, and the performance by the Buyer of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and no other action is required. This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by the Buyer pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Agreement constitute, or when executed and delivered will constitute, valid and binding obligations of the Buyer enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to Laws of general application affecting creditors’ rights generally.

5.3 No Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Buyer or any of the agreements, documents or instruments to be executed and delivered by the Buyer pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Agreement, nor the performance by the Buyer of its obligations hereunder or thereunder, will (i) result in a violation by the Buyer of its certificate of incorporation, articles of organization, bylaws or other relevant constitutive or organizational document; (ii) violate any Laws or require the Buyer to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or make any filing with, any Person that has not been obtained or made, other than those listed on Schedule 5.3 hereto or that would not hinder or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (iii) result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any material Contract to which the Buyer is a party or by which the Buyer is bound except as would not hinder or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.4 Litigation . There is no litigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Buyer, threatened against the Buyer which seeks to enjoin or otherwise hinder or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.5 Financial Capability . At the Closing, the Buyer (i) will have sufficient funds available to fund the Aggregate Consideration and any expenses incurred by the Buyer in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) will have the resources and capabilities (financial or otherwise) to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and (iii) will have not incurred any obligation, commitment, restriction or liability of any kind, which would impair or adversely affect such resources and capabilities.

5.6 Finder’s Fee . The Buyer has not incurred or become liable for any broker’s commission or finder’s fee relating to or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.7 Sole Representations and Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Article 5 (as modified by the Schedules hereto), none of the Buyer or its officers, directors, stockholders, employees, Affiliates, agents or representatives makes any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Buyer or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the Buyer disclaims any other representations or warranties, whether made by the Buyer or its officers, directors, stockholders, employees, Affiliates, agents or representatives.

 

25


5.8 Survival of Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Buyer set forth in this Agreement or in any other agreement delivered by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement shall survive for a period of twelve (12) months from and after the Closing Date and shall be of no further force or effect thereafter.

6. COVENANTS OF HERALD MEDIA AND THE SELLER.

Herald Media and the Seller hereby covenant and agree with the Buyer as follows:

6.1 Conduct of Business . During the period between the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the date of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 10 hereof or the Closing Date, unless the Buyer shall otherwise consent in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed:

(i) Herald Media and the Seller shall use their best efforts to perform and fulfill all conditions and obligations on their part to be performed and fulfilled, to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(ii) the Seller shall conduct the business only in the ordinary course and consistent with past practice and refrain from changing or introducing any method of management or operations, including any material change to the Seller’s policies with respect to cash management and the timing of collections or payments;

(iii) the Seller shall refrain from making any purchase, sale or disposition of any asset or property other than in the ordinary course of business, from purchasing any capital asset at a cost, individually or in the aggregate, of more than $100,000 and from granting a security interest in, mortgaging, pledging, subjecting to a Lien or otherwise encumbering any of its properties or assets;

(iv) the Seller shall refrain from changing any method of accounting or accounting practice used by the Seller, other than such changes required by GAAP;

(v) the Seller shall refrain from incurring any contingent liability as a guarantor or otherwise with respect to the obligations of others, other than obligations and liabilities which are Retained Liabilities, and from incurring any other contingent or fixed obligations or liabilities except obligations and liabilities which are Retained Liabilities and those that are usual and normal in the ordinary course of business;

(vi) the Seller shall refrain from entering into or amending any employment or consulting agreement (other than as may be contemplated by this Agreement) or making any change in the compensation payable or to become payable to any of its officers, employees, agents or independent contractors;

(vii) the Seller shall refrain from amending any Seller Benefit Plan to provide any increase in benefits thereunder or adopting any new employee benefit plan;

 

26


(viii) the Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep intact its business organization, to keep available its present officers, employees, agents and independent contractors and to preserve the goodwill of all vendors, customers and others having business relations with the Seller;

(ix) the Seller shall have in effect and maintain at all times all insurance of the kind, in the amount and with the insurers set forth in Schedule 4.20 or equivalent insurance with any substitute insurers approved by the Buyer;

(x) the Seller shall refrain from taking any action which would materially interfere with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or materially delay the consummation of such transactions;

(xi) except as contemplated by this Agreement or as may be permitted by Section 6.1(xii) , the Seller shall refrain from entering into or amending any Contract with any director, officer or Affiliate of the Seller;

(xii) the Seller shall refrain from entering into, amending, modifying, canceling or terminating in any material respect any Material Contract other than in the ordinary course of business;

(xiii) the Seller shall permit the Buyer and its authorized representatives to have reasonable access to all of the Seller’s properties, assets, records, Contracts and documents (except those related to Retained Liabilities and Excluded Assets) during the Buyer’s regular business hours and shall furnish to the Buyer or its authorized representatives such financial and other information with respect to the Business (other than the Retained Liabilities or Excluded Assets) and the Purchased Assets as the Buyer may from time to time reasonably request;

(xiv) the Seller shall prepare and timely file all Tax Returns with the appropriate federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies for periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date and shall pay when due all Taxes shown on such Tax Returns as being due and payable; and

(xv) the Seller shall refrain from entering into any Contract to, directly or indirectly, take, or cause to be taken, any of the actions prohibited by this Section 6.1 .

6.2 Due Diligence; Access to Information .

(i) The Seller shall take such action as may be reasonably necessary to permit the Buyer and its authorized representatives to have full access during normal business hours to all officers, employees, properties (including, but not limited to, full access to engage in any environmental inspections or investigations), assets, records, Contracts and documents related to the Business, the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities, and shall furnish to the Buyer or its authorized representatives such financial and other information with respect to the Business, the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities as the Buyer may, from time to time, reasonably request.

 

27


(ii) As soon as available, and in any event within 20 days after the end of each fiscal month, the Seller shall provide the Buyer with the balance sheet of the Seller as of the end of such fiscal month and statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal month and the portion of the fiscal year then ended of the Seller, setting forth in each case the figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year in comparative form, all in reasonable detail.

6.3 Institutional Bank Financing . The Seller and Herald Media agree to provide the Buyer, at Buyer’s cost, with such cooperation in connection with the arrangement of the institutional bank financings as may be reasonably requested by the Buyer, including:

(i) facilitating the pledge of collateral as contemplated by such financings effective as of the Closing;

(ii) using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Seller’s independent auditors to provide customary consents and comfort letters with respect to the Seller’s financial statements, other financial information and such other matters that are customarily covered by auditors’ comfort letters, in connection with the completion of such financings;

(iii) requesting that the Seller’s independent auditors provide the Buyer’s representatives access to the auditors’ work papers relating to the Seller’s financial statements (to the extent applicable);

(iv) providing such financial statements and other information reasonably available and in its possession regarding the Seller as may be required by the lenders to consummate the transactions contemplated by such financings (including for use in any offering memoranda); it being understood that Seller makes no representation or warranty to the Buyer with respect to the accuracy or completeness of any such information other than those representations and warranties expressly set forth in Article 4 hereof;

(v) provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing the Seller shall not be required to take any action that would materially interfere with the ongoing operations of the Seller and Seller shall not be required to pay any commitment or other similar fee in connection with such cooperation.

6.4 Financial Information .

(i) Herald Media and the Seller shall provide the Buyer with (A) balance sheets for the Business as of June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, respectively together with statements of operations and statements of cash flows of the Business for the fiscal years ended June 29, 2003, June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, respectively, each of which shall have been prepared by the Seller in accordance with GAAP and the applicable provisions of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Regulation S-X”), and audited by the Seller’s auditors (collectively, “Audited Financial Statements”), and (B) balance sheets, statements of operations and statements of cash flow of the Business as of and for the nine (9) month periods ended April 2, 2005 and April 1, 2006, respectively which shall have been prepared by the Seller in accordance with GAAP and the applicable provisions of Regulation S-X but which shall be unaudited (collectively, the “Stub Period Financial Statements”).

 

28


(ii) If the Closing occurs on or after July 1, 2006, then, as soon as commercially reasonable following the Closing, Herald Media and the Seller shall provide the Buyer with a balance sheet for the Business as of July 3, 2006, together with a statement of operations and a statement of cash flows of the Business for the fiscal year ended July 3, 2006, each of which shall have been prepared by the Seller in accordance with GAAP and the applicable provisions of Regulation S-X, and audited by the Seller’s auditors (collectively, “2006 Audited Financial Statements”).

(iii) Herald Media and the Seller shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the independent auditors of the Seller to provide customary assistance to the Buyer and its underwriters in connection with the preparation of financial statements and related information (collectively, the “Buyer Financial Information”) sufficient to enable the Buyer to prepare financial statements sufficient for inclusion in a registration statement under the Securities Act, including compliance with the applicable provisions of Regulation S-X, including making work papers available to the Buyer’s representatives, the provision of “comfort letters” in customary form in connection with any offering or financing, delivery of consents to the inclusion of the financial statements required in connection with any offering or financing, participation in due diligence matters with respect to any offering or financing and assistance in responding to comments or questions from the SEC with respect to the Buyer’s Financial Information. Herald Media and the Seller shall cause the appropriate officers of the Seller or its Affiliates, to execute officers’ certificates or management representation letters and deliver such officers’ certificates and management representation letters to the independent auditors of the Seller with respect to the Audited Financial Statements and Stub Period Financial Statements and, if applicable, the 2006 Audited Financial Statements in a customary form and substance, to permit such auditors to issue unqualified reports with respect to the Audited Financial Statements and, if applicable, the 2006 Audited Financial Statements and in connection with procuring the consent of such auditors to the inclusion of such financial information in connection with any offering or financing (the “Management Representation Letters”). The Buyer shall reimburse Herald Media and the Seller for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Herald Media and the Seller pursuant to this Section 6.4 .

6.5 No Other Negotiations . During the period between the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the date of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 10 hereof or the Closing Date, Herald Media and the Seller will not, and will cause their respective officers, directors, Affiliates, representatives and agents not to, (i) directly or indirectly, solicit, initiate or knowingly encourage any inquiries or proposals from, discuss or negotiate with, provide any non-public information to, any Person (other than Buyer) relating to any transaction involving the sale of any substantial portion of the Seller’s assets (other than in the ordinary course of business), or any of the Seller’s capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock, or any merger, consolidation, business combination or similar transaction involving the Seller (collectively, a “Competing Transaction”) or (ii) enter into any Contract with respect to a Competing Transaction. Without limiting the foregoing, during the period between the date of

 

29


this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the date of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article 10 hereof or the Closing Date, Herald Media and the Seller shall, and shall cause their respective officers, directors, Affiliates, representatives and agents to immediately cease all existing activities, discussions and negotiations with any parties conducted prior to the date of this Agreement with respect to any inquiries or proposals relating to a Competing Transaction.

6.6 Waivers, Consents and Approvals . Herald Media and the Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform and fulfill all conditions and obligations on its part to be performed and fulfilled hereunder and to obtain or make, or cause to be obtained or made, prior to the Closing Date all waivers, consents, approvals, filings and notices necessary to transfer and assign the Purchased Assets to the Buyer in accordance with this Agreement.

6.7 Hart-Scott-Rodino Act . As soon as practicable after the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make any filings required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, (the “HSR Act”). The Seller shall furnish to the Buyer such information and reasonable assistance as the Buyer may reasonably request in connection with its preparation of any additional necessary filings or submissions to any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, any additional filings necessary under the HSR Act. The Seller shall keep the Buyer informed of the status of any inquiries made of any such party by the Federal Trade Commission, the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice or any other Governmental Authority or members of their respective staffs with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.8 Public Disclosure . Prior to the Closing Date, Herald Media and the Seller shall not issue any press release or make any public disclosure regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, except (i) with the prior written consent of the Buyer, (ii) as required in connection with any filings required under the HSR Act, (iii) as required in order to obtain or make any waivers, consents, approvals or filings necessary to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, or (iv) as otherwise required by Law.

6.9 Injunctive Relief . Herald Media and the Seller acknowledge and agree that monetary damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of the provisions of Section 6.8 by Herald Media or the Seller and that, in addition to all other remedies, the Buyer shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunction and specific performance, as a remedy for any such breach. Herald Media and the Seller further agree to waive any requirement for the securing or posting any bond in connection with any such remedy.

6.10 Fees and Expenses . All fees and expenses incurred by Herald Media or the Seller or their Affiliates in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions as contemplated hereby, including the fees to be paid to Wachovia Capital Markets LLC and Dircks, Van Essen & Murray, shall be paid by the Seller other than fees to be borne by the Buyer pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof.

6.11 Online Services Agreement; Transition Services Agreement . Herald Media shall cause its wholly-owned subsidiary, Herald Interactive, Inc. (“Herald Interactive”) to

 

30


negotiate in good faith with the Buyer to reach final agreement upon the terms and conditions of a Online Services Agreement (the “Online Services Agreement”), which agreement shall be based upon and shall reflect the terms and conditions regarding online services to be provided by Herald Interactive to the Buyer set forth in the Term Sheet attached as Exhibit A (the “Transition Services Term Sheet”) and which shall also include such additional terms and conditions, and shall be in such form, as may be reasonably satisfactory to Herald Media, Herald Interactive, the Buyer and their respective counsel. In addition, Herald Media shall, and shall cause its wholly-owned subsidiary, Boston Herald, Inc. (“Boston Herald”) to negotiate in good faith with the Buyer to reach final agreement upon the terms and conditions of a Transition Services Agreement (the “Transition Services Agreement”), which agreement shall be based upon, and shall reflect the terms and conditions regarding certain transition services to be provided by Herald Media and/or Boston Herald to the Buyer, and certain transition services to be provided by the Buyer to Boston Herald, set forth in the Transition Services Term Sheet and which shall also include such additional terms and conditions, and shall be in such form, as may be reasonably satisfactory to Herald Media, Herald Interactive, the Buyer and their respective counsel.

7. COVENANTS OF THE BUYER.

The Buyer hereby covenants and agrees with Herald Media and the Seller as follows:

7.1 Consummation of the Agreement . The Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy each of the terms and conditions set forth in the Commitment Letters so as to ensure that the Buyer shall have sufficient funds available to fund the Aggregate Consideration and any expenses incurred by the Buyer in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Buyer shall use its best efforts to perform and fulfill all conditions and obligations on its part to be performed and fulfilled, to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Buyer shall refrain from taking any action which would materially interfere with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or materially delay the consummation of such transactions;.

7.2 Waivers, Consents and Approvals . The Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain or make or cause to be obtained or made, prior to the Closing Date, all waivers, consents, approvals, notices and filings necessary to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

7.3 Hart-Scott-Rodino Act . As soon as practicable after the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Buyer shall make any filings required under the HSR Act. The Buyer shall each furnish to the Seller such information and reasonable assistance as the Seller may reasonably request in connection with its preparation of any additional necessary filings or submissions to any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, any additional filings necessary under the HSR Act. The Buyer shall keep the Seller informed of the status of any inquiries made of the Buyer by the Federal Trade Commission, the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice or any other Governmental Authority or members of their respective staffs with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

31


7.4 Environmental Assessments and Reviews . In the event that the Buyer shall conduct any environmental site assessments or environmental compliance review with respect to any Purchased Assets, the Buyer will provide the Seller with reasonable prior notice thereof, specifying the scope and manner of such assessments or review, and (i) the Buyer shall provide split samples (if samples are taken) to the Seller, if the Seller so requests, (ii) the Buyer shall provide the Seller with copies of all laboratory results and copies of final technical reports discussing the results of the assessments or review, and (iii) except as otherwise required by Law, prior to the Closing or at any time if this Agreement terminates without the occurrence of the Closing, the Buyer will not disclose the results of its site assessment or review to any Person or entity ( other than the Seller, the Buyer’s advisors or the Buyer’s institutional investors and lenders (including potential financing sources) and their advisors ) without the Seller’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

7.5 Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information .

(i) During the period between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Closing Date or the second anniversary of the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article 10 hereof (the “Non-Disclosure Period”), the Buyer shall retain in strict confidence all Confidential Information (as defined below) and shall use such Confidential Information only in connection with the consummation of the transactions as contemplated hereby and shall not otherwise use any Confidential Information in connection with its business. During the Non-Disclosure Period and except as required by Law, the Buyer shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any Person other than those of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, consultants, investment bankers, lenders (including potential financing sources) and investors who need to have such Confidential Information in order to provide the Buyer with the services and support reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions as contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “Buyer’s Representatives”). The Buyer shall inform each of the Buyer’s Representatives that such Confidential Information shall be held in strict confidence and is subject to the provisions of this Section 7.5 . The Buyer shall be liable for any breach by any Buyer’s Representative of any of the provisions of this Section 7.5 .

(ii) For purposes of this Section 7.5 , “Confidential Information” shall mean any information, whether written or oral, concerning the Seller, whether prepared or furnished by or on behalf of the Seller or any of its officers, directors, employees, stockholders, advisors, investment bankers, attorneys, agents, accountants or consultants, including, without limitation, all notes, analyses, compilations, studies, or other documents furnished to the Buyer or the Buyer’s Representatives, or prepared by the Buyer or the Buyer’s Representatives that contain, reflect or are based upon, in whole or in part, the information furnished to the Buyer or the Buyer’s Representatives. Confidential Information shall not include, however, information which (i) was already in possession of the Buyer or the Buyer’s Representatives, or (ii) was or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a disclosure by the Buyer or the Buyer’s Representatives. Confidential Information shall also include the fact that the Buyer and the Buyer’s Representatives have received such Confidential Information.

 

32


(iii) In the event that the Buyer or the Buyer’s Representatives are requested or required by applicable Law or by legal or administrative process to disclose any Confidential Information, the Buyer will promptly notify the Seller of such request or requirement so that the Seller may seek to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain an appropriate protective order or other appropriate relief, as determined by the Seller in its sole discretion, to ensure that any information so disclosed is maintained in confidence to the maximum extent possible by the agency or other Person receiving the information, or, in the Seller’s sole discretion, to waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 . In any such case, the Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts in cooperation with the Seller or otherwise to avoid or minimize the required disclosure and/or to obtain such protective order or other relief. If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, the Buyer or the Buyer’s Representatives are compelled to disclose the Confidential Information, the Buyer or the Buyer’s Representatives, as applicable, will disclose only so much of the Confidential Information to the Person compelling disclosure as it believes in good faith, after receipt of written advice of outside counsel, is required by Law. The Buyer shall give, and shall cause any involved Buyer’s Representative to give the Seller prior notice of the Confidential Information which it believes is required to be so disclosed as far in advance of such disclosure as practicable.

(iv) The Buyer agrees that, during the Non-Disclosure Period, the Buyer shall not (A) without the Seller’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), contact or engage in discussions with any customer, distributor or supplier of the Seller except in the ordinary course of the Buyer’s business and only regarding matters unrelated to the Seller, its business or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (B) except for the Buyer’s obligations under Section 8.1 , directly or indirectly, solicit for employment or employ or cause to leave the employ of the Seller any individual that is serving as an officer and/or any employee of the Seller, without obtaining the prior written consent of the Seller; provided that the Buyer may make general solicitations for employment not specifically directed at the Seller or its employees and employ any Person who responds to such solicitations.

(v) The Seller and the Buyer acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Section 7.5 and Section 7.6 below shall with respect to the Seller, but not its Affiliates, supersede and replace for all purposes the obligations and undertakings of the Buyer under that certain Letter Agreement dated as of October 20, 2005 by and between Herald Media Holdings and the Buyer.

7.6 Public Disclosure . Prior to Closing, the Buyer shall not issue any press release or make any public disclosure, regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, except with the prior written consent of the Seller, as required in connection with any filings required under the HSR Act, as required in order to obtain or make any waivers, consents, approvals or filings necessary to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or as otherwise required by Law.

7.7 Injunctive Relief . The Buyer acknowledges and agrees that monetary damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of the provisions of Sections 7.5 or 7.6 hereof by the Buyer or the Buyer’s Representatives and that, in addition to all other remedies, the

 

33


Seller shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunction and specific performance, as a remedy for any such breach. The Buyer further agrees to waive, and to use its best efforts cause the Buyer’s Representatives to waive, any requirement for the securing or posting any bond in connection with any such remedy.

7.8 Fees and Expenses . All fees and expenses incurred by the Buyer in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions as contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, all fees payable in connection with any filing to be made under the HSR Act, shall be paid by the Buyer. In addition, the Buyer shall reimburse Herald Media and the Seller for those reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Herald Media and the Seller pursuant to Section 6.4 thereof.

7.9 Online Services Agreement; Transition Services Agreement . The Buyer shall negotiate in good faith with Herald Media and Herald Interactive to reach final agreement upon the terms and conditions of the Online Services Agreement, which agreement shall be based upon and shall reflect the terms and conditions regarding online services to be provided by Herald Interactive to the Buyer set forth in the Transition Services Term Sheet and which shall also include such additional terms and conditions, and shall be in such form, as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer, Herald Media, Herald Interactive and their respective counsel. In addition, the Buyer shall negotiate in good faith with Herald Media and Herald Interactive to reach final agreement upon the terms and conditions of the Transition Services Agreement, which agreement shall be based upon, and shall reflect the terms and conditions regarding certain transition services to be provided by Herald Media and/or Boston Herald to the Buyer, and certain transition services to be provided by the Buyer to Boston Herald, set forth in the Transition Services Term Sheet and which shall also include such additional terms and conditions, and shall be in such form, as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer, Herald Media, Herald Interactive and their respective counsel.

8. COVENANTS OF SELLER AND BUYER WITH RESPECT TO EMPLOYEES

8.1 Offer of Employment . At least five (5) business days prior to the Closing, Seller shall provide to the Buyer a list of (i) each of the employees of the Seller who are expected to be actively employed by the Seller on the Closing Date, (ii) each of the inactive employees of the Seller who, as of the Closing Date, are expected to be on leave which has been approved by the Seller and which is based on jury duty, family or medical leave, sick leave, vacation or military duty, and (iii) each active and inactive employee’s base compensation and incentive compensation opportunities. Prior to the Closing, the Buyer shall extend offers of employment to each of the employees of the Seller who appears on the list describe in the previous sentence; provided, however that the Buyer shall not be obligated to extend offers of employment to those employees listed on Schedule 8.1 . In addition, to the extent that, as of the Closing Date, there are employees of the Seller who are on worker’s compensation or short-term or long-term disability leave (collectively, the “Disabled Employees”) and, to the extent that the Seller is obligated under applicable Law to provide such Disabled Employees recall rights, reinstatement rights or other rights of active reemployment, then the Buyer shall assume the Seller’s obligations with respect to such Disabled Employees and extend offers of employment to each of them as well. All offers of employment to be made by the Buyer pursuant to this Section 8.1 , all of which shall

 

34


be made contingent upon and effective as of the Closing, shall provide each such employee with the opportunity to hold the same or comparable title and job responsibilities as such employee had immediately prior to the Closing, and shall provide the same level of base compensation and incentive compensation opportunities; provided, however, that nothing herein shall obligate the Buyer to provide any equity-based compensation to such employees. The individuals who accept such offers of employment from the Buyer are hereafter collectively referred to as the “Transferred Employees.” Except as may be specifically required by applicable Law, the Buyer shall have no obligation to continue any employment relationship with any employees of the Seller for any specific period of time after the Closing Date provided, however, that the Buyer shall have, with respect to former employees of the Seller, those obligations or liabilities describe in Section 1.3(iii) hereof.

8.2 Employee Benefits .

(i) Effective on the Closing Date (or, with respect to any Disabled Employee who accepts employment following the Closing Date, effective on the first date of employment), each of the Transferred Employees shall participate in the employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements that provide benefits that are comparable, in the aggregate, to the employee plans, programs and arrangements that are available to similarly situated employees of the Buyer. As to each Transferred Employee, each of the Buyer’s employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements that are made available to such Transferred Employee shall recognize service with the Seller and its Affiliates as service with the Buyer for eligibility purposes, level of benefits (but not benefit accruals ) and vesting purposes.

(ii) After the Closing, the Seller shall continue to be responsible for all, and the Buyer shall not assume or otherwise be responsible for any, of the Seller’s liabilities and obligations to any employee of the Seller who does not accept the Buyer’s offer of employment, including without limitation any liability or obligation with respect to any wages, bonuses, commissions, severance and vacation liabilities and other amounts payable to such employee.

8.3 Defined Contribution Plans .

(i) Prior to or concurrent with the Closing, the Seller shall take all necessary actions to: (i) fully vest the accounts of the Transferred Employees under the Seller’s 401(k) plan (the “Seller 401(k) Plan”), (ii) permit the Transferred Employees to elect to take distributions (subject to applicable Law) of their accounts thereunder in accordance with the terms of the Seller 401(k) Plan and (iii) to the extent any Transferred Employee so elects, to roll over the amounts held under the Seller 401(k) Plan (including, to the extent administratively feasible, any outstanding loans) to a defined contribution retirement plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and maintained by the Buyer or one of its Affiliates (the “Buyer 401(k) Plan”). Buyer shall cause the Buyer 401(k) Plan to accept such rollovers.

(ii) The Seller and the Buyer shall provide each other with such records and information as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out their obligations under this Section 8.3 , and shall cooperate in taking such other actions as may reasonably be required to effect the distribution and rollover of the accounts as described herein.

 

35


8.4 FUTA and FICA Taxes . If permitted by applicable Law, the Seller and the Buyer agree to treat the Buyer as a “successor employer” and the Seller as a “predecessor employer” within the meaning of Sections 3121(a)(1) and 3306(b)(1) of the Code with respect to the Transferred Employees for purposes of taxes imposed under the United States Federal Unemployment Tax Act (“FUTA”) or the United States Federal Insurance Contributions Act (“FICA”). At the request of the Seller or the Buyer with respect to any particular applicable tax Law relating to employment, unemployment insurance, social security, disability, workers’ compensation, payroll, health care or other similar tax other than taxes imposed under FICA and FUTA, the Seller and the Buyer will, if permitted under applicable tax Law, treat the Buyer as a successor employer and the Seller as a predecessor employer, within the meaning of the relevant provisions of such tax Law, with respect to Transferred Employees so long as the effect of being so treated under such applicable tax Law is similar in effect to the application of Sections 3121 (a)(1) and 3306(b)(1) of Code.

8.5 No Liability . For avoidance of doubt, other than as provided in this Article 8 and Section 1.3(iii) , neither the Buyer nor any of its Affiliates shall assume or have any direct or indirect obligation or liability of any nature, whether matured or unmatured, accrued or contingent, due or to become due or otherwise, to any Transferred Employee or other present or former employee of the Seller or its Affiliates, or to any dependent, survivor or beneficiary thereof, arising out of or in relation to: (i) such person’s employment with the Seller or its Affiliates or the termination of such employment or (ii) the Seller Benefit Plans.

8.6 No Third Party Beneficiaries . No provision of this Article 8 shall create any third party beneficiary or other rights in any employee or former employee (including any beneficiary or dependent thereof) of Seller or of any of its Affiliates in respect of continued employment (or resumed employment) with the Buyer or any of its Affiliates and no provision of this Article 8 shall create any such rights in any such persons in respect of any benefits that may be provided, directly or indirectly, under any employee benefit plan, program or arrangement which may be established by Buyer or any of its Affiliates. No provision of this Agreement shall constitute a limitation on rights to amend, modify or terminate after the Closing Date any such plans or arrangements of Buyer or any of its Affiliates.

9. CONDITIONS TO THE CLOSING.

9.1 Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party . The respective obligations of each of the Parties to consummate the transactions in accordance with this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following conditions:

(i) All filings required under the HSR Act shall have been made and any applicable waiting period shall have been terminated or shall have expired.

 

36


(ii) There shall not be any Governmental Order in effect which has been issued by a court of competent jurisdiction and which is binding upon the Parties which by its terms enjoins or otherwise expressly prohibits the consummation of the Agreement.

(iii) The Escrow Agent shall have executed and delivered an escrow agreement, providing for the Escrow Amount to be held until the first anniversary of the Closing Date (or such later time as claims made by Buyer’s Indemnified Persons for indemnification pursuant to Article 12 prior to such date are resolved) (the “Escrow Agreement”), such Escrow Agreement to be in customary form reasonably acceptable to the Seller and the Buyer.

9.2 Additional Conditions to the Obligations of the Buyer . The obligations of the Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment prior to or at the Closing of the following conditions:

(i) The representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in Article 4 hereof shall be accurate in all respects at and as of the Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date (other than those representations and warranties that refer to or speak as of a certain date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct, on and as of such other date) except for such inaccuracies which, in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect (disregarding for these purposes, the phrases “material,” “materially,” “in all material respects,” “Material Adverse Effect” and any similar phrase in such representations and warranties).

(ii) The Seller shall have performed in all material respects all of those obligations, and shall have complied in all respects with those covenants, required to be performed or met at or prior to the Closing Date (or with respect to any covenant or agreement qualified by the phrases “material,” “materially,” “in all material respects,” “Material Adverse Effect” and any similar phrase, in all respects as so qualified).

(iii) Between the date hereof and the Closing Date, no Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred.

(iv) Any and all waivers, consents, notices or approvals which are listed on Schedule 9.2(iv) hereto shall have been obtained.

(v) The Seller shall have executed and delivered the Escrow Agreement to the Buyer and the Escrow Agent.

(vi) Herald Media shall have caused Herald Interactive to execute and deliver to the Buyer the Online Services Agreement.

(vii) Herald Media shall have executed and delivered and shall have caused Boston Herald to execute and deliver to the Buyer the Transition Services Agreement.

(viii) Herald Media shall have caused Herald Interactive, Inc. to assign all Affiliate Intellectual Property Rights set forth on Schedule 4.11(ii) hereto to the Seller for assignment and transfer to the Buyer at the Closing.

 

37


(ix) The Seller shall have delivered to the Buyer an affidavit of non-foreign status substantially in the form of attached hereto as Exhibit B , duly executed and acknowledged by Seller.

(x) The Buyer shall have received a certificate dated as of the Closing Date executed by the Secretary of the Seller certifying (x) as to the matters set forth in Section 9.2(i), (ii)  and (iii) , (y) resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Seller approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such resolutions have not been amended and remain in full force and effect; and (z) as to the incumbency of each signatory of such Person to this Agreement.

(xi) The Persons identified on Schedule 9.2(xi) shall have executed and delivered to the Parent a confidentiality, nonsolicitation and noncompetition agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

(xii) The Seller shall have delivered the Audited Financial Statements and the Stub Period Financial Statements to the Buyer and shall have caused any related Management Representation Letters to have been executed and delivered.

9.3 Additional Conditions to the Obligations of the Seller . The obligations of the Seller to consummate the transactions in accordance with this Agreement shall also be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following additional conditions:

(i) Each of the representations and warranties of the Buyer contained in Article 5 hereof shall be accurate in all material respects at and as of the Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date, other than (A) those representations and warranties that refer to or speak as of a certain date and (B) those representations and warranties which have been rendered inaccurate by changes contemplated by this Agreement.

(ii) The Buyer shall have each performed in all material respects all of those obligations, and shall have complied in all material respects with those covenants, required to be performed or met at or prior to the Closing Date.

(iii) Any and all waivers, consents or approvals which are listed on Schedule 5.3 hereto shall have been obtained.

(iv) The Buyer shall have executed and delivered the Escrow Agreement to the Seller and the Escrow Agent.

(v) The Buyer shall have executed and delivered the Transition Services Agreement to Herald Media and Boston Herald.

(vi) The Buyer shall have executed and delivered the Online Services Agreement to Herald Media and the Herald Interactive.

 

38


10. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

10.1 Termination . The Parties hereby agree that this Agreement shall not be terminated, except in accordance with the provisions of this Article 10 , all strictly construed against the Party seeking such termination. This Agreement may be terminated any time prior to the Closing:

(i) by mutual written consent of the Boards of Directors of the Buyer and the Seller;

(ii) by either the Buyer or the Seller if a court of competent jurisdiction shall have issued a Governmental Order (other than a temporary restraining order) or taken any other action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Agreement, and such Governmental Order or other action shall have become final and nonappealable provided that the Party seeking termination shall have diligently contested such ruling and, provided, further, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph (b) shall not be available to any Party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, has resulted in, such Governmental Order or other action; or

(iii) by either the Seller or the Buyer, if, without breach or fault of the terminating Party, the Agreement shall not be consummated on or before July 30, 2006 (the “Termination Date”).

10.2 Procedure for Termination . In the event of termination by the Buyer or the Seller, or both, pursuant to this Article 10 , written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other.

10.3 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Article 10 , (i) each of the Buyer and the Seller shall redeliver to the party furnishing the same or destroy all documents, work papers and other material of any other party relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, whether so obtained before or after the execution hereof; (ii) neither the Seller nor the Buyer shall make or issue, or cause to be made or issued, any announcement or statement concerning the termination of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby for dissemination to the general public without the prior written consent of the other party except as required by law or legal process; (iii) this Agreement shall be void and shall have no further force or effect and neither Parties hereto nor any of their respective officers, directors, stockholders, employees, agents or representatives shall have any further liability or obligation hereunder except that (A) the provisions of Sections 6.8 , 6.9 and 6.10 hereof, and Sections 7.5 , 7.6 , 7.7 and 7.8 hereof shall survive and each of the Parties hereto shall continue to have the respective rights and obligations set forth therein, and (B) no such termination shall relieve any Party hereto from any liability for any breach of this Agreement.

11. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS SUBSEQUENT TO THE CLOSING.

11.1 Collection of Assets . Subsequent to the Closing, the Buyer shall have the right and authority to collect all accounts receivables and other items included among the

 

39


Purchased Assets and transferred and assigned to it by the Seller hereunder and to endorse with the name of the Seller any checks received on account of such receivables or other items, and the Seller agrees that it will promptly transfer or deliver to the Buyer from time to time, any cash or other property that the Seller may receive with respect to any claims, Contracts, licenses, leases, commitments, sales orders, purchase orders, receivables of any character or any other items pertaining to the Purchased Assets and transferred by the Seller to the Buyer pursuant to the provisions hereof.

11.2 Survival of Warranties . All representations, warranties, agreements, covenants and obligations herein or in any schedule, certificate or financial statement delivered by either party to the other party incident to the transactions contemplated hereby are material, shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the other party and shall survive the Closing in accordance with Section 4.24 , Section 5.8 , and Article 12 hereof, regardless of any investigation and shall not merge in the performance of any obligation by either party hereto.

11.3 Further Cooperation . If, in order properly to prepare either documents required to be filed with any Governmental Authority or its financial statements, it is necessary that either party hereto be furnished with additional information relating to the Purchased Assets or the Business and such information is in the possession of the other party hereto, such party agrees to use its best efforts to furnish such information to such other party, without cost and expense to the party being furnished such information. After the Closing Date, each of the Seller and the Buyer shall, to the extent reasonably requested by the other, assist in the preparation of (i) Tax returns relating to the Purchased Assets or Business, (ii) cooperate in preparing for any audits of, or disputes with Tax authorities regarding, any such Tax returns; (iii) make available information, records, and documents relating to Taxes relating to the Purchased Assets or Business; and (iv) furnish copies of correspondence received from any Tax authority in connection with any Tax audit or information request relating to the Purchased Assets or Business with respect to any Taxable period.

11.4 Transfer Taxes . Except for real estate transfer Taxes (i.e. , deed stamps) which shall be paid by the Seller, the Buyer shall be responsible for the timely payment of all sales (including, without limitation, bulk sales), use, transfer and other similar Taxes arising out of or in connection with or attributable to the transfer of the Purchased Assets and the Business pursuant to this Agreement (collectively, “Transfer Taxes”). The party that has the primary responsibility under applicable Tax Law for filing any Tax return required to be filed in respect of Transfer Taxes shall prepare and in a timely manner file such Tax return provided that any such Tax return shall be subject to the approval of the other party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Each party shall execute and deliver to each other party at the Closing all applicable and properly completed sales/use Tax exemption certificates as either the Buyer or the Seller may reasonably request, including, but not limited to, sale for resale exemption certificates for the transfer of an inventory purchased by the Buyer for resale. Such certificates shall be in the form, and shall be signed by the proper party, as provided under applicable Law. At the request of the Buyer, with respect to each jurisdiction in which the Business has filed sales Tax returns, the Seller will cooperate with the Buyer to permit the Buyer to deliver to the applicable governmental entity, department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality, and any arbitrator, court, tribunal or judicial body, whether federal, state, county or local (“Governmental Authority”) a notice of cancellation (including, but not limited to, causing the relevant officers of the Seller to sign any necessary documents to effect such notice), effective as of the Closing Date, of the Seller’s relevant sales Tax permits or certificates of the Business.

 

40


11.5 FCC License . Prior to the Closing, the Buyer and the Seller will jointly file at the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) an application to assign FCC radio license , Call Sign WZW-861 (the “FCC License”) to the Buyer on FCC Form 603. The Seller and Buyer will use reasonable efforts to obtain FCC approval of the assignment of the FCC License to the Buyer. If the FCC does not approve the assignment of the FCC License to the Buyer prior to the expiration of the authority to operate under the FCC License pursuant to the Conditional Temporary Authorization referred to in Section 11.6 hereof, the Seller shall negotiate in good faith with the Buyer to reach a mutually acceptable adjustment to the Aggregate Consideration.

11.6 Conditional Temporary Authorization under the FCC License . The Buyer will retain the FCC Form 603 with station records allowing the Buyer to operate the station under the FCC License until the FCC grants the assignment of the FCC License to the Buyer or for a maximum period of 180 days from the date FCC Form 603 is filed. During the period the Buyer operates under the FCC License under the Conditional Temporary Authorization, the Buyer shall so operate in compliance with the terms of the Radio License and applicable FCC rules, regulations, policies and orders.

11.7 Transfer of Funds from Accounts Transferred to Buyer Pursuant to Section 1.1(vi) . The Buyer shall promptly within 10 days of receipt of any funds which are Excluded Assets pursuant to Section 1.1(vi) , transfer such funds to the Seller or its Affiliates in accordance with instructions provided by the Seller.

11.8 Environmental Assurances .

(i) The Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Buyer in obtaining environmental insurance for certain offsite liabilities and obligations (including, without limitation, personal injury, natural resource damage and property damage) with respect to the Release of Hazardous Substances into the soil and groundwater on the real property known and numbered as 33 New York Avenue, Framingham, Massachusetts (“Framingham Property”) on such terms and for such amounts as the Buyer shall determine, in its sole discretion, is prudent (the “Environmental Insurance Policy”). The Environmental Insurance Policy shall name the Seller and its Affiliates and successors as additional Insureds for the full term of the Environmental Insurance Policy. The Buyer shall be solely responsible for all costs, premiums and expenses associated with the Environmental Insurance Policy, the Seller’s share of the cost of such policy to be taken into account and reflected in the preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet.

(ii) The Buyer shall promptly following Closing, make appropriate notification to the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection and the Massachusetts Water Resources Authority regarding the change in ownership of the Framingham property.

 

41


12. INDEMNIFICATION.

12.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Article 12 :

“Losses” means all losses, damages (other than punitive, incidental or consequential damages; provided that punitive, incidental or consequential damages actually paid to third parties that may be imposed or otherwise incurred or suffered shall also be deemed “Losses” hereunder), liabilities, payments and obligations, and all expenses related thereto. Losses shall include any legal fees and costs incurred by any of the Indemnified Persons subsequent to the Closing in defense of or in connection with any alleged or asserted liability, payment or obligation, whether or not any liability or payment, obligation or judgment is ultimately imposed against the Indemnified Persons and whether or not the Indemnified Persons are made or become parties to any such action. The amount of all Losses shall be calculated net of any insurance proceeds paid to an Indemnified Person (less costs of recovery).

The “Buyer’s Indemnified Persons” means the Buyer and any entity that directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Buyer, and their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members, advisors and agents.

“Indemnified Person” means any Person entitled to be indemnified under this Article 12 .

“Indemnifying Person” means any Person obligated to indemnify another entity under this Article 12 .

The “Seller’s Indemnified Persons” means the Seller and any entity that directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Seller, and their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members, advisors and agents.

“Third Party Action” means any written assertion of a claim, or the commencement of any action, suit, or proceeding, by a third party as to which any Person believes it may be an Indemnified Person hereunder.

12.2 Indemnification by Herald Media and the Seller .

(i) Subject to the limitations in paragraph (ii) below from and after the date of the Closing, Herald Media and the Seller shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer’s Indemnified Persons from and against all Losses directly or indirectly incurred by or sought to be imposed upon any of them:

(a) resulting from or arising out of any breach of any of the representations or warranties set forth in Article 4 hereof or any certificates delivered pursuant to Section 9.2(ix) or 9.2(x) ; provided, however that for purposes of this Article 12 , the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in Section 4.6 hereof with respect to the 2005 Financial Statements and the Interim Financial Statements shall be deemed to have been made only with respect to the Audited Financial Statements and the Stub Period Financial Statements, respectively, and the representations warranties of the Seller set forth in Section 4.7 hereof shall

 

42


be deemed to have been made only in reference to Audited Financial Statements and the Stub Period Financials and the most recent dates thereof, and not in reference to 2005 Financial Statements or the Interim Financial Statements or the dates thereof;

(b) resulting from or arising out of any breach of any covenant of the Seller set forth in Article 3 , Article 6 or Article 11 ;

(c) in respect of any Retained Liability; or

(d) resulting from or arising out of the claims of any broker, finder, investment banker, financial advisor or other entity acting in a similar capacity on behalf of the Seller or any of its Affiliates in connection with the transactions herein contemplated.

(ii) Herald Media and the Seller shall not have any liability under paragraph (a) of clause (i) above unless one or more of the Buyer’s Indemnified Persons gives written notice to the Seller, asserting a claim for Losses, including reasonably detailed facts and circumstances pertaining thereto, within twelve (12) months following the Closing Date.

(iii) Indemnification for any Loss under paragraph (a)(x) of clause (i) above shall be payable by Herald Media and the Seller only if the aggregate amount of all such Losses hereunder by the Buyer’s Indemnified Persons shall exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (the “Threshold Amount”) and, in such case, the Buyer may recover the amount of such Losses in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). The maximum aggregate liability of Herald Media and the Seller for indemnification claims for Losses under paragraph (a) of clause (i) above shall be Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), and shall only be paid out of the Escrow Amount. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 12.2 , in determining the existence of a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement and the amount of Losses, the phrases “material,” “materially,” “in all material respects,” “Material Adverse Effect” and any similar phrase shall be disregarded.

(iv) Except with respect to the claims based on actual fraud and claims for injunctive relief or specific performance of the covenants set forth in this Agreement, the indemnification remedy provided to the Buyer and the Buyer’s Indemnified Persons shall be the exclusive remedy to which the Buyer’s Indemnified Persons shall be entitled after the Closing for any breach by Herald Media or the Seller of any representation or warranty or any pre-Closing covenant under this Agreement.

12.3 Indemnification by the Buyer .

(i) Subject to the limitations in paragraph (ii) below, from and after the date of the Closing, the Buyer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Seller’s Indemnified Persons from any and all Losses directly or indirectly incurred by or sought to be imposed upon any of them:

(a) resulting from or arising out of any breach of any of the representations or warranties set forth in Article 5 hereof or any covenant of the Buyer set forth in Article 3 , Article 7 or Article 11 contained in this Agreement;

 

43


(b) resulting from or arising out of the claims of any broker, finder, investment banker, financial advisor or other entity acting in a similar capacity on behalf of the Buyer in connection with the transactions herein contemplated; or

(c) in respect of any Assumed Liability.

(ii) Except with respect to claims based on actual fraud, and claims for injunctive relief or specific performance of the covenants set forth in this Agreement, the indemnification remedy provided to the Seller’s Indemnified Persons shall be the exclusive remedy to which the Seller’s Indemnified Persons shall be entitled after the Closing for any breach by the Buyer of any representation or warranty or any covenant under this Agreement.

12.4 Defense of Third Party Actions .

(i) Promptly after receipt of notice of any Third Party Action, any Person who believes he or it may be an Indemnified Person shall give notice to the potential Indemnifying Person of such action. The omission to give such notice to the Indemnifying Person will not relieve the Indemnifying Person of any liability hereunder except to the extent it was materially prejudiced thereby, nor will it relieve it of any liability which it may have other than under this Article 12 .

(ii) Upon receipt of a notice of a Third Party Action, the Indemnifying Person shall have the right, at its option and at its own expense, to participate in and be present at the defense of such Third Party Action as the case may be, but not to control the defense, negotiation or settlement of a Third Party Action which control shall remain with the Indemnified Person, unless the Indemnifying Person makes the election provided in paragraph (iii) below.

(iii) By written notice within forty five (45) days after receipt of a notice of a Third Party Action an Indemnifying Person may elect to, with respect to a Third Party Action, assume control of the defense, negotiation and settlement thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Person agrees (A) to promptly indemnify the Indemnified Person for its expenses to date, and (B) to hold the Indemnified Person harmless from and against any and all Losses caused by or arising out of any settlement of the Third Party Action approved by the Indemnifying Person or any judgment in connection with that Third Party Action. The Indemnifying Persons shall not in the defense of the Third Party Action enter into any settlement which does not include as a term thereof the giving by the third party claimant of an unconditional release of the Indemnified Person, or consent to entry of any judgment except with the consent of the Indemnified Person.

 

44


(iv) Upon assumption of control of the defense of a Third Party Action under paragraph (iii) above, the Indemnifying Person will not be liable to the Indemnified Person hereunder for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred in connection with the defense of the Third Party Action, other than reasonable expenses of investigation and monitoring.

(v) Any Person who has not assumed control of the defense of any Third Party Action shall have the duty to cooperate with the party which assumed such defense, as the case may be.

12.5 Purchase Price Adjustment . Any amounts recovered by either party under this Article 12 shall be treated by all parties as an adjustment to the purchase price for Tax purposes.

13. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

13.1 Notices . Any and all notices or other communications required or permitted to be given in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing (or in the form of electronic mail or facsimile transmission) addressed as provided below shall be (i) delivered by hand, (ii) transmitted by electronic mail or facsimile with transmission confirmed, (iii) delivered by overnight courier service with confirmed receipt or (iv) mailed by first class U.S. mail, postage prepaid and registered or certified, return receipt requested:

If to Herald Media or the Seller to:

CP Media, Inc.

c/o Herald Media, Inc.

One Herald Square

Boston, MA 02118

Attn: Patrick J. Purcell, President

Facsimile Number: (617) 451-3506

E-Mail Address: ppurcell@bostonherald.com

with a copy to

Paul J. Hartnett, Jr., Esq.

Brown Rudnick Berlack Israels LLP

One Financial Center

Boston, Massachusetts 02111

Facsimile Number: (617) 289-0451

E-Mail Address: phartnett@brownrudnick.com

 

45


If to the Buyer, to:

GateHouse Media, Inc.

Attn: Mike Reed, Chief Executive Officer

1101 West 31 st Street, Suite 200

Downers Grove, IL 60515

Facsimile: (630) 368-8976

E-mail Address: mreed@liberty-group.com

with a copy to:

William N. Dye, Esq.

Rosalind F. Kruse, Esq.

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, N.Y. 10019-6099

Facsimile Number: (212)728-8111

E-Mail Address: wdye@willkie.com; rkruse@willkie.com

and in any case at such other address as the addressee shall have specified by written notice. Any notice or other communication given in accordance with this Section 13.1 shall be deemed delivered and effective upon receipt, except those notices and other communications sent by mail, which shall be deemed delivered and effective three (3) business days following deposit with the United States Postal Service. All periods of notice shall be measured from the date of delivery thereof.

13.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including all Schedules to this Agreement, all of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and all promises, representations, understandings, warranties and agreements with reference to the subject matter hereof and inducements to the making of this Agreement relied upon by any party hereto, have been expressed herein or in the documents incorporated herein by reference.

13.3 Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

13.4 Assignability . This Agreement may not be assigned otherwise than by operation of Law without the prior written consent of the other Party, provided , however, that the Buyer may assign its rights hereunder to any Affiliate and to any lender providing financing in support of the transactions as contemplated hereby, but such assignment shall not relieve either the Buyer from its obligations hereunder. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

13.5 Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement executed by and among both Parties.

13.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed in original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

46


13.7 Effect of Table of Contents and Headings . The table of contents and the titles of article and section headings herein contained have been provided for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of construction of any of the provisions hereof.

13.8 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Specific Performance . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware (other than the choice of law principles thereof). Any and all controversies, claims or disputes arising under this Agreement shall be heard exclusively in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware. Each of the Buyer and the Seller agrees that all service of process in any such proceeding may be effected by delivery in the same manner as delivery of notice in accordance with Section 13.1 hereof and agrees to waive any objection, including, without limitation, any objection to the laying of venue or any objection based upon forum non conveniens, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such proceeding in any such jurisdiction. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW]

 

47


SIGNATURE PAGE

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in multiple counterparts as of the date set forth above by their duly authorized representatives.

 

GATEHOUSE MEDIA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

Name:   Mike Reed
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
CP MEDIA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Patrick J. Purcell

Name:   Patrick J. Purcell
Title:   President
HERALD MEDIA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Patrick J. Purcell

Name:  
Title:  

EXHIBIT 10.2

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

PUBLISHERS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

This plan document is adopted and executed as of January 1, 1998 by LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. has established this Plan to provide certain Publisher selected by the Administration Committee with the means for deferring certain compensation for services to be rendered by the Key Executive Employees from this date forward until the Key Executive Employees’ retirement or prior termination of employment; and

WHEREAS, the adoption and execution of this Plan has been approved by the Board.

ARTICLE 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Plan, the following definitions shall have the meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

1.1 Administration Committee: The individuals designated by the Board to oversee and administer the Plan.

1.2 Agreement: The agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and by this reference incorporated herein, whereby a Participant agrees to participate in the Plan and designates his Designated Beneficiary.

1.3 Board: The Board of Directors of Corporation.

1.4 Cause: (i) Conduct or activity of the Participant materially detrimental to the Corporation’s reputation or business (including financial) operations including, without limitation, theft or misappropriation of the Corporation’s property; (ii) gross or habitual neglect or breach of duty or misconduct of the Participant in discharging the duties of his position; or (iii) prolonged absence by the Participant from his duties (other than on account of illness or Disability) without the consent of the Corporation.

1.5 Corporation: Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation, its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates.

1.6 Designated Beneficiary: The individual, trustee, entity, or other personal representative designated by the Participant to receive benefits under this Plan in the event of Participant’s death.

 

1


1.7 Disability: The inability of a Participant to perform the material duties of his/her employment with the Corporation due to a mental or physical illness which illness continues for a three (3) consecutive month period.

1.8 Effective Date: January 1, 1998.

1.9 Investment Fund: The portfolio or investment funds selected by the Administration Committee, and designated by the Participant, to be used as an index in calculating the Rate of Return.

1.10 Key Executive Employee: A person who is designated as such by the Administration Committee.

1.11 Participant: A Key Executive Employee recommended and approved by the Committee to participate in this Plan.

1.12 Plan: The Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Publisher’s Deferred Compensation Plan.

1.13 Retirement: The termination of a Participant’s employment with the Corporation on or after attaining age sixty-five (65).

1.14 Rate of Return: The amount credited to a Participant’s Retirement Account based upon the net performance of the Investment Funds designated by the Participant as if the Retirement Accounts were actually invested in the Investment Funds.

1.15 Retirement Account: The bookkeeping account as maintained by the Corporation with respect to any Discretionary Contributions made by the Company pursuant to this Plan, including any additions thereto. A Participant’s Retirement Account shall be utilized solely as a device for the determination and measurement of the amounts to be paid to the Participant pursuant to the Plan. The Vested Percentage of the Participant’s Retirement Account shall be equal to the product of the Retirement Account and the Participant’s Vesting Percentage.

1.16 Vesting Percentage: Unless as otherwise specified in the Agreement, the Participant’s Vesting Percentage shall be determined with reference to a Participant’s Years of Service in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Years of Service

   Vesting
Percentage
 

less than 6 years

   0 %

at least 6 years, but less than 7 years

   10 %

at least 7 years, but less than 8 years

   20 %

at least 8 years, but less than 9 years

   30 %

at least 9 years, but less than 10 years

   40 %

at least 10 years, but less than 11 years

   50 %

at least 11 years, but less than 12 years

   60 %

at least 12 years, but less than 13 years

   70 %

at least 13 years, but less than 14 years

   80 %

at least 14 years, but less than 15 years

   90 %

15 years or more

   100 %

 

2


1.17 Years of Service: The term “Years of Service” means with respect to the Participant, any twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing on the date on which he first became a Key Executive Employee and during which the Participant completes at least 1,000 hours of service with the Corporation. Years of Service with American Publishing Company, or its subsidiaries or affiliates shall count.

ARTICLE 2. ADMINISTRATION

2.1 The Plan shall be administered by the Administrative Committee which shall be designated by the Board. The Administration Committee will adopt such uniform and nondiscriminatory regulations as it shall deem necessary or appropriate for the administration of this Plan. The Administration Committee shall have the full power, authority and discretion to adopt, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and decide and resolve all questions and issues interpreting the terms and conditions of this Plan which may arise hereunder. The Administration Committee may delegate one or more of its duties or responsibilities to other individuals.

2.2 The decision or action of the Administration Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan.

2.3 The Administration Committee shall compute the benefits payable, as provided in this Plan, to Participants or their Designated Beneficiaries under this Plan.

2.4 The Administration Committee shall keep a record of all proceedings and shall maintain or cause to be maintained all books of accounts, records or other data as may be necessary or advisable in the Administration Committee’s judgment for the proper administration of the Plan.

2.5 Each Participant who is to receive a benefit pursuant to this Plan, shall designate in a written form presented by the Administration Committee a beneficiary to receive benefits pursuant to Article 8 in the event of the Participant’s death and shall file the same with the Administration Committee. The designation may be changed by filing a revised form with the Administration Committee without the consent of a Designated Beneficiary. The most recent designation received by the Administration Committee shall govern. In the event the Participant

 

3


shall fail to select a Designated Beneficiary prior to his death, benefits shall be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse, if alive; otherwise to the personal representative of the Participant’s estate for distribution in accordance with applicable law.

2.6 Each Participant and Designated Beneficiary shall submit to Corporation, on a form provided by it, his current mailing address. It shall be the duty of each Participant and Designated Beneficiary to notify Corporation of any change of address. In the absence of such notice, Corporation may rely upon the last known address of the Participant and Designated Beneficiary.

2.7 A Participant must provide to the Administration Committee all information requested in connection with the administration of any part of this Plan.

ARTICLE 3. CLAIMS PROCEDURE

3.1 Any person claiming a benefit, requesting information, an interpretation or ruling under the Plan (hereinafter referred to as a “Claimant”) may file a written request for such benefit with the Administration Committee, setting forth such claim. The request must be addressed to the President of the Corporation at its then principal place of business.

3.2 Upon receipt of a claim, the Administration Committee shall advise the Claimant that a reply will be forthcoming within ninety (90) days and shall, in fact, deliver such reply within such period. The Administration Committee may, however, extend the reply period for an additional ninety (90) days for a reasonable cause. If the Claim is denied in whole or in part, the Administration Committee shall adopt a written opinion, using language calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth:

(1) The specific reason or reasons for such denial;

(2) The specific reference to pertinent provisions of this Plan on which such denial is based;

(3) A Description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation why such material or such information is necessary;

(4) Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review; and

(5) The time limits for requesting a review under Article 3.3 and for review under Article 3.4.

3.3 Within sixty (60) days after the receipt by the Claimant of the written opinion described above, the Claimant may request in writing that the Secretary of the Corporation review

 

4


the determination of the Administration Committee. Such request must be addressed to the Secretary of the Corporation, at its then principal place of business. The Claimant or this duly authorized representative may, but need not, review the pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing for consideration by the Administration Committee. If the Claimant does not request a review of the Administration Committee’s determination by the Secretary of the Corporation within such sixty (60) day period, he shall be barred and estopped from challenging the Administration Committee’s determination. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.

3.4 Within sixty (60) days after the Secretary’s receipt of a request for review, he will review the Administration Committee’s determination. After considering all materials presented by the Claimant, the Secretary will render a written opinion, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth the specific reasons for the decision and containing specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Plan on which the decision is based. If special circumstances require that the sixty (60) day time period be extended, the Secretary will so notify the Claimant and will render the decision as soon as possible, but no later then one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review.

ARTICLE 4. ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN

4.1 Eligibility to participate shall be limited to those Key Executive Employees selected by the Administration Committee. The Administration Committee may provide that a Key Executive Employee becomes a Participant in the Plan effective as of any date and such Key Executive Employee shall become a Participant as of such date.

4.2 Each Participant shall complete and execute an Agreement, in the form attached hereto, upon becoming a Participant or at such other time as the Administration Committee may require.

ARTICLE 5. BENEFITS PAYABLE ONLY FROM GENERAL CORPORATE ASSETS

5.1 This Plan is intended to be unfunded for tax purposes and is an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Section 201, 301 and 401 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and therefore is exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA. The payments to the Participant, his Designated Beneficiary or any other beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be a part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Corporation. No person shall have nor acquire any interest in such assets by virtue of the provisions of this Plan. The Corporation’s obligation under this Plan shall be an unfunded and

 

5


unsecured promise to pay. To the extent that the Participant or any other person acquires a right to receive payments from the Corporation under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Corporation; no such person shall have nor acquire any legal or equitable right, interest or claim in or to any property or assets of the Corporation.

5.2 In the event that, in its discretion, the Corporation establishes a trust under this Plan to hold assets to assist the Corporation to meet its obligations in whole, or in part, hereunder, neither the Participant, his Designated Beneficiary, any other beneficiary nor any other person shall have nor acquire any rights whatsoever therein or in the proceeds therefrom. Any trust created under this Plan and any assets held by such trust will be held for the payment of the Corporation’s general creditors in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy.

ARTICLE 6. RETIREMENT CONTRIBUTIONS

The Corporation shall establish a Retirement Account for each Participant to which amounts hereinafter referred to as “Discretionary Contributions” may be credited by the Corporation. Discretionary Contributions, if any, may be credited at any time by the Corporation and may be fixed in terms of dollars, percentage of net profits, percentage of compensation or any other method so determined by the Corporation, in its sole and absolute discretion. The Corporation shall be under no obligation to make any contributions or allocations hereunder.

ARTICLE 7. INVESTMENT OF RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS

Each Participant’s Retirement Account will be credited from time to time with the Rate of Return which shall be based upon the Investment Funds designated by the Participant. Selection of Investment Funds and changes in the designation of the deemed investment of Retirement Accounts in any Investment Funds shall be subject to rules and regulations promulgated by the Administration Committee from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation (or any trust created hereunder) shall be under no obligation to acquire any assets pursuant to a Participant’s designation of Investment Funds, but such Participant’s Retirement Account shall be valued as if the Retirement Accounts were invested as so directed.

ARTICLE 8. BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

8.1 Unless as provided below, a Participant’s Retirement Account may not be distributed to the Participant prior to termination of the Participant’s employment.

8.2 Upon a Participant’s termination of employment with the Corporation for any reason, the Corporation shall pay the Participant or, in the case of death, the Participant’s

 

6


Designated Beneficiary, benefits equal to the Vested Percentage of the Participant’s Retirement Account valued as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the date of the Participant’s termination, in the form as set forth in Section 8.4 or Section 8.6, as the case may be.

8.3 (a) Subject to Section 8.3(b), benefits shall be paid in the form selected by the Participant as specified in the Agreement. The forms of benefit payments shall be as follows:

(i) A lump sum payment.

(ii) Equal annual installments of the Retirement Account valued as set forth above, amortized over a period of five (5), ten (10), or fifteen (15) years.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 8.3(a), if the Vested Percentage of the Participant’s Retirement Account is less than ten thousand dollars ($10,000) on the date of termination, the benefit shall be paid in a lump sum.

8.4 Benefits that are payable upon termination of employment shall commence as elected by the Participant. Commencement options are as follows:

(a) Payments to commence as soon as practical after termination but in no case more than sixty (60) days after termination.

(b) Payments to commence as soon as practical in the calendar year following termination but in no case more than ninety (90) days after the beginning of the calendar year.

8.5 A Participant may elect to change the form of benefit payment (see Section 8.3) or the timing of benefit commencement (see Section 8.4); provided however, that the Participant has made and filed with the Administrative Committee an appropriate form designated by the Administrative Committee prior to twenty four (24) months before termination of the Participant’s employment.

8.6 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon the death of a Participant, the Corporation shall pay to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary an amount equal to the remaining unpaid balance of the Vested Percentage of the Participant’s Retirement Account in a lump sum.

8.7 To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, the Corporation shall withhold from the payments made hereunder any taxes required to be withheld by the federal or any state or local government.

8.8 The Administration Committee may direct payment to the duly appointed guardian, conservator, or other similar legal representative of a Participant or Designated Beneficiary to

 

7


whom payment is due. In the absence of such a legal representative, the Administration Committee may, in it sole and absolute discretion, make payment to a person having the care and custody of a minor, incompetent or person incapable of handling the disposition of property upon proof satisfactory to the Administration Committee of incompetency, minority, or incapacity. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Administrative Committee from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOR CAUSE

If a Participant’s employment with the Corporation is terminated for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit any benefits otherwise payable pursuant to this Plan, regardless of his Vesting Percentage, and the Corporation shall have no obligations to the Participant under the Plan or the Corporation’s Agreement with Participant.

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

10.1 Corporation reserves the right to amend or terminate this Plan by resolution adopted by its Board; however, any amendment or termination permitted under this Article 10.1 shall not reduce or cancel any benefits, which has become vested at that point of time, or the manner of payment of such benefits payable to a Participant or his Designated Beneficiary.

10.2 Construction of this Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, except as preempted by federal law.

10.3 Nothing in this Plan, or any amendment thereto, shall give a Participant, Designated Beneficiary, employee or other person a right unless it is specifically provided or is accorded by Corporation pursuant to this Plan. Nothing in this Plan or any amendment thereto shall be construed as giving a Participant the right to remain in the employment of Corporation and all persons shall remain subject to discharge at any time to the same extent as if this Plan had not been adopted.

10.4 This Plan does not create a trust in favor of a Participant, his Designated Beneficiary or any other persons claiming in his behalf, and the obligation of Corporation is solely a contractual obligation to make the payments due hereunder.

10.5 The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, permit the Participant to take a leave of absence for a period not to exceed one (1) year. During this time the Participant will be considered to be in the continuous employ of the Corporation for purposes of this Plan.

10.6 The interests of Participants and their Designated Beneficiaries are not subject to claims, indebtedness, attachment, execution, garnishment or other legal or equitable process, and

 

8


such interests may not be voluntarily or involuntarily sold, transferred or assigned. Notwithstanding this Article 10.6, Corporation may apply any distribution pursuant to this Plan to satisfy, in whole or in part, any amounts due from Participant to Corporation.

10.7 The Corporation at any time may transfer the assets of this Plan to a trust created by the Corporation on behalf of its Key Executive Employees.

10.8 The terms of this Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of all parties in interest.

10.9 Terms in the masculine shall be deemed to include the feminine, and terms in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa, wherever the context so admits or requires.

* * *

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. has caused this Plan to be executed and attested by its officer thereto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.

By:

    
 

President

 

10


EXHIBIT A

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

PUBLISHERS’ DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

I hereby acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Publishers’ Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 1, 1998 and have fully read and understand the Plan and agree to be bound by the terms thereof.

As set forth on the attached enrollment form, I designate my Primary and Contingent Beneficiary to receive death benefits payable upon my death. NOTE: If your Primary Beneficiary is not your spouse, your spouse must sign the Spousal Consent line on the enrollment form.

ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

   

By:

           

Its:

        

Participant

         

Date

     

Date

 

11


T HE E XECUTIVE

N ONQUALIFIED “E XCESS ” P LAN

Adoption Agreement – Publishers’ Deferred Compensation Plan

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 1st day of January 1, 2003, by Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. (the “Employer”), having its principal office at 3000 Dundee Road, Suite 203, Northbrook, IL 60062-2422 and EXECUTIVE BENEFIT SERVICES, INC. (the “Sponsor”), having its principal office at 434 Fayetteville Street, Suite 1160, Raleigh, North Carolina 27601.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Sponsor has established The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Employer desires to adopt the Plan as an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan, for the benefit of the Employer’s x Employees and/or ¨  Independent Contractors;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Employer hereby adopts the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement:

ARTICLE I

Terms used in this Adoption Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, unless some other meaning is expressly herein set forth. The Employer hereby represents and warrants that the Plan has been adopted by the Employer upon proper authorization and the Employer hereby elects to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Participants as referred to in the Plan. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Employer hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

This Adoption Agreement may only be used in connection with The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan. The Sponsor will inform the Employer of any amendments to the Plan or of the discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan. For questions concerning the Plan, the Employer may call the Sponsor at (919) 833-1042.

ARTICLE II

The Employer hereby makes the following designations or elections for the purpose of the Plan [Section references below correspond to Section references in the Plan]:


2.4 Adjustment Date: The Deferred Compensation Account of Participants shall be adjusted for the amount of any Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits and Employer Performance Incentive Credits to such account on the last business day of each Plan Year and such other times as may be designated below [check any additional desired Adjustment Dates]:

 

___   (a)    The last business day of each calendar quarter during the Plan Year.
___   (b)   

The last business day of each month during the Plan Year.

___   (c)   

The last business day of each payroll period during the Plan Year.

XX   (d)   

Each day securities are traded on a national stock exchange [when received by EBS].

___   (e)   

Other [specify] ________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________.

2.9 Compensation: The “Compensation” of a Participant shall mean all of each Participant’s [check desired option(s)]:

 

___   (a)    Compensation received as an Employee reportable in box 1, Wages, Tips and other Compensation, on Form W-2.
XX   (b)   

Annual base salary.

XX   (c)   

Annual bonus.

___   (d)   

Compensation received as an Independent Contractor reportable on Form 1099.

___   (e)   

Long term incentive plan compensation.

___   (f)   

Other [specify] ________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation x SHALL ¨ SHALL NOT include Salary Deferral Credits under this Plan and amounts contributed by the Participant pursuant to a Salary Deferral Agreement to another employee benefit plan of the Employer which are not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.


2.13 Effective Date: [check desired option]:

 

___   (a)    This is a newly-established Plan, and the Effective Date of the Plan is _______________.
XX   (b)    This is an amendment and restatement of the Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Publishers’ Deferred Compensation Plan with an original effective date of January 1, 1998 , and the effective date of this amended and restated Plan is January 1, 2003 . This is amendment number 1 .

2.20 Normal Retirement Age: The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be [check desired option]:

 

___   (a)    Age ____.
XX   (b)    The later of age 65 or the 15 th anniversary of the participation commencement date. The participation commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

2.22 Participating Employer(s): As of the Effective Date, the following Participating Employer(s) are parties to the Plan [list all employer-parties, including the Employer]:

 

Name of Employer

  

Address

  

Telephone No.

  

EIN

Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.

   3000 Dundee Rd., Suite 203    847-272-2244    36-4197635
   Northbrook, IL 60062-2422      
                
          
                
          

2.23 Plan: The name of the Plan as applied to the Employer is: Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Publisher’s Deferred Compensation Plan


2.24 Plan Administrator: The Plan Administrator shall be [check desired option]:

 

XX   (a )    Committee.
___   (b )    Employer.
___   (c )    Other (specify): _______________________________________.

2.25 Plan Year: The Plan Year shall be the 12 consecutive calendar month period ending on the last day of the month of December , and each anniversary thereof.

2.34 Trust: [check desired option]:

 

___   (a )    The Employer does desire to establish a “rabbi” trust for the purpose of setting aside assets of the Employer contributed thereto for the payment of benefits under the Plan.
     If a trust is established and the value of the assets of the trust exceed % (insert desired percentage greater than 100%) of the amount required to pay benefits under the Plan, then the Trustee is authorized to return such excess assets to the Employer.
XX   (b )    The Employer does not desire to establish a “rabbi” trust for the purpose of setting aside assets of the Employer contributed thereto for the payment of benefits under the Plan.


2.36 Years of Service: For vesting purposes, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below [check desired option]:

 

___   (a)    First Day of Service.
___   (b)   

Effective Date of Plan Entry.

___   (c)    Each Contribution Date. Under this option (iii), each Employer Matching Credit or Performance Incentive Credit shall vest in accordance with the applicable schedule selected in Section 7 of this Adoption Agreement based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Adjustment Date on which each Employer Matching Credit or Performance Incentive Credit is credited to his or her Deferred Compensation Account.
XX   (d)    Any 12 month consecutive period commencing on the date on which the Participant became a key executive employee and during which the Participant completes 1,000 hours of service with the Corporation. Years of service with American Publishing Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates shall count. The Corporation will provide this date to EBS.


3.1 Salary Deferral Credits: A Participant may elect to have his Compensation (as selected in Section 2.9 of this Adoption Agreement) reduced by the following percentage or amount per pay period, or for a specified pay period or periods, as designated in writing to the Committee [check the applicable options]:

 

___      (a)    Annual base salary:
        [complete the following blanks only if a minimum or maximum deferral is desired]:
       

minimum deferral: $                      or                      %

maximum deferral: $                      or                      %

___      (b)   

Annual bonus:

       

[complete the following blanks only if a minimum or maximum deferral is desired]:

       

minimum deferral: $                      or                      %

maximum deferral: $                      or                      %

___      (c)   

Other [please specify type, as selected in Section 2.9 of this Adoption Agreement]:                     

       

[complete the following blanks only if a minimum or maximum deferral is desired]:

       

minimum deferral: $                      or                      %

maximum deferral: $                      or                      %

XX      (d)   

No Salary Deferral provision.

3.1.3 Termination of Salary Deferrals: A Participant may terminate his Salary Deferral Agreement effective as of [check desired option]:

 

___      (a)    The first full payroll period commencing after the date written notice of the termination is received by the Committee.
___      (b)    The January 1 occurring after the date written notice of the termination is received by the Committee.
XX      (c)    Not Applicable – no salary deferral provision.


3.2 Employer Matching Credits: The Employer may make Matching Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant in an amount determined as follows [check desired option(s)]:

 

___      (a)                 % of the Participant’s Salary Deferral Credits.
___      (b)                 % of the first              % of the Participant’s Compensation which is elected as a Salary Deferral Credit.
___      (c)    An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.
___      (d)    The Employer shall decide from year to year whether Matching Credits will be made and shall notify Participants annually of the manner in which Matching Credits will be calculated for the subsequent year.
___      (e)    The Employer shall not match amounts provided above in excess of $                      , or in excess of          % of the Participant’s Compensation per Plan Year.
XX      (f)    No Employer Matching Credits provision.

3.3 Employer Performance Incentive Credits: The Employer may make Performance Incentive Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

___      (a)    Such amount out of the current or accumulated net profit of the Employer for such year as the Employer in its sole discretion shall determine.
XX      (b)    Such amount as the Employer in its sole discretion shall determine without regard to current or accumulated net profit.
___      (c)    The Employer shall not make Performance Incentive Credits in excess of $                      , or in excess of              % of the Participant’s Compensation per Plan Year.
___      (d)    No Employer Performance Incentive Credits provision.


4.1 Death of a Participant: If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Beneficiary in an amount equal to the accrued benefit of the Participant determined as of the date payments to the Beneficiary commence, plus [check desired option]:

 

___      (a)    An amount to be determined by the Committee.
___      (b)   

A lump sum of $                      .

___      (c)   

             times the annual base salary of the Participant at his date of death.

___      (d)   

Other [specify]:                                                   .

XX      (e)   

No additional benefits.

4.4.2 Early Retirement: The Employer may elect to provide for Early Retirement. If Early Retirement is permitted, it shall be subject to the following eligibility requirements [check desired option]:

 

___      (a)    Completion of              Years of Service.
___      (b)   

Attainment of age              .

___      (c)   

Completion of              Years of Service and attainment of age              .

XX      (d)   

No Early Retirement provisions.

5.1 Regular In-Service withdrawals: [check desired option]:

 

___      (a)    The Employer does elect to permit regular in-service withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.
XX      (b)    The Employer does not elect to permit regular in-service withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.


5.3 “Haircut” Withdrawals: [check desired option]:

 

___      (a)    The Employer does elect to permit “haircut” withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.
        Specify percentage (not less than 10%) of amount withdrawn that shall be forfeited:              %
XX      (b)    The Employer does not elect to permit “haircut” withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.

5.4 College Education Withdrawals: [check desired option]:

 

___      (a)    The Employer does elect to permit college education withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.
XX      (b)    The Employer does not elect to permit college education withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.


6.1 Payment Options: Any benefit payable under the Plan may be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary (as applicable) in any of the following payment forms, as selected by the Participant upon his entry into the Plan [check desired option(s)]:

 

XX      (a)    A lump sum in cash as soon as feasible following the date Participant’s service with the
Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).
XX      (b)    Approximately equal annual installments over a term of 5, 10 or 15 years as elected by
the Participant upon his entry into the Plan.
        Payment of the benefit shall commence as of the following date [select desired option]:
        XX      (i)    The first business day of the calendar year following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).
        ___      (ii)    The first business day of the calendar quarter following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).
        XX      (iii)    The first business day of the calendar month following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).
        The payment of each annual installment shall be made on the anniversary of the date
selected for the commencement of the installment payments in this subsection (ii). The
amount of the annual installment shall be adjusted on each anniversary date of the
commencement of the installment payments for credits or debits to the Participant’s
account pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan. Such adjustment shall be made by dividing
the balance in the Deferred Compensation Account on each such date (following
adjustment on such date) by the number of annual installments remaining to be paid
hereunder; provided that the last annual installment due under the Plan shall be the
entire amount credited to the Participant’s account on the date of payment.
XX      (c)    Other : If the Participant’s account balance is less than $10,000, a lump sum
payment is required.


7. Vesting:

 

  (a) Vesting of Employer Matching Credits: The nonforfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Matching Credits shall be as follows [check one]:

 

___

   (i)   Immediate 100% vesting.

___

   (ii)   100% vesting after ____ Years of Service.

___

   (iii)   100% vesting at age ____.

___

   (iv)   Number of Years
of Service
   Vested
Percentage
     Less than    1                            0%
                        1                            20%
                        2                            40%
                        3                            60%
                        4                            80%
                        5 or more                            100%

___

   (v)   Number of Years
of Service
   Vested
Percentage
     Less than    3                            0%
                        3                            60%
                        4                            80%
                        5 or more                            100%

___

   (vi)   Number of Years
of Service
   Vested
Percentage
     Less than    6                            0%
                        6                            10%
                        7                            20%
                        8                            30%
                        9                            40%
                        10                            50%
                        11                            60%
                        12                            70%
                        13                            80%
                        14                            90%
                        15 or more                            100%

XX

   (vii)   Not applicable   


In addition, the forfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Matching Credits ¨ SHALL ¨ SHALL NOT become 100% vested at the Death or Disability of the Participant.


  (b) Vesting of Employer Performance Incentive Credits: The nonforfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Performance Incentive Credits shall be as follows [check one]:

 

___

   (i)   Immediate 100% vesting.

___

   (ii)   100% vesting after ____ Years of Service.

___

   (iii)   100% vesting at age ____.

___

   (iv)   Number of Years
of Service
   Vested
Percentage
     Less than    1                            0%
                        1                            20%
                        2                            40%
                        3                            60%
                        4                            80%
                        5 or more                            100%

___

   (v)   Number of Years
of Service
   Vested
Percentage
     Less than    3                            0%
                        3                            20%
                        4                            40%
                        5                            60%
                        6                            80%
                        7 or more                            100%

XX

   (vi)   Number of Years
of Service
   Vested
Percentage
     Less than    6                            0%
                        6                            10%
                        7                            20%
                        8                            30%
                        9                            40%
                        10                            50%
                        11                            60%
                        12                            70%
                        13                            80%
                        14                            90%
                        15 or more                            100%

___

   (vii)   Not applicable   


In addition, the forfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Performance Incentive Credits ¨ SHALL x SHALL NOT become 100% vested at the Death or Disability of the Participant.


  14. Amendment or Termination of Plan: [check or complete all that apply]:

 

XX

   (a)    Notwithstanding any provision in this Adoption Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, the following shall be added to the end of Section 7.0 as follows:
      “Termination of Employment for Cause – If a Participant’s employment with the Corporation is terminated for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit any benefits otherwise payable pursuant to this Plan, regardless of his Vesting Percentage, and the Corporation shall have no obligations to the Participant under the Plan or the Corporation’s Agreement with Participant.
      Definition of Cause : (i) Conduct or activity of the Participant materially detrimental to the Corporation’s reputation or business (including financial) operations including, without limitation, theft or misappropriation of the Corporation’s property; (ii) gross or habitual neglect or breach of duty or misconduct of the Participant in discharging the duties of his position; or (iii) prolonged absence by the Participant from his duties (other than on account of illness or Disability) without the consent of the Corporation.”


___

   (b)    The Plan shall be terminated upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events [check if desired]:
     

___

  

(i)

  

The amount of shareholders equity shown on the financial statements of the Employer for each of the two most recent fiscal years is less than $__________.

     

___

  

(ii)

  

The aggregate net loss (after tax) as reported on the financial statements of the Employer for the two most recent fiscal years is greater than $__________.

     

___

  

(iii)

  

There is a change of control of the Employer. For this purpose, a “change of control” shall be deemed to have occurred if: (A) any person other than an officer who is an employee of the Employer for at least one year preceding the change of control, acquires or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Employer representing _____% [insert percentage] or more of the combined voting power of the Employer’s then outstanding securities and thereafter, the membership of the Board becomes such that a majority are persons who were not members of the Board at the time of the acquisition of securities; or (B) the Employer, or its assets, are acquired by or combined with another entity and less than a majority of the outstanding voting shares of such entity after the acquisition or combination are owned, immediately after the acquisition or combination, by the owners of voting shares of the Employer immediately prior to the acquisition or combination.

     

___

  

(iv)

  

Other [specify]:
______________________________________ ______________________________________ ______________________________________

17.9 Construction: The provisions of the Plan and Trust (if any) shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Illinois , except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year first above stated.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.
Name of Employer
By:     
 

        Authorized Person

NOTE: Execution of this Adoption Agreement creates a legal liability of the Employer with significant tax consequences to the Employer and Participants. The Employer should obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan. The Sponsor disclaims all liability for the legal and tax consequences which result from the elections made by the Employer in this Adoption Agreement.

Exhibit 10.3

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

EXECUTIVE BENEFIT PLAN

This plan document is adopted and executed as of January 1, 1998 by LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. has established this Plan to provide certain Key Executive Employees selected by the Administration Committee with the means for deferring certain compensation for services to be rendered by the Key Executive Employees from this date forward until the Key Executive Employees’ retirement or prior termination of employment; and

WHEREAS, the adoption and execution of this Plan has been approved by the Board.

ARTICLE 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Plan, the following definitions shall have the meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

1.1 Administration Committee: The individuals designated by the Board to oversee and administer the Plan.

1.2 Agreement: The agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and by this reference incorporated herein, whereby a Participant agrees to participate in the Plan and designates his Designated Beneficiary.

1.3 Board: The Board of Directors of Corporation.

1.4 Cause: (i) Conduct or activity of the Participant materially detrimental to the Corporation’s reputation or business (including financial) operations including, without limitation, theft or misappropriation of the Corporation’s property; (ii) gross or habitual neglect or breach of duty or misconduct of the Participant in discharging the duties of his position; or (iii) prolonged absence by the Participant from his duties (other than on account of illness or Disability) without the consent of the Corporation.

1.5 Corporation: Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation, its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates.

1.6 Designated Beneficiary: The individual, trustee, entity, or other personal representative designated by the Participant to receive benefits under this Plan in the event of Participant’s death.

1.7 Disability: The inability of a Participant to perform the material duties of his/her

 

1


employment with the Corporation due to a mental or physical illness which illness continues for a three (3) consecutive month period.

1.8 Effective Date: January 1, 1998.

1.9 Investment Fund: The portfolio or investment funds selected by the Board, and designated by the Participant, to be used as an index in calculating the Rate of Return.

1.10 Key Executive Employee: A person who is designated as such by the Administration Committee.

1.11 Participant: A Key Executive Employee recommended and approved by the Committee to participate in this Plan.

1.12 Plan: The Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Benefit Plan.

1.13 Retirement: The termination of a Participant’s employment with the Corporation on or after attaining age sixty-five (65).

1.14 Rate of Return: The amount credited to a Participant’s Retirement Account based upon the net performance of the Investment Funds designated by the Participant as if the Retirement Accounts were actually invested in the Investment Funds.

1.15 Retirement Account: The bookkeeping account as maintained by the Corporation with respect to any Discretionary Contributions made by the Company pursuant to this Plan, including any additions thereto. A Participant’s Retirement Account shall be utilized solely as a device for the determination and measurement of the amounts to be paid to the Participant pursuant to the Plan. The Vested Percentage of the Participant’s Retirement Account shall be equal to the product of the Retirement Account and the Participant’s Vesting Percentage.

1.16 Vesting Percentage: The Participant’s Vesting Percentage shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Years of Service

   Vesting Percentage  

0 - 3 years

   0 %

At least 3 years, but less than 4 years

   60 %

At least 4 years, but less than 5 years

   80 %

5 years or more

   100 %

 

2


Furthermore, Participant will be one hundred percent (100%) vested in his Retirement Account if he attains age sixty-five (65) while in the employ of the Corporation, or upon the death or Disability of a Participant.

1.17 Years of Service: The term “Years of Service” means with respect to the Participant, any twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing on the date on which he first became a Key Executive Employee and during which the Participant completes at least 1,000 hours of service with the Corporation. Years of Service with American Publishing Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates shall not count.

ARTICLE 2. ADMINISTRATION

2.1 The Plan shall be administered by the Administrative Committee which shall be designated by the Board. The Administration Committee will adopt such uniform and nondiscriminatory regulations as it shall deem necessary or appropriate for the administration of this Plan. The Administration Committee shall have the full power, authority and discretion to adopt, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and decide and resolve all questions and issues interpreting the terms and conditions of this Plan which may arise hereunder. The Administration Committee may delegate one or more of its duties or responsibilities to other individuals.

2.2 The decision or action of the Administration Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan.

2.3 The Administration Committee shall compute the benefits payable, as provided in this Plan, to Participants or their Designated Beneficiaries under this Plan.

2.4 The Administration Committee shall keep a record of all proceedings and shall maintain or cause to be maintained all books of accounts, records or other data as may be necessary or advisable in the Administration Committee’s judgment for the proper administration of the Plan.

2.5 Each Participant who is to receive a benefit pursuant to this Plan, shall designate in a written form presented by the Administration Committee a beneficiary to receive benefits pursuant to Article 8 in the event of the Participant’s death and shall file the same with the Administration Committee. The designation may be changed by filing a revised form with the Administration Committee without the consent of a Designated Beneficiary. The most recent designation received by the Administration Committee shall govern. In the event the Participant shall fail to select a Designated Beneficiary prior to his death, benefits shall be paid to the

 

3


Participant’s surviving spouse, if alive; otherwise to the personal representative of the Participant’s estate for distribution in accordance with applicable law.

2.6 Each Participant and Designated Beneficiary shall submit to Corporation, on a form provided by it, his current mailing address. It shall be the duty of each Participant and Designated Beneficiary to notify Corporation of any change of address. In the absence of such notice, Corporation may rely upon the last known address of the Participant and Designated Beneficiary.

2.7 A Participant must provide to the Administration Committee all information requested in connection with the administration of any part of this Plan.

ARTICLE 3. CLAIMS PROCEDURE

3.1 Any person claiming a benefit, requesting information, an interpretation or ruling under the Plan (hereinafter referred to as a “Claimant”) may file a written request for such benefit with the Administration Committee, setting forth such claim. The request must be addressed to the President of the Corporation at its then principal place of business.

3.2 Upon receipt of a claim, the Administration Committee shall advise the Claimant that a reply will be forthcoming within ninety (90) days and shall, in fact, deliver such reply within such period. The Administration Committee may, however, extend the reply period for an additional ninety (90) days for a reasonable cause. If the Claim is denied in whole or in part, the Administration Committee shall adopt a written opinion, using language calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth:

(1) The specific reason or reasons for such denial;

(2) The specific reference to pertinent provisions of this Plan on which such denial is based;

(3) A Description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation why such material or such information is necessary;

(4) Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review; and

(5) The time limits for requesting a review under Article 3.3 and for review under Article 3.4.

3.3 Within sixty (60) days after the receipt by the Claimant of the written opinion described above, the Claimant may request in writing that the Secretary of the Corporation review the determination of the Administration Committee. Such request must be addressed to the

 

4


Secretary of the Corporation, at its then principal place of business. The Claimant or this duly authorized representative may, but need not, review the pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing for consideration by the Administration Committee. If the Claimant does not request a review of the Administration Committee’s determination by the Secretary of the Corporation within such sixty (60) day period, he shall be barred and estopped from challenging the Administration Committee’s determination. All decisions on review shall be final and bind all parties concerned.

3.4 Within sixty (60) days after the Secretary’s receipt of a request for review, he will review the Administration Committee’s determination. After considering all materials presented by the Claimant, the Secretary will render a written opinion, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth the specific reasons for the decision and containing specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Plan on which the decision is based. If special circumstances require that the sixty (60) day time period be extended, the Secretary will so notify the Claimant and will render the decision as soon as possible, but no later then one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review.

ARTICLE 4. ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN

4.1 Eligibility to participate shall be limited to those Key Executive Employees selected by the Administration Committee. The Administration Committee may provide that a Key Executive Employee becomes a Participant in the Plan effective as of any date and such Key Executive Employee shall become a Participant as of such date.

4.2 Each Participant shall complete and execute an Agreement, in the form attached hereto, upon becoming a Participant or at such other time as the Administration Committee may require.

ARTICLE 5. BENEFITS PAYABLE ONLY FROM GENERAL CORPORATE ASSETS

5.1 This Plan is intended to be unfunded for tax purposes and is an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Section 201, 301 and 401 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and therefore is exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA. The payments to the Participant, his Designated Beneficiary or any other beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be a part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Corporation. No person shall have nor acquire any interest in such assets by virtue of the provisions of this Plan. The Corporation’s obligation under this Plan shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay. To the extent that the Participant or any other person acquires a right to

 

5


receive payments from the Corporation under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Corporation; no such person shall have nor acquire any legal or equitable right, interest or claim in or to any property or assets of the Corporation.

5.2 In the event that, in its discretion, the Corporation establishes a trust under this Plan to hold assets to assist the Corporation to meet its obligations in whole, or in part, hereunder, neither the Participant, his Designated Beneficiary, any other beneficiary nor any other person shall have nor acquire any rights whatsoever therein or in the proceeds therefrom. Any trust created under this Plan and any assets held by such trust will be held for the payment of the Corporation’s general creditors in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy.

ARTICLE 6. RETIREMENT CONTRIBUTIONS

The Corporation shall establish a Retirement Account for each Participant to which amounts hereinafter referred to as “Discretionary Contributions” may be credited by the Corporation. Discretionary Contributions, if any, may be credited at any time by the Corporation and may be fixed in terms of dollars, percentage of net profits, percentage of compensation or any other method so determined by the Corporation, in its sole and absolute discretion. The Corporation shall be under no obligation to make any contributions or allocations hereunder.

ARTICLE 7. INVESTMENT OF RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS

Each Participant’s Retirement Account will be credited from time to time with the Rate of Return which shall be based upon the Investment Funds designated by the Participant. Selection of Investment Funds and changes in the designation of the deemed investment of Retirement Accounts in any Investment Funds shall be subject to rules and regulations promulgated by the Administration Committee from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation (or any trust created hereunder) shall be under no obligation to acquire any assets pursuant to a Participant’s designation of Investment Funds, but such Participant's Retirement Account shall be valued as if the Retirement Accounts were invested as so directed.

ARTICLE 8. BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

8.1 Unless as provided below, a Participant’s Retirement Account may not be distributed to the Participant prior to termination of the Participant’s employment.

8.2 Upon a Participant’s termination of employment with the Corporation for any reason, the Corporation shall pay the Participant or, in the case of death, the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, benefits equal to the Vested Percentage of the Participant’s Retirement

 

6


Account valued as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the date of the Participant’s termination, in the form as set forth in Section 8.4 or Section 8.6, as the case may be.

8.3 (a) Subject to Section 8.3(b), benefits shall be paid in the form selected by the Participant as specified in the Agreement. The forms of benefit payments shall be as follows:

(i) A lump sum payment.

(ii) Equal annual installments of the Vested Percentage of the Retirement Account valued as set forth above, amortized over a period of five (5), ten (10), or fifteen (15) years.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 8.3(a), if the Vested Percentage of the Participant’s Retirement Account is less than ten thousand dollars ($10,000) on the date of termination, the benefit shall be paid in a lump sum.

8.4 Benefits that are payable upon termination of employment shall commence as elected by the Participant in accordance with the following:

(a) Payments to commence as soon as practical after termination but in no case more than sixty (60) days after termination.

(b) Payments to commence as soon as practical in the calendar year following termination but in no case more than ninety (90) days after the beginning of the calendar year.

8.5 A Participant may elect to change the form of benefit payment (see Section 8.3) or the timing of benefit commencement (see Section 8.4); provided however, that the Participant has made and filed with the Administrative Committee an appropriate form designated by the Administrative Committee prior to twenty four (24) months before termination of the Participant’s employment.

8.6 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon the death of a Participant, the Corporation shall pay to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary an amount equal to the remaining unpaid balance of the Vested Percentage of the Participant’s Retirement Account in a lump sum.

8.7 To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, the Corporation shall withhold from the payments made hereunder any taxes required to be withheld by the federal or any state or local government.

8.8 The Administration Committee may direct payment to the duly appointed guardian, conservator, or other similar legal representative of a Participant or Designated Beneficiary to

 

7


whom payment is due. In the absence of such a legal representative, the Administration Committee may, in it sole and absolute discretion, make payment to a person having the care and custody of a minor, incompetent or person incapable of handling the disposition of property upon proof satisfactory to the Administration Committee of incompetency, minority, or incapacity. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Administrative Committee from all liability with respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOR CAUSE

If a Participant’s employment with the Corporation is terminated for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit any benefits otherwise payable pursuant to this Plan, regardless of his Vesting Percentage, and the Corporation shall have no obligations to the Participant under the Plan or the Corporation’s Agreement with Participant.

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

10.1 Corporation reserves the right to amend or terminate this Plan by resolution adopted by its Board; however, any amendment or termination permitted under this Article 10.1 shall not reduce or cancel any benefits, which has become vested at that point of time, or the manner of payment of such benefits payable to a Participant or his Designated Beneficiary.

10.2 Construction of this Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, except as preempted by federal law.

10.3 Nothing in this Plan, or any amendment thereto, shall give a Participant, Designated Beneficiary, employee or other person a right unless it is specifically provided or is accorded by Corporation pursuant to this Plan. Nothing in this Plan or any amendment thereto shall be construed as giving a Participant the right to remain in the employment of Corporation and all persons shall remain subject to discharge at any time to the same extent as if this Plan had not been adopted.

10.4 This Plan does not create a trust in favor of a Participant, his Designated Beneficiary or any other persons claiming in his behalf, and the obligation of Corporation is solely a contractual obligation to make the payments due hereunder.

10.5 The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, permit the Participant to take a leave of absence for a period not to exceed one (1) year. During this time the Participant will be considered to be in the continuous employ of the Corporation for purposes of this Plan.

10.6 The interests of Participants and their Designated Beneficiaries are not subject to claims, indebtedness, attachment, execution, garnishment or other legal or equitable process, and

 

8


such interests may not be voluntarily or involuntarily sold, transferred or assigned. Notwithstanding this Article 10.6, Corporation may apply any distribution pursuant to this Plan to satisfy, in whole or in part, any amounts due from Participant to Corporation.

10.7 The Corporation at any time may transfer the assets of this Plan to a trust created by the Corporation on behalf of its Key Executive Employees.

10.8 The terms of this Plan shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of all parties in interest.

10.9 Terms in the masculine shall be deemed to include the feminine, and terms in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa, wherever the context so admits or requires.

*         *         *

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. has caused this Plan to be executed and attested by its officer thereto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.
By:     
  President

 

10


EXHIBIT A

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

EXECUTIVE BENEFIT PLAN

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

I hereby acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Executive Benefit Plan effective as of January 1, 1998 and have fully read and understand the Plan and agree to be bound by the terms thereof.

As set forth on the attached enrollment form, I designate my Primary and Contingent Beneficiary to receive death benefits payable upon my death. NOTE: If your Primary Beneficiary is not your spouse, your spouse must sign the Spousal Consent line on the enrollment form.

ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.    
By:            
     

Participant

Its:         
         
Date       Date  

 

11


THE EXECUTIVE

NONQUALIFIED “EXCESS” PLAN

Adoption Agreement – Executive Benefit Plan

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 1 st day of January 1, 2003, by Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. (the “Employer”), having its principal office at 3000 Dundee Road, Suite 203, Northbrook, IL 60062-2422 and EXECUTIVE BENEFIT SERVICES, INC. (the “Sponsor”), having its principal office at 434 Fayetteville Street, Suite 1160, Raleigh, North Carolina 27601.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Sponsor has established The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Employer desires to adopt the Plan as an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan, for the benefit of the Employer’s x Employees and/or ¨  Independent Contractors;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Employer hereby adopts the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement:

ARTICLE I

Terms used in this Adoption Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, unless some other meaning is expressly herein set forth. The Employer hereby represents and warrants that the Plan has been adopted by the Employer upon proper authorization and the Employer hereby elects to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Participants as referred to in the Plan. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Employer hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

This Adoption Agreement may only be used in connection with The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan. The Sponsor will inform the Employer of any amendments to the Plan or of the discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan. For questions concerning the Plan, the Employer may call the Sponsor at (919) 833-1042.


ARTICLE II

The Employer hereby makes the following designations or elections for the purpose of the Plan [Section references below correspond to Section references in the Plan]:

2.4 Adjustment Date: The Deferred Compensation Account of Participants shall be adjusted for the amount of any Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits and Employer Performance Incentive Credits to such account on the last business day of each Plan Year and such other times as may be designated below [check any additional desired Adjustment Dates]:

 

___   (a)    The last business day of each calendar quarter during the Plan Year.
___   (b)   

The last business day of each month during the Plan Year.

___   (c)   

The last business day of each payroll period during the Plan Year.

XX   (d)   

Each day securities are traded on a national stock exchange [when received by EBS] .

___   (e)   

Other [specify] ________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________.

2.9 Compensation: The “Compensation” of a Participant shall mean all of each Participant’s [check desired option(s)]:

 

___   (a)    Compensation received as an Employee reportable in box 1, Wages, Tips and other Compensation, on Form W-2.
XX   (b)   

Annual base salary.

XX   (c)   

Annual bonus.

___   (d)   

Long term incentive plan compensation.

___   (e)   

Compensation received as an Independent Contractor reportable on Form 1099.

___   (f)   

Other [specify] ________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation x SHALL ¨ SHALL NOT include Salary Deferral Credits under this Plan and amounts contributed by the Participant pursuant to a Salary Deferral Agreement to another employee benefit plan of the Employer which are not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.


2.13 Effective Date: [check desired option]:

 

___   (a)    This is a newly-established Plan, and the Effective Date of the Plan is _______________.
XX   (b)    This is an amendment and restatement of the Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Benefit Plan with an original effective date of January 1, 1998 , and the effective date of this amended and restated Plan is January 1, 2003 . This is amendment number 1 .

2.20 Normal Retirement Age: The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be [check desired option]:

 

XX   (a)    Age 65 .
___   (b)    The later of age ___ or the ___ anniversary of the participation commencement date. The participation commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

2.22 Participating Employer(s): As of the Effective Date, the following Participating Employer(s) are parties to the Plan [list all employer-parties, including the Employer]:

 

Name of Employer

  

Address

  

Telephone No.

  

EIN

Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.

   3000 Dundee Rd., Suite 2003    847-272-2244    36-4197635
   Northbrook, IL 60062-2422      
                
          
                
          

2.23 Plan: The name of the Plan as applied to the Employer is: Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Benefit Plan

2.24 Plan Administrator: The Plan Administrator shall be [check desired option]:

 

XX   (a )    Committee. _____________
___   (b )    Employer.
___   (c )    Other (specify): _______________________________________.


2.25 Plan Year: The Plan Year shall be the 12 consecutive calendar month period ending on the last day of the month of December , and each anniversary thereof.

2.34 Trust: [check desired option]:

 

___   (a )    The Employer does desire to establish a “rabbi” trust for the purpose of setting aside assets of the Employer contributed thereto for the payment of benefits under the Plan.
     If a trust is established and the value of the assets of the trust exceed              % (insert desired percentage greater than 100%) of the amount required to pay benefits under the Plan, then the Trustee is authorized to return such excess assets to the Employer.
XX   (b )    The Employer does not desire to establish a “rabbi” trust for the purpose of setting aside assets of the Employer contributed thereto for the payment of benefits under the Plan.

2.36 Years of Service: For vesting purposes, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below [check desired option]:

 

___   (a)    First Day of Service.
___   (b)   

Effective Date of Plan Entry.

___   (c)    Each Contribution Date. Under this option (iii), each Employer Matching Credit or Performance Incentive Credit shall vest in accordance with the applicable schedule selected in Section 7 of this Adoption Agreement based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Adjustment Date on which each Employer Matching Credit or Performance Incentive Credit is credited to his or her Deferred Compensation Account.
XX   (d)    Any 12 month consecutive period commencing on the date on which the Participant became a key executive employee and during which the Participant completes 1,000 hours of service with the Corporation. Years of service with American Publishing Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates shall not Any 12 month consecutive period commencing on the date on which the Participant became a key executive employee and during which the Participant completes 1,000 hours of service with the Corporation. Years of service with American Publishing Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates shall not count. The Corporation will provide this date to EBS. count. The Corporation will provide this date to EBS.


3.1 Salary Deferral Credits: A Participant may elect to have his Compensation (as selected in Section 2.9 of this Adoption Agreement) reduced by the following percentage or amount per pay period, or for a specified pay period or periods, as designated in writing to the Committee [check the applicable options]:

 

___      (a)    Annual base salary:
        [complete the following blanks only if a minimum or maximum deferral is desired]:
       

minimum deferral: $                      or                      %

maximum deferral: $                      or                      %

___      (b)   

Annual bonus:

       

[complete the following blanks only if a minimum or maximum deferral is desired]:

       

minimum deferral: $                      or                      %

maximum deferral: $                      or                      %

___      (c)   

Other [please specify type, as selected in Section 2.9 of this Adoption Agreement]:

       

[complete the following blanks only if a minimum or maximum deferral is desired]:

       

minimum deferral: $                      or                      %

maximum deferral: $                      or                      %

XX      (d)   

No Salary Deferral provision.

3.1.3 Termination of Salary Deferrals: A Participant may terminate his Salary Deferral Agreement effective as of [check desired option]:

 

___      (a)    The first full payroll period commencing after the date written notice of the termination is received by the Committee.
___      (b)    The January 1 occurring after the date written notice of the termination is received by the Committee.
XX      (c)    Not Applicable – no Salary Deferral Provision.


3.2 Employer Matching Credits: The Employer may make Matching Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant in an amount determined as follows [check desired option(s)]:

 

___      (a)                 % of the Participant’s Salary Deferral Credits.
___      (b)                 % of the first              % of the Participant’s Compensation
___      (c)    An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.
___      (d)    The Employer shall decide from year to year whether Matching Credits will be made and shall notify Participants annually of the manner in which Matching Credits will be calculated for the subsequent year.
___      (e)    The Employer shall not match amounts provided above in excess of $                      , or in excess of          % of the Participant’s Compensation per Plan Year.
XX      (f)    No Employer Matching Credits provision.

3.3 Employer Performance Incentive Credits: The Employer may make Performance Incentive Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

___      (a)    Such amount out of the current or accumulated net profit of the Employer for such year as the Employer in its sole discretion shall determine.
XX      (b)    Such amount as the Employer in its sole discretion shall determine without regard to current or accumulated net profit.
___      (c)    The Employer shall not make Performance Incentive Credits in excess of $                      , or in excess of              % of the Participant’s Compensation per Plan Year.
___      (d)    No Employer Performance Incentive Credits provision.


4.1 Death of a Participant: If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Beneficiary in an amount equal to the accrued benefit of the Participant determined as of the date payments to the Beneficiary commence, plus [check desired option]:

 

___      (a)    An amount to be determined by the Committee.
___      (b)   

A lump sum of $                      .

___      (c)   

             times the annual base salary of the Participant at his date of                      .

___      (d)   

Other [specify]:                                                   .

XX      (e)   

No additional benefits.

4.4.2 Early Retirement: The Employer may elect to provide for Early Retirement. If Early Retirement is permitted, it shall be subject to the following eligibility requirements [check desired option]:

 

___      (a)    Completion of              Years of Service.
___      (b)   

Attainment of age              .

___      (c)   

Completion of              Years of Service and attainment of age              .

XX      (d)   

No Early Retirement provision.

5.1 Regular In-Service withdrawals: [check desired option]:

 

___      (a)    The Employer does elect to permit regular in-service withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.
XX      (b)    The Employer does not elect to permit regular in-service withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.


5.3 “Haircut” Withdrawals: [check desired option]:

 

___      (a)    The Employer does elect to permit “haircut” withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.
        Specify percentage (not less than 10%) of amount withdrawn that shall be forfeited:              %
XX      (b)    The Employer does not elect to permit “haircut” withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.

5.4 College Education Withdrawals: [check desired option]:

 

___      (a)    The Employer does elect to permit college education withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.
XX      (b)    The Employer does not elect to permit college education withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.

6.1 Payment Options: Any benefit payable under the Plan may be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary (as applicable) in any of the following payment forms, as selected by the Participant upon his entry into the Plan [check desired option(s)]:

 

XX      (a)    A lump sum in cash as soon as feasible following the date Participant’s service with the Employer
terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).
XX      (b)    Approximately equal annual installments over a term of 5, 10 or 15 years as elected by the Participant upon
his entry into the Plan.
        Payment of the benefit shall commence as of the following date [select desired option]:
        XX      (i)    The first business day of the calendar year following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).
        ___      (ii)    The first business day of the calendar quarter following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).


        ___      (iii)    The first business day of the calendar month following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).
        The payment of each annual installment shall be made on the anniversary of the date selected for the
commencement of the installment payments in this subsection (ii). The amount of the annual installment
shall be adjusted on each anniversary date of the commencement of the installment payments for credits or
debits to the Participant’s account pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan. Such adjustment shall be made by
dividing the balance in the Deferred Compensation Account on each such date (following adjustment on
such date) by the number of annual installments remaining to be paid hereunder; provided that the last
annual installment due under the Plan shall be the entire amount credited to the Participant’s account on the
date of payment.
XX      (c)    Other : If the Participant’s account balance is less than $10,000, a lump sum payment is required.


7. Vesting:

 

  (a) Vesting of Employer Matching Credits: The nonforfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Matching Credits shall be as follows [check one]:

 

___

   (i)   Immediate 100% vesting.

___

   (ii)   100% vesting after ____ Years of Service.

___

   (iii)   100% vesting at age ____.

___

   (iv)   Number of Years
of Service
   Vested
Percentage
     Less that    1                                0%
                        1                              20%
                        2                              40%
                        3                              60%
                        4                              80%
                        5 or more                            100%

___

   (v)   Number of Years
of Service
   Vested
Percentage
     Less that    3                                0%
                        3                              60%
                        4                              80%
                        5 or more                            100%
     Less that    1                                    %
                        1                                    %
                        2                                    %
                        3                                    %
                        4                                    %
                        5                                    %
                        6                                    %
                        7                                    %
                        8                                    %
                        9                                    %
                        10 or more                                    %

XX

   (viii)   Not applicable   

In addition, the forfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Matching Credits ¨ SHALL ¨ SHALL NOT become 100% vested at the Death or Disability of the Participant.


  (b) Vesting of Employer Performance Incentive Credits: The nonforfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Performance Incentive Credits shall be as follows [check one]:

 

___

   (i)   Immediate 100% vesting.

___

   (ii)   100% vesting after ____ Years of Service.

___

   (iii)   100% vesting at age ____.

___

   (iv)   Number of Years
of Service
   Vested
Percentage
     Less that    1                                0%
                        1                              20%
                        2                              40%
                        3                              60%
                        4                              80%
                        5 or more                            100%

___

   (v)   Number of Years
of Service
   Vested
Percentage
     Less that    3                                0%
                        3                              60%
                        4                              80%
                        5 or more                            100%
     Less that    1                                    %
                        1                                    %
                        2                                    %
                        3                                    %
                        4                                    %
                        5                                    %
                        6                                    %
                        7                                    %
                        8                                    %
                        9                                    %
                        10 or more                                    %

XX

   (viii)   Not applicable   

In addition, the forfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Matching Credits ¨ SHALL ¨ SHALL NOT become 100% vested at the Death or Disability of the Participant.


  14. Amendment or Termination of Plan: [check or complete all that apply]:

 

XX

   (a)    Notwithstanding any provision in this Adoption Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, the following shall be
added to the end of Section 7.0 as follows:
      “Termination of Employment for Cause – If a Participant’s employment with the Corporation is terminated
for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit any benefits otherwise payable pursuant to this Plan, regardless of his
Vesting Percentage, and the Corporation shall have no obligations to the Participant under the Plan or the
Corporation’s Agreement with Participant.
      Definition of Cause : (i) Conduct or activity of the Participant materially detrimental to the Corporation’s
reputation or business (including financial) operations including, without limitation, theft or misappropriation
of the Corporation’s property; (ii) gross or habitual neglect or breach of duty or misconduct of the Participant
in discharging the duties of his position; or (iii) prolonged absence by the Participant from his duties (other
than on account of illness or Disability) without the consent of the Corporation.”

___

   (b)    The Plan shall be terminated upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events [check if desired]:
      ___    (i)  

The amount of shareholders equity shown on the financial statements of the Employer for each of the two most recent fiscal years is less than $__________.

      ___    (ii)  

The aggregate net loss (after tax) as reported on the financial statements of the Employer for the two most recent fiscal years is greater than $__________.

      ___    (iii)  

There is a change of control of the Employer. For this purpose, a “change of control” shall be deemed to have occurred if: (A) any person other than an officer who is an employee of the Employer for at least one year preceding the change of control, acquires or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Employer representing _____% [insert percentage] or more of the combined voting power of the Employer’s then outstanding securities and thereafter, the membership of the Board becomes such that a majority are persons who were not members of the Board at the time of the acquisition of securities; or (B) the Employer, or its assets, are acquired by or combined with another entity and less than a majority of the outstanding voting shares of such entity after the acquisition or combination are owned, immediately after the acquisition or combination, by the owners of voting shares of the Employer immediately prior to the acquisition or combination.

      ___    (iv)  

Other [specify]:
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________


17.9 Construction: The provisions of the Plan and Trust (if any) shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Illinois , except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year first above stated.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.
Name of Employer
By:     
  Authorized Person

NOTE: Execution of this Adoption Agreement creates a legal liability of the Employer with significant tax consequences to the Employer and Participants. The Employer should obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan. The Sponsor disclaims all liability for the legal and tax consequences which result from the elections made by the Employer in this Adoption Agreement.

Exhibit 10.4

THE EXECUTIVE

NONQUALIFIED “EXCESS” PLAN

Plan Document


TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN

 

          Page
Section 1. Purpose    1
Section 2. Definitions    1
    2.1    “Accrued Benefit”    1
    2.2    “Active Participant”    1
    2.3    “Adoption Agreement”    1
    2.4    “Adjustment Date”    2
    2.5    “Beneficiary”    2
    2.6    “Board”    2
    2.7    “College Education Account”    2
    2.8    “Committee”    2
    2.9    “Compensation”    2
    2.10    “Deferred Compensation Account”    2
    2.11    “Dependent Subaccount”    2
    2.12    “Disability”    2
    2.13    “Effective Date”    3
    2.14    “Eligible Dependent”    3
    2.15    “Employee”    3
    2.16    “Employer”    3
    2.17    “Employer Matching Credits”    3
    2.18    “Employer Performance Incentive Credits”    4
    2.19    “Independent Contractor”    4
    2.20    “Normal Retirement Age”    4
    2.21    “Participant”    4
    2.22    “Participating Employer”    5
    2.23    “Plan”    5
    2.24    “Plan Administrator”    5
    2.25    “Plan Year”    5
    2.26    “Qualifying Distribution Event”    5
    2.27    “Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account”    5
    2.28    “Retire” or “Retirement”    5
    2.29    “Salary Deferral Agreement”    5
    2.30    “Salary Deferral Credits”    5
    2.31    “Service”    6
    2.32    “Sponsor”    6
    2.33    “Spouse” or “Surviving Spouse”    6
    2.34    “Trust”    6
    2.35    “Trustee”    6
    2.36    “Years of Service”    6


Section 3. Credits to Deferred Compensation Account    6
    3.1    Salary Deferral Credits    6
    3.2    Employer Matching Credits    7
    3.3    Employer Performance Incentive Credits    7
Section 4. Qualifying Distribution Events    8
    4.1    Death of a Participant    8
    4.2    Disability    8
    4.3    Termination of Service    8
    4.4    Retirement    9
Section 5. In-Service Withdrawals    9
    5.1    Regular In-Service Withdrawals    9
    5.2    Financial Hardship Withdrawals    10
    5.3    “Haircut” Withdrawals    11
    5.4    College Education Withdrawals    11
Section 6. Qualifying Distribution Events Payment Options    12
    6.1    Payment Options    12
    6.2    Prepayment    12
    6.3    Benefit Exchange    13
Section 7. Vesting    13
Section 8. Account; Deemed Investment; Adjustment of Accounts    14
    8.1    Account    14
    8.2    Deemed Investments    14
    8.3    Adjustments to Deferred Compensation Accounts    14
Section 9. Administration by Committee    15
    9.1    Membership of Committee    15
    9.2    Committee officers; Subcommittee    15
    9.3    Committee meetings    15
    9.4    Transaction of business    15
    9.5    Committee records    16
    9.6    Establishment of rules    16
    9.7    Conflicts of interest    16
    9.8    Correction of errors    16
    9.9    Authority to interpret Plan    16
    9.10    Third party advisors    17
    9.11    Compensation of members    17
    9.12    Expense reimbursement    17
    9.13    Indemnification    17
Section 10. Contractual Liability; Trust    18
    10.1    Contractual Liability    18
    10.2    Trust    18


Section 11. Allocation of Responsibilities    18
    11.1    Board    18
    11.2    Committee    19
    11.3    Plan Administrator    19
Section 12. Benefits Not Assignable; Facility of Payments    19
    12.1    Benefits not assignable    19
    12.2    Payments to minors and others    20
Section 13. Beneficiary    20
Section 14. Amendment and Termination of Plan    21
Section 15. Communication to Participants    21
Section 16. Claims Procedure    21
    16.1    Filing of a claim for benefits    21
    16.2    Notification to claimant of decision    22
    16.3    Procedure for review    22
    16.4    Decision on review    23
    16.5    Action by authorized representative of claimant    23
Section 17. Miscellaneous Provisions    23
    17.1    Set off    23
    17.2    Notices    23
    17.3    Lost distributees    24
    17.4    Reliance on data    24
    17.5    Receipt and release for payments    24
    17.6    Headings    25
    17.7    Continuation of employment    25
    17.8    Merger or consolidation    25
    17.9    Construction    25


T HE E XECUTIVE

N ONQUALIFIED E XCESS P LAN

Section 1. Purpose :

By execution of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer has adopted the Plan set forth herein to provide a means by which certain management Employees and Independent Contractors of the Employer may elect to defer receipt of current Compensation from the Employer in order to provide Retirement and other benefits on behalf of such Employees and Independent Contractors. The Plan is not intended to be a tax-qualified retirement plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated Employees under Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

Section 2. Definitions :

As used in the Plan, including this Section 2, references to one gender shall include the other and, unless otherwise indicated by the context:

“Accrued Benefit” shall mean, with respect to each Participant, the balance credited to his Deferred Compensation Account.

“Active Participant” shall mean, with respect to any day or date, a Participant who is in Service on such day or date; provided, that a Participant who is in Service shall cease to be an Active Participant immediately upon a determination by the Committee that the Participant has ceased to be an Employee or Independent Contractor.

“Adoption Agreement” shall mean the written agreement pursuant to which the Employer adopts the Plan. The Adoption Agreement is a part of the Plan as applied to the Employer.


“Adjustment Date” shall mean the date designated in the Adoption Agreement for crediting the amount of any Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits and Employer Performance Incentive Credits to each Deferred Compensation Account.

“Beneficiary” shall mean the person, persons, entity or entities designated or determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Employer, if the Employer is a corporation. If the Employer is not a corporation, “Board” shall mean the Employer.

“College Education Account” shall mean the separate account to be kept for each Participant and to be divided into one or more Dependent Subaccounts, as described in Section 5.4.

“Committee” shall mean the administrative committee provided for in Section 9.

“Compensation” shall have the meaning designated in the Adoption Agreement.

“Deferred Compensation Account” shall mean the separate account to be kept for each Participant, as described in Sections 3 and 8. To the extent applicable, the Deferred Compensation Account may be credited with Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits and Employer Performance Incentive Credits.

“Dependent Subaccount” shall mean each separate subaccount to be kept for each Participant as part of his College Education Account, as described in Section 5.4. To the extent applicable, each Dependent Subaccount may be credited with Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits, and Employer Performance Incentive Credits.

“Disability” shall mean the inability of a Participant to perform his regular duties with the Employer or any other duties which the Employer is willing to assign to him by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in


death or to be of long continued or indefinite duration. The determination of the existence or nonexistence of Disability shall be made by the Committee in a nondiscriminatory manner pursuant to an examination by a medical doctor selected or approved by the Committee.

“Effective Date” shall be the date designated in the Adoption Agreement as of which the Plan first becomes effective.

“Eligible Dependent” shall mean any child (including any legally adopted child) of a Participant who has not attained age 18 and who the Participant designates as an Eligible Dependent in his Salary Deferral Agreement; provided, however, that the Committee in its discretion may approve the designation of an individual other than the child of a Participant as an Eligible Dependent.

“Employee” shall mean an individual in the Service of the Employer if the relationship between the individual and the Employer is the legal relationship of employer and employee and if the individual is a highly compensated or management employee of the Employer. An individual shall cease to be an Employee upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the Employee’s termination of Service; or (ii) a determination by the Committee that the Employee no longer meets the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan.

“Employer” shall mean the Employer identified in the Adoption Agreement, and any Participating Employer which adopts this Plan. The Employer may be a corporation, a partnership or sole proprietorship. All references herein to the Employer shall be applied separately to each such Employer as if the Plan were solely the Plan of that Employer.

“Employer Matching Credits” shall mean the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2.


“Employer Performance Incentive Credits” shall mean the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.3.

“Independent Contractor” shall mean an individual in the Service of the Employer if the relationship between the individual and the Employer is not the legal relationship of employer and employee. An individual shall cease to be an Independent Contractor upon the termination of the Independent Contractor’s Service. An Independent Contractor shall include a director of the Employer who is not an Employee.

“Normal Retirement Age” of a Participant shall mean the age designated in the Adoption Agreement. The “Normal Retirement Date” of a Participant shall mean the date the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age.

“Participant” shall mean with respect to any Plan Year an Employee or Independent Contractor who has been designated by the Committee as a Participant and who has entered the Plan or who has an Accrued Benefit under the Plan. An Employee or Independent Contractor designated by the Committee as a Participant who has not otherwise entered the Plan shall enter the Plan and become a Participant as of the date determined by the Committee. A Participant who separates from Service with the Employer and who later returns to Service will not be eligible to defer Compensation under the Plan except upon satisfaction of such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish upon the Participant’s return to Service, whether or not the Participant shall have an Accrued Benefit remaining under the Plan on the date of his return to Service.


“Participating Employer” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which adopts this Plan with the consent of the Employer identified in the Adoption Agreement.

“Plan” shall mean The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan, as herein set out or as duly amended. The name of the Plan as applied to the Employer shall be designated in the Adoption Agreement.

“Plan Administrator” shall mean the person designated in the Adoption Agreement. If the Plan Administrator designated in the Adoption Agreement is unable to serve, the Employer shall be the Plan Administrator.

“Plan Year” shall mean the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the month designated in the Adoption Agreement.

“Qualifying Distribution Event” shall mean the Participant’s Retirement or the termination of Participant’s Service with the Employer for any reason, including as a result of his death or Disability.

“Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account” shall mean the separate account to be kept for each Participant, as described in Section 5.1. To the extent applicable, the Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account may be credited with Salary Deferral Credits.

“Retire” or “Retirement” shall mean Retirement within the meaning of Section 4.4.

“Salary Deferral Agreement” shall mean a written agreement entered into between a Participant and the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.

“Salary Deferral Credits” shall mean the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.


“Service” shall mean employment by the Employer as an Employee. If the Participant is an Independent Contractor, “Service” shall mean the period during which the contractual relationship exists between the Employer and the Participant.

“Sponsor” shall mean Executive Benefit Services, Inc.

“Spouse” or “Surviving Spouse” shall mean, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the legally married spouse or surviving spouse of a Participant.

“Trust” shall mean the trust fund established pursuant to Section 10.2, if designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee, if any, named in the agreement establishing the Trust and such successor or additional trustee as may be named pursuant to the terms of the agreement establishing the Trust.

“Years of Service” shall mean each Plan Year of Service completed by the Participant. For vesting purposes, Years of Service shall be calculated from the date designated in the Adoption Agreement.

Section 3. Credits to Deferred Compensation Account :

3.1 Salary Deferral Credits: To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, each Active Participant may elect, by entering into a Salary Deferral Agreement with the Employer, to reduce his Compensation from the Employer by a dollar amount or percentage specified in the Salary Deferral Agreement. The amount of the Participant’s Salary Reduction Credit shall be credited by the Employer to the Deferred Compensation Account maintained for the Participant pursuant to Section 8. The following special provisions shall apply with respect to the Salary Deferral Credits of a Participant:

3.1.1 The Employer shall credit to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account on each Adjustment Date an amount equal to the total Salary Reduction Credit for the period ending on such Adjustment Date.


3.1.2 An election pursuant to Section 3.1 shall be made by the Participant by executing and delivering a Salary Deferral Agreement to the Committee. The Salary Deferral Agreement shall become effective with respect to such Participant as of the first full payroll period commencing on or immediately following the January 1 which occurs after the date such Salary Deferral Agreement is received by the Committee; provided, that a Participant who first becomes a Participant in the Plan during a Plan Year may enter into a Salary Deferral Agreement to be effective as of the first payroll period next following the date he enters the Plan. A Participant’s election shall continue in effect, unless earlier modified by the Participant, until the Service of the Participant is terminated, or, if earlier, until the Participant ceases to be an Active Participant under the Plan.

3.1.3 A Participant may unilaterally modify a Salary Deferral Agreement (either to increase or decrease the portion of his future Compensation which is subject to salary deferral within the percentage limits set forth in Section 3.1) by providing a written modification of the Salary Deferral Agreement to the Employer. The modification shall become effective as of the first full payroll period commencing on or immediately following the January 1 which occurs after the date such written modification is received by the Committee. The Participant may terminate the Salary Deferral Agreement effective as of the date designated in the Adoption Agreement.

3.1.4 The Committee may from time to time establish policies or rules governing the manner in which Salary Deferral Credits may be made.

3.2 Employer Matching Credits: If designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, as of each Adjustment Date, the Employer shall cause the Committee to credit to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant an Employer matching credit in accordance with the Adoption Agreement.

3.3 Employer Performance Incentive Credits: If designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may credit to the Plan for such Plan Year any amount as the Board in its discretion shall determine. The Committee shall have the discretion to credit to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant an amount of the Employer Performance Incentive Credit for the Plan Year as directed by the Employer.


Section 4. Qualifying Distribution Events :

4.1 Death of a Participant: If a Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the amount designated in the Adoption Agreement. Payment of such benefit shall be made by the Employer pursuant to Section 6. If a Participant dies following his Retirement or termination of Service for any reason, including Disability, and before all payments to him under the Plan have been made, the balance of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid by the Employer to the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to Section 6, and such balance shall be determined as of the commencement date of the payments.

4.2 Disability: If a Participant suffers a Disability while in Service prior to his Normal Retirement Date, he shall terminate Service with the Employer as of the date of the establishment of his Disability, whereupon he shall commence receiving payment of his vested Accrued Benefit, determined as of the commencement date of the payments. Such benefit shall be paid by the Employer as provided in Section 6.

4.3 Termination of Service: If the Service of a Participant with the Employer shall be terminated for any reason other than Retirement, Disability or death, his vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid to him by the Employer as provided in Section 6, and such Accrued Benefit shall be determined as of the commencement date of the payments. If a Participant’s Accrued Benefit is not fully vested at his termination of employment, he shall forfeit that portion of his Accrued Benefit that is not fully vested. If he subsequently returns to Service with the Employer, he shall be treated as a new Participant for purposes of determining the vested portion of his Accrued Benefit.


4.4 Retirement:

4.4.1 Normal Retirement: A Participant who is in Service shall be eligible to Retire from Service at his Normal Retirement Date and commence receiving payment of his Accrued Benefit, determined as of the commencement date of the payments. Payment of such benefit shall be made by the Employer pursuant to Section 6.

4.4.2 Early Retirement: If so designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, and subject to the requirements for early retirement set forth therein, a Participant may elect early retirement effective on any date prior to his Normal Retirement Date by filing 30 days’ written notice with the Committee before such date. The Participant shall commence receiving payment of his Accrued Benefit determined as of the commencement date of the payments. Such benefit shall be paid by the Employer as provided in Section 6.

4.4.3 Delayed Retirement: If a Participant shall remain in Service following his Normal Retirement Date, his Retirement date shall be the date he actually terminates Service for reasons other than death or Disability, whereupon he shall commence receiving payment of his Accrued Benefit, determined as of the commencement date of the payments. Payment of such benefit shall be made by the Employer pursuant to Section 6. During the period that such Participant remains in Service pursuant to this Section 4.4.3, he shall continue to be a Participant for each Plan Year in which he meets the requirements therefor. If an Employee or Independent Contractor not otherwise a Participant becomes eligible to enter the Plan following his Normal Retirement Date, the provisions of this Section 4.4.3 shall apply in determining his Retirement date.

Section 5. In-Service Withdrawals :

5.1 Regular In-Service Withdrawals: If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that regular in-service withdrawals shall be permitted under the Plan, a Participant may make an irrevocable election in the Salary Deferral Agreement to withdraw a designated amount from his Deferred Compensation Account at the specified time or times designated by the Participant in the Salary Deferral Agreement, and the Participant’s Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account shall be credited in an amount equal to the amount so designated for regular in-service withdrawals. The following special provisions shall apply with respect to the regular in-service withdrawals:

5.1.1 The Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account shall be established, adjusted for payments, credited with Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits, and Employer Performance Incentive Credits, and credited or debited for


deemed investment gains or losses in the same manner and at the same time as such adjustments are made to the Deferred Compensation Account under Section 8 and in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 8.

5.1.2 Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 5 to the contrary, if Participant incurs a Qualifying Distribution Event prior to the date on which the entire balance of his Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account has been distributed to him, then the balance in the Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account on the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event shall be combined with the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account and distributed to him in the same manner and at the same time as his Deferred Compensation Account is distributed to him under Section 6 and in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 6.

5.2 Financial Hardship Withdrawals: A distribution of the Deferred Compensation Account may be made to a Participant on account of financial hardship, subject to the following provisions:

5.2.1 A Participant may, at any time prior to his Retirement or termination of Service for any reason, including Disability, make application to the Committee to receive a distribution in a lump sum of all or a portion of the total vested amount credited to his Deferred Compensation Account (determined as of the date the distribution, if any, is made under this Section 5.2) because of an unforeseeable emergency that results in severe financial hardship to the Participant. A distribution because of an unforeseeable emergency shall not exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the unforeseeable emergency and not otherwise reasonably available from other resources of the Participant. Examples of an unforeseeable emergency shall include but shall not be limited to those financial needs arising on account of a sudden or unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.

5.2.2 The Participant’s request for a distribution on account of financial hardship must be made in writing to the Committee. The request must specify the nature of the financial hardship, the total amount requested to be distributed from the Deferred Compensation Account, and the total amount of the actual expense incurred or to be incurred on account of financial hardship.

5.2.3 If a distribution under this Section 5.2 is approved by the Committee, such distribution will be made as soon as practicable following the date it is approved. The processing of the request shall be completed as soon as practicable from the date on which the Committee receives the properly completed written request for a distribution on account of a financial hardship. If


a Participant’s termination of Service occurs after a request is approved in accordance with this Section 5.2.3, but prior to distribution of the full amount approved, the approval of the request shall be automatically null and void and the benefits which the Participant is entitled to receive under the Plan shall be distributed in accordance with the applicable distribution provisions of the Plan. Only one financial hardship distribution shall be made within any Plan Year.

5.2.4 The Committee may from time to time adopt additional policies or rules governing the manner in which such distributions may be made so that the Plan may be conveniently administered.

5.3 “Haircut” Withdrawals: If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that “haircut” withdrawals shall be permitted under the Plan, a Participant in Service may at his option make one or more withdrawals from his Deferred Compensation Account by written request to the Committee; provided, however, that a Participant who requests a withdrawal under this Section 5.3 shall incur a penalty (the “haircut”) equal to a percentage (not less than 10%), as designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, of the amount withdrawn, and this penalty shall be forfeited from the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.

5.4 College Education Withdrawals: If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that college education withdrawals shall be permitted under the Plan, a Participant may elect in the Salary Deferral Agreement for a designated percentage or dollar amount of the Salary Deferral Credits to be credited to a College Education Account to be used to fund the college education of the Participant’s Eligible Dependent or Eligible Dependents. The College Education Account shall be divided into Dependent Subaccounts for each of the Participant’s Eligible Dependents, and the Participant may designate in the Salary Deferral Agreement the percentage or dollar amount of each Salary Deferral Credit to be credited to each Dependent Subaccount; provided, however, that the minimum credit that a Participant may elect to make to any Dependent Subaccount is $1,000. In the absence of a clear designation, all


credits made to the College Education Subaccount shall be equally allocated to each Dependent Subaccount. As soon as practicable after an Eligible Dependent of the Participant attains age 18, the Employer shall pay to the Participant the balance in the Dependent Subaccount with respect to such Eligible Dependent in annual installments over a period of four, five or six years, as designated by the Participant in the Salary Deferral Agreement. The following special provisions shall apply with respect to the Dependent Subaccounts:

5.4.1 The Dependent Subaccounts shall be established, adjusted for payments, credited with Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits, and Employer Performance Incentive Credits, and credited or debited for deemed investment gains or losses in the same manner and at the same time as such adjustments are made to the Deferred Compensation Account under Section 8 and in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 8.

5.4.2 Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 5 to the contrary, if Participant incurs a Qualifying Distribution Event prior to the date on which the entire balance of his College Education Account has been distributed to him, then the balance in the College Education Account on the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event shall be combined with the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account and distributed to him in the same manner and at the same time as his Deferred Compensation Account is distributed to him under Section 6 and in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 6.

Section 6. Qualifying Distribution Events Payment Options :

6.1 Payment Options: The Employer shall designate in the Adoption Agreement the payment options available upon a Qualifying Distribution Event. Upon a Participant’s entry into the Plan, the Participant shall elect among these designated payment options the method under which his vested Accrued Benefit or, in the event of his death, any benefit payable as a result, will be distributed; provided, however, that the Participant may change the method of payment with the consent of the Committee by filing a written election with the Committee at least one year prior to the commencement date of the payments.

6.2 Prepayment: Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, if a Participant or any other person (a “recipient”) is entitled to receive payments under the Plan, the


Committee in its sole discretion may direct the Employer to prepay all or any part of the payments remaining to be made to or on behalf of the recipient, or to shorten the payment period. The amount of such prepayment shall be in full satisfaction of the Employer’s obligations hereunder to the recipient and to all persons claiming under or through the recipient with respect to the payments being prepaid. In the event of a partial prepayment, the Committee shall designate which installments are being prepaid and, if applicable, the accounts of the Participant from which such prepayments shall be debited. The Committee’s determinations under this Section 6.2 shall be final and conclusive upon all parties claiming benefits under this Plan.

6.3 Benefit Exchange: Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, the Employer and the Participant may enter into an agreement under which, in lieu of the payment of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit upon a Qualifying Distribution Event, the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit will be exchanged for another nonqualified benefit in accordance with rules established by the Committee.

Section 7. Vesting:

A Participant shall be fully vested (that is, nonforfeitable) in the portion of his Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Salary Deferral Credits, and all income, gains and losses attributable thereto. A Participant shall become fully vested in the portion of his Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Employer Matching Credits, Employer Performance Incentive Credits, and income, gains and losses attributable thereto, on the first to occur of: (i) Normal Retirement; (ii) Early Retirement; (iii) death while in Service; or (iv) in accordance with the vesting schedule and provisions designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.


Section 8. Account; Deemed Investment; Adjustment of Accounts :

8.1 Account: The Committee shall establish a book reserve account, entitled the “Deferred Compensation Account,” on behalf of each Participant. Such account shall be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.3.

8.2 Deemed Investments: The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall be credited with an investment return determined as if the account were invested in one or more investment funds made available by the Committee. The Participant shall elect the investment funds in which his Deferred Compensation Account shall be deemed to be invested. Such election shall be made in the manner prescribed by the Committee and shall take effect upon the entry of the Participant into the Plan. The investment election of the Participant shall remain in effect until a new election is made by the Participant. In the event the Participant fails for any reason to make an effective election of the investment return to be credited to his account, the investment return shall be determined by the Committee.

8.3 Adjustments to Deferred Compensation Accounts: With respect to each Participant who has a Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan, the amount credited to such account shall be adjusted by the following debits and credits, at the times and in the order stated:

8.3.1 The Deferred Compensation Account shall be debited each business day with the total amount of any payments made from such account since the last preceding business day to him or for his benefit.

8.3.2 The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited on each Adjustment Date with the total amount of any Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits and Employer Performance Incentive Credits to such account since the last preceding Adjustment Date.

8.3.3 The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited or debited on each day securities are traded on a national stock exchange with the amount of deemed investment gain or loss resulting from the performance of the investment funds elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 8.2. The amount of such deemed investment gain or loss shall be determined by the Committee and such determination shall be final and conclusive upon all concerned.


Section 9. Administration by Committee :

9.1 Membership of Committee: The Committee shall consist of at least three individuals who shall be appointed by the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board. Any member of the Committee may resign, and his successor, if any, shall be appointed by the Board. The Committee shall be responsible for the general administration and interpretation of the Plan and for carrying out its provisions, except to the extent all or any of such obligations are specifically imposed on the Board.

9.2 Committee officers; Subcommittee: The members of the Committee shall elect a Chairman and may elect an acting Chairman. They shall also elect a Secretary and may elect an acting Secretary, either of whom may be but need not be a member of the Committee. The Committee may appoint from its membership such subcommittees with such powers as the Committee shall determine, and may authorize one or more of its members or any agent to execute or deliver any instruments or to make any payment on behalf of the Committee.

9.3 Committee meetings: The Committee shall hold such meetings upon such notice, at such places and at such intervals as it may from time to time determine. Notice of meetings shall not be required if notice is waived in writing by all the members of the Committee at the time in office, or if all such members are present at the meeting.

9.4 Transaction of business: A majority of the members of the Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting shall be by vote of a majority of those present at any such meeting and entitled to vote. Resolutions may be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written consent thereto signed by all of the members of the Committee.


9.5 Committee records: The Committee shall maintain full and complete records of its deliberations and decisions. The minutes of its proceedings shall be conclusive proof of the facts of the operation of the Plan.

9.6 Establishment of rules: Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may from time to time establish rules or by-laws for the administration of the Plan and the transaction of its business.

9.7 Conflicts of interest: No individual member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or to any of his rights or benefits under the Plan (except that such member may sign unanimous written consent to resolutions adopted or other action taken without a meeting), except relating to the terms of his Salary Deferral Agreement.

9.8 Correction of errors: The Committee may correct errors and, so far as practicable, may adjust any benefit or credit or payment accordingly. The Committee may in its discretion waive any notice requirements in the Plan; provided, that a waiver of notice in one or more cases shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of notice in any other case. With respect to any power or authority which the Committee has discretion to exercise under the Plan, such discretion shall be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner.

9.9 Authority to interpret Plan: Subject to the claims procedure set forth in Section 16, the Plan Administrator and the Committee shall have the duty and discretionary authority to interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan and to decide any dispute which may arise regarding the rights of Participants hereunder, including the discretionary authority to


construe the Plan and to make determinations as to eligibility and benefits under the Plan. Determinations by the Plan Administrator and the Committee shall apply uniformly to all persons similarly situated and shall be binding and conclusive upon all interested persons.

9.10 Third party advisors: The Committee may engage an attorney, accountant, actuary or any other technical advisor on matters regarding the operation of the Plan and to perform such other duties as shall be required in connection therewith, and may employ such clerical and related personnel as the Committee shall deem requisite or desirable in carrying out the provisions of the Plan. The Committee shall from time to time, but no less frequently than annually, review the financial condition of the Plan and determine the financial and liquidity needs of the Plan. The Committee shall communicate such needs to the Employer so that its policies may be appropriately coordinated to meet such needs.

9.11 Compensation of members: No fee or compensation shall be paid to any member of the Committee for his Service as such.

9.12 Expense reimbursement: The Committee shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Employer for its reasonable expenses properly and actually incurred in the performance of its duties in the administration of the Plan.

9.13 Indemnification: No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by him or on his behalf as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless, directly from its own assets (including the proceeds of any insurance policy the premiums for which are paid from the Employer’s own assets), each member of the Committee and each other officer, employee, or director of the Employer to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be


delegated or allocated, against any unreimbursed or uninsured cost or expense (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the prior written approval of the Board) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence.

Section 10. Contractual Liability; Trust :

10.1 Contractual Liability: The obligation of the Employer to make payments hereunder shall constitute a contractual liability of the Employer to the Participant. Such payments shall be made from the general funds of the Employer, and the Employer shall not be required to establish or maintain any special or separate fund, or otherwise to segregate assets to assure that such payments shall be made, and the Participant shall not have any interest in any particular assets of the Employer by reason of its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payment from the Employer, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the Employer.

10.2 Trust: If so designated in Section 2.34 of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may establish a Trust with the Trustee, pursuant to such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Trust Agreement. The Trust, if and when established, is intended to be treated as a grantor trust for purposes of the Code. The establishment of the Trust is not intended to cause Participants to realize current income on amounts contributed thereto, and the Trust shall be so interpreted and administered.

Section 11. Allocation of Responsibilities :

The persons responsible for the Plan and the duties and responsibilities allocated to each are as follows:

11.1 Board:

(i) To amend the Plan;


(ii) To appoint and remove members of the Committee; and

(iii) To terminate the Plan.

11.2 Committee:

(i) To designate Participants;

(ii) To interpret the provisions of the Plan and to determine the rights of the Participants under the Plan, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 16 relating to claims procedure;

(iii) To administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, except to the extent powers to administer the Plan are specifically delegated to another person or persons as provided in the Plan;

(iv) To account for the Accrued Benefits of Participants;

(v) To direct the Employer in the payment of benefits.

11.3 Plan Administrator:

(i) To file such reports as may be required with the United States Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and any other government agency to which reports may be required to be submitted from time to time; and

(ii) To administer the claims procedure to the extent provided in Section 16.

Section 12. Benefits Not Assignable; Facility of Payments :

12.1 Benefits not assignable: No portion of any benefit credited or paid under the Plan with respect to any Participant shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void, nor shall any portion of such benefit be in any manner payable to any assignee, receiver or any one trustee, or be liable for his debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts.


12.2 Payments to minors and others: If any individual entitled to receive a payment under the Plan shall be physically, mentally or legally incapable of receiving or acknowledging receipt of such payment, the Committee, upon the receipt of satisfactory evidence of his incapacity and satisfactory evidence that another person or institution is maintaining him and that no guardian or committee has been appointed for him, may cause any payment otherwise payable to him to be made to such person or institution so maintaining him. Payment to such person or institution shall be in full satisfaction of all claims by or through the Participant to the extent of the amount thereof.

Section 13. Beneficiary :

The Participant’s beneficiary shall be the person or persons designated by the Participant on the beneficiary designation form provided by and filed with the Committee or its designee. If the Participant does not designate a beneficiary, the beneficiary shall be his Surviving Spouse. If the Participant does not designate a beneficiary and has no Surviving Spouse, the beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate. The designation of a beneficiary may be changed or revoked only by filing a new beneficiary designation form with the Committee or its designee. If a beneficiary (the “primary beneficiary”) is receiving or is entitled to receive payments under the Plan and dies before receiving all of the payments due him, the balance to which he is entitled shall be paid to the contingent beneficiary, if any, named in the Participant’s current beneficiary designation form. If there is no contingent beneficiary, the balance shall be paid to the estate of the primary beneficiary. Any beneficiary may disclaim all or any part of any benefit to which such beneficiary shall be entitled hereunder by filing a written disclaimer with the Committee before payment of such benefit is to be made. Such a disclaimer shall be made in a form satisfactory to the Committee and shall be irrevocable when filed. Any benefit disclaimed shall be payable from the Plan in the same manner as if the beneficiary who filed the disclaimer had died on the date of such filing.


Section 14. Amendment and Termination of Plan :

The Board may amend any provision of the Plan or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, that in no event shall such amendment or termination reduce any Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of the date of such amendment or termination, nor shall any such amendment affect the terms of the Plan relating to the payment of such Accrued Benefit.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall be terminated upon the occurrence of one or more of the events designated in the Adoption Agreement. Upon the occurrence of a termination event, the Accrued Benefit of each Participant shall become fully vested and payable to the Participant in a lump sum.

Section 15. Communication to Participants :

The Employer shall make a copy of the Plan available for inspection by Participants and their beneficiaries during reasonable hours at the principal office of the Employer.

Section 16. Claims Procedure :

The following claims procedure shall apply with respect to the Plan:

16.1 Filing of a claim for benefits: If a Participant or beneficiary (the “claimant”) believes that he is entitled to benefits under the Plan which are not being paid to him or which are not being accrued for his benefit, he shall file a written claim therefor with the Plan Administrator. In the event the Plan Administrator shall be the claimant, all actions which are required to be taken by the Plan Administrator pursuant to this Section 16 shall be taken instead by another member of the Committee designated by the Committee.


16.2 Notification to claimant of decision: Within 90 days after receipt of a claim by the Plan Administrator (or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time), the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant of his decision with regard to the claim. In the event of such special circumstances requiring an extension of time, there shall be furnished to the claimant prior to expiration of the initial 90-day period written notice of the extension, which notice shall set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the decision shall be furnished. If such claim shall be wholly or partially denied, notice thereof shall be in writing and worded in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent pro-visions of the Plan on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the procedure for review of the denial. If the Plan Administrator fails to notify the claimant of the decision in timely manner, the claim shall be deemed denied as of the close of the initial 90-day period (or the close of the extension period, if applicable).

16.3 Procedure for review: Within 60 days following receipt by the claimant of notice denying his claim, in whole or in part, or, if such notice shall not be given, within 60 days following the latest date on which such notice could have been timely given, the claimant shall appeal denial of the claim by filing a written application for review with the Committee. Following such request for review, the Committee shall fully and fairly review the decision denying the claim. Prior to the decision of the Committee, the claimant shall be given an opportunity to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing.


16.4 Decision on review: The decision on review of a claim denied in whole or in part by the Plan Administrator shall be made in the following manner:

16.4.1 Within 60 days following receipt by the Committee of the request for review (or within 120 days if special circumstances require an extension of time), the Committee shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision with regard to the claim. In the event of such special circumstances requiring an extension of time, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. If the decision on review is not furnished in a timely manner, the claim shall be deemed denied as of the close of the initial 60-day period (or the close of the extension period, if applicable).

16.4.2 With respect to a claim that is denied in whole or in part, the decision on review shall set forth specific reasons for the decision, shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall cite specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

16.4.3 The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive.

16.5 Action by authorized representative of claimant: All actions set forth in this Section 16 to be taken by the claimant may likewise be taken by a representative of the claimant duly authorized by him to act in his behalf on such matters. The Plan Administrator and the Committee may require such evidence as either may reasonably deem necessary or advisable of the authority to act of any such representative.

Section 17. Miscellaneous Provisions :

17.1 Set off: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Employer may reduce the amount of any payment otherwise payable to or on behalf of a Participant hereunder by the amount of any loan, cash advance, extension of credit or other obligation of the Participant to the Employer that is then due and payable, and the Participant shall be deemed to have consented to such reduction.

17.2 Notices: Each Participant who is not in Service and each beneficiary shall be responsible for furnishing the Committee or its designee with his current address for the mailing of notices and benefit payments. Any notice required or permitted to be given to such


Participant or beneficiary shall be deemed given if directed to such address and mailed by regular United States mail, first class, postage prepaid. If any check mailed to such address is returned as undeliverable to the addressee, mailing of checks will be suspended until the Participant or beneficiary furnishes the proper address. This provision shall not be construed as requiring the mailing of any notice or notification otherwise permitted to be given by posting or by other publication.

17.3 Lost distributees: A benefit shall be deemed forfeited if the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or beneficiary to whom payment is due on or before the fifth anniversary of the date payment is to be made or commence; provided, that the deemed investment rate of return pursuant to Section 8.2 shall cease to be applied to the Participant’s account following the first anniversary of such date; provided further, however, that such benefit shall be reinstated if a valid claim is made by or on behalf of the Participant or beneficiary for all or part of the forfeited benefit.

17.4 Reliance on data: The Employer, the Committee and the Plan Administrator shall have the right to rely on any data provided by the Participant or by any beneficiary. Representations of such data shall be binding upon any party seeking to claim a benefit through a Participant, and the Employer, the Committee and the Plan Administrator shall have no obligation to inquire into the accuracy of any representation made at any time by a Participant or beneficiary.

17.5 Receipt and release for payments: Subject to the provisions of Section 17.1, any payment made from the Plan to or with respect to any Participant or beneficiary, or pursuant to a disclaimer by a beneficiary, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Plan and the Employer with respect to the Plan. The recipient of


any payment from the Plan may be required by the Committee, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release with respect thereto in such form as shall be acceptable to the Committee.

17.6 Headings: The headings and subheadings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

17.7 Continuation of employment: The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal or other rights upon any Employee or any persons for continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Employee or to deal with him without regard to the effect thereof under the Plan.

17.8 Merger or consolidation: No employer-party to the Plan shall consolidate or merge into or with another corporation or entity, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity (a “Successor Entity”) unless such Successor Entity shall assume the rights, obligations and liabilities of the employer-party under the Plan and upon such assumption, the Successor Entity shall become obligated to perform the terms and conditions of the Plan.

17.9 Construction: The Employer shall designate in the Adoption Agreement the state according to whose laws the provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced, except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA.


The Executive

Nonqualified “Excess” Plan

Adoption Agreement – Executive Deferral Plan

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 1st day of January 1, 2003, by Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. (the “Employer”), having its principal office at 3000 Dundee Road, Suite 203, Northbrook, IL 60062-2422 and EXECUTIVE BENEFIT SERVICES, INC. (the “Sponsor”), having its principal office at 434 Fayetteville Street, Suite 1160, Raleigh, North Carolina 27601.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Sponsor has established The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Employer desires to adopt the Plan as an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan, for the benefit of the Employer’s x Employees and/or ¨ Independent Contractors;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Employer hereby adopts the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement:

ARTICLE I

Terms used in this Adoption Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, unless some other meaning is expressly herein set forth. The Employer hereby represents and warrants that the Plan has been adopted by the Employer upon proper authorization and the Employer hereby elects to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Participants as referred to in the Plan. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Employer hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

This Adoption Agreement may only be used in connection with The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan. The Sponsor will inform the Employer of any amendments to the Plan or of the discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan. For questions concerning the Plan, the Employer may call the Sponsor at (919) 833-1042.

ARTICLE II

The Employer hereby makes the following designations or elections for the purpose of the Plan [Section references below correspond to Section references in the Plan]:

2.4 Adjustment Date: The Deferred Compensation Account of Participants shall be adjusted for the amount of any Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits and Employer Performance Incentive Credits to such account on the last business day of each Plan Year and such other times as may be designated below [check any additional desired Adjustment Dates]:


__      (a)   The last business day of each calendar quarter during the Plan Year.
__      (b)  

The last business day of each month during the Plan Year.

___      (c)  

The last business day of each payroll period during the Plan Year.

XX      (d)  

Each day securities are traded on a national stock exchange [when received by EBS] .

___      (e)   Other [specify] __________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________.

2.9 Compensation: The “Compensation” of a Participant shall mean all of each Participant’s [check desired option(s)]:

 

__      (a)  

Compensation received as an Employee reportable in box 1, Wages, Tips and other Compensation, on Form W-2.

XX      (b)  

Annual base salary.

XX      (c)  

Annual bonus.

__      (d)  

Long term incentive plan compensation.

___      (e)  

Compensation received as an Independent Contractor reportable on Form 1099.

___      (f)  

Other [specify] __________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation x SHALL x SHALL NOT include Salary Deferral Credits under this Plan and amounts contributed by the Participant pursuant to a Salary Deferral Agreement to another employee benefit plan of the Employer which are not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.

2.13 Effective Date: [check desired option]:

 

__      (a)   This is a newly-established Plan, and the Effective Date of the Plan is ________________.
XX      (b)   This is an amendment and restatement of the Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Deferral Plan with an original effective date of November 1, 1998 , and the effective date of this amended and restated Plan is January 1, 2003 . This is amendment number 1 .


2.20 Normal Retirement Age: The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be [check desired option]:

 

XX

     (a)   Age 65.

__

     (b)   The later of age ____ or the ____anniversary of the participation commencement date. The participation commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

2.22 Participating Employer(s): As of the Effective Date, the following Participating Employer(s) are parties to the Plan [list all employer-parties, including the Employer]:

 

Name of Employer

 

Address

 

Telephone No.

 

EIN

Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.

 

3000 Dundee Rd., Suite 203

 

847-272-2244

 

36-4197635

   

Northbrook, IL 60062-2422

       
             
             
             
             

2.23 Plan: The name of the Plan as applied to the Employer is: Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. Executive Deferral Plan

2.24 Plan Administrator: The Plan Administrator shall be [check desired option]:

 

XX      (a)   Committee.
__      (b)   Employer.
__      (c)   Other (specify): _______________________________________.

2.25 Plan Year: The Plan Year shall be the 12 consecutive calendar month period ending on the last day of the month of      December, and each anniversary thereof.

2.34 Trust: [check desired option]:

 

__

     (a)   The Employer does desire to establish a “rabbi” trust for the purpose of setting aside assets of the Employer contributed


       thereto for the payment of benefits under the Plan.
       If a trust is established and the value of the assets of the trust exceed ______% (insert desired percentage greater than 100%) of the amount required to pay benefits under the Plan, then the Trustee is authorized to return such excess assets to the Employer.

XX

     (b )   The Employer does not desire to establish a “rabbi” trust for the purpose of setting aside assets of the Employer contributed thereto for the payment of benefits under the Plan.

2.36 Years of Service: For vesting purposes, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below [check desired option]:

 

__

     (a )   First Day of Service.

__

     (b )   Effective Date of Plan Entry.

__

     (c )   Each Contribution Date. Under this option (iii), each Employer Matching Credit or Performance Incentive Credit shall vest in accordance with the applicable schedule selected in Section 7 of this Adoption Agreement based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Adjustment Date on which each Employer Matching Credit or Performance Incentive Credit is credited to his or her Deferred Compensation Account.

XX

     (d )   N/A – salary deferral plan only – 100% vested

3.1 Salary Deferral Credits: A Participant may elect to have his Compensation (as selected in Section 2.9 of this Adoption Agreement) reduced by the following percentage or amount per pay period, or for a specified pay period or periods, as designated in writing to the Committee [check the applicable options]:

 

XX

     (a)   Annual base salary:
       [complete the following blanks only if a minimum or maximum deferral is desired]:
      

minimum deferral: $_____________ or ____________%

maximum deferral: $_____________ or ____________%

XX

     (b)   Annual bonus:
       [complete the following blanks only if a minimum or maximum deferral is desired]:
       minimum deferral: $_____________ or ____________%


           maximum deferral: $              or              %

___

    

(c)

  Other [please specify type, as selected in Section 2.9 of this Adoption Agreement]:             
       [complete the following blanks only if a minimum or maximum deferral is desired]:
      

minimum deferral: $              or              %

maximum deferral: $              or              %

___

    

(d)

  No Salary Deferral provision.

3.1.3 Termination of Salary Deferrals: A Participant may terminate his Salary Deferral Agreement effective as of [check desired option]:

 

XX

       The first full payroll period commencing after the date written notice of the termination is received by the Committee.

___

     (b)   The January 1 occurring after the date written notice of the termination is received by the Committee.

3.2 Employer Matching Credits: The Employer may make Matching Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant in an amount determined as follows [check desired option(s)]:

 

___

     (a)                % of the Participant’s Salary Deferral Credits.

___

     (b)                % of the first              % of the Participant’s Compensation which is elected as a Salary Deferral Credit.
      

___

     (c)   An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

___

     (d)   The Employer shall decide from year to year whether Matching Credits will be made and shall notify Participants annually of the manner in which Matching Credits will be calculated for the subsequent year.
      

___

     (e)   The Employer shall not match amounts provided above in excess of $              , or in excess of              % of the Participant’s Compensation per Plan Year.
      


XX

     (f)   No Employer Matching Credits provision.

3.3 Employer Performance Incentive Credits: The Employer may make Performance Incentive Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

___

     (a)   Such amount out of the current or accumulated net profit of the Employer for such year as the Employer in its sole discretion shall determine.
      

___

     (b)   Such amount as the Employer in its sole discretion shall determine without regard to current or accumulated net profit.
      

___

     (c)   The Employer shall not make Performance Incentive Credits in excess of $              , or in excess of              % of the Participant’s Compensation per Plan Year.
      

XX

     (d)   No Employer Performance Incentive Credits provision.

4.1 Death of a Participant: If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Beneficiary in an amount equal to the accrued benefit of the Participant determined as of the date payments to the Beneficiary commence, plus [check desired option]:

 

___

     (a)   An amount to be determined by the Committee.

___

     (b)   A lump sum of $              .

___

     (c)                times the annual base salary of the Participant at his date of death.

___

     (d)   Other [specify]:                                                                   .

XX

     (e)   No additional benefits.

4.4.2 Early Retirement: The Employer may elect to provide for Early Retirement. If Early Retirement is permitted, it shall be subject to the following eligibility requirements [check desired option]:

 

___

     (a)   Completion of              Years of Service.

___

     (b)   Attainment of age              .

___

     (c)   Completion of              Years of Service and attainment of age              .

XX

     (d)   No Early Retirement provisions.


5.1 Regular In-Service withdrawals: [check desired option]:

 

XX      (a)    The Employer does elect to permit regular in-service withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account. Withdrawal date shall not be sooner than five (5) years after the date the in-service account was established.
___      (b)    The Employer does not elect to permit regular in-service withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.

5.3 “Haircut” Withdrawals: [check desired option]:

 

___      (a )   

The Employer does elect to permit “haircut” withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.

 

Specify percentage (not less than 10%) of amount withdrawn that shall be forfeited: ____ %

XX      (b )    The Employer does not elect to permit “haircut” withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.

5.4 College Education Withdrawals: [check desired option]:

 

___      (a )    The Employer does elect to permit college education withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.
XX      (b )    The Employer does not elect to permit college education withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.

6.1 Payment Options: Any benefit payable under the Plan may be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary (as applicable) in any of the following payment forms, as selected by the Participant upon his entry into the Plan [check desired option(s)]:

 

XX

     (a )    A lump sum in cash as soon as feasible following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).


   XX    (b )   Approximately equal annual installments over a term of 5, 10 or 15 years as elected by the Participant
upon his entry into the Plan.
        Payment of the benefit shall commence as of the following date [select desired option]:
        XX      (i)    The first business day of the calendar year following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).
        ___      (ii)    The first business day of the calendar quarter following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).
        XX      (iii)    The first business day of the calendar month following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).
        The payment of each annual installment shall be made on the anniversary of the date selected for the
commencement of the installment payments in this subsection (ii). The amount of the annual installment
shall be adjusted on each anniversary date of the commencement of the installment payments for credits or
debits to the Participant’s account pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan. Such adjustment shall be made by
dividing the balance in the Deferred Compensation Account on each such date (following adjustment on
such date) by the number of annual installments remaining to be paid hereunder; provided that the last
annual installment due under the Plan shall be the entire amount credited to the Participant’s account on the
date of payment.
   XX    (c )   Other : If the Participant’s account balance is less than $ 10,000, a lump sum payment is required.

7. Vesting:

 

  (a) Vesting of Employer Matching Credits: The nonforfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Matching Credits shall be as follows [check one]:

 

___      (i)      Immediate 100% vesting.
___      (ii)      100% vesting after ____ Years of Service.


 

          

  (iii)   100% vesting at age              .   
 

          

  (iv)  

Number of Years

of Service

  

Vested

Percentage

 

          

   

Less than 1

                1

                2

                3

                4

                              5 or more

  

    0%

  20%

  40%

  60%

  80%

100%

 

          

  (vi)  

Number of Years

of Service

  

Vested

Percentage

 

   

Less than 1

                1

                2

                3

                4

                5

                6

                7

                8

                9

                                10 or more

  

         %

         %

         %

         %

         %

         %

         %

         %

         %

         %

         %

 

XX

  (vii)   Not applicable   

14. Amendment or Termination of Plan: [check or complete all that apply]:

 

(a)

  

Notwithstanding any provision in this Adoption Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, Section              of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:

 

See attached Exhibit              .

(b)

   The Plan shall be terminated upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events [check if desired]:

          

   (i) The amount of shareholders equity shown on the financial statements of the Employer for each of the two most recent fiscal years is less than $                      .

          

   (ii) The aggregate net loss (after tax) as reported on the financial statements of the Employer for the two most


   recent fiscal years is greater than $                      .

          

   (iii) There is a change of control of the Employer. For this purpose, a “change of control” shall be deemed to have occurred if: (A) any person other than an officer who is an employee of the Employer for at least one year preceding the change of control, acquires or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Employer representing          % [insert percentage] or more of the combined voting power of the Employer’s then outstanding securities and thereafter, the membership of the Board becomes such that a majority are persons who were not members of the Board at the time of the acquisition of securities; or (B) the Employer, or its assets, are acquired by or combined with another entity and less than a majority of the outstanding voting shares of such entity after the acquisition or combination are owned, immediately after the acquisition or combination, by the owners of voting shares of the Employer immediately prior to the acquisition or combination.

          

   (iv) Other [specify]:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  

17.9 Construction: The provisions of the Plan and Trust (if any) shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Illinois , except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year first above stated.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

Name of Employer

By:    
  Authorized Person

NOTE: Execution of this Adoption Agreement creates a legal liability of the Employer with significant tax consequences to the Employer and Participants. The Employer should obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan. The Sponsor disclaims all liability for the legal and tax consequences which result from the elections made by the Employer in this Adoption Agreement.

Exhibit 10.5

SEPARATION

AND

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

This SEPARATION AND CONSULTING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of and executed on May 6, 2005 (the “ Effective Date ”), and is entered into by and among Liberty Group Operating, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together, the “ Company ”), and Kenneth L. Serota (“ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, Executive and the Company are parties to an amended and restated employment agreement by and among Liberty Group Operating, Inc. (“LGO”), Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. and Executive, dated February 11, 2003, effective as of January 1, 2003 (the “ Employment Agreement ”), pursuant to which Executive serves as President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of LGO; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, FIF III Liberty Holdings, LLC (“Parent”), FIF III Liberty Acquisition, LLC, a direct subsidiary of Parent (“ Merger Sub ”), and Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. are entering into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Merger Sub is to merge with and into Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. (the “ Merger ”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, the Company and Executive have agreed that Executive will resign his employment with the Company as of the Closing Date (as such term in defined in the Merger Agreement); and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Executive and the Company have mutually agreed to embody in this Agreement the terms and conditions applicable to Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are mutually acknowledged, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Effective Date; Termination of Employment Agreement; Entire Agreement . The Company and Executive hereby agree to this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, the Employment Agreement between Executive and the Company shall terminate and be cancelled in its entirety (other than Section 7.8 thereof, which shall survive such termination and cancellation), and this Agreement (and Section 7.8 of the Employment Agreement) shall constitute the entire agreement between Executive and the Company relating to Executive’s employment with the Company, termination thereof, and certain activities (as set forth herein) following such termination and shall supersede the Employment Agreement and any other agreement and understanding, whether written, oral, express or implied, between Executive and the Company relating to Executive’s employment with and termination from employment with the Company; provided, however , that from the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Closing Date, Executive will continue to be employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries and receive compensation in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2 of the Employment Agreement unless


Executive voluntarily terminates such employment prior to the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive hereby waives his right to any payments or benefits in connection with his termination of employment pursuant to Section 4 of the Employment Agreement or rights to any bonus payment in connection with the Merger or loan forgiveness pursuant to any other agreement or understanding, whether written, oral, express or implied, between Executive and the Company (other than pursuant to this Agreement).

Section 2. Resignation . Effective on the Closing Date, Executive shall resign as an officer and employee of the Company and from any and all directorships, committee memberships or any other positions he holds with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Section 3. Company Property . On the Closing Date, Executive shall return to the Company all Company-owned property in his possession on such date, including, but not limited to, all Company credit cards, hand books, work manuals or procedure books, client or customer documents, tools, computers, or other Company equipment and/or materials maintained by Executive, except for the property to be transferred to Executive on the Closing Date. For a twelve (12) month period, the Company shall cause all non-business correspondence sent to Executive’s business email address to be forwarded to an email address designated from time to time by Executive. On the Closing Date, the Company shall transfer to Executive his office computer monitor, his home computer, his cellular telephone, and his blackberry, for no additional consideration, free and clear of all liens.

Section 4. Accrued Payments and Benefits .

(a) Accrued Base Salary . On the Closing Date, the Company shall pay to Executive all accrued and unpaid base salary earned through the Closing Date.

(b) Pro Rata Bonus . On the Closing Date, the Company shall pay to Executive a pro rata portion of Executive’s bonus for 2005, based upon the performance of Executive and the Company from January 1, 2005 through the Closing Date.

(c) Accrued Vacation Pay . On the Closing Date, the Company shall pay to Executive all accrued and unused vacation pay earned through the Closing Date.

Section 5. Transaction and Termination Payments and Benefits . On the Closing Date, the Company shall make the following payments to Executive, whether or not Executive is employed by the Company on the Closing Date; provided that no payment described in Section 5(a), (b) or (c) will be made without the prior approval of such payments by the Company’s stockholders in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the applicable Treasury regulations issued thereunder (“Stockholder Approval”); and provided, further, that no payment in Section 5 shall be made prior to Executive’s (or his representative’s if Executive is not living on the Closing Date) execution of the waiver and release attached hereto as Exhibit A on the Closing Date:

(a) Transaction Bonus . On the Closing Date, as consideration for Executive’s efforts in connection with the Merger, the Company shall pay to Executive a transaction bonus in the amount of $1,000,000, payable in the form of a single lump sum cash payment.

 

-2-


(b) Termination Payment . On the Closing Date, the Company shall pay to Executive a termination bonus in the amount of $500,000, payable in the form of a single lump sum cash payment.

(c) Loan Forgiveness — Principal . On the Closing Date, the Company shall forgive the loans made by the Company to Executive in the principal amount of $597,610, as set forth on Schedule 5.10(d) of the Merger Agreement.

(d) Loan Forgiveness — Interest . On the Closing Date, the Company shall forgive any and all accrued but unpaid interest that may be due with respect to the loans described in Section 5(c).

(e) Legal Fees . On the Closing Date, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable and documented legal fees and expenses incurred by Executive on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with (i) the Merger, the Support Agreement and any agreements or instruments entered into in connection therewith, (ii) the Executive’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries or the termination thereof, and (iii) this Agreement.

(f) COBRA . In the event Executive elects to continue health care coverage for himself and his eligible dependents under any group health plan of the Company pursuant to COBRA, the Company shall pay the Executive’s COBRA premiums (or otherwise provide such coverage at the Company’s expense) for a period of 18 months following the Closing Date.

For the avoidance of doubt, no payment shall be made pursuant to Section 5(a), (b) or (c) of this Agreement without the prior Stockholder Approval of such payment. The Company agrees that it will submit to the stockholders of the Company for a separate vote a proposal to approve, in compliance with the requirements of Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code, Executive’s conditional right to receive the payments described in Section 5(a), (b) and (c). Without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall recommend to all holders of voting stock that such approval be granted.

Section 6. Consulting Appointment . In addition to the payments to be made to Executive pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 hereof, as of the Closing Date, Executive shall be entitled to the following; provided, however , that the provisions of this Section 6 shall be subject to Executive’s execution, on the Closing Date, and non-revocation of the waiver and release attached hereto as Exhibit A and Stockholder Approval of the payments described in Section 6(b)(ii):

(a) Consulting Period . As of the Closing Date, the Company shall appoint Executive, and Executive shall serve the Company, in the capacity of a consultant to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries. The term of Executive’s appointment shall commence on the Closing Date and shall terminate on the twelfth (12) month anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Consulting Period ”).

(b) Consulting Services .

(i) During the Consulting Period, Executive shall act as a consultant and render his assistance in providing transition services relating to the Merger,

 

-3-


analyzing potential acquisitions, giving notice to the Company of any potential acquisitions of a newspaper business that Executive learns is for sale and cooperating with investigations and litigation pursuant to Section 13 hereof (the “Consulting Services”). During the Consulting Period, consistent with his independent contractor status, Executive shall retain control over the provision of the Consulting Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be obligated to give the Company notice of any potential acquisition if giving such notice could breach or violate any confidentiality or similar obligation by which Executive is bound.

(ii) During the Consulting Period, Executive shall perform such Consulting Services at such time or times as the Company may reasonably request; provided, however , that (x) in no event will Executive be required to perform Consulting Services for more than 20 hours in any calendar month during the Consulting Period, and (y) in the event that any Consulting Services (other than brief phone conversations which are not unreasonably disruptive) need to be performed during normal business hours, the Company will give Executive at least five (5) days prior notice thereof. In consideration of such services, the Company shall pay Executive an aggregate amount equal to $500,000, to be paid in 12 equal installments. Such payments shall commence beginning on the first month following the Closing Date and shall be made on each monthly anniversary of the Closing Date in arrears. Executive shall be reimbursed by the Company for all Executive’s reasonable and customary expenses incurred in connection with services rendered during the Consulting Period, subject to the submission of properly documented receipts, in accordance with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt, no payment shall be made pursuant to this Section 6(b)(ii) without the prior Stockholder Approval of such payment. The Company agrees that it will submit to the stockholders of the Company for a separate vote a proposal to approve, in compliance with the requirements of Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code, Executive’s conditional right to receive the payments described in this Section 6(b)(ii). Without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall recommend to all holders of voting stock that such approval be granted.

(iii) Notwithstanding the timing of the payments described in clause (ii) above, in the event of Executive’s death or permanent disability during the Consulting Period, all payments not previously made to Executive pursuant to clause (ii) shall become due and payable as of the date of Executive’s death or permanent disability. For purposes of this clause (iii), “permanent disability” shall mean any disability resulting from a physical or mental illness pursuant to which Executive is, or would reasonably be expected to be, unable to perform the Consulting Services for a period of at least three (3) consecutive months.

(c) Relationship . Nothing in this Section 6 shall be taken to imply any relationship of partnership, agency or employer and employee between the Company and Executive during the Consulting Period. Executive shall be an independent contractor, within the meaning of all applicable laws and regulations governing employment insurance, workers’

 

-4-


compensation, industrial accidents, labor and taxes, and Executive shall not, by reason of this Agreement, acquire any benefits, privileges or rights under any benefit plan operated by the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates for the benefit of their employees, including, without limitation, (i) any pension or profit-sharing plans or (ii) any plans providing medical, dental, disability or life insurance protection, except as may otherwise be required under applicable law.

(d) Withholding . As an independent contractor, Executive shall be solely responsible for, and the Company shall not withhold from any amounts payable under this Section 6.

Section 7. Full Settlement; Compensation and Benefit Plans . The Company shall pay to Executive all amounts that it is required to pay, directly or indirectly, to or with respect to Executive under the terms of the Merger Agreement (which shall be in substantially the form of the draft Merger Agreement, dated May 5, 2005, and shall include the definition of “Company Common Stock Conversion Amount” set forth therein so that the cash consideration payable to Executive for each share of Company common stock shall be $10.00 per share he owns as of the date hereof; so long as Executive does not assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of such shares prior to the Closing Date). Except as provided in this Section 7, the amounts paid under Sections 4, 5 and 6 shall constitute full settlement and satisfaction with respect to all obligations and liabilities of the Company and its affiliates, officers, directors, trustees, employees, shareholders, representatives and/or agents to Executive with respect to his employment with the Company, including, without limitation, all claims for wages, salary, vacation pay, draws, incentive pay, bonuses, stock (other than stock owned by Executive on the date of this Agreement) and stock options, commissions, severance pay and any and all other forms of compensation or benefits. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, by law or pursuant to the express provisions of any Company employee benefit plan, Executive’s participation in all employee benefit plans and executive compensation plans and practices of the Company shall terminate on the Closing Date and, without duplicating amounts included in the payment made under Section 6 above, Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits or rights provided to a terminating executive in accordance with the terms of any such plan (excluding any severance payments pursuant to the terms of any Company severance plan).

Section 8. Release and Waiver of Claims at the Closing Date . In consideration for the benefits and payments provided for in Sections 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement, Executive hereby agrees to execute a release and waiver of claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, effective as of the Closing Date (except as provided in Section 2(e) of Exhibit A).

Section 9. Taxes . The payments due to Executive under this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 6 hereof) shall be subject to reduction to satisfy all applicable Federal, state and local employment and withholding tax obligations to the extent required by law.

Section 10. Non-Admission . Executive expressly acknowledges that this Agreement does not constitute an admission by the Company of any violation of any employment law, regulation, ordinance, or administrative procedure, or any other federal, state, or local law, common law, regulation or ordinance relating to Executive’s employment or termination of employment.

 

-5-


Section 11. Continuing Obligations of Executive and the Company .

(a) Noncompetition . Executive covenants and agrees that Executive will not during the Consulting Period, without the prior written consent of the Company and such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, individually or in partnership with or as an employee, officer, director, manager or agent of any other person, firm, corporation or other entity, either directly or indirectly, undertake or carry on or be engaged or have any financial interest in, or in any other manner advise or assist any person, firm, corporation or other entity engaged or interested in, (i) any newspaper publishing business or (ii) any other business engaged in the publication of any newspaper, flyer, shopper, circular or other publication carrying advertising which, in the case of (i) or (ii) above, is distributed primarily in an area within a radius of fifty (50) miles of Chicago, Illinois and that directly competes with any newspaper, flyer, shopper, circular or other publication owned by the Company or its subsidiaries on the date hereof or the Consulting Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may (a) own up to five percent (5%) of any class of securities of any entity registered pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (b) engage, as an employee, partner, director or otherwise, in the private equity or private investment business, provided Executive’s services or activities do not directly involve any business that is in competition with the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as provided in the preceding sentence, or (iii) engage, as an employee, partner, director or otherwise, in an investment banking business, provided Executive’s services or activities do not directly involve any business that is in competition with the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as provided in the preceding sentence, or a business brokerage business.

(b) Nonsolicitation . Executive further covenants and agrees to refrain during the Consulting Period and for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination of the Consulting Period, from (i) inducing or attempting to induce any person, firm or corporation to cease, discontinue or fail to renew any advertising contract, agreement or arrangement with one or more of the newspapers or other publications of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries; and (ii) soliciting, employing, diverting or taking away, attempting to solicit, employ, divert or take away, any person who, at the time of the termination of the Consulting Period or at any time during the six (6) month period prior to such termination, was employed by or on behalf of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries.

(c) Non-Disparagement . Except to the extent required by law or in the context of a legal dispute between the Company and Executive, each of the Company and Executive agree not to make any derogatory or defamatory remarks, written or oral, about Executive or the Company, respectively, to any third party.

(d) Confidentiality . All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its subsidiaries shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement. Executive agrees that Executive shall not at any time, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any other person or business entity any such information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, concerning the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “Confidential Information”), nor shall Executive disclose to any third party or

 

-6-


utilize any such Confidential Information in any way. Executive hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on Executive’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Each of the Company and Executive also agree that it or he shall keep confidential the amounts paid to Executive and all of the other terms of this Agreement. Unless ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction, Executive shall not reveal the terms of this Agreement to anyone, except to Executive’s family, legal and financial advisors.

(e) Capital Stock . Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall not effect any reverse stock split or other combination of the Company common stock or otherwise take any other action that reduces the number of outstanding shares of Company common stock on a pro rata basis without Executive’s express written consent.

Section 12. Forfeiture of Payments . Executive acknowledges that if Executive breaches, in any material respect, the terms or conditions contained in the Agreement, the Company will no longer be required to make or continue any payments or benefits payments described herein, to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Company acknowledges that if the Company breaches, in any material respect, the terms or conditions contained in the Agreement, the obligations of the Company hereunder shall immediately become due and payable to Executive and his obligations under Section 11(a) shall terminate.

Section 13. Cooperation With Investigations/Litigation . Executive agrees to reasonably cooperate in any Company investigations and/or litigation regarding events which occurred during Executive’s tenure with the Company, whether civil, criminal, or administrative in nature. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in extending such cooperation. The Company agrees to pay Executive a fee of $500 per hour for any services rendered by Executive at the request of the Company pursuant to this Section 13, unless such services are Consulting Services subject to Section 6(b) rendered during the Consulting Period.

Section 14. Specific Performance . Executive agrees that if Executive breaches Section 11 of this Agreement, the Company will be irreparably harmed and will have no adequate remedy at law and will be entitled to an injunction as a matter of right from any court of competent jurisdiction restraining further breach of any of Section 11 of this Agreement without any obligation to post a bond or other security.

 

-7-


Section 15. Notice . Other than a notice of revocation of the waiver and release of claims in accordance with Exhibit A attached hereto, any notice given by either party shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be given five (5) business days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid, certified return receipt requested or upon actual delivery to the other party at the following addresses:

 

To:       

Kenneth L. Serota

1325 Sunburst Lane

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

   To:       

Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.

3000 Dundee Road, Suite 203

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Attn: Chairman of the Board of Directors

Cc:       

Katten Munchin Rosenman LLP

525 West Monroe Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

Attn: Kenneth W. Miller, Esq.

Fax: 312-902-1061

   Cc:       

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Thomas M. Cerabino, Esq.

Fax: 212-728-8111

Section 16. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the agreements referenced herein and Exhibit A attached hereto, represents the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the termination of Executive’s employment and shall supersede the Employment Agreement (other than Section 7.8 thereof) in all respects effective as of the Effective Date.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

(b) Each of the Company and Executive hereby agrees and consents to be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Illinois and the United States District Court for the State of Illinois sitting in Cook County Illinois in any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement. Each of the Company and Executive hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) any objection that he may now or hereafter have to laying venue of any suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts, and (ii) any claim that any suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(c) Executive agrees that no provision in this Agreement is intended to limit, release, discharge, terminate, amend or modify in any way the rights of or remedies available to the Company against Executive as provided under the (i) Merger Agreement or (ii) any other agreement in effect pursuant to or in conjunction with such Merger Agreement.

(d) In the event an action is brought to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the non-prevailing party in any such action shall reimburse the prevailing party for all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party in such action.

Section 17. Severability . In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

-8-


Section 18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.

Section 19. Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective upon the Effective Date; provided, however , that this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect upon any termination of the Merger, in which event the Employment Agreement will be reinstated in all respects as though it had continued in full force and effect at all times since the Effective Date.

Section 20. Third Party Beneficiary . The parties acknowledge that Merger Sub is intended to be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, and this Agreement cannot be amended without the prior written consent of Merger Sub.

Section 21. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and Executive and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

Section 22. Beneficiaries . Executive shall be entitled to select (and change, to the extent permitted under any applicable law) a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any compensation or benefit payable hereunder following Executive’s death, and may change such election, in either case by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Executive’s death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

[Signatures appear on the following page.]

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

/s/ Kenneth L. Serota

Kenneth L. Serota

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

By:  

/s/ Daniel D. Lewis

 

Name: Daniel D. Lewis

 

Title:   CFO

LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC.

By:  

/s/ Daniel D. Lewis

 

Name: Daniel D. Lewis

 

Title:   CFO

 

-10-

Exhibit 10.8

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the 3rd day of January, 2006 by and among LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Publishing ”), LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Operating ” and together with Publishing, the “ Company ”), and MICHAEL E. REED, an individual presently residing 5303 Southcrest Cove, Hoover, Alabama 35244 (“ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, on May 9, 2005, FIF III Liberty Holdings, LLC (“ Parent ”), FIF III Liberty Acquisition, LLC, a direct subsidiary of Parent (“ Merger Sub ”), and Publishing entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into Publishing (the “ Merger ”); and

WHEREAS in order to induce Executive to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, the Company desires to provide Executive with compensation and other benefits on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Executive is willing to accept such employment and perform services for the Company on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements herein contained, together with other good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

1. SERVICES AND DUTIES . The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment from the Company in the capacity of its Chief Executive Officer to work in the Rochester, New York area. Executive will report directly to the Company’s Board of Directors (“ Board ”). Executive shall be a full-time employee of the Company and shall dedicate all of Executive’s working time to the Company and shall have no other employment and no other business ventures which are undisclosed to the Company or which conflict with Executive’s duties under this Agreement. Executive will perform such duties as are required by the Company from time to time and normally associated with Executive’s position, together with such additional duties, commensurate with the Executive’s position, as may be assigned to the Executive from time to time by the Company’s Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from (i) engaging in personal investment activities for himself and his family that do not give rise to any conflict of interests with the Company or its affiliates, (ii) subject to prior approval of the Board, accepting directorships unrelated to the Company that do not give rise to any conflict of interests with the Company or its affiliates, (iii) engaging in charitable and civic activities, so long as such outside interests do not interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder, and (iv) continuing to serve on the boards of Associated Press, Newspaper Association of America and the Inland Press Association.


2. TERM . Executive’s employment under the terms and conditions of this Agreement will commence on January 30, 2006 (the actual date on which Executive is added to the Company’s payroll, the “ Effective Date ”). The term of this Agreement shall be for a period of three (3) years (the “ Initial Term ”) beginning on the Effective Date, subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 5 herein. This Agreement shall automatically renew subject to the same terms and conditions for additional one (1) year terms (each a “ Renewal Term ”) unless either party delivers to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or the then current Renewal Term a written notice indicating that it intends not to extend the Term hereof. The Initial Term and each Renewal Term are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Term .” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event of any termination of this Agreement, Executive shall nevertheless continue to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof, which provisions, along with Sections 8 and 9 hereof, shall survive any termination of this Agreement. For the sake of clarity, the delivery by the Company pursuant to this Section 2 of a notice not to extend the Term is not a termination by the Company without Cause for purposes of this Agreement.

3. COMPENSATION .

(a) Sign-on Cash Bonus . Upon execution of this agreement, Executive shall be entitled to a Cash Bonus of one million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000), payable within 30 days of the date on which Executive’s employment with the Company commences.

(b) Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s full and faithful satisfaction of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, the Company agrees to pay to Executive a salary in the amount of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) per annum (the “ Base Salary ”), payable in such installments as the Company pays its similarly placed employees (but not less frequently than each calendar month), subject to usual and customary deductions for withholding taxes and similar charges, and customary employee contributions to health, welfare and retirement programs in which Executive is enrolled. The Base Salary shall be reviewed on an annual basis in accordance with Executive’s annual performance evaluation and adjusted at the Company’s sole discretion; provided , however , in no event shall the Base Salary be reduced from its level at the time without Executive’s approval.

(c) Annual Bonus Compensation . In addition to any salary payable pursuant to Section 3(a) above, Executive shall be eligible to receive in respect of each fiscal year of the Company a bonus (for each such fiscal year, a “ Bonus ”), based on the achievement, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of certain performance standards as agreed to by Executive and the Board, with a target Bonus of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000), payable in such combination of cash and shares of common stock of Publishing (“ Common Stock ”) as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion (the stock portion of any such Bonus, the “ Restricted Stock Grant ”); provided , however , in no event shall the Restricted Stock Grant be greater than fifty percent (50%) of the target Bonus without Executive’s approval. The number of shares comprising any Restricted Stock Grant shall be determined by dividing the applicable portion of the Bonus being awarded in Common Stock by the fair market value (as determined by the Board in good faith) of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Generally, each Restricted Stock Grant shall vest as follows: (i) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the third anniversary of the date of grant; (ii) one-third (1/3) of the

 

- 2 -


shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant and (iii) the remaining one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Executive shall receive dividends on unvested shares to the extent such dividends are paid and such shares have not been forfeited. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company with Cause (as such term is defined below), Executive shall immediately forfeit (x) all unvested shares subject to any Restricted Stock Grant and, (y) in the case of a termination based on clause (ii) of the definition of Cause, all vested shares granted under any Restricted Stock Grant.

The foregoing notwithstanding, the parties agree that for fiscal year 2006 only, Executive shall receive total Current Compensation (Base Salary, Cash Bonus and dividends paid on total Initial Restricted Stock Grant (as defined below)) of not less than seven hundred thousand dollars ($700,000).

The cash portion of each Bonus shall be paid to the Executive within a reasonable time after the end of the fiscal year, but in no event later than 2  1 / 2 months following completion of the Company’s fiscal year to which such Bonus relates (“ Outside Payment Date ”); the Restricted Stock Grant portion of each Bonus shall be made on such date as the Board determines in its discretion, though no later than the applicable Outside Payment Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Bonus in respect of any fiscal year of the Company will be due to Executive unless he is employed by the Company on the last day of the fiscal year in respect of which the Bonus is awarded. To the extent that any Bonus is paid as a Restricted Stock Grant, the provisions of this section 3(c) pertaining to any Restricted Stock Grant shall be set forth in a management stockholder agreement containing customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights plus repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

(d) Initial Restricted Stock Grant . Subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 3(e) below, upon the Effective Date, Executive shall be awarded a one time grant (the “ Initial Restricted Stock Grant ”) of 3,000 shares of Common Stock, which is the number of shares equal to $3,000,000 divided by $1,000.00 per share (“ Per Share Price ”). The Initial Restricted Stock Grant shall vest as follows: (i) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the third anniversary of the Effective Date; (ii) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date and (iii) the remaining one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date. Executive shall receive dividends on unvested shares to the extent such dividends are paid and such shares have not been forfeited. In the event the Executive is terminated with Cause, he shall forfeit (x) all unvested shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and, (y) in the case of a termination based on clause (ii) of the definition of Cause, all vested shares granted under any Restricted Stock Grant. The provisions of this Section 3(d) shall be set forth in a management stockholder agreement containing customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights plus repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

 

- 3 -


(e) Vesting of Shares Upon Executive’s Termination without Cause, Change of Control :

(1) If Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause, Executive shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the shares that are subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Grants that would have vested on the anniversary of the next Effective Date following the date of such termination; provided , however , that in no event shall the number of shares subject to such vesting in this subsection 3(e)(1) hereof, be less than one-third (1/3) each of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Grants; and

(2) In the event a “change of control” occurs (as such term shall be defined in the Company’s Incentive Stock Award Plan) and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company (or its successor) without Cause within 12 months of such change of control, 100% of the then remaining unvested shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Grants shall immediately vest.

(f) Withholding . All taxable compensation payable to Executive pursuant to this Section 3 or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to customary withholding taxes and such other employment taxes as are required under Federal law or the law of any state or governmental body to be collected with respect to compensation paid to an employee.

(g) Executive’s Co-Investment . Executive hereby agrees to invest, as of the Effective Date, two hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) in Common Stock at the Per Share Price alongside Parent. Such shares shall not be subject to any vesting restrictions but shall be subject to customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights plus repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

4. BENEFITS AND PERQUISITES .

(a) Retirement and Welfare Benefits . During the Term, Executive will be entitled to all the usual benefits offered to employees at Executive’s level, including vacation, sick time, participation in the Company’s medical, dental and insurance programs, as well as the ability to participate in the Company’s 401(k) retirement savings plan, subject to the applicable limitations and requirements imposed by the terms of such benefit plans, in each case in accordance with the terms of such plans as from time to time in effect. Nothing in this Section 4, however, shall require the Company to maintain any benefit plan or provide any type or level of benefits to its employees, including Executive; provided , however , during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to not less than four (4) weeks paid vacation annually.

 

- 4 -


(b) Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for any expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in furtherance of Executive’s duties hereunder, including travel, meals and accommodations, upon submission by Executive of vouchers or receipts and in compliance with such rules and policies relating thereto as the Company may from time to time adopt.

(c) Reimbursement of Moving Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for any moving expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive, upon submission by Executive of vouchers or receipts. Executive’s relocation to the Rochester, New York area must be complete by July 1, 2006. In the event Executive voluntarily leaves the Company’s employ, or is terminated for Cause as defined below, within the first twelve months of employment, Executive must reimburse the Company for moving expenses incurred within 30 days of that date.

5. TERMINATION . Executive’s employment shall be terminated (i) at the end of the Term in accordance with Section 2 herein, (ii) on the date on which the Board delivers written notice that Executive is being terminated for Disability (as defined below), or (iii) on the date of Executive’s death. The foregoing notwithstanding, Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated (x) by the Company for Cause (as defined below), effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to Executive; (y) by the Company at any time without Cause, effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to Executive; or (z) by Executive at any time, effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to the Company.

(a) For Cause Termination . If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause, Executive shall not be entitled to any further compensation or benefits other than accrued but unpaid Base Salary (payable as provided in Section 3(b)) and accrued and unused vacation pay through the date of such termination (collectively, the “ Accrued Benefits ”). If the definition of “Cause” set forth below conflicts with such definition in any stock incentive plan or agreement of the Company or any of its affiliates, the definition set forth herein shall control.

(b) Termination by Company without Cause, “Change of Control” . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, including within 12 months of a “change of control”, prior to the end of the Term hereof, then Executive shall be entitled to, upon Executive’s providing the Company with a signed release of claims in a form adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors from time to time and subject to Executive’s continued compliance with the provisions of Sections 6 and 7 hereof: (i) the Accrued Benefits, (ii) an amount equal to twelve (12) months Base Salary payable in the same manner as provided under Section 3(b), (iii) Bonus, as provided in Section 3(c), which includes any declared Bonus not yet paid, (iv) the rights provided in Sections 3(e)(1) or (2), as applicable, relating to the vesting of a portion of the shares of any Restricted Stock Grant and the Initial Restricted Stock Grant, respectively, that are not vested as of the date of termination, and (v) continuation of Executive’s coverage under the Company’s medical plan at the same levels as such benefits that have been provided to Executive, and in connection therewith Executive shall periodically pay to the Company amounts equivalent to that which he paid as required employee contributions immediately prior to the date of termination, until the earlier of (A) the period of time it takes

 

- 5 -


Executive to become eligible for the medical benefits program of a new employer (subject to Section 6(a) hereof) or (B) twelve (12) months from the date of such termination. Executive acknowledges that executive’s termination of employment on the date of such termination shall constitute a “qualifying event” for the purposes of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“ COBRA ”). Executive further acknowledges on behalf of himself and his dependents that any period with respect to which any of them would be eligible to elect COBRA shall be reduced by the period of post-termination medical benefit continuation provided under this subsection. Executive acknowledges that the Company may terminate Executive without Cause at any time, and that the Company shall have no obligations under such circumstances to Executive beyond the specific obligations set forth in this Section 5(b); in particular, Executive acknowledges that Executive shall have no right whatsoever to any then unvested shares under the Initial Restricted Stock Grant, any Restricted Stock Grant or any other incentive equity award granted to Executive except as provided above in this Section 5(b).

(c) Resignation, Death or Disability . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death, Disability or voluntary resignation prior to the end of the Term, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further compensation or benefits under this Agreement or otherwise other than the Accrued Benefits. During any period that Executive fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of disability or incapacity, Executive shall continue to receive his Base Salary and all other benefits and all other compensation pursuant to this Agreement unless and until his employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 5.

(d) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

Cause ” means (i) conviction of, guilty plea concerning or confession of any felony, (ii) any act of dishonesty committed by Executive in connection with the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ business, (iii) any material breach by Executive of this Agreement, after written notice thereof from the Board is given in writing and such breach is not cured to the satisfaction of the Company within a reasonable period of time (not greater than 30 days) under the circumstances, (iv) any material breach of any reasonable and lawful rule or directive of the Company, (v) the gross or willful neglect of duties or gross misconduct by Executive, or (vi) the habitual use of drugs or habitual, excessive use of alcohol to the extent that any of such uses in the Board’s good faith determination materially interferes with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement.

Disability ” means, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, Executive’s inability, due to disability or incapacity, to perform all of his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for (i) periods aggregating 90 days, whether or not continuous, in any continuous period of 365 days, or (ii) where Executive’s absence is adversely affecting the performance of the Company in a significant manner, periods greater than 30 days and Executive is unable to resume his duties on a full-time basis within 10 days of receipt of written notice of the Board’s determination under this clause (ii).

 

- 6 -


(e) Resignation as Officer or Director . Upon the termination of employment for any reason, Executive shall resign each position (if any) that he then holds as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

6. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS . Executive acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

(a) Noncompetition . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following (i) termination of such employment for any reason by the Company for cause or by the Executive or (ii) termination of such employment by the Company without cause, unless Executive agrees at such time in writing within 5 days of such termination to waive his rights to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 5(b) above (in which case the provisions of this Section 6(a) shall not apply, it being understood that Executive shall still be required to deliver the release of claims described in Section 5(a) above in order to receive the rights set forth in clauses (i), (iv) and (v) of Section 5(b) above). Executive shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with more than 20% of the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. Executive further covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on Executive, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc. Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of

 

- 7 -


termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, Executive shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any mutually agreed to confidential aspects of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of Executive under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Executive may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7, the “ Company ” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes Executive’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company.

7. CONFIDENTIALITY . All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires Executive to do so. Executive agrees that Executive shall not at any time during the term of Executive’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”), nor shall Executive utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company. Executive hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on Executive’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

- 8 -


Executive agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by him alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of Executive, even if developed or improved by Executive while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by Executive to the Company. Executive’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 7 shall continue beyond Executive’s termination of employment and Executive shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

8. ASSIGNMENT . This Agreement, and all of the terms and conditions hereof, shall bind the Company and its successors and assigns and shall bind Executive and Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators. No transfer or assignment of this Agreement shall release the Company from any obligation to Executive hereunder. Neither this Agreement, nor any of the Company’s rights or obligations hereunder, may be assigned or otherwise subject to hypothecation by Executive. The Company may assign the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder, in whole or in part, to any of the Company’s subsidiaries, affiliates or parent corporations, or to any other successor or assign in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or stock or in connection with any merger, acquisition and/or reorganization, provided the assignee assumes the obligations of the Company hereunder.

9. SECTION 409A OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED . If any of the payments to be made under this Agreement are deemed to be “deferred compensation”, as that term is defined under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and such regulations and guidance promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service in connection therewith (collectively, “ Section 409A ”), the Company reserves the right to modify the terms and provisions of this Agreement to comply with Section 409A; and

10. GENERAL .

(a) Notices . Any notices provided hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of one business day following personal delivery (including personal delivery by telecopy or telex), or the third business day after mailing by first class mail to the recipient at the address indicated below:

To the Company:

Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.

3000 Dundee Road, Suite 203

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Attn: Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

- 9 -


To Executive:

Mr. Michael E. Reed

5303 Southcrest Cove

Hoover, Alabama 35244

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party will have specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(b) Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this paragraph be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions hereof in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction. If any covenant should be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable because its scope is considered excessive, such covenant shall be modified so that the scope of the covenant is reduced only to the minimum extent necessary to render the modified covenant valid, legal and enforceable.

(c) Entire Agreement . This document constitutes the final, complete, and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement and understanding between the parties related to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior or contemporaneous understandings, agreements, or representations by or between the parties, written or oral.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed on separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

(e) Amendments . No amendments or other modifications to this Agreement may be made except by a writing signed by all parties. The parties acknowledge that FIF III Liberty Acquisition, LLC (“ Merger Sub ”) is intended to be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, and this Agreement cannot be amended without the prior consent of Merger Sub. The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any third person any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

(f) Choice of Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law of such state.

(g) Survivorship . The provisions of this Agreement necessary to carry out the intention of the parties as expressed herein shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(h) Waiver . The waiver by either party of the other party’s prompt and complete performance, or breach or violation, of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate nor be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation, and the failure by any party hereto to exercise any right or remedy which it may possess hereunder shall not operate nor be construed as a bar to the exercise of such right or remedy by such party upon the

 

- 10 -


occurrence of any subsequent breach or violation. No waiver shall be deemed to have occurred unless set forth in a writing executed by or on behalf of the waiving party. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

(i) Captions . The captions of this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and in no way define, describe, extend or limit the scope or intent of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

(j) Construction . The parties acknowledge that this Agreement is the result of arm’s-length negotiations between sophisticated parties each afforded representation by legal counsel. Each and every provision of this Agreement shall be construed as though both parties participated equally in the drafting of the same, and any rule of construction that a document shall be construed against the drafting party shall not be applicable to this Agreement.

(k) Arbitration . Except as necessary for the Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns or Executive to specifically enforce or enjoin a breach of this Agreement (to the extent such remedies are otherwise available), the parties agree that any and all disputes that may arise in connection with, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or any dispute that relates in any way, in whole or in part, to Executive’s services on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary, the termination of such services or any other dispute by and between the parties or their subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in New York, New York according to the National Employment Dispute Resolution Rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association. The parties agree that the prevailing party in any such dispute shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which he or it may be entitled. This arbitration obligation extends to any and all claims that may arise by and between the parties or their subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns, and expressly extends to, without limitation, claims or causes of action for wrongful termination, impairment of ability to compete in the open labor market, breach of an express or implied contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, breach of fiduciary duty, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, slander, infliction of emotional distress, disability, loss of future earnings, and claims under the United States Constitution, and applicable state and federal fair employment laws, federal and state equal employment opportunity laws, and federal and state labor statutes and regulations, including, but not limited to, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and any other state or federal law.

11. EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATION AND ACCEPTANCE . By signing this Agreement, Executive hereby represents that Executive is not currently under any contractual obligation to work for another employer and that Executive is not restricted by any agreement or arrangement from entering into this Agreement and performing Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

- 11 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND THEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the year and date first above written.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.
By:  

/s/ William B. Doniger

Name:   William Doniger
Title:   Vice President
LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC.
By:  

/s/ William B. Doniger

Name:   William Doniger
Title:   Vice President
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Michael E. Reed

Michael E. Reed

 

- 12 -

Exhibit 10.9

EXECUTION VERSION

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 9th day of May, 2005 by and among LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Publishing”), LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Operating” and together with Publishing, the “Company”), and SCOTT TRACY CHAMPION, an individual presently residing at 15 Fairway Drive, Monmouth, Illinois 61462 (“Executive”).

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, FIF III Liberty Holdings, LLC (“Parent”), FIF III Liberty Acquisition, LLC, a direct subsidiary of Parent (“ Merger Sub ”), and Publishing are entering into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Merger Sub is to merge with and into Publishing (the “ Merger ”); and

WHEREAS in order to induce Executive to serve as the Company’s Co-President and Co-Chief Operating Officer, the Company desires to provide Executive with compensation and other benefits on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Executive is willing to accept such employment and perform services for the Company on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements herein contained, together with other good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

1. SERVICES AND DUTIES . The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment from the Company in the capacity of its Co-President and Co-Chief Operating Officer. Executive will report directly to the Company’s Board of Directors (“ Board ”), or such other executive as the Board determines. Executive shall be a full-time employee of the Company and shall dedicate all of Executive’s working time to the Company and shall have no other employment and no other business ventures which are undisclosed to the Company or which conflict with Executive’s duties under this Agreement. Executive will perform such duties as are required by the Company from time to time and normally associated with Executive’s position, together with such additional duties, commensurate with the Executive’s position, as may be assigned to the Executive from time to time by the Company’s Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from (i) engaging in personal investment activities for himself and his family that do not give rise to any conflict of interests with the Company or its affiliates, (ii) subject to prior approval of the Board, accepting directorships unrelated to the Company that do not give rise to any conflict of interests with the Company or its affiliates and (iii) engaging in charitable and civic activities, so long as such outside interests do not interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder.


2. TERM . Executive’s employment under the terms and conditions of this Agreement will commence on the Closing Date, as such term is defined in the Merger Agreement (the “ Effective Date ”). The term of this Agreement shall be for a period of three (3) years (the “ Initial Term ”) beginning on the Effective Date, subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 5 herein. This Agreement shall automatically renew subject to the same terms and conditions for additional one (1) year terms (each a “ Renewal Term ”) unless either party delivers to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or the then current Renewal Term a written notice indicating that it intends not to extend the Term hereof. The Initial Term and each Renewal Term are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Term.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event of any termination of this Agreement, Executive shall nevertheless continue to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof, which provisions, along with Sections 8 and 9 hereof, shall survive any termination of this Agreement. For the sake of clarity, the delivery by the Company pursuant to this Section 2 of a notice not to extend the Term is not a termination by the Company without Cause for purposes of this Agreement.

3. COMPENSATION .

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s full and faithful satisfaction of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, the Company agrees to pay to Executive a salary in the amount of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) per annum (the “ Base Salary ”), payable in such installments as the Company pays its similarly placed employees (but not less frequently than each calendar month), subject to usual and customary deductions for withholding taxes and similar charges, and customary employee contributions to health, welfare and retirement programs in which Executive is enrolled. The Base Salary shall be reviewed on an annual basis in accordance with Executive’s annual performance evaluation and adjusted at the Company’s sole discretion; provided , however , in no event shall the Base Salary be reduced without Executive’s approval.

(b) Bonus Compensation . In addition to any salary payable pursuant to Section 3(a) above, Executive shall be eligible to receive in respect of each fiscal year of the Company a bonus (for each such fiscal year, a “ Bonus ”), based on the achievement, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of certain performance standards as agreed to by Executive and the Board, with a target Bonus of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000), payable in such combination of cash and shares of common stock of Publishing (“ Common Stock ”) as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion (the stock portion of any such Bonus, the “ Restricted Stock Grant ”). Upon request by the Executive, Executive shall have the right to receive the lesser of: (x) 50% or (y) $100,000 of such Bonus payable in cash. The number of shares comprising any Restricted Stock Grant shall be determined by dividing the applicable portion of the Bonus being awarded in Common Stock by the fair market value (as determined by the Board in good faith) of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Generally, each Restricted Stock Grant shall vest as follows: (i) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the third anniversary of the date of grant; (ii) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant and (iii) the remaining one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Executive shall receive dividends on unvested shares to the extent such dividends are paid and such shares have not been forfeited. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company with Cause (as such term is defined below), Executive shall immediately forfeit all shares subject to any Restricted Stock Grant.

 

- 2 -


The foregoing notwithstanding, the parties agree that for fiscal year 2005 only, Executive shall receive a Bonus of no less than $200,000 either in the form of Common Stock and/or cash as provided herein.

The cash portion of each Bonus shall be paid to the Executive within a reasonable time after the end of the fiscal year, but in no event later than 2  1 / 2 months following completion of the Company’s fiscal year to which such Bonus relates (“ Outside Payment Date ”); the Restricted Stock Grant portion of each Bonus shall be made on such date as the Board determines in its discretion, though no later than the applicable Outside Payment Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Bonus in respect of any fiscal year of the Company will be due to Executive unless he is employed by the Company on the last day of the fiscal year in respect of which the Bonus is awarded. To the extent that any Bonus is paid as a Restricted Stock Grant, the provisions of this section 3(b) pertaining to any Restricted Stock Grant shall be set forth in a management stockholder agreement containing customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights and repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

(c) Initial Restricted Stock Grant . Subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 3(e) below, upon the Effective Date, Executive shall be awarded a one time grant (the “ Initial Restricted Stock Grant ”) of 1,500 shares of Common Stock, which is the number of shares equal to $1,500,000 divided by $1,000.00 per share (“ Per Share Price ”). The Initial Restricted Stock Grant shall vest as follows: (i) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the third anniversary of the Effective Date; (ii) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date and (iii) the remaining one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date. Executive shall receive dividends on unvested shares to the extent such dividends are paid and such shares have not been forfeited. In the event the Executive is terminated with Cause, he shall forfeit all shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant. The provisions of this Section 3(c) shall be set forth in a management stockholder agreement containing customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights and repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

(d) Vesting of Shares Upon Executive’s Termination without Cause, Change of Control :

(1) If Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause, Executive shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the shares that are subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Grants that would have vested on the anniversary of the next Effective Date following the date of such termination; provided, however, that in no event shall the number of shares subject to such vesting in this subsection 3(d)(1) hereof, be less than one-third (1/3) each of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Grants; and

 

- 3 -


(2) In the event a “change of control” occurs (as such term shall be defined in the Company’s Incentive Stock Award Plan) and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company (or its successor) without Cause within 12 months of such change of control, 100% of the then remaining unvested shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Grants shall immediately vest.

(e) Withholding . All taxable compensation payable to Executive pursuant to this Section 3 or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to customary withholding taxes and such other employment taxes as are required under Federal law or the law of any state or governmental body to be collected with respect to compensation paid by to an employee.

(f) Executive’s Co-Investment . Executive hereby agrees to invest, as of the Effective Date, $500,000 in Common Stock at the Per Share Price alongside Parent. Such shares shall not be subject to any vesting restrictions but shall be subject to customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights, and repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

4. BENEFITS AND PERQUISITES .

(a) Retirement and Welfare Benefits . During the Term, Executive will be entitled to all the usual benefits offered to employees at Executive’s level, including vacation, sick time, participation in the Company’s medical, dental and insurance programs, as well as the ability to participate in the Company’s 401(k) retirement savings plan, subject to the applicable limitations and requirements imposed by the terms of such benefit plans, in each case in accordance with the terms of such plans as from time to time in effect. Nothing in this Section 4, however, shall require the Company to maintain any benefit plan or provide any type or level of benefits to its employees, including Executive; provided, however, during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to not less than four (4) weeks paid vacation.

(b) Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for any expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in furtherance of Executive’s duties hereunder, including travel, meals and accommodations, upon submission by Executive of vouchers or receipts and in compliance with such rules and policies relating thereto as the Company may from time to time adopt.

5. TERMINATION . Executive’s employment shall be terminated (i) at the end of the Term in accordance with Section 2 herein, (ii) on the date on which the Board delivers written notice that Executive is being terminated for Disability (as defined below), or (iii) on the date of Executive’s death. The foregoing notwithstanding, Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated (x) by the Company for Cause (as defined below), effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to Executive; (y) by the Company at

 

- 4 -


any time without Cause, effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to Executive; or (z) by Executive at any time, effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to the Company.

(a) For Cause Termination . If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause, Executive shall not be entitled to any further compensation or benefits other than accrued but unpaid Base Salary (payable as provided in Section 3(a)) and accrued and unused vacation pay through the date of such termination (collectively, the “ Accrued Benefits ”). If the definition of “Cause” set forth below conflicts with such definition in any stock incentive plan or agreement of the Company or any of its affiliates, the definition set forth herein shall control.

(b) Termination by Company without Cause, “Change of Control” . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, including within 12 months of a “change of control”, prior to the end of the Term hereof, then Executive shall be entitled to, upon Executive’s providing the Company with a signed release of claims in a form adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors from time to time and subject to Executive’s continued compliance with the provisions of Sections 6 and 7 hereof: (i) the Accrued Benefits, (ii) an amount equal to twelve (12) months Base Salary payable in the same manner as provided under Section 3(a), (iii) Bonus, as provided in Section 3(b), which includes any declared Bonus not yet paid, (iv) the rights provided in Sections 3(d)(1) or (2), as applicable, relating to the vesting of a portion of the then unvested shares of any Restricted Stock Grant and the Initial Stock Grant, respectively, and (v) continuation of Executive’s coverage under the Company’s medical plan at the same levels as such benefits that have been provided to Executive, and in connection therewith Executive shall periodically pay to the Company amounts equivalent to that which he paid as required employee contributions immediately prior to the date of termination, until the earlier of (A) the period of time it takes Executive to become eligible for the medical benefits program of a new employer (subject to Section 6(a) hereof) or (B) twelve (12) months from the date of such termination. Executive acknowledges that executive’s termination of employment on the date of such termination shall constitute a “qualifying event” for the purposes of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“COBRA”). Executive further acknowledges on behalf of himself and his dependents that any period with respect to which any of them would be eligible to elect COBRA shall be reduced by the period of post-termination medical benefit continuation provided under this subsection.

(c) Resignation, Death or Disability . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death, Disability or voluntary resignation prior to the end of the Term, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further compensation or benefits under this Agreement or otherwise other than the Accrued Benefits. During any period that Executive fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of disability or incapacity, Executive shall continue to receive his Base Salary and all other benefits and all other compensation pursuant to this Agreement unless and until his employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 5.

(d) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

“Cause” means (i) conviction of, guilty plea concerning or confession of any felony, (ii) any act of dishonesty committed by Executive in connection with the

 

- 5 -


Company’s or its subsidiaries’ business, (iii) any material breach by Executive of this Agreement, after written notice thereof from the Board is given in writing and such breach is not cured to the satisfaction of the Company within a reasonable period of time (not greater than 30 days) under the circumstances, (iv) any material breach of any reasonable and lawful rule or directive of the Company, (v) the gross or willful neglect of duties or gross misconduct by Executive, or (vi) the habitual use of drugs or habitual, excessive use of alcohol to the extent that any of such uses in the Board’s good faith determination materially interferes with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement.

“Disability” means, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, Executive’s inability, due to disability or incapacity, to perform all of his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for (i) periods aggregating 90 days, whether or not continuous, in any continuous period of 365 days, or (ii) where Executive’s absence is adversely affecting the performance of the Company in a significant manner, periods greater than 30 days and Executive is unable to resume his duties on a full time basis within 10 days of receipt of written notice of the Board’s determination under this clause (ii).

(e) Resignation as Officer or Director . Upon the termination of employment for any reason, Executive shall resign each position (if any) that he then holds as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

6. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS . Executive acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

(a) Noncompetition . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, other than termination by the Company without Cause following the non-renewal of the Agreement pursuant to Section 2 herein, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. Executive further covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on Executive, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or

 

- 6 -


consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, Executive shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of Executive under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Executive may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7, the “Company” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes Executive’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company for any reason. The Company shall be entitled, in connection with its tax planning or other reasons, to terminate your employment (which termination shall not be considered a termination without Cause for purposes of this Agreement or otherwise) in connection with an invitation from another affiliate of the Company to accept employment with such affiliate in which case the terms and conditions hereof shall apply to your employment relationship with such entity mutatis mutandis.

7. CONFIDENTIALITY . All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires Executive to do so. Executive agrees that Executive shall not at any time during the term of Executive’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing

 

- 7 -


information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “Confidential Information”), nor shall Executive utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company. Executive hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on Executive’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

Executive agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by him alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of Executive, even if developed or improved by Executive while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by Executive to the Company. Executive’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 7 shall continue beyond Executive’s termination of employment and Executive shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

8. ASSIGNMENT . This Agreement, and all of the terms and conditions hereof, shall bind the Company and its successors and assigns and shall bind Executive and Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators. No transfer or assignment of this Agreement shall release the Company from any obligation to Executive hereunder. Neither this Agreement, nor any of the Company’s rights or obligations hereunder, may be assigned or otherwise subject to hypothecation by Executive. The Company may assign the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder, in whole or in part, to any of the Company’s subsidiaries, affiliates or parent corporations, or to any other successor or assign in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or stock or in connection with any merger, acquisition and/or reorganization, provided the assignee assumes the obligations of the Company hereunder.

9. Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended .

(a) If any of the payments to be made under this Agreement are deemed to be “deferred compensation”, as that term is defined under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and such regulations and guidance promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service in connection therewith (collectively, “Section 409A”), the Company reserves the right to modify the terms and provisions of this Agreement to comply with Section 409A; and

 

- 8 -


(b) If, upon termination of employment in accordance with Section 5 herein, Executive is deemed to be a “key employee” under Section 409A, any distributions made in connection with such termination of employment shall not be made until the sixth (6) month anniversary of the date of termination.

10. GENERAL .

(a) Notices . Any notices provided hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of one business day following personal delivery (including personal delivery by telecopy or telex), or the third business day after mailing by first class mail to the recipient at the address indicated below:

To the Company:

Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.

3000 Dundee Road, Suite 203

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Attn: Chairman of the Board of Directors

To Executive:

Mr. Scott Tracy Champion

15 Fairway Drive

Monmouth, Illinois 61462

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party will have specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(b) Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this paragraph be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions hereof in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction. If any covenant should be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable because its scope is considered excessive, such covenant shall be modified so that the scope of the covenant is reduced only to the minimum extent necessary to render the modified covenant valid, legal and enforceable.

(c) Entire Agreement . This document constitutes the final, complete, and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement and understanding between the parties related to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior or contemporaneous understandings, agreements, or representations by or between the parties, written or oral.

 

- 9 -


(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed on separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

(e) Amendments . No amendments or other modifications to this Agreement may be made except by a writing signed by all parties. The parties acknowledge that FIF III Liberty Acquisition, LLC (“Merger Sub”) is intended to be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, and this Agreement cannot be amended without the prior consent of Merger Sub. The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any third person any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

(f) Choice of Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law of such state.

(g) Survivorship . The provisions of this Agreement necessary to carry out the intention of the parties as expressed herein shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(h) Waiver . The waiver by either party of the other party’s prompt and complete performance, or breach or violation, of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate nor be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation, and the failure by any party hereto to exercise any right or remedy which it may possess hereunder shall not operate nor be construed as a bar to the exercise of such right or remedy by such party upon the occurrence of any subsequent breach or violation. No waiver shall be deemed to have occurred unless set forth in a writing executed by or on behalf of the waiving party. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

(i) Captions . The captions of this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and in no way define, describe, extend or limit the scope or intent of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

(j) Construction . The parties acknowledge that this Agreement is the result of arm’s-length negotiations between sophisticated parties each afforded representation by legal counsel. Each and every provision of this Agreement shall be construed as though both parties participated equally in the drafting of the same, and any rule of construction that a document shall be construed against the drafting party shall not be applicable to this Agreement.

(k) Arbitration . Except as necessary for the Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns or Executive to specifically enforce or enjoin a breach of this Agreement (to the extent such remedies are otherwise available), the parties agree that any and all disputes that may arise in connection with, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or any dispute that relates in any way, in whole or in part, to Executive’s services on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary, the termination of such services or any other dispute by and between

 

- 10 -


the parties or their subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in New York, New York according to the National Employment Dispute Resolution Rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association. The parties agree that the prevailing party in any such dispute shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which he or it may be entitled. This arbitration obligation extends to any and all claims that may arise by and between the parties or their subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns, and expressly extends to, without limitation, claims or causes of action for wrongful termination, impairment of ability to compete in the open labor market, breach of an express or implied contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, breach of fiduciary duty, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, slander, infliction of emotional distress, disability, loss of future earnings, and claims under the United States Constitution, and applicable state and federal fair employment laws, federal and state equal employment opportunity laws, and federal and state labor statutes and regulations, including, but not limited to, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and any other state or federal law.

11. EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATION & ACCEPTANCE . By signing this Agreement, Executive hereby represents that Executive is not currently under any contractual obligation to work for another employer and that Executive is not restricted by any agreement or arrangement from entering into this Agreement and performing Executive’s duties hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND THEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the year and date first above written.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel D. Lewis

Name:   Daniel D. Lewis
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel D. Lewis

Name:   Daniel D. Lewis
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Scott Tracy Champion

Scott Tracy Champion

E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENT

 

- 11 -

Exhibit 10.10

EXECUTION VERSION

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the 9th day of May, 2005 by and among LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Publishing ”), LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Operating ” and together with Publishing, the “ Company ”), and RANDALL W. COPE, an individual presently residing at 14339 Kodiak Road, Neosho, Missouri 64850 (“ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, FIF III Liberty Holdings, LLC (“ Parent ”), FIF III Liberty Acquisition, LLC, a direct subsidiary of Parent (“ Merger Sub ”), and Publishing are entering into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Merger Sub is to merge with and into Publishing (the “ Merger ”); and

WHEREAS in order to induce Executive to serve as the Company’s Co-President and Co-Chief Operating Officer, the Company desires to provide Executive with compensation and other benefits on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Executive is willing to accept such employment and perform services for the Company on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements herein contained, together with other good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

1. SERVICES AND DUTIES . The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment from the Company in the capacity of its Co-President and Co-Chief Operating Officer. Executive will report directly to the Company’s Board of Directors (“ Board ”), or such other executive as the Board determines. Executive shall be a full-time employee of the Company and shall dedicate all of Executive’s working time to the Company and shall have no other employment and no other business ventures which are undisclosed to the Company or which conflict with Executive’s duties under this Agreement. Executive will perform such duties as are required by the Company from time to time and normally associated with Executive’s position, together with such additional duties, commensurate with the Executive’s position, as may be assigned to the Executive from time to time by the Company’s Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from (i) engaging in personal investment activities for himself and his family that do not give rise to any conflict of interests with the Company or its affiliates, (ii) subject to prior approval of the Board, accepting directorships unrelated to the Company that do not give rise to any conflict of interests with the Company or its affiliates and (iii) engaging in charitable and civic activities, so long as such outside interests do not interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder.


2. TERM . Executive’s employment under the terms and conditions of this Agreement will commence on the Closing Date, as such term is defined in the Merger Agreement (the “ Effective Date ”). The term of this Agreement shall be for a period of three (3) years (the “ Initial Term ”) beginning on the Effective Date, subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 5 herein. This Agreement shall automatically renew subject to the same terms and conditions for additional one (1) year terms (each a “ Renewal Term ”) unless either party delivers to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term or the then current Renewal Term a written notice indicating that it intends not to extend the Term hereof. The Initial Term and each Renewal Term are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Term .” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event of any termination of this Agreement, Executive shall nevertheless continue to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof, which provisions, along with Sections 8 and 9 hereof, shall survive any termination of this Agreement. For the sake of clarity, the delivery by the Company pursuant to this Section 2 of a notice not to extend the Term is not a termination by the Company without Cause for purposes of this Agreement.

3. COMPENSATION .

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s full and faithful satisfaction of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, the Company agrees to pay to Executive a salary in the amount of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) per annum (the “ Base Salary ”), payable in such installments as the Company pays its similarly placed employees (but not less frequently than each calendar month), subject to usual and customary deductions for withholding taxes and similar charges, and customary employee contributions to health, welfare and retirement programs in which Executive is enrolled. The Base Salary shall be reviewed on an annual basis in accordance with Executive’s annual performance evaluation and adjusted at the Company’s sole discretion; provided , however , in no event shall the Base Salary be reduced without Executive’s approval.

(b) Bonus Compensation . In addition to any salary payable pursuant to Section 3(a) above, Executive shall be eligible to receive in respect of each fiscal year of the Company a bonus (for each such fiscal year, a “ Bonus ”), based on the achievement, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of certain performance standards as agreed to by Executive and the Board, with a target Bonus of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000), payable in such combination of cash and shares of common stock of Publishing (“ Common Stock ”) as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion (the stock portion of any such Bonus, the “ Restricted Stock Grant ”). Upon request by the Executive, Executive shall have the right to receive the lesser of: (x) 50% or (y) $100,000 of such Bonus payable in cash. The number of shares comprising any Restricted Stock Grant shall be determined by dividing the applicable portion of the Bonus being awarded in Common Stock by the fair market value (as determined by the Board in good faith) of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Generally, each Restricted Stock Grant shall vest as follows: (i) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the third anniversary of the date of grant; (ii) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant and (iii) the remaining one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Executive shall receive dividends on unvested shares to the extent such dividends are paid and such shares have not been forfeited. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company with Cause (as such term is defined below), Executive shall immediately forfeit all shares subject to any Restricted Stock Grant.

 

- 2 -


The foregoing notwithstanding, the parties agree that for fiscal year 2005 only, Executive shall receive a Bonus of no less than $200,000 either in the form of Common Stock and/or cash as provided herein.

The cash portion of each Bonus shall be paid to the Executive within a reasonable time after the end of the fiscal year, but in no event later than 2  1 / 2 months following completion of the Company’s fiscal year to which such Bonus relates (“ Outside Payment Date ”); the Restricted Stock Grant portion of each Bonus shall be made on such date as the Board determines in its discretion, though no later than the applicable Outside Payment Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Bonus in respect of any fiscal year of the Company will be due to Executive unless he is employed by the Company on the last day of the fiscal year in respect of which the Bonus is awarded. To the extent that any Bonus is paid as a Restricted Stock Grant, the provisions of this section 3(b) pertaining to any Restricted Stock Grant shall be set forth in a management stockholder agreement containing customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights and repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

(c) Initial Restricted Stock Grant . Subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 3(e) below, upon the Effective Date, Executive shall be awarded a one time grant (the “ Initial Restricted Stock Grant ”) of 900 shares of Common Stock, which is the number of shares equal to $900,000 divided by $1,000.00 per share (“ Per Share Price ”). The Initial Restricted Stock Grant shall vest as follows: (i) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the third anniversary of the Effective Date; (ii) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date and (iii) the remaining one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date. Executive shall receive dividends on unvested shares to the extent such dividends are paid and such shares have not been forfeited. In the event the Executive is terminated with Cause, he shall forfeit all shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant. The provisions of this Section 3(c) shall be set forth in a management stockholder agreement containing customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights and repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

(d) Vesting of Shares Upon Executive’s Termination without Cause, Change of Control :

(1) If Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause, Executive shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the shares that are subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Grants that would have vested on the anniversary of the next Effective Date following the date of such termination; provided, however, that in no event shall the number of shares subject to such vesting in this subsection 3(d)(1) hereof, be less than one-third (1/3) each of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Grants; and

 

- 3 -


(2) In the event a “change of control” occurs (as such term shall be defined in the Company’s Incentive Stock Award Plan) and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company (or its successor) without Cause within 12 months of such change of control, 100% of the then remaining unvested shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Grants shall immediately vest.

(e) Withholding . All taxable compensation payable to Executive pursuant to this Section 3 or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to customary withholding taxes and such other employment taxes as are required under Federal law or the law of any state or governmental body to be collected with respect to compensation paid by to an employee.

(f) Executive’s Co-Investment . Executive hereby agrees to invest, as of the Effective Date, $300,000 in Common Stock at the Per Share Price alongside Parent. Such shares shall not be subject to any vesting restrictions but shall be subject to customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights and repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

4. BENEFITS AND PERQUISITES .

(a) Retirement and Welfare Benefits . During the Term, Executive will be entitled to all the usual benefits offered to employees at Executive’s level, including vacation, sick time, participation in the Company’s medical, dental and insurance programs, as well as the ability to participate in the Company’s 401(k) retirement savings plan, subject to the applicable limitations and requirements imposed by the terms of such benefit plans, in each case in accordance with the terms of such plans as from time to time in effect. Nothing in this Section 4, however, shall require the Company to maintain any benefit plan or provide any type or level of benefits to its employees, including Executive; provided, however, during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to not less than four (4) weeks paid vacation.

(b) Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for any expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in furtherance of Executive’s duties hereunder, including travel, meals and accommodations, upon submission by Executive of vouchers or receipts and in compliance with such rules and policies relating thereto as the Company may from time to time adopt.

5. TERMINATION . Executive’s employment shall be terminated (i) at the end of the Term in accordance with Section 2 herein, (ii) on the date on which the Board delivers written notice that Executive is being terminated for Disability (as defined below), or (iii) on the date of Executive’s death. The foregoing notwithstanding, Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated (x) by the Company for Cause (as defined below), effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to Executive; (y) by the Company at any time without Cause, effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to Executive; or (z) by Executive at any time, effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to the Company.

 

- 4 -


(a) For Cause Termination . If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause, Executive shall not be entitled to any further compensation or benefits other than accrued but unpaid Base Salary (payable as provided in Section 3(a)) and accrued and unused vacation pay through the date of such termination (collectively, the “ Accrued Benefits ”). If the definition of “Cause” set forth below conflicts with such definition in any stock incentive plan or agreement of the Company or any of its affiliates, the definition set forth herein shall control.

(b) Termination by Company without Cause, “Change of Control” . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, including within 12 months of a “ change of control ”, prior to the end of the Term hereof, then Executive shall be entitled to, upon Executive’s providing the Company with a signed release of claims in a form adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors from time to time and subject to Executive’s continued compliance with the provisions of Sections 6 and 7 hereof: (i) the Accrued Benefits, (ii) an amount equal to twelve (12) months Base Salary payable in the same manner as provided under Section 3(a), (iii) Bonus, as provided in Section 3(b), which includes any declared Bonus not yet paid, (iv) the rights provided in Sections 3(d)(1) or (2), as applicable, relating to the vesting of a portion of the then unvested shares of any Restricted Stock Grant and the Initial Stock Grant, respectively, and (v) continuation of Executive’s coverage under the Company’s medical plan at the same levels as such benefits that have been provided to Executive, and in connection therewith Executive shall periodically pay to the Company amounts equivalent to that which he paid as required employee contributions immediately prior to the date of termination, until the earlier of (A) the period of time it takes Executive to become eligible for the medical benefits program of a new employer (subject to Section 6(a) hereof) or (B) twelve (12) months from the date of such termination. Executive acknowledges that executive’s termination of employment on the date of such termination shall constitute a “qualifying event” for the purposes of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“ COBRA ”). Executive further acknowledges on behalf of himself and his dependents that any period with respect to which any of them would be eligible to elect COBRA shall be reduced by the period of post-termination medical benefit continuation provided under this subsection.

(c) Resignation, Death or Disability . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death, Disability or voluntary resignation prior to the end of the Term, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further compensation or benefits under this Agreement or otherwise other than the Accrued Benefits. During any period that Executive fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of disability or incapacity, Executive shall continue to receive his Base Salary and all other benefits and all other compensation pursuant to this. Agreement unless and until his employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 5.

(d) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

“Cause” means (i) conviction of, guilty plea concerning or confession of any felony, (ii) any act of dishonesty committed by Executive in connection with the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ business, (iii) any material breach by Executive

 

- 5 -


of this Agreement, after written notice thereof from the Board is given in writing and such breach is not cured to the satisfaction of the Company within a reasonable period of time (not greater than 30 days) under the circumstances, (iv) any material breach of any reasonable and lawful rule or directive of the Company, (v) the gross or willful neglect of duties or gross misconduct by Executive, or (vi) the habitual use of drugs or habitual, excessive use of alcohol to the extent that any of such uses in the Board’s good faith determination materially interferes with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement.

“Disability” means, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, Executive’s inability, due to disability or incapacity, to perform all of his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for (i) periods aggregating 90 days, whether or not continuous, in any continuous period of 365 days, or (ii) where Executive’s absence is adversely affecting the performance of the Company in a significant manner, periods greater than 30 days and Executive is unable to resume his duties on a full time basis within 10 days of receipt of written notice of the Board’s determination under this clause (ii).

(e) Resignation as Officer or Director . Upon the termination of employment for any reason, Executive shall resign each position (if any) that he then holds as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

6. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS . Executive acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

(a) Noncompetition . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, other than termination by the Company without Cause following the non-renewal of the Agreement pursuant to Section 2 herein, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. Executive further covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on Executive, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate

 

- 6 -


his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, Executive shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of Executive under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Executive may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7, the “ Company ” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes Executive’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company for any reason. The Company shall be entitled, in connection with its tax planning or other reasons, to terminate your employment (which termination shall not be considered a termination without Cause for purposes of this Agreement or otherwise) in connection with an invitation from another affiliate of the Company to accept employment with such affiliate in which case the terms and conditions hereof shall apply to your employment relationship with such entity mutatis mutandis.

7. CONFIDENTIALITY . All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires Executive to do so. Executive agrees that Executive shall not at any time during the term of Executive’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales

 

- 7 -


information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”), nor shall Executive utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company. Executive hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on Executive’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

Executive agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by him alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of Executive, even if developed or improved by Executive while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by Executive to the Company. Executive’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 7 shall continue beyond Executive’s termination of employment and Executive shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

8. ASSIGNMENT . This Agreement, and all of the terms and conditions hereof, shall bind the Company and its successors and assigns and shall bind Executive and Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators. No transfer or assignment of this Agreement shall release the Company from any obligation to Executive hereunder. Neither this Agreement, nor any of the Company’s rights or obligations hereunder, may be assigned or otherwise subject to hypothecation by Executive. The Company may assign the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder, in whole or in part, to any of the Company’s subsidiaries, affiliates or parent corporations, or to any other successor or assign in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or stock or in connection with any merger, acquisition and/or reorganization, provided the assignee assumes the obligations of the Company hereunder.

9. Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended .

(a) If any of the payments to be made under this Agreement are deemed to be “deferred compensation”, as that term is defined under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and such regulations and guidance promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service in connection therewith (collectively, “ Section 409A ”), the Company reserves the right to modify the terms and provisions of this Agreement to comply with Section 409A; and

 

- 8 -


(b) If, upon termination of employment in accordance with Section 5 herein, Executive is deemed to be a “key employee” under Section 409A, any distributions made in connection with such termination of employment shall not be made until the sixth (6) month anniversary of the date of termination.

10. GENERAL .

(a) Notices . Any notices provided hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of one business day following personal delivery (including personal delivery by telecopy or telex), or the third business day after mailing by first class mail to the recipient at the address indicated below:

To the Company:

Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.

3000 Dundee Road, Suite 203

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Attn: Chairman of the Board of Directors

To Executive:

Mr. Randall W. Cope

14339 Kodiak Road

Neosho, Missouri 64850

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party will have specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(b) Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this paragraph be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions hereof in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction. If any covenant should be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable because its scope is considered excessive, such covenant shall be modified so that the scope of the covenant is reduced only to the minimum extent necessary to render the modified covenant valid, legal and enforceable.

(c) Entire Agreement . This document constitutes the final, complete, and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement and understanding between the parties related to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior or contemporaneous understandings, agreements, or representations by or between the parties, written or oral.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed on separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

(e) Amendments . No amendments or other modifications to this Agreement may be made except by a writing signed by all parties. The parties acknowledge that FIF III

 

- 9 -


Liberty Acquisition, LLC (“ Merger Sub ”) is intended to be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, and this Agreement cannot be amended without the prior consent of Merger Sub. The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any third person any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

(f) Choice of Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law of such state.

(g) Survivorship . The provisions of this Agreement necessary to carry out the intention of the parties as expressed herein shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(h) Waiver . The waiver by either party of the other party’s prompt and complete performance, or breach or violation, of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate nor be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation, and the failure by any party hereto to exercise any right or remedy which it may possess hereunder shall not operate nor be construed as a bar to the exercise of such right or remedy by such party upon the occurrence of any subsequent breach or violation. No waiver shall be deemed to have occurred unless set forth in a writing executed by or on behalf of the waiving party. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

(i) Captions . The captions of this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and in no way define, describe, extend or limit the scope or intent of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

(j) Construction . The parties acknowledge that this Agreement is the result of arm’s-length negotiations between sophisticated parties each afforded representation by legal counsel. Each and every provision of this Agreement shall be construed as though both parties participated equally in the drafting of the same, and any rule of construction that a document shall be construed against the drafting party shall not be applicable to this Agreement.

(k) Arbitration . Except as necessary for the Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns or Executive to specifically enforce or enjoin a breach of this Agreement (to the extent such remedies are otherwise available), the parties agree that any and all disputes that may arise in connection with, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or any dispute that relates in any way, in whole or in part, to Executive’s services on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary, the termination of such services or any other dispute by and between the parties or their subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in New York, New York according to the National Employment Dispute Resolution Rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association. The parties agree that the prevailing party in any such dispute shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which he or it may be entitled. This arbitration obligation extends to any and all claims that may arise by and between the parties or

 

- 10 -


their subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns, and expressly extends to, without limitation, claims or causes of action for wrongful termination, impairment of ability to compete in the open labor market, breach of an express or implied contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, breach of fiduciary duty, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, slander, infliction of emotional distress, disability, loss of future earnings, and claims under the United States Constitution, and applicable state and federal fair employment laws, federal and state equal employment opportunity laws, and federal and state labor statutes and regulations, including, but not limited to, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and any other state or federal law.

11. EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATION & ACCEPTANCE . By signing this Agreement, Executive hereby represents that Executive is not currently under any contractual obligation to work for another employer and that Executive is not restricted by any agreement or arrangement from entering into this Agreement and performing Executive’s duties hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND THEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the year and date first above written.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel D. Lewis

Name:   Daniel D. Lewis
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel D. Lewis

Name:   Daniel D. Lewis
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Randall W. Cope

Randall W. Cope

 

- 11 -

Exhibit 10.11

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 19 th day of April, 2006 by and among LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Publishing”), LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Operating” and together with Publishing, the “Company”), and MARK THOMPSON (“Executive”).

WHEREAS in order to induce Executive to serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, the Company desires to provide Executive with compensation and other benefits on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Executive is willing to accept such employment and perform services for the Company on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements herein contained, together with other good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

1. SERVICES AND DUTIES. The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment from the Company in the capacity of its Chief Financial Officer to work in the Rochester, New York area. Executive will report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). Executive shall be a full-time employee of the Company and shall dedicate all of Executive’s working time to the Company and shall have no other employment and no other business ventures which are undisclosed to the Company or which conflict with Executive’s duties under this Agreement. Executive will perform such duties as are required by the Company from time to time and normally associated with Executive’s position, together with such additional duties, commensurate with the Executive’s position, as may be assigned to the Executive from time to time by the CEO. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from (i) engaging in personal investment activities for himself and his family that do not give rise to any conflict of interests with the Company or its affiliates, (ii) subject to prior approval of the Board, accepting directorships unrelated to the Company that do not give rise to any conflict of interests with the Company or its affiliates and (iii) engaging in charitable and civic activities, so long as such outside interests do not interfere with the performance of her duties hereunder.

2. START DATE; EMPLOYMENT AT WILL . The Executive understands and agrees (i) that he is an employee-at-will, (ii) that this Agreement does not constitute, for any reason, a guaranty or promise of continued employment with the Company (with the “Company” understood, for purposes of this Section 2, to include any subsidiary of the Company and any successor in interest to the Company or to any such subsidiary), (iii) that the commencement of his employment with the Company does not constitute, for any reason, a guaranty or promise of continued employment with the Company and (iv) that the continuation of his employment with the Company for any period of time does not constitute, for any reason, a guaranty or promise of continued employment with the Company. The Executive acknowledges that this Agreement


has no term, and that the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below), subject to the Company’s obligations set forth in Section 5 below. The obligations under this Agreement shall commence on or about May 10, 2006 (the actual date on which Executive is added to the Company’s payroll, the “ Effective Date ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event of any termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall nevertheless continue to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof, which provisions, along with Sections 8 and 9 hereof, shall survive any termination of this Agreement. For the sake of clarity, the delivery by the Company pursuant to this Section 2 of a notice not to extend the Term is not a termination by the Company without Cause for purposes of this Agreement.

3. COMPENSATION .

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s full and faithful satisfaction of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, the Company agrees to pay to Executive a salary in the amount of two hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) per annum (the “ Base Salary ”), payable in such installments as the Company pays its similarly placed employees (but not less frequently than each calendar month), subject to usual and customary deductions for withholding taxes and similar charges, and customary employee contributions to health, welfare and retirement programs in which Executive is enrolled. The Base Salary shall be reviewed on an annual basis in accordance with Executive’s annual performance evaluation and adjusted at the Company’s sole discretion; provided , however , in no event shall the Base Salary be reduced from its level at the time without Executive’s approval.

(b) Annual Bonus Compensation . In addition to any salary payable pursuant to Section 3(a) above, Executive shall be eligible to receive in respect of each fiscal year of the Company a bonus (for each such fiscal year, a “ Bonus ”), based on the achievement, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of certain performance standards as agreed to by Executive and the Board, payable in such combination of cash and shares of common stock of Publishing (“Common Stock”) as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion (the stock portion of any such Bonus, the “Restricted Stock Grant”). The number of shares comprising any Restricted Stock Grant shall be determined by dividing the applicable portion of the Bonus being awarded in Common Stock by the fair market value (as determined by the Board in good faith) of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Generally, each Restricted Stock Grant shall vest as follows: (i) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the third anniversary of the date of grant; (ii) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant and (iii) the remaining one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Executive shall receive dividends on unvested shares to the extent such dividends are paid and such shares have not been forfeited. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company with Cause (as such term is defined below), Executive shall immediately forfeit (x) all unvested shares subject to any Restricted Stock Grant and (y) in the case of a termination based on clause (ii) of the definition of Cause, all vested shares granted under any Restricted Stock Grant.

 

-2-


The foregoing notwithstanding, the parties agree that for fiscal year 2006 only, Executive shall receive a cash bonus of at least one hundred twenty five thousand dollars ($125,000) (“Guaranteed 2006 Bonus”).

The cash portion of each Bonus shall be paid to the Executive within a reasonable time after the end of the fiscal year, but in no event later than 2  1 / 2 months following completion of the Company’s fiscal year to which such Bonus relates (“ Outside Payment Date ”); the Restricted Stock Grant portion of each Bonus shall be made on such date as the Board determines in its discretion, though no later than the applicable Outside Payment Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Bonus in respect of any fiscal year of the Company will be due to Executive unless he is employed by the Company on the last day of the fiscal year in respect of which the Bonus is awarded. To the extent that any Bonus is paid as a Restricted Stock Grant, the provisions of this Section 3(c) pertaining to any Restricted Stock Grant shall be set forth in a management stockholder agreement containing customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights plus repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

(c) Initial Restricted Stock Grant . Subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 3(e) below, upon the Effective Date, Executive shall be awarded a one time grant (the “ Initial Restricted Stock Grant ”) of 150 shares of Common Stock, which is the number of shares equal to $150,000 divided by $1,000.00 per share (“ Per Share Price ”). The Initial Restricted Stock Grant shall vest as follows: (i) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the third anniversary of the Effective Date; (ii) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date and (iii) the remaining one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date. Executive shall receive dividends on unvested shares to the extent such dividends are paid and such shares have not been forfeited. In the event the Executive is terminated with Cause, he shall forfeit (x) all unvested shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and, (y) in the case of a termination based on clause (ii) of the definition of Cause, all vested shares granted under any Restricted Stock Grant. The provisions of this Section 3(d) shall be set forth in a management stockholder agreement containing customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights plus repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

(d) Vesting of Shares Upon Executive’s Termination without Cause, Change of Control:

(1) If Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause, Executive shall immediately vest as the owner as to the percentage of (a) the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and (b) any additional Restricted Stock Grants that would have vested under Section 3(c) above on the next succeeding anniversary of the Grant Date following such termination; provided , however , that in no event shall the number of Restricted Shares subject to such vesting be less than one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant;

 

-3-


(2) In the event a “change of control” occurs (as such term shall be defined in the Company’s Incentive Stock Award Plan) and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company (or its successor) without Cause within 12 months of such change of control, 100% of the then remaining unvested shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Grants shall immediately vest

(e) Withholding . All taxable compensation payable to Executive pursuant to this Section 3 or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to customary withholding taxes and such other employment taxes as are required under Federal law or the law of any state or governmental body to be collected with respect to compensation paid to an employee.

(f) Executive’s Co-Investment . Executive hereby agrees to invest, as of the Effective Date, $              in Common Stock at the Per Share Price alongside Parent. Such shares shall not be subject to any vesting restrictions but shall be subject to customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights plus repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

4. BENEFITS AND PERQUISITES .

(a) Retirement and Welfare Benefits . During the Term, Executive will be entitled to all the usual benefits offered to employees at Executive’s level, including vacation, sick time, participation in the Company’s medical, dental and insurance programs, as well as the ability to participate in the Company’s 401(k) retirement savings plan, subject to the applicable limitations and requirements imposed by the terms of such benefit plans, in each case in accordance with the terms of such plans as from time to time in effect. Nothing in this Section 4, however, shall require the Company to maintain any benefit plan or provide any type or level of benefits to its employees, including Executive; provided, however, during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to not less than four (4) weeks paid vacation annually.

(b) Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for any expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in furtherance of Executive’s duties hereunder, including travel, meals and accommodations, upon submission by Executive of vouchers or receipts and in compliance with such rules and policies relating thereto as the Company may from time to time adopt.

(c) Reimbursement of Moving Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for any moving expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive, upon submission by Executive of vouchers or receipts. Reasonable and necessary moving expenses include, but are not limited to, actual moving expenses, commissions paid by Executive selling his current primary residence, storage, house-hunting trips for Executive and his family,

 

-4-


and relocation “gross-up” to cover the taxes incurred by Executive due to reimbursements made under this Section 4(c). Executive’s relocation to the Rochester, New York area must be complete by August 31, 2006. In the event Executive voluntarily leaves the Company’s employ, or is terminated for cause as defined below, within the first twelve months of employment, Executive must reimburse the Company for moving expenses incurred within 30 days of that date.

5. TERMINATION . Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated (x) by the Company for Cause (as defined below), effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to Executive; (y) by the Company at any time without Cause, effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to Executive; or (z) by Executive at any time, effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to the Company.

(a) For Cause Termination . If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause, Executive shall not be entitled to any further compensation or benefits other than accrued but unpaid Base Salary (payable as provided in Section 3(b)) and accrued and unused vacation pay through the date of such termination (collectively, the “ Accrued Benefits ”). If the definition of “Cause” set forth below conflicts with such definition in any stock incentive plan or agreement of the Company or any of its affiliates, the definition set forth herein shall control.

(b) Termination by Company without Cause, “Change of Control” . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, including within 12 months of a “change of control”, prior to the end of the Term hereof, then Executive shall be entitled to, upon Executive’s providing the Company with a signed release of claims in a form adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors from time to time and subject to Executive’s continued compliance with the provisions of Sections 6 and 7 hereof: (i) the Accrued Benefits, (ii) an amount equal to twelve (12) months Base Salary payable in the same manner as provided under Section 3(a), (iii) any declared Bonus not yet paid (unless such termination occurs prior to the payment to Executive of the Guaranteed 2006 Bonus in which case Executive shall receive the Guaranteed 2006 Bonus), (iv) the rights provided in Sections 3(d)(1) or (2), as applicable, relating to the vesting of a portion of the shares of any Restricted Stock Grant and the Initial Restricted Stock Grant, respectively, that are not vested as of the date of termination, and (v) continuation of Executive’s coverage under the Company’s medical plan at the same levels as such benefits that have been provided to Executive, and in connection therewith Executive shall periodically pay to the Company amounts equivalent to that which he paid as required employee contributions immediately prior to the date of termination, until the earlier of (A) the period of time it takes Executive to become eligible for the medical benefits program of a new employer (subject to Section 6(a) hereof) or (B) twelve (12) months from the date of such termination. Executive acknowledges that executive’s termination of employment on the date of such termination shall constitute a “qualifying event” for the purposes of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“COBRA”). Executive further acknowledges on behalf of herself and her dependents that any period with respect to which any of them would he eligible to elect COBRA shall be reduced by the period of post-termination medical benefit continuation provided under this subsection. Executive acknowledges that the Company may terminate Executive without Cause at any time, and that the Company shall have no obligations under such

 

-5-


circumstances to Executive beyond the specific obligations set forth in this Section 5(b); in particular, Executive acknowledges that Executive shall have no right whatsoever to any then unvested shares under the Initial Restricted Stock Grant, any Restricted Stock Grant or any other incentive equity award granted to Executive except as provided above in this Section 5(b).

(c) Resignation, Death or Disability . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death, Disability or voluntary resignation prior to the end of the Term, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further compensation or benefits under this Agreement or otherwise other than the Accrued Benefits. During any period that Executive fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of disability or incapacity, Executive shall continue to receive her Base Salary and all other benefits and all other compensation pursuant to this Agreement unless and until her employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 5.

(d) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

“Cause” means (i) conviction of, guilty plea concerning or confession of any felony, (ii) any act of dishonesty committed by Executive in connection with the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ business, (iii) any material breach by Executive of this Agreement, after written notice thereof from the Board is given in writing and such breach is not cured to the satisfaction of the Company within a reasonable period of time (not greater than 30 days) under the circumstances, (iv) any material breach of any reasonable and lawful rule or directive of the Company, (v) the gross or willful neglect of duties or gross misconduct by Executive, or (vi) the habitual use of drugs or habitual, excessive use of alcohol to the extent that any of such uses in the Board’s good faith determination materially interferes with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement.

“Disability” means, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, Executive’s inability, due to disability or incapacity, to perform all of her duties hereunder on a full-time basis for (i) periods aggregating 90 days, whether or not continuous, in any continuous period of 365 days, or (ii) where Executive’s absence is adversely affecting the performance of the Company in a significant manner, periods greater than 30 days and Executive is unable to resume her duties on a full time basis within 10 days of receipt of written notice of the Board’s determination under this clause (ii).

(e) Resignation as Officer or Director . Upon the termination of employment for any reason, Executive shall resign each position (if any) that he then holds as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(f) Payments in Lieu of Other Severance Rights . The payments provided in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 5 shall be made in lieu of any other severance payments under any severance agreement, plan, program or arrangement of the Company.

(g) Manner of Payment . Unless Executive breaches one of the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 6 and 7 of this Agreement, the payments described in

 

-6-


clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 5 shall be paid over a period of twelve (12) months commencing on the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (1) the payment of any amounts hereunder (including benefits continuation) shall cease on the date on which Executive breaches any of the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 6 and 7 of this Agreement.

6. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS . Executive acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

(a) Noncompetition . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any significant manner with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. Executive further covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on Executive, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or

 

-7-


clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, Executive shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any mutually agreed to confidential aspects of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of Executive under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Executive may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7, the “Company” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes Executive’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company.

7. CONFIDENTIALITY . All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires Executive to do so. Executive agrees that Executive shall not at any time during the term of Executive’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “Confidential Information”), nor shall Executive utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company. Executive hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on Executive’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

Executive agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by her alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement and (ii) general

 

-8-


business knowledge and work skills of Executive, even if developed or improved by Executive while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by Executive to the Company. Executive’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 7 shall continue beyond Executive’s termination of employment and Executive shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

8. ASSIGNMENT . This Agreement, and all of the terms and conditions hereof, shall bind the Company and its successors and assigns and shall bind Executive and Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators. No transfer or assignment of this Agreement shall release the Company from any obligation to Executive hereunder. Neither this Agreement, nor any of the Company’s rights or obligations hereunder, may be assigned or otherwise subject to hypothecation by Executive. The Company may assign the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder, in whole or in part, to any of the Company’s subsidiaries, affiliates or parent corporations, or to any other successor or assign in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or stock or in connection with any merger, acquisition and/or reorganization, provided the assignee assumes the obligations of the Company hereunder.

9. Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended .

If any of the payments to be made under this Agreement are deemed to be “deferred compensation”, as that term is defined under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and such regulations and guidance promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service in connection therewith (collectively, “Section 409A”), the Company reserves the right to modify the terms and provisions of this Agreement to comply with Section 409A; and

10. GENERAL .

(a) Notices . Any notices provided hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of one business day following personal delivery (including personal delivery by telecopy or telex), or the third business day after mailing by first class mail to the recipient at the address indicated below:

To the Company:

Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.

3000 Dundee Road, Suite 203

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Attn: Chairman of the Board of Directors

To Executive:

Mr. Mark Thompson

1074 Berganot Trail

Castle Rock, CO 80108

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party will have specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

 

-9-


(b) Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this paragraph be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions hereof in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction. If any covenant should be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable because its scope is considered excessive, such covenant shall be modified so that the scope of the covenant is reduced only to the minimum extent necessary to render the modified covenant valid, legal and enforceable.

(c) Entire Agreement . This document constitutes the final, complete, and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement and understanding between the parties related to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior or contemporaneous understandings, agreements, or representations by or between the parties, written or oral.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed on separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

(e) Amendments . No amendments or other modifications to this Agreement may be made except by a writing signed by all parties. The parties acknowledge that FIF III Liberty Acquisition, LLC (“Merger Sub”) is intended to be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, and this Agreement cannot be amended without the prior consent of Merger Sub. The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any third person any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

(f) Choice of Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law of such state.

(g) Survivorship . The provisions of this Agreement necessary to carry out the intention of the parties as expressed herein shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(h) Waiver . The waiver by either party of the other party’s prompt and complete performance, or breach or violation, of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate nor be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation, and the failure by any party hereto to exercise any right or remedy which it may possess hereunder shall not operate nor be construed as a bar to the exercise of such right or remedy by such party upon the occurrence of any subsequent breach or violation. No waiver shall be deemed to have occurred unless set forth in a writing executed by or on behalf of the waiving party. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

-10-


(i) Captions . The captions of this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and in no way define, describe, extend or limit the scope or intent of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

(j) Construction . The parties acknowledge that this Agreement is the result of arm’s-length negotiations between sophisticated parties each afforded representation by legal counsel. Each and every provision of this Agreement shall be construed as though both parties participated equally in the drafting of the same, and any rule of construction that a document shall be construed against the drafting party shall not be applicable to this Agreement.

(k) Arbitration . Except as necessary for the Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns or Executive to specifically enforce or enjoin a breach of this Agreement (to the extent such remedies are otherwise available), the parties agree that any and all disputes that may arise in connection with, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or any dispute that relates in any way, in whole or in part, to Executive’s services on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary, the termination of such services or any other dispute by and between the parties or their subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in New York, New York according to the National Employment Dispute Resolution Rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association. The parties agree that the prevailing party in any such dispute shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which he or it may be entitled. This arbitration obligation extends to any and all claims that may arise by and between the parties or their subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns, and expressly extends to, without limitation, claims or causes of action for wrongful termination, impairment of ability to compete in the open labor market, breach of an express or implied contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, breach of fiduciary duty, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, slander, infliction of emotional distress, disability, loss of future earnings, and claims under the United States Constitution, and applicable state and federal fair employment laws, federal and state equal employment opportunity laws, and federal and state labor statutes and regulations, including, but not limited to, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and any other state or federal law.

11. EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATION & ACCEPTANCE . By signing this Agreement, Executive hereby represents that Executive is not currently under any contractual obligation to work for another employer and that Executive is not restricted by any agreement or arrangement from entering into this Agreement and performing Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND THEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the year and date first above written.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

Name:   Michael E. Reed
Title:   C.E.O.
LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

Name:   Michael E. Reed
Title:   C.E.O.
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Mark Thompson

Mark Thompson

 

-12-

Exhibit 10.12

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 1st day of May, 2006 by and among LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC., in Delaware corporation (“Publishing”), LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Operating” and together with Publishing, the “Company”), and POLLY GRUNFELD SACK (“Executive”).

WHEREAS in order to induce Executive to serve as the Company’s General Counsel, the Company desires to provide Executive with compensation and other benefits on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and

WHEREAS, Executive is willing to accept such employment and perform services for the Company on the terms and conditions herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements herein contained, together with other good and valuable consideration the receipt of’ which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

1. SERVICES AND DUTIES . The Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment from the Company in the capacity of its General Counsel to work in the Rochester, New York area. Executives will report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (‘ CEO ”). Executive shall be a full-time employee of the Company and shall dedicate all of Executive’s working time to the Company and shall have no other employment and no other business ventures which are undisclosed to the Company or which conflict with Executive’s duties under this Agreement. Executive will perform such duties as are required by the Company from time to time and normally associated with Executive’s position, together with such additional duties, commensurate with the Executive’s position, as may be assigned to the Executive from time to time by the CEO. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from (i) engaging in personal investment activities for herself and her family that do not give rise to any conflict of interests with the Company or its affiliates, (ii) subject to prior approval of the Board, accepting directorships unrelated to the Company that do not give rise to any conflict of interests with the Company or its affiliates and (iii) engaging in charitable and civic activities, so long as such outside interests do not interfere with the performance of other duties hereunder.

2. START DATE; EMPLOYMENT AT WILL . The Executive understands and agrees.(i) that she is an employee-at-will, (ii) that this Agreement does not constitute, for any reason, a guaranty or promise of continued employment with the Company (with the “Company” understood, for purposes of this Section 2, to include any subsidiary of the Company and any successor in interest to the Company or to any such subsidiary), (iii) that the commencement of her employment with the Company does not constitute, for any reason, a guaranty or promise or continued employment with the Company and (iv) that the continuation of her employment with the Company for any period of time does not constitute, for any reason, a guaranty or promise of continued employment with the Company. The Executive acknowledges that this Agreement has


no term, and that the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment with the Company at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below), subject to the Company’s obligations set forth in Section 5 below. The obligations under this Agreement shall commence on or about May 17, 2006 (the actual date on which Executive is added to the Company’s payroll, the “ Effective Date ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event of any termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall nevertheless continue to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof, which provisions, along with Sections 8 and 9 hereof, shall survive any termination of this Agreement. For the sake of clarity, the delivery by the Company pursuant to this Section 2 of a notice not to extend the Term is not a termination by the Company without Cause for purposes of this Agreement.

3. COMPENSATION .

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s full and faithful satisfaction of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, the Company agrees to pay to Executive a salary in the amount of two hundred and twenty five thousand dollars ($225,000) per annum (the “ Base Salary ”) payable in such installments as the Company pays its similarly placed employees (but not less frequently than each calendar month), subject to usual and customary deductions for withholding taxes and similar charges, and customary employee contributions to health, welfare and retirement programs in which Executive is enrolled. The Base Salary shall be reviewed on an annual basis in accordance with Executive’s annual performance evaluation and adjusted at the Company’s sole discretion; provided , however , in no event shall the Base Salary be reduced from its level at the time without Executive’s approval.

(b) Annual Bonus Compensation . In addition to any salary payable pursuant to Section 3(a) above, Executive shall be eligible to receive in respect of each fiscal year of the Company a bonus (for each such fiscal year, a “ Bonus ”), based on the achievement, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of certain performance standards as agreed to by Executive and the Board, payable in such combination of cash and shares of common stock of Publishing (“Common Stock”) as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion (the stock portion of any such Bonus, the “Restricted Stock Grant”). The number of shares comprising any Restricted Stock Grant shall be determined by dividing the applicable portion of the Bonus being awarded in Common Stock by the fair market value (as determined by the Board in good faith) of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Generally, each Restricted Stock Grant shall vest as follows: (i) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the third anniversary of the date of grant; (ii) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant and (iii) the remaining one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to such Restricted Stock Grant on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Executive shall receive dividends on unvested shares to the extent such dividends are paid and such shares have not been forfeited. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company with Cause (as such term is defined below), Executive shall Immediately forfeit (x) all unvested shares subject to any Restricted Stock Grant and, (y) in the case of a termination based on clause (ii) of the definition of Cause, all vested shares granted under any Restricted Stock Grant.

 

- 2 -


The foregoing notwithstanding, the parties agree that for fiscal year 2006 only, Executive shall receive a cash bonus of at least eighty five thousand dollars ($85,000) (“Guaranteed 2006 Bonus”).

The cash portion of each Bonus shall be paid to the Executive within a reasonable time after the end of the fiscal year, but in no event later than 2  1 / 2 months following completion of the Company’s fiscal year to which such Bonus relates (“ Outside Payment Date ”); the Restricted Stock Grant portion of each Bonus shall be made on such date as the Board determines in its discretion, though no later than the applicable Outside Payment Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Bonus in respect of any fiscal year of the Company will be due to Executive unless she is employed by the Company on the last day of the fiscal year in respect of which the Bonus is awarded. To the extent that any Bonus is paid as a Restricted Stock Grant, the provisions of this section 3(c) pertaining to any Restricted Stock Grant shall be set forth in a management stockholder agreement containing customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights plus repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

(c) Initial Restricted Stock Grant . Subject to Executive’s compliance with Section 3(e) below, upon the Effective Date, Executive shall be awarded a one time grant (the “ Initial Restricted Stock Grant ”) of 150 shares of Common Stock, which is the number of shares equal to $150,000 divided by $1,000.00 per share (“ Per Share Price ”). The Initial Restricted Stock Grant shall vest as follows: (i) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the third anniversary of the Effective Date; (ii) one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date and (iii) the remaining one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the initial Restricted Stock Grant on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date. Executive shall receive dividends on unvested shares to the extent such dividends are paid and such shares have not been forfeited. In the event the Executive is terminated with Cause, he shall forfeit (x) all unvested shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and, (y) in the case of a termination based on clause (ii) of the definition of Cause, all vested shares granted under any Restricted Stock Grant. The provisions of this Section 3(d) shall be set forth in a management stockholder agreement containing customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, tag-along rights plus repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

(d) Vesting of Shares Upon Executive’s Termination without Cause, Change of Control .

(1) If Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause, Executive shall immediately vest as the owner as to the percentage of (a) the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and (b) any additional Restricted Stock Grants that would have vested under Section 3(c) above on the next succeeding anniversary of the Grant Date following such termination; provided , however , that in no event shall the number of Restricted Shares subject to such vesting be less than one-third (1/3) of the shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant;

 

- 3 -


(2) In the event a “change of control” occurs (as such term shall be defined in the Company’s Incentive Stock Award Plan) and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company (or its successor) without Cause within 12 months of such change of control, 100% of the then remaining unvested shares subject to the Initial Restricted Stock Grant and any additional Restricted Stock Grants shall immediately vest.

(e) Withholding . All taxable compensation payable to Executive pursuant to this Section 3 or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to customary withholding taxes and such other employment taxes as are required under Federal Law or the law of any state or governmental body to be collected with respect to compensation paid to an employee.

(f) Executive’s Co-Investment . Executive hereby agrees to invest, as of the Effective Date, $              in Common Stock at the Per Share Price alongside Parent. Such shares shall not be subject to any vesting restrictions but shall be subject to customary restrictions and terms, including but not limited to restrictions on transferability, drag-along rights, tag-along rights plus repurchase rights, all of which shall survive any expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

4. BENEFITS AND PERQUISITES .

(a) Retirement and Welfare Benefits . During the Term, Executive will be entitled to all the usual benefits offered to employees at Executive’s level, including vacation, sick time, participation in the Company’s medical, dental and insurance programs, as well as the ability to participate in the Company’s 401(k) retirement savings plan, subject to the applicable limitations and requirements imposed by the terms of such benefit plans, in each case in accordance with the terms of such plans us from time to time in effect. Nothing in this Section 4, however, shall require the Company to maintain any benefit plan or provide any type or level of benefits to its employees, including Executive; provided, however, during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to not less than four (4) weeks paid vacation annually.

(b) Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for any expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in furtherance of Executive duties hereunder, including travel, meals and accommodations, upon submission by Executive of vouchers or receipts and in compliance with such rules and policies relating thereto as the Company may from time to time adopt.

(c) Reimbursement of Moving Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for any moving expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive, submission by Executive of vouchers or receipts, up to $              in amount. Executive’s relocation to the Rochester, New York area must be complete by August 31, 2006. In the event Executive voluntarily leaves the Company’s employ, or is terminated for cause as defined below, within the first twelve months of employment, Executive must reimburse the Company for moving expenses incurred within 30 days of that date.

 

- 4 -


5. TERMINATION . Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated (x) by the Company for Cause (as defined below), effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to Executive; (y) by the Company at any time without Cause, effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to Executive, or (z) by Executive at any time, effective on the date on which a written notice to such effect is delivered to the Company.

(a) For Cause Termination . If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause, Executive shall not be entitled to any further compensation or benefits other than accrued but unpaid Base Salary (payable as provided in Section 3(b)) and accrued and unused vacation pay through the date of such termination (collectively, the “ Accrued Benefits ”). If the definition of “Cause” set forth below conflicts such definition in any stock incentive plan or agreement of the Company or any of its affiliates, the definition set forth herein shall control.

(b) Termination by Company without Cause; “Change of Control” . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause including within 12 months of a “change of control”, prior to the end of the Term hereof, then Executive shall be entitled to, upon Executive’s providing the Company with a signed release of claims in a form adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors from time to time and subject to Executive s continued compliance with the provisions of Sections 6 and 7 hereof: (i) the Accrued Benefits, (ii) an amount equal to twelve (12) months Base Salary payable in the same manner as provided under Section 3(a), (iii) any declared Bonus not yet paid (unless such termination occurs prior to the payment to Executive of the Guaranteed 2006 Bonus in which case Executive shall receive the Guaranteed 2006 Bonus), (iv) the rights provided in Sections 3(d)(l) or (2), as applicable, relating to the vesting of a portion of the shares of any Restricted Stock Grant and the Initial Restricted Stock Grant, respectively, that are not vested as of the date of termination, and (v) continuation of Executive’s coverage under the Company’s medical plan at the same levels as such benefits that have been provided to Executive, and in connection therewith Executive shall periodically pay to the Company amounts equivalent to that which he paid as required employee contributions immediately prior to the date of termination, until the earlier of (A) the period of time it takes Executive to become eligible for the medical benefits program of a new employer (subject to Section 6(a) hereof) or (B) twelve (12) months from the date of such termination. Executive acknowledges that executive’s termination of employment on the date of such termination shall constitute a “qualifying event” for the purposes of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“COBRA”). Executive further acknowledges on behalf of herself and her dependents that any period with respect to which any or them would be eligible to elect COBRA shall be reduced by the period of post-termination medical benefit continuation provided under this subsection. Executive acknowledges that the Company may terminate Executive without Cause at any time, and that the Company shall have no obligations under such circumstances to Executive beyond the specific obligations set forth in this Section 5(b); in particular, Executive acknowledges that Executive shall have no right whatsoever to any then invested shares under the Initial Restricted Stock Grant, any Restricted Stock Grant or any other incentive equity award granted to Executive except as provided above in this Section 5(b).

(c) Resignation, Death or Disability . If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Executive’s death, Disability or voluntary resignation prior to the end of

 

- 5 -


the Term, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further compensation or benefits under this Agreement or otherwise other than the Accrued Benefits. During any period that Executive fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of disability or incapacity, Executive shall continue to receive her Base Salary and all other benefits and all other compensation pursuant to this Agreement unless and until her employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 5.

(d) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

“Cause” means (i) conviction of, guilty plea concerning or confession of any felony. (ii) any act of dishonesty committed by Executive in connection with this Company’s or its subsidiaries’ business, (iii) any material breach by Executive of this Agreement, other written notice thereof from the Board is given in writing and such breach is not cured to the satisfaction of the Company within a reasonable period of time (not greater than 30 days) under the circumstances, (iv) any material breach of any reasonable and lawful rule or directive of the Company, (v) the gross or willful neglect of duties or gross misconduct by Executive, or (vi) the habitual use of drugs or habitual, excessive use of alcohol to the extent that any of such uses in the Board’s good faith determination materially interferes with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement.

“Disability” means, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, Executive’s inability, due to disability or incapacity, to perform all of her duties hereunder on a full-time basis for (i) periods aggregating 90 days, whether or not continuous, in any continuous period of 365 days, or (ii) where Executive’s absence is adversely affecting the performance of the Company in a significant manner, periods greater than 30 days and Executive is unable to resume her duties on a full time basis within 10 days of receipt of written notice of the Board’s determination under this clause (ii).

(e) Resignation as Officer or Director . Upon the termination of employment for any reason, Executive shall resign each position (if any) that he then holds as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(f) Payments in Lieu of Other Severance Rights . The payments provided in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 5 shall be made in lieu of any other severance payments under any severance agreement, plan, program or arrangement of the Company.

(g) Manner of Payment . Unless Executive breaches one of the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 6 and 7 of this Agreement, the payments described in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 5 shall be paid over a period of twelve (12) months commencing on the data of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (1) the payment of any amounts hereunder (including benefits continuation) shall cease on the date on which Executive breaches any of the restrictive covenants contained in Sections 6 and 7 of this Agreement.

 

- 6 -


6. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS . Executive acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

(a) Noncompetition . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, either be a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any significant manner with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. Executive further covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable us to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on Executive, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc. Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee. rent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns. subsidiaries or affiliate to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, Assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates. or otherwise encourage ally such person nr entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who let the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc. Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the dace of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company nr its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . Executive agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, Executive shall not make any disparaging or

 

- 7 -


defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any mutually agreed to confidential aspects of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of Executive under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Executive may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7, the “Company” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes Executive employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company.

7. CONFIDENTIALITY . All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires Executive to do so. Executive agrees that Executive shall not at any time during the term of Executive’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “Confidential Information”), nor shall Executive utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company. Executive hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on Executive’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement. This confidentiality prevision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

Executive agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by her alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”), provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of Executive, even if developed or improved by Executive while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by Executive to the Company. Executive’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 7 shall continue beyond Executive’s termination of employment and Executive shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information

 

- 8 -


8. ASSIGNMENT . This Agreement, and all of the terms and conditions hereof, shall bind the Company and its successors and assigns and shall bind Executive and Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators. No transfer or assignment of this Agreement shall release the Company from any obligation to Executive hereunder. Neither this Agreement, nor any of the Company’s rights or obligations hereunder, may be assigned or otherwise subject to hypothecation by Executive. The Company may assign the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder, in whole or in part, to any of the Company’s subsidiaries, affiliates or parent corporations, or to any other successor or assign in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or stock or in connection with any merger, acquisition and/or reorganization; provided the assignee assumes the obligations of the Company hereunder.

9. Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended .

If any of the payments to be made under this Agreement are deemed to be “deferred compensation”, as that term is defined under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and such regulations and guidance promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service in connection therewith (collectively, “Section 409A”), the Company reserves the right to modify the terms and provisions of this Agreement to comply with Section 409A, and

10. GENERAL .

(a) Notices . Any notices provided hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of one business day following personal delivery (including personal delivery by telecopy or telex), or the third business day after mailing by first class mail to the recipient at the address indicated below:

To the Company,

Liberty Group Publishing, Inc.

3000 Dundee Road, Suite 203

Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Attn . Chairman of the Board of Directors

To Executive,

Ms. Polly Grunfeld Sack

7085 Country Lane

Chagrin Falls, Ohio 44023

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party will have specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(b) Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject in this

 

- 9 -


paragraph be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions hereof in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction. If any covenant should be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable because its scope is considered excessive, such covenant shall be modified so that the scope of the covenant is reduced only to the minimum extent necessary to render the modified covenant valid, legal and enforceable.

(c) Entire Agreement . This document constitutes the final, complete, and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement and understanding between the parties related to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior or contemporaneous understandings, agreements, or representations by or between the parties, written or oral.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed on separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

(e) Amendments . No amendments or other modifications to this Agreement may be made except by a writing signed by all parties. The parties acknowledge that FIF III, Liberty Acquisition, LLC (“Merger Sub”) is intended to be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, and this Agreement cannot be amended without the prior consent of Merger Sub. The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any third person any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

(f) Choice of Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law of such state.

(g) Survivorship . The provisions of this Agreement necessary to carry out the intention of the parties as expressed herein shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

(h) Waiver . The waiver by either party of the other party’s prompt and complete performance, or breach or violation, of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate nor be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation, and the failure by any party hereto to exercise any right or remedy which it may possess hereunder shall not operate nor be construed as a bar to the exercise of such right or remedy by such party upon the occurrence of any subsequent breach or violation. No waiver shall be deemed to have occurred unless set forth in a writing executed by or on behalf of the waiving party. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

(i) Captions . The captions of this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and in no way define, describe, extend or limit the scope or intent of the Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

 

- 10 -


(j) Construction . The parties acknowledge that this Agreement is the result of arm’s-length negotiations between sophisticated parties each afforded representation by legal counsel. Each and every provision of this Agreement shall be construed as though both parties participated equally in the drafting of the same, and any rule of construction that a document shall be construed against the drafting party shall not be applicable to this Agreement.

(k) Arbitration . Except as necessary for the Company and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns or Executive to specifically enforce or enjoin a breach of this Agreement (to the extent such remedies are otherwise available), the parties agree that any and all disputes that may arise in connection with, arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or any dispute that relates in any way, in whole or in part, to Executive’s services on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary, the termination of such services or any other dispute by and between the parties or their subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in New York, New York according to the National Employment Dispute Resolution Rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association. The parties agree that the prevailing party in any such dispute shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which he or it may be entitled. This arbitration obligation extends to any and all claims that may arise and between the parties or their subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns, and expressly extends to, without limitation, claims or causes of action for wrongful termination, impairment of ability to compete in the open labor market, breach of an express or implied contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, breach of fiduciary duty, fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, slander, infliction of emotional distress, disability, loss of future earnings, and claims under the United States Constitution, and applicable state and federal employment laws, federal and state equal employment opportunity laws, and federal and state labor statutes and regulations, including, but not limited to, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and any other state or federal law.

11. EXECUTIVE REPRESENTATION & ACCEPTANCE . By signing this Agreement, Executive hereby represents that Executive is not currently under any contractual obligation to work for another employer and that Executive is not restricted by any agreement . or arrangement from entering into this Agreement and performing Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

- 11 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND THEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the year and date first above written.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Michael E. Reed

Name:

 

Michael E. Reed

Title:

 

CEO

LIBERTY GROUP OPERATING, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Michael E. Reed

Name:

 

Michael E. Reed

Title:

 

CEO

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Polly Grunfeld Sack

Polly Grunfeld Sack

 

- 12 -

Exhibit 10.13

EXECUTION COPY

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

This Management Stockholder Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of January 29, 2006, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), and Michael Reed (hereinafter referred to as the “ Management Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Stockholders Agreement referred to below.

WHEREAS, the Management Investor is a key employee of the Company and Liberty Group Operating, Inc. (“ Operating ”);

WHEREAS, the Management Investor desires to purchase and the Company desires to issue and sell to the Management Investor, on the date hereof, shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company also desires to award to the Management Investor a restricted stock grant as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Grant of Common Stock

(a) The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Management Investor, and the Management Investor hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, on the date hereof, 250 shares of Common Stock (the “ Purchased Shares ”), for a purchase price equal to $1,000.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000. The Purchased Shares shall be issued and sold to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Purchased Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(b) The Company hereby agrees to grant (in satisfaction of the Company’s restricted stock grant obligations in the employment agreement between the employee and the Company, if any), on March 1, 2006 (the “Grant Date”), 3,000 shares of Common Stock (the “ Restricted Shares ”), subject to the following:

(i) Subject to the terms of this Section 1(b), one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares shall vest on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Grant Date.

(ii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the Restricted Shares that would have vested under clause (i) above on the next succeeding anniversary of the Grant Date following such termination; provided , however , that in no event shall the number of Restricted Shares subject to such vesting be less than one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares.


(iii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within twelve months after a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of all previously unvested Restricted Shares on the date of such termination.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Management Investor’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, all of the unvested Restricted Shares shall be forfeited.

(v) During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions set forth herein, the Management Investor will have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to all of the Restricted Shares granted hereunder, including without limitation the right to vote such shares and the right to receive all dividends or other distributions with respect to such shares. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as set forth in Section 2(b) the Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered (each such action a “ Transfer ”) until the restrictions set forth herein are removed or expire, and any additional requirements or restrictions contained in this Agreement have been satisfied, terminated or expressly waived by the Company in writing. In connection with the payment of any dividends, distributions or any other type of payment to the Management Investor, the Company shall be entitled to deduct any taxes or other amounts required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over to such authority for the Management Investor’s account.

(vi) The Restricted Shares granted hereunder shall be registered in the Management Investor’s name, but the certificates evidencing such Restricted Shares shall be retained by the Company during the period prior to the vesting of such shares as set forth herein. The Management Investor shall execute a stock power in the form of Exhibit A , in blank, with respect to such Restricted Shares and deliver the same to the Company. Upon satisfaction of the vesting requirement, the Restricted Shares shall be issued to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Restricted Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the following term has the respective meaning set forth below:

(i) A “ Change in Control ” occurs if and when (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto (the “Exchange Act”), other than (i) a person who is stockholder of the Company as of the date hereof, (ii) a person who is an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC or (iii) a person who becomes a stockholder of the Company as a result of any purchase of grant of any equity securities under this Agreement or under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement

 

- 2 -


or arrangement, becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50.1% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding equity securities; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of stockholder; (b) individuals who constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on or about March 1, 2006 (the “Incumbent Board”) have ceased for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to March 1, 2006 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the nomination of such person for election as director without objection) shall be, for purposes of the Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (c) stockholders of the Company approve (or, if stockholder approval is not required, the Board approves (i) merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where those who are the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such stockholders to vote 50.1% or more of all votes to which all stockholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, (ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) a plan of partial or complete liquidation of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not take place upon the initial public offering, as provided in Section 2(e) hereof, of the Company’s Common Stock, or any other class of the Company’s securities (as provided under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement).

2. Transfer of Stock .

(a) Resale of Stock . Without limitation to the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Shares which have not yet vested set forth in Section 1(b)(v), except as set forth in Section 2(b) the Management Investor shall not Transfer the Purchased Shares, the Restricted Shares or any other shares of stock of the Company now or hereinafter owned by the Management Investor, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.

(b) Drag Along Right .

(i) As used in this Agreement, the term “ Holder ” means the Management Investor, a Related Transferee (as defined below) of the Management Investor or an Outside Party (as defined below).

(ii) Right to Require Sale . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Parent agrees to sell 100% of the shares of Common Stock held by it to a third person who is not an affiliate of Parent or Fortress Investment Group LLC (a “ Third Party ”) or if Parent agrees to sell a portion of its shares pursuant to a transaction in which more than 50% of the total Common Stock of the Company will be sold to a Third Party (either of such sales, a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then, upon the demand of Parent, each Holder hereby agrees to sell to such Third Party the same percentage of the total number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder on the date of the Drag-Along Notice (whether or not the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Shares have

 

- 3 -


lapsed (i.e. regardless of whether such Restricted Shares have vested)), as the number of shares Parent is selling in the Drag-Along Sales bears to the total number of shares held be Parent as of the date of the Drag-Along Notice (the “ Sale Percentage ”), at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as Parent has agreed to with such Third Party; provided , however , that Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide that (i) the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is a representation and warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ownership of the shares of Common Stock to be sold by it and its ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the liability of any other Holder with respect to any representation and warranty made in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is the several liability of such other Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such other Holder in the Drag-Along Sale; provided further , that the Holder shall not be obligated to participate in any Drag Along Sale unless the Holder is provided an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Drag-Along Sale is not in violation of applicable federal or state securities or other laws or, if the Holder is not provided with an opinion with respect to any matters contemplated by this proviso, Parent shall (in addition to the indemnification contemplated below) indemnify the Holder for any violation. If the Drag-Along Sale is in the form of a merger transaction, the Holder agrees to vote his or her shares of Common Stock in favor of such merger and not to exercise any rights of appraisal or dissent afforded under applicable law.

(iii) Drag-Along Notice . Prior to making any Drag-Along Sale, if Parent elects to exercise the option described in this Section 2(b), Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Drag-Along Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Drag Along Sale (the “ Drag-Along Sale Date ”). The Drag-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the Third Party; (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid per share and the terms and conditions of payment offered by the Third Party; (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by Parent as of the date that the Drag-Along Notice is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, telex or telecopy to the Holder; (iv) the sale percentage; (v) the Drag-Along Sale Date and (vi) confirmation that the proposed Third Party has agreed to purchase the Management Investor’s shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof.

(iv) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . The Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) shall record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which is not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the Third Party, on the Drag-Along Sale Date. If any part of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock is represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, the Holder shall deliver such certificate or certificates for such shares, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to such Third Party on the Drag-Along Sale Date in the manner and at the address indicated in the Drag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for the shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Drag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

 

- 4 -


(v) Consideration . The provisions of this Section 2(b) shall apply regardless of the form of consideration received in the Drag-Along Sale.

(c) Tag-Along Rights .

(i) Right to Participate in Sale . If Parent enters into an agreement to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of (such transfer, sale or other disposition being referred to as a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) a majority of its shares of Common Stock of the Company held on the date hereof to a Third Party, then Parent shall afford the Holder the opportunity to participate proportionately in such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with this Section 2(c). The Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation (except as provided in Section 2(b)), to participate in such Tag-Along Sale with respect to their Purchased Shares and Restricted Shares for which the restriction on Transfer have previously lapsed pursuant to Section 1(b) (collectively the “Eligible Stock”). The number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder will be entitled to include in such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Management Investor’s Allotment ”) shall be determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Eligible Stock held by the Holder on the Tag-Along Sale Date (as defined below), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator or which shall equal the number of shares of Common Stock proposed by Parent to be sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the Tag-Along Sale and the denominator of which shall equal the total number of shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned by (a) Parent and (b) any holder of shares of Common Stock (including the Holder) that has the right to “tag-along” in the Tag-Along Sale on the Tag-Along Sale Date. The “ Tag Along Notice Date ” shall be the date that the Tag-Along Sale Notice (as defined below) is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, Telex or telecopy to the Holder.

(ii) Limitation on Management Investor Representations; Indemnity . Any sales of shares of Common Stock by a Holder as a result of the “Tag-Along Rights” granted to the Holder pursuant to this agreement shall be on the same terms and conditions as the proposed Tag-Along Sale by Parent; provided , however , that in negotiating a Tag-Along Sale, Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide (i) that the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with any transfer is a warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the warranty made in connection with any transfer is the several liability of the Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such Holder.

(iii) Sale Notice . Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Tag-Along Sale Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Tag-Along Sale (the “ Tag-Along Sale Date ”). Each Tag-Along Sale Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of each proposed transferee or purchaser of shares in the Tag-Along Sale; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred or sold by Parent; (iii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid for such shares and the terms and conditions of payment offered by each proposed transferee or purchaser; (iv) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by Parent; (v) the Management Investor’s Allotment assuming the Holder elected to sell the maximum number of shares of Common Stock possible; (vi) confirmation that the proposed purchaser or transferee has been informed of the “Tag-Along Rights” provided for herein and has agreed to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof and (vii) the Tag-Along Sale Date.

 

- 5 -


(iv) Tag-Along Notice . If the Holder wishes to participate in the Tag-Along Sale, the Holder shall provide written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to Parent no less than ten (10) days prior to the Tag-Along Sale Date. The Tag-Along Notice shall set forth the number of shares of Common Stock that such Holder elects to include in the Tag-Along Sale, which shall not exceed the Management Investor’s Allotment. The Tag-Along Notice shall also specify the aggregate number of additional shares of Common Stock owned of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by such Holder, if any, which such Holder desires also to include in the Tag-Along Sale (“ Additional Shares ”) in the event there is any under-subscription for the entire amount of all Management Investors’ Allotments of all shares that may be included by persons having, and pursuant to, tag-along rights relative to Parent (collectively, the “ Management Investors’ Allotments ”). In the event there is an under-subscription by all holders of Management Investors’ Allotments for the entire amount of the Management Investors’ Allotments, Parent shall apportion the unsubscribed Management Investors’ Allotments to such holders whose tag-along apportionment shall be on a pro rata basis among such holders in accordance with the number of Additional Shares specified by all such holders in their Tag-Along Notice. The Tag-Along Notices given by the Holder shall constitute the Holder’s binding agreement to sell such shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions applicable to the Tag-Along Sale, subject to the provisions of Section 2(c)(ii) above; provided , however , that in the event that there is any material change in the terms and conditions of such Tag Along Sale applicable to the Holder after the Holder gives the Tag-Along Notice, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall have the right to withdraw from participation in the Tag-Along Sale with respect to all of its shares of Common Stock affected thereby. If the purchaser does not consummate the purchase of all of such shares on the same terms and conditions applicable to Parent (except as otherwise provided herein) then Parent shall not consummate the Tag-Along Sale of any of its shares to such transferee or purchaser, unless the shares of the Holder and Parent are reduced or limited pro rata in proportion to the respective number of shares actually sold in any such Tag-Along Sale.

If a Tag-Along Notice is not received by Parent from the Holder prior to the ten-day period specified above, Parent shall have the right to sell or otherwise transfer the number of shares specified in the Tag-Along Notice to the proposed purchaser or transferee without any participation by such Holder, but only on terms and conditions which are no more favorable in any material respect to Parent than as stated in the Tag-Along Notice to the Holder and only if such Tag-Along Sale occurs on a date within sixty (60) business days of the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(v) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, authorizes the Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) to record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of all of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which are not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale. On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, shall also deliver all certificates, if any, issued by the Company which represent shares of the Company’s Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale, in the manner and at

 

- 6 -


the address indicated in the Tag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for such shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(vi) Exempt Transfers . The provisions of this Section 2(c) shall not apply to (i) any bona fide underwritten offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or any bona fide public distribution of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder; (ii) any transfer, sale or other disposition by Parent to one of its Affiliates (except that (A) prior to any such disposition, the party receiving such shares of Common Stock shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to Parent as if such transferee were an original party hereto and (B) any such shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to this Agreement); (iii) any redemption by the Company of its Common Stock or (iv) any distribution by Parent to its equity participants of shares of Common Stock, held by it; it being expressly understood and agreed that following such a distribution (x) the shares of Common Stock so distributed shall in no way be subject to this Agreement and (y) any such equity participant shall not be required or deemed to become a party to his Agreement or otherwise be subject to this Agreement.

(d) Transfer to Related Transferees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2, the Management Investor may Transfer the Management Investor’s Common Stock without restriction to the Management Investor’s Related Transferees (as defined below); provided that each such Related Transferee shall first (i) execute a written consent in form and substance satisfactory to the Company to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) give a duplicate original of such consent to the Company. The “ Related Transferee ” of the Management Investor shall consist of the Management Investor’s spouse, the Management Investor’s adult lineal descendants, the adult spouses of such lineal descendants, trusts solely for the benefit of the Management Investor’s spouse or the Management Investor’s minor or adult lineal descendants and, in the event of death, the Management Investor’s personal representatives (in their capacities as such), estate and named beneficiaries. In the event of any transfer by the Management Investor to his Related Transferees of all or any part of the Management Investor’s Common Stock (or in the event of any subsequent transfer by any such Related Transferee to another Related Transferee of the Management Investor), such Related Transferees shall receive and hold said Common Stock subject to the terms of this Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Management Investor from whom such Common Stock was originally transferred as though said Common Stock was still owned by the Management Investor, and such Related Transferees shall be deemed Management Investors for the purposes of this Agreement. There shall be no further transfer of such Common Stock by a Related Transferee except between and among such Related Transferee, the Management Investor to whom such Related Transferee is related and the other Related Transferees of the Management Investor, or except as permitted by this Agreement.

(e) Termination . This Section 2 shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public generally in which the net proceeds to the Company are not less than $50,000,000.

 

- 7 -


3. Management Investor Representations; Legends on Certificates .

(a) Investment Risk . The Management Investor represents and acknowledges that (i) as a result of the Management Investor’s (A) existing relationship with the Company and by virtue of being an executive of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and (B) experience in financial matters, the Management Investor is properly able to evaluate the capital structure of the Company, the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the risks inherent therein; (ii) the Management Investor has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents from and to ask questions, and receive answers of, the officers and representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries to the extent necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to an investment in the Company; (iii) the Management Investor has been and will be, to the extent the Management Investor deems necessary, advised by legal counsel of the Management Investor’s choice at Management Investor’s expense in connection with this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Purchased Shares hereunder, (iv) the purchase or issuance of the Purchased Shares hereunder will be consistent, in both nature and amount, with the Management Investor’s overall investment program and financial condition, and the Management Investor’s financial condition will be such that the Management Investor will be able to bear the economic risk of holding unregistered Common Stock for which there is no market and to suffer a complete loss of the Management Investor’s investment therein and (v) the Management Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(3) under the Act. The Management Investor further acknowledges that investment in the Purchased Shares hereunder involves significant risks and that these risks include, without limitation, the fact that the Company has a leveraged financial structure.

(b) Purchase for Investment .

(i) The Management Investor represents and warrants that: (A) the Purchased Shares will be acquired for the Management Investor’s own account for investment, without any present intention of selling or further distributing the same and the Management Investor will not have any reason to anticipate any change in the Management Investor’s circumstances or any other particular occasion or event which would cause the Management Investor to sell any of such Common Stock and (B) the Management Investor is fully aware that in agreeing to sell or issue such Common Stock to the Management Investor the Company will be relying upon the truth and accuracy of these representations and warranties. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Shares except, to its family members or affiliates. Any such disposal to family members or affiliates much be in compliance with the Act, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, the relevant state securities laws applicable to the Management Investor’s action and the terms of this Agreement.

(ii) The Management Investor Acknowledges that no trading market for the Common Stock exists currently or is expected to exist at any time in the foreseeable future and that, as a result, the Management Investor may be unable to sell any of the Common Stock acquired hereunder for an indefinite period. Further, the Company has no obligation to register any of the Common Stock.

 

- 8 -


(iii) The Management Investor acknowledges and agrees that nothing herein, including the opportunity to make an investment in the Company, shall be deemed to create any implication concerning the adequacy of the Management Investor’s services to the Company or its subsidiaries or shall be construed as an agreement by the Company or its subsidiaries, express or implied, to employ the Management Investor or contract for the Management Investor’s services, to restrict the right of the Company and Operating to discharge the Management Investor or cease contracting for the Management Investor’s services or to modify, extend or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the terms of any employment agreement or contract for services which may exist between the Management Investor and the Company or its subsidiaries.

(c) Legend on Certificates . Each stock certificate issued to the Management Investor upon written request to the Company representing Common Stock issued hereunder shall bear the following (or substantially equivalent) legends on the face or reverse side thereof:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE UNDER THE ACT OR LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF March 1, 2006, BETWEEN THE PURCHASER PARTY THERETO AND THE COMPANY, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY, AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE VOTED, TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH VOTING, TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.

Any stock certificate issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificates bearing such legends (except a new certificate issued upon the completion of a public distribution of Common Stock represented thereby) shall also bear such (or substantially equivalent) legends, unless the Common Stock represented by such certificate is no longer subject to the provisions of this Agreement and, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the Common Stock represented thereby need no longer be subject to restrictions pursuant to the Act or applicable state securities law. The Company shall not be required to transfer on its books any certificate for Common Stock in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

- 9 -


4. Company “Call” Option .

(a) Upon the termination of the Management Investor’s employment or cessation of services as director with the Company or any of its subsidiaries for any reason (a “ Call Purchase Event ”), subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company may, at its option exercisable by written notice (a “ Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within ninety (90) days after the applicable Call Purchase Event (or, in the event the applicable Call Purchase Event is the death of the Management Investor, within thirty (30) days after the appointment and qualification of the deceased Management Investor’s personal representative, if later), elect to purchase and, upon the giving of such notice, the Company shall be obligated to purchase and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, his personal representative) (the “ Seller ” shall be obligated to sell, all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor (and his Related Transferees, if any) at a per share price equal to:

(i) in the case of a Termination for Cause, the lower of the purchase price of $1,000.00 per share or the Fair Market Value; or

(ii) in the case of a termination of employment for any reason other than Cause, the Fair Market Value.

(b) If the Company does not elect to exercise its option set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Company shall give written notice that it is not so electing to Parent within the time periods specified in paragraph (a) of this Section 4 for the giving of the Purchase Notice. Upon receipt of such notice from the Company, Parent shall have the option, exercisable by written notice (a “ Parent Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice from the Company, to purchase from the Seller (and, upon the giving of the Parent Purchase Notice, Parent shall be obligated to purchase and the Seller shall be obligated to sell) all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Parent Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Seller at the per share price set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.

(c) In the event a purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall be prohibited by law or would cause a default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party, the obligations of the Seller and the Company pursuant to this Section 4 shall be suspended and no such default would be caused; provided , however , that (x) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for the shares shall accrue interest at the lowest rate necessary to prevent the imputation of interest or original issue discount under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reduced by any dividends or distributions on such Common Stock during the period of such suspension, which interest shall likewise be paid when such prohibition first

 

- 10 -


lapses or is waived and no such default would be caused and (y) in the event of any such suspension, if Parent so elects and no violation of law would be caused and no default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party would result, the Company shall transfer its obligations under this Section 4 to Parent or to a subsidiary, in which case Parent or the subsidiary (as the case may be) and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor) shall be obligated to complete the purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.

(d) For the purposes of this Section 4, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” of each share of Common Stock shall be determined as of the time of the Call Purchase Event by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; provided , however , that such determination shall be based upon the Company as a going concern and shall not discount the value of such shares either because they are subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement or because they constitute only a minority interest in the Company.

(ii) A “ Termination for Cause ” shall mean termination of the Management Investor’s employment with, or service as a director of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries as a result of any of the following (each, a “ Cause ”; provided that in the event the Company has entered into an employment agreement with the Management Investor on or prior to the date hereof, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such employment agreement):

(i) the Management Investor commits any act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or serious misconduct in connection with the business of the Company or its subsidiaries, including but not limited to, falsifying any documents or agreements (regardless of form); or

(ii) the Management Investor materially violates any rule or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries (A) for which violation an employee may be terminated pursuant to the written policies of the Company or its subsidiaries reasonably applicable to an executive employee, or (B) which violation results in material damage to the Company or its subsidiaries, or (C) which, after written notice to do so, the Management Investor fails to correct within a reasonable time; or

(iii) the Management Investor willfully breaches or habitually neglects any material aspect of the Management Investor’s duties (A) as described in the Management Investor’s employment contract, or (B) in the ordinary course of the Management Investor’s employment or service as a director, or (C) assigned to the Management Investor by the Company or its subsidiaries, which assignment was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries (all of the foregoing duties, “Duties”); or

 

- 11 -


(iv) the Management Investor fails, after written notice, adequately to perform any Duties and such failure is reasonably likely to have an adverse impact upon the Company, its subsidiaries or the operations of any of them; or

(v) the Management Investor materially fails to comply with a direction from the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to a material matter, which direction was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries; or

(vi) while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries, and without the written approval of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or, in case the Management Investor is such Chief Executive Officer, approval of the Company’s Board of Directors), the Management Investor performs services for any other corporation or person which competes with the Company or its subsidiaries or otherwise violates Section 5 hereof; or

(vii) the Management Investor is convicted by a court of competent jurisdiction of a felony (other than a traffic or moving violation) or any crime involving dishonesty; or

(viii) any other action or condition that may result in termination of an employee for cause pursuant to any generally applied standard, of which standard the Management Investor knew or reasonably should have known, adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time but prior to such action or condition; or

(ix) any willful breach by the Management Investor of his or her fiduciary duties as a director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

In the event that there is a dispute between the Management Investor and the Company as to whether “Cause” for termination exists: (x) such termination shall nonetheless be effective, (y) such dispute shall be subject to arbitration and (z) the payments or deliveries, if any, to be made by the Company or Parent or any subsidiary in connection with a sale or purchase of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor pursuant to this Section 4 shall be delayed until the final resolution of such dispute in such arbitration.

5. Restrictive Covenants . The Management Investor acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

(a) Noncompetition . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, other than termination by the Company without Cause, the Management Investor shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. The Management Investor further

 

- 12 -


covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on the Management Investor, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, the Management Investor shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of the Management Investor under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

Nothing contained in this Section 5 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Management Investor may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 6, the “Company” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes the Management Investor’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company for any reason. The Company shall be entitled, in connection with its tax planning or other reasons, to terminate a Management Investor’s employment (which termination shall not be considered a

 

- 13 -


termination without Cause for purposes of this Agreement or otherwise) in connection with an invitation from another affiliate of the Company to accept employment with such affiliate in which case the terms and conditions hereof shall apply to the Management Investor’s employment relationship with such entity mutatis mutandis.

6. Confidentiality .

(a) All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires the Management Investor to do so. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor shall not at any time during the term of the Management Investor’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “Confidential Information”), nor shall the Management Investor utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with the Management Investor’s employment by the Company. The Management Investor hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on the Management Investor’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

(b) The Management Investor agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by him alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of the Management Investor, even if developed or improved by The Management Investor while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by the Management Investor to the Company. The Management Investor’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 6 shall continue beyond the Management Investor’s termination of employment and the Management Investor shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

 

- 14 -


7. Notices . All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received on the third full business day following the day of the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail or when delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission as follows:

(a) if to the Company, at its principal executive offices at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Management Investor;

(b) if to the Management Investor, at the address of the Management Investor as it appears on the signature page to this Agreement or at such other place as the Management Investor shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company;

(c) if to the Parent, at its principal executive office at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Parent shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company.

8. Specific Performance, Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase .

(a) Specific Performance . Due to the fact that the securities of the Company cannot be readily purchased or sold in the open market and because damages to the Company and its subsidiaries will be difficult to ascertain and remedies at law to the Company and its subsidiaries will be inadequate and for other reasons, the parties will be irreparably damaged in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by any of the parties hereto, the other parties shall, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled (without any bond or other security being required) to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage or that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase . The Management Investor acknowledges that if the Management Investor breaches any terms or conditions contained in Sections 5 or 6 herein, (i) all of the Restricted Shares granted pursuant to Section 1(b) herein shall be forfeited, and (ii) the Company, in accordance with Section 4 herein, shall have the right to repurchase all Purchased Shares, as such breach of Sections 5 or 6 shall be deemed a Call Purchase Event due to a Termination for Cause.

9. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company, and the Management Investor.

(b) In the event any capital stock of the Company or any other corporation shall be distributed on, with respect to, or in exchange for shares of Common Stock of the Company as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, reclassification or recapitalization in connection with any merger or reorganization, the restrictions, rights and options set forth in this Agreement shall apply with respect to such other capital stock to the same extent as they are, or would have been applicable, to the Common Stock acquired hereunder on, or with respect to, which such other capital stock was distributed.

 

- 15 -


(c) No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any waiver, consent or other instrument under or pursuant to this Agreement signed by, or binding upon, the Management Investor shall be valid and binding upon any and all persons or entities (other than the Company and the Parent) who may, at any time, have or claim any rights under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Parent and their respective successors and assigns and the Management Investor and the Management Investor’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting the Management Investor the right to transfer any of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares, except in accordance with this Agreement and any transferee shall hold the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares having only those rights and being subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement.

(e) If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

(f) Should any party to this Agreement be required to commence any litigation concerning any provision of this Agreement or the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, to the reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by reason of such litigation.

(g) The section headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said sections.

(h) Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and words in the plural shall be read and construed as though in the singular in all cases where they would so apply.

(i) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be fully effective as an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(j) The Management Investor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the jurisdiction of any Delaware State court or federal court of the United States sitting in the State of Delaware in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and consents to service of process in connection therewith by the delivery of notice to such Management Investor’s address set forth in this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of said state without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(l) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

- 16 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Stock Purchase Agreement as of the first date written above.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.
By:  

/s/ William B. Doniger

Name:   William B. Doniger
Its:   Vice President
FIF III LIBERTY HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ William B. Doniger

Name:   William B. Doniger
MANAGEMENT INVESTOR
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

Name:   MICHAEL E. REED

 

- 17 -


Exhibit A

STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                          (          ) shares of the Common Stock of Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. standing in his name on the books of said Corporation represented by Certificate No.      and Certificate No.      herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                          attorney to transfer the stock on the books of said Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                             

 

/s/ Michael E. Reed

Exhibit 10.14

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Management Stockholder Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of March 1, 2006, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), and Scott Champion (hereinafter referred to as the “ Management Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Stockholders Agreement referred to below.

WHEREAS, on June 6, 2005, the Company and Management Investor entered into the initial Management Stockholder Agreement (the “Initial Agreement”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Initial Agreement, the Management Investor purchased, 500 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) as set forth herein and the Company awarded the Management Investor a restricted stock grant (the “Initial Stock Grant”) as further described below; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to award to the Management Investor an additional restricted stock grant as set forth herein and to amend certain provisions of the Initial Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Grant of Common Stock

(a) On June 6, 2005 Management Investor purchased from the Company, 500 shares of Common Stock (the “ Purchased Shares ”), for a purchase price equal to $1,000.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $500,000.00. The Purchased Shares were issued and sold to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Purchased Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(b) On June 6, 2005 (the “Initial Grant Date”), the Company granted (in satisfaction of the Company’s restricted stock grant obligations in the employment agreement between the employee and the Company, if any),, 1,500 shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Stock Grant”) and further on March 1, 2006 (the “Secondary Grant Date” along with the Initial Grant Date, each a “Grant Date”) the Company granted the Management Investor 100 shares of Common Stock (collectively with the Initial Stock Grant, the “ Restricted Shares ”), subject to the following:

(i) Subject to the terms of this Section 1(b), one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares shall vest on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the respective Grant Date.


(ii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the Restricted Shares that would have vested under clause (i) above on the next succeeding anniversary of the respective Grant Date following such termination; provided , however , that in no event shall the number of Restricted Shares subject to such vesting be less than one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares.

(iii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within twelve months after a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of all previously unvested Restricted Shares on the date of such termination.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Management Investor’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, all of the Restricted Shares shall be forfeited, regardless of whether such shares had previously vested.

(v) During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions set forth herein, the Management Investor will have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to all of the Restricted Shares granted hereunder, including without limitation the right to vote such shares arid the right to receive all dividends or other distributions with respect to such shares. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as set forth in Section 2(b) the Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered (each such action “ Transfer ”) until the restrictions set forth herein are removed or expire, and any additional requirements or restrictions contained in this Agreement have been satisfied, terminated or expressly waived by the Company in writing. In connection with the payment of any dividends, distributions or any other type of payment to the Management Investor, the Company shall be entitled to deduct any taxes or other amounts required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over to such authority for the Management Investor’s account.

(vi) The Restricted Shares granted hereunder shall be registered in the Management Investor’s name, but the certificates evidencing such Restricted Shares shall be retained by the Company during the period prior to the vesting of such shares as set forth herein. The Management Investor shall execute a stock power in the form of Exhibit A , in blank, with respect to such Restricted Shares and deliver the same to the Company. Upon satisfaction of the vesting requirement, the Restricted Shares shall be issued to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Restricted Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the following term has the respective meaning set forth below:

(i) A “ Change in Control ” occurs if and when (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto (the “Exchange

 

- 2 -


Act”), other than (i) a person who is stockholder of the Company as of the date hereof, (ii) a person who is an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, or (iii) a person who becomes a stockholder of the Company as a result of any purchase of grant of any equity securities under this Agreement or under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement, becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50.1% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding equity securities; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of stockholder; (b) individuals who constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on or about June 6, 2005 (the “Incumbent Board”) have ceased for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to June _6_, 2005 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the nomination of such person for election as director without objection) shall be, for purposes of the Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (c) stockholders of the Company approve (or, if stockholder approval is not required, the Board approves (i) merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where those who are the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such stockholders to vote 50.1% or more of all votes to which all stockholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, (ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) a plan of partial or complete liquidation of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not take place upon the initial public offering, as provided in Section 2(e) hereof, of the Company’s Common Stock, or any other class of the Company’s securities (as provided under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement).

2. Transfer of Stock .

(a) Resale of Stock . Without limitation to the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Shares which have not yet vested set forth in Section 1(b)(v), except as set forth in Section 2(b) the Management Investor shall not Transfer the Purchased Shares, the Restricted Shares or any other shares of stock of the Company now or hereinafter owned by the Management Investor, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.

(b) Drag Along Right .

(i) As used in this Agreement, the term “ Holder ” means the Management Investor, a Related Transferee (as defined below) of the Management Investor or an Outside Party (as defined below).

(ii) Right to Require Sale . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Parent agrees to sell 100% of the shares of Common Stock held by it to a third person who is not an affiliate of Parent or Fortress Investment Group LLC (a “ Third Party ”) or if Parent agrees to sell a portion of its shares pursuant to a transaction in which more than 50% of the total Common Stock of the Company will be sold to a Third Party

 

- 3 -


(either of such sales, a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then, upon the demand of Parent, each Holder hereby agrees to sell to such Third Party the same percentage of the total number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder on the date of the Drag-Along Notice (whether or not the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Shares have lapsed (i.e. regardless of whether such Restricted Shares have vested)), as the number of shares Parent is selling in the Drag-Along Sales bears to the total number of shares held be Parent as of the date of the Drag-Along Notice (the “ Sale Percentage ”), at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as Parent has agreed to with such Third Party; provided , however , that Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide that (i) the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is a representation and warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ownership of the shares of Common Stock to be sold by it and its ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the liability of any other Holder with respect to any representation and warranty made in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is the several liability of such other Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such other Holder in the Drag-Along Sale; provided further , that the Holder shall not be obligated to participate in any Drag Along Sale unless the Holder is provided an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Drag-Along Sale is not in violation of applicable federal or state securities or other laws or, if the Holder is not provided with an opinion with respect to any matters contemplated by this proviso, Parent shall (in addition to the indemnification contemplated below) indemnify the Holder for any violation. If the Drag-Along Sale is in the form of a merger transaction, the Holder agrees to vote his or her shares of Common Stock in favor of such merger and not to exercise any rights of appraisal or dissent afforded under applicable law.

(iii) Drag-Along Notice . Prior to making any Drag-Along Sale, if Parent elects to exercise the option described in this Section 2(b), Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Drag-Along Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Drag Along Sale (the “ Drag-Along Sale Date ”). The Drag-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the Third Party; (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid per share and the terms and conditions of payment offered by the Third Party; (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by Parent as of the date that the Drag-Along Notice is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, telex or telecopy to the Holder; (iv) the sale percentage; (v) the Drag-Along Sale Date and (vi) confirmation that the proposed Third Party has agreed to purchase the Management Investor’s shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof.

(iv) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . The Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) shall record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which is not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the Third Party, on the Drag-Along Sale Date. If any part of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock is represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, the Holder shall deliver such certificate or certificates for such shares, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to such Third Party on the Drag-Along Sale Date in the

 

- 4 -


manner and at the address indicated in the Drag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for the shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Drag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(v) Consideration . The provisions of this Section 2(b) shall apply regardless of the form of consideration received in the Drag-Along Sale.

(c) Tag-Along Rights .

(i) Right to Participate in Sale . If Parent enters into an agreement to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of (such transfer, sale or other disposition being referred to as a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) a majority of its shares of Common Stock of the Company held on the date hereof to a Third Party, then Parent shall afford the Holder the opportunity to participate proportionately in such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with this Section 2(c). The Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation (except as provided in Section 2(b)), to participate in such Tag-Along Sale with respect to their Purchased Shares and Restricted Shares for which the restriction on Transfer have previously lapsed pursuant to Section 1(b) (collectively the “Eligible Stock”). The number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder will be entitled to include in such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Management Investor’s Allotment ”) shall be determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Eligible Stock held by the Holder on the Tag-Along Sale Date (as defined below), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator or which shall equal the number of shares of Common Stock proposed by Parent to be sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the Tag-Along Sale and the denominator of which shall equal the total number of shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned by (a) Parent and (b) any holder of shares of Common Stock (including the Holder) that has the right to “tag-along” in the Tag-Along Sale on the Tag-Along Sale Date. The “ Tag Along Notice Date ” shall be the date that the Tag-Along Sale Notice (as defined below) is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, Telex or telecopy to the Holder.

(ii) Limitation on Management Investor Representations; Indemnity . Any sales of shares of Common Stock by a Holder as a result of the “Tag-Along Rights” granted to the Holder pursuant to this agreement shall be on the same terms and conditions as the proposed Tag-Along Sale by Parent; provided , however , that in negotiating a Tag-Along Sale, Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide (i) that the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with any transfer is a warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the warranty made in connection with any transfer is the several liability of the Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such Holder.

(iii) Sale Notice . Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Tag-Along Sale Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Tag-Along Sale (the “ Tag-Along Sale Date ”). Each Tag-Along Sale Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of each proposed transferee or purchaser of shares in the Tag-Along Sale; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred or

 

- 5 -


sold by Parent; (iii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid for such shares and the terms and conditions of payment offered by each proposed transferee or purchaser; (iv) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by Parent; (v) the Management Investor’s Allotment assuming the Holder elected to sell the maximum number of shares of Common Stock possible; (vi) confirmation that the proposed purchaser or transferee has been informed of the “Tag-Along Rights” provided for herein and has agreed to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof and (vii) the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(iv) Tag-Along Notice . If the Holder wishes to participate in the Tag-Along Sale, the Holder shall provide written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to Parent no less than ten (10) days prior to the Tag-Along Sale Date. The Tag-Along Notice shall set forth the number of shares of Common Stock that such Holder elects to include in the Tag-Along Sale, which shall not exceed the Management Investor’s Allotment. The Tag-Along Notice shall also specify the aggregate number of additional shares of Common Stock owned of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by such Holder, if any, which such Holder desires also to include in the Tag-Along Sale (“ Additional Shares ”) in the event there is any under-subscription for the entire amount of all Management Investors’ Allotments of all shares that may be included by persons having, and pursuant to, tag-along rights relative to Parent (collectively, the “ Management Investors’ Allotments ”). In the event there is an under-subscription by all holders of Management Investors’ Allotments for the entire amount of the Management Investors’ Allotments, Parent shall apportion the unsubscribed Management Investors’ Allotments to such holders whose tag-along apportionment shall be on a pro rata basis among such holders in accordance with the number of Additional Shares specified by all such holders in their Tag-Along Notice. The Tag-Along Notices given by the Holder shall constitute the Holder’s binding agreement to sell such shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions applicable to the Tag-Along Sale, subject to the provisions of Section 2(c)(ii) above; provided , however , that in the event that there is any material change in the terms and conditions of such Tag Along Sale applicable to the Holder after the Holder gives the Tag-Along Notice, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall have the right to withdraw from participation in the Tag-Along Sale with respect to all of its shares of Common Stock affected thereby. If the purchaser does not consummate the purchase of all of such shares on the same terms and conditions applicable to Parent (except as otherwise provided herein) then Parent shall not consummate the Tag-Along Sale of any of its shares to such transferee or purchaser, unless the shares of the Holder and Parent are reduced or limited pro rata in proportion to the respective number of shares actually sold in any such Tag-Along Sale.

If a Tag-Along Notice is not received by Parent from the Holder prior to the ten-day period specified above, Parent shall have the right to sell or otherwise transfer the number of shares specified in the Tag-Along Notice to the proposed purchaser or transferee without any participation by such Holder, but only on terms and conditions which are no more favorable in any material respect to Parent than as stated in the Tag-Along Notice to the Holder and only if such Tag-Along Sale occurs on a date within sixty (60) business days of the Tag-Along Sale Date.

 

- 6 -


(v) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, authorizes the Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) to record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of all of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which are not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale. On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, shall also deliver all certificates, if any, issued by the Company which represent shares of the Company’s Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale, in the manner and at the address indicated in the Tag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for such shares; provided, however, that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(vi) Exempt Transfers . The provisions of this Section 2(c) shall not apply to (i) any bona fide underwritten offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or any bona fide public distribution of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder; (ii) any transfer, sale or other disposition by Parent to one of its Affiliates (except that (A) prior to any such disposition, the party receiving such shares of Common Stock shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to Parent as if such transferee were an original party hereto and (B) any such shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to this Agreement); (iii) any redemption by the Company of its Common Stock or (iv) any distribution by Parent to its equity participants of shares of Common Stock, held by it; it being expressly understood and agreed that following such a distribution (x) the shares of Common Stock so distributed shall in no way be subject to this Agreement and (y) any such equity participant shall not be required or deemed to become a party to his Agreement or otherwise be subject to this Agreement.

(d) Transfer to Related Transferees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2, the Management Investor may Transfer the Management Investor’s Common Stock without restriction to the Management Investor’s Related Transferees (as defined below); provided that each such Related Transferee shall first (i) execute a written consent in form and substance satisfactory to the Company to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) give a duplicate original of such consent to the Company. The “ Related Transferee ” of the Management Investor shall consist of the Management Investor’s spouse, the Management Investor’s adult lineal descendants, the adult spouses of such lineal descendants, trusts solely for the benefit of the Management Investor’s spouse or the Management Investor’s minor or adult lineal descendants and, in the event of death, the Management Investor’s personal representatives (in their capacities as such), estate and named beneficiaries. In the event of any transfer by the Management Investor to his Related Transferees of all or any part of the Management Investor’s Common Stock (or in the event of any subsequent transfer by any such Related Transferee to another Related Transferee of the Management Investor), such Related Transferees shall receive and hold said Common Stock subject to the terms of this Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Management Investor from whom such Common Stock was originally transferred as though said Common Stock was still owned by the Management Investor, and such Related Transferees shall be deemed Management Investors for the purposes of this Agreement. There shall be no further

 

- 7 -


transfer of such Common Stock by a Related Transferee except between and among such Related Transferee, the Management Investor to whom such Related Transferee is related and the other Related Transferees of the Management Investor, or except as permitted by this Agreement.

(e) Termination . This Section 2 shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public generally in which the net proceeds to the Company are not less than $50,000,000.

3. Management Investor Representations; Legends on Certificates .

(a) Investment Risk . The Management Investor represents and acknowledges that (i) as a result of the Management Investor’s (A) existing relationship with the Company and by virtue of being an executive of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and (B) experience in financial matters, the Management Investor is properly able to evaluate the capital structure of the Company, the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the risks inherent therein; (ii) the Management Investor has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents from and to ask questions, and receive answers of, the officers and representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries to the extent necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to an investment in the Company; (iii) the Management Investor has been and will be, to the extent the Management Investor deems necessary, advised by legal counsel of the Management Investor’s choice at Management Investor’s expense in connection with this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Purchased Shares hereunder, (iv) the purchase or issuance of the Purchased Shares hereunder will be consistent, in both nature and amount, with the Management Investor’s overall investment program and financial condition, and the Management Investor’s financial condition will be such that the Management Investor will be able to bear the economic risk of holding unregistered Common Stock for which there is no market and to suffer a complete loss of the Management Investor’s investment therein and (v) the Management Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(3) under the Act. The Management Investor further acknowledges that investment in the Purchased Shares hereunder involves significant risks and that these risks include, without limitation, the fact that the Company has a leveraged financial structure.

(b) Purchase for Investment .

(i) The Management Investor represents and warrants that: (A) the Purchased Shares will be acquired for the Management Investor’s own account for investment, without any present intention of selling or further distributing the same and the Management Investor will not have any reason to anticipate any change in the Management Investor’s circumstances or any other particular occasion or event which would cause the Management Investor to sell any of such Common Stock and (B) the Management Investor is fully aware that in agreeing to sell or issue such Common Stock to the Management Investor the Company will be relying upon the truth and accuracy of these representations and warranties. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Shares except, to its family members or affiliates. Any such disposal to family members or affiliates much be in compliance with the Act, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, the relevant state securities laws applicable to the Management Investor’s action and the terms of this Agreement.

 

- 8 -


(ii) The Management Investor Acknowledges that no trading market for the Common Stock exists currently or is expected to exist at any time in the foreseeable future and that, as a result, the Management Investor may be unable to sell any of the Common Stock acquired hereunder for an indefinite period. Further, the Company has no obligation to register any of the Common Stock.

(iii) The Management Investor acknowledges and agrees that nothing herein, including the opportunity to make an investment in the Company, shall be deemed to create any implication concerning the adequacy of the Management Investor’s services to the Company or its subsidiaries or shall be construed as an agreement by the Company or its subsidiaries, express or implied, to employ the Management Investor or contract for the Management Investor’s services, to restrict the right of the Company and Operating to discharge the Management Investor or cease contracting for the Management Investor’s services or to modify, extend or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the terms of any employment agreement or contract for services which may exist between the Management Investor and the Company or its subsidiaries.

(c) Legend on Certificates . Each stock certificate issued to the Management Investor upon written request to the Company representing Common Stock issued hereunder shall bear the following (or substantially equivalent) legends on the face or reverse side thereof:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE UNDER THE ACT OR LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF , 2006, BETWEEN THE PURCHASER PARTY THERETO AND THE COMPANY, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY, AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE VOTED, TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH VOTING, TRANSFER, SALE,

 

- 9 -


ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.

Any stock certificate issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificates bearing such legends (except a new certificate issued upon the completion of a public distribution of Common Stock represented thereby) shall also bear such (or substantially equivalent) legends, unless the Common Stock represented by such certificate is no longer subject to the provisions of this Agreement and, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the Common Stock represented thereby need no longer be subject to restrictions pursuant to the Act or applicable state securities law. The Company shall not be required to transfer on its books any certificate for Common Stock in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

4. Company “Call” Option .

(a) Upon the termination of the Management Investor’s employment or cessation of services as director with the Company or any of its subsidiaries for any reason (a “ Call Purchase Event ”), subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company may, at its option exercisable by written notice (a “ Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within ninety (90) days after the applicable Call Purchase Event (or, in the event the applicable Call Purchase Event is the death of the Management Investor, within thirty (30) days after the appointment and qualification of the deceased Management Investor’s personal representative, if later), elect to purchase and, upon the giving of such notice, the Company shall be obligated to purchase and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, his personal representative) (the “ Seller ” shall be obligated to sell, all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor (and his Related Transferees, if any) at a per share price equal to:

(i) in the case of a Termination for Cause, the lower of the purchase price of $1,000.00 per share or the Fair Market Value; or

(ii) in the case of a termination of employment for any reason other than Cause, the Fair Market Value.

(b) If the Company does not elect to exercise its option set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Company shall give written notice that it is not so electing to Parent within the time periods specified in paragraph (a) of this Section 4 for the giving of the Purchase Notice. Upon receipt of such notice from the Company, Parent shall have the option, exercisable by written notice (a “ Parent Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice from the Company, to purchase from the Seller (and, upon the giving of the Parent Purchase Notice, Parent shall be obligated to purchase and the Seller shall be obligated to sell) all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Parent Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Seller at the per share price set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.

 

- 10 -


(c) In the event a purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall be prohibited by law or would cause a default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party, the obligations of the Seller and the Company pursuant to this Section 4 shall be suspended and no such default would be caused; provided , however , that (x) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for the shares shall accrue interest at the lowest rate necessary to prevent the imputation of interest or original issue discount under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reduced by any dividends or distributions on such Common Stock during the period of such suspension, which interest shall likewise be paid when such prohibition first lapses or is waived and no such default would be caused and (y) in the event of any such suspension, if Parent so elects and no violation of law would be caused and no default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party would result, the Company shall transfer its obligations under this Section 4 to Parent or to a subsidiary, in which case Parent or the subsidiary (as the case may be) and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor) shall be obligated to complete the purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.

(d) For the purposes of this Section 4, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” of each share of Common Stock shall be determined as of the time of the Call Purchase Event by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; provided , however , that such determination shall be based upon the Company as a going concern and shall not discount the value of such shares either because they are subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement or because they constitute only a minority interest in the Company.

(ii) A “ Termination for Cause ” shall mean termination of the Management Investor’s employment with, or service as a director of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries as a result of any of the following (each, a “ Cause ”; provided that in the event the Company has entered into an employment agreement with the Management Investor on or prior to the date hereof, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such employment agreement):

(i) the Management Investor commits any act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or serious misconduct in connection with the business of the Company or its subsidiaries, including but not limited to, falsifying any documents or agreements (regardless of form); or

(ii) the Management Investor materially violates any rule or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries (A) for which violation an employee may be terminated pursuant to the written policies of the Company or its subsidiaries reasonably applicable to an executive employee, or (B) which violation results in material damage to the Company or its subsidiaries, or (C) which, after written notice to do so, the Management Investor fails to correct within a reasonable time; or

 

- 11 -


(iii) the Management Investor willfully breaches or habitually neglects any material aspect of the Management Investor’s duties (A) as described in the Management Investor’s employment contract, or (B) in the ordinary course of the Management Investor’s employment or service as a director, or (C) assigned to the Management Investor by the Company or its subsidiaries, which assignment was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries (all of the foregoing duties, “ Duties ”); or

(iv) the Management Investor fails, after written notice, adequately to perform any Duties and such failure is reasonably likely to have an adverse impact upon the Company, its subsidiaries or the operations of any of them; or

(v) the Management Investor materially fails to comply with a direction from the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to a material matter, which direction was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries; or

(vi) while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries, and without the written approval of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or, in case the Management Investor is such Chief Executive Officer, approval of the Company’s Board of Directors), the Management Investor performs services for any other corporation or person which competes with the Company or its subsidiaries or otherwise violates Section 5 hereof; or

(vii) the Management Investor is convicted by a court of competent jurisdiction of a felony (other than a traffic or moving violation) or any crime involving dishonesty; or

(viii) any other action or condition that may result in termination of an employee for cause pursuant to any generally applied standard, of which standard the Management Investor knew or reasonably should have known, adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time but prior to such action or condition; or

(ix) any willful breach by the Management Investor of his or her fiduciary duties as a director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

In the event that there is a dispute between the Management Investor and the Company as to whether “Cause” for termination exists: (x) such termination shall nonetheless be effective, (y) such dispute shall be subject to arbitration and (z) the payments or deliveries, if any, to be made by the Company or Parent or any subsidiary in connection with a sale or purchase of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor pursuant to this Section 4 shall be delayed until the final resolution of such dispute in such arbitration.

5. Restrictive Covenants . The Management Investor acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

 

- 12 -


(a) Noncompetition . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, other than termination by the Company without Cause, the Management Investor shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. The Management Investor further covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on the Management Investor, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, the Management Investor shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of the Management Investor under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

 

- 13 -


Nothing contained in this Section 5 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Management Investor may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 6, the “Company” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes the Management Investor’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company for any reason. The Company shall be entitled, in connection with its tax planning or other reasons, to terminate a Management Investor’s employment (which termination shall not be considered a termination without Cause for purposes of this Agreement or otherwise) in connection with an invitation from another affiliate of the Company to accept employment with such affiliate in which case the terms and conditions hereof shall apply to the Management Investor’s employment relationship with such entity mutatis mutandis.

6. Confidentiality .

(a) All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires the Management Investor to do so. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor shall not at any time during the term of the Management Investor’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “Confidential Information”), nor shall the Management Investor utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with the Management Investor’s employment by the Company. The Management Investor hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on the Management Investor’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

(b) The Management Investor agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by him alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation

 

- 14 -


of this Agreement and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of the Management Investor, even if developed or improved by The Management Investor while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by the Management Investor to the Company. The Management Investor’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 6 shall continue beyond the Management Investor’s termination of employment and the Management Investor shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

7. Notices . All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received on the third full business day following the day of the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail or when delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission as follows:

(a) if to the Company, at its principal executive offices at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Management Investor;

(b) if to the Management Investor, at the address of the Management Investor as it appears on the signature page to this Agreement or at such other place as the Management Investor shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company;

(c) if to the Parent, at its principal executive office at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Parent shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company.

8. Specific Performance, Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase .

(a) Specific Performance . Due to the fact that the securities of the Company cannot be readily purchased or sold in the open market and because damages to the Company and its subsidiaries will be difficult to ascertain and remedies at law to the Company and its subsidiaries will be inadequate and for other reasons, the parties will be irreparably damaged in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by any of the parties hereto, the other parties shall, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled (without any bond or other security being required) to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage or that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase . The Management Investor acknowledges that if the Management Investor breaches any terms or conditions contained in Sections 5 or 6 herein, (i) all of the Restricted Shares granted pursuant to Section 1(b) herein shall be forfeited, and (ii) the Company, in accordance with Section 4 herein, shall have the right to repurchase all Purchased Shares, as such breach of Sections 5 or 6 shall be deemed a Call Purchase Event due to a Termination for Cause.

 

- 15 -


9. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company, and the Management Investor.

(b) In the event any capital stock of the Company or any other corporation shall be distributed on, with respect to, or in exchange for shares of Common Stock of the Company as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, reclassification or recapitalization in connection with any merger or reorganization, the restrictions, rights and options set forth in this Agreement shall apply with respect to such other capital stock to the same extent as they are, or would have been applicable, to the Common Stock acquired hereunder on, or with respect to, which such other capital stock was distributed.

(c) No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any waiver, consent or other instrument under or pursuant to this Agreement signed by, or binding upon, the Management Investor shall be valid and binding upon any and all persons or entities (other than the Company and the Parent) who may, at any time, have or claim any rights under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Parent and their respective successors and assigns and the Management Investor and the Management Investor’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting the Management Investor the right to transfer any of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares, except in accordance with this Agreement and any transferee shall hold the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares having only those rights and being subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement.

(e) If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

(f) Should any party to this Agreement be required to commence any litigation concerning any provision of this Agreement or the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, to the reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by reason of such litigation.

(g) The section headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said sections.

 

- 16 -


(h) Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and words in the plural shall be read and construed as though in the singular in all cases where they would so apply.

(i) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be fully effective as an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(j) The Management Investor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the jurisdiction of any Delaware State court or federal court of the United States sitting in the State of Delaware in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and consents to service of process in connection therewith by the delivery of notice to such Management Investor’s address set forth in this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of said state without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(l) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

- 17 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Stock Purchase Agreement as of the first date written above.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Scott Champion

Name:   Scott Champion
Its:   Co-President
FIF III LIBERTY HOLDINGS LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ William B. Doniger

Name:   William B. Doinger
MANAGEMENT INVESTOR

 

By:

 

/s/ Scott Champion

Name:   Scott Champion

 

- 18 -


Exhibit A

STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                          (          ) shares of the Common Stock of Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. standing in his name on the books of said Corporation represented by Certificate No.      and Certificate No.      herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                          attorney to transfer the stock on the books of said Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: 3/16/06

 

/s/ Scott Champion

 

A-1

Exhibit 10.15

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Management Stockholder Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of March             , 2006, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), and RANDY COPE (hereinafter referred to as the “ Management Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Stockholders Agreement referred to below.

WHEREAS, on June 6, 2005, the Company and Management Investor entered into the initial Management Stockholder Agreement (the “ Initial Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Initial Agreement, the Management Investor purchased, 300 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) as set forth herein and the Company awarded the Management Investor a restricted stock grant (the “Initial Stock Grant”) as further described below; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to award to the Management Investor an additional restricted stock grant as set forth herein and to amend certain provisions of the Initial Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Grant of Common Stock .

(a) On June 6, 2005 Management Investor purchased from the Company, 300 shares of Common Stock (the “ Purchased Shares ”), for a purchase price equal to $1,000.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $300,000.00. The Purchased Shares were issued and sold to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Purchased Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(b) On June 6, 2005 (the “ Initial Grant Date ”), the Company granted (in satisfaction of the Company’s restricted stock grant obligations in the employment agreement between the employee and the Company (if any), 900 shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Stock Grant”) and further on March 1, 2006 (the “Secondary Grant Date” along with the Initial Grant Date, each a “ Grant Date ”) the Company granted the Management Investor 100 shares of Common Stock (collectively with the Initial Stock Grant, the “ Restricted Shares ”), subject to the following:

(i) Subject to the terms of this Section 1(b), one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares shall vest on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the respective Grant Date.


(ii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the Restricted Shares that would have vested under clause (i) above on the next succeeding anniversary of the respective Grant Date following such termination; provided , however , that in no event shall the number of Restricted Shares subject to such vesting be less than one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares.

(iii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within twelve months after a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of all previously unvested Restricted Shares on the date of such termination.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Management Investor’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, all of the Restricted Shares shall be forfeited, regardless of whether such shares had previously vested.

(v) During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions set forth herein, the Management Investor will have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to all of the Restricted Shares granted hereunder, including without limitation the right to vote such shares and the right to receive all dividends or other distributions with respect to such shares. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as set forth in Section 2(b) the Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered (each such action a “ Transfer ”) until the restrictions set forth herein are removed or expire, and any additional requirements or restrictions contained in this Agreement have been satisfied, terminated or expressly waived by the Company in writing. In connection with the payment of any dividends, distributions or any other type of payment to the Management Investor, the Company shall be entitled to deduct any taxes or other amounts required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over to such authority for the Management Investor’s account.

(vi) The Restricted Shares granted hereunder shall be registered in the Management Investor’s name, but the certificates evidencing such Restricted Shares shall be retained by the Company during the period prior to the vesting of such shares as set forth herein. The Management Investor shall execute a stock power in the form of Exhibit A , in blank, with respect to such Restricted Shares and deliver the same to the Company. Upon satisfaction of the vesting requirement, the Restricted Shares shall be issued to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Restricted Shares shall be considered to be “ Common Stock ”.

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the following term has the respective meaning set forth below:

 

- 2 -


(i) A “ Change in Control ” occurs if and when (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto (the “Exchange Act”), other than (i) a person who is stockholder of the Company as of the date hereof, (ii) a person who is an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, or (iii) a person who becomes a stockholder of the Company as a result of any purchase of grant of any equity securities under this Agreement or under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement, becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50.1% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding equity securities; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of stockholder, (b) individuals who constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on or about June 6, 2005 (the “Incumbent Board”) have ceased for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to June 6, 2005 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the nomination of such person for election as director without objection) shall be, for purposes of the Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (c) stockholders of the Company approve (or, if stockholder approval is not required, the Board approves (i) merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where those who are the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such stockholders to vote 50.1% or more of all votes to which all stockholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, (ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) a plan of partial or complete liquidation of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not take place upon the initial public offering, as provided in Section 2(e) hereof, of the Company’s Common Stock, or any other class of the Company’s securities (as provided under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement).

2. Transfer of Stock .

(a) Resale of Stock . Without limitation to the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Shares which have not yet vested set forth in Section 1(b)(v), except as set forth in Section 2(b) the Management Investor shall not Transfer the Purchased Shares, the Restricted Shares or any other shares of stock of the Company now or hereinafter owned by the Management Investor, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.

(b) Drag Along Right .

(i) As used in this Agreement, the term “ Holder ” means the Management Investor, a Related Transferee (as defined below) of the Management Investor or an Outside Party (as defined below).

 

- 3 -


(ii) Right to Require Sale . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Parent agrees to sell 100% of the shares of Common Stock held by it to a third person who is not an affiliate of Parent or Fortress Investment Group LLC (a “ Third Party ”) or if Parent agrees to sell a portion of its shares pursuant to a transaction in which more than 50% of the total Common Stock of the Company will be sold to a Third Party (either of such sales, a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then, upon the demand of Parent, each Holder hereby agrees to sell to such Third Party the same percentage of the total number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder on the date of the Drag-Along Notice (whether or not the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Shares have lapsed (i.e. regardless of whether such Restricted Shares have vested)), as the number of shares Parent is selling in the Drag-Along Sales bears to the total number of shares held be Parent as of the date of the Drag-Along Notice (the “ Sale Percentage ”), at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as Parent has agreed to with such Third Party; provided , however , that Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide that (i) the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is a representation and warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ownership of the shares of Common Stock to be sold by it and its ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the liability of any other Holder with respect to any representation and warranty made in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is the several liability of such other Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such other Holder in the Drag-Along Sale; provided further , that the Holder shall not be obligated to participate in any Drag Along Sale unless the Holder is provided an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Drag-Along Sale is not in violation of applicable federal or state securities or other laws or, if the Holder is not provided with an opinion with respect to any matters contemplated by this proviso, Parent shall (in addition to the indemnification contemplated below) indemnify the Holder for any violation. If the Drag-Along Sale is in the form of a merger transaction, the Holder agrees to vote his or her shares of Common Stock in favor of such merger and not to exercise any rights of appraisal or dissent afforded under applicable law.

(iii) Drag-Along Notice . Prior to making any Drag-Along Sale, if Parent elects to exercise the option described in this Section 2(b), Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Drag-Along Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Drag Along Sale (the “ Drag-Along Sale Date ”). The Drag-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the Third Party; (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid per share and the terms and conditions of payment offered by the Third Party; (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by Parent as of the date that the Drag-Along Notice is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, telex or telecopy to the Holder; (iv) the sale percentage; (v) the Drag-Along Sale Date and (vi) confirmation that the proposed Third Party has agreed to purchase the Management Investor’s shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof.

(iv) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . The Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) shall record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock

 

- 4 -


which is not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the Third Party, on the Drag-Along Sale Date. If any part of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock is represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, the Holder shall deliver such certificate or certificates for such shares, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to such Third Party on the Drag-Along Sale Date in the manner and at the address indicated in the Drag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for the shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Drag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(v) Consideration . The provisions of this Section 2(b) shall apply regardless of the form of consideration received in the Drag-Along Sale.

(c) Tag-Along Rights .

(i) Right to Participate in Sale . If Parent enters into an agreement to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of (such transfer, sale or other disposition being referred to as a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) a majority of its shares of Common Stock of the Company held on the date hereof to a Third Party, then Parent shall afford the Holder the opportunity to participate proportionately in such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with this Section 2(c). The Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation (except as provided in Section 2(b)), to participate in such Tag-Along Sale with respect to their Purchased Shares and Restricted Shares for which the restriction on Transfer have previously lapsed pursuant to Section 1(b) (collectively the “Eligible Stock”). The number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder will be entitled to include in such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Management Investor’s Allotment ”) shall be determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Eligible Stock held by the Holder on the Tag-Along Sale Date (as defined below), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator or which shall equal the number of shares of Common Stock proposed by Parent to be sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the Tag-Along Sale and the denominator of which shall equal the total number of shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned by (a) Parent and (b) any holder of shares of Common Stock (including the Holder) that has the right to “tag-along” in the Tag-Along Sale on the Tag-Along Sale Date. The “ Tag Along Notice Date ” shall be the date that the Tag-Along Sale Notice (as defined below) is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, Telex or telecopy to the Holder.

(ii) Limitation on Management Investor Representations; Indemnity . Any sales of shares of Common Stock by a Holder as a result of the “Tag-Along Rights” granted to the Holder pursuant to this agreement shall be on the same terms and conditions as the proposed Tag-Along Sale by Parent; provided , however , that in negotiating a Tag-Along Sale, Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide (i) that the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with any transfer is a warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the warranty made in connection with any transfer is the several liability of the Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such Holder.

 

- 5 -


(iii) Sale Notice . Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Tag-Along Sale Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Tag-Along Sale (the “ Tag-Along Sale Date ”). Each Tag-Along Sale Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of each proposed transferee or purchaser of shares in the Tag-Along Sale; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred or sold by Parent; (iii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid for such shares and the terms and conditions of payment offered by each proposed transferee or purchaser; (iv) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by Parent; (v) the Management Investor’s Allotment assuming the Holder elected to sell the maximum number of shares of Common Stock possible; (vi) confirmation that the proposed purchaser or transferee has been informed of the “Tag-Along Rights” provided for herein and has agreed to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof and (vii) the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(iv) Tag-Along Notice . If the Holder wishes to participate in the Tag-Along Sale, the Holder shall provide written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to Parent no less than ten (10) days prior to the Tag-Along Sale Date. The Tag-Along Notice shall set forth the number of shares of Common Stock that such Holder elects to include in the Tag-Along Sale, which shall not exceed the Management Investor’s Allotment. The Tag-Along Notice shall also specify the aggregate number of additional shares of Common Stock owned of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by such Holder, if any, which such Holder desires also to include in the Tag-Along Sale (“ Additional Shares ”) in the event there is any under-subscription for the entire amount of all Management Investors’ Allotments of all shares that may be included by persons having, and pursuant to, tag-along rights relative to Parent (collectively, the “ Management Investors’ Allotments ”). In the event there is an under-subscription by all holders of Management Investors’ Allotments for the entire amount of the Management Investors’ Allotments, Parent shall apportion the unsubscribed Management Investors’ Allotments to such holders whose tag-along apportionment shall be on a pro rata basis among such holders in accordance with the number of Additional Shares specified by all such holders in their Tag-Along Notice. The Tag-Along Notices given by the Holder shall constitute the Holder’s binding agreement to sell such shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions applicable to the Tag-Along Sale, subject to the provisions of Section 2(c)(ii) above; provided , however , that in the event that there is any material change in the terms and conditions of such Tag Along Sale applicable to the Holder after the Holder gives the Tag-Along Notice, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall have the right to withdraw from participation in the Tag-Along Sale with respect to all of its shares of Common Stock affected thereby. If the purchaser does not consummate the purchase of all of such shares on the same terms and conditions applicable to Parent (except as otherwise provided herein) then Parent shall not consummate the Tag-Along Sale of any of its shares to such transferee or purchaser, unless the shares of the Holder and Parent are reduced or limited pro rata in proportion to the respective number of shares actually sold in any such Tag-Along Sale.

 

- 6 -


If a Tag-Along Notice is not received by Parent from the Holder prior to the ten-day period specified above, Parent shall have the right to sell or otherwise transfer the number of shares specified in the Tag-Along Notice to the proposed purchaser or transferee without any participation by such Holder, but only on terms and conditions which are no more favorable in any material respect to Parent than as stated in the Tag-Along Notice to the Holder and only if such Tag-Along Sale occurs on a date within sixty (60) business days of the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(v) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, authorizes the Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) to record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of all of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which are not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale. On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, shall also deliver all certificates, if any, issued by the Company which represent shares of the Company’s Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale, in the manner and at the address indicated in the Tag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for such shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(vi) Exempt Transfers . The provisions of this Section 2(c) shall not apply to (i) any bona fide underwritten offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or any bona fide public distribution of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder, (ii) any transfer, sale or other disposition by Parent to one of its Affiliates (except that (A) prior to any such disposition, the party receiving such shares of Common Stock shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to Parent as if such transferee were an original party hereto and (B) any such shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to this Agreement); (iii) any redemption by the Company of its Common Stock or (iv) any distribution by Parent to its equity participants of shares of Common Stock, held by it; it being expressly understood and agreed that following such a distribution (x) the shares of Common Stock so distributed shall in no way be subject to this Agreement and (y) any such equity participant shall not be required or deemed to become a party to his Agreement or otherwise be subject to this Agreement.

(d) Transfer to Related Transferees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2, the Management Investor may Transfer the Management Investor’s Common Stock without restriction to the Management Investor’s Related Transferees (as defined below); provided that each such Related Transferee shall first (i) execute a written consent in form and substance satisfactory to the Company to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) give a duplicate original of such consent to the Company. The “ Related

 

- 7 -


Transferee ” of the Management Investor shall consist of the Management Investor’s spouse, the Management Investor’s adult lineal descendants, the adult spouses of such lineal descendants, trusts solely for the benefit of the Management Investor’s spouse or the Management Investor’s minor or adult lineal descendants and, in the event of death, the Management Investor’s personal representatives (in their capacities as such), estate and named beneficiaries. In the event of any transfer by the Management Investor to his Related Transferees of all or any part of the Management Investor’s Common Stock (or in the event of any subsequent transfer by any such Related Transferee to another Related Transferee of the Management Investor), such Related Transferees shall receive and hold said Common Stock subject to the terms of this Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Management Investor from whom such Common Stock was originally transferred as though said Common Stock was still owned by the Management Investor, and such Related Transferees shall be deemed Management Investors for the purposes of this Agreement. There shall be no further transfer of such Common Stock by a Related Transferee except between and among such Related Transferee, the Management Investor to whom such Related Transferee is related and the other Related Transferees of the Management Investor, or except as permitted by this Agreement.

(e) Termination . This Section 2 shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public generally in which the net proceeds to the Company are not less than $50,000,000.

3. Management Investor Representations; Legends on Certificates .

(a) Investment Risk . The Management Investor represents and acknowledges that (i) as a result of the Management Investor’s (A) existing relationship with the Company and by virtue of being an executive of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and (B) experience in financial matters, the Management Investor is properly able to evaluate the capital structure of the Company, the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the risks inherent therein; (ii) the Management Investor has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents from and to ask questions, and receive answers of, the officers and representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries to the extent necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to an investment in the Company; (iii) the Management Investor has been and will be, to the extent the Management Investor deems necessary, advised by legal counsel of the Management Investor’s choice at Management Investor’s expense in connection with this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Purchased Shares hereunder, (iv) the purchase or issuance of the Purchased Shares hereunder will be consistent, in both nature and amount, with the Management Investor’s overall investment program and financial condition, and the Management Investor’s financial condition will be such that the Management Investor will be able to bear the economic risk of holding unregistered Common Stock for which there is no market and to suffer a complete loss of the Management Investor’s investment therein and (v) the Management Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(3) under the Act. The Management Investor further acknowledges that investment in the Purchased Shares hereunder involves significant risks and that these risks include, without limitation, the fact that the Company has a leveraged financial structure.

 

- 8 -


(b) Purchase for Investment .

(i) The Management Investor represents and warrants that: (A) the Purchased Shares will be acquired for the Management Investor’s own account for investment, without any present intention of selling or further distributing the same and the Management Investor will not have any reason to anticipate any change in the Management Investor’s circumstances or any other particular occasion or event which would cause the Management Investor to sell any of such Common Stock and (B) the Management Investor is fully aware that in agreeing to sell or issue such Common Stock to the Management Investor the Company will be relying upon the truth and accuracy of these representations and warranties. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Shares except, to its family members or affiliates. Any such disposal to family members or affiliates much be in compliance with the Act, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, the relevant state securities laws applicable to the Management Investor’s action and the terms of this Agreement.

(ii) The Management Investor Acknowledges that no trading market for the Common Stock exists currently or is expected to exist at any time in the foreseeable future and that, as a result, the Management Investor may be unable to sell any of the Common Stock acquired hereunder for an indefinite period. Further, the Company has no obligation to register any of the Common Stock.

(iii) The Management Investor acknowledges and agrees that nothing herein, including the opportunity to make an investment in the Company, shall be deemed to create any implication concerning the adequacy of the Management Investor’s services to the Company or its subsidiaries or shall be construed as an agreement by the Company or its subsidiaries, express or implied, to employ the Management Investor or contract for the Management Investor’s services, to restrict the right of the Company and Operating to discharge the Management Investor or cease contracting for the Management Investor’s services or to modify, extend or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the terms of any employment agreement or contract for services which may exist between the Management Investor and the Company or its subsidiaries.

(c) Legend on Certificates . Each stock certificate issued to the Management Investor upon written request to the Company representing Common Stock issued hereunder shall bear the following (or substantially equivalent) legends on the face or reverse side thereof:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE UNDER THE ACT OR LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING,

 

- 9 -


INC. (THE “COMPANY”) RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF            , 2006, BETWEEN THE PURCHASER PARTY THERETO AND THE COMPANY, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY, AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE VOTED, TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH VOTING, TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.

Any stock certificate issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificates bearing such legends (except a new certificate issued upon the completion of a public distribution of Common Stock represented thereby) shall also bear such (or substantially equivalent) legends, unless the Common Stock represented by such certificate is no longer subject to the provisions of this Agreement and, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the Common Stock represented thereby need no longer be subject to restrictions pursuant to the Act or applicable state securities law. The Company shall not be required to transfer on its books any certificate for Common Stock in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

4. Company “Call” Option .

(a) Upon the termination of the Management Investor’s employment or cessation of services as director with the Company or any of its subsidiaries for any reason (a “ Call Purchase Event ”), subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company may, at its option exercisable by written notice (a “ Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within ninety (90) days after the applicable Call Purchase Event (or, in the event the applicable Call Purchase Event is the death of the Management Investor, within thirty (30) days after the appointment and qualification of the deceased Management Investor’s personal representative, if later), elect to purchase and, upon the giving of such notice, the Company shall be obligated to purchase and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, his personal representative) (the “ Seller ” shall be obligated to sell, all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor (and his Related Transferees, if any) at a per share price equal to:

(i) in the case of a Termination for Cause, the lower of the purchase price of $1,000.00 per share or the Fair Market Value; or

 

- 10 -


(ii) in the case of a termination of employment for any reason other than Cause, the Fair Market Value.

(b) If the Company does not elect to exercise its option set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Company shall give written notice that it is not so electing to Parent within the time periods specified in paragraph (a) of this Section 4 for the giving of the Purchase Notice. Upon receipt of such notice from the Company, Parent shall have the option, exercisable by written notice (a “ Parent Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice from the Company, to purchase from the Seller (and, upon the giving of the Parent Purchase Notice, Parent shall be obligated to purchase and the Seller shall be obligated to sell) all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Parent Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Seller at the per share price set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.

(c) In the event a purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall be prohibited by law or would cause a default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party, the obligations of the Seller and the Company pursuant to this Section 4 shall be suspended and no such default would be caused; provided , however , that (x) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for the shares shall accrue interest at the lowest rate necessary to prevent the imputation of interest or original issue discount under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reduced by any dividends or distributions on such Common Stock during the period of such suspension, which interest shall likewise be paid when such prohibition first lapses or is waived and no such default would be caused and (y) in the event of any such suspension, if Parent so elects and no violation of law would be caused and no default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party would result, the Company shall transfer its obligations under this Section 4 to Parent or to a subsidiary, in which case Parent or the subsidiary (as the case may be) and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor) shall be obligated to complete the purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.

(d) For the purposes of this Section 4, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” of each share of Common Stock shall be determined as of the time of the Call Purchase Event by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; provided , however , that such determination shall be based upon the Company as a going concern and shall not discount the value of such shares either because they are subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement or because they constitute only a minority interest in the Company.

(ii) A “ Termination for Cause ” shall mean termination of the Management Investor’s employment with, or service as a director of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries as a result of any of the following (each, a “ Cause ”; provided that in the event the Company has entered into an employment agreement with the Management Investor on or prior to the date hereof, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such employment agreement):

 

- 11 -


(i) the Management Investor commits any act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or serious misconduct in connection with the business of the Company or its subsidiaries, including but not limited to, falsifying any documents or agreements (regardless of form); or

(ii) the Management Investor materially violates any rule or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries (A) for which violation an employee may be terminated pursuant to the written policies of the Company or its subsidiaries reasonably applicable to an executive employee, or (B) which violation results in material damage to the Company or its subsidiaries, or (C) which, after written notice to do so, the Management Investor fails to correct within a reasonable time; or

(iii) the Management Investor willfully breaches or habitually neglects any material aspect of the Management Investor’s duties (A) as described in the Management Investor’s employment contract, or (B) in the ordinary course of the Management Investor’s employment or service as a director, or (C) assigned to the Management Investor by the Company or its subsidiaries, which assignment was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries (all of the foregoing duties, “ Duties ”); or

(iv) the Management Investor fails, after written notice, adequately to perform any Duties and such failure is reasonably likely to have an adverse impact upon the Company, its subsidiaries or the operations of any of them; or

(v) the Management Investor materially fails to comply with a direction from the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to a material matter, which direction was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries; or

(vi) while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries, and without the written approval of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or, in case the Management Investor is such Chief Executive Officer, approval of the Company’s Board of Directors), the Management Investor performs services for any other corporation or person which competes with the Company or its subsidiaries or otherwise violates Section 5 hereof; or

(vii) the Management Investor is convicted by a court of competent jurisdiction of a felony (other than a traffic or moving violation) or any crime involving dishonesty; or

(viii) any other action or condition that may result in termination of an employee for cause pursuant to any generally applied standard, of which standard the Management Investor knew or reasonably should have known, adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time but prior to such action or condition; or

 

- 12 -


(ix) any willful breach by the Management Investor of his or her fiduciary duties as a director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

In the event that there is a dispute between the Management Investor and the Company as to whether “Cause” for termination exists: (x) such termination shall nonetheless be effective, (y) such dispute shall be subject to arbitration and (z) the payments or deliveries, if any, to be made by the Company or Parent or any subsidiary in connection with a sale or purchase of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor pursuant to this Section 4 shall be delayed until the final resolution of such dispute in such arbitration.

5. Restrictive Covenants . The Management Investor acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

(a) Noncompetition . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, other than termination by the Company without Cause, the Management Investor shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. The Management Investor further covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on the Management Investor, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc. The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

 

- 13 -


(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc. The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, the Management Investor shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of the Management Investor under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

Nothing contained in this Section 5 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Management Investor may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 6, the “Company” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes the Management Investor’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company for any reason. The Company shall be entitled, in connection with its tax planning or other reasons, to terminate a Management Investor’s employment (which termination shall not be considered a termination without Cause for purposes of this Agreement or otherwise) in connection with an invitation from another affiliate of the Company to accept employment with such affiliate in which case the terms and conditions hereof shall apply to the Management Investor’s employment relationship with such entity mutatis mutandis.

6. Confidentiality .

(a) All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires the Management Investor to do so. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor shall not at any time during the term of the Management Investor’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans

 

- 14 -


or policies (collectively, “Confidential Information”), nor shall the Management Investor utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with the Management Investor’s employment by the Company. The Management Investor hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on the Management Investor’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

(b) The Management Investor agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by him alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of the Management Investor, even if developed or improved by The Management Investor while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by the Management Investor to the Company. The Management Investor’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 6 shall continue beyond the Management Investor’s termination of employment and the Management Investor shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

7. Notices . All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received on the third full business day following the day of the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail or when delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission as follows:

(a) if to the Company, at its principal executive offices at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Management Investor;

(b) if to the Management Investor, at the address of the Management Investor as it appears on the signature page to this Agreement or at such other place as the Management Investor shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company;

(c) if to the Parent, at its principal executive office at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Parent shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company.

 

- 15 -


8. Specific Performance, Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase .

(a) Specific Performance . Due to the fact that the securities of the Company cannot be readily purchased or sold in the open market and because damages to the Company and its subsidiaries will be difficult to ascertain and remedies at law to the Company and its subsidiaries will be inadequate and for other reasons, the parties will be irreparably damaged in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by any of the parties hereto, the other parties shall, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled (without any bond or other security being required) to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage or that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase . The Management Investor acknowledges that if the Management Investor breaches any terms or conditions contained in Sections 5 or 6 herein, (i) all of the Restricted Shares granted pursuant to Section 1(b) herein shall be forfeited, and (ii) the Company, in accordance with Section 4 herein, shall have the right to repurchase all Purchased Shares, as such breach of Sections 5 or 6 shall be deemed a Call Purchase Event due to a Termination for Cause.

9. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company, and the Management Investor.

(b) In the event any capital stock of the Company or any other corporation shall be distributed on, with respect to, or in exchange for shares of Common Stock of the Company as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, reclassification or recapitalization in connection with any merger or reorganization, the restrictions, rights and options set forth in this Agreement shall apply with respect to such other capital stock to the same extent as they are, or would have been applicable, to the Common Stock acquired hereunder on, or with respect to, which such other capital stock was distributed.

(c) No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any waiver, consent or other instrument under or pursuant to this Agreement signed by, or binding upon, the Management Investor shall be valid and binding upon any and all persons or entities (other than the Company and the Parent) who may, at any time, have or claim any rights under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Parent and their respective successors and assigns and the Management Investor and the Management Investor’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided , however , that nothing contained

 

- 16 -


herein shall be construed as granting the Management Investor the right to transfer any of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares, except in accordance with this Agreement and any transferee shall hold the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares having only those rights and being subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement.

(e) If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

(f) Should any party to this Agreement be required to commence any litigation concerning any provision of this Agreement or the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, to the reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by reason of such litigation.

(g) The section headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said sections.

(h) Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and words in the plural shall be read and construed as though in the singular in all cases where they would so apply.

(i) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be fully effective as an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(j) The Management Investor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the jurisdiction of any Delaware State court or federal court of the United States sitting in the State of Delaware in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and consents to service of process in connection therewith by the delivery of notice to such Management Investor’s address set forth in this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of said state without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(l) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

- 17 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Stock Purchase Agreement as of the first date written above.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Randy Cope

Name:   Randy Cope
Its:   Co-President
FIF III LIBERTY HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ William B. Doniger

Name:   William B. Doniger
MANAGEMENT INVESTOR
By:  

/s/ Randy Cope

Name:   RANDY COPE


Exhibit A

STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                          (          ) shares of the Common Stock of Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. standing in his name on the books of said Corporation represented by Certificate No.       and Certificate No.       herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                          attorney to transfer the stock on the books of said Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                             

 

 

Exhibit 10.16

EXECUTION COPY

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

This Management Stockholder Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of June      , 2005, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), and GENE HALL (hereinafter referred to as the “ Management Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Stockholders Agreement referred to below.

WHEREAS, the Management Investor is a key employee of the Company and Liberty Group Operating, Inc. (“ Operating ”);

WHEREAS, the Management Investor desires to purchase and the Company desires to issue and sell to the Management Investor, on the date hereof, shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company also desires to award to the Management Investor a restricted stock grant as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Grant of Common Stock

(a) The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Management Investor, and the Management Investor hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, on the date hereof, 500 shares of Common Stock (the “ Purchased Shares ”), for a purchase price equal to $1,000.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $500,000.00. The Purchased Shares shall be issued and sold to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Purchased Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(b) The Company hereby agrees to grant (in satisfaction of the Company’s restricted stock grant obligations in the employment agreement between the employee and the Company, if any), on the date hereof, 1,500 shares of Common Stock (the “ Restricted Shares ”), subject to the following:

(i) Subject to the terms of this Section 1(b), one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares shall vest on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the date hereof.

(ii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the Restricted Shares that would have vested under clause (i) above on the next succeeding anniversary of the date hereof following such termination; provided , however , that in no event shall the number of Restricted Shares subject to such vesting be less than one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares.


(iii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within twelve months after a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of all previously unvested Restricted Shares on the date of such termination.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Management Investor’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, all of the Restricted Shares shall be forfeited, regardless of whether such shares had previously vested.

(v) During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions set forth herein, the Management Investor will have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to all of the Restricted Shares granted hereunder, including without limitation the right to vote such shares and the right to receive all dividends or other distributions with respect to such shares. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered (each such action a “ Transfer ”) until the restrictions set forth herein are removed or expire, and any additional requirements or restrictions contained in this Agreement have been satisfied, terminated or expressly waived by the Company in writing. In connection with the payment of any dividends, distributions or any other type of payment to the Management Investor, the Company shall be entitled to deduct any taxes or other amounts required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over to such authority for the Management Investor’s account.

(vi) The Restricted Shares granted hereunder shall be registered in the Management Investor’s name, but the certificates evidencing such Restricted Shares shall be retained by the Company during the period prior to the vesting of such shares as set forth herein. The Management Investor shall execute a stock power in the form of Exhibit A , in blank, with respect to such Restricted Shares and deliver the same to the Company. Upon satisfaction of the vesting requirement, the Restricted Shares shall be issued to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Restricted Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the following term has the respective meaning set forth below:

(i) A “ Change in Control ” occurs if and when (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto (the “Exchange Act”), other than (i) a person who is stockholder of the Company as of the date hereof, and (ii) a person who becomes a stockholder of the Company as a result of any purchase of grant of any equity securities under this Agreement or under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement, becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in

 

- 2 -


Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50.1% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding equity securities; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of stockholder; (b) individuals who constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on or about June __, 2005 (the “Incumbent Board”) have ceased for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to June __, 2005 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the nomination of such person for election as director without objection) shall be, for purposes of the Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (c) stockholders of the Company approve (or, if stockholder approval is not required, the Board approves (i) merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where those who are the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such stockholders to vote 50.1% or more of all votes to which all stockholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, (ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) a plan of partial or complete liquidation of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not take place upon the initial public offering, as provided in Section 2(e) hereof, of the Company’s Common Stock, or any other class of the Company’s securities (as provided under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement).

2. Transfer of Stock .

(a) Resale of Stock . Without limitation to the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Share which have not yet vested set forth in Section 1(b)(v), the Management Investor shall not Transfer the Purchased Shares, the Restricted Shares or any other shares of stock of the Company now or hereinafter owned by the Management Investor, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.

(b) Drag Along Right .

(i) As used in this Agreement, the term “ Holder ” means the Management Investor, a Related Transferee (as defined below) of the Management Investor or an Outside Party (as defined below).

(ii) Right to Require Sale . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Parent agrees to sell 100% of the shares of Common Stock held by it to a third person who is not an affiliate of Parent (a “ Third Party ”) or if Parent agrees to sell a portion of its shares pursuant to a transaction in which more than 50% of the total Common Stock of the Company will be sold to a Third Party (either of such sales, a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then, upon the demand of Parent, each Holder hereby agrees to sell to such Third Party the same percentage of the total number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder on the date of the Drag-Along Notice, as the number of shares Parent is selling in the

 

- 3 -


Drag-Along Sales bears to the total number of shares held be Parent as of the date of the Drag-Along Notice (the “ Sale Percentage ”), at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as Parent has agreed to with such Third Party; provided , however , that Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide that (i) the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is a representation and warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ownership of the shares of Common Stock to be sold by it and its ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the liability of any other Holder with respect to any representation and warranty made in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is the several liability of such other Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such other Holder in the Drag-Along Sale; provided further , that the Holder shall not be obligated to participate in any Drag Along Sale unless the Holder is provided an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Drag-Along Sale is not in violation of applicable federal or state securities or other laws or, if the Holder is not provided with an opinion with respect to any matters contemplated by this proviso, Parent shall (in addition to the indemnification contemplated below) indemnify the Holder for any violation. If the Drag-Along Sale is in the form of a merger transaction, the Holder agrees to vote his or her shares of Common Stock in favor of such merger and not to exercise any rights of appraisal or dissent afforded under applicable law.

(iii) Drag-Along Notice . Prior to making any Drag-Along Sale, if Parent elects to exercise the option described in this Section 2(b), Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Drag-Along Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Drag Along Sale (the “ Drag-Along Sale Date ”). The Drag-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the Third Party; (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid per share and the terms and conditions of payment offered by the Third Party; (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by Parent as of the date that the Drag-Along Notice is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, telex or telecopy to the Holder; (iv) the sale percentage; (v) the Drag-Along Sale Date and (vi) confirmation that the proposed Third Party has agreed to purchase the Management Investor’s shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof.

(iv) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . The Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) shall record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which is not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the Third Party, on the Drag-Along Sale Date. If any part of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock is represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, the Holder shall deliver such certificate or certificates for such shares, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to such Third Party on the Drag-Along Sale Date in the manner and at the address indicated in the Drag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for the shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Drag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

 

- 4 -


(v) Consideration . The provisions of this Section 2(b) shall apply regardless of the form of consideration received in the Drag-Along Sale.

(c) Tag-Along Rights .

(i) Right to Participate in Sale . If Parent enters into an agreement to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of (such transfer, sale or other disposition being referred to as a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) a majority of its shares of Common Stock of the Company held on the date hereof, then Parent shall afford the Holder the opportunity to participate proportionately in such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with this Section 2(c). The Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation (except as provided in Section 2(b)), to participate in such Tag-Along Sale. The number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder will be entitled to include in such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Management Investor’s Allotment ”) shall be determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Holder on the Tag-Along Sale Date (as defined below), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator or which shall equal the number of shares of Common Stock proposed by Parent to be sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the Tag-Along Sale and the denominator of which shall equal the total number of shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned by (a) Parent and (b) any holder of shares of Common Stock (including the Holder) that has the right to “tag-along” in the Tag-Along Sale on the Tag-Along Sale Date. The “ Tag Along Notice Date ” shall be the date that the Tag-Along Sale Notice (as defined below) is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, Telex or telecopy to the Holder.

(ii) Limitation on Management Investor Representations; Indemnity . Any sales of shares of Common Stock by a Holder as a result of the “Tag-Along Rights” granted to the Holder pursuant to this agreement shall be on the same terms and conditions as the proposed Tag-Along Sale by Parent; provided , however , that in negotiating a Tag-Along Sale, Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide (i) that the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with any transfer is a warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the warranty made in connection with any transfer is the several liability of the Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such Holder.

(iii) Sale Notice . Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Tag-Along Sale Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Tag-Along Sale (the “ Tag-Along Sale Date ”). Each Tag-Along Sale Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of each proposed transferee or purchaser of shares in the Tag-Along Sale; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred or sold by Parent; (iii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid for such shares and the terms and conditions of payment offered by each proposed transferee or purchaser; (iv) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held of

 

- 5 -


record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by Parent; (v) the Management Investor’s Allotment assuming the Holder elected to sell the maximum number of shares of Common Stock possible; (vi) confirmation that the proposed purchaser or transferee has been informed of the “Tag-Along Rights” provided for herein and has agreed to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof and (vii) the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(iv) Tag-Along Notice . If the Holder wishes to participate in the Tag-Along Sale, the Holder shall provide written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to Parent no less than ten (10) days prior to the Tag-Along Sale Date. The Tag-Along Notice shall set forth the number of shares of Common Stock that such Holder elects to include in the Tag-Along Sale, which shall not exceed the Management Investor’s Allotment. The Tag-Along Notice shall also specify the aggregate number of additional shares of Common Stock owned of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by such Holder, if any, which such Holder desires also to include in the Tag-Along Sale (“ Additional Shares ”) in the event there is any under-subscription for the entire amount of all Management Investors’ Allotments of all shares that may be included by persons having, and pursuant to, tag-along rights relative to Parent (collectively, the “ Management Investors’ Allotments ”). In the event there is an under-subscription by all holders of Management Investors’ Allotments for the entire amount of the Management Investors’ Allotments, Parent shall apportion the unsubscribed Management Investors’ Allotments to such holders whose tag-along apportionment shall be on a pro rata basis among such holders in accordance with the number of Additional Shares specified by all such holders in their Tag-Along Notice. The Tag-Along Notices given by the Holder shall constitute the Holder’s binding agreement to sell such shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions applicable to the Tag-Along Sale, subject to the provisions of Section 2(c)(ii) above; provided , however , that in the event that there is any material change in the terms and conditions of such Tag Along Sale applicable to the Holder after the Holder gives the Tag-Along Notice, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall have the right to withdraw from participation in the Tag-Along Sale with respect to all of its shares of Common Stock affected thereby. If the purchaser does not consummate the purchase of all of such shares on the same terms and conditions applicable to Parent (except as otherwise provided herein) then Parent shall not consummate the Tag-Along Sale of any of its shares to such transferee or purchaser, unless the shares of the Holder and Parent are reduced or limited pro rata in proportion to the respective number of shares actually sold in any such Tag-Along Sale.

If a Tag-Along Notice is not received by Parent from the Holder prior to the ten-day period specified above, Parent shall have the right to sell or otherwise transfer the number of shares specified in the Tag-Along Notice to the proposed purchaser or transferee without any participation by such Holder, but only on terms and conditions which are no more favorable in any material respect to Parent than as stated in the Tag-Along Notice to the Holder and only if such Tag-Along Sale occurs on a date within sixty (60) business days of the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(v) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, authorizes the Company (or the Company’s

 

- 6 -


transfer agent, if any) to record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of all of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which are not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale. On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, shall also deliver all certificates, if any, issued by the Company which represent shares of the Company’s Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale, in the manner and at the address indicated in the Tag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for such shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(vi) Exempt Transfers . The provisions of this Section 2(c) shall not apply to (i) any bona fide underwritten offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or any bona fide public distribution of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder; (ii) any transfer, sale or other disposition by Parent to one of its Affiliates (except that (A) prior to any such disposition, the party receiving such shares of Common Stock shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to Parent as if such transferee were an original party hereto and (B) any such shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to this Agreement); (iii) any redemption by the Company of its Common Stock or (iv) any distribution by Parent to its equity participants of shares of Common Stock, held by it; it being expressly understood and agreed that following such a distribution (x) the shares of Common Stock so distributed shall in no way be subject to this Agreement and (y) any such equity participant shall not be required or deemed to become a party to his Agreement or otherwise be subject to this Agreement.

(d) Transfer to Related Transferees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2, the Management Investor may Transfer the Management Investor’s Common Stock without restriction to the Management Investor’s Related Transferees (as defined below); provided that each such Related Transferee shall first (i) execute a written consent in form and substance satisfactory to the Company to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) give a duplicate original of such consent to the Company. The “ Related Transferee ” of the Management Investor shall consist of the Management Investor’s spouse, the Management Investor’s adult lineal descendants, the adult spouses of such lineal descendants, trusts solely for the benefit of the Management Investor’s spouse or the Management Investor’s minor or adult lineal descendants and, in the event of death, the Management Investor’s personal representatives (in their capacities as such), estate and named beneficiaries. In the event of any transfer by the Management Investor to his Related Transferees of all or any part of the Management Investor’s Common Stock (or in the event of any subsequent transfer by any such Related Transferee to another Related Transferee of the Management Investor), such Related Transferees shall receive and hold said Common Stock subject to the terms of this Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Management Investor from whom such Common Stock was originally transferred as though said Common Stock was still owned by the Management Investor, and such Related Transferees shall be deemed Management Investors for the purposes of this Agreement. There shall be no further transfer of such Common Stock by a

 

- 7 -


Related Transferee except between and among such Related Transferee, the Management Investor to whom such Related Transferee is related and the other Related Transferees of the Management Investor, or except as permitted by this Agreement.

(e) Termination . This Section 2 shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public generally in which the net proceeds to the Company are not less than $50,000,000.

3. Management Investor Representations; Legends on Certificates .

(a) Investment Risk . The Management Investor represents and acknowledges that (i) as a result of the Management Investor’s (A) existing relationship with the Company and by virtue of being an executive of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and (B) experience in financial matters, the Management Investor is properly able to evaluate the capital structure of the Company, the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the risks inherent therein; (ii) the Management Investor has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents from and to ask questions, and receive answers of, the officers and representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries to the extent necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to an investment in the Company; (iii) the Management Investor has been and will be, to the extent the Management Investor deems necessary, advised by legal counsel of the Management Investor’s choice at Management Investor’s expense in connection with this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Purchased Shares hereunder, (iv) the purchase or issuance of the Purchased Shares hereunder will be consistent, in both nature and amount, with the Management Investor’s overall investment program and financial condition, and the Management Investor’s financial condition will be such that the Management Investor will be able to bear the economic risk of holding unregistered Common Stock for which there is no market and to suffer a complete loss of the Management Investor’s investment therein and (v) the Management Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(3) under the Act. The Management Investor further acknowledges that investment in the Purchased Shares hereunder involves significant risks and that these risks include, without limitation, the fact that the Company has a leveraged financial structure.

(b) Purchase for Investment .

(i) The Management Investor represents and warrants that: (A) the Purchased Shares will be acquired for the Management Investor’s own account for investment, without any present intention of selling or further distributing the same and the Management Investor will not have any reason to anticipate any change in the Management Investor’s circumstances or any other particular occasion or event which would cause the Management Investor to sell any of such Common Stock and (B) the Management Investor is fully aware that in agreeing to sell or issue such Common Stock to the Management Investor the Company will be relying upon the truth and accuracy of these representations and warranties. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Shares except, to its family members or affiliates. Any such disposal to family members or affiliates much be in compliance with the Act, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, the relevant state securities laws applicable to the Management Investor’s action and the terms of this Agreement.

 

- 8 -


(ii) The Management Investor Acknowledges that no trading market for the Common Stock exists currently or is expected to exist at any time in the foreseeable future and that, as a result, the Management Investor may be unable to sell any of the Common Stock acquired hereunder for an indefinite period. Further, the Company has no obligation to register any of the Common Stock.

(iii) The Management Investor acknowledges and agrees that nothing herein, including the opportunity to make an investment in the Company, shall be deemed to create any implication concerning the adequacy of the Management Investor’s services to the Company or its subsidiaries or shall be construed as an agreement by the Company or its subsidiaries, express or implied, to employ the Management Investor or contract for the Management Investor’s services, to restrict the right of the Company and Operating to discharge the Management Investor or cease contracting for the Management Investor’s services or to modify, extend or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the terms of any employment agreement or contract for services which may exist between the Management Investor and the Company or its subsidiaries.

(c) Legend on Certificates . Each stock certificate issued to the Management Investor upon written request to the Company representing Common Stock issued hereunder shall bear the following (or substantially equivalent) legends on the face or reverse side thereof:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE UNDER THE ACT OR LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF June      , 2005, BETWEEN THE PURCHASER PARTY THERETO AND THE COMPANY, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY, AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE VOTED, TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH VOTING, TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.

 

- 9 -


Any stock certificate issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificates bearing such legends (except a new certificate issued upon the completion of a public distribution of Common Stock represented thereby) shall also bear such (or substantially equivalent) legends, unless the Common Stock represented by such certificate is no longer subject to the provisions of this Agreement and, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the Common Stock represented thereby need no longer be subject to restrictions pursuant to the Act or applicable state securities law. The Company shall not be required to transfer on its books any certificate for Common Stock in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

4. Company “Call” Option .

(a) Upon the termination of the Management Investor’s employment or cessation of services as director with the Company or any of its subsidiaries for any reason (a “ Call Purchase Event ”), subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company may, at its option exercisable by written notice (a “ Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within ninety (90) days after the applicable Call Purchase Event (or, in the event the applicable Call Purchase Event is the death of the Management Investor, within thirty (30) days after the appointment and qualification of the deceased Management Investor’s personal representative, if later), elect to purchase and, upon the giving of such notice, the Company shall be obligated to purchase and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, his personal representative) (the “ Seller ” shall be obligated to sell, all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor (and his Related Transferees, if any) at a per share price equal to:

(i) in the case of a Termination for Cause, the lower of the purchase price of $1,000.00 per share or the Fair Market Value; or

(ii) in the case of a termination of employment for any reason other than Cause, the Fair Market Value.

(b) If the Company does not elect to exercise its option set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Company shall give written notice that it is not so electing to Parent within the time periods specified in paragraph (a) of this Section 4 for the giving of the Purchase Notice. Upon receipt of such notice from the Company, Parent shall have the option, exercisable by written notice (a “ Parent Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice from the Company, to purchase from the Seller (and, upon the giving of the Parent Purchase Notice, Parent shall be obligated to purchase and the Seller shall be obligated to sell) all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Parent Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Seller at the per share price set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.

 

- 10 -


(c) In the event a purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall be prohibited by law or would cause a default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party, the obligations of the Seller and the Company pursuant to this Section 4 shall be suspended and no such default would be caused; provided , however , that (x) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for the shares shall accrue interest at the lowest rate necessary to prevent the imputation of interest or original issue discount under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reduced by any dividends or distributions on such Common Stock during the period of such suspension, which interest shall likewise be paid when such prohibition first lapses or is waived and no such default would be caused and (y) in the event of any such suspension, if Parent so elects and no violation of law would be caused and no default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party would result, the Company shall transfer its obligations under this Section 4 to Parent or to a subsidiary, in which case Parent or the subsidiary (as the case may be) and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor) shall be obligated to complete the purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.

(d) For the purposes of this Section 4, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” of each share of Common Stock shall be determined as of the time of the Call Purchase Event by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; provided , however , that such determination shall be based upon the Company as a going concern and shall not discount the value of such shares either because they are subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement or because they constitute only a minority interest in the Company.

(ii) A “ Termination for Cause ” shall mean termination of the Management Investor’s employment with, or service as a director of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries as a result of any of the following (each, a “ Cause ”; provided that in the event the Company has entered into an employment agreement with the Management Investor on or prior to the date hereof, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such employment agreement):

(i) the Management Investor commits any act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or serious misconduct in connection with the business of the Company or its subsidiaries, including but not limited to, falsifying any documents or agreements (regardless of form); or

(ii) the Management Investor materially violates any rule or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries (A) for which violation an employee may be terminated pursuant to the written policies of the Company or its subsidiaries reasonably applicable to an executive employee, or (B) which violation results in material damage to the Company or its subsidiaries, or (C) which, after written notice to do so, the Management Investor fails to correct within a reasonable time; or

 

- 11 -


(iii) the Management Investor willfully breaches or habitually neglects any material aspect of the Management Investor’s duties (A) as described in the Management Investor’s employment contract, or (B) in the ordinary course of the Management Investor’s employment or service as a director, or (C) assigned to the Management Investor by the Company or its subsidiaries, which assignment was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries (all of the foregoing duties, “ Duties ”); or

(iv) the Management Investor fails, after written notice, adequately to perform any Duties and such failure is reasonably likely to have an adverse impact upon the Company, its subsidiaries or the operations of any of them; or

(v) the Management Investor materially fails to comply with a direction from the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to a material matter, which direction was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries; or

(vi) while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries, and without the written approval of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or, in case the Management Investor is such Chief Executive Officer, approval of the Company’s Board of Directors), the Management Investor performs services for any other corporation or person which competes with the Company or its subsidiaries or otherwise violates Section 5 hereof; or

(vii) the Management Investor is convicted by a court of competent jurisdiction of a felony (other than a traffic or moving violation) or any crime involving dishonesty; or

(viii) any other action or condition that may result in termination of an employee for cause pursuant to any generally applied standard, of which standard the Management Investor knew or reasonably should have known, adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time but prior to such action or condition; or

(ix) any willful breach by the Management Investor of his or her fiduciary duties as a director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

In the event that there is a dispute between the Management Investor and the Company as to whether “Cause” for termination exists: (x) such termination shall nonetheless be effective, (y) such dispute shall be subject to arbitration and (z) the payments or deliveries, if any, to be made by the Company or Parent or any subsidiary in connection with a sale or purchase of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor pursuant to this Section 4 shall be delayed until the final resolution of such dispute in such arbitration.

5. Restrictive Covenants . The Management Investor acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

 

- 12 -


(a) Noncompetition . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, other than termination by the Company without Cause, the Management Investor shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. The Management Investor further covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on the Management Investor, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, the Management Investor shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of the Management Investor under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

 

- 13 -


Nothing contained in this Section 5 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Management Investor may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 6, the “Company” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes the Management Investor’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company for any reason. The Company shall be entitled, in connection with its tax planning or other reasons, to terminate a Management Investor’s employment (which termination shall not be considered a termination without Cause for purposes of this Agreement or otherwise) in connection with an invitation from another affiliate of the Company to accept employment with such affiliate in which case the terms and conditions hereof shall apply to the Management Investor’s employment relationship with such entity mutatis mutandis.

6. Confidentiality .

(a) All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires the Management Investor to do so. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor shall not at any time during the term of the Management Investor’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “Confidential Information”), nor shall the Management Investor utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with the Management Investor’s employment by the Company. The Management Investor hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on the Management Investor’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

(b) The Management Investor agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by him alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this

 

- 14 -


Agreement and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of the Management Investor, even if developed or improved by The Management Investor while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by the Management Investor to the Company. The Management Investor’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 6 shall continue beyond the Management Investor’s termination of employment and the Management Investor shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

7. Notices . All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received on the third full business day following the day of the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail or when delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission as follows:

(a) if to the Company, at its principal executive offices at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Management Investor;

(b) if to the Management Investor, at the address of the Management Investor as it appears on the signature page to this Agreement or at such other place as the Management Investor shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company;

(c) if to the Parent, at its principal executive office at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Parent shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company.

8. Specific Performance, Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase .

(a) Specific Performance . Due to the fact that the securities of the Company cannot be readily purchased or sold in the open market and because damages to the Company and its subsidiaries will be difficult to ascertain and remedies at law to the Company and its subsidiaries will be inadequate and for other reasons, the parties will be irreparably damaged in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by any of the parties hereto, the other parties shall, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled (without any bond or other security being required) to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage or that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase . The Management Investor acknowledges that if the Management Investor breaches any terms or conditions contained in Sections 5 or 6 herein, (i) all of the Restricted Shares granted pursuant to Section 1(b) herein shall be forfeited, and (ii) the Company, in accordance with Section 4 herein, shall have the right to repurchase all Purchased Shares, as such breach of Sections 5 or 6 shall be deemed a Call Purchase Event due to a Termination for Cause.

 

- 15 -


9. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company, and the Management Investor.

(b) In the event any capital stock of the Company or any other corporation shall be distributed on, with respect to, or in exchange for shares of Common Stock of the Company as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, reclassification or recapitalization in connection with any merger or reorganization, the restrictions, rights and options set forth in this Agreement shall apply with respect to such other capital stock to the same extent as they are, or would have been applicable, to the Common Stock acquired hereunder on, or with respect to, which such other capital stock was distributed.

(c) No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any waiver, consent or other instrument under or pursuant to this Agreement signed by, or binding upon, the Management Investor shall be valid and binding upon any and all persons or entities (other than the Company and the Parent) who may, at any time, have or claim any rights under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Parent and their respective successors and assigns and the Management Investor and the Management Investor’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting the Management Investor the right to transfer any of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares, except in accordance with this Agreement and any transferee shall hold the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares having only those rights and being subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement.

(e) If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

(f) Should any party to this Agreement be required to commence any litigation concerning any provision of this Agreement or the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, to the reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by reason of such litigation.

(g) The section headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said sections.

 

- 16 -


(h) Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and words in the plural shall be read and construed as though in the singular in all cases where they would so apply.

(i) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be fully effective as an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(j) The Management Investor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the jurisdiction of any Delaware State court or federal court of the United States sitting in the State of Delaware in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and consents to service of process in connection therewith by the delivery of notice to such Management Investor’s address set forth in this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of said state without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(l) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

- 17 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Stock Purchase Agreement as of the first date written above.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Daniel D. Lewis

Name:   Daniel D. Lewis
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
FIF III LIBERTY HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Randal A. Nardone

Name:   Randal A. Nardone
MANAGEMENT INVESTOR
By:  

/s/ Gene Hall

Name:   GENE HALL

 

- 18 -


Exhibit A

STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                          (          ) shares of the Common Stock of Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. standing in his name on the books of said Corporation represented by Certificate No.      and Certificate No.      herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                          attorney to transfer the stock on the books of said Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                             

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.17

EXECUTION COPY

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

This Management Stockholder Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of June                      , 2005, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), and DAN LEWIS (hereinafter referred to as the “ Management Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Stockholders Agreement referred to below.

WHEREAS, the Management Investor is a key employee of the Company and Liberty Group Operating, Inc. (“ Operating ”);

WHEREAS, the Management Investor desires to purchase and the Company desires to issue and sell to the Management Investor, on the date hereof, shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company also desires to award to the Management Investor a restricted stock grant as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Grant of Common Stock

(a) The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Management Investor, and the Management Investor hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, on the date hereof, 30 shares of Common Stock (the “ Purchased Shares ”), for a purchase price equal to $1,000.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $30,000.00. The Purchased Shares shall be issued and sold to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Purchased Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(b) The Company hereby agrees to grant (in satisfaction of the Company’s restricted stock grant obligations in the employment agreement between the employee and the Company, if any), on the date hereof, 90 shares of Common Stock (the “ Restricted Shares ”), subject to the following:

(i) Subject to the terms of this Section 1(b), one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares shall vest on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the date hereof.

(ii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the Restricted Shares that would have vested under clause (i) above on the next succeeding anniversary of the date hereof following such termination; provided , however , that in no event shall the number of Restricted Shares subject to such vesting be less than one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares.


(iii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within twelve months after a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of all previously unvested Restricted Shares on the date of such termination.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Management Investor’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, all of the Restricted Shares shall be forfeited, regardless of whether such shares had previously vested.

(v) During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions set forth herein, the Management Investor will have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to all of the Restricted Shares granted hereunder, including without limitation the right to vote such shares and the right to receive all dividends or other distributions with respect to such shares. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered (each such action a “ Transfer ”) until the restrictions set forth herein are removed or expire, and any additional requirements or restrictions contained in this Agreement have been satisfied, terminated or expressly waived by the Company in writing. In connection with the payment of any dividends, distributions or any other type of payment to the Management Investor, the Company shall be entitled to deduct any taxes or other amounts required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over to such authority for the Management Investor’s account.

(vi) The Restricted Shares granted hereunder shall be registered in the Management Investor’s name, but the certificates evidencing such Restricted Shares shall be retained by the Company during the period prior to the vesting of such shares as set forth herein. The Management Investor shall execute a stock power in the form of Exhibit A , in blank, with respect to such Restricted Shares and deliver the same to the Company. Upon satisfaction of the vesting requirement, the Restricted Shares shall be issued to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Restricted Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the following term has the respective meaning set forth below:

(i) A “ Change in Control ” occurs if and when (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto (the “Exchange Act”), other than (i) a person who is stockholder of the Company as of the date hereof, and (ii) a person who becomes a stockholder of the Company as a result of any purchase of grant of any equity securities under this Agreement or under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement, becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in

 

2


Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50.1% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding equity securities; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of stockholder; (b) individuals who constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on or about June      , 2005 (the “Incumbent Board”) have ceased for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to June      , 2005 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the nomination of such person for election as director without objection) shall be, for purposes of the Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (c) stockholders of the Company approve (or, if stockholder approval is not required, the Board approves (i) merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where those who are the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such stockholders to vote 50.1% or more of all votes to which all stockholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, (ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) a plan of partial or complete liquidation of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not take place upon the initial public offering, as provided in Section 2(e) hereof, of the Company’s Common Stock, or any other class of the Company’s securities (as provided under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement).

2. Transfer of Stock .

(a) Resale of Stock . Without limitation to the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Share which have not yet vested set forth in Section 1(b)(v), the Management Investor shall not Transfer the Purchased Shares, the Restricted Shares or any other shares of stock of the Company now or hereinafter owned by the Management Investor, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.

(b) Drag Along Right .

(i) As used in this Agreement, the term “ Holder ” means the Management Investor, a Related Transferee (as defined below) of the Management Investor or an Outside Party (as defined below).

(ii) Right to Require Sale . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Parent agrees to sell 100% of the shares of Common Stock held by it to a third person who is not an affiliate of Parent (a “ Third Party ”) or if Parent agrees to sell a portion of its shares pursuant to a transaction in which more than 50% of the total Common Stock of the Company will be sold to a Third Party (either of such sales, a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then, upon the demand of Parent, each Holder hereby agrees to sell to such Third Party the same percentage of the total number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder on the date of the Drag-Along Notice, as the number of shares Parent is selling in the Drag-Along Sales bears to the total number of

 

3


shares held be Parent as of the date of the Drag-Along Notice (the “ Sale Percentage ”), at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as Parent has agreed to with such Third Party; provided , however , that Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide that (i) the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is a representation and warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ownership of the shares of Common Stock to be sold by it and its ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the liability of any other Holder with respect to any representation and warranty made in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is the several liability of such other Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such other Holder in the Drag-Along Sale; provided further , that the Holder shall not be obligated to participate in any Drag Along Sale unless the Holder is provided an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Drag-Along Sale is not in violation of applicable federal or state securities or other laws or, if the Holder is not provided with an opinion with respect to any matters contemplated by this proviso, Parent shall (in addition to the indemnification contemplated below) indemnify the Holder for any violation. If the Drag-Along Sale is in the form of a merger transaction, the Holder agrees to vote his or her shares of Common Stock in favor of such merger and not to exercise any rights of appraisal or dissent afforded under applicable law.

(iii) Drag-Along Notice . Prior to making any Drag-Along Sale, if Parent elects to exercise the option described in this Section 2(b), Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Drag-Along Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Drag Along Sale (the “ Drag-Along Sale Date ”). The Drag-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the Third Party; (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid per share and the terms and conditions of payment offered by the Third Party; (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by Parent as of the date that the Drag-Along Notice is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, telex or telecopy to the Holder; (iv) the sale percentage; (v) the Drag-Along Sale Date and (vi) confirmation that the proposed Third Party has agreed to purchase the Management Investor’s shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof.

(iv) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . The Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) shall record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which is not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the Third Party, on the Drag-Along Sale Date. If any part of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock is represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, the Holder shall deliver such certificate or certificates for such shares, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to such Third Party on the Drag-Along Sale Date in the manner and at the address indicated in the Drag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for the shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Drag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(v) Consideration . The provisions of this Section 2(b) shall apply regardless of the form of consideration received in the Drag-Along Sale.

 

4


(c) Tag-Along Rights .

(i) Right to Participate in Sale . If Parent enters into an agreement to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of (such transfer, sale or other disposition being referred to as a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) a majority of its shares of Common Stock of the Company held on the date hereof, then Parent shall afford the Holder the opportunity to participate proportionately in such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with this Section 2(c). The Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation (except as provided in Section 2(b)), to participate in such Tag-Along Sale. The number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder will be entitled to include in such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Management Investor’s Allotment ”) shall be determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Holder on the Tag-Along Sale Date (as defined below), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator or which shall equal the number of shares of Common Stock proposed by Parent to be sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the Tag-Along Sale and the denominator of which shall equal the total number of shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned by (a) Parent and (b) any holder of shares of Common Stock (including the Holder) that has the right to “tag-along” in the Tag-Along Sale on the Tag-Along Sale Date. The “ Tag Along Notice Date ” shall be the date that the Tag-Along Sale Notice (as defined below) is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, Telex or telecopy to the Holder.

(ii) Limitation on Management Investor Representations; Indemnity . Any sales of shares of Common Stock by a Holder as a result of the “Tag-Along Rights” granted to the Holder pursuant to this agreement shall be on the same terms and conditions as the proposed Tag-Along Sale by Parent; provided , however , that in negotiating a Tag-Along Sale, Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide (i) that the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with any transfer is a warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the warranty made in connection with any transfer is the several liability of the Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such Holder.

(iii) Sale Notice . Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Tag-Along Sale Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Tag-Along Sale (the “ Tag-Along Sale Date ”). Each Tag-Along Sale Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of each proposed transferee or purchaser of shares in the Tag-Along Sale; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred or sold by Parent; (iii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid for such shares and the terms and conditions of payment offered by each proposed transferee or purchaser; (iv) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by Parent; (v) the Management Investor’s Allotment assuming the Holder elected to sell the maximum number of shares of Common Stock possible; (vi) confirmation that the proposed purchaser or transferee has been informed of the “Tag-Along Rights” provided for herein and has agreed to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof and (vii) the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(iv) Tag-Along Notice . If the Holder wishes to participate in the Tag-Along Sale, the Holder shall provide written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to Parent no less than ten (10) days prior to the Tag-Along Sale Date. The Tag-Along Notice shall set forth the

 

5


number of shares of Common Stock that such Holder elects to include in the Tag-Along Sale, which shall not exceed the Management Investor’s Allotment. The Tag-Along Notice shall also specify the aggregate number of additional shares of Common Stock owned of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by such Holder, if any, which such Holder desires also to include in the Tag-Along Sale (“ Additional Shares ”) in the event there is any under-subscription for the entire amount of all Management Investors’ Allotments of all shares that may be included by persons having, and pursuant to, tag-along rights relative to Parent (collectively, the “ Management Investors’ Allotments ”). In the event there is an under-subscription by all holders of Management Investors’ Allotments for the entire amount of the Management Investors’ Allotments, Parent shall apportion the unsubscribed Management Investors’ Allotments to such holders whose tag-along apportionment shall be on a pro rata basis among such holders in accordance with the number of Additional Shares specified by all such holders in their Tag-Along Notice. The Tag-Along Notices given by the Holder shall constitute the Holder’s binding agreement to sell such shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions applicable to the Tag-Along Sale, subject to the provisions of Section 2(c)(ii) above; provided , however , that in the event that there is any material change in the terms and conditions of such Tag Along Sale applicable to the Holder after the Holder gives the Tag-Along Notice, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall have the right to withdraw from participation in the Tag-Along Sale with respect to all of its shares of Common Stock affected thereby. If the purchaser does not consummate the purchase of all of such shares on the same terms and conditions applicable to Parent (except as otherwise provided herein) then Parent shall not consummate the Tag-Along Sale of any of its shares to such transferee or purchaser, unless the shares of the Holder and Parent are reduced or limited pro rata in proportion to the respective number of shares actually sold in any such Tag-Along Sale.

If a Tag-Along Notice is not received by Parent from the Holder prior to the ten-day period specified above, Parent shall have the right to sell or otherwise transfer the number of shares specified in the Tag-Along Notice to the proposed purchaser or transferee without any participation by such Holder, but only on terms and conditions which are no more favorable in any material respect to Parent than as stated in the Tag-Along Notice to the Holder and only if such Tag-Along Sale occurs on a date within sixty (60) business days of the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(v) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, authorizes the Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) to record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of all of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which are not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale. On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, shall also deliver all certificates, if any, issued by the Company which represent shares of the Company’s Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale, in the manner and at the address indicated in the Tag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for such shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

 

6


(vi) Exempt Transfers . The provisions of this Section 2(c) shall not apply to (i) any bona fide underwritten offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or any bona fide public distribution of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder; (ii) any transfer, sale or other disposition by Parent to one of its Affiliates (except that (A) prior to any such disposition, the party receiving such shares of Common Stock shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to Parent as if such transferee were an original party hereto and (B) any such shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to this Agreement); (iii) any redemption by the Company of its Common Stock or (iv) any distribution by Parent to its equity participants of shares of Common Stock, held by it; it being expressly understood and agreed that following such a distribution (x) the shares of Common Stock so distributed shall in no way be subject to this Agreement and (y) any such equity participant shall not be required or deemed to become a party to his Agreement or otherwise be subject to this Agreement.

(d) Transfer to Related Transferees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2, the Management Investor may Transfer the Management Investor’s Common Stock without restriction to the Management Investor’s Related Transferees (as defined below); provided that each such Related Transferee shall first (i) execute a written consent in form and substance satisfactory to the Company to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) give a duplicate original of such consent to the Company. The “ Related Transferee ” of the Management Investor shall consist of the Management Investor’s spouse, the Management Investor’s adult lineal descendants, the adult spouses of such lineal descendants, trusts solely for the benefit of the Management Investor’s spouse or the Management Investor’s minor or adult lineal descendants and, in the event of death, the Management Investor’s personal representatives (in their capacities as such), estate and named beneficiaries. In the event of any transfer by the Management Investor to his Related Transferees of all or any part of the Management Investor’s Common Stock (or in the event of any subsequent transfer by any such Related Transferee to another Related Transferee of the Management Investor), such Related Transferees shall receive and hold said Common Stock subject to the terms of this Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Management Investor from whom such Common Stock was originally transferred as though said Common Stock was still owned by the Management Investor, and such Related Transferees shall be deemed Management Investors for the purposes of this Agreement. There shall be no further transfer of such Common Stock by a Related Transferee except between and among such Related Transferee, the Management Investor to whom such Related Transferee is related and the other Related Transferees of the Management Investor, or except as permitted by this Agreement.

(e) Termination . This Section 2 shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public generally in which the net proceeds to the Company are not less than $50,000,000.

3. Management Investor Representations; Legends on Certificates .

(a) Investment Risk . The Management Investor represents and acknowledges that (i) as a result of the Management Investor’s (A) existing relationship with the Company and by virtue of being an executive of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and (B) experience in

 

7


financial matters, the Management Investor is properly able to evaluate the capital structure of the Company, the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the risks inherent therein; (ii) the Management Investor has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents from and to ask questions, and receive answers of, the officers and representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries to the extent necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to an investment in the Company; (iii) the Management Investor has been and will be, to the extent the Management Investor deems necessary, advised by legal counsel of the Management Investor’s choice at Management Investor’s expense in connection with this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Purchased Shares hereunder, (iv) the purchase or issuance of the Purchased Shares hereunder will be consistent, in both nature and amount, with the Management Investor’s overall investment program and financial condition, and the Management Investor’s financial condition will be such that the Management Investor will be able to bear the economic risk of holding unregistered Common Stock for which there is no market and to suffer a complete loss of the Management Investor’s investment therein and (v) the Management Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(3) under the Act. The Management Investor further acknowledges that investment in the Purchased Shares hereunder involves significant risks and that these risks include, without limitation, the fact that the Company has a leveraged financial structure.

(b) Purchase for Investment .

(i) The Management Investor represents and warrants that: (A) the Purchased Shares will be acquired for the Management Investor’s own account for investment, without any present intention of selling or further distributing the same and the Management Investor will not have any reason to anticipate any change in the Management Investor’s circumstances or any other particular occasion or event which would cause the Management Investor to sell any of such Common Stock and (B) the Management Investor is fully aware that in agreeing to sell or issue such Common Stock to the Management Investor the Company will be relying upon the truth and accuracy of these representations and warranties. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Shares except, to its family members or affiliates. Any such disposal to family members or affiliates much be in compliance with the Act, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, the relevant state securities laws applicable to the Management Investor’s action and the terms of this Agreement.

(ii) The Management Investor Acknowledges that no trading market for the Common Stock exists currently or is expected to exist at any time in the foreseeable future and that, as a result, the Management Investor may be unable to sell any of the Common Stock acquired hereunder for an indefinite period. Further, the Company has no obligation to register any of the Common Stock.

(iii) The Management Investor acknowledges and agrees that nothing herein, including the opportunity to make an investment in the Company, shall be deemed to create any implication concerning the adequacy of the Management Investor’s services to the Company or its subsidiaries or shall be construed as an agreement by the Company or its subsidiaries, express or implied, to employ the Management Investor or contract for

 

8


the Management Investor’s services, to restrict the right of the Company and Operating to discharge the Management Investor or cease contracting for the Management Investor’s services or to modify, extend or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the terms of any employment agreement or contract for services which may exist between the Management Investor and the Company or its subsidiaries.

(c) Legend on Certificates . Each stock certificate issued to the Management Investor upon written request to the Company representing Common Stock issued hereunder shall bear the following (or substantially equivalent) legends on the face or reverse side thereof:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE UNDER THE ACT OR LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF June      , 2005, BETWEEN THE PURCHASER PARTY THERETO AND THE COMPANY, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY, AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE VOTED, TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH VOTING, TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.

Any stock certificate issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificates bearing such legends (except a new certificate issued upon the completion of a public distribution of Common Stock represented thereby) shall also bear such (or substantially equivalent) legends, unless the Common Stock represented by such certificate is no longer subject to the provisions of this Agreement and, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the Common Stock represented thereby need no longer be subject to restrictions pursuant to the Act or applicable state securities law. The Company shall not be required to transfer on its books any certificate for Common Stock in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9


4. Company “Call” Option .

(a) Upon the termination of the Management Investor’s employment or cessation of services as director with the Company or any of its subsidiaries for any reason (a “ Call Purchase Event ”), subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company may, at its option exercisable by written notice (a “ Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within ninety (90) days after the applicable Call Purchase Event (or, in the event the applicable Call Purchase Event is the death of the Management Investor, within thirty (30) days after the appointment and qualification of the deceased Management Investor’s personal representative, if later), elect to purchase and, upon the giving of such notice, the Company shall be obligated to purchase and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, his personal representative) (the “ Seller ” shall be obligated to sell, all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor (and his Related Transferees, if any) at a per share price equal to:

(i) in the case of a Termination for Cause, the lower of the purchase price of $1,000.00 per share or the Fair Market Value; or

(ii) in the case of a termination of employment for any reason other than Cause, the Fair Market Value.

(b) If the Company does not elect to exercise its option set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Company shall give written notice that it is not so electing to Parent within the time periods specified in paragraph (a) of this Section 4 for the giving of the Purchase Notice. Upon receipt of such notice from the Company, Parent shall have the option, exercisable by written notice (a “ Parent Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice from the Company, to purchase from the Seller (and, upon the giving of the Parent Purchase Notice, Parent shall be obligated to purchase and the Seller shall be obligated to sell) all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Parent Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Seller at the per share price set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.

(c) In the event a purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall be prohibited by law or would cause a default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party, the obligations of the Seller and the Company pursuant to this Section 4 shall be suspended and no such default would be caused; provided , however , that (x) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for the shares shall accrue interest at the lowest rate necessary to prevent the imputation of interest or original issue discount under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reduced by any dividends or distributions on such Common Stock during the period of such suspension, which interest shall likewise be paid when such prohibition first lapses or is waived and no such default would be caused and (y) in the event of any such suspension, if Parent so elects and no violation of law would be caused and no default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its

 

10


subsidiaries may be a party would result, the Company shall transfer its obligations under this Section 4 to Parent or to a subsidiary, in which case Parent or the subsidiary (as the case may be) and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor) shall be obligated to complete the purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.

(d) For the purposes of this Section 4, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” of each share of Common Stock shall be determined as of the time of the Call Purchase Event by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; provided , however , that such determination shall be based upon the Company as a going concern and shall not discount the value of such shares either because they are subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement or because they constitute only a minority interest in the Company.

(ii) A “ Termination for Cause ” shall mean termination of the Management Investor’s employment with, or service as a director of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries as a result of any of the following (each, a “ Cause ”; provided that in the event the Company has entered into an employment agreement with the Management Investor on or prior to the date hereof, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such employment agreement):

(i) the Management Investor commits any act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or serious misconduct in connection with the business of the Company or its subsidiaries, including but not limited to, falsifying any documents or agreements (regardless of form); or

(ii) the Management Investor materially violates any rule or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries (A) for which violation an employee may be terminated pursuant to the written policies of the Company or its subsidiaries reasonably applicable to an executive employee, or (B) which violation results in material damage to the Company or its subsidiaries, or (C) which, after written notice to do so, the Management Investor fails to correct within a reasonable time; or

(iii) the Management Investor willfully breaches or habitually neglects any material aspect of the Management Investor’s duties (A) as described in the Management Investor’s employment contract, or (B) in the ordinary course of the Management Investor’s employment or service as a director, or (C) assigned to the Management Investor by the Company or its subsidiaries, which assignment was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries (all of the foregoing duties, “ Duties ”); or

(iv) the Management Investor fails, after written notice, adequately to perform any Duties and such failure is reasonably likely to have an adverse impact upon the Company, its subsidiaries or the operations of any of them; or

(v) the Management Investor materially fails to comply with a direction from the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to a material matter, which direction was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries; or

 

11


(vi) while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries, and without the written approval of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or, in case the Management Investor is such Chief Executive Officer, approval of the Company’s Board of Directors), the Management Investor performs services for any other corporation or person which competes with the Company or its subsidiaries or otherwise violates Section 5 hereof; or

(vii) the Management Investor is convicted by a court of competent jurisdiction of a felony (other than a traffic or moving violation) or any crime involving dishonesty; or

(viii) any other action or condition that may result in termination of an employee for cause pursuant to any generally applied standard, of which standard the Management Investor knew or reasonably should have known, adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time but prior to such action or condition; or

(ix) any willful breach by the Management Investor of his or her fiduciary duties as a director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

In the event that there is a dispute between the Management Investor and the Company as to whether “Cause” for termination exists: (x) such termination shall nonetheless be effective, (y) such dispute shall be subject to arbitration and (z) the payments or deliveries, if any, to be made by the Company or Parent or any subsidiary in connection with a sale or purchase of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor pursuant to this Section 4 shall be delayed until the final resolution of such dispute in such arbitration.

5. Restrictive Covenants . The Management Investor acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

(a) Noncompetition . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, other than termination by the Company without Cause, the Management Investor shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. The Management Investor further covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on the Management Investor, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

 

12


(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, the Management Investor shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of the Management Investor under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

Nothing contained in this Section 5 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Management Investor may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 6, the “Company” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes the Management Investor’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company for any reason. The Company shall be entitled, in connection with its tax planning or other reasons, to terminate a Management Investor’s employment (which termination shall not be considered a termination without Cause for purposes of this Agreement or otherwise) in connection with an invitation from another affiliate of the Company to accept employment with such affiliate in which case the terms and conditions hereof shall apply to the Management Investor’s employment relationship with such entity mutatis mutandis.

 

13


6. Confidentiality .

(a) All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires the Management Investor to do so. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor shall not at any time during the term of the Management Investor’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “Confidential Information”), nor shall the Management Investor utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with the Management Investor’s employment by the Company. The Management Investor hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on the Management Investor’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

(b) The Management Investor agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by him alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of the Management Investor, even if developed or improved by The Management Investor while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by the Management Investor to the Company. The Management Investor’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 6 shall continue beyond the Management Investor’s termination of employment and the Management Investor shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

7. Notices . All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received on the third full business day following the day of the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail or when delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission as follows:

 

14


(a) if to the Company, at its principal executive offices at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Management Investor;

(b) if to the Management Investor, at the address of the Management Investor as it appears on the signature page to this Agreement or at such other place as the Management Investor shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company;

(c) if to the Parent, at its principal executive office at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Parent shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company.

8. Specific Performance, Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase .

(a) Specific Performance . Due to the fact that the securities of the Company cannot be readily purchased or sold in the open market and because damages to the Company and its subsidiaries will be difficult to ascertain and remedies at law to the Company and its subsidiaries will be inadequate and for other reasons, the parties will be irreparably damaged in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by any of the parties hereto, the other parties shall, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled (without any bond or other security being required) to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage or that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase . The Management Investor acknowledges that if the Management Investor breaches any terms or conditions contained in Sections 5 or 6 herein, (i) all of the Restricted Shares granted pursuant to Section 1(b) herein shall be forfeited, and (ii) the Company, in accordance with Section 4 herein, shall have the right to repurchase all Purchased Shares, as such breach of Sections 5 or 6 shall be deemed a Call Purchase Event due to a Termination for Cause.

9. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company, and the Management Investor.

(b) In the event any capital stock of the Company or any other corporation shall be distributed on, with respect to, or in exchange for shares of Common Stock of the Company as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, reclassification or recapitalization in connection with any merger or reorganization, the restrictions, rights and options set forth in this Agreement shall apply with respect to such other capital stock to the same extent as they are, or would have been applicable, to the Common Stock acquired hereunder on, or with respect to, which such other capital stock was distributed.

 

15


(c) No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any waiver, consent or other instrument under or pursuant to this Agreement signed by, or binding upon, the Management Investor shall be valid and binding upon any and all persons or entities (other than the Company and the Parent) who may, at any time, have or claim any rights under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Parent and their respective successors and assigns and the Management Investor and the Management Investor’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting the Management Investor the right to transfer any of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares, except in accordance with this Agreement and any transferee shall hold the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares having only those rights and being subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement.

(e) If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

(f) Should any party to this Agreement be required to commence any litigation concerning any provision of this Agreement or the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, to the reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by reason of such litigation.

(g) The section headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said sections.

(h) Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and words in the plural shall be read and construed as though in the singular in all cases where they would so apply.

(i) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be fully effective as an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(j) The Management Investor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the jurisdiction of any Delaware State court or federal court of the United States sitting in the State of Delaware in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and consents to service of process in connection therewith by the delivery of notice to such Management Investor’s address set forth in this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of said state without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(1) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Stock Purchase Agreement as of the first date written above.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Daniel D. Lewis

Name:   Daniel D. Lewis
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
FIF III LIBERTY HOLDINGS LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Randal A. Nardone

Name:   Randal A. Nardone
MANAGEMENT INVESTOR

 

By:

 

/s/ Daniel D. Lewis

Name:   DANIEL D. LEWIS


Exhibit A

STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                          (          ) shares of the Common Stock of Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. standing in his name on the books of said Corporation represented by Certificate No.      and Certificate No.      herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                          attorney to transfer the stock on the books of said Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                             

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.18

EXECUTION COPY

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

This Management Stockholder Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of June      , 2005, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), and KELLY LUVISON (hereinafter referred to as the “ Management Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Stockholders Agreement referred to below.

WHEREAS, the Management Investor is a key employee of the Company and Liberty Group Operating, Inc. (“ Operating ”);

WHEREAS, the Management Investor desires to purchase and the Company desires to issue and sell to the Management Investor, on the date hereof, shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company also desires to award to the Management Investor a restricted stock grant as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Grant of Common Stock

(a) The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Management Investor, and the Management Investor hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, on the date hereof, 45 shares of Common Stock (the “ Purchased Shares ”), for a purchase price equal to $1,000.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $45,000.00. The Purchased Shares shall be issued and sold to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Purchased Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(b) The Company hereby agrees to grant (in satisfaction of the Company’s restricted stock grant obligations in the employment agreement between the employee and the Company, if any), on the date hereof, 135 shares of Common Stock (the “ Restricted Shares ”), subject to the following:

(i) Subject to the terms of this Section 1(b), one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares shall vest on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the date hereof.

(ii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the Restricted Shares that would have vested under clause (i) above on the next succeeding anniversary of the date hereof


following such termination; provided , however , that in no event shall the number of Restricted Shares subject to such vesting be less than one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares.

(iii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within twelve months after a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of all previously unvested Restricted Shares on the date of such termination.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Management Investor’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, all of the Restricted Shares shall be forfeited, regardless of whether such shares had previously vested.

(v) During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions set forth herein, the Management Investor will have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to all of the Restricted Shares granted hereunder, including without limitation the right to vote such shares and the right to receive all dividends or other distributions with respect to such shares. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered (each such action a “ Transfer ”) until the restrictions set forth herein are removed or expire, and any additional requirements or restrictions contained in this Agreement have been satisfied, terminated or expressly waived by the Company in writing. In connection with the payment of any dividends, distributions or any other type of payment to the Management Investor, the Company shall be entitled to deduct any taxes or other amounts required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over to such authority for the Management Investor’s account.

(vi) The Restricted Shares granted hereunder shall be registered in the Management Investor’s name, but the certificates evidencing such Restricted Shares shall be retained by the Company during the period prior to the vesting of such shares as set forth herein. The Management Investor shall execute a stock power in the form of Exhibit A , in blank, with respect to such Restricted Shares and deliver the same to the Company. Upon satisfaction of the vesting requirement, the Restricted Shares shall be issued to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Restricted Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the following term has the respective meaning set forth below:

(i) A “ Change in Control ” occurs if and when (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto (the “Exchange Act”), other than (i) a person who is stockholder of the Company as of the date hereof, and (ii) a person who becomes a stockholder of the Company as a result of

 

-2-


any purchase of grant of any equity securities under this Agreement or under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement, becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50.1% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding equity securities; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of stockholder; (b) individuals who constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on or about June , 2005 (the “Incumbent Board”) have ceased for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to June , 2005 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the nomination of such person for election as director without objection) shall be, for purposes of the Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (c) stockholders of the Company approve (or, if stockholder approval is not required, the Board approves (i) merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where those who are the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such stockholders to vote 50.1% or more of all votes to which all stockholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, (ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) a plan of partial or complete liquidation of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not take place upon the initial public offering, as provided in Section 2(e) hereof, of the Company’s Common Stock, or any other class of the Company’s securities (as provided under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement).

2. Transfer of Stock .

(a) Resale of Stock . Without limitation to the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Share which have not yet vested set forth in Section 1(b)(v), the Management Investor shall not Transfer the Purchased Shares, the Restricted Shares or any other shares of stock of the Company now or hereinafter owned by the Management Investor, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.

(b) Drag Along Right .

(i) As used in this Agreement, the term “ Holder ” means the Management Investor, a Related Transferee (as defined below) of the Management Investor or an Outside Party (as defined below).

(ii) Right to Require Sale. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Parent agrees to sell 100% of the shares of Common Stock held by it to a third person who is not an affiliate of Parent (a “ Third Party ”) or if Parent agrees to sell a portion of its shares pursuant to a transaction in which more than 50% of the total Common Stock of the Company will be sold to a Third Party (either of such sales, a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then, upon the demand of Parent, each Holder hereby agrees to sell

 

-3-


to such Third Party the same percentage of the total number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder on the date of the Drag-Along Notice, as the number of shares Parent is selling in the Drag-Along Sales bears to the total number of shares held be Parent as of the date of the Drag-Along Notice (the “ Sale Percentage ”), at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as Parent has agreed to with such Third Party; provided , however , that Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide that (i) the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is a representation and warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ownership of the shares of Common Stock to be sold by it and its ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the liability of any other Holder with respect to any representation and warranty made in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is the several liability of such other Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such other Holder in the Drag-Along Sale; provided further , that the Holder shall not be obligated to participate in any Drag Along Sale unless the Holder is provided an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Drag-Along Sale is not in violation of applicable federal or state securities or other laws or, if the Holder is not provided with an opinion with respect to any matters contemplated by this proviso, Parent shall (in addition to the indemnification contemplated below) indemnify the Holder for any violation. If the Drag-Along Sale is in the form of a merger transaction, the Holder agrees to vote his or her shares of Common Stock in favor of such merger and not to exercise any rights of appraisal or dissent afforded under applicable law.

(iii) Drag-Along Notice . Prior to making any Drag-Along Sale, if Parent elects to exercise the option described in this Section 2(b), Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Drag-Along Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Drag Along Sale (the “ Drag-Along Sale Date ”). The Drag-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the Third Party; (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid per share and the terms and conditions of payment offered by the Third Party; (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by Parent as of the date that the Drag-Along Notice is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, telex or telecopy to the Holder; (iv) the sale percentage; (v) the Drag-Along Sale Date and (vi) confirmation that the proposed Third Party has agreed to purchase the Management Investor’s shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof.

(iv) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . The Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) shall record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which is not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the Third Party, on the Drag-Along Sale Date. If any part of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock is represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, the Holder shall deliver such certificate or certificates for such shares, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to such Third Party on the Drag-Along Sale Date in the manner and at the address indicated in the Drag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for the shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant

 

-4-


to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Drag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(v) Consideration . The provisions of this Section 2(b) shall apply regardless of the form of consideration received in the Drag-Along Sale.

(c) Tag-Along Rights .

(i) Right to Participate in Sale . If Parent enters into an agreement to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of (such transfer, sale or other disposition being referred to as a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) a majority of its shares of Common Stock of the Company held on the date hereof, then Parent shall afford the Holder the opportunity to participate proportionately in such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with this Section 2(c). The Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation (except as provided in Section 2(b)), to participate in such Tag-Along Sale. The number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder will be entitled to include in such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Management Investor’s Allotment ”) shall be determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Holder on the Tag-Along Sale Date (as defined below), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator or which shall equal the number of shares of Common Stock proposed by Parent to be sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the Tag-Along Sale and the denominator of which shall equal the total number of shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned by (a) Parent and (b) any holder of shares of Common Stock (including the Holder) that has the right to “tag-along” in the Tag-Along Sale on the Tag-Along Sale Date. The “ Tag Along Notice Date ” shall be the date that the Tag-Along Sale Notice (as defined below) is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, Telex or telecopy to the Holder.

(ii) Limitation on Management Investor Representations; Indemnity . Any sales of shares of Common Stock by a Holder as a result of the “Tag-Along Rights” granted to the Holder pursuant to this agreement shall be on the same terms and conditions as the proposed Tag-Along Sale by Parent; provided , however , that in negotiating a Tag-Along Sale, Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide (i) that the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with any transfer is a warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the warranty made in connection with any transfer is the several liability of the Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such Holder.

(iii) Sale Notice . Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Tag-Along Sale Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Tag-Along Sale (the “ Tag-Along Sale Date ”). Each Tag-Along Sale Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of each proposed transferee or purchaser of shares in the Tag-Along Sale; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred or sold by Parent; (iii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid for such shares and the terms and conditions of payment offered

 

-5-


by each proposed transferee or purchaser; (iv) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by Parent; (v) the Management Investor’s Allotment assuming the Holder elected to sell the maximum number of shares of Common Stock possible; (vi) confirmation that the proposed purchaser or transferee has been informed of the “Tag-Along Rights” provided for herein and has agreed to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof and (vii) the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(iv) Tag-Along Notice . If the Holder wishes to participate in the Tag-Along Sale, the Holder shall provide written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to Parent no less than ten (10) days prior to the Tag-Along Sale Date. The Tag-Along Notice shall set forth the number of shares of Common Stock that such Holder elects to include in the Tag-Along Sale, which shall not exceed the Management Investor’s Allotment. The Tag-Along Notice shall also specify the aggregate number of additional shares of Common Stock owned of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by such Holder, if any, which such Holder desires also to include in the Tag-Along Sale (“ Additional Shares ”) in the event there is any under-subscription for the entire amount of all Management Investors’ Allotments of all shares that may be included by persons having, and pursuant to, tag-along rights relative to Parent (collectively, the “ Management Investors’ Allotments ”). In the event there is an under-subscription by all holders of Management Investors’ Allotments for the entire amount of the Management Investors’ Allotments, Parent shall apportion the unsubscribed Management Investors’ Allotments to such holders whose tag-along apportionment shall be on a pro rata basis among such holders in accordance with the number of Additional Shares specified by all such holders in their Tag-Along Notice. The Tag-Along Notices given by the Holder shall constitute the Holder’s binding agreement to sell such shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions applicable to the Tag-Along Sale, subject to the provisions of Section 2(c)(ii) above; provided , however , that in the event that there is any material change in the terms and conditions of such Tag Along Sale applicable to the Holder after the Holder gives the Tag-Along Notice, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall have the right to withdraw from participation in the Tag-Along Sale with respect to all of its shares of Common Stock affected thereby. If the purchaser does not consummate the purchase of all of such shares on the same terms and conditions applicable to Parent (except as otherwise provided herein) then Parent shall not consummate the Tag-Along Sale of any of its shares to such transferee or purchaser, unless the shares of the Holder and Parent are reduced or limited pro rata in proportion to the respective number of shares actually sold in any such Tag-Along Sale.

If a Tag-Along Notice is not received by Parent from the Holder prior to the ten-day period specified above, Parent shall have the right to sell or otherwise transfer the number of shares specified in the Tag-Along Notice to the proposed purchaser or transferee without any participation by such Holder, but only on terms and conditions which are no more favorable in any material respect to Parent than as stated in the Tag-Along Notice to the Holder and only if such Tag-Along Sale occurs on a date within sixty (60) business days of the Tag-Along Sale Date.

 

-6-


(v) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, authorizes the Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) to record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of all of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which are not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale. On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, shall also deliver all certificates, if any, issued by the Company which represent shares of the Company’s Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale, in the manner and at the address indicated in the Tag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for such shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(vi) Exempt Transfers . The provisions of this Section 2(c) shall not apply to (i) any bona fide underwritten offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or any bona fide public distribution of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder; (ii) any transfer, sale or other disposition by Parent to one of its Affiliates (except that (A) prior to any such disposition, the party receiving such shares of Common Stock shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to Parent as if such transferee were an original party hereto and (B) any such shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to this Agreement); (iii) any redemption by the Company of its Common Stock or (iv) any distribution by Parent to its equity participants of shares of Common Stock, held by it; it being expressly understood and agreed that following such a distribution (x) the shares of Common Stock so distributed shall in no way be subject to this Agreement and (y) any such equity participant shall not be required or deemed to become a party to his Agreement or otherwise be subject to this Agreement.

(d) Transfer to Related Transferees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2, the Management Investor may Transfer the Management Investor’s Common Stock without restriction to the Management Investor’s Related Transferees (as defined below); provided that each such Related Transferee shall first (i) execute a written consent in form and substance satisfactory to the Company to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) give a duplicate original of such consent to the Company. The “ Related Transferee ” of the Management Investor shall consist of the Management Investor’s spouse, the Management Investor’s adult lineal descendants, the adult spouses of such lineal descendants, trusts solely for the benefit of the Management Investor’s spouse or the Management Investor’s minor or adult lineal descendants and, in the event of death, the Management Investor’s personal representatives (in their capacities as such), estate and named beneficiaries. In the event of any transfer by the Management Investor to his Related Transferees of all or any part of the Management Investor’s Common Stock (or in the event of any subsequent transfer by any such Related Transferee to another Related Transferee of the Management Investor), such Related Transferees shall receive and hold said Common Stock subject to the terms of this Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Management Investor from whom such Common Stock was originally transferred as though said Common Stock was still owned by the

 

-7-


Management Investor, and such Related Transferees shall be deemed Management Investors for the purposes of this Agreement. There shall be no further transfer of such Common Stock by a Related Transferee except between and among such Related Transferee, the Management Investor to whom such Related Transferee is related and the other Related Transferees of the Management Investor, or except as permitted by this Agreement.

(e) Termination . This Section 2 shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public generally in which the net proceeds to the Company are not less than $50,000,000.

3. Management Investor Representations; Legends on Certificates .

(a) Investment Risk . The Management Investor represents and acknowledges that (i) as a result of the Management Investor’s (A) existing relationship with the Company and by virtue of being an executive of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and (B) experience in financial matters, the Management Investor is properly able to evaluate the capital structure of the Company, the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the risks inherent therein; (ii) the Management Investor has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents from and to ask questions, and receive answers of, the officers and representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries to the extent necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to an investment in the Company; (iii) the Management Investor has been and will be, to the extent the Management Investor deems necessary, advised by legal counsel of the Management Investor’s choice at Management Investor’s expense in connection with this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Purchased Shares hereunder, (iv) the purchase or issuance of the Purchased Shares hereunder will be consistent, in both nature and amount, with the Management Investor’s overall investment program and financial condition, and the Management Investor’s financial condition will be such that the Management Investor will be able to bear the economic risk of holding unregistered Common Stock for which there is no market and to suffer a complete loss of the Management Investor’s investment therein and (v) the Management Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(3) under the Act. The Management Investor further acknowledges that investment in the Purchased Shares hereunder involves significant risks and that these risks include, without limitation, the fact that the Company has a leveraged financial structure.

(b) Purchase for Investment .

(i) The Management Investor represents and warrants that: (A) the Purchased Shares will be acquired for the Management Investor’s own account for investment, without any present intention of selling or further distributing the same and the Management Investor will not have any reason to anticipate any change in the Management Investor’s circumstances or any other particular occasion or event which would cause the Management Investor to sell any of such Common Stock and (B) the Management Investor is fully aware that in agreeing to sell or issue such Common Stock to the Management Investor the Company will be relying upon the truth and accuracy of these representations and warranties. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Shares except,

 

-8-


to its family members or affiliates. Any such disposal to family members or affiliates much be in compliance with the Act, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, the relevant state securities laws applicable to the Management Investor’s action and the terms of this Agreement.

(ii) The Management Investor Acknowledges that no trading market for the Common Stock exists currently or is expected to exist at any time in the foreseeable future and that, as a result, the Management Investor may be unable to sell any of the Common Stock acquired hereunder for an indefinite period. Further, the Company has no obligation to register any of the Common Stock.

(iii) The Management Investor acknowledges and agrees that nothing herein, including the opportunity to make an investment in the Company, shall be deemed to create any implication concerning the adequacy of the Management Investor’s services to the Company or its subsidiaries or shall be construed as an agreement by the Company or its subsidiaries, express or implied, to employ the Management Investor or contract for the Management Investor’s services, to restrict the right of the Company and Operating to discharge the Management Investor or cease contracting for the Management Investor’s services or to modify, extend or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the terms of any employment agreement or contract for services which may exist between the Management Investor and the Company or its subsidiaries.

(c) Legend on Certificates . Each stock certificate issued to the Management Investor upon written request to the Company representing Common Stock issued hereunder shall bear the following (or substantially equivalent) legends on the face or reverse side thereof:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE UNDER THE ACT OR LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF June , 2005, BETWEEN THE PURCHASER PARTY THERETO AND THE COMPANY, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY, AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE VOTED, TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH VOTING,

 

-9-


TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.

Any stock certificate issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificates bearing such legends (except a new certificate issued upon the completion of a public distribution of Common Stock represented thereby) shall also bear such (or substantially equivalent) legends, unless the Common Stock represented by such certificate is no longer subject to the provisions of this Agreement and, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the Common Stock represented thereby need no longer be subject to restrictions pursuant to the Act or applicable state securities law. The Company shall not be required to transfer on its books any certificate for Common Stock in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

4. Company “Call” Option .

(a) Upon the termination of the Management Investor’s employment or cessation of services as director with the Company or any of its subsidiaries for any reason (a “ Call Purchase Event ”), subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company may, at its option exercisable by written notice (a “ Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within ninety (90) days after the applicable Call Purchase Event (or, in the event the applicable Call Purchase Event is the death of the Management Investor, within thirty (30) days after the appointment and qualification of the deceased Management Investor’s personal representative, if later), elect to purchase and, upon the giving of such notice, the Company shall be obligated to purchase and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, his personal representative) (the “ Seller ” shall be obligated to sell, all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor (and his Related Transferees, if any) at a per share price equal to:

(i) in the case of a Termination for Cause, the lower of the purchase price of $1,000.00 per share or the Fair Market Value; or

(ii) in the case of a termination of employment for any reason other than Cause, the Fair Market Value.

(b) If the Company does not elect to exercise its option set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Company shall give written notice that it is not so electing to Parent within the time periods specified in paragraph (a) of this Section 4 for the giving of the Purchase Notice. Upon receipt of such notice from the Company, Parent shall have the option, exercisable by written notice (a “ Parent Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice from the Company, to purchase from the Seller (and, upon the giving of the Parent Purchase Notice, Parent shall be obligated to purchase and the Seller shall be obligated to sell) all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Parent Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Seller at the per share price set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.

 

-10-


(c) In the event a purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall be prohibited by law or would cause a default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party, the obligations of the Seller and the Company pursuant to this Section 4 shall be suspended and no such default would be caused; provided , however , that (x) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for the shares shall accrue interest at the lowest rate necessary to prevent the imputation of interest or original issue discount under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reduced by any dividends or distributions on such Common Stock during the period of such suspension, which interest shall likewise be paid when such prohibition first lapses or is waived and no such default would be caused and (y) in the event of any such suspension, if Parent so elects and no violation of law would be caused and no default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party would result, the Company shall transfer its obligations under this Section 4 to Parent or to a subsidiary, in which case Parent or the subsidiary (as the case may be) and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor) shall be obligated to complete the purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.

(d) For the purposes of this Section 4, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” of each share of Common Stock shall be determined as of the time of the Call Purchase Event by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; provided , however , that such determination shall be based upon the Company as a going concern and shall not discount the value of such shares either because they are subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement or because they constitute only a minority interest in the Company.

(ii) A “ Termination for Cause ” shall mean termination of the Management Investor’s employment with, or service as a director of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries as a result of any of the following (each, a “ Cause ”; provided that in the event the Company has entered into an employment agreement with the Management Investor on or prior to the date hereof, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such employment agreement):

(i) the Management Investor commits any act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or serious misconduct in connection with the business of the Company or its subsidiaries, including but not limited to, falsifying any documents or agreements (regardless of form); or

(ii) the Management Investor materially violates any rule or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries (A) for which violation an employee may be terminated pursuant to the written policies of the Company or its subsidiaries reasonably applicable to an executive employee, or (B) which violation results in material damage to the Company or its subsidiaries, or (C) which, after written notice to do so, the Management Investor fails to correct within a reasonable time; or

 

-11-


(iii) the Management Investor willfully breaches or habitually neglects any material aspect of the Management Investor’s duties (A) as described in the Management Investor’s employment contract, or (B) in the ordinary course of the Management Investor’s employment or service as a director, or (C) assigned to the Management Investor by the Company or its subsidiaries, which assignment was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries (all of the foregoing duties, “ Duties ”); or

(iv) the Management Investor fails, after written notice, adequately to perform any Duties and such failure is reasonably likely to have an adverse impact upon the Company, its subsidiaries or the operations of any of them; or

(v) the Management Investor materially fails to comply with a direction from the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to a material matter, which direction was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries; or

(vi) while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries, and without the written approval of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or, in case the Management Investor is such Chief Executive Officer, approval of the Company’s Board of Directors), the Management Investor performs services for any other corporation or person which competes with the Company or its subsidiaries or otherwise violates Section 5 hereof; or

(vii) the Management Investor is convicted by a court of competent jurisdiction of a felony (other than a traffic or moving violation) or any crime involving dishonesty; or

(viii) any other action or condition that may result in termination of an employee for cause pursuant to any generally applied standard, of which standard the Management Investor knew or reasonably should have known, adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time but prior to such action or condition; or

(ix) any willful breach by the Management Investor of his or her fiduciary duties as a director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

In the event that there is a dispute between the Management Investor and the Company as to whether “Cause” for termination exists: (x) such termination shall nonetheless be effective, (y) such dispute shall be subject to arbitration and (z) the payments or deliveries, if any, to be made by the Company or Parent or any subsidiary in connection with a sale or purchase of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor pursuant to this Section 4 shall be delayed until the final resolution of such dispute in such arbitration.

5. Restrictive Covenants . The Management Investor acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

 

-12-


(a) Noncompetition . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, other than termination by the Company without Cause, the Management Investor shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. The Management Investor further covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on the Management Investor, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, the Management Investor shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of the Management Investor under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

 

-13-


Nothing contained in this Section 5 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Management Investor may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 6, the “Company” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes the Management Investor’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company for any reason. The Company shall be entitled, in connection with its tax planning or other reasons, to terminate a Management Investor’s employment (which termination shall not be considered a termination without Cause for purposes of this Agreement or otherwise) in connection with an invitation from another affiliate of the Company to accept employment with such affiliate in which case the terms and conditions hereof shall apply to the Management Investor’s employment relationship with such entity mutatis mutandis.

6. Confidentiality .

(a) All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires the Management Investor to do so. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor shall not at any time during the term of the Management Investor’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “Confidential Information”), nor shall the Management Investor utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with the Management Investor’s employment by the Company. The Management Investor hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on the Management Investor’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

(b) The Management Investor agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by him alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement

 

-14-


and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of the Management Investor, even if developed or improved by The Management Investor while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by the Management Investor to the Company. The Management Investor’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 6 shall continue beyond the Management Investor’s termination of employment and the Management Investor shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

7. Notices . All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received on the third full business day following the day of the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail or when delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission as follows:

(a) if to the Company, at its principal executive offices at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Management Investor;

(b) if to the Management Investor, at the address of the Management Investor as it appears on the signature page to this Agreement or at such other place as the Management Investor shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company;

(c) if to the Parent, at its principal executive office at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Parent shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company.

8. Specific Performance, Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase .

(a) Specific Performance . Due to the fact that the securities of the Company cannot be readily purchased or sold in the open market and because damages to the Company and its subsidiaries will be difficult to ascertain and remedies at law to the Company and its subsidiaries will be inadequate and for other reasons, the parties will be irreparably damaged in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by any of the parties hereto, the other parties shall, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled (without any bond or other security being required) to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage or that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase . The Management Investor acknowledges that if the Management Investor breaches any terms or conditions contained in Sections 5 or 6 herein, (i) all of the Restricted Shares granted pursuant to Section 1(b) herein shall be forfeited, and (ii) the Company, in accordance with Section 4 herein, shall have the right to repurchase all Purchased Shares, as such breach of Sections 5 or 6 shall be deemed a Call Purchase Event due to a Termination for Cause.

 

-15-


9. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company, and the Management Investor.

(b) In the event any capital stock of the Company or any other corporation shall be distributed on, with respect to, or in exchange for shares of Common Stock of the Company as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, reclassification or recapitalization in connection with any merger or reorganization, the restrictions, rights and options set forth in this Agreement shall apply with respect to such other capital stock to the same extent as they are, or would have been applicable, to the Common Stock acquired hereunder on, or with respect to, which such other capital stock was distributed.

(c) No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any waiver, consent or other instrument under or pursuant to this Agreement signed by, or binding upon, the Management Investor shall be valid and binding upon any and all persons or entities (other than the Company and the Parent) who may, at any time, have or claim any rights under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Parent and their respective successors and assigns and the Management Investor and the Management Investor’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting the Management Investor the right to transfer any of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares, except in accordance with this Agreement and any transferee shall hold the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares having only those rights and being subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement.

(e) If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

(f) Should any party to this Agreement be required to commence any litigation concerning any provision of this Agreement or the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, to the reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by reason of such litigation.

(g) The section headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said sections.

 

-16-


(h) Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and words in the plural shall be read and construed as though in the singular in all cases where they would so apply.

(i) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be fully effective as an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(j) The Management Investor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the jurisdiction of any Delaware State court or federal court of the United States sitting in the State of Delaware in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and consents to service of process in connection therewith by the delivery of notice to such Management Investor’s address set forth in this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of said state without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(l) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

-17-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Stock Purchase Agreement as of the first date written above.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Daniel D. Lewis

Name:   Daniel D. Lewis
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
FIF III LIBERTY HOLDINGS LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Randal A. Nardone

Name:   Randal A. Nardone
MANAGEMENT INVESTOR

 

By:

 

/s/ Kelly Luvison

Name:   Kelly Luvison

 

-18-


Exhibit A

STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                          (          ) shares of the Common Stock of Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. standing in his name on the books of said Corporation represented by Certificate No.      and Certificate No.      herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                          attorney w transfer the stock on the books of said Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                             

 

 

 

 

A-1

Exhibit 10.19

EXECUTION COPY

MANAGEMENT SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

This Management Stockholder Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of May 17, 2006, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), and POLLY GRUNFELD SACK (hereinafter referred to as the “ Management Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Stockholders Agreement referred to below.

WHEREAS, the Management Investor is a key employee of the Company and Liberty Group Operating, Inc. (“ Operating ”);

WHEREAS, the Management Investor desires to purchase and the Company desires to issue and sell to the Management Investor, on the date hereof, shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company also desires to award to the Management Investor a restricted stock grant as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Grant of Common Stock .

(a) The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Management Investor, and the Management Investor hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, on the date hereof,              shares of Common Stock (the “ Purchased Shares ”), for a purchase price equal to $1,000.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $[    ]. The Purchased Shares shall be issued and sold to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Purchased Shares Shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(b) The Company hereby agrees to grant (in satisfaction of the Company’s restricted stock grant obligations in the employment agreement between the employee and the Company, if any), on March 1, 2006 (the “ Grant Date ”), 150 shares of Common Stock (the “ Restricted Shares ”), subject to the following:

(i) Subject to the terms of this Section 1(b), one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares shall vest on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Grant Date.

(ii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the Restricted Shares that would have vested under clause (i) above on the next succeeding anniversary of the


Grant Date following such termination; provided , however , that in no event shall the number of Restricted Shares subject to such vesting be less than one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares.

(iii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within twelve months after a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of all previously unvested Restricted Shares on the date of such termination.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Management Investor’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, all of the unvested Restricted Shares shall be forfeited.

(v) During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions set forth herein, the Management Investor will have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to all of the Restricted Shares granted hereunder, including without limitation the right to vote such shares and the right to receive all dividends or other distributions with respect to such shares. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as set forth in Section 2(b) the Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered (each such action a “ Transfer ”) until the restrictions set forth herein are removed or expire, and any additional requirements or restrictions contained in this Agreement have been satisfied, terminated or expressly waived by the Company in writing. In connection with the payment of any dividends, distributions or any other type of payment to the Management Investor, the Company shall be entitled to deduct any taxes or other amounts required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over to such authority for the Management Investor’s account.

(vi) The Restricted Shares granted hereunder shall be registered in the Management Investor’s name, but the certificates evidencing such Restricted Shares shall be retained by the Company during the period prior to the vesting of such shares as set forth herein. The Management Investor shall execute a stock power in the form of Exhibit A , in blank, with respect to such Restricted Shares and deliver the same to the Company. Upon satisfaction of the vesting requirement, the Restricted Shares shall be issued to the Management Investor free and dear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Restricted Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement the following term has the respective meaning set forth below:

(i) A “ Change in Control ” occurs if and when (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto (the “ Exchange Act ”), other than (i) a person who is stockholder of the Company as of the

 

- 2 -


date hereof, (ii) a person who is an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC or (iii) a person who becomes a stockholder of the Company as a result of any purchase of grant of any equity securities under this Agreement or under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement, becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities the Company representing 50.1% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding equity securities; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of stockholder; (b) individuals who constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) on or about March 1, 2006 (the “ Incumbent Board ”) have ceased for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to March 1, 2006 whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the nomination of such person for election as director without objection) shall be, for purposes of the Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (c) stockholders of the Company approve (or, if stockholder approval is not required, the Board approves (i) merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where those who are the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation will not beneficially own immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such stockholders to vote 50.1% or more of all votes to which all stockholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election, of directors, (ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or (iii) a plan of partial or complete liquidation of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not take place upon the initial public offering, as provided in Section 2(e) hereof, of the Company’s Common Stock, or any other class of the Company’s securities (as provided under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement).

2. Transfer of Stock .

(a) Resale of Stock . Without limitation to the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Shares which have not yet vested set forth in Section 1(b)(v), except as set forth in Section 2(b) the Management Investor shall not Transfer the Purchased Shares, the Restricted Shares or any other shares of stock of the Company now or hereinafter owned by the Management Investor, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.

(b) Drag Along Right .

(i) As used in this Agreement, the term “ Holder ” means the Management Investor, a Related Transferee (as defined below) of the Management Investor or an Outside Party (as defined below).

(ii) Right to Require Sale . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Parent agrees to sell 100% of the shares of Common Stock held by it to a third person who is not an affiliate of Parent or Fortress Investment Group LLC (a “ Third Party ”) or if Parent agrees to sell a portion of its shares pursuant to a transaction in which more than 50% of the total Common Stock of the Company will be sold to a Third

 

- 3 -


Party (either of such sales, a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then, upon the demand of Parent, each Holder hereby agrees to sell to such Third Party the same percentage of the total number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder on the date of the Drag-Along Notice (whether or not the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Shares have lapsed (i.e. regardless of whether such Restricted Shares have vested)), as the number of shares Parent is selling in the Drag-Along Sales bears to the total number of shares held be Parent as of the date of the Drag-Along Notice (the “ Sale Percentage ”), at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as Parent has agreed to with such Third Party; provided , however , that Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide that (i) the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is a representation and warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ownership of the shares of Common Stock to be sold by it and its ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the liability of any other Holder with respect to any representation and warranty made in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is the several liability of such other Holder (and not joint with any ether person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such other Holder in the Drag-Along Sale; provided further , that the Holder shall not be obligated to participate in any Drag Along Sale unless the Holder is provided an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Drag-Along Sale is not in violation of applicable federal or state securities or other laws or, if the Holder is not provided with an opinion with respect to any matters contemplated by this proviso, Parent shall (in addition to the indemnification contemplated below) indemnify the Holder for any violation. If the Drag-Along Sale is in the form of a merger transaction, the Holder agrees to vote his or her shares of Common Stock in favor of such merger and not to exercise any rights of appraisal or dissent afforded under applicable law.

(iii) Drag-Along Notice . Prior to making any Drag-Along Sale, if Parent elects to exercise the option described in this Section 2(b), Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Drag-Along Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor leas than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Drag Along Sale (the “ Drag-Along Sale Date ”). The Drag-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the Third Party; (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid per share and the terms and conditions of payment offered by the Third Party; (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by Parent as of the date that the Drag-Along Notice is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, telex or telecopy to the Holder; (iv) the sale percentage; (v) the Drag-Along Sale Date and (vi) confirmation that the proposed Third Party has agreed to purchase the Management Investor’s shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof.

(iv) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . The Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) shall record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which is not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the Third Party, on the Drag-Along Sale Date. If any part of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock is represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, the Holder shall deliver such certificate or certificates for such shares, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to such Third

 

- 4 -


Party on the Drag-Along Sale Date in the manner and at the address indicated in the Drag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for the shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Drag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(v) Consideration . The provisions of this Section 2(b) shall apply regardless of the form of consideration received in the Drag Along Sale.

(c) Tag-Along Rights .

(i) Right to Participate in Sale . If Parent enters into an agreement to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of (such transfer, sale or other disposition being referred to as a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) a majority of its shares of Common Stock of the Company held on the date hereof to a Third Party, then Parent shall afford the Holder the opportunity to participate proportionately in such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with this Section 2(c). The Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation (except as provided Section 2(b)), to participate in such Tag-Along Sale with respect to their Purchased Shares and Restricted Shares for which the restriction on Transfer have previously lapsed pursuant to Section 1(b) (collectively the “ Eligible Stock ”). The number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder will be entitled to include in such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Management Investor’s Allotment ”) shall be determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Eligible Stock held by the Holder on the Tag-Along Sale Date (as defined below), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of shares of Common Stock proposed by Parent to be sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the Tag-Along Sale and the denominator of which shall equal the total number of shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned by (a) Parent and (b) any holder of shares of Common Stock (including the Holder) that has the right to “tag-along” in the Tag-Along Sale on the Tag-Along Sale Date. The “ Tag Along Notice Date ” shall be the date that the Tag-Along Sale Notice (as defined below) is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, Telex or telecopy to the Holder.

(ii) Limitation on Management Investor Representations; Indemnity . Any sales of shares of Common Stock by a Holder as a result of the “Tag-Along Rights” granted to the Holder pursuant to this agreement shall be on the same terms and conditions as the proposed Tag-Along Sale by Parent; provided , however , that in negotiating a Tag-Along Sale, Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide (i) that the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with any transfer is a warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the warranty made in connection with any transfer is the several liability of the Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such Holder.

(iii) Sale Notice . Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Tag-Along Sale Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20)

 

- 5 -


days prior to the proposed date of the Tag Along Sale (the “ Tag-Along Sale Date ”). Each Tag-Along Sale Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of each proposed transferee or purchaser of shares in the Tag-Along Sale; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred or sold by Parent; (iii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid for such shares and the terms and conditions of payment offered by each proposed transferee or purchaser; (iv) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag Along Notice Date by Parent; (v) the Management Investor’s Allotment assuming the Holder elected to sell the maximum number of shares of Common Stock possible; (vi) confirmation that the proposed purchaser or transferee has been informed of the “Tag Along Rights” provided for herein and has agreed to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof and (viii) the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(iv) Tag-Along Notice . If the Holder wishes to participate in the Tag-Along Sale, the Holder shall provide written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to Parent no less than ten (10) days prior to the Tag-Along Sale Date. The Tag-Along Notice shall set forth the number of shares of Common Stock that such Holder elects to include in the Tag-Along Sale, which shall not exceed the Management Investor’s Allotment. The Tag-Along Notice shall also specify the aggregate number of additional shares of Common Stock owned of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by such Holder, if any, which such Holder desires also to include in the Tag Along Sale (“ Additional Shares ”) in the event there is any under-subscription for the entire amount of all Management Investors’ Allotments of all shares that may be included by persons having, and pursuant to, tag-along rights relative to Parent (collectively, the “ Management Investors’ Allotments ”). In the event there is an under-subscription by all holders of Management Investors’ Allotments for the entire amount of the Management Investors’ Allotments, Parent shall apportion the unsubscribed Management Investors’ Allotments to such holders whose tag-along apportionment shall be on a pro rata basis among such holders in accordance with the number of Additional Shares specified by all such holders in their Tag-Along Notice. The Tag-Along Notices given by the Holder shall constitute the Holder’s binding agreement to sell such shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions applicable to the Tag-Along Sale, subject to the provisions of Section 2(c)(ii) above; provided , however , that in the event that there is any material change in the terms and conditions of such Tag Along Sale applicable to the Holder after the Holder gives the Tag-Along Notice, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall have the right to withdraw from participation in the Tag-Along Sale with respect to all of its shares of Common Stock affected thereby. If the purchaser does not consummate the purchase of all of such shares on the same terms and conditions applicable to Parent (except as otherwise provided herein) then Parent shall not consummate the Tag-Along Sale of any of its shares to such transferee or purchaser, unless the shares of the Holder and Parent are reduced or limited pro rata in proportion to the respective number of shares actually sold in any such Tag-Along Sale.

If a Tag-Along Notice is not received by Parent from the Holder prior to the ten-day period specified above, Parent shall have the right to sell or otherwise transfer the number of

 

- 6 -


shares specified in the Tag-Along Notice to the proposed purchaser or transferee without any participation by such Holder, but only on terms and conditions which are no more favorable in any material respect to Parent than as, stated in the Tag-Along Notice to the Holder and only if such Tag-Along Sale occurs on a date within sixty (60) business days of the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(v) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, authorizes the Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) to record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of all of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which are not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale. On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, shall also deliver all certificates, if any, issued by the Company which represent shares of the Company’s Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale, in the manner and at the address indicated in the Tag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for such shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(vi) Exempt Transfers . The provisions of this Section 2(c) shall not apply to (i) any bona fide underwritten offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or any bona fide public distribution of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder; (ii) any transfer, sale or other disposition by Parent to one of its Affiliates (except that (A) prior to any such disposition, the party receiving such shares of Common Stock shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to Parent as if such transferee were an original party hereto and (B) any such shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to this Agreement); (iii) any redemption by the Company of its Common Stock or (iv) any distribution by Parent to its equity participants of shares of Common Stock, held by it; it being expressly understood and agreed that following such a distribution (x) the shares of Common Stock so distributed shall in no way be subject to this Agreement and (y) any such equity participant shall not he required or deemed to become a party to her Agreement or otherwise be subject to this Agreement.

(d) Transfer to Related Transferees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2, the Management Investor may Transfer the Management Investor’s Common Stock without restriction to the Management Investor’s Related Transferees (as defined below); provided that each such Related Transferee shall first (i) execute a written consent in form and substance satisfactory to the Company to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) give a duplicate original of such consent to the Company. The “ Related Transferee ” of the Management Investor shall consist of the Management Investor’s spouse, the Management Investor’s adult lineal descendants, the adult spouses of such lineal descendants, trusts solely for the benefit of the Management Investor’s spouse or the Management Investor’s minor or adult lineal descendants and, in the event of death, the Management Investor’s personal representatives (in their capacities as such), estate and named

 

- 7 -


beneficiaries. In the event of any transfer by the Management Investor to her Related Transferees of all or any part of the Management Investor’s Common Stock (or in the event of any subsequent transfer by any such Related Transferee to another Related Transferee of the Management Investor), such Related Transferees shall receive and hold said Common Stock subject to the terms of this Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Management Investor from whom such Common Stock was originally transferred as though said Common Stock was still owned by the Management Investor, and such Related Transferees shall be deemed Management Investors for the purposes of this Agreement. There shall be no further transfer of such Common Stock by a Related Transferee except between and among such Related Transferee, the Management Investor to whom such Related Transferee is related and the other Related Transferees of the Management Investor, or except as permitted by this Agreement.

(e) Termination . This Section 2 shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public generally in which the net proceeds to the Company are not less than $50,000,000.

3. Management Investor Representations; Legends on Certificates .

(a) Investment Risk . The Management Investor represents and acknowledges that (i) as a result of the Management Investor’s (A) existing relationship with the Company and by virtue of being an executive of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and (B) experience in financial matters, the Management Investor is properly able to evaluate the capital structure of the Company, the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the risks inherent therein; (ii) the Management Investor has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents from and to ask questions, and receive answers of, the officers and representatives of the Company and its Subsidiaries to the extent necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to an investment in the Company; (iii) the Management Investor has been and will be, to the extent the Management Investor deems necessary, advised by legal counsel of the Management Investor’s choice at Management Investor’s expense in connection with this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Purchased Shares hereunder, (iv) the purchase or issuance of the Purchased Shares hereunder will be consistent, in both nature and amount with the Management Investor’s overall program and financial condition, and the Management Investor’s financial condition will be such that the Management Investor will be able to bear the economic risk of holding unregistered Common Stock for which there is no market and to suffer a complete loss of the Management Investor’s investment therein and (v) the Management Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(3) under the Act. The Management Investor further acknowledges that investment in the Purchased Shares hereunder involves significant risks and that these risks include, without limitation, the fact that the Company has a leveraged financial structure.

(b) Purchase for Investment .

(i) The Management Investor represents and warrants that: (A) the Purchased Shares will be acquired for the Management Investor’s own amount for investment, without any present intention of selling or further distributing the same and the Management Investor will not have any reason to anticipate any change in the

 

- 8 -


Management Investor’s circumstances or any other particular occasion or event which would cause the Management Investor to sell any of such Common Stock and (B) the Management Investor is fully aware that in agreeing to sell or issue such Common Stock to the Management Investor the Company will be relying upon the truth and accuracy of these representations and warranties. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Shares except to its family members or affiliates. Any such disposal to family members or affiliates much be in compliance with the Act, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, the relevant state securities laws applicable to the Management Investor’s action and the terms of this Agreement.

(ii) The Management Investor Acknowledges that no trading market for the Common Stock exists currently or is expected to exist at any time in the foreseeable future and that, as a result, the Management Investor may be unable to sell any of the Common Stock acquired hereunder for an indefinite period. Further, the Company has no obligation to register any of the Common Stock.

(iii) The Management Investor acknowledges and agrees that nothing herein, including the opportunity to make an investment in the Company, shall be deemed to create any implication concerning the adequacy of the Management Investor’s services to the Company or its subsidiaries or shall be construed as an agreement by the Company or its subsidiaries, express or implied, to employ the Management Investor or contract for the Management Investor’s services, to restrict the right of the Company and Operating to discharge the Management Investor or cease contracting for the Management Investor’s services or to modify, extend or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the terms of any employment agreement or contract for services which may exist between the Management Investor and the Company or its subsidiaries.

(c) Legend on Certificates . Each stock certificate issued to the Management Investor upon written request to the Company representing Common Stock issued hereunder shall bear the following (or substantially equivalent) legends on the face or reverse side thereof:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT’), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE UNDER THE ACT OR LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER

 

- 9 -


AGREEMENT DATED AS OF March 1, 2006, BETWEEN THE PURCHASER PARTY THERETO AND THE COMPANY, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY, AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE VOTED, TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH VOTING, TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.

Any stock certificate issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificates bearing such legends (except a new certificate issued upon the completion of a public distribution of Common Stock represented thereby) shall also bear such (or substantially equivalent) legends, unless the Common Stock represented by such certificate is no longer subject to the provisions of this Agreement and, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the Common Stock represented thereby need no longer be subject to restrictions pursuant to the Act or applicable state securities law. The Company shall not be required to transfer on its books any certificate for Common Stock in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

4. Company “Call” Option .

(a) Upon the termination of the Management Investor’s employment or cessation of services as director with the Company of any of its subsidiaries for any reason (a “ Call Purchase Event ”), subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company may, at its option exercisable by written notice (a “ Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within ninety (90) days after the applicable Call Purchase Event or, in the event the applicable Call Purchase Event is the death of the Management Investor, within thirty (30) days after the appointment and qualification of the deceased Management Investor’s personal representative, if later), elect to purchase and, upon the giving of such notice, the Company shall be obligated to purchase and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, her personal representative) (the “ Seller ”) shall be obligated to sell, all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any) at a per share price equal to:

(i) In the case of a Termination for Cause, the lower of the purchase price of $1,000.00 per share or the Fair Market Value; or

(ii) in the case of a termination of employment for any reason other than Cause, the Fair Market Value.

(b) If the Company does not elect to exercise its option set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Company shall give written notice that it is not so electing to Parent within the time periods specified in paragraph (a) of this Section 4 for the giving of the Purchase Notice. Upon receipt of such notice from the Company, Parent shall have the option,

 

- 10 -


exercisable by written notice (a “ Parent Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice from the Company, to purchase from the Seller (and, upon the giving of the Parent Purchase Notice, Parent shall be obligated to purchase and the Seller shall be obligated to sell) all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Parent Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the seller at the per share place set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.

(c) In the event a purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall be prohibited by law or would cause a default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party, the obligations of the Seller and the Company pursuant to this Section 4 shall be suspended and no such default would be caused; provided , however , that (a) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for the shares shall accrue interest at the lowest rate necessary to prevent the imputation of interest or original issue discount under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reduced by any dividends or distributions on such Common Stock during the period of such suspension, which interest shall likewise be paid when such prohibition first lapses or is waived and no such default would be caused and (y) in the event of any such suspension, if Parent so elects and no violation of law would be caused and no default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party would result, the Company shall transfer its obligations under this Section 4 to Parent or to a subsidiary, in which case Parent or the subsidiary (as the case may be) and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor) shall be obligated to complete the purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.

(d) For the purposes of this Section 4, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” of each share of Common Stock shall be determined as of the time of the Call Purchase Event by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; provided , however , that such determination shall be based upon the Company as a going concern and shall not discount the value of such shares either because they are subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement or because they constitute only a minority interest in the Company.

(ii) A “ Termination for Cause ” shall mean termination of the Management Investor’s employment with, or service as a director of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries as a result of any of the following (each, a “ Cause ”; provided that in the event the Company has entered into an employment agreement with the Management Investor on or prior to the date hereof, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such employment agreement):

(i) the Management Investor commits any act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or serious misconduct in connection with the business of the Company or its subsidiaries including but not limited to, falsifying any documents or agreements (regardless of form); or

 

- 11 -


(ii) the Management Investor violates any material rule or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries (A) for which violation an employee may be terminated pursuant to the written policies of the Company or its subsidiaries reasonably applicable to an executive employee, or (B) which violation results in material damage to the Company or its subsidiaries, or (C) which, after written notice to do so, the Management Investor fails to correct within a reasonable time; or

(iii) the Management Investor willfully breaches or habitually neglects any material aspect of the Management Investor’s duties (A) as described in the Management Investor’s employment contract, or (B) in the ordinary course of the Management Investor’s employment or service as a director, or (C) assigned to the Management investor by the Company or its subsidiaries, which assignment was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries (all of the foregoing duties, “ Duties ”); or

(iv) the Management Investor fails, after written notice, adequately to perform any Duties and such failure is reasonably likely to have an adverse impact upon the Company, its subsidiaries or the operations of any of them; or

(v) the Management Investor materially fails to comply with a direction from the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to a material matter, which direction was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries; or

(vi) while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries, and without the written approval of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or, in case the Management Investor is such Chief Executive Officer, approval of the Company’s Board of Directors), the Management Investor performs services for any other corporation or person which competes with the Company or its subsidiaries or otherwise violates Section 5 hereof; or

(vii) the Management Investor is convicted by a court of competent jurisdiction of a felony (other than a traffic or moving violation) or any crime involving dishonesty; or

(viii) any other action or condition that may result in termination of an employee for cause pursuant to any generally applied standard, of which standard the Management Investor knew or reasonably should have known, adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time but prior to such action or condition; or

(ix) any willful breach by the Management Investor of his or her fiduciary duties as a director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

In the event that there is a dispute between the Management Investor and the Company as to whether “Cause” for termination exists: (x) such termination shall nonetheless be effective, (y) such dispute shall be subject to arbitration and (z) the payments or deliveries, if any, to be made by the Company or Parent or any subsidiary in connection with a sale or purchase of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor pursuant to this Section 4 shall be delayed until the final resolution of such dispute such arbitration.

 

- 12 -


5. Restrictive Covenants . The Management Investor acknowledges that during the period of her employment with the Company she shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

(a) Noncompetition . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of her employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, other than termination by the Company without Cause, the Management Investor shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. The Management Investor further covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship of the Management Investor, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc. The Management Investor agrees that during the period of her employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc. The Management Investor agrees that during the period of her employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

 

- 13 -


(d) Disparaging Comments . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of her employment with the Company and thereafter, the Management Investor shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of her employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of the Management Investor under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

Nothing contained in this Section 5 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Management Investor may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 6, the “Company” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes the Management Investor’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company for any reason. The Company shall be entitled, in connection with its tax planning or other reasons, to terminate a Management Investor’s employment (which termination shall not be considered a termination without Cause for purposes of this Agreement or otherwise) in connection with an invitation from another affiliate of the Company to accept employment with such affiliate on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Management Investor (both singly and in the aggregate) than her current employment in which case the terms and conditions hereof shall apply to the Management Investor’s employment relationship with such entity mutatis mutandis.

6. Confidentiality .

(a) All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all, other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the weeks and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires the Management Investor to do so. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor shall not at any time during the term of the Management Investor’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation; (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”), nor shall the Management Investor utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with the Management Investor’s employment by the Company. The Management Investor hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on the Management Investor’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement or any information required to be disclosed by

 

- 14 -


applicable law, rule, regulation or order or in order to enforce this Agreement or any employment agreement the Management Investor has with the Company. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates,

(b) The Management Investor agrees that she shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by her alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of the Management Investor, even if developed or improved by The Management Investor while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by the Management Investor to the Company. The Management Investor’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 6 shall continue beyond the Management Investor’s termination of employment and the Management Investor shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

7. Notices . All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received on the third full business day following the day of the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail or when delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission as follows:

(a) if to the Company, at its principal executive offices at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such, other place as the Company shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Management Investor;

(b) if to the Management Investor, at the address of the Management Investor as it appears on the signature page to this Agreement or at such other place as the Management Investor shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company;

(c) if to the Parent, at its principal executive office at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Parent shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company.

8. Specific Performance, Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase .

(a) Specific Performance . Due to the fact that the securities of the Company cannot be readily purchased or sold in the open market and because damages to the Company and its subsidiaries will be difficult to ascertain and remedies at law to the Company and its subsidiaries will be inadequate and for other reasons, the parties will be irreparably damaged in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by any of the parties hereto, the other parties shall, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled (without any bond or other security being required) to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage or that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

- 15 -


(b) Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase . The Management Investor acknowledges that if the Management Investor breaches any of the material terms or conditions contained in Sections 5 or 6 herein, (i) all of the Restricted Shares granted pursuant to Section 1(b) herein that have not yet vested shall be forfeited, and (ii) the Company, in accordance with Section 4 herein, shall have the right to repurchase all Purchased Shares, as such breach of any of the material terms or conditions contained in Sections 5 or 6 shall be deemed a Call Purchase Event due to a Termination for Cause.

9. Miscellaneous :

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company, and the Management Investor. In the case of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any other agreement between the Management Investor and the Company, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) In the event any capital stock of the Company or any other corporation shall be distributed on, with respect to, or in exchange for shares of Common Stock of the Company as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, reclassification or recapitalization in connection with any merger or reorganization, the restrictions, rights and options set forth in this Agreement shall apply with respect to such other capital stock to the same extent as they are, or would have been applicable, to the Common Stock acquired hereunder on, or with respect to, which such other capital stock was distributed.

(c) No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any waiver, consent or other instrument under or pursuant to this Agreement signed by, or binding upon, the Management Investor shall be valid and binding upon any and all persons or entities (other than the Company and the Parent) who may, at any time, have or claim any rights under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Parent and their respective successors and assigns and the Management Investor and the Management Investor’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting the Management Investor the right to transfer any of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares, except in accordance with this Agreement and any transferee shall hold the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares having only those rights and being subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement.

 

- 16 -


(e) If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

(f) Should any party to this Agreement be required to commence any litigation concerning any provision of this Agreement or the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, to the reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by reason of such litigation.

(g) The section headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said sections.

(h) Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and words in the plural shall be read and construed as though in the singular in all cases where they would so apply.

(i) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be fully effective as an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(j) The Management Investor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the jurisdiction of any Delaware State court or federal court of the United States sitting in the State of Delaware in any action or proceeding relation to this Agreement and consents to service of process in connection therewith by the delivery of notice to such Management Investor’s address set forth in this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of said state without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(l) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(m) Disparaging Comments . The Company agrees that during the period of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company and thereafter, the Company shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Management Investor or, after termination of her employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of the Company under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

 

- 17 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Stock Purchase Agreement as of the first date written above.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Michael E. Reed

Name:

 

Michael E. Reed

Its:

 

C.E.O.

FIF III LIBERTY HOLDINGS LLC

By:

 

/s/ William B. Doniger

Name:

 

William B. Doniger

Its:

 

 

MANAGEMENT INVESTOR

By:

 

/s/ Polly Grunfeld Sack

Name:

 

POLLY GRUNFELD SACK

 

- 18 -


Exhibit A

STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                          (          ) shares of the Common Stock of Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. standing in her name on the books of said Corporation represented by Certificate No.      and Certificate No.      herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                          attorney to transfer the stock on the books of said Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                             

 

 

Exhibit 10.20

EXECUTION COPY

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

This Management Stockholder Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of June      , 2005, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), and GERRY SMITH (hereinafter referred to as the “ Management Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Stockholders Agreement referred to below.

WHEREAS, the Management Investor is a key employee of the Company and Liberty Group Operating, Inc. (“ Operating ”);

WHEREAS, the Management Investor desires to purchase and the Company desires to issue and sell to the Management Investor, on the date hereof, shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company also desires to award to the Management Investor a restricted stock grant as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Grant of Common Stock

(a) The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Management Investor, and the Management Investor hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, on the date hereof, 100 shares of Common Stock (the “ Purchased Shares ”), for a purchase price equal to $1,000.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000.00. The Purchased Shares shall be issued and sold to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Purchased Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(b) The Company hereby agrees to grant (in satisfaction of the Company’s restricted stock grant obligations in the employment agreement between the employee and the Company, if any), on the date hereof, 300 shares of Common Stock (the “ Restricted Shares ”), subject to the following:

(i) Subject to the terms of this Section 1(b), one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares shall vest on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the date hereof.

(ii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the Restricted Shares that would have vested under clause (i) above on the next succeeding anniversary of the date hereof


following such termination; provided , however , that in no event shall the number of Restricted Shares subject to such vesting be less than one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares.

(iii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within twelve months after a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of all previously unvested Restricted Shares on the date of such termination.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Management Investor’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, all of the Restricted Shares shall be forfeited, regardless of whether such shares had previously vested.

(v) During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions set forth herein, the Management Investor will have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to all of the Restricted Shares granted hereunder, including without limitation the right to vote such shares and the right to receive all dividends or other distributions with respect to such shares. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered (each such action a “ Transfer ”) until the restrictions set forth herein are removed or expire, and any additional requirements or restrictions contained in this Agreement have been satisfied, terminated or expressly waived by the Company in writing. In connection with the payment of any dividends, distributions or any other type of payment to the Management Investor, the Company shall be entitled to deduct any taxes or other amounts required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over to such authority for the Management Investor’s account.

(vi) The Restricted Shares granted hereunder shall be registered in the Management Investor’s name, but the certificates evidencing such Restricted Shares shall be retained by the Company during the period prior to the vesting of such shares as set forth herein. The Management Investor shall execute a stock power in the form of Exhibit A , in blank, with respect to such Restricted Shares and deliver the same to the Company. Upon satisfaction of the vesting requirement, the Restricted Shares shall be issued to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Restricted Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the following term has the respective meaning set forth below:

(i) A “ Change in Control ” occurs if and when (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto (the “Exchange Act”), other than (i) a person who is stockholder of the Company as of the date hereof, and (ii) a person who becomes a stockholder of the Company as a result of any purchase of grant of any equity securities under this Agreement or under any other Company-

 

2


sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement, becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50.1% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding equity securities; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of stockholder; (b) individuals who constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on or about June      , 2005 (the “Incumbent Board”) have ceased for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to June      , 2005 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the nomination of such person for election as director without objection) shall be, for purposes of the Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (c) stockholders of the Company approve (or, if stockholder approval is not required, the Board approves (i) merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where those who are the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such stockholders to vote 50.1% or more of all votes to which all stockholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, (ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) a plan of partial or complete liquidation of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not take place upon the initial public offering, as provided in Section 2(e) hereof, of the Company’s Common Stock, or any other class of the Company’s securities (as provided under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement).

2. Transfer of Stock .

(a) Resale of Stock . Without limitation to the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Share which have not yet vested set forth in Section 1(b)(v), the Management Investor shall not Transfer the Purchased Shares, the Restricted Shares or any other shares of stock of the Company now or hereinafter owned by the Management Investor, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.

(b) Drag Along Right .

(i) As used in this Agreement, the term “ Holder ” means the Management Investor, a Related Transferee (as defined below) of the Management Investor or an Outside Party (as defined below).

(ii) Right to Require Sale . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Parent agrees to sell 100% of the shares of Common Stock held by it to a third person who is not an affiliate of Parent (a “ Third Party ”) or if Parent agrees to sell a portion of its shares pursuant to a transaction in which more than 50% of the total Common Stock of the Company will be sold to a Third Party (either of such sales, a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then, upon the demand of Parent, each Holder hereby agrees to sell to such Third Party the same percentage of the total number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder

 

3


on the date of the Drag-Along Notice, as the number of shares Parent is selling in the Drag-Along Sales bears to the total number of shares held be Parent as of the date of the Drag-Along Notice (the “ Sale Percentage ”), at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as Parent has agreed to with such Third Party; provided , however , that Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide that (i) the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is a representation and warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ownership of the shares of Common Stock to be sold by it and its ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the liability of any other Holder with respect to any representation and warranty made in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is the several liability of such other Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such other Holder in the Drag-Along Sale; provided further , that the Holder shall not be obligated to participate in any Drag Along Sale unless the Holder is provided an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Drag-Along Sale is not in violation of applicable federal or state securities or other laws or, if the Holder is not provided with an opinion with respect to any matters contemplated by this proviso, Parent shall (in addition to the indemnification contemplated below) indemnify the Holder for any violation. If the Drag-Along Sale is in the form of a merger transaction, the Holder agrees to vote his or her shares of Common Stock in favor of such merger and not to exercise any rights of appraisal or dissent afforded under applicable law.

(iii) Drag-Along Notice . Prior to making any Drag-Along Sale, if Parent elects to exercise the option described in this Section 2(b), Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Drag-Along Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Drag Along Sale (the “ Drag-Along Sale Date ”). The Drag-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the Third Party; (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid per share and the terms and conditions of payment offered by the Third Party; (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by Parent as of the date that the Drag-Along Notice is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, telex or telecopy to the Holder; (iv) the sale percentage; (v) the Drag-Along Sale Date and (vi) confirmation that the proposed Third Party has agreed to purchase the Management Investor’s shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof.

(iv) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . The Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) shall record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which is not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the Third Party, on the Drag-Along Sale Date. If any part of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock is represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, the Holder shall deliver such certificate or certificates for such shares, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to such Third Party on the Drag-Along Sale Date in the manner and at the address indicated in the Drag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for the shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Drag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

 

4


(v) Consideration . The provisions of this Section 2(b) shall apply regardless of the form of consideration received in the Drag-Along Sale.

(c) Tag-Along Rights .

(i) Right to Participate in Sale . If Parent enters into an agreement to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of (such transfer, sale or other disposition being referred to as a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) a majority of its shares of Common Stock of the Company held on the date hereof, then Parent shall afford the Holder the opportunity to participate proportionately in such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with this Section 2(c). The Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation (except as provided in Section 2(b)), to participate in such Tag-Along Sale. The number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder will be entitled to include in such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Management Investor’s Allotment ”) shall be determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Holder on the Tag-Along Sale Date (as defined below), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator or which shall equal the number of shares of Common Stock proposed by Parent to be sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the Tag-Along Sale and the denominator of which shall equal the total number of shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned by (a) Parent and (b) any holder of shares of Common Stock (including the Holder) that has the right to “tag-along” in the Tag-Along Sale on the Tag-Along Sale Date. The “ Tag Along Notice Date ” shall be the date that the Tag-Along Sale Notice (as defined below) is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, Telex or telecopy to the Holder.

(ii) Limitation on Management Investor Representations; Indemnity . Any sales of shares of Common Stock by a Holder as a result of the “Tag-Along Rights” granted to the Holder pursuant to this agreement shall be on the same terms and conditions as the proposed Tag-Along Sale by Parent; provided , however , that in negotiating a Tag-Along Sale, Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide (i) that the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with any transfer is a warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the warranty made in connection with any transfer is the several liability of the Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such Holder.

(iii) Sale Notice . Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Tag-Along Sale Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Tag-Along Sale (the “ Tag-Along Sale Date ”). Each Tag-Along Sale Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of each proposed transferee or purchaser of shares in the Tag-Along Sale; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred or sold by Parent; (iii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid for such shares and the terms and conditions of payment offered by each proposed transferee or purchaser; (iv) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held of

 

5


record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by Parent; (v) the Management Investor’s Allotment assuming the Holder elected to sell the maximum number of shares of Common Stock possible; (vi) confirmation that the proposed purchaser or transferee has been informed of the “Tag-Along Rights” provided for herein and has agreed to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof and (vii) the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(iv) Tag-Along Notice . If the Holder wishes to participate in the Tag-Along Sale, the Holder shall provide written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to Parent no less than ten (10) days prior to the Tag-Along Sale Date. The Tag-Along Notice shall set forth the number of shares of Common Stock that such Holder elects to include in the Tag-Along Sale, which shall not exceed the Management Investor’s Allotment. The Tag-Along Notice shall also specify the aggregate number of additional shares of Common Stock owned of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by such Holder, if any, which such Holder desires also to include in the Tag-Along Sale (“ Additional Shares ”) in the event there is any under-subscription for the entire amount of all Management Investors’ Allotments of all shares that may be included by persons having, and pursuant to, tag-along rights relative to Parent (collectively, the “ Management Investors’ Allotments ”). In the event there is an under-subscription by all holders of Management Investors’ Allotments for the entire amount of the Management Investors’ Allotments, Parent shall apportion the unsubscribed Management Investors’ Allotments to such holders whose tag-along apportionment shall be on a pro rata basis among such holders in accordance with the number of Additional Shares specified by all such holders in their Tag-Along Notice. The Tag-Along Notices given by the Holder shall constitute the Holder’s binding agreement to sell such shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions applicable to the Tag-Along Sale, subject to the provisions of Section 2(c)(ii) above; provided , however , that in the event that there is any material change in the terms and conditions of such Tag Along Sale applicable to the Holder after the Holder gives the Tag-Along Notice, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall have the right to withdraw from participation in the Tag-Along Sale with respect to all of its shares of Common Stock affected thereby. If the purchaser does not consummate the purchase of all of such shares on the same terms and conditions applicable to Parent (except as otherwise provided herein) then Parent shall not consummate the Tag-Along Sale of any of its shares to such transferee or purchaser, unless the shares of the Holder and Parent are reduced or limited pro rata in proportion to the respective number of shares actually sold in any such Tag-Along Sale.

If a Tag-Along Notice is not received by Parent from the Holder prior to the ten-day period specified above, Parent shall have the right to sell or otherwise transfer the number of shares specified in the Tag-Along Notice to the proposed purchaser or transferee without any participation by such Holder, but only on terms and conditions which are no more favorable in any material respect to Parent than as stated in the Tag-Along Notice to the Holder and only if such Tag-Along Sale occurs on a date within sixty (60) business days of the Tag-Along Sale Date.

 

6


(v) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, authorizes the Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) to record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of all of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which are not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale. On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, shall also deliver all certificates, if any, issued by the Company which represent shares of the Company’s Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale, in the manner and at the address indicated in the Tag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for such shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(vi) Exempt Transfers . The provisions of this Section 2(c) shall not apply to (i) any bona fide underwritten offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or any bona fide public distribution of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder; (ii) any transfer, sale or other disposition by Parent to one of its Affiliates (except that (A) prior to any such disposition, the party receiving such shares of Common Stock shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to Parent as if such transferee were an original party hereto and (B) any such shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to this Agreement); (iii) any redemption by the Company of its Common Stock or (iv) any distribution by Parent to its equity participants of shares of Common Stock, held by it; it being expressly understood and agreed that following such a distribution (x) the shares of Common Stock so distributed shall in no way be subject to this Agreement and (y) any such equity participant shall not be required or deemed to become a party to his Agreement or otherwise be subject to this Agreement.

(d) Transfer to Related Transferees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2, the Management Investor may Transfer the Management Investor’s Common Stock without restriction to the Management Investor’s Related Transferees (as defined below); provided that each such Related Transferee shall first (i) execute a written consent in form and substance satisfactory to the Company to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) give a duplicate original of such consent to the Company. The “ Related Transferee ” of the Management Investor shall consist of the Management Investor’s spouse, the Management Investor’s adult lineal descendants, the adult spouses of such lineal descendants, trusts solely for the benefit of the Management Investor’s spouse or the Management Investor’s minor or adult lineal descendants and, in the event of death, the Management Investor’s personal representatives (in their capacities as such), estate and named beneficiaries. In the event of any transfer by the Management Investor to his Related Transferees of all or any part of the Management Investor’s Common Stock (or in the event of any subsequent transfer by any such Related Transferee to another Related Transferee of the Management Investor), such Related Transferees shall receive and hold said Common Stock subject to the terms of this Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Management Investor from whom such Common Stock was originally transferred as though said Common Stock was still owned by the Management Investor, and such Related Transferees shall be deemed Management Investors for the purposes of this Agreement. There shall be no further transfer of such Common Stock by a

 

7


Related Transferee except between and among such Related Transferee, the Management Investor to whom such Related Transferee is related and the other Related Transferees of the Management Investor, or except as permitted by this Agreement.

(e) Termination . This Section 2 shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public generally in which the net proceeds to the Company are not less than $50,000,000.

3. Management Investor Representations; Legends on Certificates .

(a) Investment Risk . The Management Investor represents and acknowledges that (i) as a result of the Management Investor’s (A) existing relationship with the Company and by virtue of being an executive of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and (B) experience in financial matters, the Management Investor is properly able to evaluate the capital structure of the Company, the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the risks inherent therein; (ii) the Management Investor has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents from and to ask questions, and receive answers of, the officers and representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries to the extent necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to an investment in the Company; (iii) the Management Investor has been and will be, to the extent the Management Investor deems necessary, advised by legal counsel of the Management Investor’s choice at Management Investor’s expense in connection with this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Purchased Shares hereunder, (iv) the purchase or issuance of the Purchased Shares hereunder will be consistent, in both nature and amount, with the Management Investor’s overall investment program and financial condition, and the Management Investor’s financial condition will be such that the Management Investor will be able to bear the economic risk of holding unregistered Common Stock for which there is no market and to suffer a complete loss of the Management Investor’s investment therein and (v) the Management Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(3) under the Act. The Management Investor further acknowledges that investment in the Purchased Shares hereunder involves significant risks and that these risks include, without limitation, the fact that the Company has a leveraged financial structure.

(b) Purchase for Investment .

(i) The Management Investor represents and warrants that: (A) the Purchased Shares will be acquired for the Management Investor’s own account for investment, without any present intention of selling or further distributing the same and the Management Investor will not have any reason to anticipate any change in the Management Investor’s circumstances or any other particular occasion or event which would cause the Management Investor to sell any of such Common Stock and (B) the Management Investor is fully aware that in agreeing to sell or issue such Common Stock to the Management Investor the Company will be relying upon the truth and accuracy of these representations and warranties. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Shares except, to its family members or affiliates. Any such disposal to family members or affiliates much be in compliance with the Act, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, the relevant state securities laws applicable to the Management Investor’s action and the terms of this Agreement.

 

8


(ii) The Management Investor Acknowledges that no trading market for the Common Stock exists currently or is expected to exist at any time in the foreseeable future and that, as a result, the Management Investor may be unable to sell any of the Common Stock acquired hereunder for an indefinite period. Further, the Company has no obligation to register any of the Common Stock.

(iii) The Management Investor acknowledges and agrees that nothing herein, including the opportunity to make an investment in the Company, shall be deemed to create any implication concerning the adequacy of the Management Investor’s services to the Company or its subsidiaries or shall be construed as an agreement by the Company or its subsidiaries, express or implied, to employ the Management Investor or contract for the Management Investor’s services, to restrict the right of the Company and Operating to discharge the Management Investor or cease contracting for the Management Investor’s services or to modify, extend or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the terms of any employment agreement or contract for services which may exist between the Management Investor and the Company or its subsidiaries.

(c) Legend on Certificates . Each stock certificate issued to the Management Investor upon written request to the Company representing Common Stock issued hereunder shall bear the following (or substantially equivalent) legends on the face or reverse side thereof:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE UNDER THE ACT OR LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF June       , 2005, BETWEEN THE PURCHASER PARTY THERETO AND THE COMPANY, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY, AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE VOTED, TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH VOTING, TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.

 

9


Any stock certificate issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificates bearing such legends (except a new certificate issued upon the completion of a public distribution of Common Stock represented thereby) shall also bear such (or substantially equivalent) legends, unless the Common Stock represented by such certificate is no longer subject to the provisions of this Agreement and, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the Common Stock represented thereby need no longer be subject to restrictions pursuant to the Act or applicable state securities law. The Company shall not be required to transfer on its books any certificate for Common Stock in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

4. Company “Call” Option .

(a) Upon the termination of the Management Investor’s employment or cessation of services as director with the Company or any of its subsidiaries for any reason (a “ Call Purchase Event ”), subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company may, at its option exercisable by written notice (a “ Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within ninety (90) days after the applicable Call Purchase Event (or, in the event the applicable Call Purchase Event is the death of the Management Investor, within thirty (30) days after the appointment and qualification of the deceased Management Investor’s personal representative, if later), elect to purchase and, upon the giving of such notice, the Company shall be obligated to purchase and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, his personal representative) (the “ Seller ” shall be obligated to sell, all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor (and his Related Transferees, if any) at a per share price equal to:

(i) in the case of a Termination for Cause, the lower of the purchase price of $1,000.00 per share or the Fair Market Value; or

(ii) in the case of a termination of employment for any reason other than Cause, the Fair Market Value.

(b) If the Company does not elect to exercise its option set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Company shall give written notice that it is not so electing to Parent within the time periods specified in paragraph (a) of this Section 4 for the giving of the Purchase Notice. Upon receipt of such notice from the Company, Parent shall have the option, exercisable by written notice (a “ Parent Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice from the Company, to purchase from the Seller (and, upon the giving of the Parent Purchase Notice, Parent shall be obligated to purchase and the Seller shall be obligated to sell) all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Parent Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Seller at the per share price set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.

(c) In the event a purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall be prohibited by law or would cause a default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a

 

10


party, the obligations of the Seller and the Company pursuant to this Section 4 shall be suspended and no such default would be caused; provided , however , that (x) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for the shares shall accrue interest at the lowest rate necessary to prevent the imputation of interest or original issue discount under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reduced by any dividends or distributions on such Common Stock during the period of such suspension, which interest shall likewise be paid when such prohibition first lapses or is waived and no such default would be caused and (y) in the event of any such suspension, if Parent so elects and no violation of law would be caused and no default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party would result, the Company shall transfer its obligations under this Section 4 to Parent or to a subsidiary, in which case Parent or the subsidiary (as the case may be) and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor) shall be obligated to complete the purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.

(d) For the purposes of this Section 4, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” of each share of Common Stock shall be determined as of the time of the Call Purchase Event by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; provided , however , that such determination shall be based upon the Company as a going concern and shall not discount the value of such shares either because they are subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement or because they constitute only a minority interest in the Company.

(ii) A “ Termination for Cause ” shall mean termination of the Management Investor’s employment with, or service as a director of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries as a result of any of the following (each, a “ Cause ”; provided that in the event the Company has entered into an employment agreement with the Management Investor on or prior to the date hereof, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such employment agreement):

(i) the Management Investor commits any act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or serious misconduct in connection with the business of the Company or its subsidiaries, including but not limited to, falsifying any documents or agreements (regardless of form); or

(ii) the Management Investor materially violates any rule or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries (A) for which violation an employee may be terminated pursuant to the written policies of the Company or its subsidiaries reasonably applicable to an executive employee, or (B) which violation results in material damage to the Company or its subsidiaries, or (C) which, after written notice to do so, the Management Investor fails to correct within a reasonable time; or

(iii) the Management Investor willfully breaches or habitually neglects any material aspect of the Management Investor’s duties (A) as described in the

 

11


Management Investor’s employment contract, or (B) in the ordinary course of the Management Investor’s employment or service as a director, or (C) assigned to the Management Investor by the Company or its subsidiaries, which assignment was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries (all of the foregoing duties, “ Duties ”); or

(iv) the Management Investor fails, after written notice, adequately to perform any Duties and such failure is reasonably likely to have an adverse impact upon the Company, its subsidiaries or the operations of any of them; or

(v) the Management Investor materially fails to comply with a direction from the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to a material matter, which direction was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries; or

(vi) while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries, and without the written approval of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or, in case the Management Investor is such Chief Executive Officer, approval of the Company’s Board of Directors), the Management Investor performs services for any other corporation or person which competes with the Company or its subsidiaries or otherwise violates Section 5 hereof; or

(vii) the Management Investor is convicted by a court of competent jurisdiction of a felony (other than a traffic or moving violation) or any crime involving dishonesty; or

(viii) any other action or condition that may result in termination of an employee for cause pursuant to any generally applied standard, of which standard the Management Investor knew or reasonably should have known, adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time but prior to such action or condition; or

(ix) any willful breach by the Management Investor of his or her fiduciary duties as a director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

In the event that there is a dispute between the Management Investor and the Company as to whether “Cause” for termination exists: (x) such termination shall nonetheless be effective, (y) such dispute shall be subject to arbitration and (z) the payments or deliveries, if any, to be made by the Company or Parent or any subsidiary in connection with a sale or purchase of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor pursuant to this Section 4 shall be delayed until the final resolution of such dispute in such arbitration.

5. Restrictive Covenants . The Management Investor acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

 

12


(a) Noncompetition . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, other than termination by the Company without Cause, the Management Investor shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. The Management Investor further covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on the Management Investor, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, the Management Investor shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of the Management Investor under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

 

13


Nothing contained in this Section 5 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Management Investor may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 6, the “Company” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes the Management Investor’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company for any reason. The Company shall be entitled, in connection with its tax planning or other reasons, to terminate a Management Investor’s employment (which termination shall not be considered a termination without Cause for purposes of this Agreement or otherwise) in connection with an invitation from another affiliate of the Company to accept employment with such affiliate in which case the terms and conditions hereof shall apply to the Management Investor’s employment relationship with such entity mutatis mutandis.

6. Confidentiality .

(a) All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires the Management Investor to do so. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor shall not at any time during the term of the Management Investor’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “Confidential Information”), nor shall the Management Investor utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with the Management Investor’s employment by the Company. The Management Investor hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on the Management Investor’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

(b) The Management Investor agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by him alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this

 

14


Agreement and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of the Management Investor, even if developed or improved by The Management Investor while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by the Management Investor to the Company. The Management Investor’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 6 shall continue beyond the Management Investor’s termination of employment and the Management Investor shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

7. Notices . All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received on the third full business day following the day of the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail or when delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission as follows:

(a) if to the Company, at its principal executive offices at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Management Investor;

(b) if to the Management Investor, at the address of the Management Investor as it appears on the signature page to this Agreement or at such other place as the Management Investor shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company;

(c) if to the Parent, at its principal executive office at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Parent shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company.

8. Specific Performance, Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase .

(a) Specific Performance . Due to the fact that the securities of the Company cannot be readily purchased or sold in the open market and because damages to the Company and its subsidiaries will be difficult to ascertain and remedies at law to the Company and its subsidiaries will be inadequate and for other reasons, the parties will be irreparably damaged in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by any of the parties hereto, the other parties shall, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled (without any bond or other security being required) to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage or that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase. The Management Investor acknowledges that if the Management Investor breaches any terms or conditions contained in Sections 5 or 6 herein, (i) all of the Restricted Shares granted pursuant to Section 1(b) herein shall be forfeited, and (ii) the Company, in accordance with Section 4 herein, shall have the right to repurchase all Purchased Shares, as such breach of Sections 5 or 6 shall be deemed a Call Purchase Event due to a Termination for Cause.

 

15


9. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company, and the Management Investor.

(b) In the event any capital stock of the Company or any other corporation shall be distributed on, with respect to, or in exchange for shares of Common Stock of the Company as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, reclassification or recapitalization in connection with any merger or reorganization, the restrictions, rights and options set forth in this Agreement shall apply with respect to such other capital stock to the same extent as they are, or would have been applicable, to the Common Stock acquired hereunder on, or with respect to, which such other capital stock was distributed.

(c) No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any waiver, consent or other instrument under or pursuant to this Agreement signed by, or binding upon, the Management Investor shall be valid and binding upon any and all persons or entities (other than the Company and the Parent) who may, at any time, have or claim any rights under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Parent and their respective successors and assigns and the Management Investor and the Management Investor’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting the Management Investor the right to transfer any of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares, except in accordance with this Agreement and any transferee shall hold the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares having only those rights and being subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement.

(e) If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

(f) Should any party to this Agreement be required to commence any litigation concerning any provision of this Agreement or the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, to the reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by reason of such litigation.

(g) The section headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said sections.

 

16


(h) Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and words in the plural shall be read and construed as though in the singular in all cases where they would so apply.

(i) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be fully effective as an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(j) The Management Investor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the jurisdiction of any Delaware State court or federal court of the United States sitting in the State of Delaware in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and consents to service of process in connection therewith by the delivery of notice to such Management Investor’s address set forth in this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of said state without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(l) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Stock Purchase Agreement as of the first date written above.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Daniel D. Lewis

Name:

 

Daniel D. Lewis

Its:

 

Chief Financial Officer

FIF III LIBERTY HOLDINGS LLC

By:

 

/s/ Randal A. Nardone

Name:

 

Randal A. Nardone

MANAGEMENT INVESTOR

By:

 

/s/ Gerry Smith

Name:

 

GERRY SMITH


Exhibit A

STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                  (          ) shares of the Common Stock of Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. standing in his name on the books of said Corporation represented by Certificate No.      and Certificate No.      herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                          attorney to transfer the stock on the books of said Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                         

 

 

Exhibit 10.21

EXECUTION COPY

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

This Management Stockholder Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of May 17, 2006, by and between Liberty Group Publishing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), and MARK THOMPSON (hereinafter referred to as the “ Management Investor ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Stockholders Agreement referred to below.

WHEREAS, the Management Investor is a key employee of the Company and Liberty Group Operating, Inc. (“ Operating ”);

WHEREAS, the Management Investor desires to purchase and the Company desires to issue and sell to the Management Investor, on the date hereof, shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company also desires to award to the Management Investor a restricted stock grant as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Grant of Common Stock

(a) The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Management Investor, and the Management Investor hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, on the date hereof,             shares of Common Stock (the “ Purchased Shares ”), for a purchase price equal to $1,000.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $[ ]. The Purchased Shares shall be issued and sold to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Purchased Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(b) The Company hereby agrees to grant (in satisfaction of the Company’s restricted stock grant obligations in the employment agreement between the employee and the Company, if any), on March 1, 2006 (the “Grant Date”), 150 shares of Common Stock (the “ Restricted Shares ”), subject to the following:

(i) Subject to the terms of this Section 1(b), one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares shall vest on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the Grant Date.

(ii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of the percentage of the Restricted Shares that would have vested under clause (i) above on the next succeeding anniversary of the Grant Date


following such termination; provided , however , that in no event shall the number of Restricted Shares subject to such vesting be less than one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Shares.

(iii) In the event the Management Investor’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within twelve months after a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined below), the Management Investor shall immediately vest as the owner of all previously unvested Restricted Shares on the date of such termination.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Management Investor’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, all of the unvested Restricted Shares shall be forfeited.

(v) During the period prior to the lapse and removal of the vesting restrictions set forth herein, the Management Investor will have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to all of the Restricted Shares granted hereunder, including without limitation the right to vote such shares and the right to receive all dividends or other distributions with respect to such shares. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as set forth in Section 2(b) the Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered (each such action a “ Transfer ”) until the restrictions set forth herein are removed or expire, and any additional requirements or restrictions contained in this Agreement have been satisfied, terminated or expressly waived by the Company in writing. In connection with the payment of any dividends, distributions or any other type of payment to the Management Investor, the Company shall be entitled to deduct any taxes or other amounts required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over to such authority for the Management Investor’s account.

(vi) The Restricted Shares granted hereunder shall be registered in the Management Investor’s name, but the certificates evidencing such Restricted Shares shall be retained by the Company during the period prior to the vesting of such shares as set forth herein. The Management Investor shall execute a stock power in the form of Exhibit A , in blank, with respect to such Restricted Shares and deliver the same to the Company. Upon satisfaction of the vesting requirement, the Restricted Shares shall be issued to the Management Investor free and clear of all liens, other than restrictions and legends pursuant to federal or state securities laws and the terms of this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Restricted Shares shall be considered to be “Common Stock”.

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the following term has the respective meaning set forth below:

(i) A “ Change in Control ” occurs if and when (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto (the “Exchange Act”), other than (i) a person who is stockholder of the Company as of the date hereof, (ii) a person who is an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC or (iii) a person who becomes a stockholder of the Company as a result of any purchase of grant of any equity

 

2


securities under this Agreement or under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement, becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50.1% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding equity securities; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of stockholder; (b) individuals who constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on or about March 1, 2006 (the “Incumbent Board”) have ceased for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to March 1, 2006 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters (3/4) of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the nomination of such person for election as director without objection) shall be, for purposes of the Agreement, considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (c) stockholders of the Company approve (or, if stockholder approval is not required, the Board approves (i) merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where those who are the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such stockholders to vote 50.1% or more of all votes to which all stockholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, (ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) a plan of partial or complete liquidation of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not take place upon the initial public offering, as provided in Section 2(e) hereof, of the Company’s Common Stock, or any other class of the Company’s securities (as provided under any other Company-sponsored plan, agreement or arrangement).

2. Transfer of Stock .

(a) Resale of Stock . Without limitation to the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Shares which have not yet vested set forth in Section 1(b)(v), except as set forth in Section 2(b) the Management Investor shall not Transfer the Purchased Shares, the Restricted Shares or any other shares of stock of the Company now or hereinafter owned by the Management Investor, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.

(b) Drag Along Right .

(i) As used in this Agreement, the term “ Holder ” means the Management Investor, a Related Transferee (as defined below) of the Management Investor or an Outside Party (as defined below).

(ii) Right to Require Sale . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Parent agrees to sell 100% of the shares of Common Stock held by it to a third person who is not an affiliate of Parent or Fortress Investment Group LLC (a “ Third Party ”) or if Parent agrees to sell a portion of its shares pursuant to a transaction in which more than 50% of the total Common Stock of the Company will be sold to a Third Party (either of such sales, a “ Drag-Along Sale ”), then, upon the demand of Parent, each Holder hereby agrees to sell to such Third Party the same percentage of the total number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder

 

3


on the date of the Drag-Along Notice (whether or not the restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Shares have lapsed (i.e. regardless of whether such Restricted Shares have vested)), as the number of shares Parent is selling in the Drag-Along Sales bears to the total number of shares held be Parent as of the date of the Drag-Along Notice (the “ Sale Percentage ”), at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as Parent has agreed to with such Third Party; provided , however , that Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide that (i) the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is a representation and warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ownership of the shares of Common Stock to be sold by it and its ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the liability of any other Holder with respect to any representation and warranty made in connection with the Drag-Along Sale is the several liability of such other Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such other Holder in the Drag-Along Sale; provided further , that the Holder shall not be obligated to participate in any Drag Along Sale unless the Holder is provided an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Drag-Along Sale is not in violation of applicable federal or state securities or other laws or, if the Holder is not provided with an opinion with respect to any matters contemplated by this proviso, Parent shall (in addition to the indemnification contemplated below) indemnify the Holder for any violation. If the Drag-Along Sale is in the form of a merger transaction, the Holder agrees to vote his or her shares of Common Stock in favor of such merger and not to exercise any rights of appraisal or dissent afforded under applicable law.

(iii) Drag-Along Notice . Prior to making any Drag-Along Sale, if Parent elects to exercise the option described in this Section 2(b), Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Drag-Along Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Drag Along Sale (the “ Drag-Along Sale Date ”). The Drag-Along Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the Third Party; (ii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid per share and the terms and conditions of payment offered by the Third Party; (iii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by Parent as of the date that the Drag-Along Notice is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, telex or telecopy to the Holder; (iv) the sale percentage; (v) the Drag-Along Sale Date and (vi) confirmation that the proposed Third Party has agreed to purchase the Management Investor’s shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof.

(iv) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . The Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) shall record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which is not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the Third Party, on the Drag-Along Sale Date. If any part of the Sale Percentage of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock is represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, the Holder shall deliver such certificate or certificates for such shares, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to such Third Party on the Drag-Along Sale Date in the manner and at the address indicated in the Drag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for the shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Drag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

 

4


(v) Consideration . The provisions of this Section 2(b) shall apply regardless of the form of consideration received in the Drag-Along Sale.

(c) Tag-Along Rights .

(i) Right to Participate in Sale . If Parent enters into an agreement to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of (such transfer, sale or other disposition being referred to as a “ Tag-Along Sale ”) a majority of its shares of Common Stock of the Company held on the date hereof to a Third Party, then Parent shall afford the Holder the opportunity to participate proportionately in such Tag-Along Sale in accordance with this Section 2(c). The Holder shall have the right, but not the obligation (except as provided in Section 2(b)), to participate in such Tag-Along Sale with respect to their Purchased Shares and Restricted Shares for which the restriction on Transfer have previously lapsed pursuant to Section 1(b) (collectively the “Elligible Stock”). The number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder will be entitled to include in such Tag-Along Sale (the “ Management Investor’s Allotment ”) shall be determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Common Stock held by the Holder on the Tag-Along Sale Date (as defined below), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator or which shall equal the number of shares of Common Stock proposed by Parent to be sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the Tag-Along Sale and the denominator of which shall equal the total number of shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned by (a) Parent and (b) any holder of shares of Common Stock (including the Holder) that has the right to “tag-along” in the Tag-Along Sale on the Tag-Along Sale Date. The “ Tag Along Notice Date ” shall be the date that the Tag-Along Sale Notice (as defined below) is first delivered, mailed or sent by courier, Telex or telecopy to the Holder.

(ii) Limitation on Management Investor Representations; Indemnity . Any sales of shares of Common Stock by a Holder as a result of the “Tag-Along Rights” granted to the Holder pursuant to this agreement shall be on the same terms and conditions as the proposed Tag-Along Sale by Parent; provided , however , that in negotiating a Tag-Along Sale, Parent shall use its reasonable, good faith efforts to provide (i) that the only representation and warranty which the Holder shall be required to make in connection with any transfer is a warranty with respect to the Holder’s own ability to convey title thereto free and clear of liens, encumbrances or adverse claims and (ii) that the warranty made in connection with any transfer is the several liability of the Holder (and not joint with any other person) and that such liability is limited to the amount of proceeds actually received by such Holder.

(iii) Sale Notice . Parent shall provide the Holder with written notice (the “ Tag-Along Sale Notice ”) not more than sixty (60) nor less than twenty (20) days prior to the proposed date of the Tag-Along Sale (the “ Tag-Along Sale Date ”). Each Tag-Along Sale Notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of each proposed transferee or purchaser of shares in the Tag-Along Sale; (ii) the number of shares proposed to be transferred or sold by Parent; (iii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid for such shares and the terms and conditions of payment offered by each proposed transferee or purchaser; (iv) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by Parent; (v) the Management Investor’s Allotment assuming the Holder elected to sell the maximum number of shares of Common Stock possible; (vi) confirmation that the proposed purchaser or transferee has been informed of the “Tag-Along Rights” provided for herein and has agreed to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof and (vii) the Tag-Along Sale Date.

 

5


(iv) Tag-Along Notice . If the Holder wishes to participate in the Tag-Along Sale, the Holder shall provide written notice (the “ Tag-Along Notice ”) to Parent no less than ten (10) days prior to the Tag-Along Sale Date. The Tag-Along Notice shall set forth the number of shares of Common Stock that such Holder elects to include in the Tag-Along Sale, which shall not exceed the Management Investor’s Allotment. The Tag-Along Notice shall also specify the aggregate number of additional shares of Common Stock owned of record as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Tag-Along Notice Date by such Holder, if any, which such Holder desires also to include in the Tag-Along Sale (“ Additional Shares ”) in the event there is any under-subscription for the entire amount of all Management Investors’ Allotments of all shares that may be included by persons having, and pursuant to, tag-along rights relative to Parent (collectively, the “ Management Investors’ Allotments ”). In the event there is an under-subscription by all holders of Management Investors’ Allotments for the entire amount of the Management Investors’ Allotments, Parent shall apportion the unsubscribed Management Investors’ Allotments to such holders whose tag-along apportionment shall be on a pro rata basis among such holders in accordance with the number of Additional Shares specified by all such holders in their Tag-Along Notice. The Tag-Along Notices given by the Holder shall constitute the Holder’s binding agreement to sell such shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions applicable to the Tag-Along Sale, subject to the provisions of Section 2(c)(ii) above; provided , however , that in the event that there is any material change in the terms and conditions of such Tag Along Sale applicable to the Holder after the Holder gives the Tag-Along Notice, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall have the right to withdraw from participation in the Tag-Along Sale with respect to all of its shares of Common Stock affected thereby. If the purchaser does not consummate the purchase of all of such shares on the same terms and conditions applicable to Parent (except as otherwise provided herein) then Parent shall not consummate the Tag-Along Sale of any of its shares to such transferee or purchaser, unless the shares of the Holder and Parent are reduced or limited pro rata in proportion to the respective number of shares actually sold in any such Tag-Along Sale.

If a Tag-Along Notice is not received by Parent from the Holder prior to the ten-day period specified above, Parent shall have the right to sell or otherwise transfer the number of shares specified in the Tag-Along Notice to the proposed purchaser or transferee without any participation by such Holder, but only on terms and conditions which are no more favorable in any material respect to Parent than as stated in the Tag-Along Notice to the Holder and only if such Tag-Along Sale occurs on a date within sixty (60) business days of the Tag-Along Sale Date.

(v) Authority to Record Transfer/Delivery of Certificates . On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, authorizes the Company (or the Company’s transfer agent, if any) to record in the Company’s books and records the transfer of all of the Holder’s shares of Common Stock which are not represented by one or more certificates issued by the Company, from the Holder to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale. On the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Holder, if a participant therein, shall also deliver all certificates, if any, issued by the Company which represent shares of the Company’s Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer with signatures guaranteed, to the purchaser in the Tag-Along Sale, in the manner and at

 

6


the address indicated in the Tag-Along Notice against delivery of the purchase price for such shares; provided , however , that in the event the Company has possession of any such certificate(s) pursuant to this Agreement, upon the written request of the Holder at least five (5) business days in advance of the Tag-Along Sale Date, the Company shall deliver such certificate(s) to the purchaser at the time and in the manner described above.

(vi) Exempt Transfers . The provisions of this Section 2(c) shall not apply to (i) any bona fide underwritten offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or any bona fide public distribution of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder; (ii) any transfer, sale or other disposition by Parent to one of its Affiliates (except that (A) prior to any such disposition, the party receiving such shares of Common Stock shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to Parent as if such transferee were an original party hereto and (B) any such shares of Common Stock shall continue to be subject to this Agreement); (iii) any redemption by the Company of its Common Stock or (iv) any distribution by Parent to its equity participants of shares of Common Stock, held by it; it being expressly understood and agreed that following such a distribution (x) the shares of Common Stock so distributed shall in no way be subject to this Agreement and (y) any such equity participant shall not be required or deemed to become a party to his Agreement or otherwise be subject to this Agreement.

(d) Transfer to Related Transferees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2, the Management Investor may Transfer the Management Investor’s Common Stock without restriction to the Management Investor’s Related Transferees (as defined below); provided that each such Related Transferee shall first (i) execute a written consent in form and substance satisfactory to the Company to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) give a duplicate original of such consent to the Company. The “ Related Transferee ” of the Management Investor shall consist of the Management Investor’s spouse, the Management Investor’s adult lineal descendants, the adult spouses of such lineal descendants, trusts solely for the benefit of the Management Investor’s spouse or the Management Investor’s minor or adult lineal descendants and, in the event of death, the Management Investor’s personal representatives (in their capacities as such), estate and named beneficiaries. In the event of any transfer by the Management Investor to his Related Transferees of all or any part of the Management Investor’s Common Stock (or in the event of any subsequent transfer by any such Related Transferee to another Related Transferee of the Management Investor), such Related Transferees shall receive and hold said Common Stock subject to the terms of this Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of the Management Investor from whom such Common Stock was originally transferred as though said Common Stock was still owned by the Management Investor, and such Related Transferees shall be deemed Management Investors for the purposes of this Agreement. There shall be no further transfer of such Common Stock by a Related Transferee except between and among such Related Transferee, the Management Investor to whom such Related Transferee is related and the other Related Transferees of the Management Investor, or except as permitted by this Agreement.

(e) Termination . This Section 2 shall terminate upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public generally in which the net proceeds to the Company are not less than $50,000,000.

 

7


3. Management Investor Representations; Legends on Certificates .

(a) Investment Risk . The Management Investor represents and acknowledges that (i) as a result of the Management Investor’s (A) existing relationship with the Company and by virtue of being an executive of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, and (B) experience in financial matters, the Management Investor is properly able to evaluate the capital structure of the Company, the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the risks inherent therein; (ii) the Management Investor has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents from and to ask questions, and receive answers of, the officers and representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries to the extent necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to an investment in the Company; (iii) the Management Investor has been and will be, to the extent the Management Investor deems necessary, advised by legal counsel of the Management Investor’s choice at Management Investor’s expense in connection with this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Purchased Shares hereunder, (iv) the purchase or issuance of the Purchased Shares hereunder will be consistent, in both nature and amount, with the Management Investor’s overall investment program and financial condition, and the Management Investor’s financial condition will be such that the Management Investor will be able to bear the economic risk of holding unregistered Common Stock for which there is no market and to suffer a complete loss of the Management Investor’s investment therein and (v) the Management Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(3) under the Act. The Management Investor further acknowledges that investment in the Purchased Shares hereunder involves significant risks and that these risks include, without limitation, the fact that the Company has a leveraged financial structure.

(b) Purchase for Investment .

(i) The Management Investor represents and warrants that: (A) the Purchased Shares will be acquired for the Management Investor’s own account for investment, without any present intention of selling or further distributing the same and the Management Investor will not have any reason to anticipate any change in the Management Investor’s circumstances or any other particular occasion or event which would cause the Management Investor to sell any of such Common Stock and (B) the Management Investor is fully aware that in agreeing to sell or issue such Common Stock to the Management Investor the Company will be relying upon the truth and accuracy of these representations and warranties. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Purchased Shares except, to its family members or affiliates. Any such disposal to family members or affiliates much be in compliance with the Act, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, the relevant state securities laws applicable to the Management Investor’s action and the terms of this Agreement.

(ii) The Management Investor Acknowledges that no trading market for the Common Stock exists currently or is expected to exist at any time in the foreseeable future and that, as a result, the Management Investor may be unable to sell any of the Common Stock acquired hereunder for an indefinite period. Further, the Company has no obligation to register any of the Common Stock.

 

8


(iii) The Management Investor acknowledges and agrees that nothing herein, including the opportunity to make an investment in the Company, shall be deemed to create any implication concerning the adequacy of the Management Investor’s services to the Company or its subsidiaries or shall be construed as an agreement by the Company or its subsidiaries, express or implied, to employ the Management Investor or contract for the Management Investor’s services, to restrict the right of the Company and Operating to discharge the Management Investor or cease contracting for the Management Investor’s services or to modify, extend or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the terms of any employment agreement or contract for services which may exist between the Management Investor and the Company or its subsidiaries.

(c) Legend on Certificates . Each stock certificate issued to the Management Investor upon written request to the Company representing Common Stock issued hereunder shall bear the following (or substantially equivalent) legends on the face or reverse side thereof:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE UNDER THE ACT OR LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 1, 2006, BETWEEN THE PURCHASER PARTY THERETO AND THE COMPANY, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY, AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE VOTED, TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH VOTING, TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.

Any stock certificate issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificates bearing such legends (except a new certificate issued upon the completion of a public distribution of Common Stock represented thereby) shall also bear such (or substantially equivalent) legends, unless the Common Stock represented by such certificate is no longer subject to the provisions of this Agreement and, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the Common Stock represented thereby need no longer be subject to restrictions pursuant to the Act or applicable state securities law. The Company shall not be required to transfer on its books any certificate for Common Stock in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9


4. Company “Call” Option .

(a) Upon the termination of the Management Investor’s employment or cessation of services as director with the Company or any of its subsidiaries for any reason (a “ Call Purchase Event ”), subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the Company may, at its option exercisable by written notice (a “ Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within ninety (90) days after the applicable Call Purchase Event (or, in the event the applicable Call Purchase Event is the death of the Management Investor, within thirty (30) days after the appointment and qualification of the deceased Management Investor’s personal representative, if later), elect to purchase and, upon the giving of such notice, the Company shall be obligated to purchase and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, his personal representative) (the “ Seller ”) shall be obligated to sell, all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor (and his Related Transferees, if any) at a per share price equal to:

(i) in the case of a Termination for Cause, the lower of the purchase price of $1,000.00 per share or the Fair Market Value; or

(ii) in the case of a termination of employment for any reason other than Cause, the Fair Market Value.

(b) If the Company does not elect to exercise its option set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Company shall give written notice that it is not so electing to Parent within the time periods specified in paragraph (a) of this Section 4 for the giving of the Purchase Notice. Upon receipt of such notice from the Company, Parent shall have the option, exercisable by written notice (a “ Parent Purchase Notice ”) delivered to the Management Investor (or, in the case of a deceased Management Investor, the Management Investor’s personal representative) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice from the Company, to purchase from the Seller (and, upon the giving of the Parent Purchase Notice, Parent shall be obligated to purchase and the Seller shall be obligated to sell) all, or any lesser portion indicated in the Parent Purchase Notice, of the Common Stock held by the Seller at the per share price set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.

(c) In the event a purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4 shall be prohibited by law or would cause a default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be a party, the obligations of the Seller and the Company pursuant to this Section 4 shall be suspended and no such default would be caused; provided , however , that (x) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for the shares shall accrue interest at the lowest rate necessary to prevent the imputation of interest or original issue discount under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reduced by any dividends or distributions on such Common Stock during the period of such suspension, which interest shall likewise be paid when such prohibition first lapses or is waived and no such default would be caused and (y) in the event of any such suspension, if Parent so elects and no violation of law would be caused and no default under the terms of any indenture or loan agreement or other instrument to which the Company or any of its

 

10


subsidiaries may be a party would result, the Company shall transfer its obligations under this Section 4 to Parent or to a subsidiary, in which case Parent or the subsidiary (as the case may be) and the Management Investor (and the Related Transferees, if any, of the Management Investor) shall be obligated to complete the purchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4.

(d) For the purposes of this Section 4, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” of each share of Common Stock shall be determined as of the time of the Call Purchase Event by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; provided , however , that such determination shall be based upon the Company as a going concern and shall not discount the value of such shares either because they are subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement or because they constitute only a minority interest in the Company.

(ii) A “ Termination for Cause ” shall mean termination of the Management Investor’s employment with, or service as a director of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries as a result of any of the following (each, a “ Cause ”; provided that in the event the Company has entered into an employment agreement with the Management Investor on or prior to the date hereof, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such employment agreement):

(i) the Management Investor commits any act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation or serious misconduct in connection with the business of the Company or its subsidiaries, including but not limited to, falsifying any documents or agreements (regardless of form); or

(ii) the Management Investor violates any material rule or policy of the Company or its subsidiaries (A) for which violation an employee may be terminated pursuant to the written policies of the Company or its subsidiaries reasonably applicable to an executive employee, or (B) which violation results in material damage to the Company or its subsidiaries, or (C) which, after written notice to do so, the Management Investor fails to correct within a reasonable time; or

(iii) the Management Investor willfully breaches or habitually neglects any material aspect of the Management Investor’s duties (A) as described in the Management Investor’s employment contract, or (B) in the ordinary course of the Management Investor’s employment or service as a director, or (C) assigned to the Management Investor by the Company or its subsidiaries, which assignment was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries (all of the foregoing duties, “ Duties ”); or

(iv) the Management Investor fails, after written notice, adequately to perform any Duties and such failure is reasonably likely to have an adverse impact upon the Company, its subsidiaries or the operations of any of them; or

 

11


(v) the Management Investor materially fails to comply with a direction from the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries with respect to a material matter, which direction was reasonable in light of the Management Investor’s position with the Company or its subsidiaries; or

(vi) while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries, and without the written approval of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (or, in case the Management Investor is such Chief Executive Officer, approval of the Company’s Board of Directors), the Management Investor performs services for any other corporation or person which competes with the Company or its subsidiaries or otherwise violates Section 5 hereof; or

(vii) the Management Investor is convicted by a court of competent jurisdiction of a felony (other than a traffic or moving violation) or any crime involving dishonesty; or

(viii) any other action or condition that may result in termination of an employee for cause pursuant to any generally applied standard, of which standard the Management Investor knew or reasonably should have known, adopted in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time but prior to such action or condition; or

(ix) any willful breach by the Management Investor of his or her fiduciary duties as a director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

In the event that there is a dispute between the Management Investor and the Company as to whether “Cause” for termination exists: (x) such termination shall nonetheless be effective, (y) such dispute shall be subject to arbitration and (z) the payments or deliveries, if any, to be made by the Company or Parent or any subsidiary in connection with a sale or purchase of the Common Stock held by the Management Investor pursuant to this Section 4 shall be delayed until the final resolution of such dispute in such arbitration.

5. Restrictive Covenants . The Management Investor acknowledges that during the period of his employment with the Company he shall have access to the Company’s Confidential Information (as defined below) and will meet and develop relationships with the Company’s potential and existing suppliers, financing sources, clients, customers and employees.

(a) Noncompetition . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following termination of such employment for any reason, other than termination by the Company without Cause, the Management Investor shall not directly or indirectly, either as a principal, agent, employee, employer, consultant, partner, shareholder of a closely held corporation or shareholder in excess of five (5%) percent of a publicly traded corporation, corporate officer or director, or in any other individual or representative capacity, engage or otherwise participate in any manner or fashion in any business that is in competition in any manner whatsoever with the business activities of the Company or its affiliates in the United States. The Management Investor further

 

12


covenants and agrees that this restrictive covenant is reasonable as to duration, terms and geographical area and that the same protects the legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, imposes no undue hardship on the Management Investor, is not injurious to the public, and that any violation of this restrictive covenant shall be specifically enforceable in any court with jurisdiction upon short notice.

(b) Solicitation of Employees, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit or induce any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of the Company or any of its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage any such person or entity to leave or sever his, her or its employment or other relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason or (ii) hire any individual who left the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates during the immediately preceding one-year period.

(c) Solicitation of Clients, Etc . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and for the one (1) year period immediately following the date of termination of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Management Investor shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (i) any customers or clients of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates or (ii) any vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract to the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for the purpose of associating with any competitor of the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise encourage such customers or clients, or vendors, suppliers or consultants then under contract, to terminate his, her or its relationship with the Company or its successors, assigns, subsidiaries or affiliates, for any other reason.

(d) Disparaging Comments . The Management Investor agrees that during the period of his employment with the Company and thereafter, the Management Investor shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of the Management Investor under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

Nothing contained in this Section 5 shall limit any common law or statutory obligation that the Management Investor may have to the Company or any of its affiliates. For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 6, the “Company” refers to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company, including any entity which becomes the Management Investor’s employer as a result of any reorganization or restructuring of the Company for any reason. The Company shall be entitled, in connection with its tax planning or other reasons, to terminate a Management Investor’s employment (which termination shall not be considered a

 

13


termination without Cause for purposes of this Agreement or otherwise) in connection with an invitation from another affiliate of the Company to accept employment with such affiliate on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Management Investor (both singly and in the aggregate) than his current employment in which case the terms and conditions hereof shall apply to the Management Investor’s employment relationship with such entity mutatis mutandis.

6. Confidentiality .

(a) All books of account, records, systems, correspondence, documents, and any and all other data, in whatever form, concerning or containing any reference to the works and business of the Company or its affiliated companies shall belong to the Company and shall be given up to the Company whenever the Company requires the Management Investor to do so. The Management Investor agrees that the Management Investor shall not at any time during the term of the Management Investor’s employment or thereafter, without the Company’s prior written consent, disclose to any person (individual or entity) any information or any trade secrets, plans or other information or data, in whatever form, (including, without limitation, (i) any financing strategies and practices, pricing information and methods, training and operational procedures, advertising, marketing, and sales information or methodologies or financial information and (ii) any Proprietary Information (as defined below)), concerning the Company’s or any of its affiliated companies’ or customers’ practices, businesses, procedures, systems, plans or policies (collectively, “Confidential Information”), nor shall the Management Investor utilize any such Confidential Information in any way or communicate with or contact any such customer other than in connection with the Management Investor’s employment by the Company. The Management Investor hereby confirms that all Confidential Information constitutes the Company’s exclusive property, and that all of the restrictions on the Management Investor’s activities contained in this Agreement and such other nondisclosure policies of the Company are required for the Company’s reasonable protection. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement or any information required to be disclosed by applicable law, rule, regulation or order or in order to enforce this Agreement or any employment agreement the Management Investor has with the Company. This confidentiality provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not be limited by any other confidentiality agreements entered into with the Company or any of its affiliates.

(b) The Management Investor agrees that he shall promptly disclose to the Company in writing all information and inventions generated, conceived or first reduced to practice by him alone or in conjunction with others, during or after working hours, while in the employ of the Company (all of which is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “ Proprietary Information ”); provided , however , that such Proprietary Information shall not include (i) any information that has otherwise been disclosed to the public not in violation of this Agreement and (ii) general business knowledge and work skills of the Management Investor, even if developed or improved by The Management Investor while in the employ of the Company. All such Proprietary Information shall be the exclusive property of the Company and is hereby assigned by the Management Investor to the Company. The Management Investor’s obligation relative to the disclosure to the Company of such Proprietary Information anticipated in this Section 6 shall continue beyond the Management Investor’s termination of employment and the Management Investor shall, at the Company’s expense, give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires to perfect, protect and use its right to the Proprietary Information.

 

14


7. Notices . All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received on the third full business day following the day of the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail or when delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission as follows:

(a) if to the Company, at its principal executive offices at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Company shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Management Investor;

(b) if to the Management Investor, at the address of the Management Investor as it appears on the signature page to this Agreement or at such other place as the Management Investor shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company;

(c) if to the Parent, at its principal executive office at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other place as the Parent shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company.

8. Specific Performance, Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase .

(a) Specific Performance . Due to the fact that the securities of the Company cannot be readily purchased or sold in the open market and because damages to the Company and its subsidiaries will be difficult to ascertain and remedies at law to the Company and its subsidiaries will be inadequate and for other reasons, the parties will be irreparably damaged in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by any of the parties hereto, the other parties shall, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled (without any bond or other security being required) to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage or that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) Forfeiture, Right to Repurchase . The Management Investor acknowledges that if the Management Investor breaches any of the material terms or conditions contained in Sections 5 or 6 herein, (i) all of the Restricted Shares granted pursuant to Section 1(b) herein that have not yet vested shall be forfeited, and (ii) the Company, in accordance with Section 4 herein, shall have the right to repurchase all Purchased Shares, as such breach of any of the material terms or conditions contained in Sections 5 or 6 shall be deemed a Call Purchase Event due to a Termination for Cause.

9. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company, and the Management Investor. In the case of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any other agreement between the Management Investor and the Company, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

 

15


(b) In the event any capital stock of the Company or any other corporation shall be distributed on, with respect to, or in exchange for shares of Common Stock of the Company as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, reclassification or recapitalization in connection with any merger or reorganization, the restrictions, rights and options set forth in this Agreement shall apply with respect to such other capital stock to the same extent as they are, or would have been applicable, to the Common Stock acquired hereunder on, or with respect to, which such other capital stock was distributed.

(c) No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any waiver, consent or other instrument under or pursuant to this Agreement signed by, or binding upon, the Management Investor shall be valid and binding upon any and all persons or entities (other than the Company and the Parent) who may, at any time, have or claim any rights under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares.

(d) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Parent and their respective successors and assigns and the Management Investor and the Management Investor’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting the Management Investor the right to transfer any of the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares, except in accordance with this Agreement and any transferee shall hold the Purchased Shares or the Restricted Shares having only those rights and being subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement.

(e) If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

(f) Should any party to this Agreement be required to commence any litigation concerning any provision of this Agreement or the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, to the reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred by reason of such litigation.

(g) The section headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said sections.

(h) Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and words in the plural shall be read and construed as though in the singular in all cases where they would so apply.

 

16


(i) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be fully effective as an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(j) The Management Investor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the jurisdiction of any Delaware State court or federal court of the United States sitting in the State of Delaware in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and consents to service of process in connection therewith by the delivery of notice to such Management Investor’s address set forth in this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of said state without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(l) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(m) Disparaging Comments . The Company agrees that during the period of the Management Investor’s employment with the Company and thereafter, the Company shall not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Management Investor or, after termination of his employment relationship with the Company, make any comments concerning any aspect of the termination of their relationship. The obligations of the Company under this subparagraph shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency.

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Stock Purchase Agreement as of the first date written above.

 

LIBERTY GROUP PUBLISHING, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Michael E. Reed

Name:   MICHAEL E. REED
Its:   C.E.O.
FIF III LIBERTY HOLDINGS LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ William B. Doniger

Name:   William B. Doniger
MANAGEMENT INVESTOR

 

By:

 

/s/ Mark Thompson

Name:   MARK THOMPSON


Exhibit A

STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                          hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                          (          ) shares of the Common Stock of Liberty Group Publishing, Inc. standing in his name on the books of said Corporation represented by Certificate No.      and Certificate No.      herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                          attorney to transfer the stock on the books of said Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                             

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.22

LOGO

Published CUSIP Number: 36734TAA1

 


$610,000,000

FIRST LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

GATEHOUSE MEDIA HOLDCO, INC.,

as Holdco,

GATEHOUSE MEDIA OPERATING, INC.

as the Company,

GATEHOUSE MEDIA MASSACHUSETTS I, INC.,

HPM MERGER SUB, INC.,

ENM MERGER SUB, INC.,

and

ENHE ACQUISITION, LLC,

as Subsidiary Borrowers,

THE DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARIES OF HOLDCO

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

as Guarantors,

THE LENDERS PARTIES HERETO,

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

as Syndication Agent,

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Documentation Agent

and

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent

Dated as of June 6, 2006

WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

and

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

as Co-Lead Arrangers and Co-Book Runners

 

      LOGO
  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS    1
     Section 1.1    Defined Terms.    1
     Section 1.2    Other Definitional Provisions.    34
     Section 1.3    Accounting Terms.    35
     Section 1.4    Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities.    35
     Section 1.5    Time References.    35
ARTICLE II THE LOANS; AMOUNT AND TERMS    36
     Section 2.1    Revolving Loans.    36
     Section 2.2    Term Loan.    38
     Section 2.3    Letter of Credit Subfacility.    39
     Section 2.4    Swingline Loan Subfacility.    43
     Section 2.5    Incremental Facilities.    45
     Section 2.6    Fees.    47
     Section 2.7    Commitment Reductions.    48
     Section 2.8    Prepayments.    48
     Section 2.9    Default Rate and Payment Dates.    51
     Section 2.10    Conversion Options.    52
     Section 2.11    Computation of Interest and Fees; Usury.    53
     Section 2.12    Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.    54
     Section 2.13    Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent.    56
     Section 2.14    Inability to Determine Interest Rate.    57
     Section 2.15    Illegality.    57
     Section 2.16    Requirements of Law.    58
     Section 2.17    Indemnity.    60
     Section 2.18    Taxes.    60
     Section 2.19    Indemnification; Nature of Issuing Lender’s Duties.    62
     Section 2.20    Obligation to Mitigate.    63
     Section 2.21    Replacement of Lenders.    64
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    65
     Section 3.1    Financial Condition.    65
     Section 3.2    No Change.    67
     Section 3.3    Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.    67
     Section 3.4    Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.    67
     Section 3.5    No Legal Bar; No Default.    68
     Section 3.6    No Material Litigation.    68
     Section 3.7    Investment Company Act, Etc.    68
     Section 3.8    Margin Regulations.    69
     Section 3.9    ERISA.    69
     Section 3.10    Environmental Matters.    69
     Section 3.11    Use of Proceeds.    70
     Section 3.12    Subsidiaries.    70
     Section 3.13    Ownership.    71
     Section 3.14    Indebtedness.    71

 

i


Section 3.15

   Taxes.    71

Section 3.16

   Intellectual Property Rights.    71

Section 3.17

   Solvency.    72

Section 3.18

   Investments.    72

Section 3.19

   Location of Collateral.    72

Section 3.20

   No Burdensome Restrictions.    73

Section 3.21

   Brokers’ Fees.    73

Section 3.22

   Labor Matters.    73

Section 3.23

   Accuracy and Completeness of Information.    73

Section 3.24

   Insurance.    73

Section 3.25

   Security Documents.    74

Section 3.26

   Classification of Senior Indebtedness.    74

Section 3.27

   Anti-Terrorism Laws.    74

Section 3.28

   Compliance with OFAC Rules and Regulations.    74

Section 3.29

   Directors; Capitalization.    74

Section 3.30

   Consummation of Acquisitions; Representations and Warranties from Other Documents.    75

Section 3.31

   Compliance with FCPA.    75
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT    75

Section 4.1

   Conditions to Closing Date.    75

Section 4.2

   Conditions to All Extensions of Credit.    80
ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS    81

Section 5.1

   Financial Statements.    82

Section 5.2

   Certificates; Other Information.    83

Section 5.3

   Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations.    84

Section 5.4

   Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence.    84

Section 5.5

   Maintenance of Property; Insurance.    85

Section 5.6

   Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions.    85

Section 5.7

   Notices.    86

Section 5.8

   Environmental Laws.    87

Section 5.9

   Financial Covenants.    88

Section 5.10

   Additional Guarantors.    90

Section 5.11

   Compliance with Law.    90

Section 5.12

   Pledged Assets.    90

Section 5.13

   Hedging Agreements.    91

Section 5.14

   Covenants Regarding Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights.    91

Section 5.15

   Credit Facility Ratings.    93

Section 5.16

   Post-Closing Covenants; Further Assurances    93
ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS    94

Section 6.1

   Indebtedness.    94

Section 6.2

   Liens.    95

Section 6.3

   Nature of Business.    96

Section 6.4

   Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc.    96

Section 6.5

   Advances, Investments and Loans.    98

Section 6.6

   Transactions with Affiliates.    98

Section 6.7

   Ownership of Subsidiaries; Restrictions.    98

 

ii


Section 6.8

   Corporate Changes; Accounting Methods.    99

Section 6.9

   Limitation on Restricted Actions.    99

Section 6.10

   Restricted Payments.    99

Section 6.11

   Amendment of Secured Bridge Loan or other Subordinated Debt.    101

Section 6.12

   Sale Leasebacks.    101

Section 6.13

   No Further Negative Pledges.    102

Section 6.14

   Account Control Agreements; Additional Accounts.    102
ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT    103

Section 7.1

   Events of Default.    103

Section 7.2

   Acceleration; Remedies.    106
ARTICLE VIII THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT    107

Section 8.1

   Appointment.    107

Section 8.2

   Delegation of Duties.    107

Section 8.3

   Exculpatory Provisions.    107

Section 8.4

   Reliance by Administrative Agent.    108

Section 8.5

   Notice of Default.    108

Section 8.6

   Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders.    109

Section 8.7

   Indemnification.    119

Section 8.8

   Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity.    110

Section 8.9

   Successor Administrative Agent.    110

Section 8.10

   Nature of Duties.    110

Section 8.11

   Intercreditor Agreement.    110

Section 8.12

   Releases.    111
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS    111

Section 9.1

   Amendments, Waivers and Release of Collateral.    111

Section 9.2

   Notices.    113

Section 9.3

   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.    115

Section 9.4

   Survival of Representations and Warranties.    115

Section 9.5

   Payment of Expenses and Taxes.    115

Section 9.6

   Successors and Assigns; Participations.    116

Section 9.7

   Adjustments; Set-off.    120

Section 9.8

   Table of Contents and Section Headings.    121

Section 9.9

   Counterparts.    121

Section 9.10

   Effectiveness.    121

Section 9.11

   Severability.    121

Section 9.12

   Integration.    121

Section 9.13

   Governing Law.    122

Section 9.14

   Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.    122

Section 9.15

   Confidentiality.    122

Section 9.16

   Acknowledgments.    123

Section 9.17

   Waivers of Jury Trial; Waiver of Consequential Damages.    124

Section 9.18

   Patriot Act Notice.    124

Section 9.19

   Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers; Company as Agent.    124
ARTICLE X GUARANTY    125

Section 10.1

   The Guaranty.    125

Section 10.2

   Bankruptcy.    125

Section 10.3

   Nature of Liability.    125

Section 10.4

   Independent Obligation.    125

Section 10.5

   Authorization.    125

Section 10.6

   Reliance.    127

Section 10.7

   Waiver.    127

Section 10.8

   Limitation on Enforcement.    128

Section 10.9

   Confirmation of Payment.    128

 

iii


Schedules     
Schedule 1.1(a)      Account Designation Letter
Schedule 1.1(b)      Investments
Schedule 1.1(c)      Liens
Schedule 1.1(d)      Cost Savings
Schedule 1.1(e)      Consolidated Historical Fixed Charges
Schedule 1.1(f)      Consolidated Historical EBITDA
Schedule 1.1(g)      Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 2.1(b)(i)      Form of Notice of Borrowing
Schedule 2.1(e)      Form of Revolving Note
Schedule 2.2(d)      Form of Term Loan Note
Schedule 2.4(d)      Form of Swingline Note
Schedule 2.10      Form of Notice of Conversion/Extension
Schedule 2.18      Tax Exempt Certificate
Schedule 3.3      Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification
Schedule 3.12      Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.16      Intellectual Property
Schedule 3.19(a)      Location of Real Property
Schedule 3.19(b)      Location of Collateral
Schedule 3.19(c)      Chief Executive Offices
Schedule 3.22      Labor Matters
Schedule 3.24      Insurance
Schedule 3.29      Directors; Capitalization
Schedule 4.1(a)      Form of Lender Consent
Schedule 4.1(b)      Form of Secretary’s Certificate
Schedule 4.1(i)      Form of Solvency Certificate
Schedule 5.2(b)      Form of Officer’s Compliance Certificate
Schedule 5.10      Form of Joinder Agreement
Schedule 6.1(b)      Indebtedness
Schedule 9.6(c)      Form of Assignment Agreement
Schedule 9.19      Non-Joint and Several Borrowers

 

iv


FIRST LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT , dated as of June 6, 2006, among GATEHOUSE MEDIA HOLDCO, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Holdco ”), GATEHOUSE MEDIA OPERATING, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), GATEHOUSE MEDIA MASSACHUSETTS I, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ GateHouse I ”), HPM MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ HPM ”), ENM MERGER SUB, INC., a Massachusetts corporation ( “ENM ”), and ENHE ACQUISITION, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ ENHE ” and, together with GateHouse I, HPM and ENM, collectively the “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” and individually a “ Subsidiary Borrower ”), each of those Domestic Subsidiaries of Holdco identified as a “ Guarantor ” on the signature pages hereto and such other Domestic Subsidiaries of Holdco as may from time to time become a party hereto (together with Holdco, collectively the “ Guarantors ” and individually a “ Guarantor ”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this Credit Agreement (collectively the “ Lenders ” and individually a “ Lender ”), and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association, as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ” or the “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Lenders make loans and other financial accommodations to the Borrowers in the amount of up to $610,000,000, as more particularly described herein; and

WHEREAS , the Lenders have agreed to make such loans and other financial accommodations to the Credit Parties on the terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, such parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms .

As used in this Credit Agreement, terms defined in the preamble to this Credit Agreement have the meanings therein indicated, and the following terms have the following meanings:

ABR Default Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.

Accessible Borrowing Availability ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount that the Borrowers are able to borrow on such date under the Revolving Committed Amount without a Default or Event of Default occurring or existing after giving pro forma effect to such borrowing.


Account Control Agreement ” shall mean an agreement among a Credit Party, a depository institution or securities intermediary, and the Administrative Agent, which agreement is in a form acceptable to the Administrative Agent and which provides the Administrative Agent with “control” (as such term is used in Article 8 or Article 9 (as applicable) of the Uniform Commercial Code) over the deposit accounts or securities accounts described therein, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, extended, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

Account Designation Letter ” shall mean the Account Designation Letter dated as of the Closing Date from the Company to the Administrative Agent in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 1.1(a) .

Acquisitions ” shall mean (a) the merger of HPM with and into Heritage Partners Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (b) the merger of ENM with and into ENM, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, (c) the acquisition by ENHE of the limited liability company interests of Enterprise held by ENHE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and (d) the acquisition by GateHouse I of the assets of CP Media, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, in each case, pursuant to the Acquisition Documents.

Acquisition Documents ” shall mean (a) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2006, by and among the Parent, Herald Media, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, and CP Media and (b) that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2006, by and among the Parent, ENM, HPM, ENHE, ENM, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, Heritage Partners Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Heritage Fund III, L.P., Heritage Fund IIIA, L.P. and Heritage Investors III, LLC, Frank E. Richardson, individually, Frank E. Richardson, as trustee under voting trust agreements dated as of April 28, 2006 and November 5, 1997, James F. Plugh, individually, Michael H. Plugh, individually, Jennifer V. Plugh, individually, Catherine T. Plugh, individually, Myron F. Fuller, individually, Richard Fuller, individually, Thomas J. Branca, individually, ENHE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Enterprise.

Additional Credit Party ” shall mean each Person that becomes a Guarantor by execution of a Joinder Agreement in accordance with Section 5.10.

Administrative Agent ” or “ Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement and any successors in such capacity.

Administrative Details Form ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, a document containing such Lender’s contact information for purposes of notices provided under this Credit Agreement and account details for purposes of payments made to such Lender under this Credit Agreement.

Affected Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15.

Affiliate ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person. For the purposes of this

 

2


definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” or “ Credit Agreement ” shall mean this First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Alternate Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. For purposes hereof: “ Prime Rate ” shall mean, at any time, the rate of interest per annum publicly announced or otherwise identified from time to time by Wachovia at its principal office in Charlotte, North Carolina as its prime rate. The parties hereto acknowledge that the rate announced publicly by Wachovia as its Prime Rate is an index or base rate and shall not necessarily be its lowest or best rate charged to its customers or other banks; and “ Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published on the next succeeding Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. If for any reason the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms above, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the first sentence of this definition until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the opening of business on the date of such change.

Alternate Base Rate Loans ” shall mean Loans that bear interest at an interest rate based on the Alternate Base Rate.

Applicable Percentage ” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum set forth below opposite the applicable Level then in effect, it being understood that the Applicable Percentage for (a) Revolving Loans that are Alternate Base Rate Loans shall be the percentage set forth under the column “Revolving Loans” and “Base Rate Margin”, (b) Revolving Loans that are LIBOR Rate Loans shall be the percentage set forth under the column “Revolving Loans” and “LIBOR Margin & L/C Fee”, (c) the Commitment Fee shall be the percentage set forth under the column “Revolving Loans” and “Commitment Fee”, (d) Term Loans that are Alternate Base Rate Loans shall be the percentage set forth under the column “Term Loan” and “Base Rate Margin” and (e) Term Loans that are LIBOR Rate Loans shall be the percentage set forth under the column “Term Loan” and “LIBOR Margin”:

 

Applicable Percentage  
        Revolving Loans     Term Loan  
Level  

Total

Leverage Ratio

 

LIBOR
Margin

& L/C Fee

    Base Rate
Margin
    Commitment
Fee
   

LIBOR

Margin

   

Base
Rate

Margin

 
I   >  5.50 to 1.0   2.00 %   1.00 %   0.500 %   2.25 %   1.25 %
II   <5.50 to 1.0 but
> 5.00 to 1.0
  1.75 %   0.75 %   0.375 %   2.25 %   1.25 %
III   < 5.00 to 1.0   1.50 %   0.50 %   0.250 %   2.25 %   1.25 %

 

3


The Applicable Percentage shall, in each case, be determined and adjusted quarterly on the date three (3) Business Days after the date on which the Administrative Agent has received from the Credit Parties the quarterly financial information (in the case of the first three fiscal quarters of the Company), the annual financial information (in the case of the fourth fiscal quarter of the Company) and the certifications required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.1(a), 5.1(b) and 5.2(b) (each an “ Interest Determination Date ”). Such Applicable Percentage shall be effective from such Interest Determination Date until the next such Interest Determination Date. After the Closing Date, if the Credit Parties shall fail to provide the financial information or certifications in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.1(a), 5.1(b) and 5.2(b), the Applicable Percentage shall, on the date three (3) Business Days after the date by which the Credit Parties were so required to provide such financial information or certifications to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, be based on Level I until such time as such information or certifications are provided, whereupon the Level shall be determined by the then current Total Leverage Ratio. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Percentage shall be as set forth above opposite Level I until the Interest Determination Date occurring after the end of the first complete fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.

Approved Fund ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, any fund or trust or entity that invests in commercial bank loans in the ordinary course and is advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender, (c) any other Lender or any Affiliate thereof or (d) the same investment advisor as any Person described in clauses (a) – (c).

Arrangers ” shall mean Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., together with their respective successors and assigns.

Asset Disposition ” shall mean the disposition of any or all of the assets (including, without limitation, the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary or any ownership interest in a joint venture) of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary whether by sale, lease, transfer or otherwise including, without limitation, any such transaction permitted by Section 6.12. The term “Asset Disposition” shall not include (a) the sale, lease or transfer of assets permitted by Subsections 6.4(a)(i) through (xii), or (b) any Equity Issuance.

Assignment Agreement ” shall mean an Assignment Agreement, in substantially the form of Schedule 9.6(c) .

Attributable EBITDA ” means, for any period and as to any assets or Subsidiaries of Holdco, that portion of Consolidated EBITDA that was produced by the business in which such assets were used or generated or the business conducted by such Subsidiary.

 

4


Attributable Revenues ” shall mean, for any period and as to any assets or Subsidiaries of Holdco, that portion of the revenues of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was earned by or derived from the business in which such assets were used or generated or the business conducted by such Subsidiary.

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code in Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, modified, succeeded or replaced from time to time.

Bankruptcy Event ” shall mean any of the events described in Section 7.1(e).

Borrowers ” shall mean the Company and each Subsidiary Borrower, and “ Borrower ” shall mean any one of them.

Borrowing Date ” shall mean, in respect of any Loan, the date such Loan is made.

Business ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.

Business Day ” shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Charlotte, North Carolina or New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close; provided , however , that when used in connection with a rate determination, borrowing or payment in respect of a LIBOR Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks in London, England are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Call ” shall mean the right of the Parent, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under and as defined in the Secured Bridge Loan Credit Agreement, to require the Subscriber to purchase from the Parent shares of the common stock of the Parent in an amount equal to the outstanding principal of the Secured Bridge Loan and accrued but unpaid interest with respect thereto.

Capital Call Agreement ” shall mean that certain Capital Call Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Parent and the Subscriber.

Capital Call Documents ” shall mean (a) the Capital Call Agreement, (b) the Call Exercise Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Parent and the Secured Bridge Loan Administrative Agent and (c) the Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Subscriber and the members of the Subscriber.

Capital Lease ” shall mean any lease of property, real or personal, the obligations with respect to which are required to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Lease Obligations ” shall mean the capitalized lease obligations relating to a Capital Lease determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

5


Capital Stock ” shall mean (a) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (c) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited), (d) in the case of a limited liability company, membership interests and (e) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person (excluding fees in the nature of brokers or finders fees).

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after such date; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; (c) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year after such date and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (ii) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $100,000,000; and (e) shares of any money market mutual fund that (i) has at least 95% of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000, and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s.

Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (a) the Parent shall fail, directly or indirectly, to own and control 100% of the Capital Stock of Holdco, (b) Holdco shall fail, directly or indirectly, to own and control 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company, (c) prior to the occurrence of a Qualified Public Offering, the Sponsor shall fail, directly or indirectly, to own and control a majority of the Voting Stock of the Parent, (d) after the occurrence of a Qualified Public Offering, any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) other than the Sponsor is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule l3d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 35% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent and such percentage of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent is more than the Voting Stock then owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Sponsor, or (f) any “Change of Control”, as defined in the Secured Bridge Loan Credit Agreement or any document evidencing any Subordinated Debt.

Closing Date ” shall mean the date of this Credit Agreement.

Closing Date Material Adverse Change ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(s).

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

6


Collateral ” shall mean a collective reference to the collateral which is identified in, and at any time will be covered by, the Security Documents and any other property or assets of a Credit Party, whether tangible or intangible and whether real or personal, that may from time to time secure the Credit Party Obligations.

Commitment ” shall mean the Revolving Commitments, the LOC Commitments, the Term Loan Commitments and the Swingline Commitments, individually or collectively, as appropriate.

Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a).

Commitment Percentage ” shall mean the Revolving Commitment Percentage and/or the Term Loan Commitment Percentage, as appropriate.

Commitment Period ” shall mean (a) with respect to Revolving Loans, the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolver Maturity Date and (b) with respect to Letters of Credit, the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date that is 15 days prior to the Revolver Maturity Date.

Commonly Controlled Entity ” shall mean an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes the Company and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

Consolidated Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for the four quarter period ending on such date, the sum of the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration or accrued as a liability and including that portion of Capital Leases which is capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries) by Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries during that period that, in conformity with GAAP, are included in “additions to property, plant or equipment” or comparable items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Consolidated Capital Expenditures” shall not include (i) Permitted Acquisitions, (ii) the Acquisitions, (iii) capital expenditures financed with the proceeds of equity contributions to Holdco and (iv) up to $150,000, in the aggregate, of capital expenditures incurred after the Closing Date in connection with the relocation of the corporate headquarters of Holdco and the Company to Rochester, New York. For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 5.9(c), the Credit Parties may elect to exclude Non-Maintenance Capital Expenditures during any period from the calculation of Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 during the term of this Agreement. For purposes of this definition, the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment or with Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Dispositions or Recovery Events in accordance with the

 

7


terms of Section 2.8(b)(iii) or (vi), respectively, shall be included in Consolidated Capital Expenditures only to the extent of the gross amount of such purchase price less the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time or the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds, as the case may be.

Consolidated Cash Taxes ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for the four quarter period ending on such date, the aggregate of all taxes based on income (including, without limitation, any federal, state, local and foreign taxes) actually paid by Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such period.

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for any period ending on such date, (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) the sum of the following to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, without duplication: (i) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (ii) Consolidated Cash Taxes for such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, (iv) all other non-cash items of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any such non-cash item incurred in the ordinary course of business to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period) including, without limitation, non-cash items of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from changes in the values of the assets of any pension and post-retirement benefit plans; provided , that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash items (other than any such non-cash item incurred in the ordinary course of business to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in the period when such payments are made, (v) fees, costs and expenses payable by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions not to exceed $10,500,000, (vi) any non-recurring out-of-pocket expenses or charges relating to any offering of Capital Stock of Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdco, any Asset Sale, any Permitted Investment under clause (n) of the definition thereof, or Permitted Acquisition made by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any Indebtedness incurred by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred hereunder including any refinancing thereof (in each case in this clause (vi), whether or not successful), (vii) extraordinary losses and unusual or non-recurring charges, severance costs, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, (viii) amounts charged in respect of discontinued operations or restructuring activities, (ix) losses from early extinguishments of Indebtedness or Hedging Agreements of Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (x) non-recurring fees, costs and expenses incurred prior to the date of this Agreement and set forth on Schedule 1.1(f) , (xi) non-recurring fees, costs and expenses in connection with the relocation of the corporate headquarters of Holdco and the Borrower to Rochester, New York in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000 plus (c) cost savings and adjustments for such period set forth on Schedule 1.1(d) minus (d) the sum of the following to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income, without duplication: (i) non-cash charges of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries previously added back to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA to the extent such non-cash charges have become cash charges during such period, (ii) any extraordinary and unusual or non-recurring gains and (iii) gains from early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Agreements of Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

8


Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any fiscal quarter ending prior to the Closing Date, Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarter shall be the amount set forth on Schedule 1.1(f) .

Consolidated Fixed Charges ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for any period ending on such date, the sum of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash during such period plus (b) Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments for such period plus (c) Consolidated Cash Taxes for such period plus (d) Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such period plus (e) dividends paid by the Credit Parties (other than dividends paid to Holdco or a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdco that is a Credit Party), in each case for Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Fixed Charges for any fiscal quarter ending prior to the Closing Date, Consolidated Fixed Charges for such fiscal quarter shall be the amounts set forth on Schedule 1.1(e) .

Consolidated Indebtedness ” shall mean, on any date of calculation, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the types set forth in clauses (c), (e), (g), (i), (j) (to the extent undrawn) and (k) of the definition thereof) of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for any period ending on such date, all interest expense (excluding amortization of debt discount and premium, but including the interest component under Capital Leases and synthetic leases, tax retention operating leases, off-balance sheet loans and similar off-balance sheet financing products) for such period of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. For purposes hereof, Consolidated Interest Expense for the first three complete fiscal quarters to occur after the Closing Date shall be determined by annualizing Consolidated Interest Expense such that for the first complete fiscal quarter to occur after the Closing Date such components would be multiplied by four (4), the first two complete fiscal quarters would be multiplied by two (2) and the first three fiscal quarters would be multiplied by one and one-third (1 1/3).

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for any period ending on such date, the net income (or loss) of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period; provided , that there shall be excluded (a) the income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdco) in which any other Person (other than Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such Person during such period, (b) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdco or is merged into or consolidated with Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) the income of any Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) of Holdco to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary, (d) any after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset sales or returned surplus assets of any Plan, and (e) (to the extent not included in clauses (a) through (d) above) any net extraordinary gains or net extraordinary losses.

 

9


Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for any period ending on such date, the sum of all scheduled payments of principal on Consolidated Indebtedness for such period (including the principal component of payments due on Capital Leases during the applicable period ending on such date); it being understood that Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments shall not include optional prepayments or the mandatory prepayments required pursuant to Section 2.8.

Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum (which may be a negative number) of (a) the total assets of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis which may properly be classified as current assets in conformity with GAAP, except cash and Cash Equivalents and the current portion of deferred tax assets, minus (b) the total liabilities of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis which may properly be classified as current liabilities in conformity with GAAP, except the current portion of long-term debt and the current portion of deferred tax liabilities.

Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for any period ending on such date, on a consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such period exceeds (or is less than) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such period, adjusted to exclude the effects of (a) reclassification of (i) current assets or liabilities as deferred assets or liabilities or (ii) deferred assets or liabilities as current assets or liabilities and (b) acquisitions and divestitures.

Contractual Obligation ” shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any contract, agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Copyright Licenses ” shall mean any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Person of any right under any Copyright, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 to this Credit Agreement.

Copyrights ” shall mean all copyrights of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries in all works, now existing or hereafter created or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any state thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 and all renewals thereof.

CP Media ” shall mean CP Media, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation.

 

10


Credit Documents ” shall mean this Credit Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, each of the Notes, any Joinder Agreement, the Letters of Credit, LOC Documents and the Security Documents and all other agreements, documents, certificates and instruments delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by any Credit Party in connection therewith (other than any agreement, document, certificate or instrument related to a Hedging Agreement).

Credit Parties ” shall mean Holdco, the Borrowers and the Guarantors and “ Credit Party ” shall mean any one of the foregoing.

Credit Party Obligations ” shall mean, without duplication, (a) all of the obligations, indebtedness and liabilities of the Credit Parties to the Lenders (including the Issuing Lender) and the Administrative Agent, whenever arising, under this Credit Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Credit Documents, including principal, interest, fees, reimbursements and indemnification obligations and other amounts (including, but not limited to, any interest accruing after the occurrence of a filing of a petition of bankruptcy under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Credit Party, regardless of whether such interest is an allowed claim under the Bankruptcy Code) and (b) all liabilities and obligations, whenever arising, owing from Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Hedging Agreement Provider arising under any Secured Hedging Agreement.

Debt Issuance ” shall mean the issuance of any Indebtedness by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any Equity Issuance or any Indebtedness of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(a)-(n) or (p) hereof).

Default ” shall mean any of the events specified in Section 7.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

Defaulting Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that, at such time (a) has failed to make a Loan or fund a Participation Interest required pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement, (b) has failed to pay to the Administrative Agent or any Lender an amount owed by such Lender pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement and such default remains uncured, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or has become subject to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or to a receiver, trustee or similar official.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Lending Office ” shall mean, initially, the office of each Lender designated as such Lender’s Domestic Lending Office shown in such Lender’s Administrative Details Form; and thereafter, such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Company as the office of such Lender at which Alternate Base Rate Loans of such Lender are to be made.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state or commonwealth thereof or under the laws of the District of Columbia.

 

11


Eligible Assignee ” means (i) any Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender and any Approved Fund of any Lender; and (ii) (a) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (b) a savings and loan association or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (c) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country or a political subdivision thereof; provided that (1) such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States or (2) such bank is organized under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or a political subdivision of such country; and (d) any other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) that extends credit or buys loans in the ordinary course including insurance companies, mutual funds and lease financing companies.

ENHE ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

Enterprise ” shall mean Enterprise NewsMedia Holding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean any and all applicable foreign, federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirement of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time be in effect during the term of this Credit Agreement.

Equity Issuance ” shall mean any issuance by the Parent, Holdco, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person which is not a Credit Party of (a) shares of its Capital Stock, (b) any shares of its Capital Stock pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants, (c) any shares of its Capital Stock pursuant to the conversion of any debt securities to equity or (d) warrants or options that are exercisable for shares of its Capital Stock. The term “Equity Issuance” shall not include (i) any Capital Stock issuance constituting consideration for a Permitted Acquisition, (ii) proceeds of any Capital Stock which are used as consideration for such Permitted Acquisition, (iii) any Asset Disposition, (iv) any Debt Issuance, (v) any Capital Stock issued in connection with any exercise of any options or warrants by officers, directors and employees of the Parent, Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary under any employee equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar agreements or plans or (vi) any Capital Stock issued by a Subsidiary to its parent company.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

Eurodollar Reserve Percentage ” shall mean for any day, the percentage (expressed as a decimal and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) which is in effect for such day as prescribed by the Federal Reserve Board (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including without limitation any basic, supplemental or emergency reserves) in respect of Eurocurrency liabilities, as defined in Regulation D of such Board as in effect from time to time, or any similar category of liabilities for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City.

 

12


Event of Default ” shall mean any of the events specified in Section 7.1; provided , however , that any requirement for the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal year period of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to (without duplication) (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period plus/minus (b) the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment for such period minus (c) Consolidated Capital Expenditures to the extent not financed through the incurrence of Indebtedness for such period minus (d) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period to the extent paid or payable in cash minus (e) Consolidated Cash Taxes paid during such period minus (f) Consolidated Scheduled Debt Payments and optional prepayments or mandatory prepayments of the Loans (excluding repayments of Revolving Loans except to the extent the Revolving Loan Committed Amount is permanently reduced in connection with such repayments) required pursuant to Section 2.8 made during such period minus (g) all expenses, fees, charges and amounts to the extent added back to Consolidated EBITDA minus (h) the purchase price paid in cash during such period with respect to Permitted Acquisitions to the extent not financed minus (i) dividends paid by the Credit Parties (other than dividends paid to Holdco or a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdco that is a Credit Party) to the extent permitted by Section 6.10 minus (j) cash payments made by the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Investments permitted pursuant to clause (j) of the definition of Permitted Investments, except for (i) Investments funded from the reinvestment of Net Cash Proceeds of Assets Dispositions or Recovery Events pursuant to Section 2.8(b)(iii)(B) and 2.8(b)(vi)(B) and (ii) Investments in Subsidiaries, minus (k) the aggregate net amount of non-cash gains and non-cash credits accrued by Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such fiscal year, to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income minus (l) any nonrecurring cash charges to the extent added back to Consolidated EBITDA minus (m) other capital expenditures set forth in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the definition of Consolidated Capital Expenditures.

Existing Letter of Credit ” shall mean each of the letters of credit described by date of issuance, amount, purpose and the date of expiry on Schedule 1.1(f) hereto.

Extension of Credit ” shall mean, as to any Lender, the making of a Loan by such Lender or the issuance of, or participation in, a Letter of Credit by such Lender.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Alternate Base Rate”.

Fee Letter ” shall mean the letter agreement dated May 5, 2006, addressed to the Company from Wachovia, Wachovia Investment Holdings, LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Arrangers, as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented.

 

13


First Lien Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of the end of each fiscal quarter of Holdco, for Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four consecutive quarters ending on such date, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Indebtedness (excluding the Secured Bridge Loan Obligations and any other Indebtedness that is specifically subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment of the Credit Party Obligations) on the last day of such period to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for such four fiscal quarter period.

First Priority ” shall mean, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Security Document, that such Lien is the only Lien to which such Collateral is subject, other than any Permitted Lien.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of the end of each fiscal quarter of Holdco, for Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four consecutive quarters ending on such date, the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA for such four fiscal quarter period to (ii) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such four fiscal quarter period.

Flood Hazard Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(iv).

Flow-Through Entity ” shall mean any Person that is not treated as a separate tax paying entity for United States federal income tax purposes.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States of America applied on a consistent basis, subject , however , in the case of determination of compliance with the financial covenants set out in Section 5.9 to the provisions of Section 1.3.

GateHouse I ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

Governing Body ” shall mean the board of directors or other body having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person that is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company.

Government Acts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.19.

Governmental Approvals ” shall mean all authorizations, consents, approvals, permits, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and reports to, all Governmental Authorities.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

Guarantor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

Guaranty ” shall mean the guaranty of the Credit Parties set forth in Article X.

 

14


Guaranty Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, any obligations of such Person (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person in any manner, whether direct or indirect, and including without limitation any obligation, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds or other support for the payment or purchase of any such Indebtedness or to maintain working capital, solvency or other balance sheet condition of such other Person (including without limitation keep well agreements, maintenance agreements, comfort letters or similar agreements or arrangements) for the benefit of any holder of Indebtedness of such other Person, (iii) to lease or purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Indebtedness, or (iv) to otherwise assure or hold harmless the holder of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Guaranty Obligation hereunder shall (subject to any limitations set forth therein) be deemed to be an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount (or maximum principal amount, if larger) of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is made.

Hedging Agreement Provider ” shall mean any Person that enters into a Secured Hedging Agreement with a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted by Section 6.1(c) to the extent such Person is (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) an Arranger, (c) a Lender, (d) an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or a Lender or (e) any other Person that was the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or a Lender (or an Affiliate of any such Person) at the time it entered into the Secured Hedging Agreement but has ceased to be the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or a Lender (or whose Affiliate has ceased to be the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or a Lender) under the Credit Agreement.

Hedging Agreements ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any agreement entered into to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates, or currency or raw materials values, including, without limitation, any interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or similar arrangement between such Person and one or more counterparties, any foreign currency exchange agreement, currency protection agreements, commodity purchase or option agreements or other interest or exchange rate hedging agreements.

Holdco ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

HPM ” shall mean HPM Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business), (d) all obligations of such Person incurred, issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services purchased by such Person, which purchase price is (i) due more than six months after the incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or (ii) evidenced by note or similar written instrument thereof, (e) all obligations of such Person under

 

15


take-or-pay or similar arrangements or under commodities agreements, (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (g) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person with respect to Indebtedness of another Person, (h) the principal portion of all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations of such Person under Hedging Agreements, excluding any portion thereof which would be accounted for as interest expense under GAAP, (j) the maximum amount of all letters of credit issued or bankers’ acceptances facilities created for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder (to the extent unreimbursed), (k) all preferred Capital Stock issued by such Person and which by the terms thereof could be (at the request of the holders thereof or otherwise) subject to mandatory sinking fund payments, redemption or other acceleration, (l) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product and (m) the attributable portion of any Indebtedness of any partnership or unincorporated joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent such Indebtedness is expressly non-recourse to such Person.

Insolvency ” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of such term as used in Section 4245 of ERISA.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean the Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, all goodwill associated therewith and all rights to sue for infringement thereof.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2006, by and among the Administrative Agent, the Secured Bridge Loan Administrative Agent, the Control Agent and the Credit Parties, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of the end of each fiscal quarter of Holdco, for Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four consecutive quarters ending on such date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such four fiscal quarter period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarter period; provided that upon the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering and the repayment in full of the Secured Bridge Loan Obligations, the Consolidated Interest Expense associated with the Secured Bridge Loan Obligations for any period prior to such Qualified Public Offering and repayment shall be excluded from the calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio.

Interest Payment Date ” shall mean (a) as to any Alternate Base Rate Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the applicable Maturity Date, (b) as to any LIBOR Rate Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any LIBOR Rate Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, (i) each three (3) month anniversary following the first day of such Interest Period and (ii) the last day of such Interest Period and (d) as to any Loan which is the subject of a mandatory prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.8(b), the date on which such mandatory prepayment is due.

 

16


Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan,

(a) initially, the period commencing on the Borrowing Date or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such LIBOR Rate Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter (or, if available to all applicable Lenders, nine or twelve months thereafter), as selected by the Company in the Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given with respect thereto; and

(b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter (or, if available to all applicable Lenders, nine or twelve months thereafter), as selected by the Company by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that the foregoing provisions are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Rate Loan would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the relevant calendar month;

(iii) if the Company shall fail to give notice as provided above, the Company shall be deemed to have selected an Alternate Base Rate Loan to replace the affected LIBOR Rate Loan;

(iv) no Interest Period in respect of any Loan shall extend beyond the applicable Maturity Date and, further with regard to the Term Loan, no Interest Period shall extend beyond any principal amortization payment date with respect to such Term Loan unless the portion of such Term Loan consisting of Alternate Base Rate Loans together with the portion of such Term Loan consisting of LIBOR Rate Loans with Interest Periods expiring prior to or concurrently with the date such principal amortization payment date is due, is at least equal to the amount of such principal amortization payment due on such date; and

(v) no more than eight (8) LIBOR Rate Loans may be in effect at any time. For purposes hereof, LIBOR Rate Loans with different Interest Periods shall be considered as separate LIBOR Rate Loans, even if they shall begin on the same date, although borrowings, extensions and conversions may, in accordance with the provisions hereof, be combined at the end of existing Interest Periods to constitute a new LIBOR Rate Loan with a single Interest Period.

 

17


Investment ” shall mean (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services, assumption of Indebtedness, securities or otherwise) of shares of Capital Stock, other ownership interests or other securities of any Person or bonds, notes, debentures or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person or (b) any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any Person (other than deposits made in the ordinary course of business) or (c) any other capital contribution to or investment in any Person, including, without limitation, any Guaranty Obligation (including any support for a letter of credit issued on behalf of such Person) incurred for the benefit of such Person.

Issuing Lender ” shall mean Wachovia or any successor in such capacity.

Issuing Lender Fees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean a Joinder Agreement in substantially the form of Schedule 5.10 , executed and delivered by an Additional Credit Party in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10.

Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement and shall include the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender.

Lender Commitment Letter ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the letter (or other correspondence) to such Lender from the Administrative Agent notifying such Lender of its LOC Commitment, Revolving Commitment Percentage and/or Term Loan Commitment Percentage.

Letters of Credit ” shall mean (a) any letter of credit issued by the Issuing Lender pursuant to the terms hereof and (b) any Existing Letter of Credit, in each case as such letter of credit may be amended, modified, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time.

Letter of Credit Facing Fee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

Letter of Credit Fee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(b).

LIBOR ” shall mean, for any LIBOR Rate Loan for any Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period. If for any reason such rate is not available, the term “LIBOR” shall mean, for any LIBOR Rate Loan for any Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters Screen LIBO Page as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period; provided , however , if more than one rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%). If, for any reason, neither of such rates is

 

18


available, then “LIBOR” shall mean the rate per annum at which, as determined by the Administrative Agent, Dollars in an amount comparable to the Loans then requested are being offered to leading banks at approximately 11:00 A.M. London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of the applicable Interest Period for settlement in immediately available funds by leading banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to the Interest Period selected.

LIBOR Lending Office ” shall mean, initially, the office of each Lender designated as such Lender’s LIBOR Lending Office in such Lender’s Administrative Details Form; and thereafter, such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Company as the office of such Lender at which the LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender are to be made.

LIBOR Rate ” shall mean a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the following formula:

 

LIBOR Rate =   

LIBOR

  
   1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage   

LIBOR Rate Loan ” shall mean Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based on the LIBOR Rate.

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any Capital Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Loan ” shall mean a Revolving Loan, the Term Loan and/or a Swingline Loan, as appropriate.

LOC Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit and with respect to each Revolving Lender, the commitment of such Revolving Lender to purchase participation interests in the Letters of Credit up to such Lender’s LOC Committed Amount as specified in the Lender Commitment Letter or in the Register, as such amount may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

LOC Committed Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

LOC Documents ” shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit, any amendments thereto, any documents delivered in connection therewith, any application therefor, and any agreements, instruments, guarantees or other documents (whether general in application or applicable only to such Letter of Credit) governing or providing for (a) the rights and obligations of the parties concerned or (b) any collateral security for such obligations.

 

19


LOC Obligations ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (i) the maximum amount which is, or at any time thereafter may become, available to be drawn under Letters of Credit then outstanding, assuming compliance with all requirements for drawings referred to in such Letters of Credit plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all drawings under Letters of Credit honored by the Issuing Lender but not theretofore reimbursed.

Mandatory LOC Borrowing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

Mandatory Swingline Borrowing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii).

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) business, operations, property, assets or financial condition of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability against any Credit Party of this Credit Agreement, any of the Notes or any of the other Credit Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

Material Contract ” shall mean any contract, license, covenant or other arrangement to which Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party (other than the Credit Documents) and of which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Materials of Environmental Concern ” shall mean any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such in or under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation.

Maturity Date ” shall mean the Revolver Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Mortgage Instrument ” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust or deed to secure debt executed by a Credit Party in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Section 4.1(e)(i), 5.10 or 5.12, as the same may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean any owned or leased real property of a Credit Party with respect to which such Credit Party executes a Mortgage Instrument in favor of the Administrative Agent.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean the aggregate cash proceeds received by any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Disposition, Equity Issuance, Debt Issuance or Recovery Event, net of (a) bona fide direct costs paid or payable (including, without

 

20


limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) associated therewith, (b) amounts held in escrow to be applied as part of the purchase price of any Asset Disposition, (c) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, (d) a reasonable reserve for any indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to seller’s indemnities and representations and warranties to purchaser in respect of an Asset Disposition (it being understood such amounts held in reserve shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds upon the release of such indemnification liabilities) and (e) the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is (i) secured by a Lien on the stock or assets in question and that is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of any such Asset Disposition or Recovery Event and (ii) actually paid at the time of receipt of such cash payment to a Person that is not a Credit Party; it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received by any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Asset Disposition, Equity Issuance, Debt Issuance or Recovery Event and any cash released from escrow as part of the purchase price in connection with any Asset Disposition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Net Cash Proceeds shall not include proceeds of an Asset Disposition or Recovery Event to the extent the amount of such proceeds is equal to or less than $2,000,000.

Non-Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” shall mean non-recurring capital expenditures not incurred for the maintenance, repair, restoration or refurbishment of existing assets of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Note ” or “ Notes ” shall mean the Revolving Notes, the Term Loan Notes and/or the Swingline Notes, collectively, separately or individually, as appropriate.

Notice of Borrowing ” shall mean a request for a Revolving Loan borrowing pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(i) or a request for a Swingline Loan borrowing pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i), as appropriate. A Form of Notice of Borrowing is attached as Schedule 2.1(b)(i) .

Notice of Conversion/Extension ” shall mean the written notice of conversion of a LIBOR Rate Loan to an Alternate Base Rate Loan or an Alternate Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan, or extension of a LIBOR Rate Loan, in each case substantially in the form of Schedule 2.10 .

Obligations ” shall mean, collectively, Loans and LOC Obligations and all other obligations of the Credit Parties to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Credit Documents.

OFAC ” shall mean the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Operating Lease ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease (including, without limitation, leases which may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) which is not a Capital Lease other than any such lease in which that Person is the lessor.

 

21


Parent ” shall mean GateHouse Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Partially-Owned Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary incorporated or organized in the United States of America for which less than 100% but more than 50% of the outstanding Capital Stock is beneficially owned solely by Holdco or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdco.

Participant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(b).

Participation Interest ” shall mean a participation interest purchased by a Revolving Lender in LOC Obligations as provided in Section 2.3(c) and in Swingline Loans as provided in Section 2.4.

Patent Licenses ” shall mean all agreements, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Person of any right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered by a Patent, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 to the Credit Agreement.

Patents ” shall mean (i) all letters patent of the United States or any other country, now existing or hereafter arising, and all improvement patents, reissues, reexaminations, patents of additions, renewals and extensions thereof, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 to this Credit Agreement, and (ii) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country, now existing or hereafter arising, and all provisionals, divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part and substitutes thereof, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 to this Credit Agreement, in each case of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries.

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean an acquisition or any series of related acquisitions by a Credit Party of (a) all or substantially all of the assets or a majority of the Voting Stock of a Person, (b) a Person by a merger, amalgamation or consolidation or any other combination with such Person or (c) any division, line of business or other business unit of a Person (such Person or such division, line of business or other business unit of such Person shall be referred to herein as the “ Target ”), in each case that is a type of business (or assets used in a type of business) permitted to be engaged in by the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.3, so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default shall then exist or would exist after giving effect thereto, (ii) the Credit Parties shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (A) at least five Business Days prior to the consummation of the proposed acquisition, a Compliance Certificate evidencing compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with Section 5.9, together with all relevant financial information with respect to such acquired assets or acquired Target, including the aggregate consideration for such acquisition and any other information required to demonstrate compliance with Section 5.9, (iii) unless the Target shall be designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the definition thereof, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, shall have received (or shall receive in connection with the closing of such acquisition) a first priority perfected security interest in all property (including, without limitation, Capital Stock) acquired with respect to the Target in accordance with the terms of Sections 5.10 and 5.12 and the Target, if a Person, shall have

 

22


executed a Joinder Agreement in accordance with the terms of Section 5.10, (iv) such acquisition shall not be a “hostile” acquisition and shall have been approved by the Governing Body and/or shareholders of the applicable Credit Party and the Target, and (v) after giving effect to such acquisition, there shall be at least $5,000,000 of Accessible Borrowing Availability under the Revolving Committed Amount.

Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

(a) cash and Cash Equivalents;

(b) Investments set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) ;

(c) receivables owing to the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries or any receivables and advances to suppliers, in each case if created, acquired or made in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;

(d) Investments in and loans to any Credit Party;

(e) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that such loans and advances shall comply with all applicable Requirements of Law;

(f) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Investments, acquisitions or transactions permitted under Section 6.4(b) (including any Investments owned by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition);

(h) Hedging Agreements to the extent permitted hereunder;

(i) capital expenditures to the extent permitted hereunder;

(j) Investments in promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with any Asset Disposition permitted by Section 6.4(a);

(k) Investments in securities in connection with the satisfaction or enforcement of Indebtedness or claims due or owing to Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or as security for any such Indebtedness or claim;

(l) loans and advances to Parent (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Parent (or such parent) in accordance with Section 6.10;

 

23


(m) loans to Partially-Owned Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries if (a) the requirements of Section 6.1(g) have been met with respect to such loan, (b) after giving effect to such loan, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (c) the aggregate Unrecovered Investments to all Partially-Owned Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries does not exceed the sum of (the “ Adjusted Investment Amount ”): (i) $35,000,000 plus (ii) 50% of the aggregate amount of capital contributions received by Holdco after the Closing Date (excluding (w) any Specified Equity Contribution, (x) any Capital Call, (y) the proceeds received pursuant to the Qualified Public Offering that are applied to repay Indebtedness under the Second Bridge Loan Credit Agreement and (z) any other proceeds that are used to fund Permitted Acquisitions or capital expenditures); and

(n) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Adjusted Investment Amount less Unrecovered Investments to Partially-Owned Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries made pursuant to clause (n) above.

Permitted Liens ” shall mean:

(a) Liens created by or otherwise existing under or in connection with this Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties;

(b) Liens in favor of a Hedging Agreement Provider in connection with a Secured Hedging Agreement; provided that such Liens shall secure the Credit Party Obligations and the obligations under such Secured Hedging Agreement on a pari passu basis;

(c) Liens securing purchase money indebtedness and Capital Lease Obligations (and refinancings thereof) to the extent permitted under Section 6.1; provided , that (i) any such Lien attaches to such property concurrently with or within 30 days after the acquisition thereof, (ii) such Lien attaches solely to the property so acquired in such transaction and (iii) such Lien secures only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a restricted Subsidiary and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(d) Liens for taxes, assessments, charges or other governmental levies the payment of which is not at the time required by Section 5.3;

(e) statutory Liens such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, landlords’, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 90 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that a reserve or other appropriate provision shall have been made therefor;

 

24


(f) pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements;

(g) deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Liens granted pursuant to the Secured Bridge Loan Documents;

(i) easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(j) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Lien referred to in this definition (other than Liens set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) ); provided that such extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to all or a part of the property which secured the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements on such property);

(k) Liens existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) ; provided that (i) no such Lien shall at any time be extended to cover property or assets other than the property or assets subject thereto on the Closing Date and improvements thereon and (ii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall not be extended, renewed, refunded or refinanced;

(l) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business by virtue of any contractual, statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies covering deposit or securities accounts (including funds or other assets credited thereto) or other funds maintained with a depository institution or securities intermediary;

(m) any zoning, building or similar laws or rights reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority;

(n) restrictions on transfers of securities imposed by applicable securities laws or agreement (other than Capital Stock of a Subsidiary pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement);

(o) Liens arising out of judgments or awards not resulting in an Event of Default; provided that the applicable Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review;

 

25


(p) Liens on the property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Credit Party in a transaction permitted hereunder; provided , however , that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of any Credit Party or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary of such Person; provided , further , that any such Lien was not created in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of a Credit Party;

(q) any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublessor under any lease, license or sublease entered into by any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased, licensed or subleased;

(r) assignments of insurance or condemnation proceeds provided to landlords (or their mortgagees) pursuant to the terms of any lease and Liens or rights reserved in any lease for rent or for compliance with the terms of such lease;

(s) Liens arising from filing UCC financing statements relating solely to leases not prohibited hereunder;

(t) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(u) licenses (with respect to Intellectual Property and other property), leases or subleases granted to third parties to the extent permitted by the applicable terms of the Security Documents and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or resulting in a material diminution in the value of the collateral so licensed, leased or subleased;

(v) Liens securing obligations (other than obligations representing Indebtedness for borrowed money) under operating, reciprocal easement or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(w) additional Liens so long as the principal amount of Indebtedness and other obligations secured thereby does not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

Plan ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, any employee benefit plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA and in respect of which any Credit Party or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

26


Pledge Agreement ” shall mean the First Lien Pledge Agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed by the Credit Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

Prime Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Alternate Base Rate.

Pro Forma Basis ” shall mean, with respect to any transaction, that such transaction shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the twelve-month period ending as of the most recent quarter end preceding the date of such transaction.

Pro Forma Revenues ” shall mean, for any period, total revenues of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis, plus the amount by which such total revenues would have been increased for such period if each Permitted Acquisition that was consummated in such period had been consummated on the first day thereof.

Properties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a).

Qualified Preferred Equity ” shall mean any preferred Capital Stock issued by Holdco that, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Term Loan Maturity Date, is not convertible into Indebtedness or subject to mandatory sinking fund payments, redemption or other acceleration, and upon which all dividends or other distributions (if any) shall be payable solely in additional shares of such Capital Stock on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean the first public offering of common stock or other voting stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, for the account of the Parent at a public offering price (before deduction of underwriters’ discounts and commissions) resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Parent of at least $75,000,000.

Recovery Event ” shall mean the receipt by the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation or expropriation award payable by reason of theft, loss, physical destruction or damage, taking or similar event with respect to any of their respective property or assets other than obsolete property or assets no longer used or useful in the business of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries.

Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(d).

Registration Rights Agreement ” shall mean that certain Registration Rights Agreement, to be entered into after the Closing Date, between the Parent and the Subscriber, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Reimbursement Obligation ” shall mean the obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 2.3(d) for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.

 

27


Reorganization ” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is in reorganization within the meaning of such term as used in Section 4241 of ERISA.

Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty-day notice period is waived under PBGC Reg. §4043.

Required Lenders ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding at least a majority of (a) the outstanding Revolving Commitments and Term Loan or (b) if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the outstanding Loans and Participation Interests; provided , however , that if any Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender at such time, then there shall be excluded from the determination of Required Lenders, Obligations (including Participation Interests) owing to such Defaulting Lender and such Defaulting Lender’s Commitments.

Requirement of Law ” shall mean, as to any Person, the articles or certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and each law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” shall mean, as to (a) the Company, the President, any Vice-President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Chief Operating Officer or (b) any other Credit Party, any duly authorized officer thereof.

Restricted Payment ” shall mean (a) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (b) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (c) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (d) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Debt of any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (e) the payment by any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any management, advisory or consulting fee to any Affiliate.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Revolver Maturity Date ” shall mean June 6, 2013.

Revolving Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Revolving Lender, the commitment of such Revolving Lender to make Revolving Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding up to an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Committed Amount.

 

28


Revolving Commitment Percentage ” shall mean, for each Lender, the percentage identified as its Revolving Commitment Percentage in its Lender Commitment Letter or in the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder, as such percentage may be modified in connection with any assignment made in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.6(c).

Revolving Committed Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Revolving Lender ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a Lender holding a Revolving Commitment on such date.

Revolving Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Revolving Note ” or “ Revolving Notes ” shall mean the promissory notes of the Borrowers provided pursuant to Section 2.1(e) in favor of any of the Revolving Lenders evidencing the Revolving Loan provided by any such Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 2.1(a), individually or collectively, as appropriate, as such promissory notes may be amended, modified, restated, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.

Sanctioned Country ” shall mean a country subject to a sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sanctions/index.html, or as otherwise published from time to time.

Sanctioned Person ” shall mean (i) a Person named on the list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” maintained by OFAC available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/index.html, or as otherwise published from time to time, or (ii) (A) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (B) an organization controlled by a Sanctioned Country, or (C) a person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered by OFAC.

Secured Bridge Loan ” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Term Loan” in the Secured Bridge Loan Credit Agreement.

Secured Bridge Loan Administrative Agent ” shall mean Wachovia, together with its successors and assigns.

Secured Bridge Loan Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, entered into by the Credit Parties, the Secured Bridge Loan Administrative Agent and the various lenders and agents thereunder, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time to the extent permitted hereunder.

 

29


Secured Bridge Loan Documents ” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Credit Documents” in the Secured Bridge Loan Credit Agreement.

Secured Bridge Loan Event of Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Event of Default” in the Secured Bridge Loan Credit Agreement.

Secured Bridge Loan Obligations ” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Credit Party Obligations” in the Secured Bridge Loan Credit Agreement.

Secured Hedging Agreement ” shall mean any Hedging Agreement between a Credit Party and a Hedging Agreement Provider, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time.

Secured Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, without duplication, all of the obligations, indebtedness and liabilities of the Credit Parties to the Hedging Agreement Providers, whenever arising, under the Secured Hedging Agreements, including principal, interest, fees, premiums, scheduled periodic payments, breakage, termination and other payments, reimbursements and indemnification obligations and other amounts (including, but not limited to, any interest accruing after the occurrence of a filing of a petition of bankruptcy under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Credit Party, regardless of whether such interest is an allowed claim under the Bankruptcy Code).

Secured Parties ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Control Agent, the Lenders and the Hedging Agreement Providers.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Security Agreement ” shall mean the First Lien Security Agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed by the Credit Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Security Documents ” shall mean the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Mortgage Instruments, the Account Control Agreements and all other agreements, documents and instruments relating to, arising out of, or in any way connected with any of the foregoing documents or granting to the Administrative Agent and/or the Control Agent, Liens or security interests to secure, inter alia, the Credit Party Obligations whether now or hereafter executed and/or filed, each as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, executed and delivered in connection with the granting, attachment and perfection of the Administrative Agent’s and/or the Control Agent’s security interests and liens arising thereunder, including, without limitation, UCC financing statements.

Single Employer Plan ” shall mean any Plan that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

Specified Equity Contribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the last paragraph of Section 5.9.

 

30


Sponsor ” shall mean Fortress Investment Group, LLC, or one or more of its Affiliates, or any entity managed exclusively by Fortress Investment Group, LLC, or one or more of its Affiliates.

Subordinated Debt ” shall mean any Indebtedness incurred by any Credit Party which by its terms is specifically subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment of the Credit Party Obligations and contains subordination and other terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Subscriber ” shall mean FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the Governing Body or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Credit Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Holdco.

Subsidiary Borrower ” and “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

Swingline Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding up to the Swingline Committed Amount, and the commitment of the Revolving Lenders to purchase participation interests in the Swingline Loans as provided in Section 2.4(b)(ii), as such amounts may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Swingline Committed Amount ” shall mean the amount of the Swingline Lender’s Swingline Commitment as specified in Section 2.4(a).

Swingline Lender ” shall mean Wachovia and any successor in such capacity.

Swingline Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

Swingline Note ” shall mean the promissory note of the Borrowers in favor of the Swingline Lender evidencing the Swingline Loans provided pursuant to Section 2.4(d), as such promissory note may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time.

Tax Exempt Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.18.

Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.18.

 

31


Term Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Term Loan Lender, the commitment of such Term Loan Lender to make its portion of the Term Loan in a principal amount equal to such Term Loan Lender’s Term Loan Commitment Percentage of the Term Loan Committed Amount.

Term Loan Commitment Percentage ” shall mean, for any Term Loan Lender, the percentage identified as its Term Loan Commitment Percentage in its Lender Commitment Letter.

Term Loan Committed Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

Term Loan Lender ” shall mean a Lender holding a Term Loan Commitment or a portion of the outstanding Term Loan.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean December 6, 2013.

Term Loan Note ” or “ Term Loan Notes ” shall mean the promissory notes of the Company (if any) in favor of any of the Term Loan Lenders evidencing the portion of the Term Loan provided by any such Term Loan Lender pursuant to Section 2.2(a), individually or collectively, as appropriate, as such promissory notes may be amended, modified, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time.

Third Party Permitted Investments ” shall mean Investments in Persons that are not Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (n) of the definition of Permitted Investments.

Total Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of the end of each fiscal quarter of Holdco, for Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four consecutive quarters ending on such date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Indebtedness on the last day of such period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such four fiscal quarter period.

Trademark License ” shall mean any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Person of any right to use any Trademark, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 to this Credit Agreement.

Trademarks ” shall mean (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, service marks, elements of package or trade dress of goods or services, logos and other source or business identifiers, together with the goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 to this Credit Agreement, and (b) all renewals thereof including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 in each case of any of the Credit Parties.

 

32


Tranche ” shall mean the collective reference to LIBOR Rate Loans whose Interest Periods begin and end on the same day.

Transactions ” shall mean the closing of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, the closing of the Secured Bridge Loan and the Secured Bridge Loan Documents and the consummation of the Acquisitions and the other transactions contemplated hereby to occur in connection with such closing and Acquisitions (including, without limitation, the initial borrowings under the Credit Documents and the Secured Bridge Loan and the payment of fees and expenses in connection with all of the foregoing).

Transfer Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in each Assignment Agreement.

Type ” shall mean, as to any Loan, its nature as an Alternate Base Rate Loan or LIBOR Rate Loan, as the case may be.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code from time to time in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

Unasserted Obligations ” shall mean, at any time, Obligations for taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities (except for (i) the principal of and interest on, and fees relating to, any Indebtedness and (ii) contingent reimbursement obligations in respect of amounts that may be drawn under Letters of Credit) in respect of which no claim or demand for payment has been made (or, in the case of Obligations for indemnification, no notice for indemnification has been issued by the indemnitee) at such time.

Unrecovered Investment ” means, at any time as to any Partially-Owned Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of consideration paid in connection with the acquisition of such Partially-Owned Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary and of all other Investments made in such Partially-Owned Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary at any time by any Credit Party, net of the aggregate amount received or recovered by any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash on account of such acquisition consideration or other Investments, as a return of the principal thereof and not on account of interest thereon or earnings or income attributable thereto.

Unrestricted Subsidiaries ” shall mean (a) any Subsidiary of Holdco (other than the Company, a Subsidiary Borrower or a Guarantor) designated as such by the Company upon notice to the Administrative Agent, (b) any newly created or acquired Subsidiary of Holdco designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary upon notice to the Administrative Agent or (c) any Subsidiary (other than the Company, a Subsidiary Borrower or a Guarantor) of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , that (i) at no time shall any creditor of any such Subsidiary have any claim (whether pursuant to a Guaranty Obligation, by operation of law or otherwise) against Holdco, the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any

 

33


Indebtedness or other obligation of any such Subsidiary; (ii) neither Holdco, the Company nor any of their Restricted Subsidiaries shall become a general partner of any such Subsidiary; (iii) no default with respect to any Indebtedness of any such Subsidiary (including any right which the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against any such Subsidiary) shall permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any Indebtedness of Holdco, the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity; (iv) no such Subsidiary shall own any Capital Stock of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, Holdco, the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries; (v) no Investments may be made in any such Subsidiary by Holdco, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except in compliance with clauses (m) or (n) of the definition of Permitted Investments; (vi) at the time of such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; (vii) such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall have entered into a tax sharing agreement with Holdco and any applicable Subsidiaries of Holdco that own (directly or indirectly) the Capital Stock of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, whereby such Unrestricted Subsidiary agrees to reimburse Holdco or the applicable Subsidiary for taxes paid on the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a result of filing a consolidated tax return; and (viii) any Subsidiary designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the Secured Bridge Loan Credit Agreement shall also be designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” hereunder. It is understood that Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be disregarded for purposes of any calculation pursuant to this Credit Agreement relating to financial matters with respect to any Credit Party. Any Subsidiary designated an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” by the Company may subsequently be designated a “Restricted Subsidiary” by notice from the Company of such designation to the Administrative Agent and certification by the Company to the Administrative Agent that, after giving effect to such designation on a Pro Forma Basis, the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9.

Voting Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock issued by such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even though the right so to vote may be or have been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

Wachovia ” shall mean Wachovia Bank, National Association, a national banking association, together with its successors and/or assigns.

Works ” shall mean all works which are subject to copyright protection pursuant to Title 17 of the United States Code.

Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions .

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Credit Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the Notes or other Credit Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

 

34


(b) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Credit Agreement shall refer to this Credit Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Credit Agreement, and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Credit Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

Section 1.3 Accounting Terms .

Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of Holdco delivered to the Lenders; provided that, if the Company shall notify the Administrative Agent that it wishes amend any covenant in Section 5.9 to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation of any such definition or provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company that the Required Lenders wish to amend any such definition or provision for such purpose), then the Credit Parties’ compliance with such provisions shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such definition or provision is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Company and the Required Lenders.

The Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender at the same time as the delivery of any annual or quarterly financial statements given in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.1, (i) a description in reasonable detail of any material change in the application of accounting principles employed in the preparation of such financial statements from those applied in the most recently preceding quarterly or annual financial statements as to which no objection shall have been made in accordance with the provisions above and (ii) a reasonable estimate of the effect on the financial statements on account of such changes in application.

Section 1.4 Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities .

Each Credit Party acknowledges and agrees that it was represented by counsel in connection with the execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, that it and its counsel reviewed and participated in the preparation and negotiation hereof and thereof and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation hereof or thereof.

Section 1.5 Time References .

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

35


ARTICLE II

THE LOANS; AMOUNT AND TERMS

Section 2.1 Revolving Loans .

(a) Revolving Commitment . During the Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans in Dollars (“ Revolving Loans ”) to the Borrowers from time to time for the purposes hereinafter set forth; provided , however , that (i) with regard to each Revolving Lender individually, the sum of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans plus such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of outstanding Swingline Loans plus such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of outstanding LOC Obligations shall not exceed such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment and (ii) with regard to the Revolving Lenders collectively, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans plus outstanding Swingline Loans plus outstanding LOC Obligations shall not exceed the Revolving Committed Amount then in effect. For purposes hereof, the aggregate principal amount available hereunder for Revolving Loans shall be FORTY MILLION DOLLARS ($40,000,000) (as such aggregate maximum amount may be reduced from time to time as provided in Section 2.7, the “ Revolving Committed Amount ”). Revolving Loans may consist of Alternate Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans, or a combination thereof, as the Company may request, and may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof; provided , however , the Revolving Loans made on the Closing Date and three Business Days following the Closing Date may only consist of Alternate Base Rate Loans unless the Company delivers a funding indemnity letter reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date. LIBOR Rate Loans shall be made by each Revolving Lender at its LIBOR Lending Office and Alternate Base Rate Loans at its Domestic Lending Office.

(b) Revolving Loan Borrowings .

(i) Notice of Borrowing . The Company shall request a Revolving Loan borrowing by delivering a Notice of Borrowing (or telephone notice promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of a Notice of Borrowing, which delivery may be by facsimile) to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. on the Business Day that is the date of the requested borrowing in the case of Alternate Base Rate Loans, and on the third Business Day prior to the date of the requested borrowing in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans. Each such Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify (A) the applicable Borrower to which such Loan is to be made, (B) that a Revolving Loan is requested, (C) the date of the requested borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (D) the aggregate principal amount to be borrowed and (E) whether the borrowing shall

 

36


be comprised of Alternate Base Rate Loans, LIBOR Rate Loans or a combination thereof, and if LIBOR Rate Loans are requested, the Interest Period(s) therefor. If the Company shall fail to specify in any such Notice of Borrowing (1) an applicable Interest Period in the case of a LIBOR Rate Loan, then such notice shall be deemed to be a request for an Interest Period of one month, (2) the Type of Revolving Loan requested, then such notice shall be deemed to be a request for an Alternate Base Rate Loan hereunder or (3) the applicable Borrower for such Loan, then such notice shall be deemed to be a request for a Revolving Loan for the Company. The Administrative Agent shall give notice to each Revolving Lender promptly upon receipt of each Notice of Borrowing, the contents thereof and each such Revolving Lender’s share thereof.

(ii) Minimum Amounts . Each Revolving Loan which is an Alternate Base Rate Loan shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $1,000,000 and in integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof (or the remaining amount of the Revolving Committed Amount, if less). Each Revolving Loan which is a LIBOR Rate Loan shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $1,000,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or the remaining amount of the Revolving Committed Amount, if less).

(iii) Advances . Each Revolving Lender will make its Revolving Commitment Percentage of each Revolving Loan borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Borrower at the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 9.2, or at such other office as the Administrative Agent may designate in writing, upon reasonable advance notice by 1:00 P.M. on the date specified in the applicable Notice of Borrowing, in Dollars and in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to the applicable Borrower by the Administrative Agent by crediting the account of the applicable Borrower on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Revolving Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

(c) Repayment . Subject to the terms of this Credit Agreement, Revolving Loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed during the Commitment Period. The principal amount of all Revolving Loans shall be due and payable in full on the Revolver Maturity Date, unless accelerated sooner pursuant to Section 7.2.

(d) Interest . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9(b), Revolving Loans shall bear interest as follows:

(i) Alternate Base Rate Loans . During such periods as Revolving Loans shall be comprised of Alternate Base Rate Loans, each such Alternate Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the sum of the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage; and

 

37


(ii) LIBOR Rate Loans . During such periods as Revolving Loans shall be comprised of LIBOR Rate Loans, each such LIBOR Rate Loan shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the sum of the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Percentage.

Interest on Revolving Loans shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date.

(e) Revolving Notes; Covenant to Pay . Each Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall be evidenced, upon such Revolving Lender’s request, by a duly executed promissory note of the Borrowers to such Revolving Lender in substantially the form of Schedule 2.1(e) . The Borrowers covenant and agree to pay the Revolving Loans in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement and the Revolving Notes, if any.

Section 2.2 Term Loan .

(a) Term Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth herein, each Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make available to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers (as directed by the Company) (through the Administrative Agent) on the Closing Date such Term Loan Lender’s Term Loan Commitment Percentage of a term loan in Dollars (the “ Term Loan ”) in the aggregate principal amount of FIVE HUNDRED SEVENTY MILLION DOLLARS ($570,000,000) (the “ Term Loan Committed Amount ”) for the purposes hereinafter set forth. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of the proceeds of the Term Loan, such proceeds will then be made available to the Company and the applicable Subsidiary Borrower by the Administrative Agent by crediting the account of the Company on the books of the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 9.2, or at such other office as the Administrative Agent may designate in writing, with the aggregate of such proceeds made available to the Administrative Agent by the Term Loan Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent (or by crediting such other account(s) as directed by the Company). The Term Loan may consist of Alternate Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans, or a combination thereof, as the Company may request; provided , however , that on the Closing Date and on the three Business Days following the Closing Date, the Term Loan may only consist of Alternate Base Rate Loans unless the Company delivers a funding indemnity letter reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date. Amounts repaid or prepaid on the Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment of Term Loan . The principal amount of the Term Loan shall be repaid in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date, unless accelerated sooner pursuant to Section 7.2.

(c) Interest on the Term Loan . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9(b), the Term Loan shall bear interest as follows:

(i) Alternate Base Rate Loans . During such periods as the Term Loan shall be comprised of Alternate Base Rate Loans, each such Alternate Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the sum of the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage; and

 

38


(ii) LIBOR Rate Loans . During such periods as the Term Loan shall be comprised of LIBOR Rate Loans, each such LIBOR Rate Loan shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the sum of the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Percentage.

Interest on the Term Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date.

(d) Term Loan Notes . Each Term Loan Lender’s Term Loan Commitment shall be evidenced, upon such Term Loan Lender’s request, by a duly executed promissory note of the Company to such Term Loan Lender in substantially the form of Schedule 2.2(d) . The Company covenants and agrees to pay the Term Loan in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Notes, if any.

Section 2.3 Letter of Credit Subfacility .

(a) Issuance . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the LOC Documents, if any, and any other terms and conditions which the Issuing Lender may reasonably require, during the Commitment Period the Issuing Lender shall issue, and the Revolving Lenders shall participate in, standby Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers from time to time upon request in a form acceptable to the Issuing Lender; provided , however , that (i) the aggregate amount of LOC Obligations shall not at any time exceed FIFTEEN MILLION DOLLARS ($15,000,000) (the “ LOC Committed Amount ”), (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans plus outstanding Swingline Loans plus outstanding LOC Obligations shall not at any time exceed the Revolving Committed Amount then in effect, (iii) all Letters of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars and (iv) Letters of Credit shall be issued for any lawful corporate purposes and may be issued as standby letters of credit, including in connection with workers’ compensation and other insurance programs. Except as otherwise expressly agreed upon by all the Revolving Lenders, no Letter of Credit shall have an original expiry date more than twelve (12) months from the date of issuance;  provided , however , so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and subject to the other terms and conditions to the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder, the expiry dates of Letters of Credit may be extended annually or periodically from time to time on the request of the Company or by operation of the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit to a date not more than twelve (12) months from the date of extension; provided , further , that no Letter of Credit, as originally issued or as extended, shall have an expiry date extending beyond the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the Revolver Maturity Date. Each Letter of Credit shall comply with the related LOC Documents. The issuance and expiry date of each Letter of Credit shall be a Business Day. Any Letters of Credit issued hereunder shall be in a minimum original

 

39


face amount of $100,000 (or such lesser amount as agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender). Each applicable Borrower’s reimbursement obligations in respect of each Existing Letter of Credit, and each Revolving Lender’s participation obligations in connection therewith, shall be governed by the terms of this Credit Agreement.

(b) Notice and Reports . The request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be submitted to the Issuing Lender by the Company at least five (5) Business Days prior to the requested date of issuance. The Issuing Lender will promptly upon request provide to the Administrative Agent for dissemination to the Revolving Lenders a detailed report specifying the Letters of Credit which are then issued and outstanding and any activity with respect thereto which may have occurred since the date of any prior report, and including therein, among other things, the account party, the beneficiary, the face amount, expiry date as well as any payments or expirations which may have occurred. The Issuing Lender will further provide to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request copies of the Letters of Credit. The Issuing Lender will provide to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request a summary report of the nature and extent of LOC Obligations then outstanding.

(c) Participations . Each Revolving Lender, (i) on the Closing Date with respect to each Existing Letter of Credit and (ii) upon issuance of any other Letter of Credit, shall be deemed to have purchased without recourse a risk participation from the Issuing Lender in such Letter of Credit and the obligations arising thereunder and any collateral relating thereto, in each case in an amount equal to its Revolving Commitment Percentage of the obligations under such Letter of Credit and shall absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably assume, as primary obligor and not as surety, and be obligated to pay to the Issuing Lender therefor and discharge when due, its Revolving Commitment Percentage of the obligations arising under such Letter of Credit. Without limiting the scope and nature of each Revolving Lender’s participation in any Letter of Credit, to the extent that the Issuing Lender has not been reimbursed as required hereunder or under any LOC Document, each such Revolving Lender shall pay to the Issuing Lender its Revolving Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed drawing pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) hereof. The obligation of each Revolving Lender to so reimburse the Issuing Lender shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by the occurrence of a Default, an Event of Default or any other occurrence or event. Any such reimbursement shall not relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as hereinafter provided.

(d) Reimbursement . In the event of any drawing under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender will promptly notify the Company and the Administrative Agent. The applicable Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Lender on or before the Business Day following the day such drawing is honored (either with the proceeds of a Revolving Loan obtained hereunder or otherwise) in same day funds as provided herein or in the LOC Documents. If the applicable Borrower shall fail to reimburse the Issuing Lender as provided herein, the unreimbursed amount of such drawing shall bear interest at a per

 

40


annum rate equal to the ABR Default Rate. Unless the Company shall immediately notify the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent of its intent to otherwise reimburse the Issuing Lender, the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Mandatory LOC Borrowing in the amount of the drawing as provided in subsection (e) hereof, the proceeds of which will be used to satisfy the Reimbursement Obligations. The Borrowers’ Reimbursement Obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under all circumstances irrespective of any rights of set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment the Borrowers may claim or have against the Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit drawn upon or any other Person, including without limitation any defense based on any failure of the Borrowers to receive consideration or the legality, validity, regularity or unenforceability of the Letter of Credit. The Issuing Lender will promptly notify the other Revolving Lenders of the amount of any unreimbursed drawing and each Revolving Lender shall promptly pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender, in Dollars and in immediately available funds, the amount of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed drawing. Such payment shall be made on the day such notice is received by such Revolving Lender from the Issuing Lender if such notice is received at or before 2:00 P.M., otherwise such payment shall be made at or before 12:00 Noon on the Business Day next succeeding the day such notice is received. If such Revolving Lender does not pay such amount to the Issuing Lender in full upon such request, such Revolving Lender shall, on demand, pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender interest on the unpaid amount during the period from the date of such drawing until such Revolving Lender pays such amount to the Issuing Lender in full at a rate per annum equal to, if paid within two (2) Business Days of the date of drawing, the Federal Funds Effective Rate and thereafter at a rate equal to the Alternate Base Rate. Each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make such payment to the Issuing Lender, and the right of the Issuing Lender to receive the same, shall be absolute and unconditional, shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever and without regard to the termination of this Credit Agreement or the Commitments hereunder, the existence of a Default or Event of Default or the acceleration of the Credit Party Obligations hereunder and shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Repayment with Revolving Loans . On any day on which a Borrower shall have requested, or been deemed to have requested, a Revolving Loan to reimburse a drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall give notice to the Revolving Lenders that a Revolving Loan has been requested or deemed requested in connection with a drawing under a Letter of Credit, in which case a Revolving Loan borrowing comprised entirely of Alternate Base Rate Loans (each such borrowing, a “ Mandatory LOC Borrowing ”) shall be made (without giving effect to any termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 7.2) pro rata based on each Revolving Lender’s respective Revolving Commitment Percentage (determined before giving effect to any termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 7.2) and the proceeds thereof shall be paid directly to the Issuing Lender for application to the respective LOC Obligations. Each Revolving Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make such Revolving Loans on the day such notice is received by the Revolving Lenders from the Administrative Agent if

 

41


such notice is received at or before 2:00 P.M., otherwise such payment shall be made at or before 12:00 Noon on the Business Day next succeeding the day such notice is received, in each case notwithstanding (i) the amount of Mandatory LOC Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for borrowings of Revolving Loans otherwise required hereunder, (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section 4.2 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or an Event of Default then exists, (iv) failure for any such request or deemed request for Revolving Loan to be made by the time otherwise required in Section 2.1(b), (v) the date of such Mandatory LOC Borrowing, or (vi) any reduction in the Revolving Committed Amount after any such Letter of Credit may have been drawn upon. In the event that any Mandatory LOC Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including, without limitation, as a result of the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event), then each such Revolving Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith fund (as of the date the Mandatory LOC Borrowing would otherwise have occurred, but adjusted for any payments received from the Borrowers on or after such date and prior to such purchase) its Participation Interests in the outstanding LOC Obligations; provided , further , that in the event any Revolving Lender shall fail to fund its Participation Interest on the day the Mandatory LOC Borrowing would otherwise have occurred, then the amount of such Revolving Lender’s unfunded Participation Interest therein shall bear interest payable by such Revolving Lender to the Issuing Lender upon demand, at the rate equal to, if paid within two (2) Business Days of such date, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and thereafter at a rate equal to the Alternate Base Rate.

(f) Modification, Extension . The issuance of any supplement, modification, amendment, renewal, or extension to any Letter of Credit shall, for purposes hereof, be treated in all respects the same as the issuance of a new Letter of Credit hereunder.

(g) ISP98 and UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Lender and the Company, when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the “International Standby Practices 1998,” as most recently published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice at the time of issuance shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of The Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

(h) Conflict with LOC Documents . In the event of any conflict between this Credit Agreement and any LOC Document (including any letter of credit application), this Credit Agreement shall control.

(i) Designation of Restricted Subsidiaries as Account Parties . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Credit Agreement, including without limitation Section 2.3(a), a Letter of Credit issued hereunder may contain a statement to the effect that such Letter of Credit is issued for the account of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower; provided that, notwithstanding such statement, the applicable Borrower shall be the actual account party for all purposes of this Credit Agreement for such Letter of Credit and such statement shall not affect the Borrowers’ Reimbursement Obligations hereunder with respect to such Letter of Credit.

 

42


Section 2.4 Swingline Loan Subfacility .

(a) Swingline Commitment . During the Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender, in its individual capacity, agrees to make certain revolving credit loans to the Borrowers (each a “ Swingline Loan ” and, collectively, the “ Swingline Loans ”) for the purposes hereinafter set forth; provided , however , (i) the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed TEN MILLION DOLLARS ($10,000,000) (the “ Swingline Committed Amount ”), and (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans plus outstanding Swingline Loans plus outstanding LOC Obligations shall not exceed the Revolving Committed Amount then in effect. Swingline Loans hereunder may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) Swingline Loan Borrowings .

(i) Notice of Borrowing and Disbursement . Upon receiving a Notice of Borrowing from the Company not later than 11:00 A.M. on any Business Day requesting a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender will make Swingline Loans available to the applicable Borrower on the same Business Day such request is received by the Administrative Agent. If the Company shall fail to specify in any such Notice of Borrowing the applicable Borrower for such Swingline Loan, then such notice shall be deemed to be a request for a Swingline Loan for the Company. Swingline Loan borrowings hereunder shall be made in minimum amounts of $100,000 and in integral amounts of $25,000 in excess thereof (or the remaining amount of the Swingline Committed Amount, if less).

(ii) Repayment of Swingline Loans . Each Swingline Loan borrowing shall be due and payable on the Revolver Maturity Date. The Swingline Lender may, at any time, in its sole discretion, by written notice to the Company and the Administrative Agent, demand repayment of its Swingline Loans by way of a Revolving Loan borrowing, in which case the Company shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Loan borrowing comprised entirely of Alternate Base Rate Loans in the amount of such Swingline Loans; provided , however , that, in the following circumstances, any such demand shall also be deemed to have been given one Business Day prior to each of (A) the Revolver Maturity Date, (B) the occurrence of any Bankruptcy Event, (C) upon acceleration of the Credit Party Obligations hereunder, whether on account of a Bankruptcy Event or any other Event of Default, and (D) the exercise of remedies in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.2 hereof (each such Revolving Loan borrowing made on account of any such deemed request therefor as provided herein being hereinafter referred to as “ Mandatory Swingline Borrowing ”). Each Revolving Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make such Revolving Loans promptly upon any such request or deemed request on account of each Mandatory Swingline Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence on the date such notice is received by the Revolving Lenders from the Administrative Agent if

 

43


such notice is received at or before 2:00 P.M., otherwise such payment shall be made at or before 12:00 Noon on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is received notwithstanding (1) the amount of Mandatory Swingline Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for borrowings of Revolving Loans otherwise required hereunder, (2) whether any conditions specified in Section 4.2 are then satisfied, (3) whether a Default or an Event of Default then exists, (4) failure of any such request or deemed request for Revolving Loans to be made by the time otherwise required in Section 2.1(b)(i), (5) the date of such Mandatory Swingline Borrowing, or (6) any reduction in the Revolving Committed Amount or termination of the Revolving Commitments immediately prior to such Mandatory Swingline Borrowing or contemporaneously therewith. In the event that any Mandatory Swingline Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including, without limitation, as a result of the commencement of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code), then each Revolving Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase (as of the date the Mandatory Swingline Borrowing would otherwise have occurred, but adjusted for any payments received from the Borrowers on or after such date and prior to such purchase) from the Swingline Lender such participations in the outstanding Swingline Loans as shall be necessary to cause each such Revolving Lender to share in such Swingline Loans ratably based upon its respective Revolving Commitment Percentage (determined before giving effect to any termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 7.2); provided that (x) all interest payable on the Swingline Loans shall be for the account of the Swingline Lender until the date as of which the respective participation is purchased, and (y) at the time any purchase of participations pursuant to this sentence is actually made, the purchasing Revolving Lender shall be required to pay to the Swingline Lender interest on the principal amount of such participation purchased for each day from and including the day upon which the Mandatory Swingline Borrowing would otherwise have occurred to but excluding the date of payment for such participation, at the rate equal to, if paid within two (2) Business Days of the date of the Mandatory Swingline Borrowing, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and thereafter at a rate equal to the Alternate Base Rate.

(c) Interest on Swingline Loans . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9(b), Swingline Loans shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage for Revolving Loans that are Alternate Base Rate Loans. Interest on Swingline Loans shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date.

(d) Swingline Note . The Swingline Loans shall be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note of the Borrowers to the Swingline Lender in the original amount of the Swingline Committed Amount and substantially in the form of Schedule 2.4(d) . The Borrowers covenant and agree to pay the Swingline Loans in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement and the Swingline Notes, if any

 

44


Section 2.5 Incremental Facilities .

(a) Incremental Revolving Facility . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time, prior to the Revolver Maturity Date, to incur additional Indebtedness under this Credit Agreement in the form of an increase to the Revolving Committed Amount (each an “ Incremental Revolving Facility ” and collectively the “ Incremental Revolving Facilities ”). The following terms and conditions shall apply to each Incremental Revolving Facility: (i) the loans made under each Incremental Revolving Facility (each an “ Additional Revolving Loan ”) shall constitute Credit Party Obligations and will be secured and guaranteed with the other Credit Party Obligations on a pari passu basis, (ii) each Incremental Revolving Facility shall have the same terms (including interest rate and maturity date) as the existing Revolving Loans, (iii) each Incremental Revolving Facility shall be entitled to the same voting rights as the existing Revolving Loans, voting as one class, and shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share of proceeds of prepayments on the same basis as the existing Revolving Loans, (iv) each Incremental Revolving Facility shall be obtained from existing Lenders or from other banks, financial institutions or investment funds, in each case in accordance with the terms set forth below, (v) the proceeds of the Additional Revolving Loans will be used for the purposes set forth in Section 3.11; provided that such proceeds shall not be used to repay, prepay or otherwise refinance the Secured Bridge Loan Obligations, (vi) the Borrowers shall execute a Revolving Note in favor of any new Lender or any existing Lender requesting a Revolving Note whose Revolving Commitment is increased, (vii) the conditions to Extensions of Credit in Section 4.2 shall have been satisfied, (viii) each such Incremental Revolving Facility shall be in a minimum amount of $25,000,000 (and $5,000,000 increments in excess thereof), (ix) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Revolving Facilities and all Incremental Term Facilities (if any) shall not exceed $250,000,000 at any time, (x) the Secured Bridge Loan shall have been repaid in full prior to the effectiveness of any such Incremental Revolving Facility and (xi) the Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrowers (A) resolutions, legal opinions and other corporate authority documents with respect to each Incremental Revolving Facility reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, substantially the same in form and substance as those delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.1 and (B) an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, demonstrating that, after giving effect to such Incremental Revolving Facility, no Default or Event of Default shall exist. Participation in each Incremental Revolving Facility shall be offered first to each of the existing Lenders, but each such Lender shall have no obligation to provide all or any portion of the Incremental Revolving Facility. If the amount of any Incremental Revolving Facility shall exceed the commitments which the existing Lenders are willing to provide with respect to such Incremental Revolving Facility, then the Company may invite other banks, financial institutions and investment funds reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to join this Credit Agreement as Lenders hereunder for the portion of such Incremental Revolving Facility not taken by existing Lenders, provided that such other banks, financial institutions and investment funds shall enter into such joinder agreements to give effect thereto as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. The Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into, on behalf of the Lenders, any amendment to this Credit Agreement or any other Credit

 

45


Document as may be necessary to solely incorporate the terms of each Incremental Revolving Facility therein. Upon any increase of the Revolving Committed Amount pursuant to this Section 2.5(a), the Borrowers shall use proceeds of Revolving Loans pursuant to such Incremental Revolving Facility to prepay any Revolving Loans outstanding on the effective date for the Incremental Revolving Facility (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.17 ) to the extent necessary to keep the aggregate outstanding Revolving Loans ratable with any revised Commitment Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments.

(b) Incremental Term Facility . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right at any time and from time to time, prior to the Maturity Date, to incur additional Indebtedness under this Credit Agreement in the form of term loans (each, an “ Incremental Term Facility ” and collectively the “ Incremental Term Facilities ”). The following terms and conditions shall apply to the Incremental Term Facilities: (i) the loans made under the Incremental Term Facilities (the “ Additional Term Loans ”) shall constitute Credit Party Obligations and will be secured and guaranteed with the other Credit Party Obligations on a pari passu basis, (ii) the interest rate margin and amortization schedule applicable to each Incremental Term Facility shall be determined at the time such Incremental Term Facility is made available, (iii) each Incremental Term Facility shall have a maturity date no sooner than the Term Loan Maturity Date, (iv) each Incremental Term Facility shall be entitled to the same voting rights as the existing Term Loan voting as one class except as to matters solely affecting the Incremental Term Facility and shall be entitled to receive proceeds of prepayments on the same basis as the existing Term Loans, (v) the Incremental Term Facilities shall be obtained from existing Lenders or from other banks, financial institutions or investment funds, in each case in accordance with the terms set forth below, (vi) each Incremental Term Facility shall be in a minimum amount of $25,000,000 (and $5,000,000 increments in excess thereof), (vii) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Facilities and all Incremental Revolving Facilities (if any) shall not exceed $250,000,000 at any time, (viii) the proceeds of any Additional Term Loan will be used for the purposes set forth in Section 3.11; provided that such proceeds shall not be used to repay, prepay or otherwise refinance the Secured Bridge Loan Obligations, (ix) the Company shall execute a promissory note in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in favor of any new Lender or any existing Lender requesting a note, (x) the conditions to Extensions of Credit in Section 4.2 shall have been satisfied, (xi) the Secured Bridge Loan shall have been repaid in full prior to the effectiveness of any such Incremental Term Facility and (xii) the Administrative Agent shall have received from the Company (A) resolutions, legal opinions and other corporate authority documents with respect to such Incremental Term Facility reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, substantially the same in form and substance as those delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.1 and (B) updated financial projections and an officer’s certificate, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, demonstrating that, after giving effect to any such Incremental Term Facility on a Pro Forma Basis, the Credit Parties will be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9 and no Default or Event of Default shall exist. Participation in

 

46


Incremental Term Facilities shall be offered first to each of the existing Lenders, but each such Lender shall have no obligation to provide all or any portion of the Incremental Term Facilities. If the amount of any Incremental Term Facility requested by the Company shall exceed the commitments which the existing Lenders are willing to provide with respect to such Incremental Term Facility, then the Company may invite other banks, financial institutions and investment funds reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to join this Credit Agreement as Lenders hereunder for the portion of such Incremental Term Facility not taken by existing Lenders, provided that such other banks, financial institutions and investment funds shall enter into such joinder agreements to give effect thereto as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. The Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into, on behalf of the Lenders, any amendment to this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document as may be necessary to solely incorporate the terms of any new Incremental Term Facility therein.

Section 2.6 Fees .

(a) Commitment Fee . In consideration of the Revolving Commitments, the Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Revolving Lenders, a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) in an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage per annum on the average daily unused amount of the Revolving Committed Amount. For purposes of computation of the Commitment Fee, LOC Obligations shall be considered usage but Swingline Loans shall not be considered usage of the Revolving Committed Amount. The Commitment Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter.

(b) Letter of Credit Fees . In consideration of the LOC Commitments, the Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Revolving Lenders, a fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) equal to the Applicable Percentage for Revolving Loans that are LIBOR Rate Loans per annum on the average daily maximum amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit from the date of issuance to the date of expiration. The Letter of Credit Fee shall each be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter.

(c) Issuing Lender Fees . In addition to the Letter of Credit Fees payable pursuant to subsection (b) hereof, the applicable Borrowers shall pay to the Issuing Lender for its own account without sharing by the other Lenders the reasonable and customary charges from time to time of the Issuing Lender with respect to the amendment, transfer, administration, cancellation and conversion of, and drawings under, such Letters of Credit (collectively, the “ Issuing Lender Fees ”). The Issuing Lender may charge, and retain for its own account without sharing by the other Lenders, an additional facing fee (the “ Letter of Credit Facing Fee ”) of one-eighth of one percent (.125%) per annum on the average daily maximum amount available to be drawn under each such Letter of Credit issued by it. The Issuing Lender Fees and the Letter of Credit Facing Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter.

 

47


(d) Administrative Fee . The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the annual administrative fee as described in the Fee Letter.

Section 2.7 Commitment Reductions .

(a) Voluntary Reductions . The Company shall have the right to terminate or permanently reduce the unused portion of the Revolving Committed Amount at any time or from time to time upon not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall notify the Lenders thereof as soon as practicable) of each such termination or reduction, which notice shall specify the effective date thereof and the amount of any such reduction which shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or the remaining unused portion) and shall be irrevocable and effective upon receipt by the Administrative Agent; provided that no such reduction or termination shall be permitted if after giving effect thereto, and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans made on the effective date thereof, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans plus outstanding Swingline Loans plus outstanding LOC Obligations would exceed the Revolving Committed Amount then in effect.

(b) Swingline Committed Amount . If the Revolving Committed Amount is reduced pursuant to Section 2.8(a) below the then current Swingline Committed Amount, the Swingline Committed Amount shall automatically be reduced by an amount such that the Swingline Committed Amount equals the Revolving Committed Amount.

(c) Maturity Date . The Revolving Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the LOC Commitment shall automatically terminate on the Revolver Maturity Date.

Section 2.8 Prepayments .

(a) Optional Prepayments . The Borrowers shall have the right to prepay Loans in whole or in part from time to time; provided , however , that each partial prepayment of (i) a Revolving Loan or Term Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof (or the remaining outstanding principal amount) and (ii) of a Swingline Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 and integral multiples of $25,000 in excess thereof (or the remaining outstanding principal amount). The Company shall give three Business Days’ irrevocable notice in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans and same-day irrevocable notice on any Business Day in the case of Alternate Base Rate Loans, to the Administrative Agent (which shall notify the Lenders thereof as soon as practicable). Amounts prepaid under this Section 2.8(a) shall be applied as directed by the Company. All prepayments under this Section 2.8(a) shall be subject to Section 2.17, but otherwise without premium or penalty. Interest on the principal amount prepaid shall be payable on the next occurring Interest Payment Date that would have occurred had such loan not been prepaid or, at the request of the Administrative Agent, interest on the principal amount prepaid shall be payable on any date that a prepayment is made hereunder through the date of prepayment. Amounts prepaid on the Revolving Loans and the Swingline Loans may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms hereof. Amounts prepaid on the Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

 

48


(b) Mandatory Prepayments .

(i) Revolving Committed Amount . If at any time after the Closing Date, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans plus outstanding Swingline Loans plus outstanding LOC Obligations shall exceed the Revolving Committed Amount, the Borrowers shall immediately prepay the Loans in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess (such prepayment to be applied as set forth in clause (vii) below).

(ii) Excess Cash Flow . Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements required by Section 5.1(a) (commencing with the delivery of financial statements for fiscal year ending December 31, 2006), the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans and/or cash collateralize the LOC Obligations in an amount equal to 50% of the Excess Cash Flow earned during such prior fiscal year; provided , that if the Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 6.00 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal year, the Borrowers shall not be required to prepay the Loans and/or cash collateralize the LOC Obligations on account of the Excess Cash Flow earned during such prior fiscal year. Any payments of Excess Cash Flow shall be applied as set forth in clause (vii) below.

(iii) Asset Dispositions . No later than three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt by any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of proceeds from any Asset Disposition (or related series of Asset Dispositions), the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans and/or cash collateralize the LOC Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds derived from such Asset Disposition (or related series of Asset Dispositions) (such prepayment to be applied as set forth in clause (vii) below); provided , however , that, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Net Cash Proceeds shall not be required to be so applied to the extent (A) the Company delivers to the Administrative Agent a certificate stating that the Credit Parties intend to use such Net Cash Proceeds to reinvest in replacement assets or other assets useful to the business of the Credit Parties, (B) the applicable Credit Party commits, pursuant to an agreement entered into within 365 days after such Asset Disposition and binding on the Credit Parties or a letter of intent, to reinvest such proceeds, and (C) such proceeds are so reinvested within 180 days after such commitment, it being agreed that Net Cash Proceeds not so reinvested or committed to be reinvested shall be applied to prepay the Loans and/or cash collateralize the LOC Obligations immediately thereafter in accordance with clause (vii) below.

(iv) Debt Issuances . No later than three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt by any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of proceeds from any Debt Issuance, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans and/or

 

49


cash collateralize the LOC Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Debt Issuance (such prepayment to be applied as set forth in clause (vii) below); provided , that the Borrowers shall not be required (except as contemplated by the pro forma use of proceeds below) to repay the Loans and/or cash collateralize the LOC Obligations on account of the maximum portion of such Debt Issuance which could be incurred without causing the Total Leverage Ratio as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Holdco (determined on a Pro Forma Basis giving effect to such portion of such Debt Issuance and the application of the proceeds therefrom) to exceed 6.0 to 1.0 or allowing such ratio to remain above such level (it being understood that the Borrowers shall be required to repay the Loans and/or cash collateralize the LOC Obligations with the remaining portion of such Debt Issuance in accordance with this clause (iv)).

(v) Issuances of Equity . No later than three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt by the Parent or any Credit Party or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries of proceeds from any Equity Issuance (other than (i) any capital contributions by or to the Parent pursuant to a Capital Call, (ii) to fund operations, Permitted Acquisitions or Third Party Permitted Investments or (iii) constituting a refund of a dividend pursuant to Section 6.10(f)), the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans and/or cash collateralize the LOC Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Equity Issuance (such prepayment to be applied as set forth in clause (vii) below); provided , that (A) the Borrowers shall not be required (except with respect to a Qualified Public Offering and except as contemplated by the pro forma use of proceeds below) to repay the Loans and/or cash collateralize the LOC Obligations on account of the maximum portion of such Equity Issuance which could be incurred without causing the Total Leverage Ratio as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Holdco (determined on a Pro Forma Basis giving effect to such portion of such Equity Issuance and the application of the proceeds therefrom) to exceed 6.0 to 1.0 or allowing such ratio to remain above such level (it being understood that the Borrowers shall be required to repay the Loans and/or cash collateralize the LOC Obligations with the remaining portion of such Equity Issuance in accordance with this paragraph (v)) and (B) the Net Cash Proceeds of a Qualified Public Offering shall be required to be prepaid in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the amount by which fifty percent (50%) of such Net Cash Proceeds exceeds the amount (if any) required to repay the Secured Bridge Loan in full and (2) the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds required to reduce the Total Leverage Ratio (determined on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such application) to 6.0 to 1.0 or less.

(vi) Recovery Event . No later than three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt by any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of proceeds from any Recovery Event, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans and/or cash collateralize LOC Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Recovery Event (such prepayment to be applied as set forth in clause (vii) below); provided , however ,

 

50


that, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Net Cash Proceeds shall not be required to be so applied (A) for any Recovery Event in an amount less than $1,500,000 and (B) to the extent (1) the Company delivers to the Administrative Agent a certificate stating that the Credit Parties intend to use such Net Cash Proceeds to reinvest in replacement assets or other assets useful to the business of the Credit Parties, (2) the applicable Credit Party commits, pursuant to an agreement entered into within 365 days after such Recovery Event and binding on the Credit Parties or a letter of intent, to reinvest such proceeds, and (3) such proceeds are so reinvested within 180 days after such commitment, it being agreed that Net Cash Proceeds not so reinvested or committed to be reinvested shall be applied to prepay the Loans and/or cash collateralize the LOC Obligations immediately thereafter in accordance with clause (vii) below.

(vii) Application of Mandatory Prepayments . All amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 2.8(b) shall be applied as follows:

(A) with respect to all amounts prepaid pursuant to Section 2.8(b)(i), (1)  first to the outstanding Swingline Loans and (2)  second to the outstanding Revolving Loans; and

(B) with respect to all amounts prepaid pursuant to Sections 2.8(b)(ii) through (vi), (1)  first to the Term Loan (pro rata to the remaining scheduled principal payments), (2)  second to the Swingline Loans (without a corresponding reduction of the Swingline Committed Amount), (3)  third to the Revolving Loans (without a corresponding reduction of the Revolving Committed Amount) and (4)  fourth to a cash collateral account in respect of LOC Obligations (without a corresponding reduction of the LOC Committed Amount). Within the parameters of the applications set forth above, prepayments shall be applied first to Alternate Base Rate Loans and then to LIBOR Rate Loans in direct order of Interest Period maturities. All prepayments under this Section 2.8(b) shall be subject to Section 2.17 and be accompanied by interest on the principal amount prepaid through the date of prepayment.

(c) Hedging Obligations Unaffected . Any repayment or prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall not affect the Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments under any Secured Hedging Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such repayment or prepayment, subject to the terms of such Secured Hedging Agreement.

Section 2.9 Default Rate and Payment Dates .

(a) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan which is a LIBOR Rate Loan shall not be paid when due or continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10 (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue principal amount of such Loan shall be converted to an Alternate Base Rate Loan at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

 

51


(b) (i) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any LIBOR Rate Loan shall not be paid when due, such overdue amount shall, at the discretion of the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, bear interest at a rate per annum which is equal to the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 2%, until the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, and thereafter at a rate per annum which is equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the sum of the Applicable Percentage then in effect for Alternate Base Rate Loans and, at the discretion of the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, 2% (the “ ABR Default Rate ”) or (ii) if any interest payable on the principal amount of any Loan or any fee or other amount, including the principal amount of any Alternate Base Rate Loan, payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall, at the discretion of the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, bear interest at a rate per annum which is equal to the ABR Default Rate, in each case from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (after as well as before judgment).

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.9 shall be payable from time to time on demand.

Section 2.10 Conversion Options .

(a) The Company may, in the case of Revolving Loans and the Term Loan, elect from time to time to convert Alternate Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Rate Loans, by delivering a Notice of Conversion/Extension to the Administrative Agent at least three Business Days prior to the proposed date of conversion. In addition, the Company may elect from time to time to convert all or any portion of a LIBOR Rate Loan to an Alternate Base Rate Loan by giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice thereof by 11:00 A.M. one Business Day prior to the proposed date of conversion. If the date upon which an Alternate Base Rate Loan is to be converted to a LIBOR Rate Loan is not a Business Day, then such conversion shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and during the period from such last day of an Interest Period to such succeeding Business Day such Loan shall bear interest as if it were an Alternate Base Rate Loan. LIBOR Rate Loans may only be converted to Alternate Base Rate Loans on the last day of the applicable Interest Period. If the date upon which a LIBOR Rate Loan is to be converted to an Alternate Base Rate Loan is not a Business Day, then such conversion shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and during the period from such last day of an Interest Period to such succeeding Business Day such Loan shall bear interest as if it were an Alternate Base Rate Loan. All or any part of outstanding Alternate Base Rate Loans may be converted as provided herein; provided that (i) no Loan may be converted into a LIBOR Rate Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) partial conversions shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. All or any part of outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans may be converted as provided herein; provided that partial conversions shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.

 

52


(b) Any LIBOR Rate Loans may be continued as such upon the expiration of an Interest Period with respect thereto by compliance by the Company with the notice provisions contained in Section 2.10(a); provided , that no LIBOR Rate Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case such Loan shall be automatically converted to an Alternate Base Rate Loan at the end of the applicable Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Company shall fail to give timely notice of an election to continue a LIBOR Rate Loan, or the continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans is not permitted hereunder, such LIBOR Rate Loans shall be automatically converted to Alternate Base Rate Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period with respect thereto.

Section 2.11 Computation of Interest and Fees; Usury .

(a) Interest payable hereunder with respect to any Alternate Base Rate Loan based on the Prime Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days, as applicable) for the actual days elapsed. All other fees, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Company and the Lenders of each determination of a LIBOR Rate on the Business Day of the determination thereof. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Alternate Base Rate shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change in the Alternate Base Rate shall become effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Company and the Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Credit Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Credit Parties and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Company, deliver to the Company a statement showing the computations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate.

(c) It is the intent of the Lenders and the Credit Parties to conform to and contract in strict compliance with applicable usury law from time to time in effect. All agreements between the Lenders and the Credit Parties are hereby limited by the provisions of this subsection which shall override and control all such agreements, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral. In no way, nor in any event or contingency (including but not limited to prepayment or acceleration of the maturity of any Credit Party Obligation), shall the interest taken, reserved, contracted for, charged, or received under this Credit Agreement, under the Notes or otherwise, exceed the maximum nonusurious amount permissible under applicable law. If, from any possible construction of any of the Credit Documents or any other document, interest would otherwise be payable in excess of the maximum nonusurious amount, any such construction shall be subject to the provisions of this paragraph and such interest shall be

 

53


automatically reduced to the maximum nonusurious amount permitted under applicable law, without the necessity of execution of any amendment or new document. If any Lender shall ever receive anything of value which is characterized as interest on the Loans under applicable law and which would, apart from this provision, be in excess of the maximum nonusurious amount, an amount equal to the amount which would have been excessive interest shall, without penalty, be applied to the reduction of the principal amount owing on the Loans and not to the payment of interest, or refunded to the applicable Borrower or the other payor thereof if and to the extent such amount which would have been excessive exceeds such unpaid principal amount of the Loans. The right to demand payment of the Loans or any other Indebtedness evidenced by any of the Credit Documents does not include the right to receive any interest which has not otherwise accrued on the date of such demand, and the Lenders do not intend to charge or receive any unearned interest in the event of such demand. All interest paid or agreed to be paid to the Lenders with respect to the Loans shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated, and spread throughout the full stated term (including any renewal or extension) of the Loans so that the amount of interest on account of such Indebtedness does not exceed the maximum nonusurious amount permitted by applicable law.

Section 2.12 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments .

(a) Allocation of Payments Prior to Exercise of Remedies . Each borrowing of Revolving Loans and any reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be made pro rata according to the respective Revolving Commitment Percentages of the Revolving Lenders. Unless otherwise required by the terms of this Credit Agreement, each payment under this Credit Agreement or any Note shall be applied, first , to any fees then due and owing by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.6, second , to interest then due and owing hereunder and under the Notes of the Borrowers and, third , to principal then due and owing hereunder and under the Notes of the Borrowers. Each payment on account of any fees pursuant to Section 2.6 shall be made pro rata in accordance with the respective amounts due and owing (except as to the Letter of Credit Facing Fees and the Issuing Lender Fees). Each payment (other than prepayments) by the Borrowers on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans and on the Term Loans, as applicable, shall be applied to such Loans, as applicable, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8(a) hereof. Each optional prepayment on account of principal of the Loans shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.8(a). Each mandatory prepayment on account of principal of the Loans shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.8(b). All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrowers on account of principal, interest and fees shall be made without defense, set-off or counterclaim (except as provided in Section 2.18(b)) and shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders at the Administrative Agent’s office specified on Section 9.2 in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 1:00 P.M. on the date when due. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders entitled thereto promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the LIBOR Rate Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and,

 

54


with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment on a LIBOR Rate Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(b) Allocation of Payments After Exercise of Remedies . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Credit Agreement to the contrary, after the exercise of remedies (other than the invocation of default interest pursuant to Section 2.9(b)) by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.2 (or after the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts under the Credit Documents (including without limitation the maximum amount of all contingent liabilities under Letters of Credit) shall automatically become due and payable in accordance with the terms of such Section), except as otherwise required pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, all amounts collected or received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender on account of the Credit Party Obligations or any other amounts outstanding under any of the Credit Documents or in respect of the Collateral shall be paid over or delivered as follows (irrespective of whether the following costs, expenses, fees, interest, premiums, scheduled periodic payments or Credit Party Obligations are allowed, permitted or recognized as a claim in any proceeding resulting from the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event):

FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) of the Administrative Agent in connection with enforcing the rights of the Lenders under the Credit Documents and any protective advances made by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Collateral under or pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents;

SECOND, to the payment of any fees owed to the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as such);

THIRD, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) of each of the Lenders in connection with enforcing its rights under the Credit Documents or otherwise with respect to the Credit Party Obligations owing to such Lender;

FOURTH, to the payment of all of the Credit Party Obligations consisting of accrued fees and interest, and including, with respect to any Secured Hedging Agreement, any fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments due under such Secured Hedging Agreement and any interest accrued thereon;

FIFTH, to the payment of the outstanding principal amount of the Credit Party Obligations and the payment or cash collateralization of the outstanding LOC Obligations, and including with respect to any Secured Hedging Agreement, any breakage, termination or other payments due under such Secured Hedging Agreement and any interest accrued thereon;

 

55


SIXTH, to all other Credit Party Obligations and other obligations which shall have become due and payable under the Credit Documents or otherwise and not repaid pursuant to clauses ”FIRST” through “FIFTH” above; and

SEVENTH, to the payment of the surplus, if any, to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

In carrying out the foregoing, (i) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to application to the next succeeding category; (ii) each of the Lenders shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share (based on the proportion that the then outstanding Loans and LOC Obligations held by such Lender bears to the aggregate then outstanding Loans and LOC Obligations) of amounts available to be applied pursuant to clauses ”THIRD”, “FOURTH”, “FIFTH” and “SIXTH” above; and (iii) to the extent that any amounts available for distribution pursuant to clause ”FIFTH” above are attributable to the issued but undrawn amount of outstanding Letters of Credit, such amounts shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a cash collateral account and applied (A) first, to reimburse the Issuing Lender from time to time for any drawings under such Letters of Credit and (B) then, following the expiration of all Letters of Credit, to all other obligations of the types described in clauses ”FIFTH” and “SIXTH” above in the manner provided in this Section 2.13. Notwithstanding the foregoing terms of this Section 2.13, only Collateral proceeds and payments under the Guaranty (as opposed to ordinary course principal, interest and fee payments hereunder) shall be applied to obligations under any Secured Hedging Agreement.

Section 2.13 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent .

(a) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by a Lender prior to the date a Loan is to be made by such Lender (which notice shall be effective upon receipt) that such Lender does not intend to make the proceeds of such Loan available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such proceeds available to the Administrative Agent on such date, and the Administrative Agent may in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to) make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall be able to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Company, and the Borrowers shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from the Lender or the Borrowers, as the case may be, interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is

 

56


recovered by the Administrative Agent at a per annum rate equal to (i) from the Borrowers at the applicable rate for the applicable borrowing pursuant to the Notice of Borrowing and (ii) from a Lender at the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Company, prior to the date on which any payment is due from a Borrower hereunder (which notice shall be effective upon receipt) that the applicable Borrower does not intend to make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the applicable Borrower has made such payment when due, and the Administrative Agent may in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to) make available to each Lender on such payment date an amount equal to the portion of such assumed payment to which such Lender is entitled hereunder, and if the applicable Borrower has not in fact made such payment to the Administrative Agent, such Lender shall, on demand, repay to the Administrative Agent the amount made available to such Lender. If such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent on a date after the date such amount was made available to such Lender, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand interest on such amount in respect of each day from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent at a per annum rate equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

(c) A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to the Company or any Lender with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.13 shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

Section 2.14 Inability to Determine Interest Rate .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Credit Agreement, if the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, reasonable and adequate means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for such Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give telephone notice of such determination, confirmed in writing, to the Company, and the Lenders at least two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period. Unless the Company shall have notified the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such telephone notice that it wishes to rescind or modify its request regarding such LIBOR Rate Loans, any Loans that were requested to be made as LIBOR Rate Loans shall be made as Alternate Base Rate Loans and any Loans that were requested to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Rate Loans shall remain as or be converted into Alternate Base Rate Loans. Until any such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Loans shall be made as, continued as, or converted into, LIBOR Rate Loans for the Interest Periods so affected.

Section 2.15 Illegality .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Credit Agreement, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by the relevant Governmental Authority to any Lender shall make it unlawful for such Lender or its LIBOR

 

57


Lending Office to make or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans as contemplated by this Credit Agreement or to obtain in the interbank eurodollar market through its LIBOR Lending Office the funds with which to make such Loans, (a) such Lender (an “ Affected Lender ”) shall on that date notify the Administrative Agent and the Company thereof, (b) the commitment of such Affected Lender hereunder to make LIBOR Rate Loans or continue LIBOR Rate Loans as such shall forthwith be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall give notice that the condition or situation which gave rise to the suspension shall no longer exist, and (c) such Affected Lender’s Loans then outstanding as LIBOR Rate Loans, if any, shall be converted on the last day of the Interest Period for such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law as Alternate Base Rate Loans. Notwithstanding the forgoing, to the extent a determination by an Affected Lender as described above relates to LIBOR Rate Loans then being requested by the Company pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Continuation/Conversion, the Company shall have the option, subject to the provisions of Section 2.17, to rescind such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Continuation/Conversion to all Lenders by giving notice (by facsimile or telephone confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent of such rescission on the date on which the Affected Lender gives notice of a determination as described above. The Borrowers hereby agree promptly to pay any Affected Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for actual and direct costs (but not including anticipated profits) reasonably incurred by such Lender in making any repayment in accordance with this Section including, but not limited to, any interest or fees payable by such Affected Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or maintain its LIBOR Rate Loans hereunder. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by such Affected Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Company shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Nothing in this Section 2.15 shall affect the obligation of any Lender other than the Affected Lender to make or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans, or to convert Alternate Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Rate Loans in accordance with the terms hereof.

Section 2.16 Requirements of Law .

(a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

(i) shall subject such Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to any Letter of Credit or any application relating thereto, any LIBOR Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such Lender);

(ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate hereunder; or

 

58


(iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining LIBOR Rate Loans or the Letters of Credit or the Participation Interests therein or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder or under any Note, then, in any such case, the Credit Parties shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such additional cost or reduced amount receivable which such Lender reasonably deems to be material as determined by such Lender with respect to its LIBOR Rate Loans or Letters of Credit. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Company shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

(b) If any Lender shall have reasonably determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender, the Credit Parties shall pay to such Lender such additional amount as shall be certified by such Lender as being required to compensate it for such reduction. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable under this Section submitted by a Lender (which certificate shall include a description of the basis for the computation), through the Administrative Agent, to the Company shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(c) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided, that the Company shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.16 for any increased costs or reductions to the extent that such Lender notifies the Company of such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefore more than ninety (90) days after such Lender becomes aware of such right to additional compensation; provided, further, that if the law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order), or any determination of a court or Governmental Authority giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 90-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

59


(d) The agreements in this Section 2.16 shall survive the termination of this Credit Agreement and payment of the Credit Party Obligations.

Section 2.17 Indemnity .

The Credit Parties hereby agree to indemnify each Lender and to hold such Lender harmless from any funding loss or expense (but not any anticipated profits or other consequential losses) which such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrowers in payment of the principal amount of or interest on any Loan by such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, (b) default by the Borrowers in accepting a borrowing after the Company has given a notice in accordance with the terms hereof, (c) default by the Borrowers in making any prepayment after the Company has given a notice in accordance with the terms hereof, and/or (d) the making by the Borrowers of a prepayment of a Loan, or the conversion thereof, on a day which is not the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto, in each case including, but not limited to, any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain its Loans hereunder. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Company (which certificate must be delivered to the Administrative Agent within thirty days following such default, prepayment or conversion) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The agreements in this Section shall survive termination of this Credit Agreement and payment of the Credit Party Obligations.

Section 2.18 Taxes .

(a) All payments made by the Credit Parties hereunder or under any Note shall be, except as provided in Section 2.18(b), made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any Governmental Authority or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein with respect to such payments (but excluding (i) any tax imposed on or measured by the net income or profits of a Lender pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized or the jurisdiction in which the principal office or applicable lending office of such Lender is located or any subdivision thereof or therein and (ii) any branch profits tax within the meaning of Code Section 884 or any similar tax) and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges being referred to collectively as “ Taxes ”). If any Taxes are so levied or imposed, the Credit Parties agree to pay the full amount of such Taxes, and such additional amounts as may be necessary, so that every payment of all amounts due under this Credit Agreement or under any Note, after withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes, will not be less than the amount provided for herein or in such Note. The Credit Parties will furnish to the Administrative Agent as soon as practicable after the date the payment of any Taxes is due pursuant to applicable law certified copies (to the extent reasonably available and required by law) of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Credit Parties. The Credit Parties agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender, and reimburse such Lender upon its written request, for the amount of any Taxes so levied or imposed and paid by such Lender.

 

60


(b) Each Lender that is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) agrees to deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date, or in the case of a Lender that is an assignee or transferee of an interest under this Credit Agreement pursuant to Section 9.6(d) (unless the respective Lender was already a Lender hereunder immediately prior to such assignment or transfer), on the date of such assignment or transfer to such Lender (i) if the Lender is a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY with appropriate attachments (or successor forms) certifying such Lender’s entitlement to a complete exemption from United States withholding tax with respect to payments to be made under this Credit Agreement and under any Note, or (ii) if the Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (A) Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY with appropriate attachments as set forth in clause (i) above, or (B) a certificate in substantially the form of Schedule 2.18 (any such certificate, a “ Tax Exempt Certificate ”) and two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying such Lender’s entitlement to an exemption from United States withholding tax with respect to payments of interest to be made under this Credit Agreement and under any Note. In addition, each Lender agrees that it will deliver upon the Company’s request updated versions of the foregoing, as applicable, whenever the previous certification has become obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, together with such other forms as may be required in order to confirm or establish the entitlement of such Lender to a continued exemption from or reduction in United States withholding tax with respect to payments under this Credit Agreement and any Note. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.18(a), but subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, (A) the Borrowers shall be entitled, to the extent they are required to do so by law, to deduct or withhold Taxes imposed by the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) from interest, fees or other amounts payable hereunder for the account of any Lender which is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for U.S. Federal income tax purposes to the extent that such Lender has not provided to the Company U.S. Internal Revenue Service Forms that establish a complete exemption from such deduction or withholding and (B) the Borrowers shall not be obligated pursuant to Section 2.18(a) hereof to gross-up payments to be made to a Lender in respect of Taxes imposed by the United States if (I) such Lender has not provided to the Company the Internal Revenue Service forms required to be provided pursuant to this Section 2.18(b) or (II) in the case of a payment, other than interest, to a Lender described in clause (ii) above, to the extent that such forms do not establish a complete exemption from withholding of such Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding sentence or elsewhere in this Section 2.18, the Credit Parties agree to pay additional amounts and to indemnify each Lender in the manner set forth in Section 2.18(a) (without regard to the identity of the jurisdiction requiring the deduction or withholding) in respect of any amounts deducted or withheld by it as described in the immediately preceding sentence as a result of any changes after the Closing Date in any applicable law, treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order, or in the interpretation thereof, relating to the deducting or withholding of Taxes.

 

61


(c) Each Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts (including reasonable efforts to change its Domestic Lending Office or LIBOR Lending Office, as the case may be) to avoid or to minimize any amounts which might otherwise be payable pursuant to this Section; provided , however , that such efforts shall not cause the imposition on such Lender of any additional costs or legal or regulatory burdens deemed by such Lender in its sole discretion to be material.

(d) If the Credit Parties pay any additional amount pursuant to this Section 2.18 with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to obtain a refund of tax or credit against its tax liabilities on account of such payment; provided that such Lender shall have no obligation to use such reasonable efforts if either (i) it is in an excess foreign tax credit position or (ii) it believes in good faith, in its sole discretion, that claiming a refund or credit would cause adverse tax consequences to it. In the event that such Lender receives such a refund or credit, such Lender shall pay to the Credit Parties an amount that such Lender reasonably determines is equal to the net tax benefit obtained by such Lender as a result of such payment by the Credit Parties. In the event that no refund or credit is obtained with respect to the Credit Parties’ payments to such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.18, then such Lender shall upon request provide a certification that such Lender has not received a refund or credit for such payments. Nothing contained in this Section 2.18 shall require a Lender to disclose or detail the basis of its calculation of the amount of any tax benefit or any other amount or the basis of its determination referred to in the proviso to the first sentence of this Section 2.18 to the Credit Parties or any other party.

(e) The agreements in this Section 2.18 shall survive the termination of this Credit Agreement and the payment of the Credit Party Obligations.

Section 2.19 Indemnification; Nature of Issuing Lender’s Duties .

(a) In addition to its other obligations under Section 2.3, the Credit Parties hereby agree to protect, indemnify, pay and save the Issuing Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that the Issuing Lender may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (i) the issuance of any Letter of Credit or (ii) the failure of the Issuing Lender to honor a drawing under a Letter of Credit as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority (all such acts or omissions, herein called “ Government Acts ”).

(b) As between the Credit Parties and the Issuing Lender, the Credit Parties shall assume all risks of the acts, omissions or misuse of any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof. The Issuing Lender shall not be responsible: (i) for the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by

 

62


any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, that may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) for failure of the beneficiary of a Letter of Credit to comply fully with conditions required in order to draw upon a Letter of Credit; (iv) for errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) for errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) for any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under a Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; and (vii) for any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Lender, including, without limitation, any Government Acts. None of the above shall affect, impair, or prevent the vesting of the Issuing Lender’s rights or powers hereunder.

(c) In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the specific provisions hereinabove set forth, any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender, under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related certificates, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall not put such Issuing Lender under any resulting liability to the Credit Parties. It is the intention of the parties that this Credit Agreement shall be construed and applied to protect and indemnify the Issuing Lender against any and all risks involved in the issuance of the Letters of Credit, all of which risks are hereby assumed by the Credit Parties, including, without limitation, any and all risks of the acts or omissions, whether rightful or wrongful, of any Government Authority. The Issuing Lender shall not, in any way, be liable for any failure by the Issuing Lender or anyone else to pay any drawing under any Letter of Credit as a result of any Government Acts or any other cause beyond the control of the Issuing Lender.

(d) Nothing in this Section 2.19 is intended to limit the Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers contained in Section 2.3(d) hereof. The obligations of the Credit Parties under this Section 2.19 shall survive the termination of this Credit Agreement. No act or omissions of any current or prior beneficiary of a Letter of Credit shall in any way affect or impair the rights of the Issuing Lender to enforce any right, power or benefit under this Credit Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.19, the Credit Parties shall have no obligation to indemnify the Issuing Lender in respect of any liability incurred by the Issuing Lender arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender (including action not taken by the Issuing Lender), as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

63


Section 2.20 Obligation to Mitigate .

Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after such Lender becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause such lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender to receive payments under Section 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 or 2.18, it will use reasonable efforts to (a) make, issue, fund or maintain its Loans through another lending office of such Lender, or (b) take such other measures as such Lender may deem reasonable, if (A) as a result, the circumstances which would cause such Lender to be an Affected Lender would cease to exist or the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 or 2.18 would be avoided or materially reduced, and (B) if such Lender determines in its sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such Loans through such other lending office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise adversely affect such Loans or the interests of such Lender; provided that such Lender will not be obligated to utilize such other office pursuant to this Section 2.20 unless the Company agrees to pay all incremental expenses incurred by such Lender as a result of utilizing such other office as described above. A certificate as to the amount of any such expenses payable by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.20 (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender to the Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 2.21 Replacement of Lenders .

The Company shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) is an Affected Lender, (b) requests (or requests on behalf of a Participant) reimbursement for amounts owing, or payment of any amount required, pursuant to Section 2.16 or 2.18, (c) defaults in its obligation to make Loans hereunder or (d) fails to approve any amendment, waiver or consent requiring the consent of all the Lenders or of any Lender adversely affected thereby (and the Company has received approval to such amendment, waiver or consent from the Required Lenders), then the Company shall be permitted to replace any such Lender (any such Lender, a “ Subject Lender ”) with one or more replacement financial institutions; provided , that (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (ii) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (iii) each replacement financial institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such Subject Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the Borrowers shall be liable to such Subject Lender under Section 2.17 if any LIBOR Rate Loan owing to such Subject Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (v) each replacement financial institution, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Company (such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld), (vi) if applicable, such replacement Lender must consent to such amendment, waiver or consent or must not be subject to such increased costs, (vii) such Subject Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.6 ( provided , that the Company shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein), (viii) such Subject Lender is not an Issuing Lender with respect to any Letters of Credit outstanding (unless all such Letters of Credit are terminated or arrangements reasonably acceptable to such Issuing Lender (such as a “back-to-back” letter of credit) are made) and (ix) if applicable, the Subject Lender must be unwilling to withdraw the notice delivered to Company pursuant to Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.18 (as applicable) upon 10 days

 

64


prior written notice to the Subject Lender and Administrative Agent and/or must be unwilling to remedy its default upon three days prior written notice to the Subject Lender and Administrative Agent. It is understood and agreed that if any Lender replaced hereunder fails to execute an Assignment Agreement, it shall be deemed to have entered into such Assignment Agreement. Upon the payment of all amounts owing to any Subject Lender, such Subject Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided, that any rights of such Subject Lender to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such Subject Lender.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Lenders to enter into this Credit Agreement and to make the Extensions of Credit herein provided for, the Credit Parties hereby represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and to each Lender that:

Section 3.1 Financial Condition .

(a) The Company has delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

(i) audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, together with the related consolidated statements of income or operations, equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates;

(ii) unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) for each fiscal quarter of 2006 through the most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are available, together with the related consolidated statements of income or operations, equity and cash flows for each such fiscal quarter;

(iii) audited consolidated financial statements of Enterprise and its subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, together with the related consolidated statements of income or operations, equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates;

(iv) unaudited consolidated financial statements of Enterprise and its subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter of 2006 through the most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are available, together with the related consolidated statements of income or operations, equity and cash flows for each such fiscal quarter;

 

65


(v) unaudited consolidated and unaudited consolidating financial statements of CP Media and its subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended June 29, 2003, June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, together with the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates;

(vi) unaudited consolidated and consolidating financial statements of CP Media and its subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter ended after July 3, 2005 through the most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are available, together with the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, equity and cash flows for each such fiscal quarter;

(vii) pro forma consolidated financial statements of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), after giving effect to the Acquisitions, for the most recent four quarter period for which financial statements are available; and

(viii) a pro forma balance sheet of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), after giving effect to the Acquisitions, as of the Closing Date.

Each of the financial statements described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi):

(A) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein;

(B) fairly present the financial condition of the applicable entities as of the date thereof and results of operations for the period covered thereby (subject, in the case of the unaudited financial statements, to (i) the absence of footnotes (except as required by applicable law) and (ii) normal year-end adjustments); and

(C) show all material Indebtedness and other material liabilities, direct or contingent, of the applicable entities as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and contingent obligations.

The financial statements described in the foregoing clauses (vii) and (viii) have been prepared in good faith based on assumptions believed by the Company to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof (it being understood that such assumptions are based on good faith estimates of certain items and that the actual amount of such items on the Closing Date is subject to change) and present fairly in all material respects on a Pro Forma Basis the financial position of the applicable entities as of the date thereof, assuming the occurrence of the Acquisitions on the first day of such period.

 

66


(b) The eight-year projections (including quarterly projections for fiscal year 2006 and annual projections for each fiscal year thereafter) of balance sheets, income statements and cash flows of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries delivered to the Lenders on or prior to the Closing Date have been prepared in good faith based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the Credit Parties to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from projected results.

Section 3.2 No Change .

(a) Since December 31, 2005, no Closing Date Material Adverse Change has occurred; provided that the representation and warranty in this sentence shall only be effective on the Closing Date.

(b) Since December 31, 2005, there has been no development or event which, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the representation and warranty in this sentence shall only be effective after the Closing Date.

Section 3.3 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law .

Each of the Credit Parties (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the requisite power and authority and the legal right to own and operate all its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified to conduct business and in good standing under the laws of (i) the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) the jurisdiction where its chief executive office is located and (iii) each other jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except to the extent that the failure to so qualify or be in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business or operations of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries in such jurisdiction and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, government permits and government licenses except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The jurisdictions in which the Credit Parties as of the Closing Date are organized and qualified to do business are described on Schedule 3.3 .

Section 3.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations .

Each of the Credit Parties has full power and authority and the legal right to make, deliver and perform the Credit Documents to which it is party and has taken all necessary limited liability company or corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it

 

67


of the Credit Documents to which it is party. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the borrowings hereunder or with the execution, delivery or performance of any Credit Document by any of the Credit Parties (other than those that have been obtained) or with the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document against any of the Credit Parties (except such filings as are necessary in connection with the perfection of the Liens created by such Credit Documents). Each Credit Document to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Credit Party. Each Credit Document to which it is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

Section 3.5 No Legal Bar; No Default .

The execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents, the borrowings thereunder and the use of the proceeds of the Loans will not violate any Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation of any Credit Party (except those as to which waivers or consents have been obtained), and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any Credit Party’s properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation other than the Liens arising under or contemplated in connection with the Credit Documents. Except to the extent such matters could not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Credit Party is in default under or with respect to any of its material Contractual Obligations. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Section 3.6 No Material Litigation .

No litigation, investigation, claim, criminal prosecution, civil investigative demand, imposition of criminal or civil fines and penalties, or any other proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Credit Parties, threatened by or against any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of its or their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to the Credit Documents or any Loan or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.7 Investment Company Act, Etc .

No Credit Party is an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Credit Party is a subject to regulation the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, or any federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur the Credit Party Obligations.

 

68


Section 3.8 Margin Regulations .

No part of the proceeds of any Extension of Credit hereunder will be used directly or indirectly for any purpose that violates, or that would be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time hereafter in effect. The Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries (a) are not engaged, principally or as one of their important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of such terms under Regulation U and (b) taken as a group do not own “margin stock” except as identified in the financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 and the aggregate value of all “margin stock” owned by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries taken as a group does not exceed 25% of the value of their assets.

Section 3.9 ERISA .

Neither a Reportable Event nor an “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred resulting in any liability that has remained underfunded, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such five-year period. The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits, except to the extent such deficiency of assets could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither any Credit Party nor any Commonly Controlled Entity is currently subject to any liability for a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan.

Section 3.10 Environmental Matters .

Except as, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) The facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries (the “ Properties ”) do not contain any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, or (ii) could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law.

(b) The Properties and all operations of the Credit Parties and/or their Subsidiaries at the Properties are in compliance, and have in the last five years been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the business operated by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries (the “ Business ”).

 

69


(c) Neither the Credit Parties nor their Subsidiaries have received any written or actual notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability with respect to environmental matters or Environmental Laws regarding any of the Properties or the Business.

(d) Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported or disposed of from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under any Environmental Law, and no Materials of Environmental Concern have been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law.

(e) No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Credit Party or any Subsidiary is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business.

(f) There has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or related to the operations of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary in connection with the Properties or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under Environmental Laws.

Section 3.11 Use of Proceeds .

The proceeds of the Extensions of Credit shall be used by the Borrowers solely (a) to finance the Acquisitions, (b) to pay certain costs, fees and expenses in connection with the Acquisitions, (c) to refinance certain existing Indebtedness of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Acquisitions), (d) to pay any fees and expenses associated with the Transactions on the Closing Date and (e) for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation for Permitted Acquisitions and for the financing of any dividends or distributions permitted pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 3.12 Subsidiaries .

Set forth on Schedule 3.12 is a complete and accurate list of all Subsidiaries of the Credit Parties. Information on the attached Schedule includes the following: (a) the number of shares of each class of Capital Stock or other equity interests outstanding; (b) the number and percentage of outstanding shares of each class of Capital Stock owned by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries; (c) the number and effect, if exercised, of all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and similar rights; and (d) if applicable, the designation of any such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The outstanding Capital Stock

 

70


and other equity interests of all such Subsidiaries is validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and is owned free and clear of all Liens (other than those arising under or contemplated in connection with the Credit Documents). The Company shall update Schedule 3.12 from time to time by providing a replacement Schedule 3.12 to the Administrative Agent.

Section 3.13 Ownership .

Each of the Credit Parties and its Restricted Subsidiaries has (i) good, sufficient and legal title to (in the case of the fee interests in real property), (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property), (iii) licensed rights (in the case of licensed rights in intellectual property) and (iv) good title to (in the case of all other personal property) all of its assets, except where the failure to have any of the foregoing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of such assets is subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens.

Section 3.14 Indebtedness .

Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.1, the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries have no Indebtedness.

Section 3.15 Taxes .

Each of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries has filed, or caused to be filed, all federal and state tax returns and all material local and foreign tax returns required to be filed and paid (a) all amounts of taxes shown thereon to be due (including interest and penalties) and (b) all other material taxes, fees, assessments and other governmental charges (including mortgage recording taxes, documentary stamp taxes and intangibles taxes) owing by it, except for such taxes (i) that are not yet delinquent or (ii) that are being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings, and against which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP; provided , that in the case of a tax, fee, assessment or other governmental charge or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, the Lien is not being enforced by foreclosure or sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such charge or claim. None of the Credit Parties or their Restricted Subsidiaries is aware as of the Closing Date of any material proposed tax assessments against it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 3.16 Intellectual Property Rights .

Each of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries owns, or has the legal right to use, all Intellectual Property, tradenames, technology, know-how and processes necessary for each of them to conduct its business as currently conducted, except to the extent the failure to own or have such right could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Set forth on Schedule 3.16 is a list of all applications and registrations pertaining to Intellectual Property owned by each of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, as well as all license agreements (other than agreements with respect to off-the-shelf software) pertaining to Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses and Trademark Licenses with respect to which annual payments in excess of $50,000 are made or received, as of the Closing Date or as of the last date

 

71


such Schedule was last updated in accordance with the terms of Section 5.2(c). Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.16 hereto, (a) the specified Credit Party has the right to use the Intellectual Property disclosed in Schedule 3.16 hereto without payment of royalties, (b) all registrations with and applications to Governmental Authorities in respect of such Intellectual Property are valid and in full force and effect and (c) there are no restrictions on the direct or indirect transfer of any Contractual Obligation, or any interest therein, held by any of the Credit Parties in respect of such Intellectual Property, in each case except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as provided on Schedule 3.16 , no claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such Intellectual Property, nor do the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries know of any such claim, in each case which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, the use of such Intellectual Property by the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any Person which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect . The Company shall update Schedule 3.16 from time to time in accordance with the terms of Section 5.2(c).

Section 3.17 Solvency .

After giving effect to the Transactions, the fair saleable value of the assets of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, measured on a going concern basis, exceeds all probable liabilities of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, including those to be incurred pursuant to this Credit Agreement. The Credit Parties, taken as a whole, (a) do not have unreasonably small capital in relation to the business in which they are or propose to be engaged or (b) have not incurred, or believe that they will not incur after giving effect to the Acquisitions, the Secured Bridge Loan and the other transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement, debts beyond their ability to pay such debts as they become due. In executing the Credit Documents and consummating the Transactions, none of the Credit Parties intends to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors or other Persons to which one or more of the Credit Parties is or will become indebted.

Section 3.18 Investments .

All Investments of each of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries are Permitted Investments.

Section 3.19 Location of Collateral .

Set forth on Schedule 3.19(a) is a list of all Properties of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date with street address, county and state where located. Set forth on Schedule 3.19(b) is a list of all locations where any tangible personal property of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries is located as of the Closing Date, including county and state where located. Set forth on Schedule 3.19(c) is the state of incorporation or organization, the chief executive office and the principal place of business of each of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.

 

72


Section 3.20 No Burdensome Restrictions .

None of the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any other obligation or any charter or corporate restriction or any provision of any applicable law, rule or regulation which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.21 Brokers’ Fees .

None of the Credit Parties or their Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s, broker’s, investment banking or other similar fee in connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Credit Documents other than the closing and other fees payable pursuant to this Credit Agreement and the as set forth in the Fee Letter.

Section 3.22 Labor Matters .

There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date, other than as set forth in Schedule 3.22 hereto, and none of the Credit Parties or their Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty within the last five years, other than as set forth in Schedule 3.22 hereto, or (ii) has knowledge of any potential or pending strike, walkout or work stoppage, in each case that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.22 , no unfair labor practice complaint is pending against any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.23 Accuracy and Completeness of Information .

All factual information heretofore, contemporaneously or hereafter furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any Lender for purposes of or in connection with this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, when taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made.

Section 3.24 Insurance .

The present insurance coverage of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries is outlined as to carrier, policy number, expiration date, type and amount on Schedule 3.24 and such insurance coverage complies with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5(b). Schedule 3.24 may be updated from time to time by the Company to include additional insurance coverage by giving written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent.

 

73


Section 3.25 Security Documents .

The Security Documents create valid security interests in, and Liens on, the Collateral purported to be covered thereby. Except as set forth in the Security Documents, such security interests and Liens are currently (or will be, upon (a) the filing of appropriate financing statements with the Secretary of State of the state of incorporation for each Credit Party, the filing of appropriate assignments or notices with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, and the recordation of the applicable Mortgage Instruments, in each case in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, and (b) the Administrative Agent obtaining Control (as defined in the Security Agreement) over those items of Collateral in which a security interest is perfected through Control) perfected security interests and Liens, prior to all other Liens other than Permitted Liens.

Section 3.26 Classification of Senior Indebtedness .

The Credit Party Obligations constitute “Senior Indebtedness” under and as defined in any agreement governing any Subordinated Debt and the subordination provisions set forth in each such agreement are legally valid and enforceable against the parties thereto.

Section 3.27 Anti-Terrorism Laws.

Neither any Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq .), as amended. Neither any Credit Party nor any or its Subsidiaries is in violation of (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, (b) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto or (c) the Patriot Act (as defined in Section 9.18). None of the Credit Parties (i) is a blocked person described in section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (ii) to the best of its knowledge, engages in any dealings or transactions, or is otherwise associated, with any such blocked person.

Section 3.28 Compliance with OFAC Rules and Regulations .

None of the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates (i) is a Sanctioned Person, (ii) has more than 15% of its assets in Sanctioned Countries, or (iii) derives more than 15% of its operating income from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Countries. No part of the proceeds of any Extension of Credit hereunder will be used directly or indirectly to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country.

Section 3.29 Directors; Capitalization .

Set forth on Schedule 3.29 is a list of the directors of Holdco’s Governing Body as of the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, the capitalization of the Parent shall be as set forth on Schedule 3.29 .

 

74


Section 3.30 Consummation of Acquisitions; Representations and Warranties from Other Documents .

The Acquisitions and related transactions have been consummated substantially in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Documents. As of the Closing Date, the Acquisition Documents have not been altered, amended or otherwise modified or supplemented in any material respect or any material condition thereof waived without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

Section 3.31 Compliance with FCPA .

Each of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries is in compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq. , and any foreign counterpart thereto. None of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries has made a payment, offering, or promise to pay, or authorized the payment of, money or anything of value (a) in order to assist in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any foreign official, foreign political party, party official or candidate for foreign political office, (b) to a foreign official, foreign political party or party official or any candidate for foreign political office, and (c) with the intent to induce the recipient to misuse his or her official position to direct business wrongfully to such Credit Party or its Subsidiary or to any other Person, in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 4.1 Conditions to Closing Date .

This Credit Agreement shall become effective upon, and the obligation of each Lender to make the initial Revolving Loans and Term Loan on the Closing Date is subject to, the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Execution of Credit Agreement; Credit Documents and Lender Consents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of this Credit Agreement, executed by a duly authorized officer of each party hereto, (ii) for the account of each Lender with a Revolving Commitment requesting a promissory note, a Revolving Note, (iii) for the account of each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment requesting a promissory note, a Term Loan Note, (iv) for the account of the Swingline Lender, the Swingline Note, (v) counterparts of the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and each Mortgage Instrument, in each case conforming to the requirements of this Credit Agreement and executed by duly authorized officers of the Credit Parties or other Person, as applicable, (vi) counterparts of the Intercreditor Agreement, executed by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto,(vii) executed consents, in the form of Exhibit 4.1(a) , from each Lender authorizing the Administrative Agent to enter this Credit Agreement on their behalf, and (viii) counterparts of any other Credit Document, executed by the duly authorized officers of the parties thereto.

 

75


(b) Authority Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received the following:

(i) Articles of Incorporation . Copies of the articles of incorporation or other charter documents, as applicable, of each Credit Party certified (A) by a secretary or assistant secretary of such Credit Party (pursuant to a secretary’s certificate in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1(b) attached hereto) as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in force and effect as of such date, and (B) to be true and complete as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority of the state of its incorporation or organization, as applicable.

(ii) Resolutions . Copies of resolutions of the Governing Body of each Credit Party approving and adopting the Credit Documents, the transactions contemplated therein and authorizing execution and delivery thereof, certified by a secretary or assistant secretary of such Credit Party (pursuant to a secretary’s certificate in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1(b) attached hereto) as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in force and effect as of such date.

(iii) Bylaws . A copy of the bylaws or comparable operating agreement of each Credit Party certified by a secretary or assistant secretary of such Credit Party (pursuant to a secretary’s certificate in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1(b) attached hereto) as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in force and effect as of such date.

(iv) Good Standing . Copies of certificates of good standing, existence or its equivalent with respect to each Credit Party certified as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authorities of the state of incorporation and each other state in which the failure to so qualify and be in good standing could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business or operations of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries in such state.

(v) Incumbency . An incumbency certificate of each Credit Party certified by a secretary or assistant secretary (pursuant to a secretary’s certificate in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1(b) attached hereto) to be true and correct as of the Closing Date.

(c) Legal Opinion of Counsel . The Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion or opinions of counsel (including special and local counsel, to the extent reasonably required by the Administrative Agent) for the Credit Parties, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which shall include, without limitation, opinions with respect to the valid existence of each Credit Party, opinions as to perfection of the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and opinions as to the non-contravention of the Credit Parties’ organizational documents and scheduled Material Contracts).

 

76


(d) Personal Property Collateral . The Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) (A) searches of Uniform Commercial Code filings in the jurisdiction of the chief executive office of each Credit Party and each jurisdiction where any Collateral is located or where a filing would need to be made in order to perfect the Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral, copies of the financing statements on file in such jurisdictions and evidence that no Liens exist other than Permitted Liens and (B) tax lien, judgment and pending litigation searches;

(ii) searches of ownership of Intellectual Property of the Credit Parties in the appropriate governmental offices and such patent/trademark/copyright filings as requested by the Administrative Agent in order to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Intellectual Property;

(iii) completed UCC financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, to perfect the Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral;

(iv) with respect to the stock or membership certificates, if any, evidencing the Capital Stock pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, duly executed in blank undated stock or transfer powers; and

(v) duly executed consents as are necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, to perfect the Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral.

(e) Real Property Collateral . The Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, fully executed and notarized Mortgage Instruments encumbering the Mortgaged Properties listed in Schedule 3.19(a) as to properties owned by the Credit Parties and, to the extent required by the Administrative Agent, the leasehold interest in the Mortgaged Properties listed in Schedule 3.19(a) as to properties that are warehouses, plants or other real properties material to the conduct of the Credit Parties’ business and are leased by the Credit Parties;

(f) Liability, Casualty, Property and Business Interruption Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance evidencing liability, casualty, property and business interruption insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein or in the Security Documents. The Administrative Agent shall be named as loss payee/mortgagee and/or additional insured (with respect to Collateral only) with respect to any covered loss in excess of $250,000 under any such insurance providing liability coverage or coverage in respect of any Collateral, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon the

 

77


policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Administrative Agent, that it will give thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be altered or cancelled.

(g) Reports . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of each material report required to be delivered pursuant to the Acquisition Documents in connection with the Acquisitions and related transactions (and the Company will use reasonable efforts to obtain evidence that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have been authorized to rely on each such report), all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(h) Litigation . There shall not exist any pending litigation or investigation affecting or relating to any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, individually or in the aggregate, restrains, prevents or otherwise imposes materially adverse conditions on the Transactions or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) Solvency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate prepared by the chief financial officer of the Company as to the financial condition, solvency and related matters of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect to the Acquisitions, the Secured Bridge Loan and the initial borrowings under the Credit Documents, in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1(i) hereto.

(j) Account Designation Letter . The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed Account Designation Letter in the form of Schedule 1.1(a) hereto.

(k) Notice of Borrowing . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing with respect to the Revolving Loans to be made on the Closing Date.

(l) Corporate Structure . The pro forma capital and ownership structure and the shareholding arrangements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries (and all agreements relating thereto) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers (it being understood that such structure and arrangements that have been disclosed to the Arrangers as of May 5, 2006 are satisfactory). The Arrangers shall be satisfied that there are no material restrictions on the ability of any subsidiary of the Company to pay dividends or distributions to, or otherwise advance, directly or indirectly, funds to the Company other than those restrictions set forth herein and in the Secured Bridge Loan Documents. The Arrangers shall be satisfied with the terms and amounts of any intercompany loans among the Credit Parties and the flow of funds in connection with the closing.

(m) Acquisition Documents . The Arrangers shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers, copies of documentation for the Acquisitions and other aspects of the Transactions, including the Acquisition Documents and all schedules thereto (it being understood that the documentation provided to the

 

78


Arrangers in draft form as of May 5, 2006 is satisfactory). The Acquisitions shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Acquisition Documents (including, without limitation, the receipt of all applicable consents necessary in connection therewith) without any waiver, modification or consent thereunder that is materially adverse to the Lenders (as reasonably determined by the Arrangers) unless approved by the Arrangers.

(n) Compliance with Laws . The financings and other Transactions shall be in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations (including all applicable securities and banking laws, rules and regulations).

(o) Bankruptcy . There shall be no bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.

(p) Secured Bridge Loan . The Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed copies of the Secured Bridge Loan Documents, each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lenders in their sole discretion, and evidence that the Company has received gross proceeds of the Secured Bridge Loan in an amount of not less than $152,000,000.

(q) Existing Indebtedness of the Credit Parties . All of the existing Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Parent, the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness permitted to exist pursuant to Section 6.1) shall be repaid in full and all security interests related thereto shall be terminated on the Closing Date.

(r) Financial Statements . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 hereof, each in form and substance satisfactory to it.

(s) No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2005, there shall not have occurred any material adverse condition or material adverse change in or affecting, or the occurrence of any circumstance or condition that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in or affecting, the business, operations, financial condition or assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Acquisitions), taken as a whole (a “ Closing Date Material Adverse Change ”); provided that in no event shall any of the following be a Closing Date Material Adverse Change or be taken into account in the determination of whether any Closing Date Material Adverse Change has occurred for purposes of this Agreement: (i) any change resulting from conditions affecting the industry in which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Acquisitions) operates or from changes in general business or economic conditions; (ii) any change resulting from the announcement or pendency of the Acquisitions; or (iii) changes in generally accepted accounting principals in the United States after the date hereof, except for such changes, events, circumstances or developments, in the case of clause (i) or (iii), which adversely affect the Parent and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Acquisitions) in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other participants in the industry or industries in which the Parent and/or such Subsidiaries operate.

 

79


(t) Financial Condition Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate or certificates executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company as of the Closing Date stating that immediately after giving effect to this Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents, and all the Transactions contemplated to occur on such date, (i)   no Default or Event of Default exists and (ii)   all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Credit Documents (A) that contain a materiality qualification are true and correct and (B) that do not contain a materiality qualification are true and correct in all material respects.

(u) Total Leverage Ratio and First Lien Leverage Ratio . The Arrangers shall have received evidence that, (i) the Total Leverage Ratio of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries is not greater than 8.10 to 1.00 and (ii) the First Lien Leverage Ratio of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries is not greater than 6.45 to 1.00, in each case, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Transactions, for the twelve month period ending as of the most recent month prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are available, such calculations to be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(v) Patriot Act Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate satisfactory thereto, for benefit of itself and the Lenders, provided by the Company that sets forth information required by the Patriot Act (as defined in Section 9.18) including, without limitation, the identity of the Credit Parties, the name and address of the Credit Parties and other information that will allow the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as applicable, to identify the Credit Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act.

(w) Fees . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all fees, if any, owing pursuant to the Fee Letter and Section 2.6.

Section 4.2 Conditions to All Extensions of Credit .

The obligation of each Lender to make any Extension of Credit hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on the date of making such Extension of Credit:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by the Credit Parties herein and in the other Credit Documents shall (i) with respect to representations and warranties that contain a materiality qualification, be true and correct and (ii) with respect to representations and warranties that do not contain a materiality qualification, be true and correct in all material respects, in each case on and as of the date of such Extension of Credit as if made on and as of such date (except for those which expressly relate to an earlier date).

 

80


(b) No Default or Event of Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the Extension of Credit to be made on such date unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been waived in accordance with this Credit Agreement.

(c) Compliance with Commitments . Immediately after giving effect to the making of any such Extension of Credit (and the application of the proceeds thereof), (i) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans plus outstanding Swingline Loans plus outstanding LOC Obligations shall not exceed the Revolving Committed Amount then in effect, (ii) the LOC Obligations shall not exceed the LOC Committed Amount and (iii) the Swingline Loans shall not exceed the Swingline Committed Amount.

(d) Additional Conditions to Revolving Loans . If a Revolving Loan is requested, all conditions set forth in Section 2.1 shall have been satisfied.

(e) Additional Conditions to Term Loan . If the Term Loan is requested, all conditions set forth in Section 2.2 shall have been satisfied.

(f) Additional Conditions to Letters of Credit . If the issuance of a Letter of Credit is requested, all conditions set fort in Section 2.3 shall have been satisfied.

(g) Additional Conditions to Swingline Loans . If a Swingline Loan is requested, all conditions set forth in Section 2.4 shall have been satisfied.

(h) Additional Conditions to Incremental Facility . If an Additional Loan is requested, all conditions set forth in Section 2.5 shall have been satisfied.

Each request for an Extension of Credit and each acceptance by the Borrowers of any such Extension of Credit shall be deemed to constitute representations and warranties by the Credit Parties as of the date of such Extension of Credit that the conditions set forth above in paragraphs (a) through (h), as applicable, have been satisfied.

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Credit Parties hereby covenant and agree that on the Closing Date, and thereafter for so long as this Credit Agreement is in effect and until the Commitments have terminated, no Note remains outstanding and unpaid and the Credit Party Obligations (other than Unasserted Obligations) owing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder are paid in full, the Credit Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in the case of Sections 5.1 or 5.2 hereof), to:

 

81


Section 5.1 Financial Statements .

Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(a) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event no later than the earlier of (i) to the extent applicable, the date the Parent is required by the SEC to deliver its Form 10-K for any fiscal year of the Parent and (ii) one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent, a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows of the Parent and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) for such year, which (in the case of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification indicating that the scope of the audit was inadequate to permit such independent certified public accountants to certify such financial statements without such qualification;

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event no later than the earlier of (i) to the extent applicable, the date the Parent is required by the SEC to deliver its Form 10-Q for any fiscal quarter of the Parent and (ii) sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Parent (or, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2006, ninety (90) days after the end of such fiscal quarter), a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as at the end of such period and related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows of the Parent and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) for such quarterly period and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such period, in each case setting forth in comparative form consolidated figures for the corresponding period or periods of the preceding fiscal year (subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments); and

(c) Annual Operating Budget and Cash Flow . As soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of the detailed annual operating budget or plan including cash flow projections of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the next four fiscal quarter period prepared on a monthly basis, in form and detail reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, together with a summary of the material assumptions made in the preparation of such annual budget or plan;

all such financial statements to be complete and correct in all material respects (subject, in the case of interim statements, to the absence of footnotes (except as required by applicable law) and

 

82


normal recurring year-end audit adjustments) and to be prepared in reasonable detail and, in the case of the annual and quarterly financial statements provided in accordance with subsections (a) and (b) above, in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and further accompanied by a description of, and an estimation of the effect on the financial statements on account of, a change, if any, in the application of accounting principles as provided in Section 1.3.

Section 5.2 Certificates; Other Information .

Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 5.1(a) above, a certificate of the independent certified public accountants reporting on such financial statements stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such certificate;

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate and such certificate shall include the calculations in reasonable detail required to indicate compliance with Section 5.9 as of the last day of such period;

(c) concurrently with or prior to the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) above, (i) an updated copy of Schedule 3.12 if the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries have formed or acquired a new Subsidiary since the Closing Date or since Schedule 3.12 was last updated, as applicable and (ii) an updated copy of Schedule 3.16 if the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries have registered, applied for registration of, acquired or otherwise obtained ownership of any new applications or registrations pertaining to Intellectual Property, or have entered into any license agreements (other than agreements with respect to off-the-shelf software) pertaining to Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses or Trademark Licenses with respect to which annual payments in excess of $50,000 are made or received, since the Closing Date or since Schedule 3.16 was last updated, as applicable;

(d) promptly upon their becoming available, (i) following the Qualified Public Offering, copies of all reports (other than those otherwise provided pursuant to Section 5.1 and those which are of a promotional nature) and other financial information which the Parent and the Credit Parties send to their shareholders, (ii) copies of all reports and all registration statements and prospectuses, if any, which a Credit Party may make to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor or analogous Governmental Authority) or any securities exchange or other private regulatory authority and (iii) all press releases and other statements made available by the Parent or any of the Credit Parties to the public concerning material developments in the business of any of the Credit Parties; provided, that all such deliveries pursuant to this paragraph (d) shall be deemed satisfied if such reports, press releases or other information are readily available from public sources;

 

83


(e) concurrently with or prior to the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1(a) above, a certificate containing information regarding the amount of all Asset Dispositions, Debt Issuances, and Equity Issuances that were made during the prior fiscal year and amounts received in connection with any Recovery Event during the prior fiscal year together with a statement demonstrating a calculation of Excess Cash Flow;

(f) promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy or summary of any other report, or “management letter” or similar report submitted by independent accountants to the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any annual, interim or special audit of the books of such Person (to the extent the Credit Parties are authorized to deliver such management letter);

(g) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all notices delivered to the Credit Parties or sent by or on behalf of the Credit Parties with respect to Secured Bridge Loan; and

(h) promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Administrative Agent, on behalf of any Lender, may from time to time reasonably request.

Section 5.3 Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations .

Pay all material taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any material penalty accrues thereon, and all material claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of the Collateral, prior to the time when any material penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto; provided, that no such tax, assessment, charge or claim need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as (i) such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefore and (ii) in the case of a tax, assessment, charge or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, the Lien is not being enforced by foreclosure or sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such charge or claim.

Section 5.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence .

(a) Except as permitted under Section 6.4, continue to engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by it on the Closing Date and preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, licenses, consents, approvals and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided , however that neither Holdco nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any such right, privilege, license, consent,

 

84


approval or franchise if such entity shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Comply in all material respects with all Contractual Obligations except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance .

(a) Keep all tangible material property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear and obsolescence excepted).

(b) Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies (i) liability, casualty, property and business interruption insurance (including, without limitation, insurance with respect to its tangible Collateral) in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business and (ii) flood insurance with respect to any Property located in a flood plain to the extent required by law; and in each case furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, full information as to the insurance carried. The Administrative Agent shall be named as loss payee or mortgagee, as its interest may appear, and/or additional insured (with respect to Collateral only) with respect to any covered loss in excess of $250,000 under any such casualty, property and liability insurance, as applicable, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Administrative Agent, that it will give the Administrative Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be altered or canceled, and such policies shall provide that no act or default (other than nonpayment of policy premiums and fees) of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries or any other Person shall affect the rights of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under such policy or policies.

Section 5.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions .

Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in material conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its businesses and activities; and permit, during regular business hours and upon reasonable notice by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent (or after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender) to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time and as often as may reasonably be desired, and to discuss the business, operations, property, assets or financial condition of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries and with their independent certified public accountants; provided, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Credit Parties shall only be required to pay the fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent for one such inspection in any fiscal year.

 

85


Section 5.7 Notices .

Give notice in writing to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly transmit such notice to each Lender) of:

(a) promptly, but in any event within two (2) Business Days after any Responsible Officer of the Company obtains knowledge thereof, the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) promptly, any default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) promptly upon any officer of the Company obtaining knowledge of (i) the institution of, or non-frivolous threat of, any litigation, investigation or proceeding against or affecting Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any property of Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not previously disclosed in writing by the Company to Lenders or (ii) any material development in any litigation, investigation or proceeding that, in any case:

(A) if adversely determined, after giving effect to the coverage and policy limits of insurance policies issued to Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(B) seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the making, securing or repayment of the Credit Party Obligations hereunder or the application of proceeds thereof;

written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to the Company to enable Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

(d) any labor controversy that has resulted in, or threatens to result in, a strike or other work action against any Credit Party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after any Responsible Officer of the Company obtains knowledge thereof: (i) the occurrence or expected occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC (other than a Permitted Lien) or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or any Credit Party, any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan, with respect to the withdrawal from, or the terminating, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan;

(f) promptly, upon any Responsible Officer of the Company obtaining knowledge of any notice of any material violation received by any Credit Party from any Governmental Authority including, without limitation, any notice of material violation of Environmental Laws; and

 

86


(g) promptly, any other development or event which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Credit Parties propose to take with respect thereto. In the case of any notice of a Default or Event of Default, the Company shall specify that such notice is a Default or Event of Default notice on the face thereof.

Section 5.8 Environmental Laws .

(a) Except to the extent such failure could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, comply in all material respects with, and ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws;

(b) Except to the extent such failure could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; and

(c) Defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and their respective employees, agents, officers and directors, from and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of, or in any way relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries or the Properties, or any orders, requirements or demands of Governmental Authorities related thereto, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s and consultant’s fees, investigation and laboratory fees, response costs, court costs and litigation expenses, except to the extent that any of the foregoing arise out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification therefor. The agreements in this paragraph shall survive repayment of the Credit Party Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder and termination of the Commitments and the Credit Documents.

 

87


Section 5.9 Financial Covenants .

Comply with the following financial covenants:

(a) Total Leverage Ratio .

(i) Prior to any Qualified Public Offering, the Total Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Holdco occurring during the periods indicated below, shall be less than or equal to the following:

 

Period

   Maximum Ratio

Closing Date through December 31, 2006

   8.25 to 1.00

January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007

   8.00 to 1.00

January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008

   7.00 to 1.00

January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009

   6.00 to 1.00

January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010

   5.00 to 1.00

January 1, 2011 and thereafter

   4.00 to 1.00

(ii) After any Qualified Public Offering, the Total Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Holdco occurring during the periods indicated below, shall be less than or equal to the following:

 

Period

   Maximum Ratio

Closing Date through December 31, 2007

   6.50 to 1.00

January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008

   6.25 to 1.00

January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009

   6.00 to 1.00

January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010

   5.75 to 1.00

January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011

   5.50 to 1.00

January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012

   5.25 to 1.00

January 1, 2013 and thereafter

   5.00 to 1.00

(b) Interest Coverage Ratio .

(i) Prior to any Qualified Public Offering, the Interest Coverage Ratio, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Holdco occurring during the periods indicated below, shall be greater than or equal to the following:

 

Period

   Minimum Ratio

July 1, 2006 through December 31, 2007

   1.75 to 1.00

January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2010

   2.00 to 1.00

January 1, 2011 and thereafter

   2.25 to 1.00

 

88


(ii) After any Qualified Public Offering, the Interest Coverage Ratio, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Holdco occurring during the periods indicated below, shall be greater than or equal to the following:

 

Period

   Minimum Ratio

July 1, 2006 through December 31, 2007

   2.00 to 1.00

January 1, 2008 and thereafter

   2.25 to 1.00

(c) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Holdco (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2006), shall be greater than or equal to 1.10 to 1.0.

Notwithstanding the above, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for purposes of all calculations made in determining compliance for any applicable period with the financial covenants set forth in this Section 5.9, (a) after consummation of any Permitted Acquisition, (i) income statement items and other balance sheet items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the Target acquired in such transaction shall be included in such calculations to the extent relating to such applicable period, subject to adjustments in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (ii) Indebtedness of a Target which is retired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition shall be excluded from such calculations and deemed to have been retired as of the first day of such applicable period and (b) any cash equity contribution (which equity shall be common equity, Qualified Preferred Equity or other equity having terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) made to Holdco after the end of a fiscal quarter and on or prior to the day that is ten (10) Business Days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to such fiscal quarter will, at the request of the Company, be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for the purposes of determining compliance with financial covenants at the end of such fiscal quarter (any such equity contribution so included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA or applied to reduce Consolidated Indebtedness, a “ Specified Equity Contribution ”); provided that (i) in each four fiscal quarter period, there shall be at least one fiscal quarter in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (ii) in each eight fiscal quarter period, there shall be a period of at least four consecutive fiscal quarters in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (iii) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Credit Parties to be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth above, (iv) a Specified Equity Contribution shall only be included in the computation of the financial covenants for purposes of determining compliance by the Credit Parties with this Section 5.9 and not for any other purpose under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any determination of the Applicable Percentage) and (v) any Consolidated Indebtedness repaid with the proceeds of a Specified Equity Contribution shall not be deemed repaid for purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio if, for purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio, such Specified Equity Contribution has been included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA. Upon the making of a Specified Equity Contribution, the financial covenants in Section 5.9 shall be recalculated giving effect to the increase in Consolidated EBITDA or reduction in Consolidated Indebtedness. If, after giving effect to such recalculation,

 

89


Holdco is in compliance with the financial covenants, Holdco shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the financial covenants as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date.

Section 5.10 Additional Guarantors .

The Credit Parties will cause each of their Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and transitory merger Subsidiaries), whether newly formed, after acquired or otherwise existing, and each other entity that guarantees the Secured Bridge Loan to promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days after such Domestic Subsidiary is formed or acquired (or such longer period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion)) become a Guarantor hereunder by way of execution of a Joinder Agreement. In connection therewith, the Credit Parties shall give notice to the Administrative Agent not less than ten (10) days prior to creating a Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) (or such shorter period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), or acquiring the Capital Stock of any other Person. The Credit Party Obligations shall be secured by, among other things, a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral of such new Guarantor and a pledge of 100% of the Capital Stock of such new Guarantor and its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and 66% (or such higher percentage that would not result in material adverse tax consequences for such new Guarantor) of the voting Capital Stock and 100% of the non-voting Capital Stock of its first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries. In connection with the foregoing, the Credit Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, with respect to each new Guarantor to the extent applicable, substantially the same documentation required pursuant to Sections 4.1(b)-(f) and 5.12 and such other documents or agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

Section 5.11 Compliance with Law .

Comply with all Requirements of Laws and all restrictions imposed by Governmental Authorities applicable to it and its Property if noncompliance with any such Requirement of Law or restriction could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.12 Pledged Assets .

(a) Cause 100% of the Capital Stock in each of its direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and 66% of the Capital Stock in each of its first tier Foreign Subsidiaries to be subject at all times to a first priority, perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Security Documents or such other security documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

(b) If, subsequent to the Closing Date, a Credit Party shall acquire a fee interest in any real property with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 or any securities, instruments, chattel paper or other personal property and required for perfection to be delivered to the Administrative Agent as Collateral hereunder or under

 

90


any of the Security Documents, notify the Administrative Agent of same concurrently with the delivery of the next financial statement referred to in Section 5.1(b). Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, take such action at its own expense as requested by the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, any of the actions described in Section 4.1(d) or (e) hereof) in accordance with the Security Documents to ensure that the Administrative Agent has a first priority perfected Lien to secure the Credit Party Obligations in (i) all personal property of the Credit Parties located in the United States and (ii) to the extent deemed to be material by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders in its or their sole reasonable discretion, all other personal property of the Credit Parties, subject in each case only to Permitted Liens. To the extent any Credit Party acquires real property located in the United States having a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 after the Closing Date, such Credit Party shall deliver a Mortgage Instrument in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent granting a perfected Lien upon recording in the appropriate office to secure the Credit Party Obligations. Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, adhere to the covenants regarding the location of personal property as set forth in the Security Documents.

Section 5.13 Hedging Agreements .

Within 90 days following the Closing Date, cause at least 40% of the aggregate Term Loan then outstanding, and projected to be outstanding, to be hedged pursuant to Hedging Agreements for a term of at least three (3) years with a counterparty and on terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Section 5.14 Covenants Regarding Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights .

(a) Notify the Administrative Agent promptly if it knows that any application, letters patent or registration relating to any Patent, Patent License (to the extent the granting of a security interest therein is not prohibited by any Requirement of Law, contract or otherwise), Trademark or Trademark License (to the extent the granting of a security interest therein is not prohibited by any Requirement of Law, contract or otherwise) of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries may become abandoned, or of any adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any court) regarding any Credit Party’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiary’s ownership of any Patent or Trademark, its right to patent or register the same, or to enforce, keep and maintain the same, or its rights under any Patent License or Trademark License, in each case, if such abandonment, determination or development could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Notify the Administrative Agent promptly after it knows of any adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in any court) regarding any Copyright or Copyright License (to the extent the granting of a security interest therein is

 

91


not prohibited by any Requirement of Law, contract or otherwise) of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, whether (i) such Copyright or Copyright License may become invalid or unenforceable prior to its expiration or termination, or (ii) any Credit Party’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiary’s ownership of such Copyright, its right to register the same or to enforce, keep and maintain the same, or its rights under such Copyright License, may become affected, in each case, if such adverse determination or development could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) Concurrently with the delivery of the next financial statement referred to in Section 5.1(b), notify the Administrative Agent of any filing by any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, either itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee (but in no event later than the fifteenth day following such filing), of any application for registration of any Intellectual Property with the United States Copyright Office or United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof.

(ii) Concurrently with the delivery of the next financial statement referred to in Section 5.1(b), provide the Administrative Agent and its counsel a complete and correct list of all registrations and applications pertaining to Intellectual Property owned by the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries and all license agreements (other than agreements with respect to off-the-shelf software) pertaining to Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses and Trademark Licenses of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to which annual payments in excess of $50,000 are made or received, in each case that have not been set forth as annexes of such documents and instruments showing all filings and recordings for the protection of the security interest of the Administration Agent therein pursuant to the agreements of the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office.

(iii) Upon request of the Administrative Agent, execute and deliver any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Intellectual Property and the general intangibles referred to in clauses (i) and (ii), including, without limitation, the goodwill of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries relating thereto or represented thereby (or such other Intellectual Property or the general intangibles relating thereto or represented thereby as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request).

(d) Take all necessary actions, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, to maintain each item of Intellectual Property of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, payment of maintenance fees, filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability and opposition, interference and cancellation proceedings, except where failure to take such actions could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

92


(e) In the event that any Credit Party becomes aware that any Intellectual Property is infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party in any material respect, notify the Administrative Agent promptly after it learns thereof and, unless the Credit Parties shall reasonably determine that such Intellectual Property is not material to the business of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions as the Credit Parties shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property.

Section 5.15 Credit Facility Ratings .

Cause the credit facilities set forth in this Credit Agreement to be rated by each of Moody’s and S&P.

Section 5.16 Post-Closing Covenants; Further Assurances

(a) Within thirty (30) days after the closing Date (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), the Credit Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Administrative Agent or Control Agent a landlord waiver executed by the landlord for each leased property of the Credit Parties where any books and records or printing equipment are located.

(b) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), to the extent reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, the Credit Parties shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that all material chain of title issues (including unreleased filings related to Liens that have previously been terminated) with respect to the Intellectual Property of the Credit Parties registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office have been corrected in the appropriate records of the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

(c) Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, promptly perform or cause to be performed any and all acts and execute or cause to be executed any and all documents for filing under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or any other Requirement of Law which are necessary or advisable to maintain in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, Liens on the Collateral that are duly perfected in accordance with the requirements of, or the obligations of the Credit Parties under, the Credit Documents and all applicable Requirements of Law.

 

93


ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The Credit Parties hereby covenant and agree that on the Closing Date, and thereafter for so long as this Credit Agreement is in effect and until the Commitments have terminated, no Note remains outstanding and unpaid and the Credit Party Obligations (other than Unasserted Obligations) owing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder are paid in full, that:

Section 6.1 Indebtedness .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, contract, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness arising or existing under this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

(b) Indebtedness of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries existing as of the Closing Date as referenced in the financial statements referenced in Section 3.1 (and set out more specifically in Schedule 6.1(b) ) hereto and renewals, refinancings or extensions thereof in a principal amount not in excess of that outstanding as of the date of such renewal, refinancing or extension;

(c) Indebtedness and obligations owing under Secured Hedging Agreements and other Hedging Agreements entered into in order to manage existing or anticipated interest rate, exchange rate or commodity price risks and not for speculative purposes;

(d) Indebtedness under the Secured Bridge Loan Documents in a principal amount not to exceed $152,000,000 at any time outstanding or any refinancing thereof as permitted under Section 6.11;

(e) Guaranty Obligations in respect of Indebtedness of a Credit Party to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to exist or be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.1;

(f) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification and purchase price adjustment obligations or similar obligations, or from guaranties or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of any Credit Party or its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in connection with Asset Dispositions, other sales of assets or Permitted Acquisitions;

(g) unsecured intercompany Indebtedness among the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries and joint ventures to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 6.5; provided , that (i) a security interest in all such intercompany Indebtedness owed to a Credit Party shall have been granted to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Lenders and (ii) if such intercompany Indebtedness is evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument, such promissory note or instrument shall have been pledged to Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

94


(h) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of any Credit Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Indebtedness incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guaranties provided by Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Indebtedness with respect to (i) Capital Leases and (ii) purchase money Indebtedness; provided that (A) any such Indebtedness under this clause (k), (x) shall be secured only by the asset subject to such Capital Lease or acquired in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, and (y) shall not exceed the cost of the asset so acquired, and (B) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness on a Pro Forma Basis, the Credit Parties shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9;

(l) Indebtedness incurred under credit cards issued to employees, agents, officers, directors or other Affiliates of any Credit Party or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts;

(n) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Company issued and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction constituting a Permitted Acquisition (other than Indebtedness issued as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate such Permitted Acquisition) and any extension, renewal or replacement thereof (including costs and fees incurred in connection with such extension, renewal or replacement); provided , that the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time shall not exceed $20,000,000;

(o) Subordinated Debt of the Credit Parties; and

(p) unsecured Indebtedness of the Credit Parties which does not exceed $45,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding.

Section 6.2 Liens .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, contract, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien with respect to any of their respective property

 

95


or assets of any kind (whether real or personal, tangible or intangible), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Credit Party shall grant a Lien on any of its assets in violation of this Section 6.2, then it shall be deemed to have simultaneously granted an equal and ratable Lien on any such assets in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders.

Section 6.3 Nature of Business .

From and after the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any material business other than (i) the businesses engaged in by the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and businesses reasonably related thereto and reasonable extensions thereof and (ii) other related media businesses.

Section 6.4 Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,

(a) dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its property or assets or agree to do so at a future time, except the following, without duplication, shall be expressly permitted:

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, and all or any part of its business, property or assets may be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of to any Credit Party;

(ii) (A) the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of inventory and materials in the ordinary course of business and (B) the conversion of cash into Cash Equivalents and Cash Equivalents into cash;

(iii) Recovery Events;

(iv) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of machinery, parts and equipment no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(v) the sale, lease or transfer of property or assets from a Credit Party to another Credit Party;

(vi) in order to resolve disputes that occur in the ordinary course of business, Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries may discount or otherwise compromise for less than the face value thereof, notes or accounts receivable;

(vii) Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell or dispose of shares of Capital Stock of any of its Subsidiaries in order to qualify members of the Governing Body of such Subsidiary if required by applicable law;

 

96


(viii) the grant by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of a license to any Person for the use of any Intellectual Property owned by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ix) the unwinding of any derivative instruments or agreements;

(x) the sale or disposition of Investments under clauses (f), (j), (k) and (n) of the definition of Permitted Investments (other than Investments received in connection with any Asset Disposition permitted by subsection (xiii) below);

(xi) the sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(xii) sales, assignments, transfers or dispositions of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business for purposes of collection; or

(xiii) sales of revenue-producing assets (or of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of a Subsidiary that owns such assets):

(A) to the extent the Attributable Revenues of all such assets (and Subsidiaries) transferred in all such asset sales during any period of 365 consecutive days does not exceed 16.5% of Pro Forma Revenues for the most recent four fiscal quarter period for which Pro Forma Revenues can then be determined; provided that (1) the consideration received for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof and (2) the proceeds of such asset sales shall be applied as required by subsection 2.8(b)(iii); or

(B) to the extent the Attributable Revenues of all assets (and Subsidiaries) transferred in all such asset sales during any period of 365 consecutive days exceeds 16.5% but does not exceed 33% of Pro Forma Revenues for the most recent four fiscal quarter period for which Pro Forma Revenues can then be determined; provided that (1) the consideration received for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof, (2) the consideration received in connection with all asset sales made pursuant to this clause (B), when added to the consideration received in connection with all asset sales made pursuant to clause (A) above, shall be not less than a multiple of 7 times the Attributable EBITDA of all assets (and Subsidiaries) transferred in all such asset sales in the aggregate during such 365-day period and (45) the proceeds of such asset sales shall be applied as required by subsection 2.8(b)(ii);

provided that after giving effect to any Asset Disposition pursuant to clause (xii) above, (1) the Credit Parties shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9 hereof, recalculated for the most recently ended month for which information is available, and (2) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or shall result therefrom; provided , further , that with respect to sales of assets permitted hereunder only, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled, without the consent of the Required Lenders, to release its Liens relating to the particular assets sold; or

 

97


(b) (i) purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) the property or assets of any Person, other than (A) Permitted Acquisitions and (B) except as otherwise limited or prohibited herein, purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, materials, property and equipment in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, except for (A) Investments or acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 6.5, (B) the merger or consolidation of a Credit Party with and into another Credit Party; provided that (1) if a Borrower is a party thereto, such Borrower will be the surviving entity (other than in respect of any such transaction between two or more Borrowers, in which case one such Borrower shall be the surviving entity; provided that (x) such surviving Borrower hereby agrees to assume and be directly liable for all Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower that is merged with and into it upon the consummation of such merger and (y) if the Company is one of the Borrowers involved in the merger, it shall be the surviving entity) and (2) if the Company is a party thereto, the Company will be the surviving entity, (C) the merger or consolidation of a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party with and into a Credit Party; provided , that such Credit Party will be the surviving entity and (D) the merger or consolidation of a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party with and into a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party.

Section 6.5 Advances, Investments and Loans .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

Section 6.6 Transactions with Affiliates .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction or series of transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any officer, director, shareholder or Affiliate (other than a Credit Party) other than: (a) on terms and conditions that are less favorable as would be obtainable in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an officer, director, shareholder or Affiliate; (b) Restricted Payments specifically permitted by Section 6.10; and (c) reasonable and customary fees, expense reimbursement and indemnities paid to members of the Governing Bodies of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 6.7 Ownership of Subsidiaries; Restrictions .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, form or acquire any Subsidiaries, except for Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Domestic Subsidiaries that are joined as Additional Credit Parties as required by the terms hereof. The Credit Parties will not sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock or other equity interests in any of their Subsidiaries, nor will they permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to issue, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any of their Capital Stock or other equity interests, except in a transaction permitted by Section 6.4.

 

98


Section 6.8 Corporate Changes; Accounting Methods .

No Credit Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) change its fiscal year (unless changing it to a calendar fiscal year), (b) amend, modify or change its articles of incorporation, certificate of designation (or corporate charter or other similar organizational document) operating agreement or bylaws (or other similar document) in any respect materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, (c) change its state of incorporation, organization or formation, without giving the Administrative Agent at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice of such action to, or have more than one state of incorporation, organization or formation or (d) materially change its accounting method (except in accordance with GAAP) in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders.

Section 6.9 Limitation on Restricted Actions .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Person to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to any Credit Party on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, (b) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to any Credit Party, (c) make loans or advances to any Credit Party, (d) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to any Credit Party, or (e) act as a Guarantor and pledge its assets pursuant to the Credit Documents or any renewals, refinancings, exchanges, refundings or extension thereof, except (in respect of any of the matters referred to in clauses (a)-(d) above) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (ii) applicable law, (iii)   any document or instrument governing purchase money Indebtedness or Capital Leases permitted by Section 6.1; provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith, (iv) any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien; provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien, (v) any agreement relating to permitted Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by a Credit Party or its Restricted Subsidiary and outstanding on such acquisition date or (vi) customary restrictions on subletting or assigning leasehold interests of a Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary.

Section 6.10 Restricted Payments .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, make or set apart any sum for or pay any Restricted Payment, except the following:

(a) the Credit Parties may make Restricted Payments payable solely in shares of Capital Stock of such Person (except preferred Capital Stock that is not Qualified Preferred Equity);

 

99


(b) the Credit Parties may make dividends or other distributions payable to a Credit Party (directly or indirectly through its Subsidiaries) other than Parent except as permitted hereunder;

(c) Holdco may make Restricted Payments to the Parent, the proceeds of which shall be used to (i) pay operating expenses and other corporate overhead costs and expenses of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business or (ii) pay expenses of the Parent incurred in connection with any offering of securities of the Parent (whether or not successful);

(d) any Credit Party and Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Parent to the extent of the amount that such Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay in respect to taxes were it to pay such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer.

(e) after the Secured Bridge Loan has been repaid in full and the Secured Bridge Loan Documents terminated, Holdco may pay dividends to the Parent up to four times per fiscal year so long as after giving effect to any such dividend payment, the Credit Parties are in pro forma compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 5.9 hereof and the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 6.25 to 1.0, in each case as demonstrated in an officer’s certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent containing reasonably detailed calculations thereof, satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(f) to the extent a Qualified Public Offering has not occurred, Holdco may make Restricted Payments to the Parent up to two (2) times during the twenty-four (24) month period immediately following the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate; provided , however , that if a Qualified Public Offering does not occur within 60 days of any such dividend payment, the Parent will immediately refund the full amount of such dividend payments to Holdco which shall then refund such full amount to the Company;

(g) in respect of any calendar year or portion thereof during which Holdco is a Flow-Through Entity, Holdco may make Restricted Payments to the Parent sufficient to permit the Parent to pay United States federal, state, local and foreign income taxes that are required to be paid by it with respect to its ownership of Capital Stock of Holdco, as estimated by Holdco in good faith;

(h) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, Holdco may make Restricted Payments to the Parent in order for the Parent to repurchase or redeem outstanding shares of Capital Stock (or options to purchase Capital Stock) of the Parent owned by current or former

 

100


employees, officers, or directors of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar equity agreement, shareholders agreement or benefit plan; provided , that the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this subclause (g) in any fiscal year shall not exceed $2,500,000;

(i) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall exist and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Holdco may make Restricted Payments to the Parent to pay expenses and indemnities due Sponsor under the Registration Rights Agreement; and

(j) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Company may make regularly scheduled payments of interest in respect of the Secured Bridge Loan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Payments made to the Parent from any Credit Party shall be reduced by any Investments made pursuant to clause (l) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”.

Section 6.11 Amendment of Secured Bridge Loan or other Subordinated Debt.

(a) No Secured Bridge Loan Document may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or entered into and no obligations under the Secured Bridge Loan Documents may be refinanced, except that the Secured Bridge Loan Documents may be amended or the obligations thereunder may be refinanced in a manner that is subject to, and in compliance with, the requirements of the Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) No Credit Party will, nor will any Credit Party permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, amend, modify, waive or extend or permit the amendment, modification, waiver or extension of any term of any document governing or relating to any Subordinated Debt in a manner that is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders.

(c) No Credit Party will, nor will any Credit Party permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, agree to any material amendment to, waive any of its material rights under, or make any election pursuant to the terms of, the Registration Rights Agreement and any agreements or documents governing or relating to the Capital Stock of the Parent after the Closing Date (i) to provide for cash payment of any amounts with respect thereto or (ii) that adversely affects the rights or interests of the Lenders, without in each case obtaining the prior written consent of Required Lenders to such amendment, waiver or election.

Section 6.12 Sale Leasebacks .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease, whether an Operating lease or a Capital Lease, of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (a) which any Credit Party or any Restricted

 

101


Subsidiary has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to a Person which is not a Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) which any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been sold or is to be sold or transferred by a Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Person which is not a Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such lease; provided, that the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may become and remain liable as lessee, guarantor or other surety with respect to any such lease if and to the extent that the Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries would be permitted to enter into, and remain liable under, such lease to the extent that the transaction would be permitted under Section 6.1, assuming the sale and leaseback constituted Indebtedness in a principal amount equal to the gross proceeds of the sale.

Section 6.13 No Further Negative Pledges .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into, assume or become subject to any agreement prohibiting or otherwise restricting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of their properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or requiring the grant of any security for such obligation if security is given for some other obligation, except (a) pursuant to this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (b) pursuant to the Secured Bridge Loan Documents, (c) pursuant to any document or instrument governing purchase money Indebtedness or Capital Leases permitted pursuant to Section 6.1; provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith, (d) in connection with any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien; provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien, (e) specific property to be sold pursuant to an executed agreement with respect to a permitted Asset Disposition, and (f) restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (provided that such restrictions are limited to the property or assets secured by such Liens or the property or assets subject to such leases, licenses or similar agreements, as the case may be).

Section 6.14 Account Control Agreements; Additional Accounts .

On and after the date that is ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, each of the Credit Parties will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, open, maintain or otherwise have any checking, savings or other accounts at any bank or other financial institution, or any other account where money is or may be deposited or maintained with any Person, other than (a) demand deposit accounts and securities accounts that are subject to an Account Control Agreement, (c) other demand deposit accounts established after the Closing Date solely as (i) payroll, (ii) 401(k) and other retirement plans and employee benefits including rabbi trusts for deferred compensation, (iii) health care benefits and (iv) escrow arrangements (e.g., environmental and indemnity amounts) and other zero balance accounts or for which (i) any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, the depository bank and the Administrative Agent have entered into a cash collateral agreement specifically negotiated among such Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary, the depository bank and the Administrative Agent for the specific purpose set forth therein or (ii) the Administrative Agent is the depository bank and (d) other deposit accounts and securities accounts, so long as at any time the aggregate balance (including the fair market value of any investment property) in all such accounts does not exceed $5,000,000.

 

102


ARTICLE VII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 7.1 Events of Default .

An Event of Default shall exist upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an “ Event of Default ”):

(a) Payment . (i) The Borrowers shall fail to pay any principal on any Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or (ii) the Borrowers shall fail to reimburse the Issuing Lender for any LOC Obligations when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or (iii) the Borrowers shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable hereunder when due in accordance with the terms hereof and such failure shall continue unremedied for five (5) days; or (iv) or any Credit Party shall fail to pay on the Guaranty in respect of any of the foregoing or in respect of any other Guaranty Obligations hereunder (after giving effect to the grace period in clause (iii)); or

(b) Misrepresentation . Any representation or warranty made or deemed made herein, in the Security Documents or in any of the other Credit Documents or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished at any time under or in connection with this Credit Agreement shall (i) with respect to representations and warranties that contain a materiality qualifier prove to have been incorrect, false or misleading and (ii) with respect to any representations and warranties that do not contain a materiality qualifier, prove to have been incorrect, false or misleading in any material respect, in each case on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) Covenant Default . (i) Any Credit Party shall fail to perform, comply with or observe any term, covenant or agreement applicable to it contained in Sections 5.1 or 5.2(b) (in each case prior to a Qualified Public Offering) or contained in Sections 5.4 (with respect to maintaining the existence, rights and franchises of Holdco and the Company), 5.7, 5.9, 5.13 or Article VI hereof; or (ii) any Credit Party shall fail to comply with any other covenant contained in this Credit Agreement (including, after a Qualified Public Offering, Sections 5.1 and 5.2(b)) or the other Credit Documents or any other agreement, document or instrument among any Credit Party, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or executed by any Credit Party in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (other than as described in Sections 7.1(a) or 7.1(c)(i) above), and such breach or failure to comply is not cured within thirty (30) days of its occurrence; or

(d) Debt Cross-Default . (i) (A) Any Credit Party shall fail to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration,

 

103


demand, or otherwise, but after the expiration of any applicable grace period) in respect of the Secured Bridge Loan or (B) any portion of the Secured Bridge Loan is declared to be due and payable (or automatically become due and payable) prior to the stated maturity of the Secured Bridge Loan as a result of a Secured Bridge Loan Event of Default; (ii) any Credit Party shall default in any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and the Guaranty) in a principal amount outstanding of at least $10,000,000 for the Credit Parties and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries in the aggregate beyond any applicable grace period (not to exceed 30 days), if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; (iii) any Credit Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (other than the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and the Guaranty) in a principal amount outstanding of at least $10,000,000 in the aggregate for the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or (iv) any Credit Party shall breach or default any Secured Hedging Agreement and such breach or default shall not have been remedied or waived within 30 days; or

(e) Bankruptcy Default . (i) A Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii)   there shall be commenced against a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of their assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing their inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

 

104


(f) Judgment Default . One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not covered by insurance) of $10,000,000 or more and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been paid and satisfied, vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof or any injunction, temporary restraining order or similar decree shall be issued against a Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(g) ERISA Default . To the extent any of the following results in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) Any Person shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), shall exist with respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan (other than a Permitted Lien) shall arise on the assets of the Credit Parties or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii)   a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee could reasonably result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, or (v) a Credit Party, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, any Multiemployer Plan; or

(h) Change of Control . There shall occur a Change of Control; or

(i) Invalidity of Guaranty . At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, the Guaranty, for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all Credit Party Obligations, shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void, or   any Credit Party shall contest the validity or enforceability of the Guaranty or any Credit Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability, including with respect to future advances by the Lenders, under any Credit Document to which it is a party; or

(j) Invalidity of Credit Documents . Any other Credit Document shall fail to be in full force and effect or to give the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders the security interests, liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby (except as such documents may be terminated or no longer in force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof, other than those indemnities and provisions which by their terms shall survive), or   any Credit Party shall contest, in writing, the validity or enforceability of any Lien granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders or any Lien shall fail to be a first priority, perfected Lien on a material portion of the personal property Collateral; or

(k) Subordinated Debt . The subordination provisions contained in any Subordinated Debt shall cease to be in full force and effect or to give the Lenders the

 

105


rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby; or the Credit Party Obligations shall cease to be classified as “Senior Indebtedness,” “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or any similar designation under any Subordinated Debt instrument, in each case except to the extent such Subordinated Debt, if classified as a type of Indebtedness other than Subordinated Debt, would be permitted by the terms of Section 6.1.

Section 7.2 Acceleration; Remedies .

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, then, and in any such event, (a) if such event is an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(e) above, automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon), and all other amounts under the Credit Documents (including without limitation the maximum amount of all contingent liabilities under Letters of Credit) shall immediately become due and payable, and (b) if such event is any other Event of Default, any or all of the following actions may be taken: (i) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the written request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, declare the Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitments shall immediately terminate; (ii) the Administrative Agent may, or upon the written request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Credit Agreement and the Notes to be due and payable forthwith and direct the Borrowers to pay to the Administrative Agent cash collateral as security for the LOC Obligations for subsequent drawings under then outstanding Letters of Credit an amount equal to the maximum amount of which may be drawn under Letters of Credit then outstanding, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable; and/or (iii) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the written request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, exercise such other rights and remedies as provided under the Credit Documents and under applicable law.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding paragraph, if at any time within 60 days after an acceleration of the Loans pursuant to such paragraph the Borrowers shall pay all arrears of interest and all payments on account of principal which shall have become due otherwise than as a result of such acceleration (with interest on principal and, to the extent permitted by law, on overdue interest, at the rates specified in this Agreement) and all Defaults and Events of Default (other than non-payment of the principal of and accrued interest on the Loans, in each case which is due and payable solely by virtue of acceleration) shall be remedied or waived pursuant to Section 9.1, then the Required Lenders, by written notice to the Company, may at their option rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences; but such action shall not affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are intended merely to bind Lenders to a decision which may be made at the election of Required Lenders and are not intended, directly or indirectly, to benefit the Company, and such provisions shall not at any time be construed so as to grant the Company the right to require the Lenders to rescind or annul any acceleration hereunder or to preclude the Administrative Agent or the Lenders from exercising any of the rights or remedies available to them under any of the Credit Documents, even if the conditions set forth in this paragraph are met.

 

106


ARTICLE VIII

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 8.1 Appointment .

Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Wachovia as the Administrative Agent of such Lender under this Credit Agreement, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes Wachovia, as the Administrative Agent for such Lender, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Credit Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Credit Agreement, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender acknowledges that the Credit Parties may rely on each action taken by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders hereunder. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Credit Agreement or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

Section 8.2 Delegation of Duties .

The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Credit Agreement by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may appoint one of its affiliates as its agent to perform the functions of the Administrative Agent hereunder relating to the advancing of funds to the Borrowers and distribution of funds to the Lenders and to perform such other related functions of the Administrative Agent hereunder as are reasonably incidental to such functions.

Section 8.3 Exculpatory Provisions .

Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact, Subsidiaries or affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Credit Agreement (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Credit Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Credit Agreement or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of any of the Credit Documents or for any failure of any Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The

 

107


Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance by any Credit Party of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Credit Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.

Section 8.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent .

(a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Credit Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless an executed Assignment Agreement has been filed with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6(c) with respect to the Loans evidenced by such Note. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Credit Agreement unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under any of the Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as may be required under this Credit Agreement, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Notes.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.1, each Lender that has signed this Credit Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender.

Section 8.5 Notice of Default .

The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Company referring to this Credit Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders; provided , however , that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem

 

108


advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except to the extent that this Credit Agreement expressly requires that such action be taken, or not taken, only with the consent or upon the authorization of the Required Lenders, or all of the Lenders, as the case may be.

Section 8.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders .

Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representation or warranty to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of any Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, assets or financial condition and creditworthiness of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Credit Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Credit Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, assets or financial condition and creditworthiness of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, assets or financial condition or creditworthiness of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party which may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

Section 8.7 Indemnification .

The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, agents and employees (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so), ratably according to their respective Revolving Commitment Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the Credit Party Obligations) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of any Credit Document or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by any such indemnitee under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements to the extent resulting from such indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The agreements in this Section 8.7 shall survive the termination of this Credit Agreement and payment of the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

109


Section 8.8 Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity .

The Administrative Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrowers as though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and any Note issued to it, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Credit Agreement as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity.

Section 8.9 Successor Administrative Agent .

The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days’ prior notice to the Company and the Lenders. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement and the Notes or if the Administrative Agent enters or becomes subject to receivership, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be approved by the Company with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld (provided, however if an Event of Default shall exist at such time, no approval of the Company shall be required hereunder), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Credit Agreement or any holders of the Notes. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8.9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement.

Section 8.10 Nature of Duties .

Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, any agent (other than the Administrative Agent) or co-lead arranger listed from time to time on the cover page of this Credit Agreement shall have no obligations, responsibilities or duties under this Credit Agreement or under any other Credit Document other than obligations, responsibilities and duties applicable to all Lenders in their capacity as Lenders; provided, however, that such agents and co-lead arrangers shall be entitled to the same rights, protections, exculpations and indemnifications granted to the Administrative Agent under this Article VIII in their capacity as an agent or co-lead arranger.

Section 8.11 Intercreditor Agreement .

Each of the Lenders hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof. Each Lender (and each Person that becomes a Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 9.6(c)) hereby authorizes the

 

110


Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of such Lender and agrees that the Administrative Agent may take such actions on its behalf as is contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 8.12 Releases .

The Administrative Agent will release any Guarantor and any Lien on any Collateral, which is sold as permitted by the Credit Agreement or as otherwise permitted by the Lenders or Required Lenders, as applicable.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1 Amendments, Waivers and Release of Collateral .

Neither this Credit Agreement nor any of the other Credit Documents, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified (by amendment, waiver, consent or otherwise) except in accordance with the provisions of this Section nor may Collateral be released except as specifically provided herein or in the Security Documents or in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.1. The Required Lenders may or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, (a) enter into with the Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive or consent to the departure from, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such amendment, supplement, modification, release, waiver or consent shall:

(i) reduce the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or Note or any installment thereon, or reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except in connection with a waiver of interest at the increased post-default rate set forth in Section 2.9 which shall be determined by a vote of the Required Lenders) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided that, it is understood and agreed that (A) no waiver, reduction or deferral of a mandatory prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.8(b), nor any amendment of Section 2.8(b) or the definitions of Asset Disposition, Debt Issuance, Equity Issuance, Excess Cash Flow, or Recovery Event, shall constitute a reduction of the amount of, or an extension of the scheduled date of, the scheduled date of maturity of, or any installment of, any Loan or Note, (B) any reduction in the stated rate of interest on Revolving Loans

 

111


shall only require the written consent of each Lender holding a Revolving Commitment and (C) any reduction in the stated rate of interest on the Term Loan shall only require the written consent of each Lender holding a portion of the outstanding Term Loan; or

(ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 9.1 or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, without the written consent of all the Lenders; or

(iii) release any Borrower or all or substantially all of the Guarantors from obligations under the Guaranty, without the written consent of all of the Lenders and Hedging Agreement Providers; or

(iv) release all or substantially all of the Collateral without the written consent of all of the Lenders and Hedging Agreement Providers; or

(v) subordinate the Loans to any other Indebtedness without the written consent of all of the Lenders; or

(vi) permit a Letter of Credit to have an original expiry date more than twelve (12) months from the date of issuance without the consent of each of the Revolving Lenders; provided , that the expiry date of any Letter of Credit may be extended in accordance with the terms of Section 2.3(a); or

(vii) permit any Borrower to assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Credit Agreement or other Credit Documents without the written consent of all of the Lenders; or

(viii) amend Section 2.8(b)(vii) or Section 2.12 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender; or

(ix) amend, modify or waive any provision of the Credit Documents requiring consent, approval or request of the Required Lenders or all Lenders without the written consent of the Required Lenders or all the Lenders as appropriate; or

(x) amend, modify or waive any provision of the Credit Documents affecting the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender under any Credit Document without the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and/or the Swingline Lender, as applicable, in addition to the Lenders required hereinabove to take such action; or

(xi) amend, modify or waive the order in which Credit Party Obligations are paid in Section 2.12(b) without the written consent of each Lender and each Hedging Agreement Provider directly affected thereby; or

 

112


(xii) amend the definitions of “Hedging Agreement,” “Secured Hedging Agreement,” or “Hedging Agreement Provider” without the consent of any Hedging Agreement Provider that would be adversely affected thereby.

Any such waiver, any such amendment, supplement or modification and any such release shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Notes. In the case of any waiver, the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the outstanding Loans and Notes and other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the consent of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties shall not be required for any amendment, modification or waiver of the provisions of Article VIII (other than the provisions of Section 8.9).

Notwithstanding the fact that the consent of all the Lenders is required in certain circumstances as set forth above, (x) each Lender is entitled to vote as such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that affects the Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code supersedes the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein and (y) the Required Lenders may consent to allow a Credit Party to use cash collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

Section 9.2 Notices .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Article II, all notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy or other electronic communications as provided below), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) to the number set out herein, (c) the Business Day following the day on which the same has been delivered prepaid (or pursuant to an invoice arrangement) to a reputable national overnight air courier service, or (d) the third Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, in each case, addressed as follows in the case of the Company, the other Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent, and, in the case of each of the Lenders, as set forth in such Lender’s Administrative Details Form, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Notes:

 

The Company and the other Credit Parties:    GateHouse Media, Inc.
   300 Willowbrook
   Suite 350
   Fairport, New York 14450
   Attention: Mark Thompson, Chief Financial Officer
   Telecopier: (847) 272-6244
   Telephone: (630) 368-8923
   With a copy to Polly Sack, General Counsel
   Telecopier: (847) 272-6244

 

113


The Administrative Agent:    Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent
   Charlotte Plaza
   201 South College Street, CP8
   Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0680
   Attention: Syndication Agency Services
   Telecopier: (704) 383-0288
   Telephone: (704) 374-2698
   with a copy to:
   Wachovia Bank, National Association
   One Wachovia Center, NC 5562
   Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0735
   Attention: John Brady
   Telecopier: (704) 383-1625
   Telephone: (704) 715-1795

provided , that notices given by the Company pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.10 hereof shall be effective only upon receipt thereof by the Administrative Agent.

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Company may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

114


Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

Section 9.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

Section 9.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties .

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement and the Notes and the making of the Loans; provided that all such representations and warranties shall terminate on the date upon which the Commitments have been terminated and all amounts owing hereunder and under any Notes have been paid in full.

Section 9.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes .

The Credit Parties agree (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers for all their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation, printing and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, together with the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and the Administrative Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and to the Lenders (including reasonable allocated costs of in-house legal counsel), (c) on demand, to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and

 

115


any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, the Credit Documents and any such other documents, (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, partners, members, counsel, agents, representatives, trustees, advisors and affiliates (collectively called the “ Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against, any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of the Credit Documents and any such other documents and the use, or proposed use, of proceeds of the Loans and (e) to pay any civil penalty or fine assessed by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control against, and all reasonable costs and expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with defense thereof by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of the funding of Loans, the issuance of Letters of Credit, the acceptance of payments or of Collateral due under the Credit Documents (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided , however , that the Credit Parties shall not have any obligation hereunder to an Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to a final non-appealable judgment. The agreements in this Section 9.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans, Notes and all other amounts hereunder.

Section 9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations .

(a) This Credit Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Credit Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, all future holders of the Notes and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Credit Parties may not assign or transfer any of their rights or obligations under this Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents without the prior written consent of each Lender.

(b) Any Lender may, in the ordinary course and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more banks or other entities (“ Participants ”) participating interests in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Note held by such Lender, any Commitment of such Lender, or any other interest of such Lender hereunder. In the event of any such sale by a Lender of participating interests to a Participant, such Lender’s obligations under this Credit Agreement to the other parties to this Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes under this Credit Agreement, and the Company and the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement. No Lender shall transfer or grant any participation under which the Participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to or waiver of this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document except to the extent such amendment or waiver would (i) extend the scheduled maturity of any Loan or Note or any installment thereon in which such Participant is participating, or

 

116


reduce the stated rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of interest at the increased post-default rate set forth in Section 2.10 which shall be determined by a vote of the Required Lenders) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the Participant’s participation over the amount thereof then in effect; provided that, it is understood and agreed that (A) no waiver, reduction or deferral of a mandatory prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.8(b), nor any amendment of Section 2.8(b) or the definitions of Asset Disposition, Debt Issuance, Equity Issuance, Excess Cash Flow, or Recovery Event, shall constitute a reduction of the amount of, or an extension of the scheduled date of, the scheduled date of maturity of, or any installment of, any Loan or Note, (B) a waiver of any Default or Event of Default shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and (C) an increase in any Commitment or Loan shall be permitted without consent of any participant if the Participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof, (ii) release all or substantially all of the Credit Parties from their obligations under the Guaranty, (iii)   release all or substantially all of the Collateral, or (iv) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement. In the case of any such participation, the Participant shall not have any rights under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents (the Participant’s rights against such Lender in respect of such participation to be those set forth in the agreement executed by such Lender in favor of the Participant relating thereto) and all amounts payable by the Borrowers hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation; provided that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.16, 2.17, 2.18 and 9.5 with respect to its participation in the Commitments and the Loans outstanding from time to time; provided further , that no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to such Sections than the transferor Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such transferor Lender to such Participant had no such transfer occurred.

(c) Any Lender may, in accordance with applicable law, at any time, sell or assign to any Eligible Assignee, all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement and the Notes in minimum amounts of (i) $2,000,000 with respect to its Revolving Commitment and its Revolving Loans (or, if less, the entire amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and Revolving Loans) and (ii) $1,000,000 with respect to its Term Loans (or, if less, the entire amount of such Lender’s Term Loans), pursuant to an Assignment Agreement, executed by such Eligible Assignee and such transferor Lender and consented to by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender (with respect to Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans) and the Company (in each case, such consents not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and delivered to the Administrative Agent for its acceptance and recording in the Register; provided , however , that any sale or assignment (A) to an existing Lender, or Affiliate or Approved Fund thereof shall not require the consent of the Company or the Administrative Agent and (B) at any time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, shall not require the consent of the Company nor shall any such sale or assignment be subject to the minimum assignment amounts specified herein. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the Transfer Effective Date specified in such Assignment Agreement, (1) the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent

 

117


provided in such Assignment Agreement, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder with a Commitment as set forth therein, and (2) the transferor Lender thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such Assignment Agreement, be released from its obligations under this Credit Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment Agreement covering all or the remaining portion of a transferor Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement, such transferor Lender shall cease to be a party hereto; provided, however, that such Lender shall continue to be entitled to any indemnification rights that expressly survive hereunder). Such Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to amend this Credit Agreement to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of such Eligible Assignee and the resulting adjustment of Commitment Percentages arising from the purchase by such Eligible Assignee of all or a portion of the rights and obligations of such transferor Lender under this Credit Agreement and the Notes. On or prior to the Transfer Effective Date specified in such Assignment Agreement, the Borrowers, at their own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent in exchange for the Notes delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to such Assignment Agreement new Notes to the order of such Eligible Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment assumed by it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement and, unless the transferor Lender has not retained a Commitment hereunder, new Notes to the order of the transferor Lender in an amount equal to the Commitment retained by it hereunder. Such new Notes shall be dated the Closing Date and shall otherwise be in the form of the Notes replaced thereby. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.6, a Lender may assign any or all of its rights under this Credit Agreement to an Affiliate or a Approved Fund of such Lender without delivering an Assignment Agreement to the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that (x) the Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with such assigning Lender until an Assignment Agreement has been delivered to the Administrative Agent for recordation on the Register, (y) the failure of such assigning lender to deliver an Assignment Agreement to the Administrative Agent shall not affect the legality, validity or binding effect of such assignment and (z) an Assignment Agreement between the assigning Lender an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such Lender shall be effective as of the date specified in such Assignment Agreement.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in Section 9.2 a copy of each Assignment Agreement delivered to it and a register (the “ Register ”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time. A Loan (and the related Note) recorded on the Register may be assigned or sold in whole or in part upon registration of such assignment or sale on the Register. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Company, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Loan recorded therein for all purposes of this Credit Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Company or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. In the case of an assignment pursuant to the last sentence of Section 9.6(c) as to which an Assignment Agreement is not delivered to the Administrative Agent, the assigning Lender shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Credit Parties,

 

118


maintain a comparable register on behalf of the Credit Parties. In the event that any Lender sells participations in a Loan recorded on the Register, such Lender shall maintain a register on which it enters the name of all participants in such Loans held by it (the “ Participant Register ”). A Loan recorded on the Register (and the registered Note, if any, evidencing the same) may be participated in whole or in part only by registration of such participation on the Participant Register (and each registered Note shall expressly so provide). Any participation of such Loan recorded on the Register (and the registered Note, if any, evidencing the same) may be effected only by the registration of such participation on the Participant Register.

(e) Upon its receipt of a duly executed Assignment Agreement, together with payment to the Administrative Agent by the transferor Lender or the Eligible Assignee, as agreed between them, of a registration and processing fee of $3,500 for each Eligible Assignee (other than a Eligible Assignee that is an Affiliate or Approved Fund of the transferor Lender) listed in such Assignment Agreement and the Notes subject to such Assignment Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment Agreement, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and (iii)   give prompt notice of such acceptance and recordation to the Lenders and the Company.

(f) The Credit Parties authorize each Lender to disclose to any Participant or Eligible Assignee (each, a “ Transferee ”) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning the Credit Parties and any of their Subsidiaries which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Credit Parties pursuant to this Credit Agreement or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Credit Parties in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of the Credit Parties and their Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Credit Agreement, in each case subject to Section 9.15.

(g) At the time of each assignment pursuant to this Section 9.6 to a Person which is not already a Lender hereunder and which is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for Federal income tax purposes, the respective assignee Lender shall provide to the Company and the Administrative Agent the appropriate Internal Revenue Service forms or any similar non U.S. forms (and, if applicable, a Tax Exempt Certificate) described in Section 2.18.

(h) Nothing herein shall prohibit any Lender from pledging or assigning any of its rights under this Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, any right to payment of principal and interest under any Note) to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation, (i) any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank and (ii) in the case of any Lender that is a fund or trust or entity that invests in commercial bank loans in the ordinary course, any pledge or assignment to any holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Lender including to any trustee for, or any other representative of, such holders; it being understood that the requirements for assignments set forth in this Section 9.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, except with respect to any foreclosure or similar action taken by such pledgee or assignee with respect to such pledge or

 

119


assignment; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto and no such pledgee or assignee shall have any voting rights under this Credit Agreement unless and until the requirements for assignments set forth in this Section 9.6 are complied with in connection with any foreclosure or similar action taken by such pledgee or assignee.

Section 9.7 Adjustments; Set-off .

(a) Each Lender agrees that if any Lender (a “ benefited Lender ”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to a Bankruptcy Event or otherwise) in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans, or interest thereon, such benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. The Credit Parties agree that each Lender so purchasing a portion of another Lender’s Loans may exercise all rights of payment (including, without limitation, rights of set-off) with respect to such portion as fully as if such Lender were the direct holder of such portion.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off), each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the applicable Credit Party, any such notice being expressly waived by the Credit Parties to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, to setoff and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held by or owing to such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party, or any part thereof in such amounts as such Lender may elect, against and on account of the Loans and other Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and claims of every nature and description of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders against the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under any other Credit Document or any Secured Hedging Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement, as such Lender may elect, whether or not the Administrative Agent or the Lenders have made any demand for payment and although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured. The aforesaid right of set-off may be exercised by such Lender against the Borrowers, any other Credit Party or against any trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in

 

120


possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver or execution, judgment or attachment creditor of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party, or against anyone else claiming through or against the Borrowers, any other Credit Party or any such trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, or execution, judgment or attachment creditor, notwithstanding the fact that such right of set-off shall not have been exercised by such Lender prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

Section 9.8 Table of Contents and Section Headings .

The table of contents and the Section and subsection headings herein are intended for convenience only and shall be ignored in construing this Credit Agreement.

Section 9.9 Counterparts .

This Credit Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Credit Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Credit Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Company and the Administrative Agent.

Section 9.10 Effectiveness .

This Credit Agreement shall become effective on the date on which all of the parties have signed a copy hereof (whether the same or different copies) and shall have delivered the same to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.2 or, in the case of the Lenders, shall have given to the Administrative Agent written, telecopied or telex notice (actually received) at such office that the same has been signed and mailed to it.

Section 9.11 Severability .

Any provision of this Credit Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 9.12 Integration .

This Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or therein.

 

121


Section 9.13 Governing Law .

This Credit Agreement and, unless otherwise specified therein, each other Credit Document and the rights and obligations of the parties under this Credit Agreement and such other Credit Document shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of The New York General Obligations Law).

Section 9.14 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process .

All judicial proceedings brought against the Borrowers and/or any other Credit Party with respect to this Credit Agreement, any Note or any of the other Credit Documents may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York, and, by execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement, the Borrowers and each of the other Credit Parties accepts, for itself and in connection with its properties, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any final judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Credit Agreement from which no appeal has been taken or is available. The Borrowers and each of the other Credit Parties irrevocably agree that all service of process in any such proceedings in any such court may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to it at its address set forth in Section 9.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto, such service being hereby acknowledged by the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties to be effective and binding service in every respect. The Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders irrevocably waive any objection, including, without limitation, any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in any such jurisdiction. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any Lender to bring proceedings against the Borrowers or the other Credit Parties in the court of any other jurisdiction.

Section 9.15 Confidentiality .

The Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders agrees that it will not disclose without the prior consent of the Company any information (the “ Information ”) with respect to the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries which is furnished pursuant to this Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein and which is designated by the Company to the Lenders in writing as confidential or as to which it is otherwise reasonably clear such information is not public, except that any Lender may disclose any such Information (a) to its employees, affiliates, auditors or counsel or to another Lender (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential), (b) as has become generally available to the public other than by a breach of this Section 9.15, (c) as

 

122


may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any municipal, state or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have jurisdiction over such Lender or to the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or similar organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their successors, (d) as may be required or appropriate in response to any summons or subpoena or any law, order, regulation or ruling applicable to such Lender, (e) to (i) any prospective Participant or Eligible Assignee in connection with any contemplated transfer pursuant to Section 9.6 or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Credit Parties, provided that such prospective transferee shall have been made aware of this Section 9.15 and shall have agreed to be bound by its provisions as if it were a party to this Credit Agreement, (f) to Gold Sheets and other similar bank trade publications; such information to consist of deal terms and other information regarding the credit facilities evidenced by this Credit Agreement customarily found in such publications, (g) in connection with any suit, action or proceeding for the purpose of defending itself, reducing its liability, or protecting or exercising any of its claims, rights, remedies or interests under or in connection with the Credit Documents or any Secured Hedging Agreement, (h) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in swap agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9.15), (i) any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender, (j) to a Person that is an investor or prospective investor in a Securitization (as defined below) that agrees that its access to information regarding the Credit Parties and the Loans is solely for purposes of evaluating an investment in such Securitization; provided that such Person shall have been made aware of this Section 9.15 and shall have agreed to be bound by its provisions as if it were a party to this Credit Agreement, or (k) to a Person that is a trustee, collateral manager, servicer, noteholder or secured party in a Securitization in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for such Securitization; provided that such Person shall have been made aware of this Section 9.15 and shall have agreed to be bound by its provisions as if it were a party to this Credit Agreement. For purposes of this Section “ Securitization ” shall mean a public or private offering by a Lender or any of its affiliates or their respective successors and assigns, of securities which represent an interest in, or which are collateralized in whole or in part by, the Loans.

Section 9.16 Acknowledgments .

The Borrowers and the other Credit Parties each hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of each Credit Document;

(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrowers or any other Credit Party arising out of or in connection with this Credit Agreement and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on one hand, and the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

123


(c) no joint venture exists among the Lenders or among the Borrowers or the other Credit Parties and the Lenders.

Section 9.17 Waivers of Jury Trial; Waiver of Consequential Damages .

THE BORROWERS, THE OTHER CREDIT PARTIES, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN. Each of the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree not to assert any claim against any other party to this Credit Agreement or any their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, Affiliates or agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to any of the transactions contemplated herein.

Section 9.18 Patriot Act Notice .

Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby notifies the Credit Parties that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001 (the “ Patriot Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Credit Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Credit Parties and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Credit Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act.

Section 9.19 Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers; Company as Agent .

(a) Each of the Borrowers is accepting joint and several liability for the Loans made to the Borrowers, the Letters of Credit issued to the Borrowers hereunder and all other Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers under the Credit Documents (the “ Joint and Several Liabilities ”) in consideration of the financial accommodation to be provided by the Lenders under this Agreement, for the mutual benefit, directly and indirectly, of each of the Borrowers and in consideration of the undertakings of each of the Borrowers to accept joint and several liability for the Joint and Several Liabilities.

(b) Each of the Borrowers jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other Borrowers with respect to the payment and performance of all of the Joint and Several Liabilities, it being the intention of the parties hereto that all of the Joint and Several Liabilities shall be the joint and several obligations of each of the Borrowers without preferences or distinction between them.

 

124


(c) Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 9.19 or any other term in the Credit Documents to the contrary, the Borrowers listed on Schedule 9.19 shall not be jointly and severally liable for the Joint and Several Liabilities, but instead shall alone be liable for the Credit Party Obligations of such Borrower, and shall guarantee the Credit Party Obligations of the other Borrowers and the Guarantors pursuant to the Guaranty.

(d) The Borrowers hereby irrevocably appoint and authorize the Company (i) to provide the Administrative Agent with all notices with respect to Extensions of Credit obtained for the benefit of any Borrower and all other notices and instructions under this Agreement and (ii) to take such action on behalf of the Borrowers as it deems appropriate to obtain Extensions of Credit and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE X

GUARANTY

Section 10.1 The Guaranty .

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Credit Agreement and any Hedging Agreement Provider to enter into any Secured Hedging Agreement and to extend credit hereunder and thereunder and in recognition of the direct benefits to be received by the Credit Parties from the Extensions of Credit hereunder and any Secured Hedging Agreement, each of the Credit Parties hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Hedging Agreement Providers as follows: each Credit Party hereby unconditionally and irrevocably jointly and severally guarantees as primary obligor and not merely as surety the full and prompt payment when due, whether upon maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of any and all Credit Party Obligations. If any or all of the indebtedness becomes due and payable hereunder or under any Secured Hedging Agreement, each Credit Party unconditionally promises to pay such indebtedness to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedging Agreement Providers, or their respective order, or demand, together with any and all reasonable expenses which may be incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in collecting any of the Credit Party Obligations. The Guaranty set forth in this Article X is a guaranty of timely payment and not of collection.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other of the Credit Documents, to the extent the obligations of a Credit Party shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state or federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of each such Credit Party hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under applicable law (whether federal or state and including, without limitation, the Bankruptcy Code).

 

125


Section 10.2 Bankruptcy .

Additionally, each of the Credit Parties unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees jointly and severally the payment of any and all Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers to the Lenders and any Hedging Agreement Provider whether or not due or payable by the Borrowers upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 7.1(e), and unconditionally promises to pay such Credit Party Obligations to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders and to any such Hedging Agreement Provider, or order, on demand, in lawful money of the United States. Each of the Credit Parties further agrees that to the extent that a Credit Party shall make a payment or a transfer of an interest in any property to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Hedging Agreement Provider, which payment or transfer or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, or otherwise is avoided, and/or required to be repaid to a Credit Party, the estate of a Credit Party, a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then to the extent of such avoidance or repayment, the obligation or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if said payment had not been made.

Section 10.3 Nature of Liability .

The liability of each Credit Party hereunder is exclusive and independent of any security for or other guaranty of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers whether executed by any such Credit Party, any other guarantor or by any other party, and no Credit Party’s liability hereunder shall be affected or impaired by (a) any direction as to application of payment by the Borrowers or by any other party, or (b) any other continuing or other guaranty, undertaking or maximum liability of a guarantor or of any other party as to the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers, or (c) any payment on or in reduction of any such other guaranty or undertaking, or (d) any dissolution, termination or increase, decrease or change in personnel by the Borrowers, or (e) any payment made to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any Hedging Agreement Provider on the Credit Party Obligations which the Administrative Agent, such Lenders or such Hedging Agreement Provider repay the Borrowers pursuant to court order in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding, and each of the Credit Parties waives any right to the deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by reason of any such proceeding.

Section 10.4 Independent Obligation .

The obligations of each Credit Party hereunder are independent of the obligations of any other Credit Party, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Credit Party whether or not action is brought against any other Credit Party and whether or not any other Credit Party is joined in any such action or actions.

Section 10.5 Authorization .

Each of the Credit Parties authorizes the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Hedging Agreement Provider without notice or demand (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived), and without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, compromise, extend, increase, accelerate or otherwise

 

126


change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of the Credit Party Obligations or any part thereof in accordance with this Credit Agreement and any Secured Hedging Agreement, as applicable, including any increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon, (b) take and hold security from any Credit Party or any other party for the payment of this Guaranty or the Credit Party Obligations and exchange, enforce waive and release any such security, (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in their discretion may determine and (d) release or substitute any one or more endorsers, Credit Parties or other obligors.

Section 10.6 Reliance .

It is not necessary for the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any Hedging Agreement Provider to inquire into the capacity or powers of the Borrowers or the officers, directors, members, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on its behalf, and any Credit Party Obligations made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.

Section 10.7 Waiver .

(a) Each of the Credit Parties waives any right (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Hedging Agreement Provider to (i) proceed against the Borrowers, any other guarantor or any other party, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Borrowers, any other guarantor or any other party, or (iii) pursue any other remedy in the Administrative Agent’s, any Lender’s or any Hedging Agreement Provider’s power whatsoever. Each of the Credit Parties waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrowers, any other guarantor or any other party other than payment in full of the Credit Party Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations), including without limitation any defense based on or arising out of the disability of the Borrowers, any other guarantor or any other party, or the unenforceability of the Credit Party Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrowers other than payment in full of the Credit Party Obligations. The Administrative Agent may, at its election, foreclose on any security held by the Administrative Agent by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales (to the extent such sale is permitted by applicable law), or exercise any other right or remedy the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against the Borrowers or any other party, or any security, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Credit Party hereunder except to the extent the Credit Party Obligations have been paid in full and the Commitments have been terminated. Each of the Credit Parties waives any defense arising out of any such election by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders, even though such election operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of the Guarantors against the Borrowers or any other party or any security.

(b) Each of the Credit Parties waives all presentments, demands for performance, protests and notices, including without limitation notices of

 

127


nonperformance, notice of protest, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guaranty, and notices of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional Credit Party Obligations. Each Credit Party assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrowers’ financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Credit Party Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks which such Credit Party assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any duty to advise such Credit Party of information known to it regarding such circumstances or risks.

(c) Each of the Credit Parties hereby agrees it will not exercise any rights of subrogation which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise) to the claims of the Lenders or any Hedging Agreement Provider against the Borrowers or any other guarantor of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers owing to the Lenders or such Hedging Agreement Provider (collectively, the “ Other Parties ”) and all contractual, statutory or common law rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from any Other Party which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty until such time as the Credit Party Obligations shall have been paid in full and the Commitments have been terminated. Each of the Credit Parties hereby further agrees not to exercise any right to enforce any other remedy which the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any Hedging Agreement Provider now have or may hereafter have against any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to or for the benefit of the Lenders and/or the Hedging Agreement Providers to secure payment of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers until such time as the Credit Party Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations) shall have been paid in full and the Commitments have been terminated.

Section 10.8 Limitation on Enforcement .

The Lenders and the Hedging Agreement Providers agree that this Guaranty may be enforced only by the action of the Administrative Agent acting upon the instructions of the Required Lenders or such Hedging Agreement Provider (only with respect to obligations under the applicable Secured Hedging Agreement) and that no Lender or Hedging Agreement Provider shall have any right individually to seek to enforce or to enforce this Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders under the terms of this Credit Agreement and for the benefit of any Hedging Agreement Provider under any Secured Hedging Agreement. The Lenders and the Hedging Agreement Providers further agree that this Guaranty may not be enforced against any director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Credit Parties.

Section 10.9 Confirmation of Payment .

The Administrative Agent and the Lenders will, upon request after payment of the Credit Party Obligations which are the subject of this Guaranty and termination of the Commitments relating thereto, confirm to the Credit Parties or any other Person that such indebtedness and obligations have been paid and the Commitments relating thereto terminated, subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

128


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Credit Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY :   GATEHOUSE MEDIA OPERATING, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
  By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

  Name:   Michael E. Reed
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS :  

GATEHOUSE MEDIA MASSACHUSETTS I, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

  HPM MERGER SUB, INC. , a Delaware corporation
  (to be known following the Closing Date as GateHouse
  Media Massachusetts II, Inc.)
  ENM MERGER SUB, INC. , a Massachusetts
  corporation
  (to be known following the Closing Date as GateHouse
  Media Massachusetts III, Inc.)
 

ENHE ACQUISITION, LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

  By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

  Name:   Michael E. Reed
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
HOLDCO :   GATEHOUSE MEDIA HOLDCO, INC. ,
  a Delaware corporation
  By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

  Name:   Michael E. Reed
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
GUARANTORS :   LIBERTY GROUP ARIZONA HOLDINGS, INC .,
  a Delaware corporation
 

LIBERTY GROUP ARKANSAS HOLDINGS , INC .,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS, INC .,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP COLORADO HOLDINGS, INC .,

a Delaware corporation

CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

LIBERTY GROUP CORNING HOLDINGS, INC .,

a Nevada corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP FREEPORT HOLDINGS, INC .,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP ILLINOIS HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP IOWA HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP KANSAS HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP LANSING PRINTING, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP LOUISIANA HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP MICHIGAN HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP MINNESOTA HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  LIBERTY GROUP MISSOURI HOLDINGS, INC. , a Delaware corporation
 

LIBERTY GROUP NEBRASKA HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP NEVADA HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP NEW YORK HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  LIBERTY GROUP NORTH DAKOTA HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation
  LIBERTY GROUP PENNSYLVANIA HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation
 

LIBERTY GROUP SUBURBAN NEWSPAPERS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

MINERAL DAILY NEWS TRIBUNE, INC.,

a West Virginia corporation

  NEWS LEADER, INC ., a Louisiana corporation
  TERRY NEWSPAPERS, INC. , an Iowa corporation
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

Name:   Michael E. Reed
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA HOLDING, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

/s/ Michael E. Reed

  Name:   Michael E. Reed
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
 

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

LRT FOUR HUNDRED, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

GEORGE W. PRESCOTT PUBLISHING COMPANY, LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

THE MEMORIAL PRESS, LLC,

a delaware limited liability company

 

LOW REALTY, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

  ENTERPRISE PUBLISHING COMPANY, LLC,
  a Delaware limited liability company
  By:   ENM, Inc, its Member
  By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

  Name:   Michael E. Reed
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
 

LIBERTY SMC, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

/s/ Michael E. Reed

  Name:   Michael E. Reed
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT :   WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
  as Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders
  By:  

/s/ Stephen R.B. Rixham

  Name:   Stephen R.B. Rixham
  Title:   Director

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.23

LOGO

Published CUSIP Number: 36734TAD5

 


$152,000,000

SECURED BRIDGE CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

GATEHOUSE MEDIA HOLDCO, INC.,

as Holdco,

GATEHOUSE MEDIA OPERATING, INC.

as the Company,

GATEHOUSE MEDIA MASSACHUSETTS I, INC.,

HPM MERGER SUB, INC.,

ENM MERGER SUB, INC.,

and

ENHE ACQUISITION, LLC,

as Subsidiary Borrowers,

THE DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARIES OF HOLDCO

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

as Guarantors,

THE LENDERS PARTIES HERETO,

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,

as Syndication Agent,

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as Documentation Agent

and

WACHOVIA INVESTMENT HOLDINGS, LLC,

as Administrative Agent

Dated as of June 6, 2006

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.

and

WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC,

as Co-Lead Arrangers and Co-Book Runners

LOGO

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS    1

Section 1.1

   Defined Terms.    1

Section 1.2

   Other Definitional Provisions.    29

Section 1.3

   Accounting Terms.    29

Section 1.4

   Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities.    30

Section 1.5

   Time References.    30
ARTICLE II THE TERM LOAN; AMOUNT AND TERMS    30

Section 2.1

   Term Loan.    30

Section 2.2

   Fees.    32

Section 2.3

   Prepayments.    32

Section 2.4

   Default Rate and Payment Dates.    34

Section 2.5

   Conversion Options.    35

Section 2.6

   Computation of Interest and Fees; Usury.    36

Section 2.7

   Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.    37

Section 2.8

   Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent.    39

Section 2.9

   Inability to Determine Interest Rate.    40

Section 2.10

   Illegality.    40

Section 2.11

   Requirements of Law.    41

Section 2.12

   Indemnity.    42

Section 2.13

   Taxes.    43

Section 2.14

   Obligation to Mitigate.    45

Section 2.15

   Replacement of Lenders.    45
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    46

Section 3.1

   Financial Condition.    46

Section 3.2

   No Change.    47

Section 3.3

   Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.    47

Section 3.4

   Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.    49

Section 3.5

   No Legal Bar; No Default.    49

Section 3.6

   No Material Litigation.    49

Section 3.7

   Investment Company Act, Etc.    50

Section 3.8

   Margin Regulations.    50

Section 3.9

   ERISA.    50

Section 3.10

   Environmental Matters.    50

Section 3.11

   Use of Proceeds.    51

Section 3.12

   Subsidiaries.    52

Section 3.13

   Ownership.    52

Section 3.14

   Indebtedness.    52

Section 3.15

   Taxes.    52

Section 3.16

   Intellectual Property Rights.    53

Section 3.17

   Solvency.    53

Section 3.18

   Investments.    53

Section 3.19

   Location of Collateral.    54

Section 3.20

   No Burdensome Restrictions.    54

 

i


Section 3.21

   Brokers’ Fees.    54

Section 3.22

   Labor Matters.    54

Section 3.23

   Accuracy and Completeness of Information.    54

Section 3.24

   Insurance.    55

Section 3.25

   Security Documents.    55

Section 3.26

   Classification of Senior Indebtedness.    55

Section 3.27

   Anti-Terrorism Laws.    55

Section 3.28

   Compliance with OFAC Rules and Regulations.    55

Section 3.29

   Directors; Capitalization.    56

Section 3.30

   Consummation of Acquisitions; Representations and Warranties from Other Documents.    56

Section 3.31

   Compliance with FCPA.    56
ARTICLE IV CONDITIONS PRECEDENT    56

Section 4.1

   Conditions to Closing Date.    56
ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS    62

Section 5.1

   Financial Statements.    62

Section 5.2

   Certificates; Other Information.    63

Section 5.3

   Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations.    64

Section 5.4

   Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence.    65

Section 5.5

   Maintenance of Property; Insurance.    65

Section 5.6

   Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions.    66

Section 5.7

   Notices.    66

Section 5.8

   Environmental Laws.    67

Section 5.9

   Financial Covenant.    68

Section 5.10

   Additional Guarantors.    70

Section 5.11

   Compliance with Law.    70

Section 5.12

   Pledged Assets.    70

Section 5.13

   Hedging Agreements.    71

Section 5.14

   Covenants Regarding Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights.    71

Section 5.15

   Credit Facility Ratings.    73

Section 5.16

   Post-Closing Covenants; Further Assurances    73
ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS    74

Section 6.1

   Indebtedness.    74

Section 6.2

   Liens.    75

Section 6.3

   Nature of Business.    76

Section 6.4

   Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc.    76

Section 6.5

   Advances, Investments and Loans.    78

Section 6.6

   Transactions with Affiliates.    78

Section 6.7

   Ownership of Subsidiaries; Restrictions.    78

Section 6.8

   Corporate Changes; Accounting Methods.    79

Section 6.9

   Limitation on Restricted Actions.    79

Section 6.10

   Restricted Payments.    79

Section 6.11

   Amendment of First Lien Credit Agreement or other Subordinated Debt.    81

Section 6.12

   Sale Leasebacks.    81

Section 6.13

   No Further Negative Pledges.    82

 

ii


Section 6.14

   Account Control Agreements; Additional Accounts.    82
ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT    83

Section 7.1

   Events of Default.    83

Section 7.2

   Acceleration; Remedies.    86
ARTICLE VIII THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT    86

Section 8.1

   Appointment.    86

Section 8.2

   Delegation of Duties.    87

Section 8.3

   Exculpatory Provisions.    87

Section 8.4

   Reliance by Administrative Agent.    87

Section 8.5

   Notice of Default.    88

Section 8.6

   Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders.    89

Section 8.7

   Indemnification.    89

Section 8.8

   Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity.    89

Section 8.9

   Successor Administrative Agent.    90

Section 8.10

   Nature of Duties.    90

Section 8.11

   Intercreditor Agreement.    90

Section 8.12

   Releases.    90
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS    91

Section 9.1

   Amendments, Waivers and Release of Collateral.    91

Section 9.2

   Notices.    93

Section 9.3

   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.    94

Section 9.4

   Survival of Representations and Warranties.    95

Section 9.5

   Payment of Expenses and Taxes.    95

Section 9.6

   Successors and Assigns; Participations.    96

Section 9.7

   Adjustments; Set-off.    99

Section 9.8

   Table of Contents and Section Headings.    100

Section 9.9

   Counterparts.    100

Section 9.10

   Effectiveness.    101

Section 9.11

   Severability.    101

Section 9.12

   Integration.    101

Section 9.13

   Governing Law.    101

Section 9.14

   Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.    101

Section 9.15

   Confidentiality.    102

Section 9.16

   Acknowledgments.    103

Section 9.17

   Waivers of Jury Trial; Waiver of Consequential Damages.    103

Section 9.18

   Patriot Act Notice.    103

Section 9.19

   Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers; Company as Agent.    104
ARTICLE X GUARANTY    104

Section 10.1

   The Guaranty.    104

Section 10.2

   Bankruptcy.    105

Section 10.3

   Nature of Liability.    105

Section 10.4

   Independent Obligation.    106

Section 10.5

   Authorization.    106

Section 10.6

   Reliance.    106

Section 10.7

   Waiver.    106

Section 10.8

   Limitation on Enforcement.    108

Section 10.9

   Confirmation of Payment.    108

 

iii


Schedules   
Schedule 1.1(a)    Account Designation Letter
Schedule 1.1(b)    Investments
Schedule 1.1(c)    Liens
Schedule 1.1(d)    Cost Savings
Schedule 1.1(e)    Consolidated Historical EBITDA
Schedule 2.1 (d)    Form of Term Loan Note
Schedule 2.5    Form of Notice of Conversion/Extension
Schedule 2.13    Tax Exempt Certificate
Schedule 3.3    Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification
Schedule 3.12    Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.16    Intellectual Property
Schedule 3.19(a)    Location of Real Property
Schedule 3.19(b)    Location of Collateral
Schedule 3.19(c)    Chief Executive Offices
Schedule 3.22    Labor Matters
Schedule 3.24    Insurance
Schedule 3.29    Directors; Capitalization
Schedule 4.1(a)    Form of Lender Consent
Schedule 4.1(b)    Form of Secretary’s Certificate
Schedule 4.1(i)    Form of Solvency Certificate
Schedule 5.2(b)    Form of Officer’s Compliance Certificate
Schedule 5.10    Form of Joinder Agreement
Schedule 6.1(b)    Indebtedness
Schedule 9.6(c)    Form of Assignment Agreement
Schedule 9.19    Non-Joint and Several Borrowers

 

iv


SECURED BRIDGE CREDIT AGREEMENT , dated as of June 6, 2006, among GATEHOUSE MEDIA HOLDCO, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Holdco ”), GATEHOUSE MEDIA OPERATING, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), GATEHOUSE MEDIA MASSACHUSETTS I, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ GateHouse I ”), HPM MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ HPM ”), ENM MERGER SUB, INC., a Massachusetts corporation ( “ENM ”), and ENHE ACQUISITION, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ ENHE ” and, together with GateHouse I, HPM and ENM, collectively the “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” and individually a “ Subsidiary Borrower ”), each of those Domestic Subsidiaries of Holdco identified as a “ Guarantor ” on the signature pages hereto and such other Domestic Subsidiaries of Holdco as may from time to time become a party hereto (together with Holdco, collectively the “ Guarantors ” and individually a “ Guarantor ”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to this Credit Agreement (collectively the “ Lenders ” and individually a “ Lender ”), and WACHOVIA INVESTMENT HOLDINGS, LLC , as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ” or the “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Lenders make a term loan to the Borrowers in the amount of $152,000,000, as more particularly described herein; and

WHEREAS , the Lenders have agreed to make such loans and other financial accommodations to the Credit Parties on the terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, such parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms .

As used in this Credit Agreement, terms defined in the preamble to this Credit Agreement have the meanings therein indicated, and the following terms have the following meanings:

ABR Default Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Account Control Agreement ” shall mean an agreement among a Credit Party, a depository institution or securities intermediary, and the Administrative Agent, which agreement is in a form acceptable to the Administrative Agent and which provides the Administrative Agent with “control” (as such term is used in Article 8 or Article 9 (as applicable) of the Uniform Commercial Code) over the deposit accounts or securities accounts described therein, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, extended, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.


Account Designation Letter ” shall mean the Account Designation Letter dated as of the Closing Date from the Company to the Administrative Agent in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 1.1(a) .

Acquisitions ” shall mean (a) the merger of HPM with and into Heritage Partners Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (b) the merger of ENM with and into ENM, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, (c) the acquisition by ENHE of the limited liability company interests of Enterprise held by ENHE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and (d) the acquisition by GateHouse I of the assets of CP Media, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, in each case, pursuant to the Acquisition Documents.

Acquisition Documents ” shall mean (a) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2006, by and among the Parent, Herald Media, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, and CP Media and (b) that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger and Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2006, by and among the Parent, ENM, HPM, ENHE, ENM, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, Heritage Partners Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Heritage Fund III, L.P., Heritage Fund IIIA, L.P. and Heritage Investors III, LLC, Frank E. Richardson, individually, Frank E. Richardson, as trustee under voting trust agreements dated as of April 28, 2006 and November 5, 1997, James F. Plugh, individually, Michael H. Plugh, individually, Jennifer V. Plugh, individually, Catherine T. Plugh, individually, Myron F. Fuller, individually, Richard Fuller, individually, Thomas J. Branca, individually, ENHE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Enterprise.

Additional Credit Party ” shall mean each Person that becomes a Guarantor by execution of a Joinder Agreement in accordance with Section 5.10.

Administrative Agent ” or “ Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement and any successors in such capacity.

Administrative Details Form ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, a document containing such Lender’s contact information for purposes of notices provided under this Credit Agreement and account details for purposes of payments made to such Lender under this Credit Agreement.

Affected Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

Affiliate ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

 

2


Agreement ” or “ Credit Agreement ” shall mean this Secured Bridge Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Alternate Base Rate ” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. For purposes hereof: “ Prime Rate ” shall mean, at any time, the rate of interest per annum publicly announced or otherwise identified from time to time by Wachovia at its principal office in Charlotte, North Carolina as its prime rate. The parties hereto acknowledge that the rate announced publicly by Wachovia as its Prime Rate is an index or base rate and shall not necessarily be its lowest or best rate charged to its customers or other banks; and “ Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published on the next succeeding Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. If for any reason the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms above, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the first sentence of this definition until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the opening of business on the date of such change.

Alternate Base Rate Loans ” shall mean Loans that bear interest at an interest rate based on the Alternate Base Rate.

Applicable Percentage ” shall mean (a) for Term Loans that are Alternate Base Rate Loans, 0.50% and (b) for Term Loans that are LIBOR Rate Loans, 1.50%.

Approved Fund ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, any fund or trust or entity that invests in commercial bank loans in the ordinary course and is advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender, (c) any other Lender or any Affiliate thereof or (d) the same investment advisor as any Person described in clauses (a) – (c).

Arrangers ” shall mean Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., together with their respective successors and assigns.

Asset Disposition ” shall mean the disposition of any or all of the assets (including, without limitation, the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary or any ownership interest in a joint venture) of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary whether by sale, lease, transfer or otherwise including, without limitation, any such transaction permitted by Section 6.12. The term “Asset Disposition” shall not include (a) the sale, lease or transfer of assets permitted by Subsections 6.4(a)(i) through (xii), or (b) any Equity Issuance.

 

3


Assignment Agreement ” shall mean an Assignment Agreement, in substantially the form of Schedule 9.6(c) .

Attributable EBITDA ” means, for any period and as to any assets or Subsidiaries of Holdco, that portion of Consolidated EBITDA that was produced by the business in which such assets were used or generated or the business conducted by such Subsidiary.

Attributable Revenues ” shall mean, for any period and as to any assets or Subsidiaries of Holdco, that portion of the revenues of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was earned by or derived from the business in which such assets were used or generated or the business conducted by such Subsidiary.

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code in Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, modified, succeeded or replaced from time to time.

Bankruptcy Event ” shall mean any of the events described in Section 7.1(e).

Borrowers ” shall mean the Company and each Subsidiary Borrower, and “ Borrower ” shall mean any one of them.

Borrowing Date ” shall mean, in respect of any Loan, the date such Loan is made.

Business ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.

Business Day ” shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Charlotte, North Carolina or New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close; provided , however , that when used in connection with a rate determination, borrowing or payment in respect of a LIBOR Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks in London, England are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Call Exercise Agreement ” shall mean that certain Call Exercise Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Parent and the Administrative Agent.

Capital Call ” shall mean the right of the Parent, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to require the Subscriber to purchase from the Parent shares of the common stock of the Parent in an amount equal to the outstanding principal of the Term Loan and accrued but unpaid interest with respect thereto.

Capital Call Agreement ” shall mean that certain Capital Call Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Parent and the Subscriber.

Capital Call Documents ” shall mean (a) the Capital Call Agreement, (b) the Call Exercise Agreement and (c) the Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Subscriber and the members of the Subscriber.

 

4


Capital Lease ” shall mean any lease of property, real or personal, the obligations with respect to which are required to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Lease Obligations ” shall mean the capitalized lease obligations relating to a Capital Lease determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” shall mean (a) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (c) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited), (d) in the case of a limited liability company, membership interests and (e) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person (excluding fees in the nature of brokers or finders fees).

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after such date; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; (c) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year after such date and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (ii) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $100,000,000; and (e) shares of any money market mutual fund that (i) has at least 95% of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000, and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s.

Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (a) the Parent shall fail, directly or indirectly, to own and control 100% of the Capital Stock of Holdco, (b) Holdco shall fail, directly or indirectly, to own and control 100% of the Capital Stock of the Company, (c) prior to the occurrence of a Qualified Public Offering, the Sponsor shall fail, directly or indirectly, to own and control a majority of the Voting Stock of the Parent, (d) after the occurrence of a Qualified Public Offering, any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) other than the Sponsor is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule l3d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 35% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent and such percentage of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Parent is more than the Voting Stock then owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Sponsor, or (f) any “Change of Control”, as defined in the Secured Bridge Loan Credit Agreement or any document evidencing any Subordinated Debt.

 

5


Closing Date ” shall mean the date of this Credit Agreement.

Closing Date Material Adverse Change ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(r).

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ” shall mean a collective reference to the collateral which is identified in, and at any time will be covered by, the Security Documents and any other property or assets of a Credit Party, whether tangible or intangible and whether real or personal, that may from time to time secure the Credit Party Obligations.

Commonly Controlled Entity ” shall mean an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes the Company and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

Consolidated Cash Taxes ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for the four quarter period ending on such date, the aggregate of all taxes based on income (including, without limitation, any federal, state, local and foreign taxes) actually paid by Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such period.

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for any period ending on such date, (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) the sum of the following to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, without duplication: (i) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (ii) Consolidated Cash Taxes for such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, (iv) all other non-cash items of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any such non-cash item incurred in the ordinary course of business to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period) including, without limitation, non-cash items of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from changes in the values of the assets of any pension and post-retirement benefit plans; provided , that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash items (other than any such non-cash item incurred in the ordinary course of business to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in the period when such payments are made, (v) fees, costs and expenses payable by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions not to exceed $10,500,000, (vi) any non-recurring out-of-pocket expenses or charges relating to any offering of Capital Stock of Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdco, any Asset Sale, any Third Party Permitted Investment, or Permitted Acquisition made by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any Indebtedness incurred by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be

 

6


incurred hereunder including any refinancing thereof (in each case in this clause (vi), whether or not successful), (vii) extraordinary losses and unusual or non-recurring charges, severance costs, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, (viii) amounts charged in respect of discontinued operations or restructuring activities, (ix) losses from early extinguishments of Indebtedness or Hedging Agreements of Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (x) non-recurring fees, costs and expenses incurred prior to the date of this Agreement and set forth on Schedule 1.1(e) , (xi) non-recurring fees, costs and expenses in connection with the relocation of the corporate headquarters of Holdco and the Borrower to Rochester, New York in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000 plus (c) cost savings and adjustments for such period set forth on Schedule 1.1(d) minus (d) the sum of the following to the extent included in calculating Consolidated Net Income, without duplication: (i) non-cash charges of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries previously added back to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA to the extent such non-cash charges have become cash charges during such period, (ii) any extraordinary and unusual or non-recurring gains and (iii) gains from early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Agreements of Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any fiscal quarter ending prior to the Closing Date, Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarter shall be the amount set forth on Schedule 1.1(e) .

Consolidated Indebtedness ” shall mean, on any date of calculation, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the types set forth in clauses (c), (e), (g), (i), (j) (to the extent undrawn) and (k) of the definition thereof) of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for any period ending on such date, all interest expense (excluding amortization of debt discount and premium, but including the interest component under Capital Leases and synthetic leases, tax retention operating leases, off-balance sheet loans and similar off-balance sheet financing products) for such period of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. For purposes hereof, Consolidated Interest Expense for the first three complete fiscal quarters to occur after the Closing Date shall be determined by annualizing Consolidated Interest Expense such that for the first complete fiscal quarter to occur after the Closing Date such components would be multiplied by four (4), the first two complete fiscal quarters would be multiplied by two (2) and the first three fiscal quarters would be multiplied by one and one-third (1 1/3).

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for any period ending on such date, the net income (or loss) of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period; provided , that there shall be excluded (a) the income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdco) in which any other Person (other than Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such Person during such period, (b) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdco or is merged into or consolidated with Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) the income of any

 

7


Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) of Holdco to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary, (d) any after-tax gains or losses attributable to asset sales or returned surplus assets of any Plan, and (e) (to the extent not included in clauses (a) through (d) above) any net extraordinary gains or net extraordinary losses.

Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum (which may be a negative number) of (a) the total assets of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis which may properly be classified as current assets in conformity with GAAP, except cash and Cash Equivalents and the current portion of deferred tax assets, minus (b) the total liabilities of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis which may properly be classified as current liabilities in conformity with GAAP, except the current portion of long-term debt and the current portion of deferred tax liabilities.

Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment ” shall mean, as of any date of determination for any period ending on such date, on a consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such period exceeds (or is less than) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such period, adjusted to exclude the effects of (a) reclassification of (i) current assets or liabilities as deferred assets or liabilities or (ii) deferred assets or liabilities as current assets or liabilities and (b) acquisitions and divestitures.

Contractual Obligation ” shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any contract, agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Copyright Licenses ” shall mean any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Person of any right under any Copyright, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 to this Credit Agreement.

Copyrights ” shall mean all copyrights of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries in all works, now existing or hereafter created or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any state thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 and all renewals thereof.

CP Media ” shall mean CP Media, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation.

Credit Documents ” shall mean this Credit Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, each of the Term Loan Notes, any Joinder Agreement and the Security Documents and all other agreements, documents, certificates and instruments delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by any Credit Party in connection therewith (other than any agreement, document, certificate or instrument related to a Hedging Agreement).

 

8


Credit Parties ” shall mean Holdco, the Borrowers and the Guarantors and “ Credit Party ” shall mean any one of the foregoing.

Credit Party Obligations ” shall mean, without duplication, (a) all of the obligations, indebtedness and liabilities of the Credit Parties to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, whenever arising, under this Credit Agreement, the Term Loan Notes or any of the other Credit Documents, including principal, interest, fees, reimbursements and indemnification obligations and other amounts (including, but not limited to, any interest accruing after the occurrence of a filing of a petition of bankruptcy under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Credit Party, regardless of whether such interest is an allowed claim under the Bankruptcy Code) and (b) all liabilities and obligations, whenever arising, owing from Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Hedging Agreement Provider arising under any Secured Hedging Agreement.

Debt Issuance ” shall mean the issuance of any Indebtedness by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any Equity Issuance or any Indebtedness of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(a)-(n) or (p) hereof).

Default ” shall mean any of the events specified in Section 7.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

Defaulting Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that, at such time (a) has failed to make a Loan required pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement, (b) has failed to pay to the Administrative Agent or any Lender an amount owed by such Lender pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement and such default remains uncured, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or has become subject to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or to a receiver, trustee or similar official.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Lending Office ” shall mean, initially, the office of each Lender designated as such Lender’s Domestic Lending Office shown in such Lender’s Administrative Details Form; and thereafter, such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Company as the office of such Lender at which Alternate Base Rate Loans of such Lender are to be made.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state or commonwealth thereof or under the laws of the District of Columbia.

Eligible Assignee ” means (i) any Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender and any Approved Fund of any Lender; and (ii) (a) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (b) a savings and loan association or savings bank organized under

 

9


the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (c) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country or a political subdivision thereof; provided that (1) such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States or (2) such bank is organized under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or a political subdivision of such country; and (d) any other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) that extends credit or buys loans in the ordinary course including insurance companies, mutual funds and lease financing companies.

ENHE ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

Enterprise ” shall mean Enterprise NewsMedia Holding, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean any and all applicable foreign, federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirement of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time be in effect during the term of this Credit Agreement.

Equity Issuance ” shall mean any issuance by the Parent, Holdco, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person which is not a Credit Party of (a) shares of its Capital Stock, (b) any shares of its Capital Stock pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants, (c) any shares of its Capital Stock pursuant to the conversion of any debt securities to equity or (d) warrants or options that are exercisable for shares of its Capital Stock. The term “Equity Issuance” shall not include (i) any Capital Stock issuance constituting consideration for a Permitted Acquisition, (ii) proceeds of any Capital Stock which are used as consideration for such Permitted Acquisition, (iii) any Asset Disposition, (iv) any Debt Issuance, (v) any Capital Stock issued in connection with any exercise of any options or warrants by officers, directors and employees of the Parent, Holdco or any Restricted Subsidiary under any employee equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar agreements or plans or (vi) any Capital Stock issued by a Subsidiary to its parent company.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

Eurodollar Reserve Percentage ” shall mean for any day, the percentage (expressed as a decimal and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) which is in effect for such day as prescribed by the Federal Reserve Board (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including without limitation any basic, supplemental or emergency reserves) in respect of Eurocurrency liabilities, as defined in Regulation D of such Board as in effect from time to time, or any similar category of liabilities for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City.

 

10


Event of Default ” shall mean any of the events specified in Section 7.1; provided , however , that any requirement for the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

Extension of Credit ” shall mean, as to any Lender, the making of a Term Loan by such Lender.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Alternate Base Rate”.

Fee Letter ” shall mean the letter agreement dated May 5, 2006, addressed to the Company from Wachovia, Wachovia Investment Holdings, LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Arrangers, as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented.

First Lien Administrative Agent ” shall mean Wachovia Bank, National Association, together with its successors and assigns.

First Lien Credit Agreement ” shall mean the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, entered into by the Credit Parties, the First Lien Administrative Agent and the First Lien Lenders, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

First Lien Credit Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

First Lien Event of Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Event of Default” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

First Lien Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “Lender” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

First Lien Obligations ” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “First Lien Obligations” in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Flood Hazard Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(e)(iv).

Flow-Through Entity ” shall mean any Person that is not treated as a separate tax paying entity for United States federal income tax purposes.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States of America applied on a consistent basis, subject , however , in the case of determination of compliance with the financial covenant set out in Section 5.9 to the provisions of Section 1.3.

 

11


GateHouse I ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

Governing Body ” shall mean the board of directors or other body having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person that is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company.

Governmental Approvals ” shall mean all authorizations, consents, approvals, permits, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and reports to, all Governmental Authorities.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

GSCP ” shall mean Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and its successors and assigns.

Guarantor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

Guaranty ” shall mean the guaranty of the Credit Parties set forth in Article X.

Guaranty Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, any obligations of such Person (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person in any manner, whether direct or indirect, and including without limitation any obligation, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds or other support for the payment or purchase of any such Indebtedness or to maintain working capital, solvency or other balance sheet condition of such other Person (including without limitation keep well agreements, maintenance agreements, comfort letters or similar agreements or arrangements) for the benefit of any holder of Indebtedness of such other Person, (iii) to lease or purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Indebtedness, or (iv) to otherwise assure or hold harmless the holder of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Guaranty Obligation hereunder shall (subject to any limitations set forth therein) be deemed to be an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount (or maximum principal amount, if larger) of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is made.

Hedging Agreement Provider ” shall mean any Person that enters into a Secured Hedging Agreement with a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted by Section 6.1(c) to the extent such Person is (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) an Arranger, (c) a Lender, (d) an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or a Lender or (e) any other Person that was the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or a Lender (or an Affiliate of any such Person) at the time it entered into the Secured Hedging Agreement but has ceased to be the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or a Lender (or whose Affiliate has ceased to be the Administrative Agent, an Arranger or a Lender) under the Credit Agreement.

 

12


Hedging Agreements ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any agreement entered into to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates, or currency or raw materials values, including, without limitation, any interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or similar arrangement between such Person and one or more counterparties, any foreign currency exchange agreement, currency protection agreements, commodity purchase or option agreements or other interest or exchange rate hedging agreements.

Holdco ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

HPM ” shall mean HPM Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business), (d) all obligations of such Person incurred, issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services purchased by such Person, which purchase price is (i) due more than six months after the incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or (ii) evidenced by note or similar written instrument thereof, (e) all obligations of such Person under take-or-pay or similar arrangements or under commodities agreements, (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (g) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person with respect to Indebtedness of another Person, (h) the principal portion of all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations of such Person under Hedging Agreements, excluding any portion thereof which would be accounted for as interest expense under GAAP, (j) the maximum amount of all letters of credit issued or bankers’ acceptances facilities created for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts drawn thereunder (to the extent unreimbursed), (k) all preferred Capital Stock issued by such Person and which by the terms thereof could be (at the request of the holders thereof or otherwise) subject to mandatory sinking fund payments, redemption or other acceleration, (l) the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product and (m) the attributable portion of any Indebtedness of any partnership or unincorporated joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent such Indebtedness is expressly non-recourse to such Person.

Insolvency ” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of such term as used in Section 4245 of ERISA.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean the Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks and Trademark Licenses of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, all goodwill associated therewith and all rights to sue for infringement thereof.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2006, by and among the Administrative Agent, the First Lien Administrative Agent, the Control Agent and the Credit Parties, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

13


Interest Payment Date ” shall mean (a) as to any Alternate Base Rate Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Term Loan Maturity Date, (b) as to any LIBOR Rate Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any LIBOR Rate Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, (i) each three (3) month anniversary following the first day of such Interest Period and (ii) the last day of such Interest Period and (d) as to any Loan which is the subject of a mandatory prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.3(b), the date on which such mandatory prepayment is due.

Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan,

(a) initially, the period commencing on the Borrowing Date or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such LIBOR Rate Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter (or, if available to all applicable Lenders, nine or twelve months thereafter), as selected by the Company in the Notice of Conversion given with respect thereto; and

(b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter (or, if available to all applicable Lenders, nine or twelve months thereafter), as selected by the Company by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that the foregoing provisions are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Rate Loan would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the relevant calendar month;

(iii) if the Company shall fail to give notice as provided above, the Company shall be deemed to have selected an Alternate Base Rate Loan to replace the affected LIBOR Rate Loan;

(iv) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Term Loan Maturity Date; and

(v) no more than three (3) LIBOR Rate Loans may be in effect at any time. For purposes hereof, LIBOR Rate Loans with different Interest Periods

 

14


shall be considered as separate LIBOR Rate Loans, even if they shall begin on the same date, although borrowings, extensions and conversions may, in accordance with the provisions hereof, be combined at the end of existing Interest Periods to constitute a new LIBOR Rate Loan with a single Interest Period.

Investment ” shall mean (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services, assumption of Indebtedness, securities or otherwise) of shares of Capital Stock, other ownership interests or other securities of any Person or bonds, notes, debentures or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person or (b) any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any Person (other than deposits made in the ordinary course of business) or (c) any other capital contribution to or investment in any Person, including, without limitation, any Guaranty Obligation (including any support for a letter of credit issued on behalf of such Person) incurred for the benefit of such Person.

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean a Joinder Agreement in substantially the form of Schedule 5.10 , executed and delivered by an Additional Credit Party in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10.

Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

Lender Commitment Letter ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the letter (or other correspondence) to such Lender from the Administrative Agent notifying such Lender of its Term Loan Commitment Percentage.

LIBOR ” shall mean, for any LIBOR Rate Loan for any Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period. If for any reason such rate is not available, the term “LIBOR” shall mean, for any LIBOR Rate Loan for any Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters Screen LIBO Page as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period; provided , however , if more than one rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%). If, for any reason, neither of such rates is available, then “LIBOR” shall mean the rate per annum at which, as determined by the Administrative Agent, Dollars in an amount comparable to the Loans then requested are being offered to leading banks at approximately 11:00 A.M. London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of the applicable Interest Period for settlement in immediately available funds by leading banks in the London interbank market for a period equal to the Interest Period selected.

LIBOR Lending Office ” shall mean, initially, the office of each Lender designated as such Lender’s LIBOR Lending Office in such Lender’s Administrative Details Form; and thereafter, such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and the Company as the office of such Lender at which the LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender are to be made.

 

15


LIBOR Rate ” shall mean a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the following formula:

 

LIBOR Rate =  

LIBOR

 
  1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage  

LIBOR Rate Loan ” shall mean Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based on the LIBOR Rate.

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any Capital Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Loan ” shall mean the Term Loan.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) business, operations, property, assets or financial condition of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability against any Credit Party of this Credit Agreement, any of the Term Loan Notes or any of the other Credit Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.

Material Contract ” shall mean any contract, license, covenant or other arrangement to which Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party (other than the Credit Documents) and of which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Materials of Environmental Concern ” shall mean any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such in or under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Mortgage Instrument ” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust or deed to secure debt executed by a Credit Party in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Section 4.1(e)(i), 5.10 or 5.12, as the same may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

16


Mortgaged Property ” shall mean any owned or leased real property of a Credit Party with respect to which such Credit Party executes a Mortgage Instrument in favor of the Administrative Agent.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean the aggregate cash proceeds received by any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Disposition, Equity Issuance, Debt Issuance or Recovery Event, net of (a) bona fide direct costs paid or payable (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) associated therewith, (b) amounts held in escrow to be applied as part of the purchase price of any Asset Disposition, (c) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, (d) a reasonable reserve for any indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to seller’s indemnities and representations and warranties to purchaser in respect of an Asset Disposition (it being understood such amounts held in reserve shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds upon the release of such indemnification liabilities), (e) with respect to Asset Dispositions, Debt Issuances, Equity Issuances (other than a Qualified Public Offering) and Recovery Events, amounts applied to the First Lien Obligations in accordance with the terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement and (f) the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is (i) secured by a Lien on the stock or assets in question and that is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of any such Asset Disposition or Recovery Event and (ii) actually paid at the time of receipt of such cash payment to a Person that is not a Credit Party; it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received by any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Asset Disposition, Equity Issuance, Debt Issuance or Recovery Event and any cash released from escrow as part of the purchase price in connection with any Asset Disposition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Net Cash Proceeds shall not include proceeds of an Asset Disposition or Recovery Event to the extent the amount of such proceeds is equal to or less than $2,000,000.

Non-Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” shall mean non-recurring capital expenditures not incurred for the maintenance, repair, restoration or refurbishment of existing assets of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Notice of Conversion/Extension ” shall mean the written notice of conversion of a LIBOR Rate Loan to an Alternate Base Rate Loan or an Alternate Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan, or extension of a LIBOR Rate Loan, in each case substantially in the form of Schedule 2.5 .

Obligations ” shall mean, collectively, Loans and all other obligations of the Credit Parties to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Credit Documents.

OFAC ” shall mean the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

17


Operating Lease ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease (including, without limitation, leases which may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) which is not a Capital Lease other than any such lease in which that Person is the lessor.

Parent ” shall mean GateHouse Media, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Partially-Owned Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary incorporated or organized in the United States of America for which less than 100% but more than 50% of the outstanding Capital Stock is beneficially owned solely by Holdco or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdco.

Participant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(b).

Patent Licenses ” shall mean all agreements, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Person of any right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered by a Patent, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 to the Credit Agreement.

Patents ” shall mean (i) all letters patent of the United States or any other country, now existing or hereafter arising, and all improvement patents, reissues, reexaminations, patents of additions, renewals and extensions thereof, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 to this Credit Agreement, and (ii) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country, now existing or hereafter arising, and all provisionals, divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part and substitutes thereof, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 to this Credit Agreement, in each case of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries.

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean an acquisition or any series of related acquisitions by a Credit Party of (a) all or substantially all of the assets or a majority of the Voting Stock of a Person, (b) a Person by a merger, amalgamation or consolidation or any other combination with such Person or (c) any division, line of business or other business unit of a Person (such Person or such division, line of business or other business unit of such Person shall be referred to herein as the “ Target ”), in each case that is a type of business (or assets used in a type of business) permitted to be engaged in by the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.3, so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default shall then exist or would exist after giving effect thereto, (ii) the Credit Parties shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (A) at least five Business Days prior to the consummation of the proposed acquisition, a Compliance Certificate evidencing compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with Section 5.9, together with all relevant financial information with respect to such acquired assets or acquired Target, including the aggregate consideration for such acquisition and any other information required to demonstrate compliance with Section 5.9, (iii) unless the Target shall be designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the definition thereof, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, shall have received (or shall receive in connection with the closing of such acquisition) a perfected security interest in all property (including, without limitation, Capital Stock) acquired with respect to the Target in accordance

 

18


with the terms of Sections 5.10 and 5.12 and the Target, if a Person, shall have executed a Joinder Agreement in accordance with the terms of Section 5.10, (iv) such acquisition shall not be a “hostile” acquisition and shall have been approved by the Governing Body and/or shareholders of the applicable Credit Party and the Target, and (v) after giving effect to such acquisition, either (A) there shall be at least $5,000,000 of “Accessible Borrowing Availability” (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) under the “Revolving Committed Amount” (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) or (B) if the commitments under the First Lien Credit Agreement have been terminated and all amounts owing thereunder shall have been paid in full, there shall be at least $5,000,000 of cash on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

(a) cash and Cash Equivalents;

(b) Investments set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) ;

(c) receivables owing to the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries or any receivables and advances to suppliers, in each case if created, acquired or made in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;

(d) Investments in and loans to any Credit Party;

(e) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that such loans and advances shall comply with all applicable Requirements of Law;

(f) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Investments, acquisitions or transactions permitted under Section 6.4(b) (including any Investments owned by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition);

(h) Hedging Agreements to the extent permitted hereunder;

(i) capital expenditures to the extent permitted hereunder;

(j) Investments in promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with any Asset Disposition permitted by Section 6.4(a);

(k) Investments in securities in connection with the satisfaction or enforcement of Indebtedness or claims due or owing to Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or as security for any such Indebtedness or claim;

 

19


(l) loans and advances to Parent (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Parent (or such parent) in accordance with Section 6.10;

(m) loans to Partially-Owned Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries if (a) the requirements of Section 6.1(g) have been met with respect to such loan, (b) after giving effect to such loan, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (c) the aggregate Unrecovered Investments to all Partially-Owned Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries does not exceed the sum of (the “ Adjusted Investment Amount ”): (i) $35,000,000 plus (ii) 50% of the aggregate amount of capital contributions received by Holdco after the Closing Date (excluding (w) any Specified Equity Contribution, (x) any Capital Call, (y) the proceeds received pursuant to the Qualified Public Offering that are applied to repay the Term Loan and (z) any other proceeds that are used to fund Permitted Acquisitions or capital expenditures); and

(n) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Adjusted Investment Amount less Unrecovered Investments to Partially-Owned Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries made pursuant to clause (n) above.

Permitted Liens ” shall mean:

(a) Liens created by or otherwise existing under or in connection with this Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties;

(b) Liens in favor of a Hedging Agreement Provider in connection with a Secured Hedging Agreement; provided that such Liens shall secure the Credit Party Obligations and the obligations under such Secured Hedging Agreement on a pari passu basis;

(c) Liens securing purchase money indebtedness and Capital Lease Obligations (and refinancings thereof) to the extent permitted under Section 6.1; provided , that (i) any such Lien attaches to such property concurrently with or within 30 days after the acquisition thereof, (ii) such Lien attaches solely to the property so acquired in such transaction and (iii) such Lien secures only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a restricted Subsidiary and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(d) Liens for taxes, assessments, charges or other governmental levies the payment of which is not at the time required by Section 5.3;

(e) statutory Liens such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, landlords’, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 90 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that a reserve or other appropriate provision shall have been made therefor;

 

20


(f) pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements;

(g) deposits to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Liens granted pursuant to the First Lien Credit Documents;

(i) easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(j) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Lien referred to in this definition (other than Liens set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) ); provided that such extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to all or a part of the property which secured the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements on such property);

(k) Liens existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) ; provided that (i) no such Lien shall at any time be extended to cover property or assets other than the property or assets subject thereto on the Closing Date and improvements thereon and (ii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall not be extended, renewed, refunded or refinanced;

(l) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business by virtue of any contractual, statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies covering deposit or securities accounts (including funds or other assets credited thereto) or other funds maintained with a depository institution or securities intermediary;

(m) any zoning, building or similar laws or rights reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority;

(n) restrictions on transfers of securities imposed by applicable securities laws or agreement (other than Capital Stock of a Subsidiary pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement);

 

21


(o) Liens arising out of judgments or awards not resulting in an Event of Default; provided that the applicable Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review;

(p) Liens on the property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Credit Party in a transaction permitted hereunder; provided , however , that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of any Credit Party or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary of such Person; provided , further , that any such Lien was not created in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of a Credit Party;

(q) any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublessor under any lease, license or sublease entered into by any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased, licensed or subleased;

(r) assignments of insurance or condemnation proceeds provided to landlords (or their mortgagees) pursuant to the terms of any lease and Liens or rights reserved in any lease for rent or for compliance with the terms of such lease;

(s) Liens arising from filing UCC financing statements relating solely to leases not prohibited hereunder;

(t) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(u) licenses (with respect to Intellectual Property and other property), leases or subleases granted to third parties to the extent permitted by the applicable terms of the Security Documents and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or resulting in a material diminution in the value of the collateral so licensed, leased or subleased;

(v) Liens securing obligations (other than obligations representing Indebtedness for borrowed money) under operating, reciprocal easement or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(w) additional Liens so long as the principal amount of Indebtedness and other obligations secured thereby does not exceed $11,500,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

 

22


Plan ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, any employee benefit plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA and in respect of which any Credit Party or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Pledge Agreement ” shall mean the Secured Bridge Pledge Agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed by the Credit Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

Prime Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Alternate Base Rate.

Pro Forma Basis ” shall mean, with respect to any transaction, that such transaction shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the twelve-month period ending as of the most recent quarter end preceding the date of such transaction.

Pro Forma Revenues ” shall mean, for any period, total revenues of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis, plus the amount by which such total revenues would have been increased for such period if each Permitted Acquisition that was consummated in such period had been consummated on the first day thereof.

Properties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a).

Qualified Preferred Equity ” shall mean any preferred Capital Stock issued by Holdco that, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Term Loan Maturity Date, is not convertible into Indebtedness or subject to mandatory sinking fund payments, redemption or other acceleration, and upon which all dividends or other distributions (if any) shall be payable solely in additional shares of such Capital Stock on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean the first public offering of common stock or other voting stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, for the account of the Parent at a public offering price (before deduction of underwriters’ discounts and commissions) resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Parent of at least $75,000,000.

Recovery Event ” shall mean the receipt by the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation or expropriation award payable by reason of theft, loss, physical destruction or damage, taking or similar event with respect to any of their respective property or assets other than obsolete property or assets no longer used or useful in the business of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries.

Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(d).

Registration Rights Agreement ” shall mean that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Parent and the Subscriber, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

23


Reorganization ” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is in reorganization within the meaning of such term as used in Section 4241 of ERISA.

Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty-day notice period is waived under PBGC Reg. §4043.

Required Lenders ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding at least a majority of the Term Loan; provided , however , that if any Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender at such time, then there shall be excluded from the determination of Required Lenders, the percentage of the Term Loan owing to such Defaulting Lender.

Requirement of Law ” shall mean, as to any Person, the articles or certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and each law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” shall mean, as to (a) the Company, the President, any Vice-President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Chief Operating Officer or (b) any other Credit Party, any duly authorized officer thereof.

Restricted Payment ” shall mean (a) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (b) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (c) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Capital Stock of any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, (d) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Debt of any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (e) the payment by any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any management, advisory or consulting fee to any Affiliate.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.

Sanctioned Country ” shall mean a country subject to a sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sanctions/index.html, or as otherwise published from time to time.

 

24


Sanctioned Person ” shall mean (i) a Person named on the list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” maintained by OFAC available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/index.html, or as otherwise published from time to time, or (ii) (A) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (B) an organization controlled by a Sanctioned Country, or (C) a person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered by OFAC.

Second Priority ” shall mean, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Security Document, that such Lien is the only Lien to which such Collateral is subject, other than any Permitted Lien, and is second in priority to the Liens granted by the Credit Parties under the First Lien Credit Documents.

Secured Hedging Agreement ” shall mean any Hedging Agreement between a Credit Party and a Hedging Agreement Provider (other than any Hedging Agreement with respect to the First Lien Obligations), as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time.

Secured Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, without duplication, all of the obligations, indebtedness and liabilities of the Credit Parties to the Hedging Agreement Providers, whenever arising, under the Secured Hedging Agreements, including principal, interest, fees, premiums, scheduled periodic payments, breakage, termination and other payments, reimbursements and indemnification obligations and other amounts (including, but not limited to, any interest accruing after the occurrence of a filing of a petition of bankruptcy under the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Credit Party, regardless of whether such interest is an allowed claim under the Bankruptcy Code).

Secured Parties ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Control Agent, the Lenders and the Hedging Agreement Providers.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

Security Agreement ” shall mean the Secured Bridge Security Agreement dated as of the Closing Date executed by the Credit Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Security Documents ” shall mean the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Mortgage Instruments, the Account Control Agreements, the Call Exercise Agreement and all other agreements, documents and instruments relating to, arising out of, or in any way connected with any of the foregoing documents or granting to the Administrative Agent and/or the Control Agent, Liens or security interests to secure, inter alia, the Credit Party Obligations whether now or hereafter executed and/or filed, each as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, executed and delivered in connection with the granting, attachment and perfection of the Administrative Agent’s and/or the Control Agent’s security interests and liens arising thereunder, including, without limitation, UCC financing statements.

 

25


Single Employer Plan ” shall mean any Plan that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

Specified Equity Contribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the last paragraph of Section 5.9.

Sponsor ” shall mean Fortress Investment Group, LLC, or one or more of its Affiliates, or any entity managed exclusively by Fortress Investment Group, LLC, or one or more of its Affiliates.

Subordinated Debt ” shall mean any Indebtedness incurred by any Credit Party which by its terms is specifically subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment of the Credit Party Obligations and contains subordination and other terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Subscriber ” shall mean FIF III Liberty Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the Governing Body or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Credit Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Holdco.

Subsidiary Borrower ” and “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Credit Agreement.

Tax Exempt Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

Term Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Term Loan Lender, the commitment of such Term Loan Lender to make its portion of the Term Loan in a principal amount equal to such Term Loan Lender’s Term Loan Commitment Percentage of the Term Loan Committed Amount.

Term Loan Commitment Percentage ” shall mean, for any Term Loan Lender, the percentage identified as its Term Loan Commitment Percentage in its Lender Commitment Letter.

Term Loan Committed Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

26


Term Loan Lender ” shall mean a Lender holding a Term Loan Commitment or a portion of the outstanding Term Loan.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean earlier of (a) June 6, 2014 and (b) the bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or winding up of any member of the Subscriber.

Term Loan Note ” or “ Term Loan Notes ” shall mean the promissory notes of the Company (if any) in favor of any of the Term Loan Lenders evidencing the portion of the Term Loan provided by any such Term Loan Lender pursuant to Section 2.1(a), individually or collectively, as appropriate, as such promissory notes may be amended, modified, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time.

Third Party Permitted Investments ” shall mean Investments in Persons that are not Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (n) of the definition of Permitted Investments.

Total Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of the end of each fiscal quarter of Holdco, for Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four consecutive quarters ending on such date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Indebtedness on the last day of such period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such four fiscal quarter period.

Trademark License ” shall mean any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to a Person of any right to use any Trademark, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 to this Credit Agreement.

Trademarks ” shall mean (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, service marks, elements of package or trade dress of goods or services, logos and other source or business identifiers, together with the goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 to this Credit Agreement, and (b) all renewals thereof including, without limitation, any thereof referred to in Schedule 3.16 in each case of any of the Credit Parties.

Tranche ” shall mean the collective reference to LIBOR Rate Loans whose Interest Periods begin and end on the same day.

Transactions ” shall mean the closing of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, the closing of the First Lien Credit Agreement and the First Lien Credit Documents and the consummation of the Acquisitions and the other transactions contemplated hereby to occur in connection with such closing and Acquisitions (including, without limitation, the initial borrowings under the Credit Documents and the Secured Bridge Loan and the payment of fees and expenses in connection with all of the foregoing).

 

27


Transfer Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in each Assignment Agreement.

Type ” shall mean, as to any Loan, its nature as an Alternate Base Rate Loan or LIBOR Rate Loan, as the case may be.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code from time to time in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

Unasserted Obligations ” shall mean, at any time, Obligations for taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities (except for (i) the principal of and interest on, and fees relating to, any Indebtedness and (ii) contingent reimbursement obligations in respect of amounts that may be drawn under Letters of Credit) in respect of which no claim or demand for payment has been made (or, in the case of Obligations for indemnification, no notice for indemnification has been issued by the indemnitee) at such time.

Unrecovered Investment ” means, at any time as to any Partially-Owned Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of consideration paid in connection with the acquisition of such Partially-Owned Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary and of all other Investments made in such Partially-Owned Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary at any time by any Credit Party, net of the aggregate amount received or recovered by any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash on account of such acquisition consideration or other Investments, as a return of the principal thereof and not on account of interest thereon or earnings or income attributable thereto.

Unrestricted Subsidiaries ” shall mean (a) any Subsidiary of Holdco (other than the Company, a Subsidiary Borrower or a Guarantor) designated as such by the Company upon notice to the Administrative Agent, (b) any newly created or acquired Subsidiary of Holdco designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary upon notice to the Administrative Agent or (c) any Subsidiary (other than the Company, a Subsidiary Borrower or a Guarantor) of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , that (i) at no time shall any creditor of any such Subsidiary have any claim (whether pursuant to a Guaranty Obligation, by operation of law or otherwise) against Holdco, the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Indebtedness or other obligation of any such Subsidiary; (ii) neither Holdco, the Company nor any of their Restricted Subsidiaries shall become a general partner of any such Subsidiary; (iii) no default with respect to any Indebtedness of any such Subsidiary (including any right which the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against any such Subsidiary) shall permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any Indebtedness of Holdco, the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity; (iv) no such Subsidiary shall own any Capital Stock of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, Holdco, the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries; (v) no Investments may be made in any such Subsidiary by Holdco, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except in compliance with clauses (m) or (n) of the definition of Permitted Investments; (vi) at the time of such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; (vii) such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall have entered into a

 

28


tax sharing agreement with Holdco and any applicable Subsidiaries of Holdco that own (directly or indirectly) the Capital Stock of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, whereby such Unrestricted Subsidiary agrees to reimburse Holdco or the applicable Subsidiary for taxes paid on the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a result of filing a consolidated tax return; and (viii) any Subsidiary designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the First Lien Credit Agreement shall also be designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” hereunder. It is understood that Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be disregarded for purposes of any calculation pursuant to this Credit Agreement relating to financial matters with respect to any Credit Party. Any Subsidiary designated an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” by the Company may subsequently be designated a “Restricted Subsidiary” by notice from the Company of such designation to the Administrative Agent and certification by the Company to the Administrative Agent that, after giving effect to such designation on a Pro Forma Basis, the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 5.9.

Voting Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock issued by such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even though the right so to vote may be or have been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

Wachovia ” shall mean Wachovia Investment Holdings, LLC, a national banking association, together with its successors and/or assigns.

Works ” shall mean all works which are subject to copyright protection pursuant to Title 17 of the United States Code.

Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions .

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Credit Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the Term Loan Notes or other Credit Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

(b) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Credit Agreement shall refer to this Credit Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Credit Agreement, and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Credit Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

Section 1.3 Accounting Terms .

Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to

 

29


be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of Holdco delivered to the Lenders; provided that, if the Company shall notify the Administrative Agent that it wishes amend Section 5.9 to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation of any such definition or provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company that the Required Lenders wish to amend any such definition or provision for such purpose), then the Credit Parties’ compliance with such provisions shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such definition or provision is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Company and the Required Lenders.

The Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender at the same time as the delivery of any annual or quarterly financial statements given in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.1, (i) a description in reasonable detail of any material change in the application of accounting principles employed in the preparation of such financial statements from those applied in the most recently preceding quarterly or annual financial statements as to which no objection shall have been made in accordance with the provisions above and (ii) a reasonable estimate of the effect on the financial statements on account of such changes in application.

Section 1.4 Resolution of Drafting Ambiguities .

Each Credit Party acknowledges and agrees that it was represented by counsel in connection with the execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, that it and its counsel reviewed and participated in the preparation and negotiation hereof and thereof and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation hereof or thereof.

Section 1.5 Time References .

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

ARTICLE II

THE TERM LOAN; AMOUNT AND TERMS

Section 2.1 Term Loan .

(a) Term Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth herein, each Term Loan Lender severally agrees to make available to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers (as directed by the Company) (through the Administrative Agent) on the Closing Date such Term Loan Lender’s Term Loan Commitment Percentage of a term loan in Dollars (the

 

30


Term Loan ”) in the aggregate principal amount of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY-TWO MILLION DOLLARS ($152,000,000) (the “ Term Loan Committed Amount ”) for the purposes hereinafter set forth. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of the proceeds of the Term Loan, such proceeds will then be made available to the Company and the applicable Subsidiary Borrower by the Administrative Agent by crediting the account of the Company on the books of the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 9.2, or at such other office as the Administrative Agent may designate in writing, with the aggregate of such proceeds made available to the Administrative Agent by the Term Loan Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent (or by crediting such other account(s) as directed by the Company). The Term Loan may consist of Alternate Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans, or a combination thereof, as the Company may request; provided , however , that on the Closing Date and on the three Business Days following the Closing Date, the Term Loan may only consist of Alternate Base Rate Loans unless the Company delivers a funding indemnity letter reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date. Amounts repaid or prepaid on the Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment of Term Loan . The principal amount of the Term Loan shall be repaid in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date, unless accelerated sooner pursuant to Section 7.2.

(c) Interest on the Term Loan . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b), the Term Loan shall bear interest as follows:

(i) Alternate Base Rate Loans . During such periods as the Term Loan shall be comprised of Alternate Base Rate Loans, each such Alternate Base Rate Loan shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the sum of the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage; and

(ii) LIBOR Rate Loans . During such periods as the Term Loan shall be comprised of LIBOR Rate Loans, each such LIBOR Rate Loan shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the sum of the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Percentage.

Interest on the Term Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date.

(d) Term Loan Notes . Each Term Loan Lender’s Term Loan Commitment shall be evidenced, upon such Term Loan Lender’s request, by a duly executed promissory note of the Company to such Term Loan Lender in substantially the form of Schedule 2.1(d) . The Company covenants and agrees to pay the Term Loan in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Notes, if any.

 

31


Section 2.2 Fees .

The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the annual administrative fee as described in the Fee Letter.

Section 2.3 Prepayments .

(a) Optional Prepayments . Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Borrowers shall have the right to prepay the Term Loan in whole or in part from time to time as the Company may elect; provided , however , that each partial prepayment of the Term Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof. The Company shall give three Business Days’ irrevocable notice in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans and same day irrevocable notice on any Business Day in the case of Alternate Base Rate Loans, to the Administrative Agent (which shall notify the Lenders thereof as soon as practicable). Amounts prepaid under this Section 2.3(a) shall be applied first to the Alternate Base Rate Loans and then to LIBOR Rate Loans in direct order of Interest Period maturities, and shall be applied to each Lender’s portion of the Term Loan on a pro rata basis. All prepayments under this Section 2.3(a) shall be subject to Section 2.3(d) and Section 2.12, but otherwise without premium or penalty. Interest on the principal amount prepaid shall be payable on the next occurring Interest Payment Date that would have occurred had such loan not been prepaid or, at the request of the Administrative Agent, interest on the principal amount prepaid shall be payable on any date that a prepayment is made hereunder through the date of prepayment.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments . Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Borrowers shall prepay the Term Loan in the amounts set forth below. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Credit Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be required to prepay Loans hereunder as a result of any Asset Disposition, Debt Issuance, Equity Issuance (other than a Qualified Public Offering) or Recovery Event if any First Lien Obligations remain outstanding, unless the requisite First Lien Lenders waive such prepayment under Section 2.8 of the First Lien Credit Agreement.

(i) Asset Dispositions . No later than three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt by any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of proceeds from any Asset Disposition (or related series of Asset Dispositions), the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds derived from such Asset Disposition (or related series of Asset Dispositions) (such prepayment to be applied as set forth in clause (v) below); provided , however , that, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Net Cash Proceeds shall not be required to be so applied to the extent (A) the Company delivers to the Administrative Agent a certificate stating that the Credit Parties intend to use such Net Cash Proceeds to reinvest in replacement assets or other assets useful to the business of the Credit Parties, (B) the applicable Credit Party commits, pursuant to an agreement entered into within 365 days after such Asset Disposition and

 

32


binding on the Credit Parties or a letter of intent, to reinvest such proceeds, and (C) such proceeds are so reinvested within 180 days after such commitment, it being agreed that Net Cash Proceeds not so reinvested or committed to be reinvested shall be applied to prepay the Loans immediately thereafter in accordance with clause (v) below.

(ii) Debt Issuances . No later than three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt by any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of proceeds from any Debt Issuance, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Debt Issuance (such prepayment to be applied as set forth in clause (v) below); provided , that the Borrowers shall not be required (except as contemplated by the pro forma use of proceeds below) to repay the Term Loans on account of the maximum portion of such Debt Issuance which could be incurred without causing the Total Leverage Ratio as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Holdco (determined on a Pro Forma Basis giving effect to such portion of such Debt Issuance and the application of the proceeds therefrom) to exceed 6.0 to 1.0 or allowing such ratio to remain above such level (it being understood that the Borrowers shall be required to repay the Term Loans with the remaining portion of such Debt Issuance in accordance with this clause (ii)).

(iii) Issuances of Equity . No later than three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt by the Parent or any Credit Party or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries of proceeds from any Equity Issuance (other than (i) to fund operations, Permitted Acquisitions or Third Party Permitted Investments or (ii) constituting a refund of a dividend pursuant to Section 6.10(e)), the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Equity Issuance (such prepayment to be applied as set forth in clause (v) below); provided , that the Borrowers shall not be required (except with respect to a Qualified Public Offering and except as contemplated by the pro forma use of proceeds below) to repay the Term Loans on account of the maximum portion of such Equity Issuance which could be incurred without causing the Total Leverage Ratio as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of Holdco (determined on a Pro Forma Basis giving effect to such portion of such Equity Issuance and the application of the proceeds therefrom) to exceed 6.0 to 1.0 or allowing such ratio to remain above such level (it being understood that the Borrowers shall be required to repay the Term Loans with the remaining portion of such Equity Issuance in accordance with this clause (iii)).

(iv) Recovery Event . No later than three (3) Business Days after the date of receipt by any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of proceeds from any Recovery Event, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Recovery Event (such prepayment to be applied as set forth in clause (v) below); provided , however , that, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Net Cash Proceeds shall not be required to be so

 

33


applied (A) for any Recovery Event in an amount less than $1,500,000 and (B) to the extent (1) the Company delivers to the Administrative Agent a certificate stating that the Credit Parties intend to use such Net Cash Proceeds to reinvest in replacement assets or other assets useful to the business of the Credit Parties, (2) the applicable Credit Party commits, pursuant to an agreement entered into within 365 days after such Recovery Event and binding on the Credit Parties or a letter of intent, to reinvest such proceeds, and (3) such proceeds are so reinvested within 180 days after such commitment, it being agreed that Net Cash Proceeds not so reinvested or committed to be reinvested shall be applied to prepay the Loans immediately thereafter in accordance with clause (v) below.

(v) Application of Mandatory Prepayments . All amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) shall be applied first to Alternate Base Rate Loans and then to LIBOR Rate Loans in direct order of Interest Period maturities. All prepayments under this Section 2.3(b) shall be subject to Section 2.3(d) and Section 2.12 and be accompanied by interest on the principal amount prepaid through the date of prepayment.

(c) Hedging Obligations Unaffected . Any repayment or prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not affect the Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments under any Secured Hedging Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such repayment or prepayment, subject to the terms of such Secured Hedging Agreement.

(d) Prepayment Premiums . All prepayments of the Term Loan (whether voluntary or mandatory) that are made in accordance with Sections 2.3(a) and 2.3(b)(i)-(iv) shall be subject to an additional premium equal to the amount of such prepayment multiplied by (i) 2%, with respect to prepayments made after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) 1%, with respect to prepayments made after the second anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date. On or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date and after the third anniversary of the Closing Date, no premiums or penalties shall be payable pursuant to this Section 2.3(d) in connection with any prepayments of the Term Loan.

Section 2.4 Default Rate and Payment Dates .

(a) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan which is a LIBOR Rate Loan shall not be paid when due or continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.5 (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue principal amount of such Loan shall be converted to an Alternate Base Rate Loan at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

(b) (i) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any LIBOR Rate Loan shall not be paid when due, such overdue amount shall, at the discretion of the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, bear interest at a rate per annum which is equal to

 

34


the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 2%, until the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, and thereafter at a rate per annum which is equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the sum of the Applicable Percentage then in effect for Alternate Base Rate Loans and, at the discretion of the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, 2% (the “ ABR Default Rate ”) or (ii) if any interest payable on the principal amount of any Loan or any fee or other amount, including the principal amount of any Alternate Base Rate Loan, payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall, at the discretion of the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, bear interest at a rate per annum which is equal to the ABR Default Rate, in each case from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (after as well as before judgment).

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date; provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.4 shall be payable from time to time on demand.

Section 2.5 Conversion Options .

(a) The Company may elect from time to time to convert Alternate Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Rate Loans, by delivering a Notice of Conversion/Extension to the Administrative Agent at least three Business Days prior to the proposed date of conversion. In addition, the Company may elect from time to time to convert all or any portion of a LIBOR Rate Loan to an Alternate Base Rate Loan by giving the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice thereof by 11:00 A.M. one Business Day prior to the proposed date of conversion. If the date upon which an Alternate Base Rate Loan is to be converted to a LIBOR Rate Loan is not a Business Day, then such conversion shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and during the period from such last day of an Interest Period to such succeeding Business Day such Loan shall bear interest as if it were an Alternate Base Rate Loan. LIBOR Rate Loans may only be converted to Alternate Base Rate Loans on the last day of the applicable Interest Period. If the date upon which a LIBOR Rate Loan is to be converted to an Alternate Base Rate Loan is not a Business Day, then such conversion shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and during the period from such last day of an Interest Period to such succeeding Business Day such Loan shall bear interest as if it were an Alternate Base Rate Loan. All or any part of outstanding Alternate Base Rate Loans may be converted as provided herein; provided that (i) no Loan may be converted into a LIBOR Rate Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) partial conversions shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. All or any part of outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans may be converted as provided herein; provided that partial conversions shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.

(b) Any LIBOR Rate Loans may be continued as such upon the expiration of an Interest Period with respect thereto by compliance by the Company with the notice provisions contained in Section 2.5(a); provided , that no LIBOR Rate Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which

 

35


case such Loan shall be automatically converted to an Alternate Base Rate Loan at the end of the applicable Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Company shall fail to give timely notice of an election to continue a LIBOR Rate Loan, or the continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans is not permitted hereunder, such LIBOR Rate Loans shall be automatically converted to Alternate Base Rate Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period with respect thereto.

Section 2.6 Computation of Interest and Fees; Usury .

(a) Interest payable hereunder with respect to any Alternate Base Rate Loan based on the Prime Rate shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days, as applicable) for the actual days elapsed. All other fees, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Company and the Lenders of each determination of a LIBOR Rate on the Business Day of the determination thereof. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Alternate Base Rate shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change in the Alternate Base Rate shall become effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Company and the Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Credit Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Credit Parties and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Company, deliver to the Company a statement showing the computations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate.

(c) It is the intent of the Lenders and the Credit Parties to conform to and contract in strict compliance with applicable usury law from time to time in effect. All agreements between the Lenders and the Credit Parties are hereby limited by the provisions of this subsection which shall override and control all such agreements, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral. In no way, nor in any event or contingency (including but not limited to prepayment or acceleration of the maturity of any Credit Party Obligation), shall the interest taken, reserved, contracted for, charged, or received under this Credit Agreement, under the Term Loan Notes or otherwise, exceed the maximum nonusurious amount permissible under applicable law. If, from any possible construction of any of the Credit Documents or any other document, interest would otherwise be payable in excess of the maximum nonusurious amount, any such construction shall be subject to the provisions of this paragraph and such interest shall be automatically reduced to the maximum nonusurious amount permitted under applicable law, without the necessity of execution of any amendment or new document. If any Lender shall ever receive anything of value which is characterized as interest on the Loans under applicable law and which would, apart from this provision, be in excess of the maximum nonusurious amount, an amount equal to the amount which would have been excessive interest shall, without penalty, be applied to the reduction of the principal amount owing on the Loans and not to the payment of interest, or refunded to the

 

36


applicable Borrower or the other payor thereof if and to the extent such amount which would have been excessive exceeds such unpaid principal amount of the Loans. The right to demand payment of the Loans or any other Indebtedness evidenced by any of the Credit Documents does not include the right to receive any interest which has not otherwise accrued on the date of such demand, and the Lenders do not intend to charge or receive any unearned interest in the event of such demand. All interest paid or agreed to be paid to the Lenders with respect to the Loans shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated, and spread throughout the full stated term (including any renewal or extension) of the Loans so that the amount of interest on account of such Indebtedness does not exceed the maximum nonusurious amount permitted by applicable law.

Section 2.7 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments .

(a) Allocation of Payments Prior to Exercise of Remedies . Unless otherwise required by the terms of this Credit Agreement, each payment under this Credit Agreement or any Term Loan Note shall be applied, first , to any fees then due and owing by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.2, second , to interest then due and owing hereunder and under the Term Loan Notes of the Borrowers and, third , to principal then due and owing hereunder and under the Term Loan Notes of the Borrowers. Each payment (other than prepayments) by the Borrowers on account of principal of and interest on the Term Loan shall be applied to the Term Loan on a pro rata basis in accordance with the terms of Section 2.3(a) hereof. Each optional prepayment on account of principal of the Term Loan shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.3(a). Each mandatory prepayment on account of principal of the Loans shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.3(b). All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrowers on account of principal, interest and fees shall be made without defense, set-off or counterclaim (except as provided in Section 2.13(b)) and shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders at the Administrative Agent’s office specified on Section 9.2 in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 1:00 P.M. on the date when due. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders entitled thereto promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the LIBOR Rate Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment on a LIBOR Rate Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(b) Allocation of Payments After Exercise of Remedies . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Credit Agreement to the contrary, after the exercise of remedies (other than the invocation of default interest pursuant to Section 2.4(b)) by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.2 (or after the Term Loan (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts under the Credit Documents shall

 

37


automatically become due and payable in accordance with the terms of such Section), except as otherwise required pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, all amounts collected or received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender on account of the Credit Party Obligations or any other amounts outstanding under any of the Credit Documents or in respect of the Collateral shall be paid over or delivered as follows (irrespective of whether the following costs, expenses, fees, interest, premiums, scheduled periodic payments or Credit Party Obligations are allowed, permitted or recognized as a claim in any proceeding resulting from the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event):

FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) of the Administrative Agent in connection with enforcing the rights of the Lenders under the Credit Documents and any protective advances made by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Collateral under or pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents;

SECOND, to the payment of any fees owed to the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as such);

THIRD, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) of each of the Lenders in connection with enforcing its rights under the Credit Documents or otherwise with respect to the Credit Party Obligations owing to such Lender;

FOURTH, to the payment of all of the Credit Party Obligations consisting of accrued fees and interest, and including, with respect to any Secured Hedging Agreement, any fees, premiums and scheduled periodic payments due under such Secured Hedging Agreement and any interest accrued thereon;

FIFTH, to the payment of the outstanding principal amount of the Credit Party Obligations, and including with respect to any Secured Hedging Agreement, any breakage, termination or other payments due under such Secured Hedging Agreement and any interest accrued thereon;

SIXTH, to all other Credit Party Obligations and other obligations which shall have become due and payable under the Credit Documents or otherwise and not repaid pursuant to clauses ”FIRST” through “FIFTH” above; and

SEVENTH, to the payment of the surplus, if any, to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

In carrying out the foregoing, (i) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to application to the next succeeding category and (ii) each of the Lenders shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share (based on the proportion that the then outstanding Loans held by such Lender bears to the

 

38


aggregate then outstanding Loans) of amounts available to be applied pursuant to clauses ”THIRD”, “FOURTH”, “FIFTH” and “SIXTH” above. Notwithstanding the foregoing terms of this Section 2.7, only Collateral proceeds and payments under the Guaranty (as opposed to ordinary course principal, interest and fee payments hereunder) shall be applied to obligations under any Secured Hedging Agreement.

Section 2.8 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent .

(a) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by a Lender prior to the date a Loan is to be made by such Lender (which notice shall be effective upon receipt) that such Lender does not intend to make the proceeds of such Loan available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such proceeds available to the Administrative Agent on such date, and the Administrative Agent may in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to) make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall be able to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Company, and the Borrowers shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from the Lender or the Borrowers, as the case may be, interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent at a per annum rate equal to (i) from the Borrowers at the applicable rate for the applicable borrowing and (ii) from a Lender at the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Company, prior to the date on which any payment is due from a Borrower hereunder (which notice shall be effective upon receipt) that the applicable Borrower does not intend to make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the applicable Borrower has made such payment when due, and the Administrative Agent may in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to) make available to each Lender on such payment date an amount equal to the portion of such assumed payment to which such Lender is entitled hereunder, and if the applicable Borrower has not in fact made such payment to the Administrative Agent, such Lender shall, on demand, repay to the Administrative Agent the amount made available to such Lender. If such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent on a date after the date such amount was made available to such Lender, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand interest on such amount in respect of each day from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent at a per annum rate equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

 

39


(c) A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to the Company or any Lender with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.8 shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

Section 2.9 Inability to Determine Interest Rate .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Credit Agreement, if the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, reasonable and adequate means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for such Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give telephone notice of such determination, confirmed in writing, to the Company, and the Lenders at least two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period. Unless the Company shall have notified the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such telephone notice that it wishes to rescind or modify its request regarding such LIBOR Rate Loans, any Loans that were requested to be made as LIBOR Rate Loans shall be made as Alternate Base Rate Loans and any Loans that were requested to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Rate Loans shall remain as or be converted into Alternate Base Rate Loans. Until any such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Loans shall be made as, continued as, or converted into, LIBOR Rate Loans for the Interest Periods so affected.

Section 2.10 Illegality .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Credit Agreement, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by the relevant Governmental Authority to any Lender shall make it unlawful for such Lender or its LIBOR Lending Office to make or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans as contemplated by this Credit Agreement or to obtain in the interbank eurodollar market through its LIBOR Lending Office the funds with which to make such Loans, (a) such Lender (an “Affected Lender”) shall on that date notify the Administrative Agent and the Company thereof, (b) the commitment of such Affected Lender hereunder to make LIBOR Rate Loans or continue LIBOR Rate Loans as such shall forthwith be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall give notice that the condition or situation which gave rise to the suspension shall no longer exist, and (c) such Affected Lender’s Loans then outstanding as LIBOR Rate Loans, if any, shall be converted on the last day of the Interest Period for such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law as Alternate Base Rate Loans. Notwithstanding the forgoing, to the extent a determination by an Affected Lender as described above relates to LIBOR Rate Loans then being requested by the Company pursuant to a Notice of Continuation/Conversion, the Company shall have the option, subject to the provisions of Section 2.12, to rescind such Notice of Continuation/Conversion to all Lenders by giving notice (by facsimile or telephone confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent of such rescission on the date on which the Affected Lender gives notice of a determination as described above. The Borrowers hereby agree promptly to pay any Affected Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for actual and direct costs (but not including anticipated profits) reasonably incurred by such Lender in making any repayment in accordance with this Section including, but not limited to, any interest or fees payable by such Affected Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or maintain its LIBOR Rate Loans hereunder. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to

 

40


this Section submitted by such Affected Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Company shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Nothing in this Section 2.10 shall affect the obligation of any Lender other than the Affected Lender to make or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans, or to convert Alternate Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Rate Loans in accordance with the terms hereof.

Section 2.11 Requirements of Law .

(a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

(i) shall subject such Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such Lender);

(ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination of the LIBOR Rate hereunder; or

(iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining LIBOR Rate Loans or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder or under any Term Loan Note, then, in any such case, the Credit Parties shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such additional cost or reduced amount receivable which such Lender reasonably deems to be material as determined by such Lender with respect to its LIBOR Rate Loans. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Company shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

(b) If any Lender shall have reasonably determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such

 

41


corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender, the Credit Parties shall pay to such Lender such additional amount as shall be certified by such Lender as being required to compensate it for such reduction. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable under this Section submitted by a Lender (which certificate shall include a description of the basis for the computation), through the Administrative Agent, to the Company shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(c) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided, that the Company shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.11 for any increased costs or reductions to the extent that such Lender notifies the Company of such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefore more than ninety (90) days after such Lender becomes aware of such right to additional compensation; provided, further, that if the law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order), or any determination of a court or Governmental Authority giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 90-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(d) The agreements in this Section 2.11 shall survive the termination of this Credit Agreement and payment of the Credit Party Obligations.

Section 2.12 Indemnity .

The Credit Parties hereby agree to indemnify each Lender and to hold such Lender harmless from any funding loss or expense (but not any anticipated profits or other consequential losses) which such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrowers in payment of the principal amount of or interest on any Loan by such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, (b) default by the Borrowers in accepting a borrowing after the Company has given a notice in accordance with the terms hereof, (c) default by the Borrowers in making any prepayment after the Company has given a notice in accordance with the terms hereof, and/or (d) the making by the Borrowers of a prepayment of a Loan, or the conversion thereof, on a day which is not the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto, in each case including, but not limited to, any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain its Loans hereunder. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender, through the Administrative Agent, to the Company (which certificate must be delivered to the Administrative Agent within thirty days following such default, prepayment or conversion) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The agreements in this Section shall survive termination of this Credit Agreement and payment of the Credit Party Obligations.

 

42


Section 2.13 Taxes .

(a) All payments made by the Credit Parties hereunder or under any Term Loan Note shall be, except as provided in Section 2.13(b), made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any Governmental Authority or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein with respect to such payments (but excluding (i) any tax imposed on or measured by the net income or profits of a Lender pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized or the jurisdiction in which the principal office or applicable lending office of such Lender is located or any subdivision thereof or therein and (ii) any branch profits tax within the meaning of Code Section 884 or any similar tax) and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges being referred to collectively as “ Taxes ”). If any Taxes are so levied or imposed, the Credit Parties agree to pay the full amount of such Taxes, and such additional amounts as may be necessary, so that every payment of all amounts due under this Credit Agreement or under any Term Loan Note, after withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes, will not be less than the amount provided for herein or in such Term Loan Note. The Credit Parties will furnish to the Administrative Agent as soon as practicable after the date the payment of any Taxes is due pursuant to applicable law certified copies (to the extent reasonably available and required by law) of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Credit Parties. The Credit Parties agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender, and reimburse such Lender upon its written request, for the amount of any Taxes so levied or imposed and paid by such Lender.

(b) Each Lender that is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) agrees to deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date, or in the case of a Lender that is an assignee or transferee of an interest under this Credit Agreement pursuant to Section 9.6(d) (unless the respective Lender was already a Lender hereunder immediately prior to such assignment or transfer), on the date of such assignment or transfer to such Lender (i) if the Lender is a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY with appropriate attachments (or successor forms) certifying such Lender’s entitlement to a complete exemption from United States withholding tax with respect to payments to be made under this Credit Agreement and under any Term Loan Note, or (ii) if the Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (A) Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY with appropriate attachments as set forth in clause (i) above, or (B) a certificate in substantially the form of Schedule 2.13 (any such certificate, a “ Tax Exempt Certificate ”) and two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying such Lender’s entitlement to an exemption from United States withholding tax with respect to payments of interest to be made under this Credit Agreement and under any Term Loan Note. In addition, each Lender agrees that it will deliver upon the Company’s request updated versions of the foregoing, as applicable, whenever the previous certification has become obsolete or

 

43


inaccurate in any material respect, together with such other forms as may be required in order to confirm or establish the entitlement of such Lender to a continued exemption from or reduction in United States withholding tax with respect to payments under this Credit Agreement and any Term Loan Note. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.13(a), but subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, (A) the Borrowers shall be entitled, to the extent they are required to do so by law, to deduct or withhold Taxes imposed by the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) from interest, fees or other amounts payable hereunder for the account of any Lender which is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for U.S. Federal income tax purposes to the extent that such Lender has not provided to the Company U.S. Internal Revenue Service Forms that establish a complete exemption from such deduction or withholding and (B) the Borrowers shall not be obligated pursuant to Section 2.13(a) hereof to gross-up payments to be made to a Lender in respect of Taxes imposed by the United States if (I) such Lender has not provided to the Company the Internal Revenue Service forms required to be provided pursuant to this Section 2.13(b) or (II) in the case of a payment, other than interest, to a Lender described in clause (ii) above, to the extent that such forms do not establish a complete exemption from withholding of such Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding sentence or elsewhere in this Section 2.13, the Credit Parties agree to pay additional amounts and to indemnify each Lender in the manner set forth in Section 2.13(a) (without regard to the identity of the jurisdiction requiring the deduction or withholding) in respect of any amounts deducted or withheld by it as described in the immediately preceding sentence as a result of any changes after the Closing Date in any applicable law, treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order, or in the interpretation thereof, relating to the deducting or withholding of Taxes.

(c) Each Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts (including reasonable efforts to change its Domestic Lending Office or LIBOR Lending Office, as the case may be) to avoid or to minimize any amounts which might otherwise be payable pursuant to this Section; provided , however , that such efforts shall not cause the imposition on such Lender of any additional costs or legal or regulatory burdens deemed by such Lender in its sole discretion to be material.

(d) If the Credit Parties pay any additional amount pursuant to this Section 2.13 with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to obtain a refund of tax or credit against its tax liabilities on account of such payment; provided that such Lender shall have no obligation to use such reasonable efforts if either (i) it is in an excess foreign tax credit position or (ii) it believes in good faith, in its sole discretion, that claiming a refund or credit would cause adverse tax consequences to it. In the event that such Lender receives such a refund or credit, such Lender shall pay to the Credit Parties an amount that such Lender reasonably determines is equal to the net tax benefit obtained by such Lender as a result of such payment by the Credit Parties. In the event that no refund or credit is obtained with respect to the Credit Parties’ payments to such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.13, then such Lender shall upon request provide a certification that such Lender has not received a refund or credit for such payments. Nothing

 

44


contained in this Section 2.13 shall require a Lender to disclose or detail the basis of its calculation of the amount of any tax benefit or any other amount or the basis of its determination referred to in the proviso to the first sentence of this Section 2.13 to the Credit Parties or any other party.

(e) The agreements in this Section 2.13 shall survive the termination of this Credit Agreement and the payment of the Credit Party Obligations.

Section 2.14 Obligation to Mitigate .

Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after such Lender becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause such lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender to receive payments under Section 2.10, 2.11, 2.12 or 2.13, it will use reasonable efforts to (a) make, issue, fund or maintain its Loans through another lending office of such Lender, or (b) take such other measures as such Lender may deem reasonable, if (A) as a result, the circumstances which would cause such Lender to be an Affected Lender would cease to exist or the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.10, 2.11, 2.12 or 2.13 would be avoided or materially reduced, and (B) if such Lender determines in its sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such Loans through such other lending office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise adversely affect such Loans or the interests of such Lender; provided that such Lender will not be obligated to utilize such other office pursuant to this Section 2.14 unless the Company agrees to pay all incremental expenses incurred by such Lender as a result of utilizing such other office as described above. A certificate as to the amount of any such expenses payable by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.14 (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender to the Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 2.15 Replacement of Lenders .

The Company shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) is an Affected Lender, (b) requests (or requests on behalf of a Participant) reimbursement for amounts owing, or payment of any amount required, pursuant to Section 2.11 or 2.13, (c) defaults in its obligation to make Loans hereunder or (d) fails to approve any amendment, waiver or consent requiring the consent of all the Lenders or of any Lender adversely affected thereby (and the Company has received approval to such amendment, waiver or consent from the Required Lenders), then the Company shall be permitted to replace any such Lender (any such Lender, a “ Subject Lender ”) with one or more replacement financial institutions; provided , that (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (ii) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (iii) each replacement financial institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such Subject Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the Borrowers shall be liable to such Subject Lender under Section 2.12 if any LIBOR Rate Loan owing to such Subject Lender shall be purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (v) each replacement financial institution, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Company (such

 

45


approvals not to be unreasonably withheld), (vi) if applicable, such replacement Lender must consent to such amendment, waiver or consent or must not be subject to such increased costs, (vii) such Subject Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.6 ( provided , that the Company shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein) and (viii) if applicable, the Subject Lender must be unwilling to withdraw the notice delivered to Company pursuant to Section 2.10, 2.11 or 2.13 (as applicable) upon 10 days prior written notice to the Subject Lender and Administrative Agent and/or must be unwilling to remedy its default upon three days prior written notice to the Subject Lender and Administrative Agent. It is understood and agreed that if any Lender replaced hereunder fails to execute an Assignment Agreement, it shall be deemed to have entered into such Assignment Agreement. Upon the payment of all amounts owing to any Subject Lender, such Subject Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided, that any rights of such Subject Lender to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such Subject Lender.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Lenders to enter into this Credit Agreement and to make the Extensions of Credit herein provided for, the Credit Parties hereby represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and to each Lender that:

Section 3.1 Financial Condition .

(a) The Company has delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

(i) audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, together with the related consolidated statements of income or operations, equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates;

(ii) unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) for each fiscal quarter of 2006 through the most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are available, together with the related consolidated statements of income or operations, equity and cash flows for each such fiscal quarter;

(iii) audited consolidated financial statements of Enterprise and its subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, together with the related consolidated statements of income or operations, equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates;

 

46


(iv) unaudited consolidated financial statements of Enterprise and its subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter of 2006 through the most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are available, together with the related consolidated statements of income or operations, equity and cash flows for each such fiscal quarter;

(v) unaudited consolidated and unaudited consolidating financial statements of CP Media and its subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended June 29, 2003, June 27, 2004 and July 3, 2005, together with the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates;

(vi) unaudited consolidated and consolidating financial statements of CP Media and its subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter ended after July 3, 2005 through the most recently ended fiscal quarter prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are available, together with the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, equity and cash flows for each such fiscal quarter;

(vii) pro forma consolidated financial statements of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), after giving effect to the Acquisitions, for the most recent four quarter period for which financial statements are available; and

(viii) a pro forma balance sheet of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), after giving effect to the Acquisitions, as of the Closing Date.

Each of the financial statements described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi):

(A) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein;

(B) fairly present the financial condition of the applicable entities as of the date thereof and results of operations for the period covered thereby (subject, in the case of the unaudited financial statements, to (i) the absence of footnotes (except as required by applicable law) and (ii) normal year-end adjustments); and

(C) show all material Indebtedness and other material liabilities, direct or contingent, of the applicable entities as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and contingent obligations.

 

47


The financial statements described in the foregoing clauses (vii) and (viii) have been prepared in good faith based on assumptions believed by the Company to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof (it being understood that such assumptions are based on good faith estimates of certain items and that the actual amount of such items on the Closing Date is subject to change) and present fairly in all material respects on a Pro Forma Basis the financial position of the applicable entities as of the date thereof, assuming the occurrence of the Acquisitions on the first day of such period.

(b) The eight-year projections (including quarterly projections for fiscal year 2006 and annual projections for each fiscal year thereafter) of balance sheets, income statements and cash flows of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries delivered to the Lenders on or prior to the Closing Date have been prepared in good faith based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the Credit Parties to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from projected results.

Section 3.2 No Change .

(a) Since December 31, 2005, no Closing Date Material Adverse Change has occurred; provided that the representation and warranty in this sentence shall only be effective on the Closing Date.

(b) Since December 31, 2005, there has been no development or event which, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the representation and warranty in this sentence shall only be effective after the Closing Date.

Section 3.3 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law .

Each of the Credit Parties (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the requisite power and authority and the legal right to own and operate all its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified to conduct business and in good standing under the laws of (i) the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) the jurisdiction where its chief executive office is located and (iii) each other jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except to the extent that the failure to so qualify or be in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business or operations of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries in such jurisdiction and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, government permits and government licenses except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The jurisdictions in which the Credit Parties as of the Closing Date are organized and qualified to do business are described on Schedule 3.3 .

 

48


Section 3.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations .

Each of the Credit Parties has full power and authority and the legal right to make, deliver and perform the Credit Documents to which it is party and has taken all necessary limited liability company or corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of the Credit Documents to which it is party. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the borrowings hereunder or with the execution, delivery or performance of any Credit Document by any of the Credit Parties (other than those that have been obtained) or with the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document against any of the Credit Parties (except such filings as are necessary in connection with the perfection of the Liens created by such Credit Documents). Each Credit Document to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Credit Party. Each Credit Document to which it is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

Section 3.5 No Legal Bar; No Default .

The execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents, the borrowings thereunder and the use of the proceeds of the Loans will not violate any Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation of any Credit Party (except those as to which waivers or consents have been obtained), and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any Credit Party’s properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation other than the Liens arising under or contemplated in connection with the Credit Documents. Except to the extent such matters could not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Credit Party is in default under or with respect to any of its material Contractual Obligations. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Section 3.6 No Material Litigation .

No litigation, investigation, claim, criminal prosecution, civil investigative demand, imposition of criminal or civil fines and penalties, or any other proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Credit Parties, threatened by or against any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of its or their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to the Credit Documents or any Loan or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) which could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

49


Section 3.7 Investment Company Act, Etc .

No Credit Party is an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Credit Party is a subject to regulation the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, or any federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur the Credit Party Obligations.

Section 3.8 Margin Regulations .

No part of the proceeds of any Extension of Credit hereunder will be used directly or indirectly for any purpose that violates, or that would be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time hereafter in effect. The Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries (a) are not engaged, principally or as one of their important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of such terms under Regulation U and (b) taken as a group do not own “margin stock” except as identified in the financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 and the aggregate value of all “margin stock” owned by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries taken as a group does not exceed 25% of the value of their assets.

Section 3.9 ERISA .

Neither a Reportable Event nor an “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred resulting in any liability that has remained underfunded, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such five-year period. The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits, except to the extent such deficiency of assets could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither any Credit Party nor any Commonly Controlled Entity is currently subject to any liability for a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan.

Section 3.10 Environmental Matters .

Except as, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) The facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries (the “ Properties ”) do not contain any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of, or (ii) could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law.

 

50


(b) The Properties and all operations of the Credit Parties and/or their Subsidiaries at the Properties are in compliance, and have in the last five years been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the business operated by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries (the “ Business ”).

(c) Neither the Credit Parties nor their Subsidiaries have received any written or actual notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability with respect to environmental matters or Environmental Laws regarding any of the Properties or the Business.

(d) Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported or disposed of from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under any Environmental Law, and no Materials of Environmental Concern have been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law.

(e) No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Credit Party or any Subsidiary is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business.

(f) There has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or related to the operations of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary in connection with the Properties or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under Environmental Laws.

Section 3.11 Use of Proceeds .

The proceeds of the Extensions of Credit shall be used by the Borrowers solely (a) to finance the Acquisitions, (b) to pay certain costs, fees and expenses in connection with the Acquisitions, (c) to refinance certain existing Indebtedness of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Acquisitions) and (d) to pay any fees and expenses associated with the Transactions on the Closing Date.

 

51


Section 3.12 Subsidiaries .

Set forth on Schedule 3.12 is a complete and accurate list of all Subsidiaries of the Credit Parties. Information on the attached Schedule includes the following: (a) the number of shares of each class of Capital Stock or other equity interests outstanding; (b) the number and percentage of outstanding shares of each class of Capital Stock owned by the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries; (c) the number and effect, if exercised, of all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and similar rights; and (d) if applicable, the designation of any such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The outstanding Capital Stock and other equity interests of all such Subsidiaries is validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and is owned free and clear of all Liens (other than those arising under or contemplated in connection with the Credit Documents). The Company shall update Schedule 3.12 from time to time by providing a replacement Schedule 3.12 to the Administrative Agent.

Section 3.13 Ownership .

Each of the Credit Parties and its Restricted Subsidiaries has (i) good, sufficient and legal title to (in the case of the fee interests in real property), (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property), (iii) licensed rights (in the case of licensed rights in intellectual property) and (iv) good title to (in the case of all other personal property) all of its assets, except where the failure to have any of the foregoing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of such assets is subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens.

Section 3.14 Indebtedness .

Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.1, the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries have no Indebtedness.

Section 3.15 Taxes .

Each of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries has filed, or caused to be filed, all federal and state tax returns and all material local and foreign tax returns required to be filed and paid (a) all amounts of taxes shown thereon to be due (including interest and penalties) and (b) all other material taxes, fees, assessments and other governmental charges (including mortgage recording taxes, documentary stamp taxes and intangibles taxes) owing by it, except for such taxes (i) that are not yet delinquent or (ii) that are being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings, and against which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP; provided , that in the case of a tax, fee, assessment or other governmental charge or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, the Lien is not being enforced by foreclosure or sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such charge or claim. None of the Credit Parties or their Restricted Subsidiaries is aware as of the Closing Date of any material proposed tax assessments against it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

52


Section 3.16 Intellectual Property Rights .

Each of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries owns, or has the legal right to use, all Intellectual Property, tradenames, technology, know-how and processes necessary for each of them to conduct its business as currently conducted, except to the extent the failure to own or have such right could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Set forth on Schedule 3.16 is a list of all applications and registrations pertaining to Intellectual Property owned by each of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, as well as all license agreements (other than agreements with respect to off-the-shelf software) pertaining to Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses and Trademark Licenses with respect to which annual payments in excess of $50,000 are made or received, as of the Closing Date or as of the last date such Schedule was last updated in accordance with the terms of Section 5.2(c). Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.16 hereto, (a) the specified Credit Party has the right to use the Intellectual Property disclosed in Schedule 3.16 hereto without payment of royalties, (b) all registrations with and applications to Governmental Authorities in respect of such Intellectual Property are valid and in full force and effect and (c) there are no restrictions on the direct or indirect transfer of any Contractual Obligation, or any interest therein, held by any of the Credit Parties in respect of such Intellectual Property, in each case except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as provided on Schedule 3.16 , no claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such Intellectual Property, nor do the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries know of any such claim, in each case which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, the use of such Intellectual Property by the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any Person which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect . The Company shall update Schedule 3.16 from time to time in accordance with the terms of Section 5.2(c).

Section 3.17 Solvency .

After giving effect to the Transactions, the fair saleable value of the assets of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, measured on a going concern basis, exceeds all probable liabilities of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, including those to be incurred pursuant to this Credit Agreement. The Credit Parties, taken as a whole, (a) do not have unreasonably small capital in relation to the business in which they are or propose to be engaged or (b) have not incurred, or believe that they will not incur after giving effect to the Acquisitions, the extensions of credit under the First Lien Credit Agreement and the other transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement, debts beyond their ability to pay such debts as they become due. In executing the Credit Documents and consummating the Transactions, none of the Credit Parties intends to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors or other Persons to which one or more of the Credit Parties is or will become indebted.

Section 3.18 Investments .

All Investments of each of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries are Permitted Investments.

 

53


Section 3.19 Location of Collateral .

Set forth on Schedule 3.19(a) is a list of all Properties of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date with street address, county and state where located. Set forth on Schedule 3.19(b) is a list of all locations where any tangible personal property of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries is located as of the Closing Date, including county and state where located. Set forth on Schedule 3.19(c) is the state of incorporation or organization, the chief executive office and the principal place of business of each of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.

Section 3.20 No Burdensome Restrictions .

None of the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any other obligation or any charter or corporate restriction or any provision of any applicable law, rule or regulation which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.21 Brokers’ Fees .

None of the Credit Parties or their Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s, broker’s, investment banking or other similar fee in connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Credit Documents other than the closing and other fees payable pursuant to this Credit Agreement and the as set forth in the Fee Letter.

Section 3.22 Labor Matters .

There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date, other than as set forth in Schedule 3.22 hereto, and none of the Credit Parties or their Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty within the last five years, other than as set forth in Schedule 3.22 hereto, or (ii) has knowledge of any potential or pending strike, walkout or work stoppage, in each case that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.22 , no unfair labor practice complaint is pending against any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.23 Accuracy and Completeness of Information .

All factual information heretofore, contemporaneously or hereafter furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any Lender for purposes of or in connection with this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, when taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made.

 

54


Section 3.24 Insurance .

The present insurance coverage of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries is outlined as to carrier, policy number, expiration date, type and amount on Schedule 3.24 and such insurance coverage complies with the requirements set forth in Section 5.5(b). Schedule 3.24 may be updated from time to time by the Company to include additional insurance coverage by giving written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent.

Section 3.25 Security Documents .

The Security Documents create valid security interests in, and Liens on, the Collateral purported to be covered thereby. Except as set forth in the Security Documents, such security interests and Liens are currently (or will be, upon (a) the filing of appropriate financing statements with the Secretary of State of the state of incorporation for each Credit Party, the filing of appropriate assignments or notices with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, and the recordation of the applicable Mortgage Instruments, in each case in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, and (b) the Administrative Agent obtaining Control (as defined in the Security Agreement) over those items of Collateral in which a security interest is perfected through Control) perfected security interests and Liens, prior to all other Liens other than Permitted Liens.

Section 3.26 Classification of Senior Indebtedness .

The Credit Party Obligations constitute “Senior Indebtedness” under and as defined in any agreement governing any Subordinated Debt and the subordination provisions set forth in each such agreement are legally valid and enforceable against the parties thereto.

Section 3.27 Anti-Terrorism Laws .

Neither any Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq .), as amended. Neither any Credit Party nor any or its Subsidiaries is in violation of (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, (b) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto or (c) the Patriot Act (as defined in Section 9.18). None of the Credit Parties (i) is a blocked person described in section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (ii) to the best of its knowledge, engages in any dealings or transactions, or is otherwise associated, with any such blocked person.

Section 3.28 Compliance with OFAC Rules and Regulations .

None of the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates (i) is a Sanctioned Person, (ii) has more than 15% of its assets in Sanctioned Countries, or (iii) derives more than 15% of its operating income from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Countries. No part of the proceeds of any Extension of Credit hereunder will be used directly or indirectly to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country.

 

55


Section 3.29 Directors; Capitalization .

Set forth on Schedule 3.29 is a list of the directors of Holdco’s Governing Body as of the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, the capitalization of the Parent shall be as set forth on Schedule 3.29 .

Section 3.30 Consummation of Acquisitions; Representations and Warranties from Other Documents .

The Acquisitions and related transactions have been consummated substantially in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Documents. As of the Closing Date, the Acquisition Documents have not been altered, amended or otherwise modified or supplemented in any material respect or any material condition thereof waived without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

Section 3.31 Compliance with FCPA .

Each of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries is in compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq. , and any foreign counterpart thereto. None of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries has made a payment, offering, or promise to pay, or authorized the payment of, money or anything of value (a) in order to assist in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any foreign official, foreign political party, party official or candidate for foreign political office, (b) to a foreign official, foreign political party or party official or any candidate for foreign political office, and (c) with the intent to induce the recipient to misuse his or her official position to direct business wrongfully to such Credit Party or its Subsidiary or to any other Person, in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 4.1 Conditions to Closing Date .

This Credit Agreement shall become effective upon, and the obligation of each Lender to fund its portion of the Term Loan on the Closing Date is subject to, the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Execution of Credit Agreement and Credit Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of this Credit Agreement, executed by a duly authorized officer of each party hereto, (ii) for the account of each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment requesting a promissory note, a Term Loan Note,

 

56


(iii) counterparts of the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and each Mortgage Instrument, in each case conforming to the requirements of this Credit Agreement and executed by duly authorized officers of the Credit Parties or other Person, as applicable, (iv) counterparts of the Intercreditor Agreement, executed by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto, (v) executed consents, in the form of Exhibit 4.1(a) , from each Lender authorizing the Administrative Agent to enter this Credit Agreement on their behalf, and (vi) counterparts of any other Credit Document, executed by the duly authorized officers of the parties thereto.

(b) Authority Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received the following:

(i) Articles of Incorporation . Copies of the articles of incorporation or other charter documents, as applicable, of each Credit Party certified (A) by a secretary or assistant secretary of such Credit Party (pursuant to a secretary’s certificate in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1(b) attached hereto) as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in force and effect as of such date, and (B) to be true and complete as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority of the state of its incorporation or organization, as applicable.

(ii) Resolutions . Copies of resolutions of the Governing Body of each Credit Party approving and adopting the Credit Documents, the transactions contemplated therein and authorizing execution and delivery thereof, certified by a secretary or assistant secretary of such Credit Party (pursuant to a secretary’s certificate in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1(b) attached hereto) as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in force and effect as of such date.

(iii) Bylaws . A copy of the bylaws or comparable operating agreement of each Credit Party certified by a secretary or assistant secretary of such Credit Party (pursuant to a secretary’s certificate in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1(b) attached hereto) as of the Closing Date to be true and correct and in force and effect as of such date.

(iv) Good Standing . Copies of certificates of good standing, existence or its equivalent with respect to each Credit Party certified as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authorities of the state of incorporation and each other state in which the failure to so qualify and be in good standing could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business or operations of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries in such state.

(v) Incumbency . An incumbency certificate of each Credit Party certified by a secretary or assistant secretary (pursuant to a secretary’s certificate in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1(b) attached hereto) to be true and correct as of the Closing Date.

 

57


(c) Legal Opinion of Counsel . The Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion or opinions of counsel (including special and local counsel, to the extent reasonably required by the Administrative Agent) for the Credit Parties, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which shall include, without limitation, opinions with respect to the valid existence of each Credit Party, opinions as to perfection of the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and opinions as to the non-contravention of the Credit Parties’ organizational documents and scheduled Material Contracts).

(d) Personal Property Collateral . The Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) (A) searches of Uniform Commercial Code filings in the jurisdiction of the chief executive office of each Credit Party and each jurisdiction where any Collateral is located or where a filing would need to be made in order to perfect the Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral, copies of the financing statements on file in such jurisdictions and evidence that no Liens exist other than Permitted Liens and (B) tax lien, judgment and pending litigation searches;

(ii) searches of ownership of Intellectual Property of the Credit Parties in the appropriate governmental offices and such patent/trademark/copyright filings as requested by the Administrative Agent in order to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Intellectual Property;

(iii) completed UCC financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, to perfect the Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral;

(iv) with respect to the stock or membership certificates, if any, evidencing the Capital Stock pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, duly executed in blank undated stock or transfer powers; and

(v) duly executed consents as are necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, to perfect the Lenders’ security interest in the Collateral.

(e) Real Property Collateral . The Administrative Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, fully executed and notarized Mortgage Instruments encumbering the Mortgaged Properties listed in Schedule 3.19(a) as to properties owned by the Credit Parties and, to the extent required by the Administrative Agent, the leasehold interest in the Mortgaged Properties listed in Schedule 3.19(a) as to properties that are warehouses, plants or other real properties material to the conduct of the Credit Parties’ business and are leased by the Credit Parties;

 

58


(f) Liability, Casualty, Property and Business Interruption Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of insurance policies or certificates of insurance evidencing liability, casualty, property and business interruption insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein or in the Security Documents. The Administrative Agent shall be named as loss payee/mortgagee and/or additional insured (with respect to Collateral only) with respect to any covered loss in excess of $250,000 under any such insurance providing liability coverage or coverage in respect of any Collateral, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Administrative Agent, that it will give thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be altered or cancelled.

(g) Reports . The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of each material report required to be delivered pursuant to the Acquisition Documents in connection with the Acquisitions and related transactions (and the Company will use reasonable efforts to obtain evidence that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have been authorized to rely on each such report), all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(h) Litigation . There shall not exist any pending litigation or investigation affecting or relating to any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, individually or in the aggregate, restrains, prevents or otherwise imposes materially adverse conditions on the Transactions or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(i) Solvency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate prepared by the chief financial officer of the Company as to the financial condition, solvency and related matters of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect to the Acquisitions, the initial extensions of credit under the First Lien Credit Agreement and the initial borrowings under the Credit Documents, in substantially the form of Schedule 4.1(i) hereto.

(j) Account Designation Letter . The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed Account Designation Letter in the form of Schedule 1.1(a) hereto.

(k) Corporate Structure . The pro forma capital and ownership structure and the shareholding arrangements of Holdco and its Subsidiaries (and all agreements relating thereto) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers (it being understood that such structure and arrangements that have been disclosed to the Arrangers as of May 5, 2006 are satisfactory). The Arrangers shall be satisfied that there are no material restrictions on the ability of any subsidiary of the Company to pay dividends or distributions to, or otherwise advance, directly or indirectly, funds to the Company other than those restrictions set forth herein and in the Secured Bridge Loan Documents. The Arrangers shall be satisfied with the terms and amounts of any intercompany loans among the Credit Parties and the flow of funds in connection with the closing.

 

59


(l) Acquisition Documents . The Arrangers shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers, copies of documentation for the Acquisitions and other aspects of the Transactions, including the Acquisition Documents and all schedules thereto (it being understood that the documentation provided to the Arrangers in draft form as of May 5, 2006 is satisfactory). The Acquisitions shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Acquisition Documents (including, without limitation, the receipt of all applicable consents necessary in connection therewith) without any waiver, modification or consent thereunder that is materially adverse to the Lenders (as reasonably determined by the Arrangers) unless approved by the Arrangers.

(m) Compliance with Laws . The financings and other Transactions shall be in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations (including all applicable securities and banking laws, rules and regulations).

(n) Bankruptcy . There shall be no bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.

(o) First Lien Term Loan . The Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed copies of the First Lien Credit Documents, each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lenders in their sole discretion, and evidence that the Company has received gross proceeds of the First Lien Term Loan in an amount of not less than $570,000,000.

(p) Existing Indebtedness of the Credit Parties . All of the existing Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Parent, the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness permitted to exist pursuant to Section 6.1) shall be repaid in full and all security interests related thereto shall be terminated on the Closing Date.

(q) Financial Statements . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 hereof, each in form and substance satisfactory to it.

(r) No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2005, there shall not have occurred any material adverse condition or material adverse change in or affecting, or the occurrence of any circumstance or condition that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in or affecting, the business, operations, financial condition or assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Acquisitions), taken as a whole (a “ Closing Date Material Adverse Change ”); provided that in no event shall any of the following be a Closing Date Material Adverse Change or be taken into account in the determination of whether any Closing Date Material Adverse Change has occurred for purposes of this Agreement: (i) any change resulting from conditions affecting the industry in which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Acquisitions) operates or from changes in general business or economic conditions; (ii) any change resulting from the announcement or pendency of

 

60


the Acquisitions; or (iii) changes in generally accepted accounting principals in the United States after the date hereof, except for such changes, events, circumstances or developments, in the case of clause (i) or (iii), which adversely affect the Parent and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Acquisitions) in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other participants in the industry or industries in which the Parent and/or such Subsidiaries operate.

(s) Financial Condition Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate or certificates executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company as of the Closing Date stating that immediately after giving effect to this Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents, and all the Transactions contemplated to occur on such date, (i)   no Default or Event of Default exists and (ii)   all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Credit Documents (A) that contain a materiality qualification are true and correct and (B) that do not contain a materiality qualification are true and correct in all material respects.

(t) Total Leverage Ratio and First Lien Leverage Ratio . The Arrangers shall have received evidence that, (i) the Total Leverage Ratio of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries is not greater than 8.10 to 1.00 and (ii) the First Lien Leverage Ratio (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries is not greater than 6.45 to 1.00, in each case, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the Transactions, for the twelve month period ending as of the most recent month prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are available, such calculations to be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(u) Patriot Act Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate satisfactory thereto, for benefit of itself and the Lenders, provided by the Company that sets forth information required by the Patriot Act (as defined in Section 9.18) including, without limitation, the identity of the Credit Parties, the name and address of the Credit Parties and other information that will allow the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as applicable, to identify the Credit Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act.

(v) Fees . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all fees, if any, owing pursuant to the Fee Letter and Section 2.2.

(w) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by the Credit Parties herein and in the other Credit Documents shall (i) with respect to representations and warranties that contain a materiality qualification, be true and correct and (ii) with respect to representations and warranties that do not contain a materiality qualification, be true and correct in all material respects, in each case on and as of the date of such Extension of Credit as if made on and as of such date (except for those which expressly relate to an earlier date).

(x) No Default or Event of Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the Extension of Credit to be made on such date unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been waived in accordance with this Credit Agreement.

 

61


ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Credit Parties hereby covenant and agree that on the Closing Date, and thereafter for so long as this Credit Agreement is in effect, no Term Loan Note remains outstanding and unpaid and the Credit Party Obligations (other than Unasserted Obligations) owing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder are paid in full, the Credit Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in the case of Sections 5.1 or 5.2 hereof), to:

Section 5.1 Financial Statements .

Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(a) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event no later than the earlier of (i) to the extent applicable, the date the Parent is required by the SEC to deliver its Form 10-K for any fiscal year of the Parent and (ii) one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent, a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows of the Parent and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) for such year, which (in the case of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification indicating that the scope of the audit was inadequate to permit such independent certified public accountants to certify such financial statements without such qualification;

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event no later than the earlier of (i) to the extent applicable, the date the Parent is required by the SEC to deliver its Form 10-Q for any fiscal quarter of the Parent and (ii) sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Parent (or, with respect to the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2006, ninety (90) days after the end of such fiscal quarter), a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as at the end of such period and related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows of the Parent and its

 

62


consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including reconciliation information consistent with historical practices for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) for such quarterly period and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such period, in each case setting forth in comparative form consolidated figures for the corresponding period or periods of the preceding fiscal year (subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments); and

(c) Annual Operating Budget and Cash Flow . As soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of the detailed annual operating budget or plan including cash flow projections of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the next four fiscal quarter period prepared on a monthly basis, in form and detail reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, together with a summary of the material assumptions made in the preparation of such annual budget or plan;

all such financial statements to be complete and correct in all material respects (subject, in the case of interim statements, to the absence of footnotes (except as required by applicable law) and normal recurring year-end audit adjustments) and to be prepared in reasonable detail and, in the case of the annual and quarterly financial statements provided in accordance with subsections (a) and (b) above, in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and further accompanied by a description of, and an estimation of the effect on the financial statements on account of, a change, if any, in the application of accounting principles as provided in Section 1.3.

Section 5.2 Certificates; Other Information .

Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 5.1(a) above, a certificate of the independent certified public accountants reporting on such financial statements stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such certificate;

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate and such certificate shall include the calculations in reasonable detail required to indicate compliance with Section 5.9 as of the last day of such period;

(c) concurrently with or prior to the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) above, (i) an updated copy of Schedule 3.12 if the Credit Parties or any of their Subsidiaries have formed or acquired a new Subsidiary since the Closing Date or since Schedule 3.12 was last updated, as applicable and (ii) an updated copy of Schedule 3.16 if the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries have registered, applied for registration of, acquired or otherwise obtained ownership of

 

63


any new applications or registrations pertaining to Intellectual Property, or have entered into any license agreements (other than agreements with respect to off-the-shelf software) pertaining to Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses or Trademark Licenses with respect to which annual payments in excess of $50,000 are made or received, since the Closing Date or since Schedule 3.16 was last updated, as applicable;

(d) promptly upon their becoming available, (i) following the Qualified Public Offering, copies of all reports (other than those otherwise provided pursuant to Section 5.1 and those which are of a promotional nature) and other financial information which the Parent and the Credit Parties send to their shareholders, (ii) copies of all reports and all registration statements and prospectuses, if any, which a Credit Party may make to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor or analogous Governmental Authority) or any securities exchange or other private regulatory authority and (iii) all press releases and other statements made available by the Parent or any of the Credit Parties to the public concerning material developments in the business of any of the Credit Parties; provided, that all such deliveries pursuant to this paragraph (d) shall be deemed satisfied if such reports, press releases or other information are readily available from public sources;

(e) concurrently with or prior to the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1(a) above, a certificate containing information regarding the amount of all Asset Dispositions, Debt Issuances, and Equity Issuances that were made during the prior fiscal year and amounts received in connection with any Recovery Event during the prior fiscal year;

(f) promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy or summary of any other report, or “management letter” or similar report submitted by independent accountants to the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any annual, interim or special audit of the books of such Person (to the extent the Credit Parties are authorized to deliver such management letter);

(g) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all notices delivered to the Credit Parties or sent by or on behalf of the Credit Parties with respect to the First Lien Credit Documents; and

(h) promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Administrative Agent, on behalf of any Lender, may from time to time reasonably request.

Section 5.3 Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations .

Pay all material taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any material penalty accrues thereon, and all material claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of the Collateral, prior to the time when any material

 

64


penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto; provided, that no such tax, assessment, charge or claim need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as (i) such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefore and (ii) in the case of a tax, assessment, charge or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, the Lien is not being enforced by foreclosure or sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such charge or claim.

Section 5.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence .

(a) Except as permitted under Section 6.4, continue to engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by it on the Closing Date and preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, licenses, consents, approvals and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided , however that neither Holdco nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any such right, privilege, license, consent, approval or franchise if such entity shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Comply in all material respects with all Contractual Obligations except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance .

(a) Keep all tangible material property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear and obsolescence excepted).

(b) Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies (i) liability, casualty, property and business interruption insurance (including, without limitation, insurance with respect to its tangible Collateral) in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business and (ii) flood insurance with respect to any Property located in a flood plain to the extent required by law; and in each case furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, full information as to the insurance carried. The Administrative Agent shall be named as loss payee or mortgagee, as its interest may appear, and/or additional insured (with respect to Collateral only) with respect to any covered loss in excess of $250,000 under any such casualty, property and liability insurance, as applicable, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Administrative Agent, that it will give the Administrative Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be altered or canceled, and such policies shall provide that no act or default (other than nonpayment of policy premiums and fees) of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries or any other Person shall affect the rights of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under such policy or policies.

 

65


Section 5.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions .

Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in material conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its businesses and activities; and permit, during regular business hours and upon reasonable notice by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent (or after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender) to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time and as often as may reasonably be desired, and to discuss the business, operations, property, assets or financial condition of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries and with their independent certified public accountants; provided, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Credit Parties shall only be required to pay the fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent for one such inspection in any fiscal year.

Section 5.7 Notices .

Give notice in writing to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly transmit such notice to each Lender) of:

(a) promptly, but in any event within two (2) Business Days after any Responsible Officer of the Company obtains knowledge thereof, the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) promptly, any default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) promptly upon any officer of the Company obtaining knowledge of (i) the institution of, or non-frivolous threat of, any litigation, investigation or proceeding against or affecting Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any property of Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not previously disclosed in writing by the Company to Lenders or (ii) any material development in any litigation, investigation or proceeding that, in any case:

(A) if adversely determined, after giving effect to the coverage and policy limits of insurance policies issued to Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(B) seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the making, securing or repayment of the Credit Party Obligations hereunder or the application of proceeds thereof;

written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to the Company to enable Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

 

66


(d) any labor controversy that has resulted in, or threatens to result in, a strike or other work action against any Credit Party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after any Responsible Officer of the Company obtains knowledge thereof: (i) the occurrence or expected occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC (other than a Permitted Lien) or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or any Credit Party, any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan, with respect to the withdrawal from, or the terminating, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan;

(f) promptly, upon any Responsible Officer of the Company obtaining knowledge of any notice of any material violation received by any Credit Party from any Governmental Authority including, without limitation, any notice of material violation of Environmental Laws; and

(g) promptly, any other development or event which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Credit Parties propose to take with respect thereto. In the case of any notice of a Default or Event of Default, the Company shall specify that such notice is a Default or Event of Default notice on the face thereof.

Section 5.8 Environmental Laws .

(a) Except to the extent such failure could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, comply in all material respects with, and ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, and ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws;

(b) Except to the extent such failure could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; and

 

67


(c) Defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and their respective employees, agents, officers and directors, from and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of, or in any way relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries or the Properties, or any orders, requirements or demands of Governmental Authorities related thereto, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s and consultant’s fees, investigation and laboratory fees, response costs, court costs and litigation expenses, except to the extent that any of the foregoing arise out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification therefor. The agreements in this paragraph shall survive repayment of the Credit Party Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder and the Credit Documents.

Section 5.9 Financial Covenant .

Comply with the following financial covenant:

Total Leverage Ratio .

(a) Prior to any Qualified Public Offering, the Total Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Holdco occurring during the periods indicated below, shall be less than or equal to the following:

 

Period

   Maximum Ratio
Closing Date through December 31, 2006    8.50 to 1.00
January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007    8.25 to 1.00
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008    7.25 to 1.00
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009    6.25 to 1.00
January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010    5.25 to 1.00
January 1, 2011 and thereafter    4.25 to 1.00

(b) After any Qualified Public Offering, the Total Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of Holdco occurring during the periods indicated below, shall be less than or equal to the following:

 

Period

   Maximum Ratio
Closing Date through December 31, 2007    6.75 to 1.00
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008    6.50 to 1.00
January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009    6.25 to 1.00
January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010    6.00 to 1.00
January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011    5.75 to 1.00
January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012    5.50 to 1.00
January 1, 2013 and thereafter    5.25 to 1.00

 

68


Notwithstanding the above, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for purposes of all calculations made in determining compliance for any applicable period with the financial covenant set forth in this Section 5.9, (a) after consummation of any Permitted Acquisition, (i) income statement items and other balance sheet items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the Target acquired in such transaction shall be included in such calculations to the extent relating to such applicable period, subject to adjustments in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (ii) Indebtedness of a Target which is retired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition shall be excluded from such calculations and deemed to have been retired as of the first day of such applicable period and (b) any cash equity contribution (which equity shall be common equity, Qualified Preferred Equity or other equity having terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) made to Holdco after the end of a fiscal quarter and on or prior to the day that is ten (10) Business Days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to such fiscal quarter will, at the request of the Company, be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for the purposes of determining compliance with financial covenant at the end of such fiscal quarter (any such equity contribution so included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA or applied to reduce Consolidated Indebtedness, a “ Specified Equity Contribution ”); provided that (i) in each four fiscal quarter period, there shall be at least one fiscal quarter in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (ii) in each eight fiscal quarter period, there shall be a period of at least four consecutive fiscal quarters in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made, (iii) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Credit Parties to be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth above, (iv) a Specified Equity Contribution shall only be included in the computation of the financial covenant for purposes of determining compliance by the Credit Parties with this Section 5.9 and not for any other purpose under this Agreement and (v) any Consolidated Indebtedness repaid with the proceeds of a Specified Equity Contribution shall not be deemed repaid for purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio if, for purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio, such Specified Equity Contribution has been included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA. Upon the making of a Specified Equity Contribution, the financial covenant in Section 5.9 shall be recalculated giving effect to the increase in Consolidated EBITDA or reduction in Consolidated Indebtedness. If, after giving effect to such recalculation, Holdco is in compliance with the financial covenant, Holdco shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the financial covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date.

 

69


Section 5.10 Additional Guarantors .

The Credit Parties will cause each of their Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and transitory merger Subsidiaries), whether newly formed, after acquired or otherwise existing, and each other entity that guarantees the First Lien Obligations to promptly (and in any event within thirty (30) days after such Domestic Subsidiary is formed or acquired (or such longer period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion)) become a Guarantor hereunder by way of execution of a Joinder Agreement. In connection therewith, the Credit Parties shall give notice to the Administrative Agent not less than ten (10) days prior to creating a Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) (or such shorter period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), or acquiring the Capital Stock of any other Person. The Credit Party Obligations shall be secured by, among other things, a perfected security interest in the Collateral of such new Guarantor and a pledge of 100% of the Capital Stock of such new Guarantor and its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and 66% (or such higher percentage that would not result in material adverse tax consequences for such new Guarantor) of the voting Capital Stock and 100% of the non-voting Capital Stock of its first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries. In connection with the foregoing, the Credit Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, with respect to each new Guarantor to the extent applicable, substantially the same documentation required pursuant to Sections 4.1(b)-(f) and 5.12 and such other documents or agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

Section 5.11 Compliance with Law .

Comply with all Requirements of Laws and all restrictions imposed by Governmental Authorities applicable to it and its Property if noncompliance with any such Requirement of Law or restriction could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.12 Pledged Assets .

(a) Cause 100% of the Capital Stock in each of its direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and 66% of the Capital Stock in each of its first tier Foreign Subsidiaries to be subject at all times to a perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Security Documents or such other security documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

(b) If, subsequent to the Closing Date, a Credit Party shall acquire a fee interest in any real property with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 or any securities, instruments, chattel paper or other personal property and required for perfection to be delivered to the Administrative Agent as Collateral hereunder or under any of the Security Documents, notify the Administrative Agent of same concurrently with the delivery of the next financial statement referred to in Section 5.1(b). Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, take such action at its own expense as requested by the Administrative Agent (including, without

 

70


limitation, any of the actions described in Section 4.1(d) or (e) hereof) in accordance with the Security Documents to ensure that the Administrative Agent has a perfected Lien to secure the Credit Party Obligations in (i) all personal property of the Credit Parties located in the United States and (ii) to the extent deemed to be material by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders in its or their sole reasonable discretion, all other personal property of the Credit Parties, subject in each case only to Permitted Liens. To the extent any Credit Party acquires real property located in the United States having a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 after the Closing Date, such Credit Party shall deliver a Mortgage Instrument in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent granting a perfected Lien upon recording in the appropriate office to secure the Credit Party Obligations. Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, adhere to the covenants regarding the location of personal property as set forth in the Security Documents.

(c) Each Credit Party shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, take such action at its own expense as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the Call Exercise Agreement to ensure that the Administrative Agent has a first priority, perfected Lien to secure the Credit Party Obligations in the Capital Call.

Section 5.13 Hedging Agreements .

If the Term Loan is outstanding on the date that is 6 months after the Closing Date, within 90 days following such date, cause at least 40% of the aggregate Term Loan then outstanding, and projected to be outstanding, to be hedged pursuant to Hedging Agreements for a term of at least three (3) years with a counterparty and on terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Section 5.14 Covenants Regarding Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights .

(a) Notify the Administrative Agent promptly if it knows that any application, letters patent or registration relating to any Patent, Patent License (to the extent the granting of a security interest therein is not prohibited by any Requirement of Law, contract or otherwise), Trademark or Trademark License (to the extent the granting of a security interest therein is not prohibited by any Requirement of Law, contract or otherwise) of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries may become abandoned, or of any adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any court) regarding any Credit Party’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiary’s ownership of any Patent or Trademark, its right to patent or register the same, or to enforce, keep and maintain the same, or its rights under any Patent License or Trademark License, in each case, if such abandonment, determination or development could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

71


(b) Notify the Administrative Agent promptly after it knows of any adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in any court) regarding any Copyright or Copyright License (to the extent the granting of a security interest therein is not prohibited by any Requirement of Law, contract or otherwise) of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, whether (i) such Copyright or Copyright License may become invalid or unenforceable prior to its expiration or termination, or (ii) any Credit Party’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiary’s ownership of such Copyright, its right to register the same or to enforce, keep and maintain the same, or its rights under such Copyright License, may become affected, in each case, if such adverse determination or development could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) Concurrently with the delivery of the next financial statement referred to in Section 5.1(b), notify the Administrative Agent of any filing by any Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, either itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee (but in no event later than the fifteenth day following such filing), of any application for registration of any Intellectual Property with the United States Copyright Office or United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof.

(ii) Concurrently with the delivery of the next financial statement referred to in Section 5.1(b), provide the Administrative Agent and its counsel a complete and correct list of all registrations and applications pertaining to Intellectual Property owned by the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries and all license agreements (other than agreements with respect to off-the-shelf software) pertaining to Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses and Trademark Licenses of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to which annual payments in excess of $50,000 are made or received, in each case that have not been set forth as annexes of such documents and instruments showing all filings and recordings for the protection of the security interest of the Administration Agent therein pursuant to the agreements of the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office.

(iii) Upon request of the Administrative Agent, execute and deliver any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Intellectual Property and the general intangibles referred to in clauses (i) and (ii), including, without limitation, the goodwill of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries relating thereto or represented thereby (or such other Intellectual Property or the general intangibles relating thereto or represented thereby as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request).

(d) Take all necessary actions, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, to maintain each item of Intellectual Property of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, payment of maintenance fees,

 

72


filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, affidavits of incontestability and opposition, interference and cancellation proceedings, except where failure to take such actions could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) In the event that any Credit Party becomes aware that any Intellectual Property is infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party in any material respect, notify the Administrative Agent promptly after it learns thereof and, unless the Credit Parties shall reasonably determine that such Intellectual Property is not material to the business of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, and take such other actions as the Credit Parties shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property.

Section 5.15 Credit Facility Ratings .

Cause the credit facilities set forth in this Credit Agreement to be rated by each of Moody’s and S&P.

Section 5.16 Post-Closing Covenants; Further Assurances

(a) Within thirty (30) days after the closing Date (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), the Credit Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Administrative Agent or Control Agent a landlord waiver executed by the landlord for each leased property of the Credit Parties where any books and records or printing equipment are located.

(b) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such extended period of time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), to the extent reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, the Credit Parties shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that all material chain of title issues (including unreleased filings related to Liens that have previously been terminated) with respect to the Intellectual Property of the Credit Parties registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office have been corrected in the appropriate records of the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

(c) Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, promptly perform or cause to be performed any and all acts and execute or cause to be executed any and all documents for filing under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or any other Requirement of Law which are necessary or advisable to maintain in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, Liens on the Collateral that are duly perfected in accordance with the requirements of, or the obligations of the Credit Parties under, the Credit Documents and all applicable Requirements of Law.

 

73


ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The Credit Parties hereby covenant and agree that on the Closing Date, and thereafter for so long as this Credit Agreement is in effect, no Term Loan Note remains outstanding and unpaid and the Credit Party Obligations (other than Unasserted Obligations) owing to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder are paid in full, that:

Section 6.1 Indebtedness .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, contract, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness arising or existing under this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

(b) Indebtedness of the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries existing as of the Closing Date as referenced in the financial statements referenced in Section 3.1 (and set out more specifically in Schedule 6.1(b) ) hereto and renewals, refinancings or extensions thereof in a principal amount not in excess of that outstanding as of the date of such renewal, refinancing or extension;

(c) Indebtedness and obligations owing under Secured Hedging Agreements and other Hedging Agreements entered into in order to manage existing or anticipated interest rate, exchange rate or commodity price risks and not for speculative purposes;

(d) Indebtedness under the First Lien Credit Documents in a principal amount not to exceed $710,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(e) Guaranty Obligations in respect of Indebtedness of a Credit Party to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to exist or be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.1;

(f) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification and purchase price adjustment obligations or similar obligations, or from guaranties or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of any Credit Party or its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in connection with Asset Dispositions, other sales of assets or Permitted Acquisitions;

(g) unsecured intercompany Indebtedness among the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries and joint ventures to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 6.5; provided , that (i) a security interest in all such intercompany Indebtedness owed to a Credit Party shall have been granted to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Lenders and (ii) if such intercompany Indebtedness is evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument, such promissory note or instrument shall have been pledged to Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

74


(h) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of any Credit Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Indebtedness incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guaranties provided by Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Indebtedness with respect to (i) Capital Leases and (ii) purchase money Indebtedness; provided that (A) any such Indebtedness under this clause (k), (x) shall be secured only by the asset subject to such Capital Lease or acquired in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, and (y) shall not exceed the cost of the asset so acquired, and (B) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness on a Pro Forma Basis, the Credit Parties shall be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 5.9;

(l) Indebtedness incurred under credit cards issued to employees, agents, officers, directors or other Affiliates of any Credit Party or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts;

(n) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Company issued and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction constituting a Permitted Acquisition (other than Indebtedness issued as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate such Permitted Acquisition) and any extension, renewal or replacement thereof (including costs and fees incurred in connection with such extension, renewal or replacement); provided , that the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time shall not exceed $23,000,000;

(o) Subordinated Debt of the Credit Parties; and

(p) unsecured Indebtedness of the Credit Parties which does not exceed $51,750,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding.

Section 6.2 Liens .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, contract, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien with respect to any of their respective property or assets of any kind (whether real or personal, tangible or intangible), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Credit Party

 

75


shall grant a Lien on any of its assets in violation of this Section 6.2, then it shall be deemed to have simultaneously granted an equal and ratable Lien on any such assets in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders.

Section 6.3 Nature of Business .

From and after the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall not, and shall not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any material business other than (i) the businesses engaged in by the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and businesses reasonably related thereto and reasonable extensions thereof and (ii) other related media businesses.

Section 6.4 Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets, etc .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,

(a) dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its property or assets or agree to do so at a future time, except the following, without duplication, shall be expressly permitted:

(i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, and all or any part of its business, property or assets may be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of to any Credit Party;

(ii) (A) the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of inventory and materials in the ordinary course of business and (B) the conversion of cash into Cash Equivalents and Cash Equivalents into cash;

(iii) Recovery Events;

(iv) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of machinery, parts and equipment no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(v) the sale, lease or transfer of property or assets from a Credit Party to another Credit Party;

(vi) in order to resolve disputes that occur in the ordinary course of business, Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries may discount or otherwise compromise for less than the face value thereof, notes or accounts receivable;

(vii) Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell or dispose of shares of Capital Stock of any of its Subsidiaries in order to qualify members of the Governing Body of such Subsidiary if required by applicable law;

 

76


(viii) the grant by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of a license to any Person for the use of any Intellectual Property owned by Holdco or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ix) the unwinding of any derivative instruments or agreements;

(x) the sale or disposition of Investments under clauses (f), (j), (k) and (n) of the definition of Permitted Investments (other than Investments received in connection with any Asset Disposition permitted by subsection (xiii) below);

(xi) the sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(xii) sales, assignments, transfers or dispositions of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business for purposes of collection; or

(xiii) sales of revenue-producing assets (or of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of a Subsidiary that owns such assets):

(A) to the extent the Attributable Revenues of all such assets (and Subsidiaries) transferred in all such asset sales during any period of 365 consecutive days does not exceed 16.5% of Pro Forma Revenues for the most recent four fiscal quarter period for which Pro Forma Revenues can then be determined; provided that (1) the consideration received for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof and (2) the proceeds of such asset sales shall be applied as required by subsection 2.3(b)(i); or

(B) to the extent the Attributable Revenues of all assets (and Subsidiaries) transferred in all such asset sales during any period of 365 consecutive days exceeds 16.5% but does not exceed 33% of Pro Forma Revenues for the most recent four fiscal quarter period for which Pro Forma Revenues can then be determined; provided that (1) the consideration received for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof, (2) the consideration received in connection with all asset sales made pursuant to this clause (B), when added to the consideration received in connection with all asset sales made pursuant to clause (A) above, shall be not less than a multiple of 7 times the Attributable EBITDA of all assets (and Subsidiaries) transferred in all such asset sales in the aggregate during such 365-day period and (45) the proceeds of such asset sales shall be applied as required by subsection 2.3(b)(i);

provided that after giving effect to any Asset Disposition pursuant to clause (xii) above, (1) the Credit Parties shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the financial covenant set forth in Section 5.9 hereof, recalculated for the most recently ended month for which information is available, and (2) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or shall result therefrom; provided , further , that with respect to sales of assets permitted hereunder only, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled, without the consent of the Required Lenders, to release its Liens relating to the particular assets sold; or

 

77


(b) (i) purchase, lease or otherwise acquire (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) the property or assets of any Person, other than (A) Permitted Acquisitions and (B) except as otherwise limited or prohibited herein, purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, materials, property and equipment in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, except for (A) Investments or acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 6.5, (B) the merger or consolidation of a Credit Party with and into another Credit Party; provided that (1) if a Borrower is a party thereto, such Borrower will be the surviving entity (other than in respect of any such transaction between two or more Borrowers, in which case one such Borrower shall be the surviving entity; provided that (x) such surviving Borrower hereby agrees to assume and be directly liable for all Credit Party Obligations of the Borrower that is merged with and into it upon the consummation of such merger and (y) if the Company is one of the Borrowers involved in the merger, it shall be the surviving entity) and (2) if the Company is a party thereto, the Company will be the surviving entity, (C) the merger or consolidation of a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party with and into a Credit Party; provided , that such Credit Party will be the surviving entity and (D) the merger or consolidation of a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party with and into a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party.

Section 6.5 Advances, Investments and Loans .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

Section 6.6 Transactions with Affiliates .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction or series of transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any officer, director, shareholder or Affiliate (other than a Credit Party) other than: (a) on terms and conditions that are less favorable as would be obtainable in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an officer, director, shareholder or Affiliate; (b) Restricted Payments specifically permitted by Section 6.10; and (c) reasonable and customary fees, expense reimbursement and indemnities paid to members of the Governing Bodies of Holdco and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 6.7 Ownership of Subsidiaries; Restrictions .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, form or acquire any Subsidiaries, except for Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Domestic Subsidiaries that are joined as Additional Credit Parties as required by the terms hereof. The Credit Parties will not sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock or other equity interests in any of their Subsidiaries, nor will they permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to issue, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any of their Capital Stock or other equity interests, except in a transaction permitted by Section 6.4.

 

78


Section 6.8 Corporate Changes; Accounting Methods .

No Credit Party will, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) change its fiscal year (unless changing it to a calendar fiscal year), (b) amend, modify or change its articles of incorporation, certificate of designation (or corporate charter or other similar organizational document) operating agreement or bylaws (or other similar document) in any respect materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, (c) change its state of incorporation, organization or formation, without giving the Administrative Agent at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice of such action to, or have more than one state of incorporation, organization or formation or (d) materially change its accounting method (except in accordance with GAAP) in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders.

Section 6.9 Limitation on Restricted Actions .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any such Person to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to any Credit Party on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, (b) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to any Credit Party, (c) make loans or advances to any Credit Party, (d) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to any Credit Party, or (e) act as a Guarantor and pledge its assets pursuant to the Credit Documents or any renewals, refinancings, exchanges, refundings or extension thereof, except (in respect of any of the matters referred to in clauses (a)-(d) above) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (ii) applicable law, (iii)   any document or instrument governing purchase money Indebtedness or Capital Leases permitted by Section 6.1; provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith, (iv) any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien; provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien, (v) any agreement relating to permitted Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by a Credit Party or its Restricted Subsidiary and outstanding on such acquisition date or (vi) customary restrictions on subletting or assigning leasehold interests of a Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary.

Section 6.10 Restricted Payments .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, make or set apart any sum for or pay any Restricted Payment, except the following:

(a) the Credit Parties may make Restricted Payments payable solely in shares of Capital Stock of such Person (except preferred Capital Stock that is not Qualified Preferred Equity);

 

79


(b) the Credit Parties may make dividends or other distributions payable to a Credit Party (directly or indirectly through its Subsidiaries) other than Parent except as permitted hereunder;

(c) Holdco may make Restricted Payments to the Parent, the proceeds of which shall be used to (i) pay operating expenses and other corporate overhead costs and expenses of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business or (ii) pay expenses of the Parent incurred in connection with any offering of securities of the Parent (whether or not successful);

(d) any Credit Party and Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Parent to the extent of the amount that such Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay in respect to taxes were it to pay such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer;

(e) to the extent a Qualified Public Offering has not occurred, Holdco may make Restricted Payments to the Parent up to two (2) times during the twenty-four (24) month period immediately following the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed $11,500,000 in the aggregate; provided , however , that if a Qualified Public Offering does not occur within 60 days of any such dividend payment, the Parent will immediately refund the full amount of such dividend payments to Holdco which shall then refund such full amount to the Company;

(f) in respect of any calendar year or portion thereof during which Holdco is a Flow-Through Entity, Holdco may make Restricted Payments to the Parent sufficient to permit the Parent to pay United States federal, state, local and foreign income taxes that are required to be paid by it with respect to its ownership of Capital Stock of Holdco, as estimated by Holdco in good faith;

(g) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, Holdco may make Restricted Payments to the Parent in order for the Parent to repurchase or redeem outstanding shares of Capital Stock (or options to purchase Capital Stock) of the Parent owned by current or former employees, officers, or directors of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar equity agreement, shareholders agreement or benefit plan; provided , that the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments paid pursuant to this subclause (g) in any fiscal year shall not exceed $2,875,000; and

 

80


(h) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall exist and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Holdco may make Restricted Payments to the Parent to pay expenses and indemnities due Sponsor under the Registration Rights Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Payments made to the Parent from any Credit Party shall be reduced by any Investments made pursuant to clause (l) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”.

Section 6.11 Amendment of First Lien Credit Agreement or other Subordinated Debt.

(a) No First Lien Credit Document may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or entered into and no obligations under the First Lien Credit Documents may be refinanced, except that the First Lien Credit Documents may be amended or the obligations thereunder may be refinanced in a manner that is subject to, and in compliance with, the requirements of the Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) No Credit Party will, nor will any Credit Party permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, amend, modify, waive or extend or permit the amendment, modification, waiver or extension of any term of any document governing or relating to any Subordinated Debt in a manner that is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders.

(c) No Credit Party will, nor will any Credit Party permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, agree to any material amendment to, waive any of its material rights under, or make any election pursuant to the terms of, the Registration Rights Agreement and any agreements or documents governing or relating to the Capital Stock of the Parent after the Closing Date (i) to provide for cash payment of any amounts with respect thereto or (ii) that adversely affects the rights or interests of the Lenders, without in each case obtaining the prior written consent of Required Lenders to such amendment, waiver or election.

Section 6.12 Sale Leasebacks .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease, whether an Operating lease or a Capital Lease, of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (a) which any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to a Person which is not a Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) which any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been sold or is to be sold or transferred by a Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Person which is not a Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such lease; provided, that the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may become and remain liable as lessee, guarantor or other surety with respect to any such lease if and to the extent that the Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries would be permitted to enter into, and remain liable under, such lease to the extent that the transaction would be permitted under Section 6.1, assuming the sale and leaseback constituted Indebtedness in a principal amount equal to the gross proceeds of the sale.

 

81


Section 6.13 No Further Negative Pledges .

The Credit Parties will not, nor will they permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into, assume or become subject to any agreement prohibiting or otherwise restricting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of their properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or requiring the grant of any security for such obligation if security is given for some other obligation, except (a) pursuant to this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (b) pursuant to the First Lien Credit Documents, (c) pursuant to any document or instrument governing purchase money Indebtedness or Capital Leases permitted pursuant to Section 6.1; provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith, (d) in connection with any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien; provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien, (e) specific property to be sold pursuant to an executed agreement with respect to a permitted Asset Disposition, and (f) restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (provided that such restrictions are limited to the property or assets secured by such Liens or the property or assets subject to such leases, licenses or similar agreements, as the case may be).

Section 6.14 Account Control Agreements; Additional Accounts .

On and after the date that is ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, each of the Credit Parties will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, open, maintain or otherwise have any checking, savings or other accounts at any bank or other financial institution, or any other account where money is or may be deposited or maintained with any Person, other than (a) demand deposit accounts and securities accounts that are subject to an Account Control Agreement, (c) other demand deposit accounts established after the Closing Date solely as (i) payroll, (ii) 401(k) and other retirement plans and employee benefits including rabbi trusts for deferred compensation, (iii) health care benefits and (iv) escrow arrangements (e.g., environmental and indemnity amounts) and other zero balance accounts or for which (i) any Credit Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, the depository bank and the Administrative Agent have entered into a cash collateral agreement specifically negotiated among such Credit Party or Restricted Subsidiary, the depository bank and the Administrative Agent for the specific purpose set forth therein or (ii) the Administrative Agent is the depository bank and (d) other deposit accounts and securities accounts, so long as at any time the aggregate balance (including the fair market value of any investment property) in all such accounts does not exceed $5,000,000.

 

82


ARTICLE VII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 7.1 Events of Default .

An Event of Default shall exist upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an “ Event of Default ”):

(a) Payment . (i) The Borrowers shall fail to pay any principal on any Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or (ii) the Borrowers shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable hereunder when due in accordance with the terms hereof and such failure shall continue unremedied for five (5) days; or (iii) or any Credit Party shall fail to pay on the Guaranty in respect of any of the foregoing or in respect of any other Guaranty Obligations hereunder (after giving effect to the grace period in clause (ii)); or

(b) Misrepresentation . Any representation or warranty made or deemed made herein, in the Security Documents or in any of the other Credit Documents or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished at any time under or in connection with this Credit Agreement shall (i) with respect to representations and warranties that contain a materiality qualifier prove to have been incorrect, false or misleading and (ii) with respect to any representations and warranties that do not contain a materiality qualifier, prove to have been incorrect, false or misleading in any material respect, in each case on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) Covenant Default . (i) Any Credit Party shall fail to perform, comply with or observe any term, covenant or agreement applicable to it contained in Sections 5.1 or 5.2(b) (in each case prior to a Qualified Public Offering) or contained in Sections 5.4 (with respect to maintaining the existence, rights and franchises of Holdco and the Company), 5.7, 5.9, 5.13 or Article VI hereof; or (ii) any Credit Party shall fail to comply with any other covenant contained in this Credit Agreement (including, after a Qualified Public Offering, Sections 5.1 and 5.2(b)) or the other Credit Documents or any other agreement, document or instrument among any Credit Party, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders or executed by any Credit Party in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (other than as described in Sections 7.1(a) or 7.1(c)(i) above), and such breach or failure to comply is not cured within thirty (30) days of its occurrence; or

(d) Debt Cross-Default . (i) (A) Any Credit Party shall fail to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise, but after the expiration of any applicable grace period) in respect of the First Lien Credit Agreement or any other First Lien Event of Default shall have occurred and remain continuing for sixty (60) days after the First Lien Administrative Agent received notice thereof or (B) any portion of the First Lien Credit Agreement is declared to be due and payable (or automatically becomes due and payable) prior to the stated maturity of the First Lien Credit Agreement as a result of a First Lien Event of Default; (ii) any Credit Party shall default in any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Term Loans, the Guaranty and the First Lien Obligations) in a principal amount outstanding of at least $11,500,000 for the Credit Parties and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries in the aggregate beyond any applicable grace period (not to exceed 30 days), if any, provided in the instrument or agreement

 

83


under which such Indebtedness was created; (iii) any Credit Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (other than the Term Loans, the Guaranty and the First Lien Obligations) in a principal amount outstanding of at least $11,500,000 in the aggregate for the Credit Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; (iv) any Credit Party shall breach or default any Secured Hedging Agreement and such breach or default shall not have been remedied or waived within 30 days; or (v) the First Lien Administrative Agent, on behalf of the First Lien Lenders, exercises any of the remedies pursuant to Section 7.2 of the First Lien Credit Agreement with respect to any First Lien Event of Default.

(e) Bankruptcy Default . (i) A Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii)   there shall be commenced against a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of their assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing their inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(f) Judgment Default . One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against a Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not covered by insurance) of $11,500,000 or more and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been paid and satisfied, vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof or any injunction, temporary restraining order or similar decree shall be issued against a Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

84


(g) ERISA Default . To the extent any of the following results in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) Any Person shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), shall exist with respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan (other than a Permitted Lien) shall arise on the assets of the Credit Parties or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii)   a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee could reasonably result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, or (v) a Credit Party, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, any Multiemployer Plan; or

(h) Change of Control . There shall occur a Change of Control; or

(i) Invalidity of Guaranty . At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, the Guaranty, for any reason other than the satisfaction in full of all Credit Party Obligations, shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void, or   any Credit Party shall contest the validity or enforceability of the Guaranty or any Credit Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability, including with respect to future advances by the Lenders, under any Credit Document to which it is a party; or

(j) Invalidity of Credit Documents . Any other Credit Document shall fail to be in full force and effect or to give the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders the security interests, liens, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby (except as such documents may be terminated or no longer in force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof, other than those indemnities and provisions which by their terms shall survive), or any Credit Party shall contest, in writing, the validity or enforceability or any Lien granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders or any Lien shall fail to be a second priority (other than as a result of the payment in full of the First Lien Obligations, upon which the Lien in favor of the Lenders shall become a first priority perfected Lien), perfected Lien on a material portion of the personal property Collateral; or

(k) Subordinated Debt . The subordination provisions contained in any Subordinated Debt shall cease to be in full force and effect or to give the Lenders the rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby; or the Credit Party Obligations shall cease to be classified as “Senior Indebtedness,” “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or any similar designation under any Subordinated Debt instrument, in each case except to the extent such Subordinated Debt, if classified as a type of Indebtedness other than Subordinated Debt, would be permitted by the terms of Section 6.1; or

 

85


(l) Capital Call . The failure of the Parent to exercise the Capital Call upon three Business Days’ prior notification by the Administrative Agent (after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default) or the failure of the Parent and Holdco to contribute the proceeds from the exercise of the Capital Call to the Company.

Section 7.2 Acceleration; Remedies .

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, then, and in any such event, (a) if such event is an Event of Default specified in Section 7.1(e) above, automatically the Loans (with accrued interest thereon), and all other amounts under the Credit Documents shall immediately become due and payable, and (b) if such event is any other Event of Default, any or all of the following actions may be taken: (i) the Administrative Agent may, or upon the written request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Notes to be due and payable forthwith; and/or (ii) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the written request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, exercise such other rights and remedies as provided under the Credit Documents and under applicable law.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding paragraph, if at any time within 60 days after an acceleration of the Loans pursuant to such paragraph the Borrowers shall pay all arrears of interest and all payments on account of principal which shall have become due otherwise than as a result of such acceleration (with interest on principal and, to the extent permitted by law, on overdue interest, at the rates specified in this Agreement) and all Defaults and Events of Default (other than non-payment of the principal of and accrued interest on the Loans, in each case which is due and payable solely by virtue of acceleration) shall be remedied or waived pursuant to Section 9.1, then the Required Lenders, by written notice to the Company, may at their option rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences; but such action shall not affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are intended merely to bind Lenders to a decision which may be made at the election of Required Lenders and are not intended, directly or indirectly, to benefit the Company, and such provisions shall not at any time be construed so as to grant the Company the right to require the Lenders to rescind or annul any acceleration hereunder or to preclude the Administrative Agent or the Lenders from exercising any of the rights or remedies available to them under any of the Credit Documents, even if the conditions set forth in this paragraph are met.

ARTICLE VIII

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 8.1 Appointment .

Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Wachovia as the Administrative Agent of such Lender under this Credit Agreement, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes

 

86


Wachovia, as the Administrative Agent for such Lender, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Credit Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Credit Agreement, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Lender acknowledges that the Credit Parties may rely on each action taken by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders hereunder. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Credit Agreement or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

Section 8.2 Delegation of Duties .

The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Credit Agreement by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may appoint one of its affiliates as its agent to perform the functions of the Administrative Agent hereunder relating to the advancing of funds to the Borrowers and distribution of funds to the Lenders and to perform such other related functions of the Administrative Agent hereunder as are reasonably incidental to such functions.

Section 8.3 Exculpatory Provisions .

Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact, Subsidiaries or affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Credit Agreement (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Credit Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Credit Agreement or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of any of the Credit Documents or for any failure of any Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance by any Credit Party of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Credit Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.

Section 8.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent .

(a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it in good faith to be genuine and

 

87


correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Credit Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Term Loan Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless an executed Assignment Agreement has been filed with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.6(c) with respect to the Loans evidenced by such Term Loan Note. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Credit Agreement unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under any of the Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as may be required under this Credit Agreement, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Term Loan Notes.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.1, each Lender that has signed this Credit Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender.

Section 8.5 Notice of Default .

The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Company referring to this Credit Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders; provided , however , that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except to the extent that this Credit Agreement expressly requires that such action be taken, or not taken, only with the consent or upon the authorization of the Required Lenders, or all of the Lenders, as the case may be.

Section 8.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders .

Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representation or warranty to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of any Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the

 

88


Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, assets or financial condition and creditworthiness of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Credit Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Credit Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, assets or financial condition and creditworthiness of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, assets or financial condition or creditworthiness of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party which may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

Section 8.7 Indemnification .

The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, agents and employees (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so), ratably according to their respective percentage of the outstanding Term Loan on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the Credit Party Obligations) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of any Credit Document or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by any such indemnitee under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements to the extent resulting from such indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The agreements in this Section 8.7 shall survive the termination of this Credit Agreement and payment of the Term Loan Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 8.8 Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity .

The Administrative Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrowers as though the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and any Term Loan Note issued to it, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Credit Agreement as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity.

 

89


Section 8.9 Successor Administrative Agent .

The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days’ prior notice to the Company and the Lenders. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Notes or if the Administrative Agent enters or becomes subject to receivership, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be approved by the Company with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld (provided, however if an Event of Default shall exist at such time, no approval of the Company shall be required hereunder), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Credit Agreement or any holders of the Term Loan Notes. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8.9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement.

Section 8.10 Nature of Duties .

Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, any agent (other than the Administrative Agent) or co-lead arranger listed from time to time on the cover page of this Credit Agreement shall have no obligations, responsibilities or duties under this Credit Agreement or under any other Credit Document other than obligations, responsibilities and duties applicable to all Lenders in their capacity as Lenders; provided, however, that such agents and co-lead arrangers shall be entitled to the same rights, protections, exculpations and indemnifications granted to the Administrative Agent under this Article VIII in their capacity as an agent or co-lead arranger.

Section 8.11 Intercreditor Agreement .

Each of the Lenders hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof. Each Lender (and each Person that becomes a Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 9.6(c)) hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of such Lender and agrees that the Administrative Agent may take such actions on its behalf as is contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 8.12 Releases .

The Administrative Agent will release any Guarantor and any Lien on any Collateral, which is sold as permitted by the Credit Agreement or as otherwise permitted by the Lenders or Required Lenders, as applicable.

 

90


ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1 Amendments, Waivers and Release of Collateral .

Neither this Credit Agreement nor any of the other Credit Documents, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified (by amendment, waiver, consent or otherwise) except in accordance with the provisions of this Section nor may Collateral be released except as specifically provided herein or in the Security Documents or in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.1. The Required Lenders may or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, from time to time, (a) enter into with the Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive or consent to the departure from, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such amendment, supplement, modification, release, waiver or consent shall:

(i) reduce the amount or extend the scheduled date of maturity of any Loan or Term Loan Note or any installment thereon, or reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except in connection with a waiver of interest at the increased post-default rate set forth in Section 2.4 which shall be determined by a vote of the Required Lenders) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided that, it is understood and agreed that no waiver, reduction or deferral of a mandatory prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.3(b), nor any amendment of Section 2.3(b) or the definitions of Asset Disposition, Debt Issuance, Equity Issuance, or Recovery Event, shall constitute a reduction of the amount of, or an extension of the scheduled date of, the scheduled date of maturity of, or any installment of, any Loan or Term Loan Note; or

(ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 9.1 or reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, without the written consent of all the Lenders; or

(iii) release any Borrower or all or substantially all of the Guarantors from obligations under the Guaranty, without the written consent of all of the Lenders and Hedging Agreement Providers; or

 

91


(iv) release all or substantially all of the Collateral without the written consent of all of the Lenders and Hedging Agreement Providers; or

(v) subordinate the Loans to any other Indebtedness without the written consent of all of the Lenders; or

(vi) permit any Borrower to assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Credit Agreement or other Credit Documents without the written consent of all of the Lenders; or

(vii) amend, modify or waive any provision of the Credit Documents requiring consent, approval or request of the Required Lenders or all Lenders without the written consent of the Required Lenders or all the Lenders as appropriate; or

(viii) amend Section 2.8(b)(vii) or Section 2.12 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; or

(ix) amend, modify or waive any provision of the Credit Documents affecting the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under any Credit Document without the written consent of the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required hereinabove to take such action; or

(x) amend, modify or waive the order in which Credit Party Obligations are paid in Section 2.7(b) without the written consent of each Lender and each Hedging Agreement Provider directly affected thereby; or

(xi) amend the definitions of “Hedging Agreement,” “Secured Hedging Agreement,” or “Hedging Agreement Provider” without the consent of any Hedging Agreement Provider that would be adversely affected thereby.

Any such waiver, any such amendment, supplement or modification and any such release shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Term Loan Notes. In the case of any waiver, the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the outstanding Loans and Term Loan Notes and other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the consent of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties shall not be required for any amendment, modification or waiver of the provisions of Article VIII (other than the provisions of Section 8.9).

 

92


Notwithstanding the fact that the consent of all the Lenders is required in certain circumstances as set forth above, (x) each Lender is entitled to vote as such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that affects the Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code supersedes the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein and (y) the Required Lenders may consent to allow a Credit Party to use cash collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

Section 9.2 Notices .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Article II, all notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy or other electronic communications as provided below), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) to the number set out herein, (c) the Business Day following the day on which the same has been delivered prepaid (or pursuant to an invoice arrangement) to a reputable national overnight air courier service, or (d) the third Business Day following the day on which the same is sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, in each case, addressed as follows in the case of the Company, the other Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent, and, in the case of each of the Lenders, as set forth in such Lender’s Administrative Details Form, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Term Loan Notes:

 

The Company and the other Credit Parties:   GateHouse Media, Inc.
  300 Willowbrook
  Suite 350
  Fairport, New York 14450
  Attention: Mark Thompson, Chief Financial Officer
  Telecopier: (847) 272-6244
  Telephone: (630) 368-8923
  With a copy to Polly Sack, General Counsel
  Telecopier: (847) 272-6244
The Administrative Agent:   Wachovia Investment Holdings, LLC, as Administrative Agent
  Charlotte Plaza
  201 South College Street, CP8
  Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0680
  Attention: Syndication Agency Services
  Telecopier: (704) 383-0288
  Telephone: (704) 374-2698

 

93


  with a copy to:
  Wachovia Investment Holdings, LLC
  One Wachovia Center, NC 5562
  Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0735
  Attention: John Brady
  Telecopier: (704) 383-1625
  Telephone: (704) 715-1795

provided , that notices given by the Company pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.5 hereof shall be effective only upon receipt thereof by the Administrative Agent.

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Company may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

Section 9.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

94


Section 9.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties .

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Notes and the making of the Loans; provided that all such representations and warranties shall terminate on the date upon which all amounts owing hereunder and under any Term Loan Notes have been paid in full.

Section 9.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes .

The Credit Parties agree (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers for all their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation, printing and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, together with the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and the Administrative Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and to the Lenders (including reasonable allocated costs of in-house legal counsel), (c) on demand, to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other similar taxes, if any, which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, the Credit Documents and any such other documents, (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, partners, members, counsel, agents, representatives, trustees, advisors and affiliates (collectively called the “ Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against, any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of the Credit Documents and any such other documents and the use, or proposed use, of proceeds of the Loans and (e) to pay any civil penalty or fine assessed by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control against, and all reasonable costs and expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with defense thereof by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of the funding of Loans, the acceptance of payments or of Collateral due under the Credit Documents (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided , however , that the Credit Parties shall not have any obligation hereunder to an Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to a final non-appealable judgment. The agreements in this Section 9.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans, Term Loan Notes and all other amounts hereunder.

 

95


Section 9.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations .

(a) This Credit Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Credit Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, all future holders of the Term Loan Notes and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Credit Parties may not assign or transfer any of their rights or obligations under this Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents without the prior written consent of each Lender.

(b) Any Lender may, in the ordinary course and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more banks or other entities (“ Participants ”) participating interests in any Loan owing to such Lender, any Term Loan Note held by such Lender, or any other interest of such Lender hereunder. In the event of any such sale by a Lender of participating interests to a Participant, such Lender’s obligations under this Credit Agreement to the other parties to this Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Term Loan Note for all purposes under this Credit Agreement, and the Company and the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement. No Lender shall transfer or grant any participation under which the Participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to or waiver of this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document except to the extent such amendment or waiver would (i) extend the scheduled maturity of any Loan or Term Loan Note or any installment thereon in which such Participant is participating, or reduce the stated rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of interest at the increased post-default rate set forth in Section 2.5 which shall be determined by a vote of the Required Lenders) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the Participant’s participation over the amount thereof then in effect; provided that, it is understood and agreed that (A) no waiver, reduction or deferral of a mandatory prepayment required pursuant to Section 2.3(b), nor any amendment of Section 2.3(b) or the definitions of Asset Disposition, Debt Issuance, Equity Issuance or Recovery Event, shall constitute a reduction of the amount of, or an extension of the scheduled date of, the scheduled date of maturity of, or any installment of, any Loan or Term Loan Note, (B) a waiver of any Default or Event of Default shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and (C) an increase in any Loan shall be permitted without consent of any participant if the Participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof, (ii) release all or substantially all of the Credit Parties from their obligations under the Guaranty, (iii)   release all or substantially all of the Collateral, or (iv) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement. In the case of any such participation, the Participant shall not have any rights under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents (the Participant’s rights against such Lender in respect of such participation to be those set forth in the agreement executed by such Lender in favor of the Participant relating thereto) and all amounts payable by the Borrowers hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation; provided that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.11, 2.12, 2.13 and 9.5 with respect to its participation in the Term Loan outstanding from time to time; provided further , that no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to

 

96


such Sections than the transferor Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such transferor Lender to such Participant had no such transfer occurred.

(c) Any Lender may, in accordance with applicable law, at any time, sell or assign to any Eligible Assignee, all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Notes in minimum amounts of $1,000,000 with respect to its Term Loans (or, if less, the entire amount of such Lender’s Term Loans), pursuant to an Assignment Agreement, executed by such Eligible Assignee and such transferor Lender and consented to by the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and delivered to the Administrative Agent for its acceptance and recording in the Register; provided , however , that Wachovia and GSCP, collectively, shall hold more than 50% of voting rights with respect to the Term Loan until the earlier to occur of (x) the cancellation or rescission of the registration statement with respect to the anticipated Qualified Public Offering and (y) the first anniversary of the Closing Date. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the Transfer Effective Date specified in such Assignment Agreement, (1) the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such Assignment Agreement, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder with a Loan as set forth therein, and (2) the transferor Lender thereunder shall, to the extent provided in such Assignment Agreement, be released from its obligations under this Credit Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment Agreement covering all or the remaining portion of a transferor Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement, such transferor Lender shall cease to be a party hereto; provided , however , that such Lender shall continue to be entitled to any indemnification rights that expressly survive hereunder). Such Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to amend this Credit Agreement to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of such Eligible Assignee and the resulting adjustment of Term Loan Commitment Percentages arising from the purchase by such Eligible Assignee of all or a portion of the rights and obligations of such transferor Lender under this Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Notes. On or prior to the Transfer Effective Date specified in such Assignment Agreement, the Borrowers, at their own expense, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent in exchange for the Term Loan Notes delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to such Assignment Agreement new Term Loan Notes to the order of such Eligible Assignee in an amount equal to the Term Loans assumed by it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement and, unless the transferor Lender has not retained a Term Loan hereunder, new Term Loan Notes to the order of the transferor Lender in an amount equal to the Term Loans retained by it hereunder. Such new Term Loan Notes shall be dated the Closing Date and shall otherwise be in the form of the Term Loan Notes replaced thereby. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.6, a Lender may assign any or all of its rights under this Credit Agreement to an Affiliate or a Approved Fund of such Lender without delivering an Assignment Agreement to the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that (x) the Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with such assigning Lender until an Assignment Agreement has been delivered to the Administrative Agent for recordation on the Register, (y) the failure of such assigning

 

97


lender to deliver an Assignment Agreement to the Administrative Agent shall not affect the legality, validity or binding effect of such assignment and (z) an Assignment Agreement between the assigning Lender an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such Lender shall be effective as of the date specified in such Assignment Agreement.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at its address referred to in Section 9.2 a copy of each Assignment Agreement delivered to it and a register (the “ Register ”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the principal amount of the Term Loan owing to, each Lender from time to time. A Loan (and the related Term Loan Note) recorded on the Register may be assigned or sold in whole or in part upon registration of such assignment or sale on the Register. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the Company, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Loan recorded therein for all purposes of this Credit Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Company or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. In the case of an assignment pursuant to the last sentence of Section 9.6(c) as to which an Assignment Agreement is not delivered to the Administrative Agent, the assigning Lender shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Credit Parties, maintain a comparable register on behalf of the Credit Parties. In the event that any Lender sells participations in a Loan recorded on the Register, such Lender shall maintain a register on which it enters the name of all participants in such Loans held by it (the “ Participant Register ”). A Loan recorded on the Register (and the registered Term Loan Note, if any, evidencing the same) may be participated in whole or in part only by registration of such participation on the Participant Register (and each registered Term Loan Note shall expressly so provide). Any participation of such Loan recorded on the Register (and the registered Term Loan Note, if any, evidencing the same) may be effected only by the registration of such participation on the Participant Register.

(e) Upon its receipt of a duly executed Assignment Agreement, together with payment to the Administrative Agent by the transferor Lender or the Eligible Assignee, as agreed between them, of a registration and processing fee of $3,500 for each Eligible Assignee (other than a Eligible Assignee that is an Affiliate or Approved Fund of the transferor Lender) listed in such Assignment Agreement and the Term Loan Notes subject to such Assignment Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment Agreement, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and (iii)   give prompt notice of such acceptance and recordation to the Lenders and the Company.

(f) The Credit Parties authorize each Lender to disclose to any Participant or Eligible Assignee (each, a “ Transferee ”) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning the Credit Parties and any of their Subsidiaries which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Credit Parties pursuant to this Credit Agreement or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Credit Parties in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of the Credit Parties and their Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Credit Agreement, in each case subject to Section 9.15.

 

98


(g) At the time of each assignment pursuant to this Section 9.6 to a Person which is not already a Lender hereunder and which is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for Federal income tax purposes, the respective assignee Lender shall provide to the Company and the Administrative Agent the appropriate Internal Revenue Service forms or any similar non U.S. forms (and, if applicable, a Tax Exempt Certificate) described in Section 2.13.

(h) Nothing herein shall prohibit any Lender from pledging or assigning any of its rights under this Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, any right to payment of principal and interest under any Term Loan Note) to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation, (i) any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank and (ii) in the case of any Lender that is a fund or trust or entity that invests in commercial bank loans in the ordinary course, any pledge or assignment to any holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Lender including to any trustee for, or any other representative of, such holders; it being understood that the requirements for assignments set forth in this Section 9.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, except with respect to any foreclosure or similar action taken by such pledgee or assignee with respect to such pledge or assignment; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto and no such pledgee or assignee shall have any voting rights under this Credit Agreement unless and until the requirements for assignments set forth in this Section 9.6 are complied with in connection with any foreclosure or similar action taken by such pledgee or assignee.

Section 9.7 Adjustments; Set-off .

(a) Each Lender agrees that if any Lender (a “ benefited Lender ”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to a Bankruptcy Event or otherwise) in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans, or interest thereon, such benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. The Credit Parties agree that each Lender so purchasing a portion of another Lender’s Loans may exercise all rights of payment (including, without limitation, rights of set-off) with respect to such portion as fully as if such Lender were the direct holder of such portion.

 

99


(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off), each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the applicable Credit Party, any such notice being expressly waived by the Credit Parties to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, to setoff and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held by or owing to such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party, or any part thereof in such amounts as such Lender may elect, against and on account of the Loans and other Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and claims of every nature and description of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders against the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under any other Credit Document or any Secured Hedging Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement, as such Lender may elect, whether or not the Administrative Agent or the Lenders have made any demand for payment and although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured. The aforesaid right of set-off may be exercised by such Lender against the Borrowers, any other Credit Party or against any trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver or execution, judgment or attachment creditor of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party, or against anyone else claiming through or against the Borrowers, any other Credit Party or any such trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver, or execution, judgment or attachment creditor, notwithstanding the fact that such right of set-off shall not have been exercised by such Lender prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided , however , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

Section 9.8 Table of Contents and Section Headings .

The table of contents and the Section and subsection headings herein are intended for convenience only and shall be ignored in construing this Credit Agreement.

Section 9.9 Counterparts .

This Credit Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Credit Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Credit Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Company and the Administrative Agent.

 

100


Section 9.10 Effectiveness .

This Credit Agreement shall become effective on the date on which all of the parties have signed a copy hereof (whether the same or different copies) and shall have delivered the same to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.2 or, in the case of the Lenders, shall have given to the Administrative Agent written, telecopied or telex notice (actually received) at such office that the same has been signed and mailed to it.

Section 9.11 Severability .

Any provision of this Credit Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 9.12 Integration .

This Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or therein.

Section 9.13 Governing Law .

This Credit Agreement and, unless otherwise specified therein, each other Credit Document and the rights and obligations of the parties under this Credit Agreement and such other Credit Document shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of The New York General Obligations Law).

Section 9.14 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process .

All judicial proceedings brought against the Borrowers and/or any other Credit Party with respect to this Credit Agreement, any Term Loan Note or any of the other Credit Documents may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York, and, by execution and delivery of this Credit Agreement, the Borrowers and each of the other Credit Parties accepts, for itself and in connection with its properties, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any final judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Credit Agreement from which no appeal has been taken or is available. The Borrowers and each of the other Credit Parties irrevocably agree that all service of process in any such proceedings in any such court may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to it at its address set forth in Section 9.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto, such service being hereby acknowledged by the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties to be effective

 

101


and binding service in every respect. The Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders irrevocably waive any objection, including, without limitation, any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in any such jurisdiction. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any Lender to bring proceedings against the Borrowers or the other Credit Parties in the court of any other jurisdiction.

Section 9.15 Confidentiality .

The Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders agrees that it will not disclose without the prior consent of the Company any information (the “ Information ”) with respect to the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries which is furnished pursuant to this Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein and which is designated by the Company to the Lenders in writing as confidential or as to which it is otherwise reasonably clear such information is not public, except that any Lender may disclose any such Information (a) to its employees, affiliates, auditors or counsel or to another Lender (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential), (b) as has become generally available to the public other than by a breach of this Section 9.15, (c) as may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to any municipal, state or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have jurisdiction over such Lender or to the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or similar organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their successors, (d) as may be required or appropriate in response to any summons or subpoena or any law, order, regulation or ruling applicable to such Lender, (e) to (i) any prospective Participant or Eligible Assignee in connection with any contemplated transfer pursuant to Section 9.6 or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Credit Parties, provided that such prospective transferee shall have been made aware of this Section 9.15 and shall have agreed to be bound by its provisions as if it were a party to this Credit Agreement, (f) to Gold Sheets and other similar bank trade publications; such information to consist of deal terms and other information regarding the credit facilities evidenced by this Credit Agreement customarily found in such publications, (g) in connection with any suit, action or proceeding for the purpose of defending itself, reducing its liability, or protecting or exercising any of its claims, rights, remedies or interests under or in connection with the Credit Documents or any Secured Hedging Agreement, (h) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in swap agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9.15), (i) any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender, (j) to a Person that is an investor or prospective investor in a Securitization (as defined below) that agrees that its access to information regarding the Credit Parties and the Loans is solely for purposes of evaluating an investment in such Securitization; provided that such Person shall have been made aware of this Section 9.15 and shall have agreed to be bound by its provisions as if it were a party to this Credit Agreement, or

 

102


(k) to a Person that is a trustee, collateral manager, servicer, noteholder or secured party in a Securitization in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for such Securitization; provided that such Person shall have been made aware of this Section 9.15 and shall have agreed to be bound by its provisions as if it were a party to this Credit Agreement. For purposes of this Section “ Securitization ” shall mean a public or private offering by a Lender or any of its affiliates or their respective successors and assigns, of securities which represent an interest in, or which are collateralized in whole or in part by, the Loans.

Section 9.16 Acknowledgments .

The Borrowers and the other Credit Parties each hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of each Credit Document;

(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrowers or any other Credit Party arising out of or in connection with this Credit Agreement and the relationship between the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on one hand, and the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture exists among the Lenders or among the Borrowers or the other Credit Parties and the Lenders.

Section 9.17 Waivers of Jury Trial; Waiver of Consequential Damages .

THE BORROWERS, THE OTHER CREDIT PARTIES, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN. Each of the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree not to assert any claim against any other party to this Credit Agreement or any their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, Affiliates or agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to any of the transactions contemplated herein.

Section 9.18 Patriot Act Notice .

Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any other party) hereby notifies the Credit Parties that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001 (the “ Patriot Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Credit Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Credit Parties and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Credit Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

103


Section 9.19 Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers; Company as Agent .

(a) Each of the Borrowers is accepting joint and several liability for the Term Loans made to the Borrowers hereunder and all other Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers under the Credit Documents (the “ Joint and Several Liabilities ”) in consideration of the financial accommodation to be provided by the Lenders under this Agreement, for the mutual benefit, directly and indirectly, of each of the Borrowers and in consideration of the undertakings of each of the Borrowers to accept joint and several liability for the Joint and Several Liabilities.

(b) Each of the Borrowers jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other Borrowers with respect to the payment and performance of all of the Joint and Several Liabilities, it being the intention of the parties hereto that all of the Joint and Several Liabilities shall be the joint and several obligations of each of the Borrowers without preferences or distinction between them.

(c) Notwithstanding the terms of this Section 9.19 or any other term in the Credit Documents to the contrary, the Borrowers listed on Schedule 9.19 shall not be jointly and severally liable for the Joint and Several Liabilities, but instead shall alone be liable for the Credit Party Obligations of such Borrower, and shall guarantee the Credit Party Obligations of the other Borrowers and the Guarantors pursuant to the Guaranty.

(d) The Borrowers hereby irrevocably appoint and authorize the Company (i) to provide the Administrative Agent with all notices with respect to Extensions of Credit obtained for the benefit of any Borrower and all other notices and instructions under this Agreement and (ii) to take such action on behalf of the Borrowers as it deems appropriate to obtain Extensions of Credit and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE X

GUARANTY

Section 10.1 The Guaranty .

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Credit Agreement and any Hedging Agreement Provider to enter into any Secured Hedging Agreement and to extend credit hereunder and thereunder and in recognition of the direct benefits to be received by the Credit Parties from the Extensions of Credit hereunder and any Secured Hedging Agreement, each of the Credit Parties hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Hedging Agreement Providers as follows: each Credit Party hereby unconditionally and irrevocably

 

104


jointly and severally guarantees as primary obligor and not merely as surety the full and prompt payment when due, whether upon maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of any and all Credit Party Obligations. If any or all of the indebtedness becomes due and payable hereunder or under any Secured Hedging Agreement, each Credit Party unconditionally promises to pay such indebtedness to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedging Agreement Providers, or their respective order, or demand, together with any and all reasonable expenses which may be incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in collecting any of the Credit Party Obligations. The Guaranty set forth in this Article X is a guaranty of timely payment and not of collection.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other of the Credit Documents, to the extent the obligations of a Credit Party shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state or federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of each such Credit Party hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under applicable law (whether federal or state and including, without limitation, the Bankruptcy Code).

Section 10.2 Bankruptcy .

Additionally, each of the Credit Parties unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees jointly and severally the payment of any and all Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers to the Lenders and any Hedging Agreement Provider whether or not due or payable by the Borrowers upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 7.1(e), and unconditionally promises to pay such Credit Party Obligations to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders and to any such Hedging Agreement Provider, or order, on demand, in lawful money of the United States. Each of the Credit Parties further agrees that to the extent that a Credit Party shall make a payment or a transfer of an interest in any property to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Hedging Agreement Provider, which payment or transfer or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, or otherwise is avoided, and/or required to be repaid to a Credit Party, the estate of a Credit Party, a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then to the extent of such avoidance or repayment, the obligation or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if said payment had not been made.

Section 10.3 Nature of Liability .

The liability of each Credit Party hereunder is exclusive and independent of any security for or other guaranty of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers whether executed by any such Credit Party, any other guarantor or by any other party, and no Credit Party’s liability hereunder shall be affected or impaired by (a) any direction as to application of payment by the Borrowers or by any other party, or (b) any other continuing or other guaranty, undertaking or maximum liability of a guarantor or of any other party as to the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers, or (c) any payment on or in reduction of any such other guaranty or undertaking, or (d) any dissolution, termination or increase, decrease or change in personnel by the Borrowers, or (e) any payment made to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any Hedging Agreement

 

105


Provider on the Credit Party Obligations which the Administrative Agent, such Lenders or such Hedging Agreement Provider repay the Borrowers pursuant to court order in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding, and each of the Credit Parties waives any right to the deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by reason of any such proceeding.

Section 10.4 Independent Obligation .

The obligations of each Credit Party hereunder are independent of the obligations of any other Credit Party, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Credit Party whether or not action is brought against any other Credit Party and whether or not any other Credit Party is joined in any such action or actions.

Section 10.5 Authorization .

Each of the Credit Parties authorizes the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Hedging Agreement Provider without notice or demand (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived), and without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, compromise, extend, increase, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, or otherwise change the terms of the Credit Party Obligations or any part thereof in accordance with this Credit Agreement and any Secured Hedging Agreement, as applicable, including any increase or decrease of the rate of interest thereon, (b) take and hold security from any Credit Party or any other party for the payment of this Guaranty or the Credit Party Obligations and exchange, enforce waive and release any such security, (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in their discretion may determine and (d) release or substitute any one or more endorsers, Credit Parties or other obligors.

Section 10.6 Reliance .

It is not necessary for the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any Hedging Agreement Provider to inquire into the capacity or powers of the Borrowers or the officers, directors, members, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on its behalf, and any Credit Party Obligations made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder.

Section 10.7 Waiver .

(a) Each of the Credit Parties waives any right (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Hedging Agreement Provider to (i) proceed against the Borrowers, any other guarantor or any other party, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Borrowers, any other guarantor or any other party, or (iii) pursue any other remedy in the Administrative Agent’s, any Lender’s or any Hedging Agreement Provider’s power whatsoever. Each of the Credit Parties waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Borrowers, any other guarantor or any other party other than payment in

 

106


full of the Credit Party Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations), including without limitation any defense based on or arising out of the disability of the Borrowers, any other guarantor or any other party, or the unenforceability of the Credit Party Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrowers other than payment in full of the Credit Party Obligations. The Administrative Agent may, at its election, foreclose on any security held by the Administrative Agent by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales (to the extent such sale is permitted by applicable law), or exercise any other right or remedy the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against the Borrowers or any other party, or any security, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Credit Party hereunder except to the extent the Credit Party Obligations have been paid in full. Each of the Credit Parties waives any defense arising out of any such election by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders, even though such election operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of the Guarantors against the Borrowers or any other party or any security.

(b) Each of the Credit Parties waives all presentments, demands for performance, protests and notices, including without limitation notices of nonperformance, notice of protest, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guaranty, and notices of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional Credit Party Obligations. Each Credit Party assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrowers’ financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Credit Party Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks which such Credit Party assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any duty to advise such Credit Party of information known to it regarding such circumstances or risks.

(c) Each of the Credit Parties hereby agrees it will not exercise any rights of subrogation which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise) to the claims of the Lenders or any Hedging Agreement Provider against the Borrowers or any other guarantor of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers owing to the Lenders or such Hedging Agreement Provider (collectively, the “ Other Parties ”) and all contractual, statutory or common law rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from any Other Party which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Guaranty until such time as the Credit Party Obligations shall have been paid in full. Each of the Credit Parties hereby further agrees not to exercise any right to enforce any other remedy which the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any Hedging Agreement Provider now have or may hereafter have against any Other Party, any endorser or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to or for the benefit of the Lenders and/or the Hedging Agreement Providers to secure payment of the Credit Party Obligations of the Borrowers until such time as the Credit Party Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations) shall have been paid in full.

 

107


Section 10.8 Limitation on Enforcement .

The Lenders and the Hedging Agreement Providers agree that this Guaranty may be enforced only by the action of the Administrative Agent acting upon the instructions of the Required Lenders or such Hedging Agreement Provider (only with respect to obligations under the applicable Secured Hedging Agreement) and that no Lender or Hedging Agreement Provider shall have any right individually to seek to enforce or to enforce this Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders under the terms of this Credit Agreement and for the benefit of any Hedging Agreement Provider under any Secured Hedging Agreement. The Lenders and the Hedging Agreement Providers further agree that this Guaranty may not be enforced against any director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Credit Parties.

Section 10.9 Confirmation of Payment .

The Administrative Agent and the Lenders will, upon request after payment of the Credit Party Obligations which are the subject of this Guaranty, confirm to the Credit Parties or any other Person that such indebtedness and obligations have been paid, subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

108


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Credit Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY :  

GATEHOUSE MEDIA OPERATING, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

  Name:   Michael E. Reed
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS :  

GATEHOUSE MEDIA MASSACHUSETTS I, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  HPM MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation
  (to be known following the Closing Date as GateHouse Media Massachusetts II, Inc.)
  ENM MERGER SUB, INC., a Massachusetts corporation
  (to be known following the Closing Date as GateHouse
  Media Massachusetts III, Inc.)
  ENHE ACQUISITION, LLC, a Delaware limited
  liability Company
  By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

  Name:   Michael E. Reed
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
HOLDCO :   GATEHOUSE MEDIA HOLDCO, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
  By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

  Name:   Michael E. Reed
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
GUARANTORS :  

LIBERTY GROUP ARIZONA HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP ARKANSAS HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP COLORADO HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP CORNING HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Nevada corporation

 

LIBERTY GROUP FREEPORT HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  LIBERTY GROUP ILLINOIS HOLDINGS, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
  LIBERTY GROUP IOWA HOLDINGS, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
  LIBERTY GROUP KANSAS HOLDINGS, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
  LIBERTY GROUP LANSING PRINTING, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
  LIBERTY GROUP LOUISIANA HOLDINGS, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
  LIBERTY GROUP MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
  LIBERTY GROUP MICHIGAN HOLDINGS, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation
  LIBERTY GROUP MINNESOTA HOLDINGS, INC.,
  a Delaware corporation

CREDIT AGREEMENT


  

LIBERTY GROUP MISSOURI HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  

LIBERTY GROUP NEBRASKA HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  

LIBERTY GROUP NEVADA HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  

LIBERTY GROUP NEW YORK HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  

LIBERTY GROUP NORTH DAKOTA HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  

LIBERTY GROUP PENNSYLVANIA HOLDINGS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  

LIBERTY GROUP SUBURBAN NEWSPAPERS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  

MINERAL DAILY NEWS TRIBUNE, INC.,

a West Virginia corporation

  

NEWS LEADER, INC.,

a Louisiana corporation

  

TERRY NEWSPAPERS, INC.,

an Iowa corporation

   By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

   Name:   Michael E. Reed
   Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
    
  

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA HOLDING, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

    
    

/s/ Michael E. Reed

   Name:   Michael E. Reed
   Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
    
  

ENTERPRISE NEWSMEDIA, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

  

LRT FOUR HUNDRED, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

  

GEORGE W. PRESCOTT PUBLISHING COMPANY, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

  

THE MEMORIAL PRESS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

  

LOW REALTY, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

  

ENTERPRISE PUBLISHING COMPANY, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   By: ENM, Inc., its Member
   By:  

/s/ Michael E. Reed

   Name:   Michael E. Reed
   Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
  

LIBERTY SMC, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company

    

/s/ Michael E. Reed

   Name:   Michael E. Reed
   Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

CREDIT AGREEMENT


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

  

WACHOVIA INVESTMENT HOLDINGS, LLC,

as Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders

   By:  

/s/ Stephen R.B. Rixham

   Name:   Stephen R.B. Rixham
   Title:   Director

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Exhibit 21

Schedule 21

Subsidiaries of Gatehouse Media, Inc.

GateHouse Media Holdco, Inc.

GateHouse Media Operating, Inc.

GateHouse Media Massachusetts I, Inc.

GateHouse Media Massachusetts II, Inc.

ENHE Acquisition, LLC

Enterprise Newsmedia, LLC

Enterprise Newsmedia Holding, LLC

Enterprise Publishing Company, LLC

George W. Prescott Publishing Company, LLC

Liberty Group Arizona Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Arkansas Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Calfornia Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Colorado Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Corning Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Freeport Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Illinois Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Iowa Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Kansas Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Lansing Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Louisiana Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Management Services, Inc.

Liberty Group Michigan Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Minnesota Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Missouri Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Nebraska Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Nevada Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group New York Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group North Dakota Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Pennsylvania Holdings, Inc.

Liberty Group Suburban Newspapers, Inc.

Liberty Group West Virginia Holdings, Inc.

Liberty SMC, L.L.C.

Low Realty, LLC

LRT Four Hundred, LLC

Mineral Daily News Tribune, Inc.

News Leader, Inc.

Terry Newspapers, Inc.

The Memorial Press, LLC

Exhibit 23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

GateHouse Media, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

July 20, 2006

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated July 13, 2006 relating to the financial statements of CP Media, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

July 21, 2006

Exhibit 23.4

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have issued our report dated July 20, 2006, accompanying the consolidated financial statements of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus of GateHouse Media, Inc. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

 

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

July 20, 2006

Exhibit 23.5

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated July 20, 2006 relating to the consolidated statements of operations, of cash flows and of shareholders’ deficit, member’s interest and comprehensive income (loss) for the period from January 1, 2003 through March 31, 2003 of Enterprise NewsMedia, Inc. and our report dated July 20, 2006 relating to the consolidated statements of operations, of cash flows and of shareholders’ deficit, member’s interest, and comprehensive income (loss) for the period from April 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003 of Enterprise NewsMedia, LLC, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

July 21, 2006